LIBRARY 

OP  THE 

Theological  Seminary, 

PRINCETON,  N.  J 

Case,  Division  

Shelf.  Section    

Book,  No>  


Digitized  by  the  Internet  Archive 
in  2014 


https://archive.org/details/apocalypsereveal03swed_0 


THE 


APOCALYPSE  REVEALED, 


WHEREIN  ARE  DISCLOSED  THE 


ARCANA  THERE  FORETOLD, 


WHICH  HAVE 


HITHERTO  REMAINED  CONCEALED. 


TRANSLATED   FROM  THE  LATIN  OF 

EMANUEL  SWEDENBORG. 

IN  THREE  VOLUMES. 


VOL.  III. 


A   NEW    EDITION   REVISED   AND  CORRECTED. 


BOSTON: 

PUBLISHED   FOR  THE   BOSTON   NEW  CHURCH   PRINTING  SOCIETY, 
BY   OTIS  CLAPP,  NO  XI.,  SCHOOL  STREET. 


183G. 


THE  APOCALYPSE. 


CHAPTER  XVIII. 

1.  And  after  these  things  I  saw  an  angel  come  down  from 
heaven,  having  great  power ;  and  the  earth  was  lightened  with 
his  glory. 

2.  And  he  cried  mightily  with  a  great  voice,  saying,  Babylon 
the  great  is  f;illen,  is  fallen,  and  is  become  the  habitation  of  de- 
mons, and  the  hold  of  every  unclean  spirit,  and  a  cage  of  every 
unclean  and  hateful  bird. 

3.  For  all  nations  have  drunk  of  the  wine  of  the  wrath  of  her 
whoredom  ;  and  the  kings  of  the  earth  have  committed  whore- 
dom with  her,  and  the  merchants  of  the  earth  are  waxed  rich 
through  the  abundance  of  her  delicacies. 

4.  And  I  heard  another  voice  from  heaven,  saying,  Come  out 
of  her  my -people,  that  ye  be  not  partakers  of  her  sins,  and  that  ye 
receive  not  of  her  plagues. 

5.  For  her  sins  have  reached  unto  heaven,  and  God  hath  re- 
membered her  iniquities. 

6.  Reward  her  even  as  she  rewarded  you,  and  double  unto  her 
double,  according  to  her  works :  in  the  cup  which  she  hath  mix- 
ed, mix  unto  her  double. 

7.  How  much  she  hath  glorified  herself  and  lived  deliciously, 
so  much  torment  and  sorrow  give  her:  for  she  saith  in  her  heart, 
I  sit  a  queen  and  am  no  widow,  and  shall  see  no  sorrow. 

8.  Therefore  in  one  day,  shall  her  plagues  come,  death,  and 
sorrow,  and  famine;  and  she  shall  be  utterly  burned  with  fire: 
for  strong  is  the  Lord  God  who  judgeth  her. 

9.  And  the  kings  of  the  earth,  who  have  committed  whoredom 
and  lived  deliciously  with  her,  shall  bewail  her,  and  lament  for 
her,  when  they  shall  sec  the  smoke  of  her  burning, 

10.  Standing  afar  off,  for  fear  of  her  torment,  saying,  Alas,  alas, 
that  great  city  Babylon,  that  mighty  city  !  for  in  one  hour  is  thy 
judgment  come. 

vol.  III.  1 


I  'III  "IOA 

•auioa  juatuSpnf 

iCqj  si  jnoq  ouo  ui  joj  ;  A*i;a  AqSim  JBqj  'ao[A*qBfl  Xjio  jbbjS  jBqj 
'sb|B  lsB|y  'Suites  'juauuoj  jaq  jo  jbbj  joj  'jjo  jbjb  SuipuBjg  -Qi 

'Simuuq  Joqjo  aijoius  oqi  oas  jpsqs  A"oqj  uaq.w  'jaq 
joj  juaaiB[  piiB  '.ioq  jiBAvaq  jpjqs  '.iat(  qjiAV  X[snopi(Dp  poAij  puB 
mopaJoqAV  pajjiiuiuoa  OABq  oqAV  'qjJBa  aqj  jo  sSuijj  aqj  puy  *6 

•jaq  qjaSpnf  oqAV  poj)  pjoq  aqj  si  Siiojjs  joj 
caigqiiM.  paiunq  .{(jajju  aq  TjBqs  aqs  piiB  iauiuiBj  puB  'a\ojjos 
pus  'qjBap  'ouioa  san§B[d  jaq  jpaqs  'Ajjp  auo  ui  ajojajaqx  *8 

•a\ojjos  ou  oas  i|Bqs  puB  lA\.opiA\  ou  uib  puB  uaanb  b  jis  j 
'jJBaq  .iaq  HI  qjiBS  aqs  joj  :  joq  oaiS  a\ojjos  puB  juauuoj  qonui  os 
'X[snopi[ap  paAi[  puujjasjaq  payuoiS  qjBq  aqs  qonm  a\ojj 

•a[qnop  Jaq  ojun  xiui  'pa 
-xiui  qjBq  aqs  qau]A\  dna  aqj  ui  :  s>(.ioa\  Jaq  oj  SuipjoaoB  'oiqnop 
jaq  ojun  ajquop  puB  'no.C  papjBAtaj  aqs  sb  uaAa  jaq  pjBA\a^j  -9 

•samnbiui  jaq  pajaqiuaiu 
-9J  qjBq  po*)  puB  'uaABaq  ojun  paqaBaj  aABq  suis  jaq  joj  -g 

•sanSB[d  jaq  jo  jou  aAiaoaj 
a£  JBqj  piiB  'sms  jaq  jo  sjajjBjJBd  jou  aq  a£  JBqj  'o[doad- A"iu  joq  jo 
jno  aiuoQ  'jSuiXbs  'uaABaq  uiojj  aaioA  jaqjoua  pjBoq  j  puy  'f 

•saiOBaqap  Jaqjo  aaiiBpunqB  aqj  qSnojqj 
qau  paxBAV  ojb  qjJBa  aqi  jo  sjuBqaJam  aqj  pus  'jaq  qji.w  uiop 
-3JoqA\  pajjiiuiuoa  oabi[  qjJBa  aqj  jo  bSiii>}  aqj  pus  i  mopajoqAv 
jaq  jo  qjBJAV  aqj  jo  ouiav  aqj  jo  jpirup  OABq  suoijbu  \\v  joj  •£ 

•pjiq  [iijajsq  pus  UBopun 
XjaAa  jo  aSso  b  pus  'juids  UBapnn  A\iaAa  jo  p|oq  aqj  puB  'suoiu 
-ap  jo  uoijBjiqBq  aqj  amoaaq  si  puB  'ua|lBj  si  'uajpy  si  jbbjS  aqj 
uo[A"qBg  'ijui-fos  'aaiOA  jBa.iS  b  qjiAV  A"|ijqgitu  paua  aq  puy  'Z 

•Xjopj  siq 

qjiM  pauajqSq  sbaa  qjJBa  aqj  piiB  i  J8A\od  jbbjS  Siiiabij  'uaABaq 
uiojj  UAvop  aiuoa  pSuB  ub  a\bs  j  sSuiqj  asaqj  jbjjb  any  *t 

iiiax  -aaxdVHO 


•SSdATVDOdV  3HI, 


CH.  XVIII.l 


THE  APOCALYPSE  REVEALED. 


3 


THE  SPIRITUAL  SENSE. 

The  contents  of  the  whole  chapter.  The  Roman  Catho- 
lic religion  continues  to  be  treated  of:  that  by  reason  of  its  adul- 
terations and  pro  fan  at  ions  of  the  truths  of  the  Word,  and  thence 
of  the  church,  it  will  he  destroyed,  verses  I — 8.  Concerning  the 
chief  among  those  who  are  of  the  ecclesiastical  order,  their  nature 
and  quality,  and  their  lamentation,  verses  {),  10.  Concerning  the 
inferiors  of  that  order,  verses  11 — 1(3.  Concerning  the  laity  and 
common  people,  who  are  in  subjection  to  them,  verses  17 — 19 
The  joy  of  the  angels  by  reason  of  the  removal  thereof,  verse  20. 
Concerning  its  destruction  in  the  spiritual  world  on  account  of 
there  being  no  acknowledgment,  search  after,  illustration,  recep- 
tion, and  thence  no  conjunction  of  truth  and  good,  which  consti- 
tute a  church,  verses  21 — 24. 

The  contents  of  f.ach  verse.  "And  after  these  things," 
signifies,  a  continuation  of  the  subject  concerning  the  Roman  Ca- 
tholic religion  :  "  I  saw  an  angel  comedown  from  heaven, having 
great  power;  and  the  earth  was  lightened  with  his  glory,"  signi- 
fies, strong  influx  from  the  Lord  out  of  heaven  by  divine  truth, 
■whereby  his  church  was  in  celestial  light:  "  And  he  cried  might- 
ily with  a  great  voice,  saying,  Babylon  the  great  is  fallen,  is  fall- 
en," signifies,  that  he  made  it  known,  that  by  the  divine  power  of 
•tho  Lord  all  who  were  in  tlmt  religion,  and  at  the  same  time  in 
the  love  of  dominion  in  consequence,  were  destroyed  in  the  spirit- 
ual world,  and  cast  into  their  respective  hells  :  "  And  is  become 
the  habitation  of  demons,"  signifies,  that  their  hells  are  bells  of  the 
lusts  of  dominion  from  the  heat  of  self-love,  and  of  the  lusts  of  pro- 
faning the  truths  of  heaven  from  the  spurious  zeal  of  that  love  : 
"And  the  hold  of  every  unclean  spirit,  and  a  cage  of  every  un- 
clean and  hateful  bird,"  signifies,  that  the  evils  of  the  will  and 
thence  of  the  action,  and  the  falses  of  thought  and  thence  of  the 
deliberations  in  those  hells,  are  diabolical,  because  they  are  turned 
away  from  the  Lord  to  themselves:  "  For  all  nations  have  drunk 
of  the  wine  of  the  wrath  of  her  whoredom,  and  the  kings  of  the 
earth  have  committed  whoredom  with  her,"  signifies,  that  they 
fabricated  abominable  tenets,  which  are  the  adulterations  and 
profanations  of  the  good  and  truth  of  the  Word,  and  caused  all 
who  were  born  and  educated  in  the  kingdoms  under  their  domin- 
ion, to  imbibe  them  :  "And  the  merchants  of  the  earth  are  waxed 
rich  through  the  abundance  of  her  delicacies,"  signifies,  the  supe- 
rior and  inferior  orders  in  that  hierarchy,  who,  by  the  dominion 
over  holv  things,  aspire  to  divine  majesty  and  super-royal  glory, 
and  continually  aim  at  establishing  them  by  multiplying  monas- 
teries and  possessions  under  them,  and  by  treasures  which  they 
collect  and  accumulate  from  the  world,  for  no  purpose,  and  thus 
to  procure  to  themselves  corporeal  and  natural  pleasures  by  hav- 
i.<;g  celestial  and  spiritual  dominion  attributed  to  them  :  "And! 


1 


THE  APOCALYPSE  REVEALED. 


[CH  XVIII. 


heard  another  voice  from  lieaven  saying,  Come  out  of  her,  my 
people,  that  ye  be  not  partakers  of  her  sins,  and  that  ye  receive 
not  of  her  plagues,"  signifies,  an  exhortation  from  the  Lord  to  all, 
as  well  those  who  are  in  that  religion,  as  those  who  are  not,  to 
take  heed  not  to  connect  themselves  with  it  by  acknowledgment 
and  affection,  lest  as  to  their  souls  they  should  be  conjoined  with 
its  abominations  and  perish.  "  For  her  sins  have  reached  unto 
heaven,  and  God  hath  remembered  her  iniquities,"  signifies,  that 
its  evils  and  falses  infest  the  heavens,  which  the  Lord  will 
protect  from  their  violence  :  "  Reward  her  even  as  she  rewarded 
you,  and  double  unto  her  double  according  to  her  works  :  in  the 
cup  which  she  hath  mixed,  mix  unto  her  double,"  signifies,  just 
retribution  and  punishment  after  death,  when  the  evils  and  false?, 
by  which  they  have  seduced  and  destroyed  others,  will  return 
upon  themselves,  according  to  their  quantity  and  quality:  "  How 
much  she  hath  glorified  herself  and  lived  deliciously,  so  much 
torment  and  sorrow  give  her,"  signifies,  that  in  proportion  to 
their  elatedness  of  heart  from  dominion,  and  according  to  their 
exultation  of  mind  and  body  resulting  from  riches,  so  they  expe- 
rience internal  grief  after  death,  in  consequence  of  falling  from 
power  and  becoming  contemptible,  and  of  being  reduced  to  indi- 
gence and  misery :  "  For  she  saith  in  her  heart,  I  sit  a  queen,  and 
am  no  widow,  and  shall  see  no  sorrow,"  signifies,  that  these 
things  befall  them,  because  from  elatedness  of  heart  over  do- 
minion, and  exultation  of  mind  over  riches,  they  are  in  full  trust 
and  confidence  that  they  shall  reign  lor  ever,  and  be  their  own 
protectors,  and  that  they  can  never  be  deprived  of  their  power 
and  possessions:  " Therefore  in  one  day  shall  her  plagues  come, 
death,  and  sorrow,  and  famine,"  signifies,  that  therefore  at  the 
time  of  the  last  judgment,  the  punishment  of  the  evils  they  have 
committed,  shall  return  upon  them,  namely,  death,  which  is  infer- 
nal life,  and  intestine  grief  in  consequence  of  their  fall  from  pow- 
er; sorrow,  which  is  internal  grief  through  being  reduced  from  a 
state  of  opulence  to  want  and  misery;  and  famine,  which  is  the 
deprivation  of  the  understanding  of  all  truth:  "  And  she  shall  be 
utterly  burned  with  fire,  for  strong  is  the  Lord  God  who  judgeth 
her,"  signifies,  that  they  will  entertain  hatred  against  the  Lord, 
and  against  his  heaven  and  church,  because  they  will  then  see 
that  the  Lord  alone  governs  and  reigns  over  all  things  in  heaven 
and  earth,  and  not  any  man  in  the  least  degree  from  himself: 
"  And  the  kings  of  the  earth,  who  have  committed  whoredom 
and  lived  deliciously  with  her,  shall  bewail  her,  and  lament  for 
her,  when  they  shall  sec  the  smoke  of  her  burning,"  signifies,  the 
interior  grief  of  those  who  were  in  Superior  dominion  and  its 
delights,  by  means  of  the  falsified  and  adulterated  truths  of  the 
Word,  which  constitute  the  holy  things  of  the  church,  when  they 
see  those  holy  things  converted  into  such  as  are  profane :  "  Stand- 
ing afar  off,  for  fear  of  her  torment,  saying,  Alas,  alas,  that  great 
City  Babylon,  that,  mighty  city,  for  in  one  hour  is  thy  judgment 
come,"  signifies,  their  fear  of  punishment,  and  then  grievous  lam. 


CU.  XVIII.] 


THE   APOUALYPSE  REVEALED. 


5 


ciitation  that  this  religion,  so  strongly  fortified,  could  be  subverted 
so  suddenly  and  so  totally,  and  they  themselves  might  perish: 
"  And  the  merchants  of  the  earth  shall  weep  and  mourn  over 
her:  for  no  one  buyeth  their  merchandise  any  more,"  signifies, 
the  grief  of  those  of  the  inferior  orders  who  minister  and  gain  by 
holy  things,  by  reason  that  after  the  destruction  of  Babylon,  they 
cannot  make  a  profit  of  these  things  as  before  :  "The  merchan- 
dise of  gold,  and  of  silver,  and  of  precious  stones,  and  of  pearls," 
signifies,  that  they  no  longer  possess  these  things,  because  they 
are  not  in  possession  of  the  spiritual  goods  and  truths,  to  which 
such  tilings  correspond  :  •'  And  of  fine  linen,  and  of  purple,  and 
of  silk,  and  of  scarlet,"  signifies,  that  they  no  longer  possess  these 
things,  because  they  are  not  in  possession  of  the  celestial  goods 
and  truths,  to  which  such  things  correspond:  "And  all  thyine 
wood  and  every  vessel  of  ivory,"  signifies,  that  they  no  longer 
possess  these,  because  they  are  not  in  possession  of  the  natural 
goods  and  truths,  to  which  such  things  correspond :  "  And  every 
vessel  of  most  precious  wood,  and  of  brass,  and  of  iron,  and 
of  marble,"  signifies,  that  they  no  longer  possess  these  things, 
because  they  are  not  in  possession  of  the  scientific,  goods 
and  truths  in  matters  relating  to  the  church,  to  which  such  things 
correspond  :  "  And  cinnamon,  and  perfumes,  ami  ointment,  and 
frankincense,"  signifies,  that  they  have  no  longer  any  worship 
originating  from  spiritual  goods  and  truths,  because  they  have 
nothing  inwardly  in  worship  that  corresponds  to  the  above-men- 
tioned things:  "And  wine,  and  oil,  and  fine  flour,  and  wheat," 
siguifies,  that  they  have  no  longer  any  worship  originating  in  ce- 
lestial truths  and  goods,  because  they  have  nothing  inwardly  in 
worship  that  corresponds  to  the  things  here  mentioned :  "  And 
cattle,  and  sheep,"  signifies,  that  they  have  no  longer  any  worship 
originating  in  external  or  natural  goods  and  truths  of -the  church, 
because  they  have  nothing  inwardly  in  worship  that  corresponds 
to  the  things  here  mentioned:  "  And  of  horses,  and  of  chariots, 
and  of  bodies  and  souls  of  men,"  signifies  all  these  things  accor- 
ding to  the  understanding  of  the  Word  and  doctrine  thence  deriv- 
ed, and  according  to  the  goods  and  truths  of  its  literal  sense, 
which  they  do  not  enjoy  on  account  of  their  having  falsified  and 
adulterated  them:  "And  the  fruits  that  thy  soul  lusted  after  are 
departed  from  thee,  and  all  things  dainty  and  splendid  are  depart- 
ed from  thee,  and  thou  shalt  find  them  no  more  at  all,"  signifies, 
that  all  the  beatitudes  and  felicities  of  heaven,  even  those  of  an 
external  nature,  such  as  they  covet,  will  entirely  flee  from  them, 
and  no  longer  appear,  because  they  have  no  celestial  and  spiritual 
affections  of  good  and  truth  among  them:  "The  merchants  of 
these  things,  who  were  made  rich  by  her,  shall  stand  afar  off  for 
fear  of  her  torment,  weeping  and  wailing,"  signifies,  the  state  be- 
fore damnation,  and  then  fear  and  lamentation  of  those  who  have 
acquired  gain  by  various  dispensations  and  promises  of  heavenly 
joys:  "  And  saying,  Alas,  alas,  that  great  city  that  was  clothed  in 
tine  linen,  and  purple,  and  scarlet,  and  decked  with  gold,  and  pre- 


6 


THE  APOCALYPSE  REVEALED.  [CH.  XVIII. 


cious  stones,  and  pearls!  For  in  one  hour  are  so  great  riches 
come  to  Bought,"  signifies,  grievous  lamentation  that  their  magni- 
ficence and  lucrative  revenues  are  so  suddenly  and  totally  de- 
stroyed:  "And  every  shipmaster,  and  all  the  company  in  ships, 
and  sailors,  and  as  many  as  ply  the  sea,"  signifies,  those  who  are 
called  the  laity,  as  well  in  higher  as  in  lower  situations  of  dignity, 
even  to  the  common  people,  who  arc  attached  to  that  religion, 
am!  love  and  kiss  it,  or  acknowledge  it  in  their  hearts,  and  vener- 
ate it :  "  Stood  alar  off  and  cried  when  they  saw  the  smoke  of  her 
burning,  saying,  What  city  is  like  unto  this  great  city,"  signifies, 
in  a  remote  state,  their  mourning  over  the  condemnation  of  that 
religion,  which  they  thought  supcremincnt  above  every  religion 
in  the  world:  "And  they  cast  dust  on  their  heads,  and  cried, 
weeping  and  wailing,  saying,  Alas,  alas,  that  great  city,"  signifies, 
their  interior  and  exterior  grief  and  mourning,  which  is  lamenta- 
tion, that  so  eminent  a  religion  should  be  so  totally  destroyed  and 
condemned  :  "  Wherein  were  made  rich  all  that  bad  ships  in  the 
sea,  by  reason  of  her  costliness!  for  in  one  hour  is  she  made  de- 
solate,'' signifies,  by  reason  that,  through  the  holy  things  of  that 
religion,  all  who  were  willing  to  buy,  had  propitiation,  and  lor 
worldly  and  temporal  riches  received  celestial  and  eternal  riches: 
"  Rejoice  over  her,  O  heaven,  and  ye  holy  apostles  and  prophets, 
for  (Jod  hath  executed  your  judgment  upon  her,"  signifies,  that 
the  angels  of  heaven  and  men  of  the  church,  who  are  in  goods 
and  truths  derived  from  the  Word,  now  rejoice  in  their  hearts, 
because  they  arc  removed  and  rejected  who  are  in  the  evils  and 
falses  of  that  religion:  "And  a  mighty  angel  took  up  a  stone  like 
a  great  millstone?,  and  cast  it  into  the  sea,  saying,  Thus  with  vio- 
lence shall  that  great  city  Babylon  be  thrown  down,  and  shall  be 
found  no  more  at  all,"  signifies,  that  by  the  Lord's  strong  influx 
out  of  heaven,  that  religion,  together  with  all  its  adulterated  truths 
of  the  Word,  will  be  cast  headlong  into  hell,  and  never  appear 
in  the  sight  of  angels  any  more  :  "  And  the  voice  of  harpers,  and 
of  musicians,  and  of  pipers,  and  of  trumpeters,  shall  be  heard  no 
more  at  all  in  thee,''  signifies,  that  among  them  there  will  not  be 
any  affection  of  spiritual  truth  and  good,  nor  any  affection  of  ce- 
lestial good  and  truth:  "And  no  craftsman,  of  whatsoever  craft 
he  be,  shall  bo  found  any  more  in  thee,"  signifies,  that  they  who 
are  in  that  religion  from  doctrine,  and  from  a  life  according  there- 
to, have  not  any  understanding  of  spiritual  truth,  and  therefore 
neither  any  thought  of  spiritual  truth,  solar  as  depends  upon 
themselves:  "And  the  sound  of  a  millstone  shall  be  heard  no 
more  at  all  in  thee,"  signifies,  that  they  who  are  in  that  religion 
from  doctrine,  and  from  a  life  according  thereto,  make  no  Inquiry, 
examination,  and  confirmation  of  spiritual  truth,  because  the  fal- 
sity which  has  been  received,  and  confirmed, and  thus  implanted, 
stands  in  the  way:  "And  the  light  of  a  candle  shall  shine  no 
more  at  all  in  thee,"  signifies,  that  they  who  are  in  that  religion 
from  doctrine,  and/rom  a  corresponding  life, have  not  any  illumi- 
nution  from  the  Lord,  and  conseipient  perception  of  spiritual 


Off.  win.; 


THE  APOCALYPSE  REVEALED. 


T 


truth:  "And  the  voice  of  the  bridegroom  and  of  the  bride 
shall  be  heard  no  more  at  all  iu  thee,"  signifies,  that  with 
those  who  are  in  that  religion  from  doctrine,  and  from  a  life 
according  thereto,  there  is  no  conjunction  of  good  and  truth 
which  constitutes  the  church  :  "  For  thy  merchants  were  the 
great  men  of  the  earth,"  signifies,  that  the  superiors  in  their 
ecclesiastical  hierarchy  are  such,  because  by  means  of  the 
various  and  even  arbitrary  rights  left  them  in  the  statutes  of 
their  order,  they  traffic  anil  make  guin  :  "  For  by  thy  sorcery 
were  all  nations  deceived,"  signifies,  their  abominable  arts  and 
schemes,  whereby  they  have  diverted  the  minds  of  all  from  the 
holy  worship  of  the  Lord  to  the  profane  worship  of  living  and 
dead  men  and  of  idols:  "  And  in  her  was  found  the  blood  of 
prophets,  and  of  saints,  and  of  all  that  were  slain  upon  the  earth," 
signifies,  that  from  the  religion  which  is  meant  by  the  city  of  Ba- 
bylon, there  is  an  adulteration  and  profanation  of  every  truth  of 
the  Word,  and  consequently  of  the  church,  and  that  false  princi- 
ples have  emanated  from  thence  throughout  the  whole  Christian 
world. 


THE  EXPLANATION. 

753.  "  And  after  these  things  I  saw,"  signifies  a  man- 
ifestation concerning  the  destruction  and  condemnation  of 
those  who  were  of  the  Roman  Catholic  religion,  and  ex- 
ercised power  over  the  holy  things  of  the  church  and 
heaven,  from  a  desire  of  ruling  overall,  and  possessing  all 
the  goods  of  others.  These  things  are  here  signified  by, 
"  after  these  things  I  saw,"  because  these  are  what  are 
treated  of  in  this  chapter.  The  tenets  of  that  religion  are 
prefixed  to  this  work,  in  order  that  they  who  are  in  illu- 
mination from  the  Lord,  may  see  that  they  have  a  view 
to  nothing  else  but  dominion  over  the  souls  of  men,  to  the 
end  that  they  may  be  worshiped  as  gods,  and  may  alone 
possess  the  goods  of  the  whole  world;  and  as  this,  and 
not  the  salvation  of  souls,  was  the  end,  they  could  not 
derive  their  tenets  from  any  other  source  than  from  hell ; 
for  they  could  not  derive  them  from  heaven,  that  is,  from 
the  Lord,  but  from  themselves,  because  they  had  trans- 
ferred to  themselves  all  things  belonging  to  the  Lord. 
What  can  be  more  detestable  than  to  divide  the  body  and 
blood  of  the  Lord,  or  the  bread  and  wine,  in  the  holy 


8 


THE  APOCALYPSE  REVEALED. 


[CH.  XVIII. 


supper,  manifestly  contrary  to  its  institution,  and  tliis  un- 
der feigned  pretences,  and  solely  for  the  sake  of  the  daily 
and  nightly  sacrifices  of  the  mass,  by  which  they  amass 
worldly  wealth  ?  What  can  be  more  detestable  than  to 
worship  dead  men  with  divine  invocations,  to  fall  down 
upon  their  knees  before  their  images,  and  with  holy  re- 
verence to  kiss  them,  yea,  and  their  bones  and  relics,  and 
thus  to  divert  the  people  from  divine  worship,  and  to  in- 
troduce them  unto  profane  worship,  and  this  also  for  the 
sake  of  lucre  ?  What  can  be  more  detestable  than  to 
make  divine  worship  on  Sundays  and  festivals  to  consist 
in  masses  not  understood,  thus  in  externals,  which  are  of 
the  body  and  its  affections,  without  internals,  which  are  of 
the  mind  and  its  affections,  and  to  ascribe  to  the  former 
all  holiness,  and  thereby  to  keep  all  in  ignorance  and  in 
a  blind  faith,  that  they  may  exercise  rule  and  make  gain? 
What  can  be  more  detestable  than  to  transfer  all  the 
Lord's  divine  power  to  themselves,  which  is  nothing  less 
than  to  remove  the  Lord  from  his  throne  and  place  them- 
selves upon  it?  What  can  be  more  detestable  than  to 
take  the  Word,  which  is  divine  truth  itself,  from  the  laity 
and  common  people,  and  in  its  stead  to  issue  forth  edicts 
and  tenets,  in  which  there  is  scarcely  a  single  genuine 
truth  of  the  Word  ?  These  are  the  things  which  are 
treated  of  in  this  chapter  of  the  Apocalypse. 

754.  "  An  angel  came  down  from  heaven,  having  great 
power  ;  and  the  earth  was  lightened  with  his  glory,"  sig- 
nifies, strong  influx  from  the  Lord  out  of  heaven  by  di- 
vine truth,  whereby  his  church  was  in  celestial  light.  By 
an  angel  is  signified  the  Lord  ;  by  an  angel  coming  down 
from  heaven,  is  signified  the  Lord's  influx  out  of  heaven  ; 
by  having  great  power,  is  signified  strong  influx  ;  by  the 
earth  being  lightened  with  his  glory  is  signified  that  the 
church  was  in  celestial  light  from  the  Lord  by  divine 
truth.  That  by  an  angel  and  angels  in  the  Word  is 
meant  the  Lord,  may  be  seen,  n.  258,  344,  465,  649, 
657,  718  ;  by  coming  down,  is  signified  to  flow  in,  be- 
cause it  is  said  of  the  Lord  ;  that  by  the  earth  is  signified 
the  church,  see  n.  285,  721  ;  that  glory  is  predicated  of 
divine  truth,  and  signifies  it,  n.  249,  629.    It  is  called 


CH.  XVIII.]  THE  APOCALYrSE  REVEALED. 


9 


divine  truth  in  celestial  light',  because  divine  truth  pro- 
ceeding from  the  Lord  is  the  light  of  heaven,  which  illu- 
minates the  angels,  and  constitutes  their  wisdom.  The 
reason  why  the  Lord's  influx  by  divine  truth,  and  the 
consequent  illumination  of  the  church,  are  now  spoken  of, 
is,  because  by  means  of  that  influx  they  who  are  in  falses 
ate  separated  from  .those  who  are  in  truths,  and  also  be- 
cause by  the  light  of  fruth  falses  appear  according  to  their 
real  quality. 

755.  "And  he' cried  mightily  with  a  great  voice,  say- 
ing, Babylon  the  great  is  fallen,  is  fallen,"  signifies,  that 
he  made  it  known,  that  by  the  divine  power  of  the  Lord, 
all  who  were  in  that  religion,  and  at  the  same  time  in  the 
love  of  dominion,  were  destroyed  in  the  spiritual  world, 
and  in  consequence  cast  into  their  respective  hells.  That 
this  is  the  signification  of  these  words,  may  appear  from 
the  work  concerning  the  Last  Judgment  and  the  De- 
struction of  Babylon,  published  in  London,  anno.  1758, 
where  its  destruction  is  described  from  n.  53 — 64.  From 
which  it  may  be  seen,  that  they  of  that  religion,  who 
from  the  heat  of  self-love  exercised  dominion  over  the 
holy  and  divine  things  of  the  Lord,  which  relate  to  hea- 
ven and  the  church,  and  who  were  mere  idolaters,  were 
destroyed  and  cast  into  hell  ;  but  that  they  of  the  same 
religion  who  lived  according  to  the  precepts  of  the  deca- 
logue, by  shunning  evils  as  sins,  and  at  the  same  time 
looked  up  to  the  Lord,  were  saved,  may  be  seen  in  the 
Continuation  concerning  the  Last  Judgment  and  the 
Spiritual  IVorld,  n.  58  ;  to  which  it  is  unnecessary  to  add 
any  thing  more.  The  like  is  said  of  Babylon  in  Isaiah  : 
"  A  lion  cried  upon  the  w  atch-tower,  and  said,  Babylon 
is  fallen,  is  fallen,  and  all  the  graven  images  of  her  gods 
he  hath  broken  unto  the  ground,"  xxi.  8,  9.  They  of 
that  religion,  who  are  of  like  characters  with  the  above 
described,  since  the  last  judgment,  are  collected  together, 
and  are  sent  from  time  to  time  to  their  like. 

756.  M  And  is  become  the  habitation  of  demons,"  sig- 
nifies, that  their  hells  are  hells  of  the  lusts  of  dominion 
from  the  heat  of  self-love,  and  of  the  lusts  of  profaning  the 
truths  of  heaven  from  the  spurious  zeal  of  that  love.  By 


ID 


THE  APOCALYPSE  REVEALED. 


[Cll.  XVIII. 


demons,  are  signified  concupiscences  of  evil,  n.  458;  and, 
also,  the  lusts  of  falsifying  truths  ;  but  demons,  like  lusts, 
are  of  several  kinds  ;  the  worst  ate  those  who  are  lusts 
exercising  dominion,  fiom  the  heat  of  self-love,  over  the 
holy  things  of  the  church  and  over  heaven  ;  and  as  this 
love  of  sovereignty  reigns  in  their  hearts,  they  are  also 
the  lusts  of  profaning  the  truths  of  heaven  from  the  spu- 
rious zeal  of  that  love.  And  since  they,  on  their  becom- 
ing demons,  as  is  the  case  after  death,  know  that  the  Lord 
only  rules  over  heaven  and  earth,  they  become  hatreds 
against  him,  insomuch  that  after  the  lapse  of  an  age  they 
cannot  endure  to  hear  him  named.  From  these  consider- 
ations it  is  evident,  that  by  Babylon  becoming  the  habi- 
tation of  demons,  is  signified  that  their  hells  are  hells  of 
the  lasts  of  dominion  originating  from  the  heat  of  self-love, 
and  of  the  lusts  of  profaning  the  truths  of  heaven  from  the 
spurious  zeal  of  that  love.  It  is  not  known  in  the  world, 
that  all  after  death  become  affections  of  the  love  which 
reigns  within  them  ;  they  who  have  looked  up  to  the 
Lord  and  to  heaven,  and  at  the  same  time  have  shunned 
evils  as  sins,  become  good  affections  ;  but  they  who  have 
looked  only  to  themselves  and  the  world,  and  have  shun- 
ned evils  not  because  they  were  sins,  but  only  injurious 
as  to  their  honor  and  character,  become  evil  affections, 
which  are  concupiscences.  These  affections  appear  to 
the  life,  and  are  perceived  in  the  spiritual  world  ;  whereas 
the  thoughts  only  which  proceed  from  affections  ap- 
pear in  the  natural  world.  Hence  it  is,  that  man  does  not 
know  that  hell  resides  in  the  effections  of  the  love  of  evil, 
and  heaven  in  the  affections  of  the  love  of  good  ;  and  the 
reason  why  he  does  not  perceive  this,  is,  because  the  lusts 
of  the  love  of  evil,  owing  to  their  being  hereditary,  are  de- 
lightful in  the  will,  and  thence  pleasant  in  the  understand- 
in";:  and  man  does  not  reflect  upon  that  which  is  delight- 
ful and  pleasant,  because  it  carries  his  mind  along,  just  as 
the  current  of  a  river  carries  a  ship  ;  wherefore,  they  who 
are  immersed  in  those  delights  and  pleasures,  cannot  ar- 
rive at  the  delights  and  pleasures  of  the  affections  of  the 
Jove  of  good  and  truth,  Otherwise  than  after  the  manner 
of  those  who  with  a  strong  arm  ply  their  oars  against  the 


CIL  XVIII.] 


THE  APOCALYPSE  REVEALED. 


(  . 


tide  :  but  the  case  is  different  with  such  as  have  not  im- 
mersed themselves  so  deeply. 

757.  "  And  the  hold  of  every  unclean  spirit,  and  a 
cage  of  every  unclean  and  hateful  bird,"  signifies,  that  the 
evils  of  the  will  and  thence  of  the  actions,  and  the  falses 
of  the  thoughts  and  thence  of  the  deliberations  of  such  as 
are  in  those  hells,  are  diabolical,  because  they  are  turned 
away  from  the  Lord  to  themselves.  By  a  hold,  is  signi- 
fied hell,  this  being  a  place  or  state  of  confinement ;  by  a 
spirit,  is  signified  all  that  relates  to  affection  and  will,  and 
thence  to  action  ;  and  by  a  bird,  is  signified  all  that  relates 
to  thought  or  understanding,  and  thence  to  deliberation, 
for  which  reason,  by  a  foul  spirit  and  an  unclean  bird,  are 
signified  all  the  evils  which  pertain  to  the  will  and  conse- 
quent actions,  and  all  the  falses  which  pertain  to  the 
thought  and  consequent  deliberations;  and  as  these  exist 
in  hell  among  them,  therefore  it  signifies  that  they  are 
diabolical  ;  and  as  they  are  turned  away  from  the  Lord  to 
themselves,  it  is  also  called  a  hateful  bird.  Babel  is  de- 
scribed in  the  prophets  by  the  like  expressions  ;  as  in 
Isaiah:  "  And  Babylon  shall  be  as  when  God  overthrew 
Sodom  and  Gomorrah.  It  shall  never  be  inhabited,  nei- 
ther shall  the  Arabian  pitch  tent  there  ; — but  the  wild 
beasts  of  the  desert  shall  lie  there,  and  their  houses  shall 
be  full  of  doleful  creatures,  and  owls  shall  dwell  there, 
and  satyrs  shall  dance  there.  And  the  wild  beasts  of  the 
islands  shall  cry  in  their  desolate  houses,  and  dragons  in 
their  pleasant  palaces,"  xiii.  19 — 22.  In  the  same  pro- 
phet :  "  I  will  cut  off  from  Babylon  the  name,  and  rem- 
nant : — I  will  also  make  it  a  possession  for  the  bittern,,: 
xiv.  22,  23.  And  in  Jeremiah  :  "  In  Babylon  shall 
dwell  the  wild  beasts  of  the  desert  with  the  wild  beasts  of 
the  islands,  and  the  owls. — As  God  overthrew  Sodom 
and  Gomorrah  and  the  neighboring  cities  thereof,  so  shall 
no  son  of  man  dwell  there,"  I.  39,  40.  From  which  it 
is  evident,  that  by  a  hold  of  every  foul  spirit,  and  a  cage 
of  every  unclean  and  hateful  bird,  is  signified  that  the  evils 
of  the  will  and  consequent  actions,  and  the  falses  of  the 
thoughts  and  consequent  deliberations,  of  such  as  are  in 
those  hells,  are  diabolical,  because  they  are  turned  away 


THE  APOCALYPSE  REVEALED. 


[CII.  XVIlf. 


from  the  Lord  to  themselves.  That  a  bird  signifies  such 
things  as  pertain  to  the  understanding  and  thought,  and 
thence  to  deliberation,  in  both  senses,  as  well  evil  as 
good,  is  evident  from  the  Word.  They  occur,  in  a  bad 
sense,  in  the  following  places:  "  And  in  the  midst  of  the 
week  he  shall  cause  the  sacrifice  and  the  oblation  to  cease, 
and  for  the  overspreading  of  abominations  he  shall  make 
it  desolate,  even  until  the  consummation,  and  that  deter- 
mined shall  be  poured  upon  the  desolate,'"  Dan.  ix.  27. 
"  But  the  cormorant  and  the  bittern  shall  possess  it,  the 
owl  also  and  the  raven  shall  dwell  in  it,"  Isaiah  xxxiv. 
11.  Nothing  but  infernal  falses  are  signified  by  the  wild 
beasts  of  the  deserts  and  of  the  islands,  and  by  the  owls 
and  dragons,  in  the  above-cited  passages,  or  by  "  the 
fowls  which  came  down  upon  the  carcasses,  which  Abram 
drove  away,"  Gen.  xv.  10.  By  "  the  fowls  to  which 
their  carcasses  were  to  be  given  for  food,"  Jerem.  vii.  33, 
xv.  3,  xvi.  4,  xix.  7,  xxxiv.  20,  Ezek.  xxix.  5,  Psalm 
lxxix.  1,  2  ;  or  by  the  "  fowls  which  devour  what  is 
sowed,"  Matt.  xiii.  3,  4.  In  a  good  sense,  in  the  follow- 
ing passages  :  "  Let  creeping  things  and  flying  fowl 
praise  the  name  of  Jehovah,"  Psalm  cxlviii.  10  "And 
in  that  day  will  I  make  a  covenant  for  them  with  the 
fowls  of  heaven  and  with  the  creeping  things  of  the 
ground,"  Hosea  ii.  18.  "  Ask  now  the  beasts  and  they 
shall  teach  thee,  and  the  folds  of  the  air  and  they  shall 
tell  thee  :  Who  knoweth  not  in  all  these  that  the  hand  of 
Jehovah  hath  wrought  this?"  Job  xii.  7,  8,  9.  "  I  be- 
held, and  lo,  there  was  no  man,  all  the  birds  of  the  hea- 
vens were  fled,"  Jerem.  iv.  24,  25,  26.  "  Both  the 
fowl  of  the  heavens  and  the  beasts  are  fled  ; — And  I  will 
make  Jerusalem  heaps,  and  a  den  of  dragons,"  Jerem.  ix. 
9,  10,  xii.  9.  "Because  there  is  no  truth,  nor  mercy, 
nor  knowledge  of  God, — Therefore  shall  the  land  mourn, 
— with  the  beasts  of  the  field  and  with  the  fowls  of  hea- 
ven," Hosea  iv.  1,  2,  3.  "I  am  God, — Calling  a  raven- 
ous bird  from  the  east,  the  man  that  executeth  my  coun- 
sel from  a  far  country,"  Isaiah  xlvi.  9,  11.  "Behold, 
the  Assyrian  was  a  cedar  in  Lebanon, — all  the  fowls  of 
heaven  made  their  nests  in  his  boughs,  and  under  his  sha- 


CH.  XVIII.] 


THE  ArOCALYPSE  REVEALED. 


dow  dwelt  all  great  nations,"  Ezek.  xxxi.  5,  6.  The 
like  is  said  of  Ashur  as  a  cedar,  and  of  birds  or  fowls  in 
other  places ;  as  in  Ezek.  xvii.  23,  Dan.  iv.  7 — 18, 
Matt.  xiii.  31,  32,  Mark  i v.  32;  Lukexiii.  19.  "  Speak 
unto  every  feathered  foivl,  and  to  every  beast  of  the  field, 
come  to  my  sacrifice  upon  the  mountains  of  Israel : — 
And  I  will  set  my  glory  among  the  heathen,"  Ezek. 
xxxix.  17,  21,  Apoc.  xix.  17.  And  again,  in  Isaiah 
xviii.  1,  6,  Ezek.  xxxviii.  20,  Hosea  ix.  11,  xi.  9,  11, 
Zephan.  i.  3,  Psalm  viii.  7,  8,  9,  Psalm  1.  11,  Psalm  civ. 
11,  12.  That  birds  signify  such  things  as  relate  to  the 
understanding,  and  thence  to  the  thought  and  delibera- 
tion, appears  manifestly  from  the  birds  in  the  spiritual 
world,  where  there  are  also  seen  birds  of  every  genus  and 
species  ;  in  heaven,  such  as  are  most  beautiful,  birds  of 
paradise,  turtle  doves  and  pigeons  ;  in  hell,  dragons,  owls, 
screech-owls,  and  the  like,  all  which  are  lively  represen- 
tations of  thoughts,  proceeding  from  good  affections  in 
heaven,  and  of  thoughts  proceeding  from  evil  affections  in 
hell. 

758.  "  For  all  nations  have  drunk  of  the  wine  of  the 
wrath  of  her  whoredom,  and  the  kings  of  the  earth  have 
committed  whoredom  with  her,"  signifies,  that  they  fabri- 
cated abominable  tenets,  which  are  the  adulterations  and 
profanations  of  what  is  good  and  true  in  the  Word,  and 
caused  all  who  were  born  and  educated,  in  the  kingdoms 
under  their  dominion,  to  imbibe  them.  That  this  is  the 
signification  of  these  words,  may  appear  from  the  explana- 
tion above,  in  n.  631,  632,  and  n.  720;  721,  where 
similar  expressions  occur,  to  which  there  is  no  need  of 
adding  more,  except  that  the  like  is  said  of  Babel  in 
Jeremiah  :  "  Babylon  hath  been  a  golden  cup  in  Jehovah's 
hand  that  made  all  the  earth  drunken ;  the  nations  have 
drunken  of  her  wine,  therefore  the  nations  are  mad,"  li. 
7.  "  And  Babylon  shall  be  for  a  hissing. — In  their  heat 
I  will  make  their  feasts,  and  I  will  make  them  drunken, 
that  they  may  rejoice,  and  sleep  a  perpetual  sleep,  and 
not  wake,"  li.  37,  39.  By  the  wine  which  they  drink, 
and  with  which  they  are  intoxicated,  are  signified  their 
tenets,  the  abominable  nature  of  which  may  be  seen 
vol.  in.  2 


14 


THE  APOCALYPSE  REVEALED.  [CH.  XVI1J, 


above,  n.  754;  among  them  is  this  abominable  one,  viz. 
that  works,  done  according  to  their  doctrinals,  constitute 
merit,  by  transcribing  the  merit  and  righteousness  of  the 
Lord  into  such  works,  and  thus  into  themselves,  when 
nevertheless  the  all  of  charity  and  the  all  of  faith,  or  every 
good  and  truth,  is  from  the  Lord,  and  what  is  from  the 
Lord,  remains  the  Lord's  in  those  who  are  recipients  ;  for 
what  is  from  the  Lord  is  divine,  and  can  never  become 
the  property  of  man.  What  is  divine  may  be  in  man, 
but  not  in  his  proprium,  for  the  proprium  of  man  is  noth- 
ing but  evil,  wherefore  he  who  attaches  what  is  divine  to 
himself  as  his  own,  not  only  defiles,  but  also  profanes  it  ; 
for  what  is  divine  from  the  Lord  is  exquisitely  separated 
from  the  proprium  of  man,  and  is  elevated  above  it,  and 
never  immersed  in  it.  But  inasmuch  as  they  transferred 
every  thing  divine  in  the  Lord  to  themselves,  and  thus 
appropriated  it,  it  flows  like  bituminous  water,  during  a 
shower  of  rain,  from  a  spring  of  bitumen.  It  is  the  same 
with  this  tenet,  that  justification  is  real  sanctification,  and 
that  their  saints  are  holy  in  themselves,  when,  neverthe- 
less, the  Lord  only  is  holy,  Apoc.  xv.  4.  More  may  be 
seen  on  the  subject  of  merit  in  the  work  on  The  New 
Jerusalem  and  its  Heavenly  Doctrine,  n.  150 — 158. 

759.  "  And  the  merchants  of  the  earth  are  waxed  rich 
through  the  abundance  of  her  delicacies,"  signifies,  the 
superior  and  inferior  orders  in  that  hierarchy,  who  by  the 
dominion  over  holy  things  aspire  to  divine  majesty,  and 
super-royal  glory,  and  continually  aim  at  establishing 
them  by  multiplying  monasteries  and  possessions  under 
them,  and  by  treasures  which  they  collect  and  accumulate 
from  the  world  for  no  purpose,  and  thus  procure  to  them- 
selves corporeal  and  natural  pleasures  by  having  celestial 
and  spiritual  dominion  attributed  to  them.  By  the 
merchants  of  Babylon,  no  others  can  be  meant  than  those 
of  the  superior  and  inferior  orders  in  their  ecclesiastical 
hierarchy,  because  in  verse  23  of  this  chapter  it  is  said, 
that  they  are  the  great  men  of  the  earth  ;  and  by  the 
abundance  of  her  delicacies  through  which  they  are  wax- 
ed rich,  no  other  things  can  be  meant,  than  the  dogmat- 
ical tenets  by  which,  as  means,  they  acquire  dominion 


CH.XVI1I-]  THE   APOCALYPSE  REVEALED. 


15 


over  the  souls  of  men,  and  thus,  also,  over  their  posses- 
sions and  wealth  ;  that  they  collect  these  for  no  purpose, 
and  fill  their  treasures  with  them,  is  well  known ;  and, 
likewise,  that  they  make  a  traffic  of  the  holy  things  of 
the  church,  since  by  offerings  and  gifts  made  to  monas- 
teries and  to  their  saints  and  images,  and  by  masses,  in- 
dulgences, and  various  dispensations,  they  sell  salvation, 
or,  what  is  the  same  thing,  heaven.  Who  cannot  see, 
that  if  the  papal  dominion  had  not  received  a  check  at 
the  time  of  the  reformation,  they  would  have  amassed  to- 
gether the  possessions  and  riches  of  every  kingdom  in 
Europe,  and  in  this  case  would  have  become  sole  lords, 
and  the  rest,  servants  ?  Have  they  not  derived  from  for- 
mer ages,  when  they  had  power  over  emperors  and  kings, 
whom  they  could  excommunicate  and  dethrone  for  dis- 
obedience, their  principal  opulence  ;  and  have  they  not 
annual  revenues  which  are  still  immense,  together  with 
treasuries  full  of  gold,  silver,  and  jewels  ?  The  like 
barbarous  dominion  still  dwells  in  the  minds  of  many  of 
them,  being  kept  within  bounds  solely  by  the  fear  of  losing 
what  power  they  have,  by  attempting  to  extend  it  any 
■further.  But  what  use  do  they  make  of  these  vast  re- 
venues, treasures,  and  possessions,  except  to  pamper  and 
gratify  their  pride,  and  to  confirm  their  power  and  do- 
minion to  eternity  ?  From  these  considerations  it  may 
appear,  what  is  here  signified  by  the  merchants  of  the 
earth,  who  are  waxed  rich  through  the  abundance  of  the 
delicacies  of  Babylon.  They  are  also  called  merchants 
in  Isaiah:  "The  inhabitants  of  Babylon  shall  be  as 
stubble,  the  fire  shall  burn  them,  they  shall  not  deliver 
themselves  from  the  power  of  the  flame ; — even  thy 
merchants  from  thy  youth,"  xlvii.  14,  15.  To  merchan- 
dise and  trade,  in  the  Word,  signifies  to  procure  spiritual 
riches,  which  are  the  knowledges  of  things  true  and  good, 
and,  in  the  opposite  sense,  the  knowledges  of  things  false 
and  evil,  and  by  the  latter  to  gain  the  world,  and  by  the 
former  to  gain  heaven  ;  for  which  reason  the  Lord  com- 
pared "  the  kingdom  of  heaven  to  a  merchantman  seek- 
ing goodly  pearls,"  Matt.  xiii.  45,  46.  And  the  mem- 
bers of  the  church  to  servants,  "  to  whom  were  given 


16 


THE  APOCALYPSE  REVEALED.  [CH  XYItl. 


talents  to  trade  with  and  make  profit,"  Matt,  xxv  14 — 
20.  And  to  whom  there  were  given  ten  pounds,  which 
they  were  in  like  manner  to  trade  and  make  profit  with, 
Luke  xix.  12 — 26.  And  since  by  Tyre  is  signified  the 
church  with  respect  to  the  knowledges  of  things  true  and 
good,  therefore  her  trade  and  merchandise  are  treated  of 
throughout  the  whole  of  the  twenty-seventh  chapter  of 
Ezekiel  ;  and  it  is  said  of  her,  "  With  thy  wisdom  and 
with  thine  understanding  thou  hast  gotten  thee  gold  and 
silver  into  thy  treasures  : — By  thy  great  wisdom  and  by 
thy  traffic  thou  hast  increased  thy  riches,"  Ezek.  xxviii. 

4,  5.  And  in  another  place  :  "  Tyre  is  laid  waste, — 
whose  merchants  are  princes,  whose  trafficers  are  the 
honorable  of  the  earth,"  Isaiah  xxiii.  1,8.  And  the 
perverted  church  among  the  Jews  in  the  land  of  Ca- 
naan, is  called  the  land  of  traffic,  Ezek.  xvii.  4,  xxviii. 

5,  18. 

760.  "  And  I  heard  another  voice  from  heaven,  saying, 
Come  out  of  her,  my  people,  that  ye  be  not  partakers  of 
her  sins,  and  that  ye  receive  not  of  her  plagues,"  signifies, 
an  exhortation  from  the  Lord  to  all,  as  well  those  who 
are  in  that  religion,  as  those  who  are  not,  to  take  heed 
not  to  connect  themselves  with  it  by  acknowledgment 
and  affection,  lest,  as  to  their  souls,  they  should  be  joined 
with  its  abominations,  and  perish.  By  another  voice 
from  heaven,  saying,  is  signified  an  exhortation  from  the 
Lord  to  all,  as  well  those  who  are  of  that  religion,  as 
those  who  are  not,  because  it  follows,  "  come  out  of  her 
my  people,"  that  is,  all  who  approach  the  Lord.  The 
reason  why  this  exhortation  is  from  the  Lord,  is,  because 
the  voice  was  from  heaven  ;  "  that  ye  be  not  partakers 
of  her  sins,"  signifies,  to  take  heed  lest  as  to  their  souls 
they  should  be  conjoined  with  its  abominations,  and  inas- 
much as  conjunction  is  effected  by  acknowledgment  and 
affection,  this  also  is  signified.  The  reason  why  their 
sins  are  abominations,  is  because  they  are  so  called  in  the 
foregoing  chapter,  verse  4,  "  and  that  ye  receive  not  of 
her  plagues,"  signifies,  lest  they  perish ;  for  by  plagues 
are  signified  evils  and  ialses,  and  at  the  same  time  de- 
struction by  them  ;  this  is  what  is  signified  by  plagues 


CH.  XVIII  ] 


THE  APOCALYPSE  REVEALED. 


17 


above,  n.  657,673,676;  and  in  other  places.  The 
like  is  said  of  Babylon  in  the  Word  in  the  following  pas- 
sages :  "  My  people,  go  ye  out  of  the  midst  of  her,  and 
deliver  ye  every  man  his  soul,  from  the  fierce  anger  of 
Jehovah,  and  lest  your  heart  faint,  and  ye  fear  for  the 
rumor,''  Jerem.  li.  45,  46.  "  Flee  out  of  the  midst  of 
Babylon,  and  deliver  ye  every  man  his  soul,  be  not  cut 
off"  in  her  iniquity,"  Jerem.  li.  6.  "  Forsake  her,  and 
let  us  go  every  one  into  his  own  country,  for  her  judgment 
reached)  unto  heaven,  and  is  lifted  up  even  to  the  skies," 
Jerem.  li.  9.  "  Go  ye  forth  of  Babylon,  flee  ye  from 
the  Chaldeans,  with  a  voice  of  singing ;  declare  ye,  tell 
this,  utter  it  even  to  the  end  of  the  earth  ;  say  ye,  Jehovah 
hath  redeemed,"  Isaiah  xlviii.  20,  21,  Jerem.  1.  8. 

761.  "For  her  sins  have  reached  unto  heaven,  and 
God  hath  remembered  her  iniquities,"  signifies,  that  their 
evils  and  falses  infest  the  heavens,  which  the  Lord  will 
protect  from  their  violence.  By  her  sins  have  reached 
unto  heaven,  is  signified  that  their  evils  and  falses  infest 
the  angels  of  heaven  ;  by  God  hath  remembered  her  in- 
iquities, is  signified,  that  the  Lord  will  protect  the  heavens 
from  their  violence.  The  reason  why  this  is  signified,  is, 
because  all  things  in  heaven  are  goods  and  truths,  and 
all  things  in  hell  are  evils  and  falses,  and  therefore  the 
heavens  and  hells  are  altogether  separated,  and  as  inversely 
situated  relatively  to  each  other  as  antipodes  ;  therefore 
evils  and  falses  cannot  reach  to  the  heavens  ;  but  yet 
when  evils  and  falses  are  multiplied  beyond  the  degrees 
of  opposition,  and  thence  beyond  due  measure,  the 
heavens  are  infested,  and  unless  the  Lord  then  defends 
the  heavens,  which  is  effected  by  a  stronger  influx  from 
himself,  the  heavens  suffer  violence,  and  when  this  arrives 
at  its  height,  he  then  executes  the  last  judgment,  and 
they  thus  are  delivered.  On  this  account  it  is  said  further 
on  in  this  chapter,  "  Rejoice  over  her,  thou  heaven,  for 
God  hath  avenged  you  on  her,"  verse  20,  and  in  the  xixth 
chap,  which  comes  next,  verse  1 — 9,  and  in  Jeremiah, 
"  Then  the  heaven  and  the  earth,  and  all  that  is  therein, 
shall  sing  over  Babylon,  for  the  spoilers  shall  come  unto 
her,"  li.  48. 

2* 


18 


THE  APOCALYPSE  REVEALED. 


[ch.  xvir 


762.  "  Reward  her  even  as  she  rewarded  you,  and 
double  unto  her  double  according  to  her  works  :  in  the 
cup  which  she  hath  mixed,  mix  unto  her  double,"  signi- 
fies, just  retribution  and  punishment  after  death,  when 
the  evils  and  falses,  by  which  they  have  seduced  and 
destroyed  others,  will  return  upon  themselves,  according 
to  their  quantity  and  quality,  which  is  called  the  law  of 
retaliation.  Reward  her  as  she  rewarded  you,  signifies, 
just  retribution  and  thus  punishment  after  death  ;  double 
unto  her  double  according  to  her  works,  signifies  that  the 
evils,  by  which  they  seduced  and  destroyed  others,  will 
return  upon  them  according  to  their  quantity  and  quality  ; 
in  the  cup  which  she  had  filled  fill  to  her  double,  signifies 
that  it  will  be  the  same  in  regard  to  falses ;  for  by  cup  or 
wine  are  signified  falses,  n.  316,  635,  642,  672.  Nearly 
the  same  things  are  said  of  Babel  in  the  prophets  :  "  Re- 
compense Babylon  according  to  her  work  ;  according  to  all 
that  she  hath  done,  do  unto  her;  for  she  hath  been  proud 
against  Jehovah,  against  the  Holy  One  of  Israel,"  Jerem. 
1.  29.  "  For  it  is  the  vengeance  of  Jehovah  ;  take 
vengeance  upon  her  ;  as  she  hath  done,  do  unto  her," 
Jerem.  1.  15.  "  O  daughter  of  Babylon,  who  art  to  be 
destroyed,  happy  shall  he  be  that  rewardcth  thee  as  thou 
hast  served  us,"  Psalm  cxxxvii.  8.  It  is  according  to 
the  literal  sense  that  they,  whom  they  had  seduced  and 
destroyed,  were  to  reward  them,  but,  according  to  the 
spiritual  sense,  they  were  to  reward  themselves,  because 
every  evil  carries  its  own  punishment  along  with  it ;  this 
is  similar  to  what  is  said  in  many  parts  of  the  Word,  that 
God  will  recompense  and  take  vengeance  upon  the  in- 
justice and  injuries  done  to  him,  and  from  anger  and 
wrath  will  destroy  them,  when,  nevertheless,  the  evils 
themselves,  which  they  have  committed  against  God,  do 
this,  consequently  they  do  it  to  themselves  ;  for  this  is 
the  law  of  retaliation,  which  derives  its  origin  from  the 
following  divine  law,  "  All  things  whatsoever  ye  would 
that  men  should  do  to  you,  do  ye  even  so  to  them  ;  for 
this  is  the  law  and  the  prophets,"  Matt.  vii.  12  ;  Luke 
vi.  31.  This  law  in  heaven  is  the  law  of  mutual  love  or 
charity,  whence  there  exists  what  is  opposite  in  hell,  in 


CH.  XVllf.] 


THE  APOCALYPSE  REVEALED. 


J  9 


that  there  happens  to  every  one  that  which  he  would  do 
to  another,  not  that  they  who  are  in  heaven  do  it,  but 
they  who  are  in  hell  do  it  to  themselves,  for  the  retribu- 
tion of  retaliation  exists  from  the  opposition  to  that  law  of 
life  in  heaven,  as  an  inherent  thing  in  their  evils.  By 
double  is  signified  much  according  to  quantity  and  quality, 
in  the  following  places  also:  "Let  them  be  confounded 
that  persecute  me, — bring  upon  them  the  day  of  evil, 
and  destroy  them  with  double  destruction,"  Jerem.  xvii. 
18,  also  much  according  to  the  quantity  and  quality  of 
their  conversion  from  evils,  in  these  passages  :  "  Comfort 
ye  my  people,  speak,  ye  comfortably  to  Jerusalem,  and 
cry  unto  her,  that  her  warfare  is  accomplished,  that  her 
iniquity  is  pardoned,  for  she  hath  received  of  Jehovah's 
hand  double  for  all  her  sins,"  Isaiah  xl.  1,  2.  "Return 
you  to  the  strong-hold,  ye  prisoners  of  hope,  even  to  day 
do  I  declare  that  1  will  render  double  unto  thee,"  Zech. 
ix.  12.  "  For  your  shame  ye  shall  have  double  ;  there- 
fore in  their  land  they  shall  possess  the  double  :  ever- 
lasting joy  shall  be  unto  them,"  Isaiah  lxi.  7. 

763.  "  How  much  she  hath  glorified  herself,  and  lived 
deliciously,  so  much  torment  and  sorrow  give  her,"  signi- 
fies, that  in  proportion  to  their  elatedness  of  heart  result- 
ing from  dominion,  and  according  to  their  exultation  of 
mind  and  body  resulting  from  riches,  they  experience  in- 
ternal grief  after  death,  in  consequence  of  falling  from 
power  and  becoming  contemptible,  and  being  reduced  to 
indigence  and  misery.  By  how  much  she  hath  glorified 
herself,  is  signified  in  proportion  to  their  elatedness  of 
heart  resulting  from  dominion,  since  from  this  they  glorify 
themselves  ;  by  how  much  she  hath  lived  deliciously,  is 
signified  in  proportion  to  their  exultation  of  mind  and 
body  on  account  of  their  riches,  and  their  consequent 
delights  and  pleasures,  as  above,  n.  759;  by  giving  her 
torment,  is  signified  internal  grief  on  account  of  their  fall 
from  power,  and  consequent  degradation  ;  their  torment 
after  death  proceeds  from  no  other  source  ;  and  by  giving 
her  mourning,  is  signified  internal  grief  through  being  re- 
duced to  indigence  and  misery,  their  mourning  after  death 
proceeding  from  thence.     The  delight  of  the  love  of 


80 


THE  APOCALYPSE  REVEALED. 


[CD.  XVIII. 


ruling  grounded  in  self-love,  over  all  things  of  the  Lord, 
which  are  all  things  of  heaven  and  the  church,  is  turned 
after  death  into  such  torment  ;  and  the  pleasure  of  the 
love  of  filling  the  mind  and  body  with  delicacies  and  in- 
dulgences procured  by  wealth,  among  those  who  are 
principled  in  the  above-mentioned  love  of  power,  is  chang- 
ed into  such  mourning ;  for  the  delights  and  satisfactions 
proceeding  from  various  kinds  of  love  constitute  the  life 
of  every  one,  wherefore  when  those  delights  and  satisfac- 
tions are  converted  into  their  opposites,  the  result  is  tor- 
ment and  mourning,  these  are  the  retributions  and  punish- 
ments which  are  meant  in  the  Word  by  torments  in  hell ; 
and  the  hatred  thence  derived  against  the  Lord,  and 
against  all  things  of  heaven  and  the  church,  is  meant  by 
hell  fire.  The  like  is  said  of  Babylon  in  the  prophets  ; 
as,  "  I  will  render  unto  Babylon  and  to  all  the  inhabitants 
of  Chaldea  all  their  evil  that  they  have  done  in  Zion  in 
your  sight,"  Jerem.  li.  24.  "  Because  the  spoiler  is  come 
upon  Babylon,  for  Jehovah  the  God  of  recompenses  shall 
surely  ref/uitc,"  Jerem.  li.  5,  56.  "  Thy  pomp  is  brought 
down  to  the  grave,  the  worm  (the  torment  which  is  in- 
ternal grief)  is  spread  under  thee  ;  for  thou  hast  said  in 
thine  heart,  I  will  ascend  into  heaven,  I  will  exalt  my 
throne  above  the  stars  of  God ;  I  will  be  like  the  Most 
High  :  yet  thou  shalt  be  brought  down  to  hell,  to  the 
sides  of  the  pit.  They  that  see  thee  shall  say,  Is  this  the 
man  that  made  the  earth  to  tremble,  that  did  shake  king- 
doms ?"  Isaiah  xiv.  11,  13 — 16,  speaking  of  Lucifer,  who 
in  this  passage  is  Babylon,  as  is  evident  from  verses  4 — 
22  of  that  chapter. 

764.  "  For  she  saith  in  her  heart,  I  sit  a  queen,  and 
am  no  widow,  and  shall  see  no  sorrow,"  signifies,  that 
these  things  befall  them  because  from  elatedness  of  heart 
over  dominion,  and  exultation  of  mind  over  riches,  they 
are  in  full  trust  and  confidence,  that  they  shall  reign  for 
ever,  and  be  their  own  protectors,  and  that  they  can 
never  be  deprived  of  their  power  and  possessions.  To 
say  in  her  heart,  signifies,  from  elatedness  of  heart  by 
reason  of  dominion,  to  be  in  full  trust,  as  also  from  exul- 
tation of  mind  on  account  of  riches,  to  be  in  full  owS- 


CII.  XVIII.]  THE  APOCALYPSE  REVEALED. 


2  1 


dence ;  I  sit  a  queen,  signifies,  that  they  shall  reign,  in 
the  present  instance  for  ever,  because  it  follows,  and 
shall  see  no  sorrow ;  and  am  no  widow,  signifies,  that 
they  shall  be  their  own  protectors  ;  for  by  a  widow  is 
signified  one  who  is  without  protection,  because  without 
a  husband.  The  words  queen  and  widow  are  used,  and 
not  king  and  man  or  husband,  because  Babylon  as  a 
church  is  understood  ;  and  I  sball  see  no  sorrow,  signifies, 
that  they  can  never  be  deprived  of  those  two  tilings  viz., 
of  power  and  riches  ;  that  their  being  deprived  of  them  is 
the  cause  of  mourning  after  death,  may  be  seen  above,  n. 
763.  The  like  is  said  of  Babylon  in  Isaiah  :  "  Thou 
shalt  no  more  be  called  the  lady  of  kingdoms.  And 
thou  saidst,  I  shall  be  a  lady  for  ever ;  that  sayest  in 
thine  heart,  I  am,  and  none  else  beside  me  ;  I  shall  not 
sit  as  a  widow,  neither  shall  I  know  the  loss  of  children. 
But  these  two  things  shall  come  to  thee  in  a  moment,  in 
one  day,  the  loss  of  children,  and  widowhood:  they  shall 
come  upon  thee  for  the  multitude  of  thy  sorceries,  and 
for  the  great  abundance  of  thine  enchantments.  For 
thou  hast  trusted  in  wickedness ;  thou  hast  said,  none 
seeth  me.  Thy  wisdom  it  hath  perverted  thee  ;  and 
thou  bast  said  in  thine  heart,  I  am,  and  none  else  beside 
me.  Therefore  shall  evil  come  upon  thee,"  xlvii.  5,  8 
— 11.  By  a  widow  in  the  Word  is  meant  one  who  is 
without  protection,  for,  in  a  spiritual  sense,  by  a  widow 
is  signified  one  who  is  in  good  and  not  in  truth,  for  by  a 
man  is  signified  truth,  and  by  his  wife,  good  ;  consequent- 
ly, by  a  widow  is  signified  good  without  truth,  and  good 
without  truth  is  without  protection,  since  truth  protects 
good  ;  this  is  the  signification  of  a  widow  when  mentioned 
in  the  Word,  as  in  Isaiah  ix.  13,  14,  16,  x.  1,2,  Jerem. 
xxii.  3,  xlix.  10,  1 1,  Lament,  v.  2,  3,  Ezek.  xxii.  6,  7, 
Malaehi  iii.  5,  Psalm  lxviii.  5,  cxlvi.  7,  8,  9,  Exod.  xxii. 
20—23,  Deut.  x.  18,  xxvii.  19,  Matt,  xxiii.  14,  Luke 
iv.  26,  xx.  47. 

765.  "  Therefore  in  one  day  shall  her  plagues  come, 
death,  and  sorrow,  and  famine,"  signifies,  that  therefore  at 
the  time  of  the  last  judgment,  the  punishment  of  the  evils 
they  have  committed  shall  return  upon  them,  namely, 


22 


THE  APOCALYPSE  REVEALED. 


[CH.  XVIII. 


deatli,  which  is  infernal  life,  and  intestine  grief  in  conse- 
quence of  their  fall  from  power,  sorrow,  which  is  eternal 
grief  through  being  reduced  from  a  state  of  opulence  to 
want  and  misery,  and  famine,  which  is  the  deprivation  of 
the  understanding  of  all  truth.  By  "  therefore,"  is  meant 
because  she  hath  said  in  her  heart,  I  sit  a  queen,  and  am 
no  widow,  and  shall  see  no  sorrow,  of  which  above,  n. 
764  ;  in  one  day,  signifies,  the  time  of  the  last  judgment, 
which  is  also  called  the  day  of  judgment;  by  plagues 
are  signified  the  punishments  of  the  evils,  which  they 
committed  in  the  world,  and  which  will  then  return  upon 
them  ;  by  death  is  signified  infernal  life,  and  intestine 
grief,  in  consequence  of  their  fall  from  power,  as  above, 
n.  764,  it  is  called  torment,  concerning  which  death  some- 
thing will  be  said  presently  ;  by  sorrow  is  signified  inter- 
nal grief,  through  being  reduced  from  a  state  of  opulence 
to  want  and  misery,  as  above,  n.  764  ;  by  famine  is  sig- 
nified the  deprivation  of  the  understanding  of  all  truth  ; 
into  these  three  plagues,  or  punishments,  do  they  come 
who  are  of  that  religion,  who  have  ruled  from  self-love, 
and  not  from  any  love  of  usefulness,  except  for  the  sake  of 
themselves  ;  these  are  also  atheists  at  heart,  since  they 
attribute  every  thing  to  their  own  prudence  and  to  na- 
ture :  the  rest  of  that  nation,  who  are  like  them,  but  do 
not  think  interiorly  in  themselves,  are  idolaters.  That  by 
the  plague  or  punishment  which  is  called  famine,  is  meant 
the  deprivation  of  the  understanding  of  all  truth,  may  be 
seen  above,  n.  323;  every  man,  indeed,  so  long  as  he 
lives  in  the  world,  has  rationality,  that  is,  the  faculty  of 
understanding  truth  ;  this  faculty  continues  with  every 
man  after  death,  but  yet  they  who,  from  self-love,  and 
the  pride  of  self-derived  intelligence,  have  imbibed  false 
principles  of  religion  in  this  world,  have  no  desire  to  un- 
derstand truth  after  death  ;  and  not  to  will  or  desire  is  as 
not  having  the  ability  :  this  want  of  ability  through  the 
absence  of  will  or  desire  prevails  among  all  such  persons 
as  are  above  described,  and  is  increased  from  the  circum- 
stance of  the  delight  of  the  concupiscence  of  falsity  for  the 
sake  of  dominion,  causing  them  to  imbibe  continually 
new  confirming  falses,  and  thus  to  become  in  point  of  un- 


CH.  XVIII.] 


THE  APOCALYPSE  REVEALED. 


23 


derstanrling  mere  falsities,  and  to  remain  so  lo  eternity. 
Something  of  this  kind  is  meant  by  the  following  passage 
concerning  Babylon  in  Jeremiah  :  "  Your  mother  shall 
be  sore  confounded  ;  she  that  bare  you  shall  be  ashamed  ; 
behold  the  hindermostof  the  nations  shall  be  a  wilderness, 
a  dry  land,  and  «  desert, — Because  of  the  wrath  of  Jeho- 
vah it  sball  not  be  inhabited,  but  it  shall  be  wholly  deso- 
late, every  one  that  goeth  by  Babylon  shall  be  astonished, 
and  hiss  at  all  her  plagues,"  I.  12,  13. 

766.  "  And  she  shall  be  utterly  burned  with  fire ;  for 
strong  is  the  Lord  God  who  judgeth  her,"  signifies,  that 
they  will  entertain  hatred  against  the  Lord  and  against 
his  heaven  and  church,  because  they  will  then  see  that 
the  Lord  alone  governs  and  reigns  over  all  things  in  heav- 
en and  earth,  and  not  any  man  in  the  least  degree  from 
himself.  The  fire  by  which  she  will  be  burned,  signifies, 
hatredagainst  the  Lord,  and  against  his  heaven  and  church, 
of  which  see  below  ;  for  strong  is  the  Lord  who  judgeth 
her,  signifies,  because  then,  that  is,  in  the  spiritual  world, 
into  which  they  enter  after  death,  they  will  see  that  the 
Lord  alone  governs  and  reigns  over  all  things  in  the  heav- 
ens and  earths,  and  not  in  the  least  any  man  from  himself; 
the  reason  why  this  is  signified  by  "  for  strong  is  the  Lord 
God  who  judgeth  her,"  is,  that  the  Lord  judges  no  one  to 
hell,  but  such  judgment  results  from  the  man  himself; 
for  when  men  feel  the  angelic  sphere  flowing  down  out  of 
heaven  from  the  Lord,  they  flee  away  and  cast  themselves 
into  hell,  as  may  appear  from  what  is  shown  above,  n. 
233,  325,  340,  387,  502.  That  by  fire  is  signified  love 
inboth  senses,  celestial  love  which  is  the  love  of  the  Lord, 
and  infernal  love  w  hich  is  the  love  of  self,  see  above,  n. 
468,  494  ;  the  reason  why  infernal  fire  is  hatred,  is,  be- 
cause self-love  hates,  for  all  who  are  in  that  love,  burn 
with  anger  in  proportion  to  the  degree  of  such  love,  and 
are  full  of  hatred  and  revenge  against  those  who  oppose  it, 
and  they  who  are  of  Babylon,  against  such  as  deny  that 
they  ought  to  be  worshiped  and  adored  as  saints  ;  there- 
fore when  they  hear,  that  in  heaven  the  Lord  alone  is 
worshiped  and  adored,  and  that  to  worship  any  man  in- 
stead of  the  Lord  is  profane,  adoration  of  the  Lord  with 


21 


THE  APOCALYPSE  REVEALED.  [CH.  XVIII. 


them  is  turned  into  hatred  against  Him,  and  adulteration 
of  the  Word,  to  the  end  that  they  themselves  may  be 
worshiped,  becomes  profanation ;  this,  therefore,  is  what 
is  signified  by  Babylon's  being  burned  with  fire.  That  to 
be  burned  with  fire  is  the  punishment  consequent  upon  the 
profanation  of  what  is  holy,  see  above,  n.  748.  The  like 
is  meant  by  these  words  in  Jeremiah:  "Behold,  I  am 
against  thee,  O  Babylon,  thou  destroying  mountain,  which 
destroys  all  the  earth,  I  will  roll  thee  down  from  the  rocks, 
and  will  make  thee  a  burning  mountain.  The  broad 
walls  of  Babylon  shall  be  utterly  broken,  and  her  high 
gates  shall  be  burned  with  fire"  li.  25,  58. 

767.  "  And  the  kings  of  the  earth  who  have  committed 
whoredom  and  lived  deliciously  with  her,  shall  bewail  her, 
and  lament  for  her,  when  they  shall  see  the  smoke  of  her 
burning,"  signifies,  the  interior  grief  of  those  who  were  in 
superior  dominion  and  its  delights,  by  the  falsified  and 
adulterated  truths  of  the  Word,  which  constitute  the  holy 
things  of  the  church,  when  they  see  those  holy  things 
converted  into  such  as  are  profane.  This  and  the 
following  verse  treat  of  the  lamentation  of  the  kings  of 
the  earth,  by  whom  are  meant  such  as  are  of  the  supreme 
order,  who  are  called  great  men  and  primates ;  from 
verses  11 — 16  the  lamentation  of  the  merchants  of  the 
earth  is  treated  of,  by  whom  are  meant  those  of  the  inferior 
order,  who  are  called  monks;  from  verses  17 — 19,  the 
lamentation  of  the  pilots  and  mariners  is  treated  of,  by 
whom  are  meant  those  who  are  the  vehicles,  as  it  were,  of 
importing,  who  are  called  the  laity.  The  kings  of  the 
earth  are  in  this  place  treated  of,  by  whom  are  signified 
those  who  are  of  the  supreme  order  ;  that  by  kings  are  not 
meant  kings,  but  those  who  are  in  truths  derived  from 
good,  and,  in  an  opposite  sense,  those  who  are  in  falses 
derived  from  evil,  see  above,  n.  483,  704,  737,  740,  720  ; 
here,  therefore,  by  the  kings  of  the  earth  who  committed 
whoredom  and  lived  deliciously  with  the  harlot,  are  signi- 
fied those  who  are  in  power  and  in  the  delights  pertaining 
to  it,  by  falsifying  and  adulterating  the  truths  ol  the  Word, 
especially  in  consequence  of  falsifying  and  adulterating 
that  truth  of  the  Word,  which  the  Lord  spake  unto  Peter, 


CH.  XVIII.]  THE  APOCALYPSE  REVEALED. 


25 


concerning  which  we  shall  say  something  presently.  That 
to  commit  whoredom,  signifies  to  falsify  and  adulterate  the 
truths  of  the  Word,  may  be  seen,  n.  134,  632,  635  ;  and 
that  to  live  deliciously,  signifies  to  enjoy  the  delights  of  do- 
minion, and  likewise  of  opulence,  n.  759  ;  by  their  be- 
wailing and  lamenting  over  her,  are  signified  their  interior 
griefs  ;  they  are  said  to  bewail  and  lament,  because  bewail- 
ing relates  to  grief  in  consequence  of  their  fall  from  domin- 
ion, and  lamentation  relates  to  grief  in  consequence  of  the 
privation  of  wealth  ;  and  inasmuch  as  the  grief  of  these  is 
more  interior  than  that  of  the  merchants  of  the  earth, 
therefore  it  is  said  of  the  kings  of  the  earth,  by  whom 
are  meant  those  of  the  superior  order,  that  they  bewail- 
ed and  lamented,  and  of  the  merchants  of  the  earth, 
by  whom  are  meant  those  of  the  inferior  order,  that  they 
wept  and  wailed  ;  by  seeing  the  smoke  of  her  burning,  is 
signified  when  they  see  the  falses  of  their  religion,  which 
are  falsified  and  adulterated  truths  of  the  Word,  turned 
into  profaneness  ;  by  smoke  are  signified  those  falses,  n. 
422,  452 ;  and  by  burning  is  signified  what  is  profane,  n. 
766.  From  these  considerations  and  from  the  explana- 
tion above,  n.  766,  it  is  evident,  that  by  the  kings  of  the 
earth  who  have  committed  whoredom  and  lived  deliciously 
with  her,  shall  bewail  her  and  mourn  over  her,  when  they 
see  the  smoke  of  her  burning,  are  signified  the  interior 
griefs  of  those  who  were  in  superior  dominion  and  its  de- 
lights, by  means  of  the  falsification  and  adulteration  of  the 
truths  of  the  Word,  when  they  see  them  changed  into 
such  things  as  are  profane. 

768.  Something  shall  now  be  said  concerning  that  truth, 
which  the  Lord  spake  to  Peter  respecting  the  keys  of  the 
kingdom  of  heaven,  and  the  power  of  binding  and  loosing, 
Matt.  xvi.  15 — 20.  The  Roman  Catholics  say  that  this 
power  was  given  to  Peter,  and  that  it  was  transferred  to 
the  popes  as  his  successors,  and  that  thus  the  Lord  left  to 
Peter,  and  to  the  popes  after  him,  all  his  power,  and  that 
they  were  to  act  as  his  vicars  upon  earth  ;  but  yet  from 
the  very  words  of  the  Lord,  it  manifestly  appears,  that  he 
did  not  give  the  least  degree  of  power  to  Peter,  for  the 
Lord  said,  "  Upon  this  rock  I  will  build  my  church."  By 

VOL.  HI.  3 


26 


THE  APOCALYPSE  REVEALED. 


[Oil.  XVIII. 


a  rock  is  signified  the  Lord  as  to  bis  Divine  Truth,  and  the 
Divine  Truth  signified  by  a  rock,  is  that  which  Peter  con- 
fessed before  the  Lord  spake  to  him,  in  these  words :  Je- 
sus said  to  his  disciples,  "  But  whom  say  ye  that  I  am  ? 
And  Simon  Peter  answered  and  said, — Thou  art  the 
Christ  the  Son  of  the  living  God"  verses  15,  18  ;  this 
truth  it  is  upon  which  the  Lord  builds  his  church,  and  Pe- 
ter, in  this  case,  represented  this  truth ;  from  which  con- 
sideration it  is  plain,  that  the  confession  of  the  Lord,  as 
being  the  "  Son  of  the  living  God,"  and  having  power 
over  heaven  and  earth,  Matt,  xxviii.  18,  is  what  the  Lord 
builds  his  church  upon,  thus  upon  himself,  and  not  upon 
Peter.  That  by  a  rock  is  meant  the  Lord,  is  a  known 
thing  in  the  church.  "I  once  had  a  conversation  in  the 
"  spiritual  world  with  the  Babylonian  nation,  respecting 
"  the  keys  that  were  given  to  Peter,  whether  or  not  they 
"  believed  that  power  was  transferred  from  the  Lord  to 
"  him  over  heaven  and  hell ;  this  being  the  fundamental 
"  tenet  of  their  religion,  they  vehemently  insisted  upon  it, 
"  saying  that  there  was  no  doubt  of  it,  because  it  is  ex- 
"  pressly  declared.  Upon  being  asked  whether  they  knew 
"  that  in  every  particular  of  the  Word  there  is  a  spiritual 
"  sense  which  is  the  sense  of  the  Word  in  heaven?  they  at 
"  first  replied  that  they  did  not  know  it,  but  afterwards 
"  they  said  that  they  would  inquire,  and  when  they  in- 
"  quired  they  were  instructed,  that  there  is  a  spiritual 
"  sense  in  every  particular  of  the  Word,  which  differs  from 
"  the  literal  sense  as  that  which  is  spiritual  differs  from  that 
"  which  is  natural  ;  and  they  were  further  instructed,  that 
"  not  arty  person  named  in  the  Word  is  named  in  heaven, 
"  but  instead  thereof  something  spiritual  is  there  under- 
"  stood  ;  lastly,  they  were  informed,  that  instead  of  Peter, 
"  in  the  Word,  the  truth  of  the  church  derived  from  good 
"  is  understood  ;  so  also  by  a  rock,  which  is  mentioned  at 
"  the  same  time  with  Peter ;  and  that  from  this  circum- 
"  stance  it  might  be  known,  that  no  power  whatever  was 
"  given  to  Peter,  but  only  to  truth  derived  from  good,  for 
"  all  power  in  heaven  is  in  truth  from  good,  or  is  from 
"  good  by  truth  ;  and  since  all  good  and  all  truth  are  from 
"  the  Lord,  and  none  from  man,  that  all  power  belongs 
"  to  the  Lord.    On  hearing  this,  they  said,  with  indigna- 


CH.  XVlll.]  TOE  APOCALYPSE  REVEALED. 


27 


"  tion,  that  they  desired  to  know  whether  that  spiritual 
"  sense  existed  in  those  words.  Wherefore  the  Word 
"  which  is  in  heaven  was  given  them,  in  which  Word 
**  there  is  not  the  natural  but  the  spiritual  sense,  this  being 

for  the  use  of  the  angels  wlro  are  spiritual ;  and  when 
"  they  read  it,  they  saw  at  once  that  Peter  was  not  men- 
"  tioned  there,  but  instead  of  Peter,  '  Truth  derived  from 
"  good  which  is  from  the  Lord.'  On  seeing  this,  they 
"  rejected  it  with  anger,  and  would  have  torn  it  to  pieces 

almost  with  their  teeth,  had  it  not  been  instantly  taken 
"  from  them.  Hence  they  wereconvinced,  although  un- 
"  willing  to  be  convinced,  that  that  power  belongs  to  the 
"  Lord  alone,  and  not  in  the  least  degree  whatever  to  any 
u  man,  inasmuch  as  it  is  a  divine  power." 

769.  "  Standing  afar  off  for  fear  of  her  torment,  saying, 
Alas,  alas,  that  great  city  Babylon,  that  mighty  city !  for 
in  one  hour  is  thy  judgment  come,"  signifies,  their  fear  of 
punishment,  and  grievous  lamentation  at  the  same  time 
that  this  religion,  so  strongly  fortified,  could  be  subverted 
so  suddenly  and  so  totally,  and  that  they  themselves  might 
perish.  To  stand  afar  off  for  fear  of  her  torment,  signifies, 
a  state  as  yet  remote  from  the  state  of  those  who  are  un- 
der condemnation  already,  because  in  fear  of  torment,  as 
will  be  seen  presently  ;  alas,  alas,  signifies  grievous  lam- 
entation ;  that  alas  signifies  lamentation  over  calamity, 
unhappiness,  and  damnation,  may  be  seen  above,  n.  416, 
hence  Alas,  alas !  signifies  grievous  lamentation  ;  by  that 
great  city  Babylon,  is  signified  that  religion,  in  this  pas- 
sage, as  above,  n.  751.  Babylon  is  spoken  of  as  a  wo- 
man and  a  harlot,  because  it  is  said  her  torment ;  by  that 
mighty  city,  is  signified  that  religion  so  well  fortified  ;  in 
one  hour  is  thy  judgment  come,  signifies,  that  there 
should  be  a  possibility  of  its  being  so  suddenly  subverted, 
and  that  they  themselves  might  perish  ;  in  one  hour,  sig- 
nifies, so  suddenly  ;  and  by  judgment  is  signified  the  sub- 
version of  their  religion  and  the  destruction  of  those  who 
had  committed  whoredom  and  lived  deliciously  with  that 
harlot,  such  being  here  treated  of;  that  they  were  de- 
stroyed at  the  last  judgment,  may  be  seen  in  a  small  tract 
on  The  Last  Judgment  and  the  Destruction  of  Babylon, 


THE  APOCALYPSE  REVEALED. 


[CH.  XVIII. 


published  in  London  in  the  year  1758  ;  for  what  is  here 
said  relates  to  that  destruction.  The  reason  why  standing 
afar  oft' for  fear  of  her  torment,  signifies  a  state  as  yet  remote 
from  the  state  of  those  who  are  in  condemnation,  as  being  in 
fear  of  torment,  is,  because  by  afar  off  is  not  meant  remote- 
ness of  space,  hut  remoteness  of  state,  when  anyone  is  in  fear 
of  punishment,  for  so  long  as  a  man  is  in  a  state  of  fear,  he 
sees,  weighs,  and  laments:  remoteness  of  state,  which  is 
remoteness  in  a  spiritual  sense,  is  also  signified  by  afar  off 
in  other  parts  of  the  Word,  as  in  these  passages  :  "  Hear 
ye  that  are  far  off,  what  I  have  done,  and  ye  that  are 
near,  acknowledge  my  might,"  Isaiah  xxxiii.  13.  "  Am 
I  a  God  at  hand,  and  not  a  God  afar  off'?"  Jerem.  xxiii. 
23.  "  The  people  found  grace  in  the  wilderness,  even 
Israel, — Jehovah  hath  appeared  to  me  from  afar  off," 
Jerem.  xxxi.  2.  3.  "  Bring  my  sons  from  afar,"  Isaiah  xliii. 
6.  "  Hearken  ye  people  from  far,"  Isaiah  xlix.  1 ,  2.  "And 
he  will  lift  up  an  ensign  to  the  nations  from  afar,"  Isaiah 
v.  26  ;  besides  other  places,  as  Jerem.  iv.  16,  xxv.  26, 
Zechar.  vi.  15;  where  by  nations  and  people  from  afar 
off,  are  meant  those  who  are  more  remote  from  the  truths 
and  goods  of  the  church.  In  common  discourse  also  re- 
lations are  said  to  be  near,  and  the  more  remote  in  affinity 
are  said  to  be  distant. 

770.  That  religion  is  called  a  strong  city,  because  it 
had  strongly  fortified  itself,  for  it  had  fortified  itself  not 
only  by  the  multitude  of  nations  and  people  that  acknow- 
ledged it,  but  also  by  many  other  things  ;  as  by  a  plurality 
of  monasteries,  and  by  the  armies  of  monks  they  contain  ; 
this  expression  is  used  because  they  call  their  ministry 
their  soldiery  ;  by  the  possession  of  wealth  beyond  mea- 
sure and  satiety ;  also  by  the  tribunal  of  the  inquisition  ; 
and  likewise  by  threats  and  terrors,  especially  in  regard  to 
purgatory,  into  which  they  say  every  one  enters  ;  by  the 
extinction  of  the  light  of  the  Gospel,  and  consequent 
blindness  in  things  of  a  spiritual  nature,  which  is  effected 
by  prohibiting  and  preventing  the  people  from  reading  the 
Word  ;  by  masses  uttered  in  a  language  unknown  to  the 
vulgar;  by  various  external  formalities;  by  the  worship 
of  the  dead  and  of  images,  to  which  the  common  people 


CH.  XVIII.] 


THE  APOCALYPSE  REVEALED. 


29 


are  prone,  when  kept  in  ignorance  of  God  ;  also  by  vari- 
ous external  pomps  ;  that  by  means  of  these  contrivances 
they  may  be  kept  in  a  corporeal  belief  of  the  sanctity  of 
all  things  belonging  to  that  religion.  Hence  it  is  that 
they  are  in  total  ignorance  of  what  lurks  inwardly  in  that 
religion  ;  when  yet  its  nature  is  altogether  such  as  is  de- 
scribed above  in  these  words ;  "  And  the  woman  was  ar- 
rayed in  purple  and  scarlet,  and  decked  with  gold,  and 
precious  stones,  and  pearls,  having  a  golden  cup  in  her 
band  full  of  abominations  and  filthiness  of  her  whoredom," 
Apoc.  xvii.  4.  But  although  Babylon  had  so  fortified 
herself,  and  in  like  manner  in  the  spiritual  world  also, 
of  which  below,  n.  772,  yet  at  the  day  of  the  last  judg- 
ment she  was  totally  destroyed.  Concerning  her  devas- 
tation Jeremiah  thus  prophesied  :  "  Though  Babylon 
should  mount  up  to  heaven,  and  though  she  should  fortify 
the  height  of  her  strength,  yet  from  me  shall  sjwilers 
come,"  li.  53.  "  The  mighty  men  of  Babylon  have  for- 
borne to  fight,  they  have  remained  in  their  holds  :  their 
might  hath  failed,  they  have  burned  her  dwelling  places, 
her  bars  are  broken ;  the  city  is  taken  at  one  end.  The 
wall  of  Babylon  also  shall  fall,"  li.  30,  31,  44.  "  Baby- 
lon is  suddenly  fallen  and  destroyed  :  howl  for  her,  take 
balm  for  her  pain,  if  so  be  she  may  be  healed,"  li.  8. 

771.  "  And  the  merchants  of  the  earth  shall  weep  and 
mourn  over  her ;  for  no  one  buyeth  their  merchandise  any 
more,"  signifies,  the  grief  of  those  of  the  inferior  orders 
who  minister  and  gain  by  holy  things,  because  after  the 
destruction  of  Babylon,  their  religious  tenets  are  not  ac- 
knowledged to  be  sacred,  but  to  be  adulterated  and  pro- 
faned goods  and  truths  of  the  Word,  and  thence  of  the 
church,  and  thus  they  cannot  any  longer  make  a  profit  of 
them  as  before.  By  merchants  are  meant  those  of  the 
inferior  orders  in  their  ecclesiastical  hierarchy,  because  by 
the  kings  of  the  earth,  before  treated  of,  are  meant  those 
of  the  superior  orders,  as  may  be  seen  above,  n.  767  ; 
therefore  by  merchants  of  the  earth  are  signified  they  who 
are  in  the  ministry  and  make  money  of  things  holy  ;  by 
weeping  and  mourning  is  signified  their  sorrow,  as  above, 
n.  767  ;  by  their  merchandise  are  signified  things  of  3 


30 


THE  APOCALYPSE  REVEALED.  [CH.  XVIII. 


sacred  or  religious  nature,  with  which  they  traffic  and 
make  a  gain  :  by  not  buying  them  any  more  is  signified 
that  there  is  no  desire  to  possess  them,  seeing  that  they 
are  not  sacred,  but  adulterated  and  profaned  goods  and 
truths  of  the  Word  and  thence  of  the  church  ;  that  to 
buy  is  to  procure  for  themselves,  see  n.  606.  On  this 
subject  we  read  as  follows  in  Jeremiah,  "  O  Babylon, 
that  dwellest  upon  many  waters,  abundant  in  treasures, 
thine  end  is  come,  and  the  measure  of  thy  covctousness," 
li.  13. 

772.  "  The  merchandise  of  gold,  and  of  silver,  and  of 
precious  stones,  and  of  pearls,"  signifies,  that  they  no 
longer  possess  these  things,  because  they  are  not  in  pos- 
session of  the  spiritual  goods  and  truths,  to  which  such 
things  correspond.  By  their  merchandise  nothing  else  is 
signified  but  what  is  here  named  ;  for  that  they  have  gold, 
silver,  precious  stones,  and  pearls  in  abundance,  and  that 
they  have  procured  these  things  by  means  of  their  religious 
ceremonies,  which  they  made  sacred  and  divine,  is  well 
known.  Such  things  were  in  the  possession  of  those 
who  were  of  Babylon,  prior  to  the  last  judgment  :  for 
they  were  then  permitted  to  form,  as  it  were,  heavens  to 
themselves,  and  by  various  arts  to  procure  such  valuables 
from  heaven,  yea,  to  fill  storehouses  with  them,  as  they 
had  done  in  the  world  ;  but  after  the  last  judgment,  when 
their  fictitious  heavens  were  destroyed,  all  those  things 
were  reduced  to  dust  and  ashes,  and  carried  away  by  an 
east  wind,  and  scattered  over  their  hells  as  profane  dust. 
But  on  this  subject  read  the  description  of  those  events 
from  ocular  testimony  in  the  tract  concerning  the  Last 
Judgment  and  the  Destruction  of  Babylon.  Since  that 
overthrow  and  their  being  cast  into  hell,  they  have  been 
in  so  miserable  a  state,  that  they  do  not  even  know  what 
gold,  silver,  precious  stones,  and  pearls  are  ;  the  reason 
is,  because  gold,  silver,  and  precious  stones,  correspond  to 
spiritual  goods  and  truths,  and  pearls  to  the  knowledges 
thereof;  and  since  they  are  not  in  possession  of  any  goods 
and  truths,  nor  of  the  knowledges  of  these  things,  but  in- 
stead of  them  possess  evils  and  falses,  and  the  knowledges 
of  what  are  evil  and  false,  they  cannot  have  any  other 


CH.  XVIII.]  THE  APOCALYPSE  REVEALED. 


31 


than  such  things  as  correspond  to  what  they  do  possess, 
which  are  matters  vile  and  disagreeable  in  appearance, 
with  the  exception  of  a  few  shells  on  which  they  place 
their  affections,  as  they  had  formerly  done  upon  the  above 
recited  precious  things.  It  is  to  be  observed,  that  in  the 
spiritual  world  there  exist  all  the  objects  that  are  to  be 
seen  in  the  natural  world,  but  with  this  difference,  that 
all  things  in  the  spiritual  world  are  correspondences,  for 
they  correspond  to  the  interiors  of  its  inhabitants,  being 
splendid  and  magnificent  with  those  who  are  in  wisdom 
derived  from  divine  truths  and  goods,  through  the  Word, 
from  the  Lord  ;  and  the  contrary  with  those  who  are  in  a 
state  of  madness  from  falses  and  evils.  Such  a  correspon- 
dence by  virtue  of  creation,  exists  when  what  is  spiritual 
in  the  mind  is  let  down  into  what  is  sensual  in  the  body  ; 
for  which  reason  every  one  in  the  spiritual  world  knows 
the  quality  of  another,  as  soon  as  he  comes  into  his  apart- 
ment. Hence  it  may  appear,  that  by  merchandise  of 
gold  and  silver,  and  precious  stones  and  pearls,  is  signi- 
fied that  they  no  longer  possess  these  things  ;  because 
they  are  not  in  possession  of  the  spiritual  goods  and  truths, 
nor  of  the  knowledges  of  what  is  good  and  true,  to  which 
such  things  correspond.  That  gold  by  correspondence 
signifies  good,  and  silver  truth,  see  above,  n.  21 1 ,  726. 
That  precious  stones  signify  spiritual  truth,  n.  231,  540, 
726.  That  pearls  signify  the  knowledges  of  things  good 
and  true,  n.  727. 

773.  ;£  And  of  fine  linen,  and  of  purple,  and  of  silk, 
and  of  scarlet,"  signifies,  that  they  no  longer  possess  these 
things,  because  they  are  not  in  possession  of  the  celestial 
goods  and  truths  to  which  they  correspond.  By  the 
things  above-mentioned,  namely,  gold,  silver,  precious 
stones,  and  pearls,  are  signified  in  general  spiritual  goods 
and  truths,  as  was  observed  above,  n.  772  ;  but  by  these, 
which  are  fine  linen,  purple,  silk,  and  scarlet,  are  signified 
in  general  celestial  goods  and  truths  ;  for  with  those  who 
are  in  heaven  and  the  church,  there  are  spiritual  goods 
and  truths,  and  there  are  celestial  goods  and  truths  ; 
spiritual  goods  and  truths  are  of  wisdom,  and  celestial 
goods  and  truths  are  of  love  ;  and  because  they  are  not  in 


THE  APOCALYPSE  REVEALED.  [CH  XVIII. 


possession  of  these  latter  goods  and  truths,  but  of  the  evils 
and  falses  opposite  to  them,  therefore  mention  is  made  of 
these  latter,  for  they  follow  in  order.  Now  inasmuch  as 
the  case  is  the  same  with  these  as  with  the  former,  there 
is  no  need  of  any  further  explanation  than  what  may  be 
met  with  in  the  foregoing  article.  What  is  signified  in 
particular  by  fine  linen,  shall  be  explained  in  the  next 
chapter,  where  these  words  occur.  "Fine  linen  is  the 
righteousness  of  the  saints,"  verse  8,  n.  814,  815  ;  that 
purple  signifies  celestial  good,  and  scarlet  celestial  truth, 
see  above,  n.  725  :  by  silk  is  signified  mediate  celestial 
good  and  truth,  good  from  its  softness,  and  truth  from  its 
shining;  it  is  mentioned  only  in  Ezekiel  xvi.  10,  13. 

774.  "  And  all  thyine  wood,  and  every  vessel  of  ivory," 
signifies,  that  they  no  longer  possess  these  things,  be- 
cause they  are  not  in  possession  of  the  natural  goods  and 
truths,  to  which  they  correspond.  The  case  is  the  same 
with  this  passage  as  with  those  explained  above,  n.  772, 
773,  only  with  this  difference,  that  by  those  things  which 
are  first  mentioned  are  meant  spiritual  goods  and  truths, 
as  above,  n.  772;  and  by  those  which  are  mentioned 
secondly  are  meant  celestial  goods  and  truths,  as  above, 
n.  773  ;  and  by  these  now  mentioned,  which  are  thyine 
wood  and  vessels  of  ivory,  are  meant  natural  goods  and 
truths ;  /or  there  are  three  degrees  of  love  and  wisdom, 
and  thence  rthree  degrees  of  good  and  truth  ;  the  first 
degree  is  called  celestial,  the  second  spiritual,  and  the 
third  natural ;  these  three  degrees  exist  by  birth  in  every 
man,  and  they  exist  also  in  common  in  heaven  and  in  the 
church  ;  which  is  the  reason  why  there  are  three  heavens, 
the  supreme,  the  middle,  and  the  ultimate  or  lowest,  alto- 
gether distinct  one  from  another  according  to  these  de- 
grees ;  in  like  manner  the  Lord's  church  upon  earth  :  but 
what  its  quality  is  with  those  who  are  in  the  celestial 
degree,  what  with  those  who  are  in  the  spiritual  degree, 
and  what  with  those  who  are  in  the  natural  degree,  does 
not  belong  to  this  place  to  explain.  But  the  subjects  are 
treated  of  at  length  in  the  treatise  on  The.  Wisdom  of 
Angels  concerning  the  Divine  Love  and  Divine  Wisdom, 
part  the  third,  where  degrees  are  explained  :  it  must 


en.  xvur.] 


THE  APOCAIATSE  REVEALED. 


33 


suffice  to  observe  here,  that  among  those  who  are  of 
Babylon,  there  are  neither  spiritual  goods  and  truths,  nor 
celestial  goods  and  truths,  nor  even  natural  goods  and 
truths.  The  reason  why  spiritual  things  are  first  men- 
tioned, is,  because  many  of  them  are  capable  of  being 
spiritual,  provided  only  that  in  their  hearts  they  esteem 
the  Word  as  holy,  according  to  what  they  confess 
with  their  mouths :  but  they  cannot  become  celes- 
tial, because  they  do  not  approach  the  Lord,  but  they 
approach  and  worship  living  and  dead  men  :  this  is  the 
reason  why  celestial  tilings  are  mentioned  in  the  second 
place.  The  reason  why  thyine  wood  signifies  natural 
good,  is,  because  wood  in  the  Word  signifies  good,  and 
stone  truth,  and  thyine  wood  derives  its  denomination 
from  two,  and  two  also  signifies  good.  The  reason  why 
it  signifies  natural  good,  is,  because  wood  is  not  so  pre- 
cious or  valuable  as  gold,  silver,  jewels,  pearls,  fine  linen, 
purple,  silk,  and  scarlet :  the  same  may  be  said  of  stone  ; 
and  also  of  ivory,  by  which  natural  truth  is  signified. 
The  reason  why  ivory  signifies  natural  truth,  is,  because 
it  is  white,  and  capable  of  being  polished,  and  because  it 
is  protruded  from  the  mouth  of  the  elephant,  and  also 
constitutes  his  strength.  To  the  intent  that  ivory  may 
denote  the  natural  truth  of  the  good  signified  by  thyine 
wood,  a  vessel  of  ivory  is  mentioned,  for  by  a  vessel  is 
signified  that  which  contains,  in  the  present  instance,  the 
truth  that  is  the  continent  or  vehicle  of  good.  That  wood 
signifies  good,  may,  in  some  measure,  appear  from  the 
following  passages  :  That  the  bitter  waters  atMarah  were 
made  sweet  by  putting  wood  in  them,  Exod.  xv.  25. 
That  the  tables  of  stone,  on  which  the  law  was  written, 
were  deposited  in  the  ark  made  of~ sliittim  wood,  Exod. 
xxv.  10 — 16.  That  the  temple  at  Jerusalem  was  cover- 
ed with  icood  and  lined  with  icood,  1  Kings  vi.  10,  15. 
That  the  altar  in  the  wilderness  was  made  of  wood,  Exod. 
xxvii.  1,  6.  And  also  from  these  passages;  "  For  the 
stone  shall  cry  out  of  the  wall,  and  the  beam  out  of  wood 
shall  answer  it,"  Habak.  ii.  11.  "  And  they  shall  make 
a  spoil  of  thy  riches,  and  make  a  prey  of  thy  merchan- 
dise :  and  they  shall  lay  thy  stones  and  thy  icood  and  thy 
dust  in  the  midst  of  the  water,"  Ezek.  xxvi.  12.  The 


34 


THE  APOCALYPSE  REVEALED. 


[CH.  XVIII. 


prophet  was  commanded,  "  to  take  one  stick  of  wood,  and 
write  upon  it,  For  Judah  and  for  the  children  of  Israel 
his  companions  ;  then  take  another  stick  and  write  upon 
it,  For  Joseph  the  stick  of  Ephraim  ;  and  join  them  into 
one  stick,"  Ezek.  xxxvii.  16,  17.  "  We  have  drunken 
another  water  for  money  ;  our  wood  is  sold  unto  us," 
Lament,  v.  4.  "  As  when  a  man  goeth  into  the  wood 
with  his  neighbor,  and  the  axe  slippeth  from  the,  woo d 
upon  his  neighbor,  that  he  die  ;  he  shall  flee  into  a  City 
of  Refuge,"  Deut.  xix.  5  ;  the  reason  of  this  law  is,  be- 
cause wood  signifies  good,  and  thus  that  he  did  not  kill 
his  companion  out  of  evil  or  from  an  evil  intention,  but 
by  mistake,  because  he  was  principled  in  good ;  not  to 
mention  other  passages.  But  by  wood,  in  an  opposite 
sense,  is  signified  evil  or  what  is  accursed,  as  by  the 
making  of  graven  images  out  of  wood  and  worshiping 
them,  Deut.  iv.  23 — 28,  Isaiah  xxxvii.  19,  xl.  20,  Jerem. 
x.  3,  8,  Ezek.  xx.  32  ;  also  that  the  being  hanged  upon 
wood  was  a  curse,  Deut.  xxi.  22,  23.  That  ivory  signi- 
fies natural  truth,  may  appear  from  the  passages  in  which 
ivory  is  mentioned,  as  Ezek.  xxvii.  6,  15,  Amos  iii.  15, 
vi.  4,  Psalm  xlv.  9. 

775.  "And  every  vessel  of  most  precious  wood,  and 
of  brass,  and  of  iron,  and  of  marble,"  signifies,  that  they 
no  longer  possess  these  things,  because  they  are  not  in 
possession  of  scientific  goods  and  truths  in  matters  relating 
to  the  church,  to  which  such  things  correspond.  The 
case  is  the  same  with  this  passage  as  with  those  explained 
above,  n.  772,  773,  774,  with  this  difference,  that  by  the 
articles  here  mentioned  are  signified  scientifics,  which  are 
the  ultimates  of  men's  natural  mind,  and  which  differing 
as  they  do  in  quality,  according  to  the  essence  that  is 
within  them,  are  called  vessels  x>f  most  precious  wood,  of 
brass,  of  iron,  and  of  marble,  for  by  vessels  are  signified 
scientifics,  in  the  present  instance  scientifics  relating  to 
matters  of  the  church  ;  these  being  the  continents  of  good 
and  truth,  as  vessels  are  the  continents  of  oil  and  wine. 
Scientifics  are  also  of  great  variety,  and  the  memory  con- 
stitutes this  receptacle.  The  reason  why  they  are  of 
great  variety,  is,  because  the  interiors  of  man  are  in 


CH.  XVIII.] 


THE  APOCALYPSE  REVEALED. 


35 


them,  they  are  also  introduced  into  the  memory  either 
from  intellectual  thought,  or  from  hearing,  or  from  read- 
ing, and,  at  the  same  time,  according  to  the  varied  per- 
ception resulting  from  the  exercise  of  the  rational  faculty  ; 
all  these  things  exist  inwardly  in  scientifics,  as  is  evident 
when  they  are  reproduced,  which  is  the  case  when  a 
man  speaks  or  thinks.  But  what  is  signified  by  vessels 
of  most  precious  wood,  of  brass,  of  iron,  and  of  marble, 
shall  briefly  be  explained.  By  vessels  of  most  precious 
wood  are  signified  scientifics  derived  from  rational  good 
and  truth  ;  by  vessels  of  brass  are  signified  scientifics  de- 
rived from  natural  good  ;  by  vessels  of  iron  are  signified 
scientifics  derived  from  natural  truth  ;  and  by  vessels  of 
marble  are  signified  scientifics  derived  from  the  appear- 
ance of  good  and  truth.  That  wood  signifies  good,  see 
above,  n.  764 :  the  reason  why  precious  wood  here  sig- 
nifies good,  and,  at  the  same  time,  truth  rational,  is  be- 
cause wood  signifies  good,  and  precious  is  predicated  of 
truth  ;  for  one  good  is  signified  by  the  wood  of  the  olive 
tree,  another  by  that  of  the  cedar-wood,  of  the  fig  tree, 
the  fir,  the  poplar,  and  the  oak.  The  reason  why  vessels 
of  brass  and  iron  signify  scientifics  derived  from  natural 
good  and  truth,  is,  because  all  metals,  such  as  gold,  silver, 
brass,  iron,  tin,  and  lead,  in  the  Word,  signify  goods  and 
truths  ;  they  signify  because  they  correspond,  and  because 
they  correspond  they  exist  also  in  heaven  ;  for  all  things 
there  are  correspondences.  But  what  each  particular 
metal  signifies  by  correspondence,  it  is  foreign  to  our 
present  purpose  to  confirm  from  the  Word,  only  that 
brass  signifies  natural  good,  and  thence  iron  natural  truth, 
as  may  be  seen  from  hence  :  "  And  his  feet  like  unto 
fine  brass,  as  if  they  were  burned  in  a  furnace,"  Apoc.  i. 
15.  That  Daniel  "  saw  a  man  whose  feet  were  like  in 
color  to  polished  brass,"  Dan.  x.  5.  6.  That  the  feet 
of  the  cherubim  also  appeared  "sparkled  like  the  color 
of  burnished  brass."  Ezek.  i.  7.  That  the  feet  signify 
what  is  natural,  may  be  seen,  n.  49,  46S,  470,  510. 
That  there  was  seen  an  angel  who  was  "  like  the  appear- 
ance of  brass,"  Ezek.  xl.  3.  That  the  image  which 
Nebuchadnezzar  saw,  had  "  the  head  of  fine  gold,  his 


36 


THE  APOCALYPSE  REVEALED. 


[CH.  XVIII. 


breast  and  his  arms  of  silver,  his  belly  and  thighs  of  brass, 
and  his  legs  of  iron,"  Dan.  ii.  32,  33,  by  which  image 
were  represented  the  successive  states  of  the  church, 
called  by  the  ancients,  the  ages  of  gold,  silver,  brass,  and 
iron.  As  brass  signified  what  is  natural,  and  the  Israel- 
itish  people  were  merely  natural,  therefore  the  Lord's 
natural  principle  was  represented  by  the  brazen  serpent, 
which  they  who  were  bit  by  serpents  were  to  look  up  to, 
that  they  might  be  healed,  Numb.  xxi.  6,  8,  9,  John  iii. 
14,  15.  That  hrass  signifies  natural  good,  may  also  be 
seen  in  Isaiah,  lx.  17,  Jerem.  xv.  20,  21,  Ezek.  xxvii. 
13,  Deut.  viii.  7,  9,  xxxiii.  24,  25. 

776.  He  who  does  not  know  what  is  signified  by  gold, 
silver,  precious  stones,  pearls,  fine  linen,  purple,  silk, 
scarlet,  thyine  wood,  vessels  of  ivory,  most  precious  wood, 
brass,  iron,  marble,  and  vessels,  may  he  surprised  that 
such  things  are  enumerated,  and  may  think  that  words  are 
here  accumulated  only  for  the  sake  of  exalting  the  subject ; 
but  from  the  preceding  explanation  it  may  appear,  that 
not  a  single  word  is  used  unnecessarily,  and  that  by  those 
things  it  is  fully  described,  that  they  who  have  confirmed 
themselves  in  the  tenets  of  that  religion,  are  not  in  pos- 
session of  a  single  truth,  and  that  if  not  of  a  single  truth, 
neither  are  they  in  possession  of  a  single  good,. which  is 
really  a  good  of  the  church.  I  have  conversed  with 
those  who  have  confirmed  themselves  in  that  religion, 
likewise  with  some  who  were  delegates  at  the  councils  of 
Nice,  of  the  Lateran,  and  of  Trent,  who  thought  at  first, 
that  what  they  had  decreed  were  pure  and  sacred  truths, 
but  after  being  instructed,  and  illumination  being  afforded 
them  from  heaven,  they  acknowledged  that  they  did  not 
see  a  single  truth  ;  but  inasmuch  as  they  had  more  strong- 
ly confirmed  themselves  in  those  opinions  than  other 
people,  on  their  extinguishing  their  illumination,  which 
they  did  of  themselves,  they  returned  to  their  former  be- 
lief. They  thought  that  those  tenets  more  especially,  to 
which  they  had  given  their  sanction  in  regard  to  baptism 
and  justification,  were  truths ;  but  nevertheless  while 
they  were  under  illumination  they  saw,  and  in  consequence 
of  seeing  they  acknowledged,  that  no  one  has  original  sin 


CH.  XVIII.] 


TUE  AI'OCALYPSE  REVEALED. 


37 


from  Adam,  but  from  his  own  parents  successively,  and 
thai  it  is  not  taken  away  in  baptism  by  the  imputation 
and  application  of  the  Lord's" merit ;  also  that  the  im- 
putation and  application  of  the  Lord's  merit  is  a  human 
fiction,  this  being  an  impossibility  !  and  that  faith  is  never 
infused  into  any  sucking  child,  faith  being  the  result  of 
the  exercise  of  the  thinking  faculty.  They  saw  further 
that  baptism  is  holy  and  a  sacrament,  because  for  a  sign 
and  memorial  that  man  is  capable  of  being  regenerated 
by  the  Lord  by  truths  from  the  Word  ;  being  a  sign  for 
heaven,  and  a  memorial  for  man  ;  and  that  man  is  intro- 
duced by  it  into  the  church,  as  the  children  of  Israel  were 
introduced  by  crossing  over  Jordan  into  the  land  of  Cana- 
an, and  as  the  inhabitants  of  Jerusalem  by  the  baptism  of 
John  were  prepared  for  the  reception  of  the  Lord  ;  for 
without  that  sign  in  heaven  before  the  angels,  the  Jews 
could  not  have  subsisted  and  lived  at  the  coming  of  Jeho- 
vah, that  is,  of  the  Lord  in  the  flesh.  Similar  to  these 
were  the  points  they  established  in  regard  to  justification. 
That  the  imputation  of  the  Lord's  merit  neither  exists, 
nor  is  given,  may  be  seen  in  the  Doctrine  of  the  New 
Jerusalem  concerning  the  Lord,x\.  18;  and  that  here- 
ditary evil,  which  is  called  original  sin,  is  not  from  Adam, 
but  from  parents  successively,  may  be  seen  in  the  fi'is- 
ffom  of  Angels  concerning  the  Divine  Providence,  ri. 
8Rf7.  What  Adam  signifies  in  the  Word,  see  n.  241  of 
the  same  work. 

777.  "  And  cinnamon,  and  perfumes,  and  ointment, 
and  frankincense,"  signifies,  that  they  have  no  longer  any 
worship  from  spiritual  goods  and  truths,  because  they 
have  nothing  inwardly  in  worship  that  corresponds  to  the 
above-mentioned  things.  The  foregoing  verse  treats  of 
all  things  which  relate  to  the  doctrine  of  the  church'  ;  but 
this  verse  treats  of  all  things  which  relate  to  the  worship 
of  the  church.  The  things  relating  to  doctrine  are  pre- 
mised, and  those  relating  to  worship  follow,  because  by 
the  goods  and  truths  of  doctrine  the  quality  of  worship  is 
determined,  for  worship  is  nothing  but  an  external  act, 
in  which  there  should  be  the  internal  things  that  relate  to 
doctrine,  and  without  which  worship  is  without  its  essence, 

VOL.   III.  4 


THE  APOCALYPSE  REVEALED. 


[CU.  XVIII. 


life,  and  soul.  Now  since  all  things  lelating  to  doctrine 
have  reference  to  the  goods  which  are  of  love  and  charity, 
and  to  the  truths  which  are  of  wisdom  and  faith,  and  as 
those  goods  and  truths,  according  to  the  degrees  of  their 
order,  are  celestial,  spiritual,  and  natural,  so  also  are  all 
things  of  worship  ;  and  because  in  the  preceding  verse, 
the  spiritual  things  of  doctrine  are  mentioned  in  the  first 
place,  so  here  also  are  the  spiritual  things  of  worship, 
which  are  cinnamon,  perfumes,  ointment,  and  frankin- 
cense; and  the  celestial  things  of  worship  are  named  in 
the  second  place,  which  are  wine,  oil,  flour,  and  wheat ; 
and  in  the  third  place  are  named  the  natural  things  of 
worship,  which  are  beasts  and  sheep  ;  that  all  these  goods 
and  truths  of  worship  are  from  the  Word,  is  signified  by 
their  being  the  merchandise  of  horses,  of  chariots,  of  the 
bodies  and  souls  of  men  ;  this  is  the  series  of  things  in 
the  spiritual  sense  of  this  verse.  But  by  all  the  things 
which  are  enumerated  in  this  verse,  it  is  to  be  under- 
stood, in  like  manner  as  by  the  things  which  are  enumer- 
ated in  the  preceding  verse,  that  those  goods  and  truths 
are  not  among  them,  because  they  have  not  among  them 
the  things  which  correspond  to  them  ;  which  is  plain 
from  what  goes  before,  where  it  is  said,  That  the  city 
Babylon  shall  be  burnt  with  fire,  and  that  no  one  shall 
buy  her  merchandise  any  more,  verse  8 — 11,  and  from 
what  follows,  where  it  is  said,  That  all  things  splendid 
and  dainty  are  departed  from  her,  and  shall  not  be  found 
any  more,  verse  14,  and  that  they  are  wasted,  verses  16, 
19.  But  with  respect  to  the  articles  here  enumerated, 
as  cinnamon,  perfumes,  ointment,  and  frankincense,  these 
are  named  from  the  circumstance  of  incense  being  com- 
pounded of  such  things.  That  by  incense  is  signified  the 
worship  of  the  Lord  from  spiritual  goods  and  truths,  see 
above,  n.  277,  392,  and  that  incense  was  pleasing  because 
it  consisted  of  fragrant  substances  which  were  in  corres- 
pondence, n.  394,  all  the  fragrant  substances,  of  which 
it  was  prepared,  are  understood  by  cinnamon,  perfumes, 
and  ointment,  and  their  essential  quality  by  frankincense ; 
this  appears  from  the  enumeration  of  the  spices  of  which 
it  was  compounded,  in  Moses:   "Jehovah  said  unto 


CH.  XVIII.] 


THE  APOCALYPSE  REVEALED. 


39 


Moses,  Take  unto  thee  sweet  spices,  stactc,  onycha,  and 
galbanum,  with  pure  frankincense ;  and  thou  shalt  make 
it  a  perfume,  a  confection  after  the  art  of  the  apothecary, 
tempered  together,  pure  and  holy,"  Exod.  xxx.  34 — 37  ; 
of  these  was  incense  composed,  by  which  was  signified, 
worship  derived  from  spiritvial  goods  and  truths,  as  before 
observed.  Cinnamon  is  here  mentioned  instead  of  the 
whole  of  the  spices  enumerated.  But  what  is  signified 
by  each  of  those  spices  in  t tie  spiritual  sense,  may  be 
seen  in  the  Arcana  Ccelestia,  upon  Exodus,  where  they 
are  severally  explained. 

77S.  "  And  wine,  and  oil,  and  fine  flour,  and  wheat." 
signifies,  that  they  have  no  longer  any  worship  originating 
in  celestial  goods  and  truths,  because  they  have  nothing 
inwardly  in  worship,  that  corresponds  to  the  above-men- 
tioned things.  It  is  similar  with  these,  as  with  the  things 
mentioned  above,  only  with  this  difference,  that  what  are 
now  mentioned  signify  celestial  goods  and  truths.  What 
goods  and  truths  are  called  celestial,  and  what  spiritual, 
may  be  seen  above,  n.  773,  and  that  from  the  circum- 
stance of  these  goods  and  truths  not  being  in  them,  neither 
were  they  in  their  worship  ;  for  as  was  observed  above, 
the  goods  and  truths  of  doctrine  exist  in  worship  like  the 
soul  in  its  body,  wherefore  worship  without  them  is  inan- 
imate worship  ;  such  is  the  worship  which  is  holy  in  ex- 
ternals, in  which  there  is  not  any  internal  holiness.  That 
wine  signifies  truth  derived  from  the  good  of  love,  see 
above,  n.  316  ;  that  oil  signifies  the  good  of  love  w  ill  be 
seen  in  the  next  article  ;  by  fine  flour  is  signified  celestial 
truth,  and  by  wheat  is  signified  celestial  good.  The 
reason  why  by  wine,  oil,  fine  flour,  and  wheat,  the  truths 
and  croods  of  worship  are  signified,  is,  because  the  drink- 
offerings  and  meat-offerings  were  composed  of  them,  and 
were  offered  together  with  the  sacrifices  upon  the  altar, 
and  by  sacrifices  and  by  gifts  offered  upon  the  altar  was 
signified  worship,  for  in  these  worship  principally  consist- 
ed. That  the  drink-offerings,  consisting  of  w  ine,  were 
offered  upon  the  altar  together  with  the  sacrifices,  may 
be  seen  in  Exod.  xxix.  40,  Levit.  xxiii.  12,  13,  18,  19, 
Numb.  xv.  2—15,  xxvui.  11 — 15,  18,  to  the  end;  xxix. 


40 


THE  APOCALYPSE  REVEALED.  [CH.  XVIII. 


l-*-7,  to  the  end;  and  also  in  Isaiah  Ivii.  6,-  lxv.  11, 
Jerem.  vii.  18,  xliv.  17,  18,  19,  Ezek,  xx.  23,  Joel  \.  9, 
Psahn  xvi.  4,  Deut.  xxxii.  38.  That  oil  also  was  offer- 
ed upon  the  altar  together  with  1  he  sacrifices,  Exod.  xxix. 
40,  Numb.  xv.  2—15,  xxviii.  1,  to  the  end.  That  cakes, 
w  hich  consisted  of  w  heat  flour,  were  offered  upon  the 
altar  together  w  ith  the  sacrifices,  Exod.  xxix.  40,  Levit. 
it.  1—13,  v.  11—14,  vi.G— 14,  vii.  9— 13,  xxiii.  12,  13, 
17,  Numb.  vi.  14—21,  xv.  2—15,  xviii.  8—29,  xxviii. 
1 — 15,  xxix.  1 — 7,  and  also  in  Jerem.  xxxiii.  18,  Ezek. 
xvi.  13,  19,  Joel  i.  9,  Malachi  i.  10,  11,  Psalm  cxli.  2. 
The  bread  of  faces  or  show  bread  upon  the  table  in  the 
tabernacle  was  also  made  of  wheat  flour,  Levit.  xxiii. 
17,  xxiv.  5 — 10.  Hence  it  may  he  seen  that  these  four 
things,  wine,  oil,  fine  Hour,  and  wheat,  were  holy  and 
celestial  things  of  worship. 

779.  Since  oil  is  mentioned  in  this  passage  among  the 
holy  things  of  worship,  and  signifies  celestial  good,  some- 
thing shall  here  be  said  concerning  the  anointing  oil, 
which  was  in  use  among  the  ancients,  and  afterwards 
commanded  to.  the  children  of  Israel.  That  in  ancient 
times  they  anointed  stones,  which  were  set  up  as  statues, 
appears  from  Genesis  xxviii.  18,  19,  22.  That  they  also 
anointed  warlike  arms,  targets,  and  shields,  2  Sam.  i.  21, 
Isaiah  xxi.  5.  That  they  were  commanded  to  prepare 
holy  oil,  with  which  they  were  to  anoint  all  the  holy 
things  of  the  church  :  that  with  it  they  anointed  the  altar 
and  all  its  vessels,  as  also  the  tabernacle  and  all  things 
belonging  to  it,  Exod.  xxx.  22 — 29,  xl.  9,  10,  11,  Lev. 
viii.  10,  11,  12,  Numb.  vii.  1.  That  with  it  they 
anointed  those  who  exercised  the  priestly  office,  and  their 
garments,  Exod.  xxix.  7,  29,  xxx.  30,  xl.  13,  14,  15, 
Levit.  viii.  12,  Psalm  exxxiii.  1,2,3.  That  with  it 
they  anointed  the  prophets,  1  Kings  xix.  15,  16.  That 
with  it  they  anointed  kings,  and  that  therefore  kings  were 
called  the  anointed  of  Jehovah,  1  Sam.  x.  1,  xv.  1,  xvi. 
f>,  i:3,  xxiv.  6,  10,  xxvi.  9,  11,  10,  25,  2  Sam.  i.  16,  ii. 
4,  7,  xix.  21 ,  1  Kings  i.  34,  35,  xix.  15,  16,  2  Kings  ix. 
3,xi.  12,  xxiii.  30,  Lament,  iv.20,  Habak.  iii.  13,  Psalm 
ii.  2,  6,  Psahn  xx.  6,   Psalm  xxviii.  8,  Psalm  xlv.  7, 


CH.  XVIII.]  THE  APOCALYPSE  REVEALED. 


11 


Psalm  lxxxiv.  9,  Psalm  lxxvix.  20,  33,  51,  Psalm  cxxxii. 
IT.  The  reason  why  unction  with  the  holy  oil  was  com- 
manded, is,  because  oil  signified  the  good  of  love,  and 
represented  the  Lord,  who,  as  to  his  Humanity,  is  the 
very  and  only  anointed  of  Jehovah,  anointed  not  with  oil, 
but  with  the  divine  good  itself  of  divine  love  ;  wherefore 
he  is  also  named  Messiah  in  the  Old  Testament  and 
Christ  in  the  New,  John  i.  41,  iv.  25,  and  Messiah  and 
Christ  signify  the  anointed.  It  was  from  this  circum- 
stance that  priests,  kings,  and  all  things  relating  to  the 
church  were  anointed,  and  when  they  were  anointed  they 
were  called  holy,  not  that  in  themselves  they  were  holy, 
but  because  they  thus  represented  the  Lord  as  to  his 
Divine  Humanity  :  for  this  reason  it  was  sacrilege  to  hurt 
a  king,  because  he  was  the  anointed  of  Jehovah,  1  Sam. 
xxiv.  7,  11,  xxvi.  9,  2  Sam.  i.  16,  xix.  21.  Moreover 
it  was  a  received  custom  for  people  to  anoint  themselves 
and  others,  to  testify  jo)  fulness  of  mind  and  benevolence, 
but  with  common  oil  or  some  other  precious  kind  of  oil, 
and  not  with  holy  oil,  Malt.  vi.  17,  Mark  vi.  13,  Luke 
vii.  46,  Isaiah  lxi.  3,  Amos  vi.  6,  Mic.  vi.  15,  Psalm  xcii. 
10,  Psalm  civ.  15,  Dan.  ix.  24,  Deut.  xxviii.  40.  That 
it  was  not  lawful  to  anoint  themselves  or  others  with  the 
holy  oil,  see  Exod.  xxx.  31,  32. 

780.  "  And  cattle  and  sheep,"  signifies,  that  they  have 
no  longer  any  worship  resulting  from  external  or  natural 
goods  and  truths  of  the  church,  because  they  have  nothing 
inwardly  in  worship  that  corresponds  to  the  above-men- 
tioned things.  The  case  is  the  same  with  these  as  with 
the  things  explained  above,  n.  777,  778,  with  this  differ- 
ence, that  what  are  there  mentioned  are  spiritual  goods 
and  truths  and  celestial  goods  and  truths,  but  what  are 
here  mentioned  are  natural  goods  and  truths,  concerning 
the  distinction  between  which,  see  above,  n.  773.  By 
beasts  and  sheep  are  signified  the  sacrifices  which  consist- 
ed of  oxen,  bullocks,  he-goats,  sheep,  kids,  rams,  she- 
goats,  and  lambs  :  oxen  and  bullocks  are  meant  by  beasts, 
and  kids,  rams,  she-goats,  and  lambs  by  sheep  ;  and 
sacrifices  were  the  externals  of  worship,  which  are  also 
called  the  natural  things  of  worship. 


THE  APOCALVPSE  REVEALED. 


[Cll.  XVI/1. 


781.  "  And  of  horses,  and  of  chariots,  and  of  bodies 
and  souls  of  men,"  signifies,  all  these  things  according  to 
the  understanding  of  the  Word  and  doctrine  deduced 
from  it,  and  according  to  the  goods  and  truths  of  its  literal 
sense,  which  they  are  not  in  possession  of,  they  having 
falsified  and  adulterated  the  Word,  by  applying  the  things 
which  are  therein  to  the  securing  dominion  over  heaven 
and  the  world  in  opposition  to,  its  genuine  sense.  These 
things  are  mentioned  in  the  genitive  case,  because  they 
relate  to  those  that  precede.  That  by  horses  is  signified 
the  understanding  of  the  Word,  see  n.  298.  By  a  cha- 
riot is  signified  doctrine  derived  fiom  the  Word,  n.  437. 
The  reason  why  bodies  and  souls  of  men  signify  the  goods 
and  truths  of  the  literal  sense  of  the  Word,  is,  because 
they  signify  the  same  tiling  as  the  body  and  blood  in  the 
holy  supper,  where  by  the  body  is  signified  the  divine 
good  of  the  Lord,  and  by  the  blood,  the  divine  truth  of 
the  Lord,  and  from  their  having  this  signification,  they 
also  signify  the  divine  good  and  the  divine  truth  of  the 
Word,  for  the  Lord  is  the  Word.  But  here  the  soul  is 
mentioned  instead  of  blood  ;  the  reason  is,  because  by  the 
soul  truth  is  signified  in  like  manner,  see  above,  n.  681, 
and  because  the  blood  in  the  Word  is  called  the  soul, 
Gen.  ix.  4,  5,  Levit.  xvii.  12,  13,  14,  Deut.  xii.  23:  the 
same  is  signified  by  soul  of  man,  Ezek.  xviii.  27,  also  by 
the  seed  of  man,  Dan.  ii.  43.  The  like  is  signified  by 
horses  and  chariots  in  Isaiah  :  "  And  they  shall  bring  all 
your  brethren — upon  horses,  and  in  chariots,  and  in  Utters, 
and  upon  mulrs,  and  upon  swift  beasts,  to  my  holy  moun- 
tain Jerusalem,"  lxvi.  20.  This  is  said  of  the  Lord's 
.New  Church,  w  hich  is  Jerusalem,  in  regard  to  those  there- 
in who  are  in  the  understanding  of  the  Word,  and  in  doc- 
trine thence  derived,  which  are  meant  by  horses,  chariots, 
and  litters.  Now  since  they  who  are  of  the  Roman  Ca- 
tholic religion,  falsify  and  adulterate  the  Word  by  apply- 
ing it  to  the  purpose  of  acquiring  dominion  over  heaven 
and  the  world,  their  not  being  in  possession  of  any  goods 
and  truths  from  the  Word,  nor  consequently  in  regard  to 
their  doctrines,  is  signified:  on  ihis-subject  Jeremiah  thus 
speaks  :  "  The  king  of  Babylon  hath  devoured  me.  he 


CH.  XVIlI.j 


THE  APOCALYPSE  RKVEA  LI"f>. 


hath  crushed  me,  lie  haili  made  me  an  empty  vessel,  he 
hath  swallowed  me  up  like  a  dragon,  he  hath  filled  his 
belly  with  my  delicates,"  li.  34,  35.  "  A  sword  is  upon 
tfuir  horses,  and  upon  thdr  chariots,  and  treasures,  and 
they  shall  be  robbed.  A  drought  is  upon  her  waters,  and 
they  shall  be  dried  up  :  for  it  is  the  land  of  graven  images, 
and  they  are  mad  upon  their  idols,"  1.  37,  38. 

782.  "  And  the  fruits  that  thy  soul  lusted  after  are  de- 
parted from  thee,  and  all  things  dainty  and  splendid  are 
departed  fiom  thee,  and  thou  shalt  find  them  no  more  at 
all,"  signifies,  that  all  the  beatitudes  and  felicities  of  hea- 
ven, even  those  of  an  external  nature  such  as  they  covet, 
will  entirely  llee  from  them,  and  no  longer  appear,  be- 
cause they  have  no  celestial  and  spiritual  affections  of 
good  and  truth  among  them.  By  fruits  that  thy  soul  lust- 
eth  after,  nothing  else  is  signified  but  the  beatitudes  and 
felicities  of  heaven,  these  being  the  fruits  of  all  things  re- 
lating to  doctrine  and  worship,  which  have  been  treated 
of,  and  likewise  the  desires  or  wishes  of  men  when  they 
die,  and  also  when  but  recently  arrived  in  the  spiritual 
world.  By  things  dainty  and  splendid  are  signified  the 
celestial  and  spiritual  affections  of  good  and  truth  ;  by 
dainty  or  fat  things  the  affections  of  good,  as  will  be  seen 
presently,  and  by  goodly  or  splendid  things  the  affections 
of  truth,  these  things  being  called  splendid,  from  the  cir- 
cumstance of  their  existing  from  the  light  of  heaven,  and 
its  brightness  in  human  minds,  from  whence  the  intelli- 
gence of  good,  and  truth,  and  wisdom  are  derived.  By 
departing  and  not  being  found  any  more  at  all,  is  signified 
that  they  will  flee  from  them,  and  no  more  appear,  be- 
cause they  are  not  in  any  celestial  and  spiritual  good  and 
truth.  The  reason  why  it  is  said  that  this  will  be  the 
case  even  with  those  beatitudes  and  felicities  which  are 
external,  such  as  they  covet,  is,  because  no  other  beati- 
tudes, felicities,  and  affections  are  coveted  by  them,  than 
such  as  are  corporeal  and  worldly,  and  therefore  they 
cannot  know  either  the  nature  or  the  quality  of  those 
which  are  called  celestial  and  spiritual.  But  this  shall  be 
illustrated  by  revealing  what  their  lot  is  after  death.  All 
they  of  that  religion,  who  have  been  in  the  love  of  do- 


■II 


THE  APOCALYPSE  11EVEALEL). 


[CH.  XVIII. 


minion  from  self-love,  and  thence  in  the  love  of  the  world, 
on  their  entrance  into  the  spiritual  world,  which  takes 
place  immediately  after  death,  pant  after  nothing  but  do- 
minion and  the  pleasures  of  the  mind  that  spring  from  it, 
and  the  pleasures  of  the  body  that  are  procurable  by 
wealth  ;  for  the  ruling  love,  with  its  affections  or  lusts  and 
desires,  continues  with  every  one  after  death  ;  but  inas- 
much as  the  love  of  dominion,  from  self-love,  over  the 
holy  things  of  the  church  and  heaven,  all  which  are  the 
divine  things  of  the  Lord,  is  diabolical  ;  therefore  after  a 
certain  time  they  are  separated  from  their,  companions, 
and  cast  into  their  respective  hells  ;  still,  however,  in  con- 
sequence of  their  having  been  in  the  exercise  of  external 
divine  worship,  and  this  by  virtue  of  their  religion,  they 
are  first  instructed  upon  the  nature  and  quality  of  heaven, 
and  upon  the  nature  and  quality  of  the  felicity  of  eternal 
life  ;  showing  that  they  are  mere  beatitudes  flowing  from 
the  Lord  into  every  one  in  heaven,  according  to  the 
quality  of  the  heavenly  affection  of  good  and  truth  which 
is  in  them ;  but  inasmuch  as  they  did  not  approach  the 
Lord,  and  thence  were  not  conjoined  with  him,  and  like- 
wise were  not  in  any  such  affection  of  good  and  truth, 
they  had  an  aversion  for  such  things,  and  turned  them- 
selves away,  to  covet  the  pleasures  of  the  love  of  self  and 
of  the  world,  which  are  merely  natural  and  corporeal  ;  but 
since  it  is  a  property  inherent  in  these  pleasures  to  do 
evil,  especially  to  those  who  w  orship  the  Lord,  thus  to 
the  angels  of  heaven,  therefore  they  are  deprived  of  these 
pleasures  also,  and  are  then  cast  down  to  their  like  who  are 
in  contempt  and  misery  in  infernal  workhouses.  But 
these  things  befall  them  in  proportion  to  the  degree  of 
their  love  of  dominion  over  the  divine  things  of  the  Lord, 
according  to  which  degree  is  their  rejection  of  the  Lord. 
From  these  considerations,  then,  it  may  appear,  that  by 
the  fruits  that  thy  soul  lusted  after  are  departed  from  thee, 
and  all  things  dainty  and  splendid  are  departed  from  thee, 
and  thou  sbalt  find  them  no  more  at  all,  is  signified,  that 
all  the  beatitudes  and  felicities  of  heaven,  even  those 
which  are  of  an  external  nature,  such  as  they  covet,  will 
entirely  flee  from  them  and  no  longer  appear,  by  reason 


CM.  XVIll.j 


the  APocALffte  revealed. 


15 


of  their  not  having  any  affections  of  good  and  truth 
among  them.  That  fat  or  dainty  things  signify  celestial 
goods,  and  the  affections  thereof,  and  the  delights  of  those 
affections,  may  appear  from  the  following  passages  : 
"  Hearken  diligently  unto  me,  and  eat  ye  that  which  is 
good,  and  let  your  soul  delight  itself  in  faVness"  Isaiah  lv. 
2.  "  And  1  will  satiate  the  soul  of  the  priests  with  fat- 
ness, and  my  people  shall  be  satisfied  with  my  .goodness-?' 
Jerem.  xxxi.  11.  "  My  soul  shall  be  satisfied  as  with 
marrow  and  fatness;  and  my  mouth  shall  praise  thee 
with  joyful  lips,"  Psalm  lxiii.  6.  "  They  shall  be  abun- 
dantly satisfied  with  the  fatness  of  thy  bouse,  and  thou 
shah  make  them  to  drink  of  the  river  of  thy  pleasures," 
Psalm  xxxvi.  9.  "  And  in  this  mountain  shall  Jehovah 
of  hosts  make  unto  all  people  a  feast  of  fat  things,  of  fat 
things  full  of  marrow"  Isaiah  xxv.  6.  "  They  shall 
bring  forth  fruit  in  old  age  ;  they  shall  be  fat  and  flou- 
rishing;  to  show  that  Jehovah  is  upright,"  Psalm  xcii. 
14,  15.  That  "  at  the  feast  which  Jehovah  will  make, 
ye  shall  eat  fat  till  ye  be  full,  and  drink  blood  till  ye  be 
drunken,"  Ezek.  xxxix.  19.  "Jehovah  will  make  thy 
burnt-offering  fat"  Psalm  xx.  3.  Because  fat  signifies 
celestial  good,  it  was  commanded,  "  That  all  the  fat  of 
sacrifices  should  be  burnt  upon  the  altar,"  Exod.  xxix.  13, 
22,  Lev.  i.  8,  iii.  3—16,  iv.  8—35,  ml  3,  4,  30,  31, 
xvii.  6,  Numb,  xviii.  17,  18.  In  an  opposite  sense,  by 
the  fat  are  signified  those  who  nauseate  what  is  good,  and 
from  the  circumstance  of  its  being  in  excess  they  despise 
and  reject  it,  Deut.  xxxii.  15,  Jerem.  v.  28,  1.  11,  Psalm 
xvii.  10,  Psalm  Ixxiii.  7,  Psalm  lxxviii.  3,  Psalm  cxix. 
70,  and  in  other  places. 

783.  "  The  merchants  of  these  things,  who  were  made 
rich  by  her,  shall  stand  afar  off  for  fear  of  her  torment, 
weeping  and  wailing,"  signifies,  the  state  before  damna- 
tion, and  then  fear  and  lamentation  of  those  who  have  ac- 
quired gain  by  various  dispensations  and  promises  of  hea- 
venly jays.  By  the  merchants  of  these  things,  namely, 
the  fruits  of  the  desire  of  the  soul,  and  of  things  fat,  or 
dainty,  and  splendid,  in  the  preceding  verse,  are  signified 
those  who  by  various  dispensations  and  promises  of  hea- 


16 


the  apocalypse  revealed. 


[cn.  win. 


venly  joys,  have  enriched  themselves,  that  is,  acquired 
lucre.  By  these  merchants  are  meant  all,  as  well  the  su- 
perior as  inferior  of  the  ecclesiastical  order  among  them, 
who  have  become  rich  by  such  things  :  that  they  of  the 
superior  order  are  referred  to,  appears  from  verse  23  of 
this  chapter,  where  it  is  said  :  "  For  thy  merchants  were 
the  great  men  of  the  earth  ;"  that  they  of  the  inferior 
order  are  likewise  referred  to,  appears  from  verse  10,  see 
above,  n.  771  ;  by  standing  afar  oil"  for  fear  of  torment, 
weeping  and  mourning,  is  signified  daring  the  state  as  yet 
remote  from  damnation,  but,  nevertheless,  in  fear  of  pun- 
ishment, and  in  lamentation,  as  above,  n.  769,  where  the 
same  words  occur. 

784.  As  to  the  dispensations  by  which  they  acquire 
wealth  they  are  various.  There  are  dispensations  rela- 
ting to  the  contracting  marriages  within  the  degrees  pro- 
hibited by  the  laws;  to  divorces:  to  evils,  even  to  such 
as  are  enormous  ;  and  exemption,  at  the  same  time,  from 
temporal  punishment.  There  are  also  dispensations  by 
indulgences  ;  and  in  regard  to  ministries  independently  of 
any  secular  power  or  authority  ;  in  which  are  also  inclu- 
ded confirmations  of  dukedoms  and  principalities  ;  likew  ise 
by  promises  made  to  those  who  enrich  monasteries  of  the 
joys  of  heaven,  and  who  increase  their  treasures,  by 
calling  their  gifts  good  works,  holy  in  themselves,  and 
also  meritorious  ;  to  which  they  are  attracted  by  the  be- 
lief impressed  upon  them  concerning  the  power  and  aid 
of  their  saints,  and  concerning  the  miracles  performed  by 
them.  In  particular  they  are  watchful  to  impose  upon 
the  rich  when  sick,  and  also  on  such  occasions  induce  fear 
in  regard  to  hell,  and  thus  obtain  their  property,  promising 
to  offer  up  masses  for  their  souls  in  proportion  to  the  value 
of  the  legacy,  and  thereby  successive  exemption  from  the 
place  of  torment,  which  they  call  purgatory,  and  thus  ad- 
mission into  heaven.  With  respect  to  purgatory,  I  can 
aver,  that  it  is  a  pure  Babylonish  fiction,  invented  for  the 
sake  of  gain,  and  that  no  such  place  does  or  can  exist. 
Rvery  man,  after  death,  first  comes  into  the  world  of 
spirits,  which  is  in  the  middle  between  heaven  and  hell, 
and  is  prepared  there  either  for  heaven  or  bell,  every  ono 


cn.  xvm.] 


THE  APOCALYPSE  REVEALED. 


IT 


according  to  his  life  in  the  world  ;  and  in  that  world  no 
one  is  tormented,  hut  the  wicked  then  first  come  into  tor- 
ment, when,  after  preparation,  they  go  to  hell.  There 
are  innumerahle  societies  in  that  world,  and  enjoyments 
in  them  similar  to  those  upon  earth,  hy  reason  that  they 
who  are  there  are  conjoined  with  men  upon  earth,  who 
are  likewise  in  the  midst  hetween  heaven  and  hell.  The 
externals  of  such  are  successively  put  off,  whereby  their 
internals  are  laid  open,  till  at  length  the  ruling  love,  which 
is  the  life's  love,  and  the  inmost,  and  which  governs  the 
externals,  discovers  itself:  when  this  is  revealed,  then  the 
true  quality  of  the  man  appears,  and  according  to  the 
quality  of  that  love,  he  is  sent  forth  from  the  world  of 
spirits  to  his  ow  n  place,  if  good,  into  heaven,  and  if  bad, 
into  hell.  That  this  is  the  case,  it  has  been  given  me  to 
know  of  a  certainty,  because  it  has  been  granted  me  by 
the  Lord  to  be  with  those  who  are  in  that  world,  and  to 
see  every  thing,  and  thus  to  relate  all  from  actual  experi- 
ence, and  this  now  for  the  space  of  twenty  years. 
Wherefore  I  can  assert  that  purgatory  is  a  fiction,  which 
may  be  called  diabolical  from  its  having  been  invented  for 
the  sake  of  gain,  and  for  the  sake  of  obtaining  power  over 
souls,  even  after  death. 

785.  "  And  saying,  Alas,  alas,  that  great  city,  that  was 
clothed  in  fine  linen,  and  purple,  and  scarlet,  and  decked 
witl)  gold  and  precious  stones,  and  pearls.  For  in  one  hour 
are  so  great  riches  come  to  nought,"  signifies,  grievous 
lamentation  that  their  magnificence  and  lucrative  revenues 
are  so  suddenly  and  totally  destroyed.  By  Alas,  alas,  is 
signified  grievous  lamentation,  as  above,  n.  769  ;  by  that 
great  city,  is  signified  the  Roman  Catholic  religion,  be- 
cause it  is  said  to  be  clothed  with  fine  linen  and  purple, 
and  decked  with  gold,  which  cannot  be  said  of  a  city,  but 
of  a  religion  ;  by  being  clothed  in  fine  linen,  purple,  and 
scarlet,  and  decked  w  ith  gold,  precious  stones,  and  pearls, 
is  signified  the  same  as  above,  n.  725,  7*26,  727,  where 
the  same  words  occur,  and  which,  in  general,  denote  mag- 
nificence in  its  external  form  ;  for  in  one  hour  are  so  great 
riches  come  to  nought,  signifies,  that  their  lucrative  traf- 
fic is  so  suddenly  and  totally  destroyed ;  by  one  hour  is 


48 


THE  APOCALYPSE  REVEALED.  [CH.  XVIII. 


signified  suddenly  and  totally,  as  above,  n.  769,  because 
by  time  and  every  thing  belonging  to  time,  are  signified 
states,  n.  476.  From  these  considerations  it  appears, 
that  these  words  have  the  above-mentioned  signification. 
The  like  is  said  of  the  devastation  of  Babylon  in  Jere- 
miah :  "  The  land  of  Babylon  was  filled  with  sin  against 
the  holy  one  of  Israel.  And  they  shall  not  take  of  thee 
a  stone  for  a  corner,  nor  a  stone  for  foundations  ;  but  thou 
shalt  be  desolate  for  ever.  And  Babylon  shall  become 
heaps,  a  dwelling-place  for  dragons,  an  astonishment,  and 
a  hissing.  The  sea  is  come  up  upon  Babylon,  she  is 
covered  with  the  multitude  of  the  waves  thereof.  Her 
cities  are  a  desolation,  a  land  wherein  no  man  dwelleth," 
li..5,  26,  29,  37,  41,42,  43. 

786.  "  And  every  shipmaster,  and  all  the  company  in 
ships,  and  sailors,  and  as  many  as  ply  the  sea,"  signifies, 
those  who  are  called  the  laity,  as  well  in  higher  as  in 
lower  situations  of  dignity,  even  to  the  common  people, 
who  are  attached  to  that  religion,  and  love  and  embrace 
it,  or  acknowledge  it  in  their  hearts  and  venerate  it. 
From  verses  9 — 16  the  clergy  are  treated  of,  who,  by 
virtue  of  that  religion,  were  invested  with  dominion,  and 
exercised  the  Lord's  divine  power,  and  thereby  gained 
the  world  ;  at  present  they  are  treated  of  who  are  not  of 
the  ministerial  order,  but  still  love  and  embrace  that  reli- 
gion, or  acknowledge  and  venerate  it  in  their  hearts,  and 
who  are  called  the  laity.  By  every  shipmaster,  are 
meant  the  supreme  amonj^  them,  who  are  emperors,  kings, 
dukes,  and  princes  ;  by  all  the  company  in  ships,  are 
meant  those  who  are  engaged  in  various  offices  of  greater 
or  lesser  degree  ;  by  sailois  are  meant  the  lowest  class, 
who  are  called  the  common  people  ;  by  as  many  as  ply 
the  sea,  are  meant  all  in  general  who  are  attached  to  that 
religion,  and  love  and  embrace  it,  or  acknowledge  and  ve- 
nerate it  in  their  hearts.  Thai  the  latter  and  the  former 
are  here  meant,  is  plain  from  the  series  of  things  in.  the 
spiritual  sense  ;  and  from  the  signification  of  ships,  and  of 
all  the  company  in  ships,  and  of  mariners  ;  and  also  from 
the  signification  of  as  many  as  ply  the  sea  ;  by  the  ship- 
masters, and  by  all  the  company  in  ships,  and  by  mariners, 


CH.  XVIII.]  THE  APOCALYPSE  REVEALED. 


49 


no  others  can  be  meant  than  such  as  bring  together  the 
things  above  called  merchandise,  which  are  what  they 
collect  in  their  treasuries,  as  also  their  possessions,  and 
exchange  for  them  benedictions  and  beatifications  in  re- 
turn, as  merits,  and  other  things  of  a  similar  nature,  which 
they  desire  for  the  benefit  of  their  souls  ;  and  since  these 
are  meant,  it  is  evident  that  by  every  shipmaster,  are  un- 
derstood the  highest  among  them  ;  by  all  the  company  in 
ships,  all  that  are  in  offices  subordinate  to  them,  and  by 
sailors  those  of  the  lowest  order ;  that  by  ships  are  signi- 
fied spiritual  merchandise,  which  are  the  knowledges  of 
good  and  truth,  see  above,  n.  406:  in  this  case,  natural 
merchandise,  for  which  they  give  in  exchange,  as  they 
imagine,  that  which  is  spiritual.  The  reason  why  by  as 
many  as  ply  the  sea,  are  meant  all,  without  exception, 
who  love  and  embrace  that  religion,  and  acknowledge  and 
venerate  it  in  their  hearts,  is,  because  by  the  sea  that  re- 
ligion is  signified,  for  by  the  sea  is  signified  the  external  of 
the  church,  as  may  be  seen  above,  n.  238,290,403,  404, 
420,  470,  566,  659,  661,  and  this  religion  is  merely  ex- 
ternal. Similar  is  the  signification  of  this  passage  in 
Isaiah  :  "  Thus  saith  Jehovah,  your  Redeemer,  the  Holy 
One  of  Israel ;  For  your  sake  I  have  sent  to  Bab)  Ion,  and 
have  brought  down  all  their  nobles  and  the  Chaldeans 
whose  cry  is  in  the  ships.  Thus  saith  Jehovah,  which 
maketh  a  way  in  the  sea,  and  a  path  in  the  mighty  wa- 
ters," xliii.  14,  16;  a  cry  in  the  ships  is  mentioned,  as 
also  here,  that  they  stood  afar  off  and  cried  out  of  their 
ships  :  and  in  Ezekiel :  "  The  suburbs  shall  shake  at  the 
sound  of  the  cry  of  thy  pilots.  And  all  that  handle  the 
oar,  the  mariners,  and  all  the  pilots  of  the  sea,  shall  come 
down  from  their  ships,  and  shall  cry  bitterly,"  xxvii.  28, 
29,  30;  speaking  of  the  devastation  of  Tyre,  by  which  is 
signified  the  church  as  to  the  knowledges  of  truth  and  good. 
But  it  is  to  be  observed,  that  no  others  are  here  meant, 
than  such  as  love  and  embrace  that  religion,  or  acknowl- 
edge it  in  their  hearts  and  venerate  it.  But  they  who 
are  of  the  same  religion,  and  indeed  acknowledge  it,  from 
the  circumstance  of  their  being  born  and  brought  up  in  it, 
but  who  know  nothing  of  the  subtle  schemes  and  devices 
VOL.  III.  5 


m 


THE  APOCALYrSE  REVEALED. 


[Clf.  jcvni. 


which  such  persons  use,  in  order  that  they  may  arrogate 
to  themselves  divine  worship,  and  possess  the  goods  of 
every  one  in  the  world,  and  who,  nevertheless,  do  good 
from  sincerity  of  heart,  and  have  also  turned  their  eyes  to 
the  Lord,  come  after  death  among  the  blessed,  for  on  be- 
ing instructed  in  another  life,  they  receive  truths,  and 
reject  the  adoration  of  the  pope,  and  the  invocation  of 
saints,  and  acknowledge  the  Lord  to  be  the  God  of  hea- 
ven and  earth  ;  and  are  thus  elevated  to  heaven  and  be- 
come angels.  Wherefore  there  are  also  many  celestial 
societies  from  among  them  in  the  spiritual  world,  over 
which  some  of  the  more  honorable  preside,  who  had  led 
the  same  kind  of  life.  It  has  been  granted  me  to  see, 
that  some  likewise  who  had  been  emperors,  kings,  dukes, 
and  princes,  who  had  indeed  acknowledged  the  pope  to 
be  the  head  of  the  church,  but  not  the  Lord's  vicar,  and 
had  also  acknowledged  some  of  the  papal  bulls,  but  yet 
held  the  Word  to  be  sacred,  and  acted  justly  in  their  ad- 
ministration, presided  over  those  societies.  More  may  be 
seen  on  this  subject  in  the  Continuation  of  the  Last  Judg- 
ment and  the  Spiritual  fVorld,  n.  58—60,  related  from 
experience. 

787.  "  Stood  afar  off.  And  cried,  when  they  saw  the 
smoke  of  her  burning,  saying,  What  city  is  like  unto  this 
great  city,"  signifies,  in  a  remote  state  their  mourning 
over  the  condemnation  of  that  religion,  which  they  thought 
supererninent  above  every  religion  in  the  world.  By 
standing  afar  off,  is  signified  while  yet  in  a  state  remote 
from  condemnation,  but  still  in  fear  of  punishment,  n.  769, 
783.  And  cried,  signifies,,  their  lamentation  ;  by  the 
smoke  of  her  burning,  is  signified  condemnation  in  conse- 
quence of  the  adulteration  and  profanation  of  the  Word, 
n.  766,  767  ;  by  saying,  What  city  is  like  unto  this  city, 
is  signified  that  they  thought  their  religion  pre-eminent 
above  every  religion  in  the  world  ;  by  that  great  city,  is 
signified  that  religion,  as  has  been  frequently  shown  above. 
That  they  think  that  religion  pre-eminent  above  every 
other  religion,  and  that  their  church  is  the  mother,  queen, 
and  mistress  of  all  others,  is  well  known  \  that  this  belief 
is  continually  infused  by  their  piiests  and  monks,  and  thai 


en.  mm.] 


TBE  APOCALYPSE  REVEALED. 


51 


the  latter  do  this  from  the  ardeot  love  of  ruling  and  en- 
riching themselves,  is  also  known  to  those  who  attend  to 
it ;  still,  however,  on  account  of  the  power  of  their  do- 
minion, they  aie  unahle  to  recede  from  all  its  externals ; 
but  yet  they  are  able  to  recede  from  its  internals,  seeing 
that  full  liberty  has  been  and  is  left  to  the  will  and  under- 
standing of  man,  and  consequently  to  his  affections  and 
thoughts. 

788.  "  And  they  cast  dust  on  their  heads,  and  cried, 
weeping  and  wailing,  saying,  Alas,  alas,  that  great  city," 
signifies  their  interior  and  exterior  grief  and  mourning, 
which  is  lamentation,  that  so  eminent  a  religion  should  be 
so  totally  destroyed  and  condemned.  By  putting  dust  on 
their  heads,  is  signified  interior  grief  and  mourning  on  ac- 
count of  destruction  and  condemnation,  as  will  be  seen 
presently.  And  cried,  weeping  and  wailing,  signifies,  ex- 
terior grief  and  mourning;  by  weeping  is  signified  mourn- 
ing of  the  soul,  and  by  wailing  mourning  of  the  heart. 
By  Alas,  alas,  that  great  city,  is  signified  grievous  lamen- 
tation over  its  destruction  and  condemnation  ;  that  alas 
signifies  lamentation  over  calamity,  unhappiness,  and  con- 
demnation, and  consequently,  Alas,  alas,  grievous  lamen- 
tation, may  be  seen,  n.  416,  769,  785;  and  that  a  city 
signifies  that  religion,  n.  785,  and  elsewhere.  That  by 
putting  dust  on  the  head,  is  signified  interior  grief  and 
mourning  on  account  of  condemnation  and  destruction,  is 
evident  from  the  following  passages:  "  And  shall  cry  bit- 
terly, and  shall  cast  up  dust  upon  their  heails,  they  shall 
wallow  themselves  in  the  ashes,"  Ezek.  xxvii.  30.  "  The 
elders  of  the  daughter  of  Zion  sit  upon  the  ground,  they 
have  cast  up  dust  upon  their  heads"  Lament,  ii.  10. 
"  Job's  friends  rent  every  one  his  mantle  and  sprinkled 
dust  upon  their  heads"  Job  ii.  12.  "Come  down,  and 
sit  in  the  dust,  O  virgin  daughter  of  Babylon,  sit  on  the 
ground,  there  is  no  throne,"  Isaiah  xlvii.  1,  not  to  men- 
tion other  passages.  The  reason  why  they  put  dust 
upon  their  heads,  when  they  grieved  inwardly,  was  be- 
cause dust  signified  what  is  condemned,  as  appears  from 
Gen.  iii.  14,  Malt.  x.  14,  Mark  vi.  II,  Luke  x.  10,  11, 
12;  and  dust  upon  the  head,  represented  an  acknowledg- 


52 


THE  APOCALYPSE  REVEALED. 


[CH.  XVIII. 


ment  that  of  themselves  they  were  damned,  and  conse- 
quent penitence,  as  in  Matt.  xi.  21,  Luke  x.  13;  the 
reason  why  dust  signifies  what  is  damned,  is  hecause  the 
earth  over  the  hells  consists  of  mere  dust,  without  grass 
or  herbs. 

789.  "  Wherein  were  made  rich  all  that  had  ships  in 
the  sea,  by  reason  of  her  costliness,  for  in  one  hour  is  she 
made  desolate,"  signifies,  by  reason  that  through  the  holy 
things  of  that  religion,  all  who  were  willing  to  buy,  had 
propitiation,  and  in  consideration  for  temporal  and  world- 
ly riches,  received  spiritual  and  eternal  riches,  and  that 
now  no  one  can  avail  himself  of  this.  By  being  made 
rich  from  her  costliness,  is  signified  to  be  pardoned  of 
God  by  means  of  the  ceremonies  of  that  religion,  or  to 
believe  that  for  temporal  and  temporary  merchandise  or 
riches,  they  will  receive  spiritual  and  eternal  merchandise 
or  riches ;  that  is  to  say,  that  for  gold,  silver,  precious 
stones,  pearls,  purple,  and  the  other  things  enumerated  in 
verses  12  and  13,  they  will  receive  blessings  and  felicities 
after  death  ;  these  things  are  understood  by  the  costliness 
with  which  they  say  they  are-  made  rich  from  that  city; 
that  such  is  their  language  is  well  known.  By  their  be- 
ing made  desolate  in  one  hour,  is  signified,  that  by  reason 
of  the  destruction  of  that  religion,  no  one  can  hereafter 
purchase  its  holy  things  ;  from  what  has  been  said  it  may 
appear  that  the  above  is  the  signification  of  these  words. 
That  the  holy  things  of  the  church  are  signified  by  things 
precious  or  costly,  is  evident  from  the  following  passages  : 
"  And  of  Joseph  he  said,  Blessed  of  Jehovah  be  his  land, 
for  the  precious  things  of  heaven,  and  for  the  precious 
fruits  brought  forth  by  the  sun,  and  for  the  2)rec^om 
things  put  forth  by  the  moon,  and  for  the  precious  things 
of  the  lasting  hills,  and  for  the  precious  things  of  the 
earth,"  Deut.  xxxiii.  13,  14,  15.  "  Is  Ephraim  my  pre- 
cious son  ?  Is  he  a  pleasant  child  ?  "  Jerern.  xxxi.  20. 
By  Ephraim  is  meant  intellectual  knowledge  or  under- 
standing of  the  Word.  "  The  precious  sons  of  Zion  were 
esteemed  comparable  to  fine  gold,"  Lament,  iv.  2  ;  the 
sons  of  Zion  are  the  truths  of  the  church  ;  not  to  mention 
other  places,  as  Isaiah  xiii.  12,  xliii,  4,  Psalm  xxxvi.  8, 


CH.  XVIII.]  THE  APOCALYPSE  REVEALED. 


o3 


Psalm  xlv.  9,  Psalm  lxviii.  13,  Psalm  xcvi.  6.  This 
then  is  the  reason  why  it  is  said,  that  from  that  city  were 
made  rich  all  that  had  ships  in  the  sea  by  reason  of  her 
costliness. 

790.  "  Rejoice  over  her,  O  heaven,  and  ye  holy  apos- 
tles and  prophets,  for  God  hath  avenged  your  judgment 
upon  her,"  signifies,  that  the  angels  of  heaven  and  men  of 
the  church,  who  are  in  goods  and  truths  derived  from  the 
Word,  now  rejoice  in  their  hearts,  because  they  who  are 
in  the  evils  and  falses  of  that  religion  are  removed  and  re- 
jected. Rejoice  over  her,  O  heaven,  signifies,  that  the 
angels  of  heaven  now  rejoice  in  their  hearts,  for  exulta- 
tion is  joy  of  heart ;  and  ye  holy  apostles  and  prophets, 
signifies,  and  together  with  them  the  men  of  the  church 
who  are  in  goods  and  tiuths  derived  from  the  Word;  by 
apostles  are  signified  they  who  are  in  the  goods  and 
thence  in  the  ti  uths  of  the  church  derived  from  the  Word, 
and  abstractedly  the  goods  and  thence  the  truths  of  the 
church.from  the  Word,  n.  79;  and  by  prophets  are  signi- 
fied truth  derived  from  good  from  the  Word,  n.  8,  133; 
who  are  called  holy,  because  apostles  and  prophets,  as 
before  observed,  signify  abstractedly  the  goods  and  truths 
of  the  Word,  which  in  themselves  are  holy,  being  from 
the  Lord,  n.  586,  666  ;  for  God  hath  avenged  your  judg- 
ment upon  her,  signifies,  because  they  are  removed  and 
rejected,  who  are  in  the  evils  and  falses  of  that  religion  ; 
that  no  others  are  removed  and  rejected,  may  be  seen 
above,  n.  786.  The  joy  of  the  angels  of  heaven  on  ac- 
count of  the  removal  and  rejection  of  those  who  are  in  the 
evils  and  falses  of  that  religion,  is  treated  of  in  the  next 
chapter  from  the  1st  to  the  9th  verse,  here  it  is  only  said 
that  they  rejoiced  ;  howbeit,  the  joy  of  the  angels  does 
not  proceed  from  their  condemnation,  but  from  the  new 
heaven  and  new  church,  and  the  salvation  of  the  faithful, 
which  could  not  be  established  prior  to  this  removal, 
which  removal  is  and  was  effected  by  the  last  judgment, 
on  which  subject  see  the  explanation  of  verses  7,  8,  9,  of 
the  next  chapter.  From  these  considerations  it  may  ap- 
pear, that  by  "  rejoice  over  her,  O  heaven,  and  ye  holy 
apostles  and  prophets,  for  God  hath  avenged  your  judg- 


54 


THE  APOCALYPSE  REVEALED.  [CH.  XVIII- 


ment  upon  her,"  is  signified  that  the  angels  of  heaven, 
and  men, of  the  church  who  are  in  goods  and  truths  de- 
rived from  the  Word,  now  rejoice  in  their  hearts,  hecause 
they  are  removed  and  rejected  who  are  in  the  evils  and 
falses  of  that  leligion.  Who  cannot  see  that  it  is  not  the 
apostles  and  prophets  we  read  of  in  the  Word,  who  are 
here  meant,  since  these  are  few  in  number  and  no  better 
than  others;  but  by  them  are  meant  all  in  the  Lord's 
church  who  are  principled  in  goods  and  truths  from  the 
Word,  and  the  same  are  meant  likewise  by  the  twelve 
tribes  of  Israel,  as  explained  above,  n.  349  ;  by  the  apos- 
tle Peter  is  meant  the  truth  or  the  faith  of  the  church, 
by  the  apostle  James,  the  charity  of  the  church,  and  by 
the  apostle  John  the  works  of  charity  of  the  men  of  the 
church. 

791.  "And  a  mighty  angel  took  up  a  stone  like  a 
great  millstone,  and  cast  it  into  the  sea,  saying,  Thus  with 
violence  shall  that  great  city  Babylon  be  thrown  down, 
and  shall  be  found  no  more  at  all,"  signifies,  that  by  the 
Lord's  strong  influx  out  of  heaven,  that  religion,  together 
with  all  its  adulterated  truths  of  the  Word,  will  be  cast 
headlong  into  hell,  and  never  appear  in  the  sight  of  angels 
any  more.  A  mighty  angel  took  up,  signifies,  strong  in- 
flux from  the  Lord  out  of  heaven,  for  by  an  angel  is  sig- 
nified the  Lord,  and  his  operation,  which  is  effected 
through  heaven,  n.  258,415,465,649;  by  his  being 
here  called  a  mighty  angel  and  his  taking  up  a  great 
millstone,  powerful  operation  is  signified,  which  is  strong 
influx  ;  by  a  stone  like  a  great  millstone,  are  signified  the 
truths  of  the  Word  adulterated  and  profaned ;  for  by  a 
slone  is  signified  truth,  and  by  a  mill  is  signified  inquiry, 
S3arch  into,  and  confirmation  of  truth  out  of  the  Word, 
see  n.  794;  but  in  the  present  instance  the  adulteration 
and  profanation  of  the  truth  of  the  Word,  because  it  is 
said  of  Babylon  ;  by  casting  it  into  the  sea,  is  signified  to 
cast  into  hell  ;  by  thus  with  violence  shall  that  great  city 
Babylon  be  cast  down,  is  signified  that  thus  that  religion 
shall  be  cast  headlong  into  hell.  To  be  found  no  more 
at  all,  signifies,  that  it  will  never  appear  in  the  sight  of 
angels  any  more.    The  reason  why  this  is  signified,  is, 


CH.  XVUI.] 


THE  APOCALYPSE  REVEALED. 


55 


because  all  of  that  religion,  who  are  in  its  evils  and  falses, 
do  indeed  come  after  death  into  the  world  of  spirits,  for 
that  world  is  like  a  forum  or  place  of  resort,  where  all  are 
at  first  assembled,  and  is  as  a  stomach,  in  which  the  food 
is  at  first  collected  ;  the  stomach,  moreover,  corresponds 
to  that  world  :  but  at  this  day,  because  it  is  after  the  last 
judgment,  which  was  executed  in  the  year  1757,  they  are 
not  allowed,  as  before,  to  stay  in  that  world,  and  to  form 
to  themselves  imaginary  heavens,  but  immediately  on 
their  arriving  there,  they  are  remanded  to  societies  there- 
in, which  are  in  conjunction  with  the  hells,  into  which 
they  are  also  cast  from  time  to  time  ;  and  thus  it  is  pro- 
vided by  the  Lord,  that  they  shall  never  appear  before  the 
angels  any  more.  This  then  is  what  is  signified  by  that 
city,  or,  by  that  religion,  not  being  found  any  more  at  all. 
Inasmuch  as  by  a  millstone  is  signified  the  truth  of  the 
Word  adulterated,  and  by  the  sea,  hell,  therefore  the 
Lord  says  :  "  But  whoso  shall  offend  one  of  these  little 
ones  which  believe  in  Me,  it  were  better  for  him  that  a 
millstone  were  hanged  about  his  neck,  and  that  he  were 
drowned  in  the  depth  of  the  sea,"  Matt,  xviii.  6.  It  is 
called  a  millstone  in  Mark  ix.  42,  Luke  xvii.  2.  The 
like  thing  is  said  of  Babylon  in  Jeremiah  :  "  When  thou 
hast  made  an  end  of  reading  this  book,  thou  shalt  bind  a 
stone  upon  it,  and  cast  it  into  the  midst  of  the  Euphrates  : 
And  thou  shalt  say,  Thus  shall  Babylon  sink,  and  shall 
not  rise  again,"  li.  63,  64  ;  by  the  midst  of  the  Euphra- 
tes, the  same  is  meant  as  by  the  sea,  because  the  river 
Euphrates  bounded  Assyria,  where  Babylon  was,  and 
separated  it  from  the  land  of  Canaan. 

792.  "  And  the  voice  of  harpers,  and  of  musicians,  and 
of  pipers,  and  of  trumpeters  shall  be  heard  no  more  at  all 
in  thee,"  signifies,  that  among  them  there  will  not  be  any 
affection  of  spiritual  truth  and  good,  nor  any  affection  of 
celestial  truth  and  good.  By  the  voice  is  meant  sound, 
and  all  sound  corresponds  to  affection  which  is  of  love, 
because  it  originates  therefrom ;  hence  it  is,  that  the 
sounds  of  the  harp,  of  music,  and  of  the  pipe,  by  corres- 
pondence signify  affections  ;  but  affections  are  of  two 
kinds,  spiritual   and  celestial  ;  spiritual   affections  are 


50 


THE  APOCALYPSE  REVEALED.  [CH.  XVIII. 


affections  of  wisdom,  and  celestial  affections  are  affections 
of  love  ;  they  differ  from  each  other  as  the  heavens,  which 
are  divided  into  two  kingdoms,  the  celestial  and  spiritual, 
as  has  been  several  times  shown  above.  There  are 
therefore  some  instruments  of  music,  whose  sounds  have 
relation  to  spiritual  affections,  and  there  are  otheis  which 
have  relation  to  celestial  affections ;  the  voice  or  sound  of 
harpers  and  musicians  relates  to  spiritual  affections,  and 
the  voice  or  sound  of  pipers  and  trumpeters  to  celestial 
affections ;  for  the  instruments  whose  sounds  are  discrete, 
as  is  the  case  with  stringed  instruments,  belong  to  the  class 
of  spiritual  affections;  and  such  as  have  their  sounds  con- 
tinuous, as  is  the  case  with  wind-instruments,  belong  to 
the  class  of  celestial  affections,  hence  it  is,  that  the  voice 
or  sound  of  harpers  and  musicians  signifies  the  affection 
of  spiritual  truth  and  good,  and  the  voice  or  sound  of 
pipers  and  trumpeters  signifies  the  affection  of  celestial 
truth  and  good.  That  the  sound  of  the  harp  from  corres- 
pondence signifies  confession  originating  in  the  affection 
of  spiritual  truth,  see  n.  276,  661.  That  they  who  are 
in  the  evils  and  falses  of  the  Roman  Catholic  religion, 
have  no  affections  of  spiritual  truth  and  good,  nor  any 
affections  of  celestial  truth  and  good,  is  here  understood, 
because  it  is  said,  that  the  voice  of  harpers,  and  musicians, 
and  pipers,  and  trumpeters  shall  not  be  heard  in  thee  any 
more ;  the  reason  why  they  have  not  such  affections,  is, 
because  they  cannot  exist  among  them,  for  they  have  not 
any  truth  from  the  Word,  and  inasmuch  as  they  have  no 
truth,  neither  have  they  any  good ;  this  is  given  only  to 
those  who  desire  truths ;  but  none  desire  truths  from 
spiritual  affection  except  those  who  approach  the  Lord  ; 
those,  according  to  this  their  desire,  are  instructed  after 
death  by  angels,  and  receive  them.  The  external  affec- 
tions, by  which  they  are  influenced  while  hearing  mass, 
or  engaged  in  other  devotions,  being  void  ef  truths  from 
the  Lord,  through  the  Word,  are  merely  natural,  sensual, 
and  corporeal ;  and  since  they  are  such,  and  without  in- 
ternal affections  from  the  Lord,  it  is  not  to  be  wondered 
at,  that  in  that  state  of  darkness  and  blindness  they  should 
be  carried  away  to  the  worship  of  living  and  dead  men, 


CH.  XVIII.]  THE  AFOCALYPSE  REVEALED. 


57 


and  to  offer  sacrifices  to  demons,  which  are  called  Plutos, 
to  make  expiation  for  their  souls. 

793.  "  And  no  craftsman,  of  whatsoever  craft  he  be, 
shall  be  found  any  more  in  thee,"  signifies,  that  they  who 
are  in  that  religion  from  doctrine,  and  from  a  life  accord- 
ing thereto,  have  not  any  understanding  of  spiritual  truth, 
and,  therefore,  neither  any  thought  of  spiritual  truth,  so 
far.  as  depends  upon  themselves.  By  craftsman,  in  the 
spiritual  sense  of  the  Word,  is  signified  a  man  who  is  in- 
telligent, and  who  thinks  from  understanding,  in  a  good 
sense  one  who  from  understanding  thinks  truths  which 
are  celestiaJ,  and  in  a  bad  sense  one  who  from  understand- 
ing thinks  falses,  which  are  infernal  ;  and  inasmuch  as 
both  the  former  and  the  latter  consist  of  many  genera, 
and  each  genus  of  many  species,  and  every  species  again 
of  many  genera  and  species,  which  are  called  particulars 
and  singulars,  therefore  it  is  said,  no  craftsman  of  what- 
soever craft  he  be:  Moreover,  by  craftsmen,  in  conse- 
quence of  their  devices  and  arts,  from  correspondence, 
are  signified  such  things  as  have  relation  to  wisdom,  in- 
telligence, and  science.  It  is  said  from  correspondence, 
because  every  work  of  man,  and  in  like  manner  every 
operation,  provided  it  be  of  any  use,  corresponds  to  such 
tilings  as  are  of  angelic  intelligence  ;  but  the  works  of 
artificers  in  gold,  silver,  and  jewels,  correspond  to  things 
or  subjects  of  angelic  intelligence  of  one  kind  ;  those  of 
artificers  in  brass,  iron,  wood,  and  stone,  to  another  kind, 
and  those  of  other  artificers  who  work  in  useful  and 
desirable  manufactures,  as  in  cloth,  linen,  garments,  and 
apparel  of  various  sorts,  to  other  kinds ;  all  these  corres- 
pond, as  has  been  observed,  because  they  are  works. 
From  these  considerations  it  may  appear,  that  by  no 
craftsman,  of  whatsoever  craft  he  be,  shall  be  found  in 
Babylon,  is  not  meant  that  there  shall  be  no  artificers 
there,  but  that  there  will  be  no  understanding  whatever 
of  spiritual  truth,  and  consequently  no  thought  of  spiritual 
truth  ;  but  this  is  the  case  only  with  those  who  aie  con- 
firmed in  that  religion  from  its  doctrine,  and  from  a  life 
in  accordance  with  it,  and  also  in  proportion  as  this  results 
from  themselves.    That  a  craftsman  or  artificer  signifies 


53 


THE  APOCALYPSE  REVEALED. 


[CH.  XVIII. 


those  who  are  in  the  understanding  of  truth,  and  thence 
in  the  thought  of  truth,  may  appear  from  the  following 
passages :  "  Bezaleel  and  Aholiab  the  artificers  shall 
make  the  tabernacle,  because  they  are  filled  with  wisdom, 
understanding,  and  knowledge,"  Exod.  xxxi.  3,  xxxvi. 
1,  2.  "  And  every  wise-hearted  man,  among  them  that 
wrought  the  work  of  the  tabernacle,  with  cunning  work" 
Exod.  xxxvi.  8.  "  Thou  shalt  make  the  tabernacle  with 
ten  curtains  of  fine  twine  linen,  and  blue,  and  purple,  and 
scarlet,  and  cherubims  of  cunning  work  shalt  thou  make 
them,"  Exod.  xxvi.  1.  "In  like  manner  shalt  thou 
make  the  vail,  and  fine  twined  linen,  of  cunning  work" 
verse  31,  xxxv.  35.  "  In  like  manner  the  ephod  with 
work  of  the  artificer;  as  also  the  breastplate,"  Exod. 
xxviii.  6,  xxxix.  8.  Artificer  is  there  expressed  by  a 
word,  which  also  signifies  a  designer  or  inventer.  "  Thou 
shalt  engrave  two  stones,  which  shall  be  put  upon  the 
shoulders  of  the  ephod,  with  work  of  the  artificer  in 
jewels,"  Exod.  xxviii.  12.  In  an  opposite  sense,  by  the 
work  of  the  artificer  is  signified  that  work  which  is  done 
from  self-derived  intelligence,  from  which  nothing  can  be 
produced  but  what  is  false  ;  this  is  meant  by  the  work  of 
the  artificer  in  the  following  places :  "  And  have  made 
them  molten  images  of  their  silver,  and  idols,  according 
to  their  own  understanding,  all  of  it  the  ivork  of  crafts- 
men" Hos.  xiii.  2.  "The  workman  melteth  a  graven 
image,  and  the  goldsmith  spreadeth  it  over  with  gold, 
and  casteth  silver  chains ;  he  seeketh  unto  him  a  cunning 
workman,"  Isaiah  xl.  19,  20.  "For  one  cutleth  a  tree 
out  of  the  forest,  the  work  of  the  iiands  of  the  icorkman; 
silver  spread  into  plates  is  brought  from  Tarshish,  and 
gold  from  Uphaz,  the  work  of  the  workman  ;  blue  and 
purple  is  their  clothing,  they  are  all  the  work  of  cunning 
men,"  Jerem.  x.  3,  9.  As  also  in  Deuteronomy  xxvii. 
15.  That  idols  signify  falsities  of  religion  and  of  wor- 
ship originating  in  self-derived  intelligence,  see  above,  n. 
459,  460. 

194.  "  And  the  sound  of  a  millstone  shall  be  heard  no 
more  at  all  in  thee,"  signifies,  that  they  who  are  in  that 
religion  from  doctrine,  and  from  a  life  according  thereto, 


CH.  XVIII.]  THE  APOCALYPSE  REVEALED. 


59 


make  no  inquiry  after,  nor  examination,  nor  confirmation 
of  spiritual  truth,  because  falsity  received  and  confirmed, 
and  thus  implanted,  prevents  this.  By  the  sound  of  the 
mill,  nothing  else  is  signified  but  the  inquisition,  examina- 
tion, and  confirmation  of  spiritual  truth,  especially  from 
the  Word  ;  the  reason  why  this  is  signified  by  the  sound 
of  the  mill,  or  by  grinding  in  a  mill,  is,  because  w  heat 
and  barley,  which  are  ground,  signify  celestial  and 
spiritual  good,  and  therefore  meal  and  flour  signify  truth 
derived  from  that  good  ;  for  all  truth  is  derived  from 
good,  and  such  truth,  as  is  not  derived  from  spiritual  good, 
is  not  spiritual.  It  is  said  the  sound  of  the  mill,  because 
things  spiritual  throughout  the  Word  are  denoted  by 
things  instrumental,  w  hich  are  the  ultimates  of  nature,  as 
for  example  ;  spiritual  truths  and  goods  are  denoted  by 
cups,  vials,  bottles,  platters,  and  many  other  vessels,  as 
may  be  seen  above,  n.  612.  That  by  wheat  is  signified 
the  good  of  the  church  derived  from  the  Word,  n.  315  ; 
and  that  by  flour  of  w  heat  is  signified  the  truth  derived 
from  that  good,  n.  778.  That  a  mill  signifies  inquisition, 
examination,  and  confirmation  of  spiritual  truth,  see  the 
follow  ing  passages  :  Jesus  said  at  the  consummation  of 
age,  "  Then  shall  tw  o  be  in  the  field,  the  one  shall  be 
taken  and  the  other  left.  Two  women  shall  be  grinding 
at  the  mill,  the  one  shall  be  taken  and  the  other  left," 
Matt.  xxiv.  40,  41  ;  by  the  consummation  of  the  age,  is 
meant  the  end  of  the  church,  at  which  time  the  last 
judgment  takes  place  ;  by  a  field  is  signified  the  church, 
because  there  is  the  harvest  ;  by  they  w  ho  grind  at  the 
mill,  are  signified  those  in  the  church  who  inquire  after 
truths  ;  by  they  w  ho  are  taken  are  signified  those  w  ho 
find  and  receive  truths ;  and  by  •  they  who  are  left  are 
signified  those  who  neither  inquire  after  nor  receive  them, 
because  they  are  in  falses.  "  I  will  take  from  them  the 
voice  of  mirth  and  the  voice  of  gladness,  the  voice  of  the 
bridegroom  and  the  voice  of  the  bride,  the  sound  of  the 
vrillstoiics,  and  the  light  of  the  candle,"  Jerem.  xxv.  10  ; 
here  by  the  sound  of  the  millstone  the  same  is  signified  as 
in  this  passage  in  the  Apocalypse.  Also,  "  No  man 
shall  take  the  nether  or  upper  millstone  to  pledge,  for  he 


GO 


THE  APOCALYPSE  REVEALED.  [CH.  XVItL 


taketh  a  man's  life  to  pledge,"  Deut.  xxiv.  6  ;  a  mill  is 
here  called  the  soul  or  life,  because  by  the  soul  is  signi- 
fied the  truth  of  wisdom  and  of  faith,  n.  681.  In  an 
opposite  sense,  by  a  mill  is  signified  the  search  after,  and 
confirmation  of  what  is  false,  as  appears  from  these 
places  :  "  They  took  the  young  men  to  grind  at  the  mill, 
and  the  children  fell  under  the  wood,"  Lament,  v.  13. 
"  Sit  in  the  dust,  O  daughter  of  Babylon,  take  the  mill- 
stone and  grind  meal,  uncover  thy  locks,  uncover  the 
thigh,  pass  over  the  rivers,  thy  nakedness  shall  be  un- 
covered, thy  shame  shall  be  seen,"  Isaiah  xlvii.  1,  2,  3  ; 
to  take  the  mill  and  grind  meal,  signifies  to  inquire  and 
search  after,  for  the  confirmation  of  things  false. 

795.  But  to  illustrate  this  by  example,  who  cannot  see 
that  they  who  are  in  Babylon,  have  inquired  after,  and 
sought  for  the  means,  of  confirming  this  enormous  falsity, 
that  the  bread  and  wine  in  the  eucharist  should  be  divid- 
ed, that  the  bread  should  be  given  to  the  laity  and  the 
wine  to  the  clergy  ?  This  may  be  seen  upon  merely 
reading  the  confirmation  thereof  as  decreed  in  the  Council 
of  Trent,  and  established  by  a  bull,  which  runs  thus : 
"  That  immediately  after  consecration  the  true  body  and 
"  true  blood  of  Jesus  Christ,  together  with  his  soul  and 
"  divinity,  are  truly,  really,  and  substantially  contained 
"  in  the  bread  and  wine,  his  body  under  the  appearance 
"  of  bread,  and  his  blood  under  the  appearance  of  wine, 
"  by  (he  power  of  the  words ;  but  the  body  itself  under 
<£  the  appearance  of  wine,  and  the  blood  under  the  ap- 
"  pearance  of  bread,  and  the  soul  under  both  by  the 
"  power  of  the  natural  connexion  and  concomitancy, 
"  whereby  the  parts  of  the  Lord  Christ  are  united  to  each 
"  other,  and  bis  divinity  by  reason  of  that  admirable 
"  hypostatic  union  with  the  body  and  soul ;  and  that  just 
"  as  much  is  contained  under  each  kind  as  under  both  ; 
"  and  that  the  whole  and  entire  Christ  exists  under  the 
"  appearance  of  bread,  and  under  every  part  of  that 
"  appearance,  and  the  whole  also  under  the  appearance 
"  of  wine,  and  the  parts  thereof.  Also  that  water  is  to 
"  be  mixed  with  the  wine."  These  are  their  very  words, 
and  that  these  words  are  contrary  to  the  power  of  the 


CH.  XVIII.] 


THE  APOCALYPSE  KEVEA1.ED. 


61 


Lord's  words,  they  themselves  confess.  What  person  of 
sound  judgment  does  not  here  see  truths  themselves  in- 
verted, and  changed  into  falsities  by  reasonings,  which 
the  upright  in  heart  cannot  but  abominate  ?  But  to  what 
end  is  all  this  ?  Is  it  not  solely  for  the  sake  of  masses, 
which  they  call  propitiatory  sacrifices,  most  holy,  pure, 
and  sacred,  through  which  they  infuse  sanctity  into  the 
bodily  senses  of  men,  and  at  the  same  time  ohscurity  as 
to  all  things  relating  to  faith  and  spiritual  life,  and  this  to 
the  end  that  in  the  midst  of  darkness  they  may  reign  and 
enrich  themselves  ?  Is  it  not  also  to  cherish  the  idea  of 
ministers  being  full  of  the  Lord,  and  that  the  Lord  is  in 
them  ?  And,  likewise,  that  lest  they  should  be  exhaust- 
ed with  fatigue,  they  are  to  have  the  wine,  and  to  prevent 
inebriation,  that  water  may  be  in  the  wine? 

796.  "  And  the  light  of  a  candle  shall  shine  no  more 
in  thee,"  signifies,  that  they  who  are  in  that  religion  from 
doctrine  and  from  a  life  according  thereto,  have  no  illum- 
ination whatever  from  the  Lord,  nor  thence  a  perception 
of  spiritual  truth.  By  the  light  of  a  candle  is  signified 
illumination  from  the  Lord  and  consequent  perception  of 
spiritual  truth ;  for  by  light  is  understood  the  light  of 
heaven,  in  which  the  angels  are,  and  men  also  as  to  their 
understanding,  which  light  in  its  essence  is  divine  wisdom, 
for  it  proceeds  from  the  Lord  as  the  sun  of  the  spiritual 
world,  which  in  its  substance  is  the  divine  love  of  the  divine 
wisdom,  from  which  no  other  light  can  proceed  than  that 
of  divine  wisdom,  or  any  other  heat  than  that  which  is  of 
the  divine  love;  that  this  is  the  case,  is  demonstrated 
and  set  forth  in  the  Wisdom  of  Angels  concerning  the 
Divine  Love  and  Divine  Wisdom,  n.  S3 — 172.  Since 
that  light  is  from  the  Lord,  and  the  Lord  by  it  and  in  it 
is  omnipresent,  therefore  all  illumination,  and  consequent, 
perception  of  spiritual  truth,  is  produced  thereby,  which 
is  in  those  who  spiritually  love  divine  truths,  that  is,  who 
love  truths  because  they  are  truths,  thus  because  they 
are  divine.  That  this  is  to  love  the  Lord,  is  evident  ; 
for  the  Lord  is  omnipresent  in  that  light,  because  the 
divine  love  and  divine  wisdom  are  not  in  place,  hue  are 
where  they  are  received  and  according  to  reception. 

VOL.  III.  6 


62 


THE  APOCALYPSE  REVEALED. 


[CH.  XVIII. 


That  they  who  are  of  the  Roman  Catholic  religion,  are 
not  in  any  illumination  and  consequent  perception  of 
spiritual  truth,  may  appear  from  this  circumstance,  that 
they  do  not  love  any  spiritual  light,  for  the  origin  of  spir- 
itual light,  as  has  been  observed,  is  from  the  Lord,  and 
no  others  can  accept  or  receive  that  light,  but  they  who 
are  in  conjunction  with  the  Lord,  and  conjunction  with 
the  Lord  is  effected  solely  by  the  acknowledgment  and 
worship  of  him,  and  at  the  same  time  by  a  life  according 
to  his  precepts  from  the  Word  ;  the  acknowledgment  and 
worship  of  the  Lord,  and  the  reading  of  the  Word,  con- 
stitute the  Lord's  presence  ;  but  these  two,  together  with 
a  life  according  to  his  precepts,  constitute  conjunction 
with  him.  In  Babylon  the  reverse  is  the  case  ;  the 
Lord  is  acknowledged  there,  but  without  dominion,  and 
the  Word  is  acknowledged  but  without  the  reading  there- 
of ;  instead  of  the  Lord,  the  pope  is  there  worshiped  ; 
and  instead  of  the  Word,  papal  bulls  are  acknowledged, 
according  to  which  they  regulate  their  lives,  and  not 
according  to  the  precepts  of  the  Word  ;  and  those  bulls 
have  for  their  end  the  dominion  of  the  pope  and  his 
ministers  over  heaven  and  the  world  ;  and  the  precepts 
of  the  Word  have  for  their  end  the  dominion  of  the  Lord 
over  heaven  and  the  world  ;  and  these  two  are  diame- 
trically opposite  to  each  other,  like  heaven  and  hell. 
These  observations  are  made,  to  the  end  that  it  may  be 
known,  that  they  who  are  of  the  Babylonish  religion  from 
doctrine  and  from  a  life  according  thereto,  have  no  light 
of  a  candle  at  all  ;  that  is,  no  illumination  and  consequent 
perception  of  spiritual  truth.  That  the  Lord  is  the  light, 
from  which  all  illumination  and  perception  of  spiritual 
truth  proceeds,  is  evident  from  the  following  passages  : 
"  He  was  the  true  light,  which  lighteth  every  man,  that 
cometh  into  the  world,"  John  i.  4 — 12,  speaking  of  the 
Lord.  "  And  this  is  the  condemnation,  that  light  is  come 
into  the  world,  but  he  that  doeth  truth,  cometh  to  the 
light"  John  iii.  19.  21.  "  Jesus  said,  Yet  a  little  while 
is  the  light  with  you;  walk  while  ye  have  the  light,  lest 
darkness  come  upon  you  :  while  ye  have  light,  believe 
in  the  light,  that  ye  may  be  the  children  of  light,"  John 


CM.  XVIH.]  THE  AI'OCALYPSE  REVEALED. 


63 


xii.  35,  36.  Jesus  said,  i£  I  am  come  a  light  into  the 
World,  that  whosoever  believeth  in  me,  should  not  abide 
in  darkness,"  John  xii.  46.  Jesus  said,  "  1  am  the  light 
of  the  world"  John  ix.  5,  Luke  ii.  30,  31,  32.  Simeon 
said,  "  For  mine  eyes  have  seen  thy  salvation,  a  light  to 
lighten  the  Gentiles. — The  people  which  sat  in  darkness, 
saw  great  light,  and  to  them  which  sat  in  the  region  of 
the  shadow  of  death,  light  is  sprung  up,"  Matt.  iv.  16, 
Isaiah  ix.  I,  Luke  ii.  30,  31,  32.  "  I  will  also  give  thee 
for  a  light  to  the  Gentiles,  that  ihou  mayest  be  my  salva- 
tion unto  the  end  of  the  earth,"  Isaiah  xlix.  6.  The  city 
New  Jerusalem  "  had  no  need  of  the  sun,  neither  of  the 
moon  to  shine  in  it,  for  the  glory  of  God  doth  lighten  it, 
and  the  Lamb  is  the  light  thereof"  Apoc.  xxi.  23,  xxii. 
•5.  From  these  considerations  it  is  plain,  that  the  Lord 
is  the  light  from  which  all  illumination  and  consequent 
perception  of  truth  is  derived  ;  and  since  the  Lord  is  light, 
the  devil  is  darkness,  and  the  devil  is  the  love  of  ruling 
over  all  the  holy  and  divine  things  of  the  Lord,  and  thus 
over  him  ;  and  in  proportion  as  power  is  given  him,  he 
darkens,  extinguishes,  consumes,  and  burns  up  the  holy 
and  divine  things  of  the  Lord. 

797.  "  And  the  voice  of  the  bridegroom  and  of  the 
bride  shall  be  heard  no  more  at  all  in  thee,"  signifies, 
that  with  those  who  are  in  that  religion  from  doctrine, 
and  from  a  life  according  thereto,  there  is  no  conjunction 
of  good  and  truth  which  constitute  the  church.  The 
voice  here  signifies  joy,  because  it  is  the  voice  of  the 
bridegroom  and  of  the  bride ;  by  a  bridegroom,  in  a  su- 
preme sense,  is  meant  the  Lord  as  to  the  divine  good,  and 
by  bride  is  meant  the  church  as  to  the  divine  truth  from 
the  Lord  ;  for  the  church  is  a  church  from  the  reception 
of  the  divine  good  of  the  Lord  in  the  divine  truths  which 
are  from  him.  That  the  Lord  is  called  the  bridegroom 
and  also  the  husband,  and  that  the  church  is  called  the 
bride  and  also  the  wife,  is  evident  from  the  Word.  That 
hence  is  derived  the  heavenly  marriage,  which  is  the  con- 
junction of  good  and  truth,  will  be  seen  in  the  treatise 
concerning  Marriage.  Now  inasmuch  as  this  heavenly 
marriage  is  effected  by  the  reception  of  divine  good  from 


to 


THE  APOCALYPSE  REVEALED. 


[CH.  xviir. 


the  Lord,  in  divine  truths  out  of  the  Word  by  the  men  of 
the  church,  it  is  plain  that  there  is  not  any  conjunction  of 
good  and  truth  among  those  who  are  of  the  Roman 
Catholic  religion  from  doctrine  and  consequent  life,  be- 
cause they  have  no  conjunction  with  the  Lord,  but  with 
living  and  dead  men  :  and  this  conjunction  among  those 
who  are  in  the  love  of  dominion,  from  self-love,  over  the 
holy  divine  things  of  the  Lord,  and  over  the  Lord,  is  like 
conjunction  with  the  devil,  who,  as  was  affirmed  in  the 
preceding  article,  is  that  love  ;  and  to  approach  the  devil, 
as  a  means  of  coming  at  God,  is  detestable.  That  the 
Lord  is  called  a  bridegroom  and  the  church  the  bride, 
appears  from  the  following  passages  :  "  He  that  hath  the 
bride  is  the  bridegroom ;  but  he  is  the  friend  of  the 
bridegroom,  which  standeth  and  heareth  him,  rejoiceth 
greatly  because  of  the  bridegroom's  voice,"  John  iii.  29. 
John  the  Baptist  is  here  speaking  of  the  Lord.  "  Jesus 
said,  As  long  as  the  bridegroom  is  with  them,  the  children 
of  the  bridechambcr  cannot  fast.  But  the  days  will  come 
when  the  bridegroom  shall  be  taken  away  from  them, 
and  then  shall  they  fast,"  Matt.  ix.  15,  Mark  ii.  19,  20, 
Luke  v.  34, 35.  "  I  saw  the  holy  city,  the  New  Jerusa- 
lem, prepared  as  a  bride  adorned  for  her  husband," 
Apoc.  xxi.  2.  The  angel  said,  "  Come  hither,  I  will 
show  thee  the  bride,  the  Lamb's  wife,"  Apoc.  xxi.  9, 
10.  "  For  the  marriage  of  the  Lamb  is  come,  and  his 
wife  hath  made  herself  ready.  Blessed  are  they  which 
are  called  unto  the  marriage-supper  of  the  Lamb,"  Apoc. 
xix.  7,  9.  By  the  bridegroom,  whom  the  ten  virgins 
went  out  to  meet,  is  also  meant  the  Lord,  Matt.  xxv.  1, 
2,  et  seq.  From  what  has  been  said  it  may  appear,  what 
is  signified  by  the  voice  and  joy  of  the  bridegroom  and 
bride  in  the  following  passages  :  "  And  as  the  bridegroom 
rejoiceth  over  the  bride,  so  shall  thy  God  rejoice  over 
thee,"  Isaiah  lxii.  5.  "  My  soul  shall  be  joyful  in  my 
God;  as  a  bridegroom  decketh  himself  with  ornaments, 
and  as  a  bride  adometh  herself  with  her  jewels,"  Isaiah  lxi. 
10.  "  Again  there  shall  be  heard  in  this  place — the 
voice  of  joy  and  the  voice  of  gladness,  the  voice  of  the 
bridegroom,  and  the  voice  of  the  bride,  that  shall  say, 


CB.  .Will.]  THE  APOCALYPSE  KEVEALEl). 


66 


Praise  Jehovah  of  Host?."  Jerem.  xxxiii.  10,  11.  "Let 
the  bridegroom  go  forth  of  his  chamber,  and  the  bride  out 
of  her  closet,"  Joel  ii.  16.  "Then  will  1  cause  to  cease 
from  the  streets  of  Jerusalem  the  voice  of  mirth,  and  the 
voice  of  gladness,  the  voice  of  the  bridegroom,  and  the 
voice  of  the  bride,"  Jerem.  vii.  34,  xvi.  9.  "  Moreover 
I  will  take  from  them  the  voice  of  mirth,  and  the  voice 
of  gladness,  the  voice  of  the  bridegroom,  and  the  voice  of 
the  bride,  the  sound  of  the  millstones,  and  the  light  of  the 
caudle,  and  this  whole  land  shall  be  a  desolation"  by  the 
king  of  Babylon,  Jerem.  xxv.  10,  11. 

From  what  has  been  said  the  series  of  things  in  these 
two  verses,  may  now  be  seen,  which  is,  that  they  who  are 
in  that  religion  have  no  affection  of  spiritual  truth  and 
good  whatever,  n.  792  ;  neither  any  understanding  of 
spiritual  truth,  nor  therefore  any  thought  of  it,  n.  793  ; 
for  thought  proceeds  from  affection  and  according  to  it. 
That  neither  do  they  make  any  inquisition,  examination, 
or  confirmation  of  spiritual  truth,  n.  794.  That  neither 
have  they  any  illumination  from  the  Lord,  and  consequent- 
ly no  perception  of  spiritual  truth,  n.  796.  And,  finally, 
that  there  is  not  among  them  any  conjunction  of  good 
and  truth,  which  constitutes  a  church,  n.  797 ;  thus  do 
these  things  also  follow  each  other  in  order. 

798.  Since  it  is  said  that  there  is  no  conjunction  of 
good  and  truth  with  them,  by  reason  of  there  not  being 
among  them  a  marriage  of  the  Lord  and  the  church,  some- 
thing shall  here  be  said  concerning  the  power  of  opening 
and  shutting  heaven,  which  operates  as  one  with  the  power 
of  forgiving  and  retaining  sins,  which  they  claim  to  them- 
selves as  the  successors  of  Peter  and  the  apostles.  The 
Lord  said  to  Peter,  "  And  upon  this  rock  1  will  build  my 
church  ;  and  the  gates  of  hell  shall  not  prevail  against  it. 
And  I  will  give  unto  thee  ihekeys  of  the  kingdom  of  hea- 
ven ;  and  whatsoever  thou  shalt  bind  on  earth  shallbe  bound 
in  heaven  ;  and  whatsoever  thou  shalt  loose  on  earth 
shall  be  loosed  in  heaven,"  Matt.  xvi.  18,  19.  The 
divine  truth,  which  is  meant  by  the  rock  upon  which  the 
Lord  would  build  his  church,  is  that  which  Peter  then 
confessed,  which  was,  "  Thou  art  the  Christ,  the  Son  of 
6* 


63 


THE  APOCALYPSE  REVEALED. 


[OH,  XVIII. 


the  living  God,''  verse  16.  By  the  keys  of  the  kingdom 
of  heaven,  which  consist  in  this,  that  whatsoever  that 
rock,  which  is  the  Lord,  shall  hind  on  earth  shall  be  bound 
in  heaven,  and  whatsoever  he  shall  loose  on  earth  shall 
be  loosed  in  heaven,  is  meant  that  the  Lord  has  power 
over  heaven  and  earth,  as  he  also  says,  Matt,  xxviii.  18, 
thus  the  power  of  saving  men,  who  are  in  that  confession 
of  Peter  from  faith  of  heart.  The  Lord's  divine  operation 
to  save  men  is  from  first  principles  through  ultimates,  and 
this  is  what  is  meant  by  whatsoever  he  shall  bind  or  loose 
on  earth,  shall  be  bound  or  loosed  in  heaven  ;  the  ulti- 
mates, through  which  the  Lord  operates,  are  upon  earth, 
and  indeed  with  men  ;  on  this  account,  in  order  that  the 
Lord  himself  might  be  in  ultimates  as  he  is  in  first  princi- 
ples, he  came  into  the  world,  and  put  on  the  humanity. 
That  every  divine  operation  of  the  Lord  is  from  first 
principles  through  ultimates,  thus  from  himself  in  first 
principles  and  from  himself  in  ultimates,  may  be  seen  in 
the  JVisdom  of  Angch  concerning  the  Divine  Love  and 
Divine  Wisdom,  n.  217,  '218, 219,  221  ;  and  that  this  is 
the  reason  why  the  Lord  is  called  the  First  and  the  Last, 
the  Alpha  and  the  Omega,  the  Beginning  and  the  End, 
the  Almighty,  see  above,  n.  29,  30,  31,  38,  57.  Who 
cannot  see,  if  he  pleases,  that  the  salvation  of  man  is  a 
continual  operation  of  the  Lord  in  man  from  his  earliest 
infancy  to  the  latest  period  of  his  life,  and  that  this  is  a 
work  purely  divine,  never  assignable  to  any  man  ?  This 
is  such  a  divine  work,  as  to  partake  at  once  of  omnipre- 
sence, omniscience,  and  omnipotence;  and  that  the  re- 
formation and  regeneration  of  man,  thus  his  salvation,  is 
w  holly  of  the  divine  providence  of  the  Lord,  may  be  seen 
in  the  Wisdom  of  Angels  concerning  the  Divine  Provi- 
dence, from  beginning  to  end.  The  coming  of  the  Lord 
himself  into  the  world  was  solely  for  the  sake  of  man's 
salvation  ;  on  this  account,  he  assumed  humanity,  removed 
the  hells,  and  glorified  himself,  and  invested  himself  with 
omnipotence  even  in  ultimates,  which  is  meant  by  his 
sitting  at  the  right  hand  of  God.  What  then  can  be  more 
abominable  than  to  fabricate  a  religion,  which  sanctions 
"the  idea  of  that  divine  power  and  potency  belonging  to 


CH.  XVIII.] 


THE   APOCALYPSE  REVEALED. 


67 


man,  and  no  longer  to  the  Lord ;  and  that  heaven  is  to 
be  opened  and  shut  merely  by  a  priest  saying,  I  absolve, 
or,  I  excommunicate ;  and  that  a  sin  is  forgiven  or  remit- 
ted, howsoever  enormous  it  may  be,  if  he  does  but  say,  I 
remit?  There  are  many  devils  in  the  world,  who,  to 
avoid  temporal  punishments,  seek  and  obtain  absolution 
for  a  diabolical  deed  by  arts  and  gifts ;  who  can  be  so  in- 
sane as  to  think  that  a  power  is  given  of  admitting  devils 
nto  heaven  ? 

It  has  been  said  above,  at  the  end  of  n.  790.  that  Peter 
represented  the  truth  of  faith  of  the  chuich,  James  the 
good  of  charity  of  the  church,  and  John  the  good  works 
of  the  men  of  the  church,  and  that  the  twelve  apostles, 
collectively,  represented  the  church  as  to  all  things  per- 
taining to  it.  That  they  represented  these  things  is 
clearly  evident  from  the  Lord's  words  to  them  in  Mat- 
thew :  ':  When  the  Son  of  Man  shall  sit  in  the  throne  of 
his  glory,  ye  also  shall  sit  upon  twelve  thrones,  judging 
the  twelve  tribes  of  Israel,"  xix.  26,  Luke  xxii.  30  ;  by 
which  words  nothing  else  can  be  signified,  than  that  the 
Lord  will  judge  all  men  according  to  the  goods  and  truths 
of  the  church  ;  if  these  things  were  not  understood  by 
these  words,  but  the  apostles  themselves,  all  in  the  great 
city  Babylon,  who  call  themselves  the  successors  of  the 
apostles,  might  also  claim  the  privilege  of  sitting  upon 
thrones,  as  many  in  number  as  themselves,  from  the  pope 
to  the  monk,  and  of  judging  all  the  inhabitants  of  the 
earth. 

799.  "  For  thy  merchants  were  the  great  men  of  the 
earth,"  signifies,  that  the  superiors  in  their  ecclesiastical 
hierarchy  are  such,  because  by  means  of  the  various  and 
even  arbitrary  rights  left  them,  in  the  statutes  of  their 
order,  they  trallic  and  make  gain.  By  great  men  are 
meant  the  superiors  in  their  ecclesiastical  hierarchy,  who 
are  called  cardinals,  bishops,  and  primates  ;  these  are  call- 
ed merchants,  because  they  trade  with  the  holy  things  of 
the  church,  as  articles  of  merchandise,  n.  771,  783  ;  in 
the  present  instance,  who  trade  with,  and  turn  to  lucre, 
the  various  and  even  arbitrary  rights  left  them  in  the  sta- 
tutes of  their  order.    The  reason  why  this  is  said,  ap- 


68 


THE  APOCALYPSE  REVEALED.  [OH.  XVlIt, 


pears  from  what  lias  goue  before,  it  being  a  necessary 
consequence  thereof.  In  what  has  gone  before  it  is  said, 
that  there  shall  no  more  be  heard  in  Babylon  the  voice 
of  harpers,  musicians,  pipers,  and  trumpeters,  that  there 
shall  not  be  there  an  artificer  of  any  craft  whatsoever,  that 
the  sound  of  the  millstone  shall  not  be  heard  there,  that 
there  shall  be  no  light  of  a  candle  there,  and  that  neither 
shall  the  voice  of  the  bridegroom  and  the  voice  of  the 
bride  be  there,  by  which  is  signified,  that  in  Babylon 
there  is  no  affection  of  spiritual  truth,  no  understanding, 
and  consequently  no  thought  of  it,  nor  any  inquiry  or 
search  after  it,  neither  any  illumination  and  perception  of 
it,  and  of  course  no  conjunction  of  good  and  truth,  which 
constitutes  the  church,  see  above,  n.  792,  793,  794,  796, 
797 ;  the  reason  why  they  have  not  these  things,  is,  be- 
cause they  of  the  superior  orders  also  carry  on  a  trade  to 
enrich  themselves,  and  thus  set  a  bad  example  to  their 
inferiors  ;  this  is  the  reason  also  why  it  is  said,  For  thy 
merchants  were  the  great  men  of  the  earth.  But,  per- 
haps it  may  be  asked,  What  are  those  arbitrary  rights 
which  may  receive  the  term  of  merchandise  ?  They  are 
not  their  annual  incomes  and  stipends,  but  dispensations 
derived  from  the  power  of  the  keys,  such  as  the  remitting 
of  sins  even  of  an  enormous  kind,  and  exempting  persons 
thereby  from  temporal  punishments  ;  using  their  influ- 
ence with  the  pope  to  allow  marriages  to  be  contracted 
within  the  degrees  that  are  forbidden,  and  to  be  dissolved 
when  not  within  the  degrees  forbidden,  and  doinji  such 
things  themselves  without  application  to  the  pope  for  tol- 
eration ;  by  granting  privileges  within  their  jurisdictions  ; 
by  ordaining  ministers  and  confirmations  ,  by  gratuities 
both  general  and  particular  from  monasteries  ;  by  the  mis- 
application of  revenues  which  belong  to  others  ;  and  by 
many  other  means.  These  things,  and  not  their  annual 
incomes,  had  they  been  content  with  them,  are  the  causes 
why  they  have  no  affection,  or  thought,  or  search  after,  or 
perception  of  spiritual  truth,  nor  any  conjunction  of  truth 
and  good,  because  these  are  the  gains  of  the  unrighteous 
mammon,  and  the  unrighteous  perpetually  covet  natural 
"riches,  and  have  an  aversion  to  spiritual  riches,  which  are 


CH.  XVIII  ] 


TIIK  APOCALYPSE  REVEALED. 


69 


divine  truths  from  the  Word.  From  these  considerations 
it  may  now  appear,  that  because  thy  great  men  were 
the  merchants  of  the  earth,  signifies,  that  the  superiors  in 
their  ecclesiastical  hierarchy  were  such,  because-  they 
made  a  trade  of,  and  turned  to  lucre,  the  various  and 
even  arbitrary  rights  left  to  them  in  the  statutes  of  their 
order.  Here  it  may  further  be  observed  concerning  the 
dispensation  of  crimes  even  of  an  enormous  nature,  by  the 
power  of  the  keys,  by  which  they  not  only  liberate  the 
guilty  from  eternal,  but  also  from  temporal  punishments, 
and  if  they  do  not  liberate  them,  still  they  afford  them 
protection  where  they  take  sanctuary.  Who  does  not 
see  that  this  belongs  not  to  the  ecclesiastical,  but  to  civil 
jurisdiction  ?  and  that  this  is  to  extend  their  dominion  over 
every  thing  of  a  secular  nature,  and  to  destroy  the  public 
security  ?  likewise  that  by  still  reserving  this  prerogative 
to  themselves,  they  have  it  in  their  power  to  recover 
their  former  despotic  sway  over  all  the  judgments  estab- 
lished by  kings,  thus  over  the  supreme  judges  likewise  ? 
which  also  they  would  do,  were  it  not  for  fear  of  produc- 
ing separation  from  them.  This  is  what  is  meant  in 
Daniel,  by  the  third  beast  which  came  up  out  of  the  sea 
thinking  "  to  change  the  times  and  laws,"  vii.  25. 

800.  "  For  by  thy  sorceries  were  all  nations  deceived," 
signifies,  their  abominable  arts  and  schemes,  whereby 
they  have  diverted  the  minds  of  all  from  the  holy  worship 
of  the  Lord  to  the  profane  worship  of  living  and  dead 
men  and  of  idols.  By  the  sorceries  whereby  all  nations 
have  been  deceived,  are  signified  abominable  arts  and 
schemes,  to  delude  and  persuade  people  to  worship  and 
adore  themselves  instead  of  the  Lord,  thus  as  the  Lord  ; 
and  inasmuch  as  the  Lord  is  the  God  of  heaven  and  earth, 
as  he  himself  teaches  in  Matt,  xxviii.  IS,  consequently  as 
gods.  That  they  have  transferred  the  Lord's  divine 
power  to  themselves,  may  be  seen  above,  n.  798  ;  and 
since  this  is  the  signification  of  these  words,  they  also  sig- 
nify that  by  their  abominable  arts  and  contrivances  they 
have  turned  the  minds  of  all  from  the  holy  worship  of  the 
Lord  to  the  profane  worship  of  living  and  dead  men  and 
of  idols.    That  nevertheless  there  will  be  an  end  of  these 


70 


THE  APOCALYPSE  REVEALED. 


[cii.  xvin. 


things,  and  that  there  is  already  an  end  of  them  in  the 
spiritual  world,  has  heen  said  and  shown  before.  It  is 
described  in  Isaiah  :  "  Stand  now  with  thy  enchantments 
(O  Babylon)  and  in  the  multitude  of  thy  sorceries,  wherein 
thou  hast  labored  from  thy  youth  ;  if  so  be  thou  shalt 
be  able  to  profit,  if  so  be  thou  mayest  prevail.  Thou  art 
wearied  in  the  multitude  of  thy  counsels.  Let  now  the 
astrologers,  the  star-gazers,  the  monthly  prognosticators, 
stand  up  and  save  thee.  Behold,  they  shall  be  as  stub- 
ble;  the  fire  shall  burn  them,  they  shall  not  deliver  them- 
selves from  the  power  of  the  flame  ;  even  thy  merchants 
from  thy  youth,  they  shall  wander  every  one  to  his  quar- 
ter;  none  shall  save  thee,"  xlvii.  12,  15. 

801.  "  And  in  her  w  as  found  the  blood  of  prophets, 
and  of  saints,  and  of  all  that  were  slain  upon  the  earth," 
signifies,  that  from  the  religion  which  is  meant  by  the 
city  of  Babylon,  there  is  an  adulteration  and  profa- 
nation of  every  truth  of  the  Word,  and  consequently  of 
the  church,  and  that  falsity  has  emanated  thence  through- 
out the  whole  christian  world.  By  blood  is  signified  the 
falsification,  adulteration,  and  profanation  of  the  Word,  n. 
327,  379,  684.  By  prophets  are  signified  all  who  are  in 
divine  truths  from  the  Word,  and  abstractedly  the  truths 
of  doctrine  from  the  Word,  n.  8,  133.  By  saints  are 
signified  they  who  are  of  the  Lord's  church,  and  abstract- 
edly the  holy  truths  of  the  church,  n.  173,  586,  666  ;  that 
by  the  slain  are  signified  they  who  are  spiritually  slain, 
and  that  they  are  said  to  be  spiritually  slain  who  perish 
by  falses,  may  be  seen,  n.  225,  and  in  many  other  places  ; 
and  since  by  the  earth  is  signified  the  church,  by  ail  that 
were  slain  upon  the  earth,  are  meant  all  in  the  christian 
church  who  have  perished  by  falses,  seeing  that  falsity 
sprung  up  among  them  from  that  religion.  Of  Babylon 
it  is  also  said  in  Jeremiah,  That  in  "  Babylon  shall  fall 
the  slain  of  all  the  earth,"  li.  49,  52  ;  and  in  Isaiah,  That 
Lucifer,  which  is  Babylon,  had  "destroyed  thy  land,  and 
slain  thy  people,"  xiv.  20.  That  from  the  Babylonish 
religion  many  falses  have  flowed  into  the  churches  of  the 
Reformed,  may  be  seen  above,  n.  751,  where  this  pas- 
sage is  explained  :  "  And  the  woman  which  thou  sawest 


CH.  XVIII.]  THE  APOCALYPSE  REVEALED. 


71 


is  that  great  city,  which  reigneth  over  the  kings  of  the 
earth,"  Apoc.  xvii.  18. 

802.  "  It  has  been  observed  that  from  the  religion 
which  is  meant  by  the  city  of  Babylon,  proceeds  the  adul- 
teration and  profanation  of  every  truth  of  the  Word,  and 
thence  of  every  thing  holy  in  the  church  ;  and  it  has  been 
remarked  several  times  already,  that  that  religion  not 
only  adulterated  the  goods  and  truths  of  the  Word,  but 
likewise  profaned  them,  and  that  for  that  reason  Babel 
(or  Babylon)  in  the  Word  signifies  the  profanation  of 
what  is  holy.  It  shall  now  be  shown,  how  that  profana- 
tion was  and  is  occasioned.  It  has  been  observed  above, 
that  the  love  of  dominion,  grounded  in  self-love,  over  the 
holy  things  of  the  church  and  over  heaven,  consequently 
over  all  the  divine  things  of  the  Lord,  is  the  devil  ;  now 
inasmuch  as  they  who  established  that  religion,  had  such 
a  dominion  in  view,  they  could  not  do  otherwise  than 
profane  the  holy  things  of  the  Word  and  of  the  church. 
Suppose  this  love,  which  is  the  devil,  were  to  take  pos- 
session of  any  one's  mind  interiorly,  as  every  ruling  love 
does,  and  that  any  divine  truth  were  placed  exteriorly 
before  his  eyes,  would  it  not  tear  it  to  pieces,  cast  it  to 
the  ground,  and  trample  upon  it,  and  call  in  some  falsity 
accordant  with  itself  in  its  stead  ?  The  love  of  possessing 
all  things  in  the  world  is  satan,  and  the  devil  and  satan, 
as  being  confederates,  act  as  one  with  those,  who  from 
being  principled  in  one  love,  are  principled  also  in  the 
other.  Hence  a  conclusion  may  be  formed,  why  Baby- 
lon in  the  Word  signifies  profanation.  For  example  : 
place  before  that  love,  which  is  the  devil,  this  divine 
truth,  that  God  alone  is  to  be  worshiped  and  adored,  and 
not  any  man,  and  thus  that  the  pope's  vicarship  is  an  in- 
vention and  fiction  which  ought  to  be  rejected.  In  like 
manner  this  truth,  that  to  invoke  dead  men,  and  fall  down 
before  their  images,  and  kiss  them  and  their  bones,  is  a 
mere  filthy  idolatry,  which  ought  also  to  be  rejected. 
Would  not  that  love,  which  is  the  devil,  in  the  vehe- 
mence of  its  anger,  reject  these  two  truths,  fulminate 
against  them,  and  tear  them  in  pieces  ?  But  should  any 
one  say  to  that  love,  which  is  the  devil,  that  to  open  and 


7% 


THE  APOCALYTSE  REVEALED. 


[CH.  XIX. 


shut  heaven,  or  to  loose  and  to  bind,  consequently  to  re- 
mit sins,  which  is  the  same  thing  as  to  reform  and  regene- 
rate, and  so  to  redeem  and  save  man,  is  a  work  purely 
divine  ;  and  that  man  without  profanation  cannot  claim  to 
himself  any  thing  divine,  and  that  neither  did  Peter  claim 
the  like  to  himself,  for  which  reason  he  never  exercised 
it  ;  moreover  that  the  succession  is  an  invention  proceed- 
ing from  that  love  ;  as  also  the  transferring  of  the  Holy 
Spirit  from  one  man  to  another.  Ou  hearing  these  things, 
would  not  that  love,  which  is  the  devil,  thunder  out  its 
anathemas  upon  him  who  uttered  them  ;  and  in  the  fire 
of  his  fury  command  him  to  be  delivered  to  the  inquisitor, 
and  cast  into  a  dungeon  ?  Jf  any  one  should  say  further, 
How  can  the  Lord's  divine  power  be  transferred  to  you  ? 
How  can  the  Lord's  divinity  be  separated  from  bis  soul 
and  body?  Does  not  your  faith  reply  that  it  cannot? 
How  can  God  the  Father  convey  his  divine  power  into 
the  Son,  except  into  his  divinity, which  is  the  receptacle  ? 
How  can  this  be  transferred  to  a  man  so  as  to  become  his 
own  ?  Not  to  mention  other  considerations  of  a  like  na- 
ture. On  hearing  these  things,  would  not  that  love,  which 
is  the  devil,  have  nothing  to  say  ;  would  he  not  burn  with 
rage,  gnash  with  his  teeth,  and  exclaim,  "  Away  with 
him,  crucify  him,  crucify  him,  get  you  gone,  every  one  of 
you,  see  this  grand  heretic,  and  delight  yourselves  in  his 
punishment  ?  " 


CHAPTER  XIX. 

1.  And  after  these  things  I  heard  a  great  voice  of  much  people 
in  heaven,  saying,  Alleluia!  Salvation,  and  glory,  and  honor,  and 
power,  unto  the  Lord  our  God  : 

2.  For  true  and  righteous  are  his  judgments  :  for  he  hath  judg- 
ed the  great  harlot,  who  corrupted  the  earth  with  her  whoredom, 
and  hath  avenged  the  blood  of  his  servants  at  her  hand. 

3.  And  again  they  said,  Alleluia !  And  her  smoke  rose  up  for 
ever  and  ever. 

4.  And  the  four-and-twenty  elders,  and  the  four  animals,  fell 
down  and  worshiped  God  who  sat  on  the  throne,  saying,  Amen  ; 
.Alleluia! 


OH.  XIX.] 


THE  APOCALYPSE  REVEALED. 


73 


5.  And  a  voice  came  out  of  the  throne,  saying,  Praise  our  God 
all  ye  his  servant--,  and  ye  that  tear  him,  both  small  and  great. 

(i.  And  I  heard  as  it  were  the  voice  of  a  great  multitude,  and  as 
the  voice  of  many  waters,  and  as  the  voice  of  mighty  thunders, 
saying,  Alleluia  !  for  the  Lord  God  omnipotent  reigneth. 

7.  Let  us  he  glad  and  rejoice,  and  give  honor  to  him  ;  for  the 
marriage  of  the  Lamb  is  come,  and  his  wife  hath  made  herself 
ready. 

8.  And  to  her  it  was  granted  that  she  should  be  arrayed  in  fine 
linen  clean  and  shining,  for  the  fine  linen  is  the  righteousness  of 
the  saints. 

0.  And  be  saitli  unto  me,  Write,  Blessed  are  thf y  that  are  call- 
ed unto  the  marriage-supper  of  the  Lamb.  And  he  saith  unto 
me,  These  are  the  true  words  of  God. 

10.  And  I  fell  at  his  feet  to  worship  him.  And  he  said  unto 
tne,  See  thou  do  it  not.  I  am  thy  fellow-servant,  and  of  thy 
brethren  who  have  the  testimony  of  Jesus;  worship  God  ;  for 
the  testimony  of  Jesus  is  the  spirit  of  prophecy. 

11.  And  1  saw  heaven  opened;  and  behold,  a  white  horse;  and 
he  that  sat  upon  him  is  called  Faithful  and  True ;  and  in  right- 
eousness he  doth  judge  and  make  war. 

12.  And  his  eyes  were  as  a  flame  of  fire :  and  on  his  head  were 
many  diadems ;  and  he  had  a  name  written,  that  uo  one  knew 
but  he  himself. 

13.  And  he  was  clothed  with  a  vesture  stained  with  blood  :  and 
his  name  is  called  the  Word  of  God. 

14.  And  the  armies  in  heaven  followed  him  upon  white  horses, 
clothed  in  fine  linen,  white  and  clean. 

15.  And  out  of  his  mouth  goeth  a  sharp  sword,  that  with  it  he 
should  smite  the  nations:  ami  he  shall  rule  them  with  a  rod  of 
iron,  and  he  treadeth  the  wine-press  of  the  fierceness  and  wrath 
of  Almighty  God. 

1G.  And  he  hath  on  his  vesture  and  on  his  thigh  a  name  writ- 
ten, King  of  kings,  and  Lord  of  lords. 

17.  And  I  saw  an  augel  Standing  in  the  sun,  and  he  cried  with 
a  great  voice,  saying  to  all  the  fowls  that  fly  in  the  midst  of  hea- 
ven, Come,  ami  gather  yourselves  together  unto  the  Supper  of  the 
great  God  ; 

18.  That  ye  may  eat  the  flesh  of  kin<rs,  and  the  flesh  of  cap- 
tains, and  the  flesh  of  mighty  men,  and  the  flesh  of  horses,  and  of 
them  that  sit  on  them,  and  the  flesh  of  all  men  both  free  and 
bond,  both  small  and  great. 

19.  And  I  saw  the  beast,  and  the  kings  of  the  earth  and  their 
armies,  gathered  together  to  make  war  with  him  that  sat  on  the 
horse,  and  with  his  army. 

20.  And  the  beast  was  taken,  and  with  him  the  false  prophet, 
that  wrought  sifrns  before  him,  with  which  he  deceived  them  that 
had  received  the  mark  of  the  beast,  and  them  that  worshiped  his 
image.  These  two  were  cast  alive  into  the  lake  of  fire  burning 
with  brimstone. 

VOL.    III.  7 


74 


THE  APOCALYPSE  REVEALED. 


[CH.  XIX. 


21.  And  the  remnant  were  slain  with  the  sword  of  him  that  sat 
upon  the  horse,  which  proceedeth  out  of  his  mouth,  and  all  the 
fowls  were  filled  with  their  flesh. 


THE  SPIRITUAL  SENSE. 

The  contents  of  the  whole  chapter.  A  glorification  of 
the  Lord  by  the  angels  of  heaven,  on  account  of  the  removal  of 
the  Roman  Catholic  religion  in  the  spiritual  world,  whereby 
they  were  restored  to  their  light  and  beatitude,  verses  1 — 5. 
Annunciation  of  the  Lord's  advent,  and  of  a  New  Church  from 
him,  verses  6 — 10.  The  opening  of  the  Word  as  to  its  spiritual 
sense  for  the  use  of  that  church,  verses  1 1 — 16.  The  calling  of 
all  men  unto  it,  verses  17,  18.  The  resistance  of  those  who  are 
principled  in  faith  separated  from  charity,  verse  19.  Their  re- 
moval and  damnation,  verses  "20,  21. 

The  contents  of  each  verse.  "And  after  these  things  I 
heard  a  great  voice  of  much  people  in  heaven,  saying,  Alleluia," 
signifies,  thanksgiving,  confession,  and  celebration  of  the  Lord  by 
the  angels  of  the  lower  heavens,  on  account  of  the  removal  of  the 
Babylonians:  "Salvation,  and  glory,  and  honor,  and  power  unto 
the  Lord  our  God,"  signifies,  that  now  there  is  salvation  from  the 
Lord,  because  now  there  is  a  reception  of  divine  truth  and  divine 
good  by  virtue  of  his  divine  power :  "  For  true  and  righteous  are  his 
judgments,  for  he  bath  judged  the  great  harlot,  who  corrupted  the 
earth  with  her  whoredom,"  signifies,  because  in  justice  the  pro- 
fane Babylonian  religion  is  condemned  for  destroying  the  Lord's 
church  by  foul  adulterations  of  the  Word  :  "  And  hath  avenged 
the  blood  of  his  servantsat  her  hand,"  signifies,  retribution  for  the 
mischief  and  violence  offered  to  the  sotds  of  them  who  worship 
the  Lord:  "And  again  they  said,  Alleluia!  And  her  smoke 
rose  up  for  ever  and  ever,"  signifies,  thanksgiving  and  celebration 
of  the  Lord,  for  joy  that  that  profane  religion  is  condemned  to 
eternity  ;  "  And  the  four-and-twenty  elders,  and  the  four  animals, 
fell  down  and  worshiped  God,  who  sat  on  the  throne,  saying, 
Amen  ;  Alleluia,"  signifies,  adoration  of  the  Lord  as  the  God  of 
heaven  and  earth,  and  judge  of  the  universe,  by  the  angels  of  the 
higher  heavens,  and  confirmation  of  the  thanksgiving,  confession, 
and  celebration  of  the  Lord  by  the  angels  of  the  lower  heavens: 
«  And  a  voice  came  out  of  the  throne,  saying,  Praise  our  God  all 
ye  bis  servants,  and  ye  that  fear  him,"  signifies,  influx  from  the 
Lord  into  heaven,  and  consequent  unanimity  of  the  angels,  that 
all  who  are  in  the  truths  of  faith  and  in  the  goods  of  love,  should 
worship  the  Lord  as  the  only  God  of  heaven:  "Both  small  and 
great,"  signifies,  those  who  in  a  lesser  and  greater  degree  worship 
the  Lord  from  the  truths  of  faith  and  the  goods  of  love:  "And  I 
"heard  as  it  were  the  voice  of  a  great  multitude,  and  as  the  voice 


ci).  xix.; 


THE   APOCALYPSE  REVEALED. 


73 


of  many  waters,  and  as  the  voire  of  mighty  thunders,  saying, 
Alleluia!  for  the  Lord  God  omnipotent  reigneth,"  signifies,  the 
joy  of  the  angels  of  the  lowest  heaven,  of  the  angels  of  the  mid- 
dle heaven,  and  of  the  angels  of  the  highest  heaven,  because  the 
Lord  alone  reigns  in  the  church  which  is  now  about  to  come : 
"  Let  us  he  glad,  and  rejoice,  and  give  honor  to  him,  for  the  mar- 
riage of  the  Lamb  is  come,"  signifies  joy  of  soul  and  heart,  and 
consequent  glorification  of  the  Lord,  because  from  henceforth  a 
full  marriage  of  him  with  the  church  is  effected  :  "  And  his  wife 
hath  made  herself  ready,"  signifies,  that  they  who  at  e  to  be  of 
this  church,  which  is  the  New  Jerusalem,  will  be  collected,  ini- 
tiated, and  instructed:  "  And  to  her  it  was  granted  that  she 
should  l>e  arrayed  in  fine  linen  clean  and  shining,"  signifies,  that 
they  will  be  instructed  in  genuine  and  pure  truths  through  the 
Word  from  the  Lord:  "  For  fine  linen  is  the  righteousness  of  the 
saints,"  signifies,  that  by  truths  from  the  Word,  they  who  are  of 
the  Lord's  church  acquire  the  goods  of  life:  "  And  lie  saith  unto 
ine,  Write,  Blessed  are  they  that  are  called  unto  the  marriage- 
supper  of  the  Lamb,"  signifies,  a  single  angel  sent  from  heaven  to 
John,  and  talking  with  him  concerning  the  Lord's  New  Church, 
and  saying  that  it  would  be  given  to  know  upon  earth,  that  they 
have  eternal  life,  who  receive  the  things  which  are  of  that  church  : 
"  And  he  saith  unto  me,  These  are  the  true  words  of  God,"  signi- 
fies, that  this  is  to  be  believed  because  it  is  from  the  Lord  :  "  And 
I  fell  at  his  feet  to  worship  him.  And  he  said  unto  me,  See  thou 
do  it  not.  I  am  thy  fellow-servant,  and  of  thy  brethren  who  have 
the  testimony  of  Jesus;  worship  God,"  signifies,  that  the  angels 
of  heaven  are  not  to  be  worshiped  and  invoked,  because  they 
have  nothing  divine  in  them,  but  that  they  are  associated  with 
men,  as  brethren  with  brethren,  with  such  as  worship  the  Lord, 
and  therefore  that  the  Lord  alone  is  to  be  worshiped  in  consocia- 
tion by  both  :  "  For  the  testimony  of  Jesus  is  the  spirit  of  prophe- 
cy," signifies,  that  the  acknowledgment,  that  the  Lord  is  the  God 
of  heaven  and  earth,  and  at  the  same  time  a  life  according  to  his 
precepts,  is,  in  an  universal  sense,  the  all  of  the  Word  and  of  doc- 
trine derived  from  it :  "  And  I  saw  heaven  opened ;  and  behold, 
a  white  horse,"  signifies,  the  revealing  of  the  spiritual  sense  of  the 
Word  by  the  Lord,  and  thereby  the  discovery  of  the  interior 
meaning  of  the  Word,  which  is  the  coming  of  the  Lord  :  "  And 
he  that  sat  upon  him  is  called  Faithful  and  True :  and  in  right- 
eousness he  doth  judge  and  make  war,"  signifies,  the  Lord  as  to 
the  Word,  that  he  is  the  divine  good  and  divine  truth  itself,  from 
both  which  he  executes  judgment :  "  And  his  eyes  were  as  a 
flame  of  fire,"  signifies,  the  divine  wisdom  of  the  Lord's  divine 
love  :  "  And  on  his  head  were  many  diadems,"  signifies,  the  di- 
vine truths  of  the  Word  from  him:  "And  he  had  a  name  writ- 
ten, that  no  one  knew  but  he  himself,"  signifies,  that  what  the 
Word  is  in  its  spiritual  and  celestial  sense,  no  one  sees  but  the 
Lord,  and  they  to  whom  he  reveals  it:  "  And  he  was  clothed 
with  a  vesture  stained  with  blood  i  end  his  name  is  called  the 


356 


THE  APOCALYPSE  REVEALED. 


[tin.  xix. 


Word  of  God,"  signifies,  the  divine  truth  in  its  ultimate  sense,  or 
the  Word  in  the  letter,  to  which  violence  lias  hern  offered  : 
"And  the  armies  in  heaven  followed  him  upon  White  horses, 
clothed  in  fine  linen,  white  and  clean,"  signifies,  the  angels  in  the 
new  christian  heaven,  who  were  in  conjunction  with  the  Lord, 
in  the  interior  understanding  of  the  Word,  and  thus  in  pure  and 
genuine  truths:  "And  out  of  his  mouth  goeth  a  sharp  sword," 
signifies,  the  dispersion  of  false.s  hy  doctrine  thence  derived  from 
the  Lord  :  "That  with  it  he  should  smite  the  nations;  and  he 
shall  rule  them  with  a  rod  of  iron,"  signifies,  that  he  will  convince 
all  who  are  in  a  dead  faith,  hy  tin;  truths  of  the  literal  sense  of  the 
Word,  and  hy  rational  arguments:  "And  he  treadeth  the  wine- 
press of  ithe  "fierceness  and  wrath  of  Almighty  Cod,"  signifies, 
that  the  Lord  alone  sustained  all  the  evils  of  the  church,  and  all 
the  violence  offered  to  the  Word,  thus  to  himself:  "  And  he  hath 
on  his  vesture  and  on  his  thigh  a  name  written,  King  of  Kings, 
and  Lord  of  lords,"  signifies,  that  the  Lord  teaches  in  the  Word 
what  he  is,  that  he  is  the  divine  truth  of  divine  wisdom,  and  the 
divine  good  of  divine  love,  thus  that  he  is  the  God  of  the  uni- 
verse: "And  I  saw  an  angel  standing  in  the  sun,  and  he  cried 
with  a  groat  voice,  saying  to  all  the  fowls  that  fly  in  the  midst  of 
heaven,  Come,  and  gather  yourselves  together  unto  the  supper  of 
the  great  God,"  signifies,  the  Lord  from  divine  love,  and  thence 
from  divine  zeal,  calling  and  inviting  all,  ■who  arc  in  the 
spiritual  affection  of  truth,  and  think  of  heaven,  to  the  New 
Church,  and  to  conjunction  with  himself,  thus  to  life  eternal : 
"  That  ye  may  eat  the  flesh  of  kings,  and  the  flesh  of  captains, 
and  the  flesh  of  mighty  men,  and  the  flesh  of  horses,  and 
of  them  that  sit  on  them,  and  the  flesh  of  all  men  hoth  free 
and  bond,  hoth  small  and  great,"  signifies,  the  appropriation  of 
good  things  from  the  Lord  hy  the  truths  of  the  Word  and  of  doc- 
trine derived  from  it,  in  every  sense,  degree,  and  kind:  "And  I 
saw  the  beast,  and  the  kings  of  the  earth,  and  their  armies, 
gathered  together  to  make  war  with  him  that  sat  on  the  horse,  and 
with  his  army,"  signifies,  that  all  the  interiorly  wicked,  who  have 
made  profession  of  faith  alone,  with  their  leading  men  and  their 
adherents,  will  impugn  the  divine  truths  of  the  Lord  in  his  Word, 
and  infest  those  who  are  to  lie  of  the  Lord's  New  Church  :  "And 
the  beast  was  taken,  and  with  him  the  (also  prophet,  that  wrought 
signs  before  him,  with  which  he  deceived  them  that  had  received 
the  mark  of  the  beast,  and  them  that  worshiped  his  imago,"  sig- 
nifies, all  those  who  professed  faith  alone,  and  were  interiorly 
evil,  as  well  the  laity  and  common  people  as  the  clergy  and  the 
learned,  who  by  ratiocinations  and  attestations,  that  faith  alone  is 
the  sole  medium  of  salvation,  have  induced  others  to  receive  that 
faith,  and  to  live  according  to  it :  "  These  two  were  cast  alive 
into  the  lake  of  fire  burning  with  brimstone,"  signifies,  that  all 
these,  as  they  were,  were  cast  into  hell,  where  arc  the  loves  of 
falsity,  and  at  the  same  time  the  lusts  of  evil :  "  And  the  remnant 
were  slain  with  the  sword  of  him  that  sat  upon  the  horse,  which 


CH.  XIX.] 


THE  APOCALYPSE  REVEALED. 


77 


proceedeth  out  of  his  moulh,"  signifies,  that  all  of  various  heresies 
among  the  Reformed,  who  have  not  lived  according  to  the 
Lord's  commandments  in  the  Word  which  they  knew,  being 
judged  according  to  the  Word,  perish  :  "  And  all  the  fowls  were 
filled  with  their  flesh,"  signifies,  that  the  infernal  genii  feed  as  it 
were  upon  their  lusts  of  evil,  these  constituting  their  very  self- 
hood. 


THE  EXPLANATION. 

803.  "  And  after  these  things  I  heard  a  great  voice 
of  much  people  in  heaven,  saying,  Alleluia,"  signifies, 
thanksgiving,  confession,  and  celebration  of  the  Lord  by 
the  angels  of  the  lower  heavens,  on  account  of  the  re- 
moval of  the  Babylonians.  By  much  people  in  heaven, 
are  signified  the  angels  of  the  lower  heavens  ;  by  the 
great  voice  thereof,  saying,  Alleluia,  is  signified  thanks- 
giving, confession,  and  celebration  of  the  Lord  by  them ; 
by  Alleluia,  in  the  Hebrew  language,  is  signified,  praise 
ye  God,  therefore  it  was  an  expression  of  thanksgiving, 
confession,  and  celebration  of  the  Lord  from  joy  of  heart, 
as  appears  from  these  passages  :  "  Bless  thou  Jehovah, 
O  my  soul,  Alleluia,''  Psalm  civ.  35.  "  Blessed  be  Je- 
hovah the  God  of  Israel  from  everlasting  to  everlasting: 
and  let  all  the  people  say,  Amen,  Alleluia"  Psalm  cvi. 
48.  "  But  we  will  bless  Jehovah  from  this  time  forth 
and  for  evermore,  Alleluia"  Psalm  cxv.  18.  "  Let 
every  thing  that  hath  breath  praise  Jehovah,  Alleluia" 
Psalm  cl.  6  ;  besides  other  places,  as  Psalm  cv.  45, 
Psalm  cvi.  1,  Psalm  cxi.  1,  Psalm  cxii.  1,  Psalm  cxiii.  1, 
9,  Psalm  cxvi.  19,  Psalm  cxvii.  2,  Psalm  exxxv.  3, 
Psalm  cxlviii.  1,  14,  Psalm  cxlix.  1,  9,  Psalm  cl.  1. 
That  it  is  on  account  of  the  rejection  of  the  Babylonians, 
is  evident  from  the  preceding  chapter  which  treats  of  the 
Babylonians,  for  which  reason  it  is  said  "After  these 
things,"  and  also  from  what  follows  in  verses  2  and  3  in 
this  chapter.  That  the  angels  of  the  lower  heavens  are 
meant  by  much  people  in  heaven,  is  plain  from  verse  4 
of  this  chapter,  where  it  is  said,  that  the  four-and-twenty 
elders  and  the  four  animals  worshiped  him  that  sat  on  the 
7* 


78 


THE  APOCALYPSE  REVEALED.  [CH.  XIX. 


throne,  saying,  Amen,  Alleluia,  by  whom  the  angels  of 
the  superior  heavens  are  meant. 

804.  "  Salvation,  and  glory,  and  honor,  and  power, 
unto  the  Lord  our  God,"  signifies,  that  now  there  is  sal- 
vation from  the  Lord,  because  now  there  is  a  reception  of 
divine  truth  and  divine  good  by  virtue  of  his  divine  power. 
By  salvation  to  the  Lord  our  God,  is  signified  an  acknow- 
ledgment and  confession  that  there  is  salvation  from  the 
Lord  ;  by  glory  and  honor  to  the  Lord  our  God,  is  signi- 
fied acknowledgment  and  confession,  that  there  is  divine 
truth  and  divine  good  from  the  Lord,  thus  the  reception 
thereof,  n.  249,  629,  693.  By  power  unto  the  Lord  our 
God,  is  signified  acknowledgment  and  confession  that  the 
Lord  has  power.  To  say  that  salvation,  glory,  honor, 
and  power  belong  unto  the  Lord  our  God,  is  according 
to  the  sense  of  the  letter:  as  also  in  other  places,  that  to 
the  Lord  belongeth  blessing,  but  this,  when  considered  in 
a  spiritual  sense,  means,  that  these  things,  being  in  the 
Lord,  proceed  also  from  the  Lord,  in  the  present  case 
that  now  they  are  communicated  by  him  to  angels  and 
men  in  consequence  of  the  Babylonians  being  removed 
and  rejected,  who  intercepted,  weakened,  and  prevented 
the  influx  of  those  things  from  the  Lord,  in  like  manner  as 
black  clouds  in  this  world,  when  they  come  between  the 
sun  and  men  ;  for  as  the  light  of  the  sun  of  this  world  is 
intercepted,  weakened,  and  obstructed  by  the  interposi- 
tion of  black  clouds,  so  is  the  light  of  the  sun  of  heaven, 
which  is  the  Lord,  by  the  interposition  of  black  falsi- 
ties from  the  Babylonians.  The  case  is  altogether  simi- 
lar, except  that  the  one  is  natural  and  the  other  spiritual ; 
falsities  also  in  the  spiritual  world  appear  like  clouds,  ob- 
scure and  black  according  to  their  quality  ;  this  also  is  the 
reason  why  the  spiritual  sense  of  the  Word,  and  that  the 
Lord  alone  is  the  God  of  heaven  and  earth,  were  not  re- 
vealed till  after  the  last  judgment ;  for  by  the  last  judg- 
ment the  Babylonians  were  removed,  and  likewise  such 
of  the  Reformed  as  acknowledged  justification  by  faith 
alone,  whose  falsities  were  like  black  clouds  interposed 
between  the  Lord  and  men  upon  earth  ;  they  were  also 
like  things  that  are  cold,  that  extinguish  spiritual  heat, 
w  hich  is  the  love  of  goodness  and  truth. 


CH.  XIX.] 


THE  APOCALYPSE  REVEALED. 


rs 


805.  "  For  true  and  righteous  are  bis  judgments  ;  for 
lie  hath  judged  the  great  harlot,  who  corrupted  the  earth 
with  her  whoredom,"  signifies,  because  in  justice  the  pro- 
fane Babylonian  religion  is  condemned  for  destroying  the 
Lord's  church  by  foul  adulterations  of  the  Word.  By 
true  and  righteous  are  thy  judgments,  are  signified  the  di- 
vine truths  and  goods  of  the  Word,  according  to  which 
judgment  is  exercised  by  the  Lord,  n.  668,  689,  which 
taken  in  the  aggregate  are  called  righteousness,  for  by 
righteousness,  when  said  of  the  Lord,  nothing  else  is  sig- 
nified, as  below,  verse  1 1  ;  also  in  Isaiah  lxiii.  1,  Jerem. 
xxiii.  5,  6,  xxxiii.  15,  16  ;  for  he  hath  judged  the  great 
harlot,  signifies,  because  the  profane  Babylonian  religion, 
as  treated  of  in  the  foregoing  chapter,  is  condemned  ;  the 
harlot  is  called  great  from  her  adulteration  and  profanation 
of  the  Word  ;  which  did  corrupt  the  earth  by  her  whore- 
dom, signifies,  which,  by  foul  adulterations  of  the  Word, 
destroyed  the  Lord's  church  ;  by  her  whoredom  is  signi- 
fied the  adulteration  of  the  Word,  n.  134  ;  and  by  earth, 
the  church,  n.  285,  721. 

806.  "  And  hath  avenged  the  blood  of  his  servants  at 
her  hand,"  signifies,  retribution  for  the  mischief  and  vio- 
lence offered  to  the  souls  of  them  who  worship  the  Lord. 
To  avenge  the  blood  of  his  servants  at  her  hand,  signifies 
retribution  for  the  mischiefs  and  violence  offered  to  the 
souls  of  them  who  worship  the  Lord  ;  the  reason  is, 
because  to  avenge  signifies  retribution.  To  shed  blood 
signifies  to  offer  violence  to  the  Lord's  divinity  and  to  the 
Word,  n.  327,  684,  in  the  present  case  to  the  worshipers 
of  the  Lord,  who  are  meant  by  his  servants ;  they  did 
mischief  and  violence  to  the  souls  of  these,  by  transferring 
the  divine  worship  of  the  Lord  to  themselves,  and  by 
preventing  them  from  reading  the  Word.  It  is  said  of 
the  Lord,  that  he  avenged  the  blood  of  his  servants,  as  if 
he  bad  done  this  from  resentment  or  revenge,  but  yet  he 
does  not  act  from  resentment  or  revenge,  any  more  than 
from  wrath  and  anger,  which  nevertheless  are  ascribed  to 
the  Lord  in  many  parts  of  the  Word,  see  above,  n.  525, 
635,  658,  673.  Wrath  and  revenge  are  attributed  to  the 
Lord,  w  hen  the  wicked,  being  separated  from  the  good, 


SO 


THE  APOCALVPSE  REVEALEDV  fCH.  X\X. 


are  cast  into  bell,  as  is  the  case  at  the  day  of  the  last 
judgment,  wherefore  that  day  is  called  a  day  of  wrath, 
and  is  also  called  wrath,  and  a  day  of  vengeance;  not 
that  the  Lord  is  angry  and  revengeful,  but  because  they 
are  angry  with  the  Lord,  and  breathe  vengeance  against 
him  ;  just  as  a  malefactor,  after  sentence  is  passed,  is 
angry  with  the  law  and  breathes  revenge  against  the 
judge,  for  the  law  is  not  angry,  neither  does  the  judge 
avenge.  Revenge  or  vengeance  is  used  in  this  sense  in 
the  following  places  :  "  For  the  day  of  vengeance  is  in 
mine  heart,  and  the  year  of  my  redeemed  is  come," 
Isaiah  lxiii.  4,  speaking  of  the  Lord  and  the  last  judgment. 
"For  it  is  the  day  of  Jehovah's  vengeance,  and  the  year 
of  recompenses  for  the  controversy  of  Zion,"  Isaiah 
xxxiv.  8.  "Behold,  your  God  will  come  with  vengeance, 
even  God  with  a  recompense;  he  will  come  and  save 
you,"  Isaiah  xxxv.  4.  "  For  these  be  the  days  of  ven- 
geance, that  all  things  which  are  written  may  be  fulfill- 
ed," Luke  xxi.  22,  speaking  of  the  consummation  of  the 
age,  or  of  the  last  judgment.  "The  spirit  of  the  Lord 
Jehovah  is  upon  me  ;  to  proclaim  the  acceptable  year  of 
Jehovah,  and  the  day  of  vengeance  of  our  God  ;  to  com- 
fort all  that  mourn,"  Isaiah  lxi.  2.  "  Shall  not  my  soul 
be  avenged  on  such  a  nation  as  this  ?"  Jerem.  v.  9,  29. 
"  I  will  take  vengeance  (on  Babylon)  and  I  will  not  meet 
thee  as  a  man,"  Isaiah  xlvii.  3.  "  For  his  device  is 
against  Babylon,  to  destroy  it,  because  it  is  the  vengeance 
of  Jehovah,  the  vengeance  of  his  temple,"  Jerem.  li.  11, 
36.  "  Rejoice,  O  ye  nations,  with  his  people,  for  he  will 
avenge  the  blood  of  his  servants,  and  will  render  vengeance 
to  his  adversaries,  and  will  be  merciful  to  his  land,  and  to 
his  people,"  Deut.  xxxii.  43. 

807.  "  And  again  they  said,  Alleluia  !  And  her  smoke 
rose  up  for  ever  and  ever,"  signifies,  thanksgiving  and 
celebration  of  the  Lord,  for  joy  that  that  profane  religion 
is  condemned  to  eternity.  Their  saying  so  a  second  time 
is  owing  to  the  various  affection  of  joy,  at  being  delivered 
from  the  infestation  of  those  who  are  in  that  religion,  and 
from  the  fear  of  their  rising  and  infesting  them  again  ; 
that  Alleluia  signifies  thanksgiving  and  celebration  of  the 


CH.  XIX.] 


THE  APOCALYPSE1  revealed. 


81 


Lord,  see  above,  n.  803  ;  by  her  smoke,  is  signified  that 
religion  as  to  its  dire  falsities,  because  falses  from  evil 
appear  like  smoke  proceeding  from  a  fire,  n.  422.  Fire, 
in  that  case,  is  self-love,  n.  468,  494,  766 ;  the  smoke  of 
burning,  when  said  of  Babylon,  signifies,  profanation,  see 
n.  766,  767  ;  to  rise  up  for  ever  and  ever,  signifies,  her 
condemnation  to  eternity. 

808.  "  And  the  four-and-twenty  elders,  and  the  four 
animals  fell  down,  and  worshiped  God  who  sat  on  the 
throne,  saying.  Amen,  Alleluia,"  signifies,  adoration  of 
the  Lord,  as  the  God  of  heaven  and  earth,  and  jud^e  of 
the  universe,  by  the  angels  of  the  higher  heavens,  and 
confirmation  of  the  thanksgiving,  confession,  and  celebra- 
tion of  the  Lord,  by  the  angels  of  the  lower  heavens.  To 
fall  down  and  worship,  signifies,  humiliation,  and  in  con- 
sequence of  humiliation,  adoration,  as  above,  n.  370  ;  by 
the  four-and-twenty  elders  and  four  animals  are  signified 
the  higher  heavens,  n.  369;  bv  him  who  sat  on  the 
throne  is  meant  the  Lord  as  the  God  of  heaven,  and  as 
judge  of  the  universe,  because  a  throne  signifies  heaven 
and  the  kingdom  there,  n.  14,  221,  222,  and  likewise 
judgment,  and  here  judgment  because  it  relates  to  the 
judgment  upon  Babylon,  treated  of  before;  that  he  who 
sat  on  the  throne  is  the  Lord,  will  be  seen  below  ;  by 
Amen,  Alleluia,  is  signified  confirmation  of  the  thanks- 
giving, confession,  and  celebration  offered  up  by  the  angels 
of  the  lower  heavens  ;  by  Amen,  is  signified  confirmation 
and  consent  from  truth,  n.  23,  28,  31,  61,  371,  375,  and 
by  Alleluia,  is  signified  thanksgiving,  confession,  and  cele- 
bration of  the  Lord,  u.  803  ;  that  this  is  what  was  done 
by  the  angels  of  the  lower  heavens,  appears  from  their 
speaking  first  and  celebrating  the  Lord  as  the  God  of 
heaven,  the  judge  and  aven»er,  and  saying,  Alleluia,  as  is 
evident  from  verses  1  and  2,  and  from  the  explanation 
above,  n.  803,  804,  the  confirmation  of  those  things  by 
the  anc-els  of  the  superior  heavens  is  signified  by  Amen, 
Alleluia. 

That  he  who  sat  on  the  throne  is  the  Lord,  appears 
from  the  Apocalypse  i.  4,  ii.  8,  iii.  21,  iv.  2 — 6,  9,  v. 
13.  vi.  16,  vii.  9,  10,  11,  xxii.  1,  3,  in  which  places  he 


82 


THE  APOCALYPSE  REVEALED.  [CII.  XIX. 


is  called  God,  and  the  Lamb  upon  the  throne,  where  by 
God  is  meant  the  essential  divinity  of  the  Lord,  which  is 
called  the  Father,  and  by  the  Lamb  the  Divine  Human- 
ity, which  is  called  the  Son,  n.  269,  291,  consequently 
the  Lord  alone;  this  also  appears  from  chap.  vii.  where 
it  is  said:  "  For  the  Lamb  which  is  in  the  midst  of  ihe 
throne  shall  feed  them,"  verse  17;  and  in  Matthew: 
"  When  the  Son  of  Man  shall  sit  in  the  throne  of  his 
glory,  judging  the  twelve  tribes  of  Israel,"  xix.  23. 
"  When  the  Son  of  Man  shall  come  in  his  "lory,  and  all 
the  holy  angels  with  him,  then  shall  he  sit  upon  the  throne 
of  his  glory,'"  xxv.  31. 

809.  "  And  a  voice  came  out  of  the  throne,  saying, 
Praise  our  God,  all  ye  his  servants,  and  ye  that  fear  him," 
signifies,  influx  from  the  Lord  into  heaven,  and  conse- 
quent unanimity  among  the  angels,  that  all  who  are  in 
the  truths  of  faith  and  in  the  goods  of  love  ought  to 
worship  the  Lord  as  the  only  God  of  heaven.  By  the 
voice  which  came  out  of  the  throne,  is  signified  influx 
from  the  Lord  into  heaven  ;  the  reason  why  it  was  from 
the  Lord,  is,  because  he  who  sat  on  the  throne  was  the 
Lord,  as  above,  v..  80S  ;  therefore  by  a  voice  proceeding 
from  thence,  is  meant  influx  ;  for  the  Lord,  inasmuch  as 
he  is  above  the  heavens  and  appears  to  the  angels  as  a 
sun,  does  not  speak  to  the  angels  from  thence,  but  flows- 
in  or  influences,  and  that  which  flows-in,  the  same  is 
received  in  heaven  and  promulgated,  wherefore  that 
voice,  although  it  came  from  the  throne,  was  nevertheless 
heard  by  John  from  heaven,  consequently  from  the  angels 
there,  and  whatsoever  the  angels  speak  from  heaven,  is 
from  the  Lord.  By  praise  our  God,  is  signified  that  they 
were  to  worship  the  Lord  as  the  only  God  of  heaven  ; 
that  to  praise  God  is  to  worship  him,  will  be  seen  below  ; 
by  all  his  servants,  are  signified  all  who  are  in  the  truths 
of  faith,  n.  3,  380  ;  by  all  that  fear  him,  are  signified  all 
who  are  in  the  goods  of  love,  n.  527,  628.  That  to  praise 
God,  signifies  to  worship  him,  and  hence  that  the  praise  of 
him  is  the  worship  of  him,  is  evident  from  many  passages 
in  the  Word,  of  which  a  few  only  shall  be  adduced  : 
."  And  suddenly  there  was  with  the  angel  a  multitude  of 


CH.  XIX]  THE  APOCALYPSE  REVEALED. 


*3 


the  heavenly  host  praising  God,"  Luke  ii.  13,  20. 
"The  whole  multitude  of  the  disciples  began  to  rejoice 
and  praise  God  with  a  loud  voice,"  Luke  xix.  37.  "  And 
were  continually  in  the  temple  jjraising  and  blessing 
God,"  Luke  xxiv.  53.  "  Publish  ye,  praise  ye,  and  say, 
O  Jehovah,  save  thy  people,"  Jerem.  xxxi.  7.  "  Praise 
Jehovah  from  the  heavens:  praise  him  in  the  heights. 
Praise  ye  him,  all  his  angels  ;  praise  ye  him,  all  his  hosts  ; 
praise  ye  him,  sun  and  moon  ;  praise  him,  all  ye  stars  of 
light.  Praise  him  ye  heavens  of  heavens ;  let  them 
praise  the  name  of  Jehovah,  praise  Jehovah  from  the 
earth.  He  hath  also  exalted  the  horn  of  his  people,  the 
praise  of  all  his  saints,"  Psalm  cxlviii.  1 — 5,  7,  13,  14. 
"  Out  of  the  mouth  of  babes  and  sucklings  thou  hast  per- 
fected praise  !  "  Matt.  xxi.  16.  "  All  the  people  gave 
praise  unto  God,"  Luke  xviii.  43  ;  not  to  mention  other 
passages,  as  Isaiah  xlii.  8,  lx.  18,  Joel  ii.  26,  Psalm  cxiii. 
1,  3,  Psalm  cxvii.  1.  What  is  said  in  this  verse  does  not 
relate  to  the  things  mentioned  above  concerning  Babylon, 
but  to  what  follows  concerning  the  New  Church  to  be 
established  by  the  Lord,  which  is  now  about  to  be  treated 
of. 

810.  "  Both  small  and  great,"  signifies,  those  who  in  a 
lesser  and  greater  degree  worship  the  Lord  from  the  truths 
of  faith  and  the  goods  of  love.  By  small  and  great,  in  a 
natural  sense,  are  meant  those  w  ho  are  in  a  lesser  or 
greater  degree  of  dignity  ;  but,  in  a  spiritual  sense,  those 
who  are  in  a  lesser  or  greater  degree  of  the  worship  of 
the  Lord,  consequently  who  worship  the  Lord  more  or 
less  liolily  and  fully  from  the  truths  of  faith  and  goods  of 
love  ;  this  is  signified  because  it  follows  these  words, 
Praise  God  all  ye  his  servants  and  ye  that  fear  him, 
whereby  such  things  are  signified,  n.  809;  see  also  above, 
n.  527,  604. 

811.  "And  I  heard  as  it  were  the  voice  of  a  great 
multitude,  and  as  the  voice  of  many  waters,  and  as  the 
voice  of  mighty  thunders,  saying,  Alleluia  !  for  the  Lord 
God  omnipotent  reigneth,"  signifies,  the  joy  of  the  angels 
of  the  lowest  heaven,  of  the  angels  of  the  middle  heaven, 
and  of  the  angels  of  the  highest  heaven,  because  the  Lord 


84 


THE  APOCALYPSE  REVEALED. 


[CH.  XIX. 


alone  reigns  in  the  church  which  is  now  about  to  come. 
By  a  voice  is  signified  the  joy  of  worship,  confession,  and 
celebration  of  the  Lord,  because  it  follows  that  they  said, 
Alleluia,  and  afterwards,  let  -us  rejoice  and  be  glad,  and 
give  glory  unto  him  ;  by  the  voice  of  a  great  multitude, 
is  signified  the  joy  of  the  angels  of  the  lowest  heaven,  as 
above,  n.  803  ;  by  the  voice  of  many  waters,  is  signified 
the  joy  of  the  angels  of  the  middle  heaven,  as  above,  n. 
614  ;  the  reason  why  the  joy  of  these  is  so  heard,  is, 
because  many  waters  signify  truths  in  abundance,  n.  50, 
614,  665,  the  angels  of  the  middle  heaven  being  in  truths 
because  they  are  in  intelligence  ;  by  the  voice  of  mighty 
thunders,  is  signified  the  joy  of  the  angels  of  the  supreme 
heaven  ;  that  the  voice  or  speech  of  these  is  heard  as 
thunder,  may  be  seen  above,  n.  615  ;  by  saying,  Alleluia, 
is  signified  the  joy  of  worship,  acknowledgment,  and  cele- 
bration of  the  Lord,  as  above,  n.  803  ;  for  the  Lord  God 
omnipotent  reigneth,  signifies,  because  the  Lord  alone 
reigns,  for  the  Lord  is  called  the  omnipotent,  Apoc.  i.  8, 
iv.  8,  xi.  17,  xv.  3,  xvi.  13,  14,  xix.  15,  xxi.  22  ;  where 
the  explanations  may  be  seen  at  the  same  time.  That 
these  things  are  said  of  the  New  Church  about  to  be 
established  by  the  Lord,  is  evident  from  the  three  next 
verses,  in  which  it  is  said,  "  For  the  marriage  of  the 
Lamb  is  come,  and  his  wife  bath  made  herself  ready  ; " 
also,  "  Blessed  are  they  who  are  called  to  the  marriage- 
supper  of  the  Lamb.  This  is  the  cause  of  the  joy  of  all 
the  heavens,  which  is  described  in  this  and  the  next  verse. 

812.  "  Let  us  be  glad  and  rejoice,  and  give  honor  to 
him,  for  the  marriage  of  the  Lamb  is  come,"  signifies,  joy 
of  soul  and  heart,  and  consequent  glorification  of  the 
Lord,  because  from  henceforth  a  full  marriage  of  him 
with  the  church  is  effected.  To  be  glad  and  rejoice, 
signifies,  joy  of  soul  and  heart  ;  joy  of  soul  is  the  joy  of 
the  understanding,  or  joy  derived  from  the  truths  of  faith  ; 
and  joy  of  heart  is  the  joy  of  the  will,  or  joy  derived  from 
the  good  of  love  ;  these  two  expressions  are  made  use  of 
by  reason  of  the  marriage  of  truth  and  good  in  every  par- 
ticular of  the  Word,  as  above,  n.  106,  689.  To  give 
.honor  to  him,  signifies,  to  acknowledge  and  confess  that 


CH.XIX.]  THE  APOCALYPSE  REVEALED. 


85 


all  trulh  is  from  the  Lord,  a.  629,  also  to  acknowledge, 
that  the  Lord  is  the  God  of  heaven  and  earth,  n.  693, 
here,  therefore,  it  signifies  to  honor  or  glorify,  because 
this  includes  both  ;  for  the  marriage  of  the  Lamb  is  come, 
signifies,  because  from  henceforth  there  is  a  full  marriage 
of  the  Lord  with  the  church ;  that  this  may  be  signified 
he  is  called  a  Lamb,  and  by  a  Lamb  is  meant  the  Lord 
as  to  the  Divine  Humanity,  n.  269,  291.  That  when 
the  Lord's  humanity  is  acknowledged  to  be  divine,  there 
is  a  full  marriage  of  the  Lord  and  the  church,  may  appear 
almost  without  explanation;  for  it  is  well  known  in  the 
reformed  Christian  world,  that  the  church  is  a  church  by 
virtue  of  its  marriage  with  the  Lord,  for  the  Lord  is  called 
the  Lord  of  the  vineyard,  and  the  church  is  the  vineyard  ; 
moreover  the  Lord  is  called  the  bridegroom  and  husband, 
and  the  church  is  called  the  bride  and  wife  ;  that  the  Lord 
is  called  the  bridegroom  and  the  church  the  bride,  may 
be  seen  above,  n.  797 ;  that  there  is  then  a  full  marriage 
of  the  Lord  and  the  church,  when  his  humanity  is  ac- 
knowledged to  be  divine,  is  evident :  for  in  this  case  God 
the  Father  and  he  are  acknowledged  to  be  one  like  soul 
and  body  ;  and  when  this  is  acknowledged,  the  Father  is 
not  approached  for  the  sake  of  the  Son,  but  the  Lord 
himself  is  approached,  and  through  him  God  the  Father, 
because  the  Father  is  in  him  as  the  soul  is  in  the  body, 
as  was  observed.  Before  the  Lord's  humanity  is  acknow- 
ledged to  be  divine,  there  is  indeed  a  marriage  of  the  Lord 
with  the  church,  but  only  among  those  who  approach  the 
Lord,  and  think  of  his  divinity,  and  not  at  all  whether  his 
humanity  be  divine  or  not ;  tins  the  simple  in  faith  and 
in  heart  do,  but  men  of  learning  and  erudition  do  so  but 
seldom.  Besides  there  cannot  be  given  three  hushands 
of  one  wife,  nor  three  souls  of  one  body,  wherefore,  unless 
one  God  is  acknowledged  in  whom  there  is  a  Trinity,  and 
that  that  God  is  the  Lord,  there  can  be  no  marriage. 
The  reason  why  this  marriage  may  take  place  from  hence- 
forth, is  because  it  could  not  be  fully  effected  until  the 
Babylonians,  and  also  the  Philistines,  by  which  latter  they 
who  profess  faith  alone  are  meant,  were  separated  in  the 
spiritual  world  by  means  of  the  last  judgment ;  and  since 

VOL.    III.  8 


86 


THE  APOCALVPSE  REVEALED. 


[Ctt.  XI. V. 


what  goes  before  treats  of  their  separation,  it  is  said, 
"from  henceforth."  That  there  is  a  marriage  of  the 
church  with  the  Lord,  may  appear  from  the  following 
places:  "Jesus  said,  Can  the  children  of  the  bridecham- 
ber  mourn,  as  long  as  the  bridegroom  is  with  them  J  " 
Matt.  ix.  15,  Mark  ii.  19.  "The  kingdom  of  heaven  is 
like  unto  a  certain  king  which  made  a  marriage  for  his 
son.  And  he  sent  forth  his  servants  to  call  them  that 
were  bidden  to  the  wedding,"  Matt.  xxii.  1 — 14.  The 
kingdom  of  heaven  is  like  unto  ten  virgins,  which  went 
forth  to  meet  the  bridegroom,  of  which  the  five  that  were 
ready  went  in  with  the  bridegroom  to  (he  marriage,  Matt, 
xxv.  1 — 12  ;  that  the  Lord  here  meant  himself  is  plain 
from  the  following  verse,  13,  where  he  says,  "  Watch, 
therefore,  for  ye  know  neither  the  day  nor  the  hour  when 
the  Son  of  Man  will  come  ; "  and  in  another  place : 
"  Let  your  loins  be  girded  about,  and  your  lights  burning. 
And  ye  yourselves  like  unto  men  that  wait  for  their  Lord, 
when  he  will  return  from  the  wedding,  Luke  xii.  35,  36. 

813.  "  And  his  wife  hath  made  herself  ready,"  signifies, 
that  they  who  are  to  be  of  this  church,  which  is  the  New 
Jerusalem,  will  be  collected,  initiated,  and  instructed.  By 
a  wife  is  signified  the  Lord's  New  Church,  which  is  the 
New  Jerusalem,  as  appears  evidently  from  the  following 
chapter,  xxi.,  which  has  these  words :  "  And  I  John  saw 
the  holy  city,  New  Jerusalem,  coming  down  from  God 
out  of  heaven,  prepared  as  a  bride  adorned  for  her  hus- 
band," verse  2.  And  in  the  same  chapter  :  "  And  there 
came  an  angel  unto  me,  saying,  Come  hither,  1  will  show 
thee  the  bride,  the  Lamb's  wife.  And  he  showed  me 
that  great  city,  the  holy  Jerusalem,  descending  out  of 
heaven  from  God,"  verses  9,  10.  By  his  wife  making 
herself  ready,  is  signified  that  they  who  are  to  be  of  that 
New  Church  of  the  Lord,  will  be  collected,  initiated,  and 
instructed ;  and  as  this  is  signified  by  making  herself 
ready,  therefore  it  follows  "That  that  wife  was  to  be 
clothed  in  fine  linen,  clean  and  shining,"  by  which  is 
meant  inauguration  by  instruction  ;  and  on  this  account 
also  the  white  horse  is  afterwards  mentioned,  by  which 
is  signified,  the  understanding  of  the  Word  from  the  Lord 
for  the  members  of  the  New  Church. 


CH.  XIX.] 


THE  APOCALYPSE  REVEALED. 


s? 


814.  "  And  to  her  it  was  granted  that  she  should  be 
arrayed  in  fine  linen,  clean  and  shining,"  signifies,  that 
they  who  are  to  be  of  the  Lord's  New  Church  will  be 
instructed  in  genuine  and  pure  truths  through  the  Word 
from  the  Lord.  By  it  was  granted  her,  is  meant,  it  was 
given  to  the  wife,  by  whom  is  signified  the  Lord's  New 
Church,  which  is  the  New  Jerusalem,  as  above,  n.  812  ; 
to  be  arrayed,  signifies,  to  be  instructed  in  truths,  because 
by  garments  is  signified  truths,  n.  166,  and  by  white  gar- 
ments, genuine  truths,  n.  212;  by  linen,  clean  and  shin- 
ing, is  signified  what  is  bright  by  virtue  of  good,  and  pure 
by  virtue  of  truths;  and  inasmuch  as  pure  truth  is  not 
given  from  any  other  source  than  through  the  Word  from 
the  Lord,  therefore  this  also  is  signified.  The  words 
clean  and  shining  are  used,  because  clean  signifies  what 
is  exempt  from  evil,  consequently  what  is  bright  by  virtue 
of  good,  and  shining  signifies  what  is  exempt  from  falsity, 
thus  what  is  pure  by  reason  of  truth.  By  linen,  or  fine 
linen,  is  also  signified  genuine  truth  in  the  following  places  : 
"  1  clothed  thee,  O  Jerusalem,  with  broidered  work,  and  I 
girded  thee  about  with  fine  linen,  and  I  covered  thee  with 
silk.  Thus  wast  thou  decked  with  gold  and  silver,  and 
thv  raiment  was  of  fine  linen  and  silk,"  Ezek.  xvi.  10, 13. 
"  Fine  linen  with  broidered  work  from  Egypt,  was  that 
which  covered  thee,"  Ezek.  xxvii.  7,  speaking  of  Tyre, 
whereby  is  signified  the  church  as  to  the  knowledges  of 
what  is  true  and  good.  "  And  the  armies  which  were  in 
heaven  followed  him  upon  white  horses,  clothed  in  fine 
linen,  white  and  clean,"  Apoe.  xix.  13,  14.  Joseph 
being  arrayed  in  garments  fine  linen  by  Pharaoh,  Gen. 
xli.  42,  has  a  similar  signification.  Truth  derived  from 
the  Word  among  them,  although  not  in  them,  is  signified 
by  the  fine  linen  of  Babylon,  Apoc.  xviii.  12,  16,  and  of 
the  rich  man,  Luke  xvi.  19.  Fine  linen  is  also  called 
lawn  or  cotton  [xylinum\  wherefore  by  that  also  is  signi- 
fied genuine  truth  in  the  following  passages  in  Moses  : 
"  And  thou  shalt  emhroider  (for  Aaron)  a  coat  of  fine 
linen,  and  thou  shalt  make  the  mitre  of fine  linen,"  Exod. 
xxviii.  39.  "  And  they  made  coats  of  fine  linen  for 
Aaron  and  for  his  sons/'  Exod.  xxxix.  27,    "  Thou  shalt 


g8 


THE  APOCALVPSE  REVEALED. 


[CI I.  XIX. 


make  the  tabernacle  of  fine  twined  linen,  and  blue,  and 
purple,  and  scarlet,"  Exod.  xxvi.  1,  xxxvi.  8.  Thou 
shalt  make  hangings  for  the  court  of  fine  twined  linen, 
Exod.  xxvii.  9,  18,  xxxviii.  9,  also  the  vail  of  the  court 
w\lh  fine  twined  linen,  Exod.  xxxviii.  18. 

815.  "For  the  fine  linen  is  the  righteousness  of  the 
saints,"  signifies,  that  by  truths  from  the  Word,  they  who 
are  of  the  Lord's  church  acquire  the  goods  of  life.  By 
fine  linen  are  signified  genuine  truths,  which  are  truths 
from  the  Lord  through  the  Word,  as  above,  n.  814  ;  by 
righteousness  is  signified  good  of  life  among  those  who 
are  in  truths,  n.  668;  by  the  saints  are  signified  they  who 
are  of  the  Lord's  church,  n.  173,  586.  The  reason  why 
justice  or  righteousness  signifies  good  of  life  among  those 
who  are  in  truths,  is,  because  no  one  can  be  called  right- 
eous or  just,  unless  he  lives  according  to  truths;  for  in  a 
natural  sense  he  is  called  just  who  lives  well  according  to 
civil  and  moral  laws  ;  but  he  is  called  just,  in  a  spiritual 
sense,  who  lives  well  according  to  the  divine  Jaws,  and 
the  divine  laws  are  truths  from  the  Word  ;  he  who  thinks 
himself  just,  and  consequently  in  the  good  of  life,  without 
the  aid  of  truths,  according  to  which  he  may  regulate  his 
life,  is  much  deceived;  for  man  cannot  be  reformed  and 
regenerated,  and  so  made  good,  but  by  means  of  truths, 
and  by  a  life  according  to  them.  Hence  it  is  evident, 
that  by  fine  linen  is  the  righteousness  of  the  saints,  is  sig- 
nified, that  by  means  of  truths  from  the  Word  they  who 
are  of  the  Lord's  church  acquire  goods  of  life.  This 
manifestly  appears  from  the  case  of  the  angels  of  heaven, 
who  by  how  much  the  more  they  are  in  truths,  and  in  a 
life  according  to  them,  by  so  much  the  whiter  do  the  gar- 
ments in  which  they  are  clothed  appear  :  the  reason  is, 
because  they  are  in  a  whiter  light. 

816.  "  And  he  saith  unto  me,  Write,  Blessed  are  they 
that  are  called  unto  the  marriage-supper  of  the  Lamb," 
signifies,  a  single  angel  sent  from  heaven  to  John,  and 
talking  with  him  concerning  the  Lord's  New  Church, 
and  saying,  that  it  would  be  given  to  know  upon  earth, 
that  they  have  eternal  life  who  receive  the  things  which 
pertain  to  that  church.    That  a  single  angel  was  sent 


CH.  XIX.)  THE  APOCALYPSE  REVEALED.  Q9 

from  heaven  to  John,  who  said  these  things  to  him,  may- 
appear  from  the  subsequent  verse,  where  it  is  said,  that 
John  fell  down  at  his  feet  to  worship  him,  and  that  the 
angel  answered,  that  he  was  his  fellow-servant,  therefore, 
that  not  he,  but  God  was  to  be  worshiped.  That  what 
John  heard  before  was  from  heaven  itself,  and  through 
many  angels  at  once  speaking  from  the  Lord,  is  evident 
from  the  foregoing  verses,  5,  6,  7,  in  which  it  is  said,  that 
a  voice  came  out  of  the  throne,  and  that  a  voice  was 
heard  as  it  were  of  a  great  multitude,  and  as  of  many 
waters,  and  as  of  mighty  thunders,  and  of  persons  saying, 
Let  us  be  glad  and  rejoice  ;  this  is  said  in  the  plural 
number,  but  now  what  is  said  is  in  the  singular  number, 
consequently  by  a  single  angel  who  was  sent  to  him.  But 
1  will  relate  how  the  case  is  when  angels  talk  with  man  ; 
they  never  speak  to  him  out  of  heaven,  the  voice  which 
is  heard  from  thence  being  from  the  Lord  through  heav- 
en ;  but  when  angels  are  permitted  to  talk  with  man, 
they  send  out  one  of  their  society  to  be  near  him,  through 
whom  they  talk  with  the  man  ;  he  who  is  sent  is  the 
subject  of  many  ;  and  such  a  one  it  was  who  now  talked 
with  John  ;  this  was  done  to  the  intent  that  it  might  be 
made  known  upon  earth,  that  the  universal  heaven 
acknowledges  the  Lord  alone  to  be  the  God  of  heaven, 
and  that  he  only  is  to  be  worshiped,  also  that  a  new 
church  is  to  be  established  by  the  Lord  upon  earth,  as  it 
has  been  established  in  the  heavens  ;  for  a  church  is  first 
established  by  the  Lord  in  the  heavens,  and  afterwards 
throuiih  the  heavens  on  the  earths  ;  this  is  the  arcanum 
contained  in  this  passage.  To  return,  however,  to  the 
explanation  :  write,  signifies,  that  he  should  commit  this 
to  posterity,  n.  39,  63,  639,  here  that  he  should  make 
these  things  known,  this  bein^  what  is  meant  by  write. 
Blessed  are  they  which  are  called  to  the  marriage-supper 
of  the  Lamb,  signifies,  that  they  have  life  eternal  who 
receive  the  things  w  hich  are  of  the  New  Church  ;  they 
are  called  blessed  in  whom  there  is  life  eternal,  n.  639  ; 
by  the  marriage  of  the  Lamb,  is  signified  the  New 
Church,  which  is  in  conjunction  with  the  Lord,  as  above, 
n.  812  ;  by  those  who  are  called,  are  meant  all  who 
8* 


90 


THE  APOCALYPSE  REVEALED.  [CH.  XIX. 


receive,  n.  744  ;  all  indeed  are  called,  but  they  who  do 
not  receive,  the  same  reject  the  call.  The  reason  why 
it  is  called  the  marriage-supper  of  the  Lamb,  is,  because 
this  is  done  in  the  last  state  of  the  church,  which  is  called 
evening,  and  in  the  evening  suppers  are  made  ;  but  the 
first  state  of  a  new  church  is  called  the  morning ;  in  the 
evening  man  is  called  to  the  church,  and  when  they  who 
are  called  are  come,  the  morning  commences  ;  that  the 
last  state  of  the  church  is  called  evening  and  night,  and 
its  first  state  the  dawn  and  morning,  may  be  seen  above, 
n.  151  ;  and  whereas  it  was  the  last  time  of  the  Jewish 
church,  consequently  the  evening,  when  the  Lord  went 
to  Jerusalem  to  suffer,  therefore  at  that  tune  the  Lord 
supped  with  his  disciples,  and  instituted  the  Eucharist, 
for  which  reason  it  is  called  the  Holy  Supper  ;  by  which 
also  a  conjunction  of  the  Lord  with  the  man  of  the  church 
is  effected,  or  a  marriage,  provided  the  man,  after  having 
done  the  work  of  repentance,  directly  approaches  him  ; 
but  if  otherwise,  it  occasions  his  presence  alone  without 
any  conjunction.  From  these  considerations  it  may  ap- 
pear what  is  meant  by  supper  and  supping  in  other  parts 
of  the  Word. 

817.  "  And  he  saith  unto  me,  These  are  the  true 
w  ords  of  God,"  signifies,  that  this  is  to  be  believed  be- 
cause it  is  from  the  Lord,  namely,  that  they  are  blessed 
who  are  called  to  the  marriage-supper  of  the  Lamb,  that 
is,  that  they  upon  earth,  who  receive  the  things  which  are 
of  the  Lord's  New  Church,  have  eternal  life. 

818.  "  And  I  fell  at  his  feet  to  worship  him.  And 
he  said  unto  me,  See  thou  do  it  not  :  I  am  thy  fellow- 
servant,  and  of  thy  brethren,  who  have  the  testimony  of 
Jesus;  worship  God,"  signifies,  that  the  angels  of  heaven 
are  not  to  be  worshiped  and  invoked,  because  they  have 
nothing  divine  in  them,  but  that  they  are  associated  with 
men,  as  brethren  with  brethren,  with  such  as  worship  the 
Lord,  and,  therefore  that  the  Lord  alone  is  to  be  worship- 
ed by  both  in  consociation  with  them.  I  fell  at  his  feet 
to  worship  him,  and  he  said  unto  me,  See  thou  do  it  not ; 
worship  God,  signifies,  that  no  angel  of  heaven  whatever 
is  to  be  worshiped  and  invoked,  but  the  Lord  only  :  I  am 


CH.  XIX.] 


THE  APOCALYPSE  REVEALED. 


91 


thy  fellow-servant  and  of  thy  brethren,  signifies,  that  an 
aDgel  of  himself  has  not  any  thing  divine,  but  that  he  is 
associated  with  man  as  one  brother  with  another;  to 
have  the  testimony  of  Jesus,  signifies,  in  like  manner,  con- 
junction with  the  Lord,  by  acknowledging  the  divinity  in 
his  humanity,  and  by  a  life  conformable  to  his  precepts ; 
that  this  is  signified  by  having  the  testimony  of  Jesus,  will 
be  seen  in  the  next  article.  The  reason  w  by  the  angels 
of  heaven  are  not  superior  to  men,  but  only  their  equals, 
and  that,  therefore,  they  are  equally  the  Lord's  servants 
as  men  are,  is,  because  all  angels  have  been  men  born  in 
the  world,  and  none  of  them  immediately  created  such, 
as  may  appear  from  what  is  w  ritten  and  shown  in  the  work 
concerning  Heaven  and  Hell ;  angels,  indeed,  excel  men 
in  wisdom,  but  this  is  because  they  are  in  a  spiritual  state, 
and  thence  in  the  light  of  heaven,  and  not  in  a  natural 
state,  or  in  the  light  of  the  world,  as  men  are  upon  earth  ; 
but  in  proportion  as  any  angel  excels  in  w  isdom,  in  the 
same  proportion  he  acknowledges  that  he  is  not  above 
men,  but  like  unto  them  ;  wherefore,  neither  is  there  any 
conjunction  of  men  with  angels,  but  consociation  with 
them  ;  conjunction  is  given  with  the  Lord  only.  But  in 
what  manner  conjunction  with  the  Lord  exists,  and  con- 
sociation with  angels,  by  means  of  the  Word,  may  be 
seen  in  the  Doctrine  o  f  the  New  Jerusalem  concerning 
the  Sacred  Scripture,  n.  62 — 69. 

819.  "  For  the  testimony  of  Jesus  is  the  spirit  of  pro- 
phecy," signifies,  that  the  acknowledgment  that  the 
Lord  is  the  God  of  heaven  and  earth,  and  at  the  same 
time  a  life  according  to  his  precepts,  is,  in  an  universal 
sense,  the  all  of  the  Word  and  of  doctrine  derived  from 
it.  By  the  testimony  of  Jesus,  is  signified  the  attestation  of 
the  Lord  in  heaven,  that  the  man  is  his,  and  thus  that  he  is 
one  in  heaven  among  the  angels  there  ;  and  inasmuch  as 
this  attestation  cannot  be  given  to  any  others  but  those 
who  are  in  conjunction  with  the  Lord,  and  since  they  are  in 
conjunction  with  the  Lord,  who  acknowledge  him  to  be 
the  God  of  heaven  and  earth,  as  he  himself  taught  in  Matt, 
xxviii.  18,  and  at  the  same  lime  live  according  to  his 
precepts,  particularly  according  to  the  commandments  of 


92 


THE  APOCALYPSE  REVEALED.  [CH.  XIX. 


the  decalogue,  therefore  these  two  things  are  signified  by 
the  testimony  of  Jesus,  see  n.  6,  490,  above  ;  by  this 
testimony  being  the  spirit  of  prophecy,  is  signified,  that  it 
is  the  all  of  the  Word  and  of  doctrine  derived  from  it ; 
for  the  Word,  in  an  universal  sense,  treats  of  the  Lord 
only,  and  of  a  life  according  to  his  commandments  ;  hence 
it  is  that  the  Lord  is  the  Word,  for  the  Word  is  from  him, 
and  treats  of  him  alone,  and  only  teaches  how  he  is  to  be 
acknowledged  and  worshiped,  these  being  the  precepts  of 
the  Word,  which  are  called  divine  truths,  according  to 
which  man  ought  to  live,  in  order  to  enable  him  to  come 
into  conjunction  with  the  Lord.  That  the  Word  treats 
of  the  Lord  alone,  and  that  thence  it  is  that  the  Lord  is 
called  the  Word,  may  be  seen  in  the  Doctrine  of  the  New 
Jerusalem  concerning  the  Lord, ri.  1 — 7,  8 — 11,  19 — 28, 
37 — 44  :  and  in  the  Doctrine  of  the  New  Jerusalem  con- 
cerning the  Sacred  Scripture,  n.  80 — 90,  98,  99,  100. 
This  is  also  what  the  Lord  taught,  That  the  Spirit  of 
Truth,  which  is  the  Holy  Spirit,  will  testify  of  the 
Lord,  and  that  he  will  not  speak  of  himself,  but  that  he 
will  take  of  the  things  which  are  of  the  Lord,  and  show 
them,  John  xv.  26,  xvi.  13,  15. 

820.  "  And  I  saw  heaven  opened,  and,  behold,  a  white 
horse,"  signifies,  the  revealing  of  the  spiritual  sense  of 
the  Word  by  the  Lord,  and  thereby  the  discovery  of  the 
interior  meaning  of  the  Word,  which  is  the  coming  of  the 
Lord.  By  heaven  being  seen  open,  is  signified  a  revela- 
tion from  the  Lord  and  consequent  manifestation,  as  will 
be  seen  presently  ;  by  a  horse  is  meant  the  understanding 
of  the  Word,  and  by  a  white  horse  the  interior  under- 
standing or  meaning  of  the  Word,  n.  298,  and  as  this  is 
signified  by  a  white  horse,  and  as  the  spiritual  sense  is  the 
interior  meaning  of  the  Word,  therefore  that  sense  is 
hereby  signified  by  a  white  horse.  The  reason  why  this 
is  the  coming  of  the  Lord,  is,  because  by  that  sense  it 
manifestly  appears,  that  the  Lord  is  the  Word,  and  that 
the  Word  treats  of  him  alone,  and  that  he  is  the  God  of 
heaven  and  earth,  and  that  from  him  alone  the  New 
Church  has  its  existence.  The  Lord  said,  "  that  they 
should  see  the  Son  of  Man  coming  in  the  clouds  of  hea- 


CH.  XIX.] 


THE  APOCALYPSE  REVEALED. 


93 


ven  with  power  and  great  glory,"  Matt.  xvii.  5,  xxiv.  30, 
xxvi.  64,  Mark  xiv.  61,  62,  Luke  ix.  34,  35,  xxi.  27, 
Apoc.  i.  7,  Acts  i.  9,  11  ;  and  this  the  Lord  said  also 
when  he  discoursed  with  his  disciples  concerning  the  con- 
summation of  the  age,  which  is  the  last  time  of  the 
church,  when  judgment  takes  place.  Every  one,  who 
does  not  think  beyond  the  sense  of  the  letter,  believes 
that,  when  the  last  judgment  shall  come  to  pass,  the  Lord 
will  appear  in  the  clouds  of  heaven,  with  the  angels  and 
a  sound  of  trumpets  ;  still  that  this  is  not  meant,  but  that 
he  will  appear  in  the  Word,  may  be  seen  in  the  explana- 
tion above,  n.  24,  692,  and  the  Lord  appears  manifestly 
in  the  spiritual  sense  of  the  Word  ;  from  that  sense,  in- 
deed, it  is  discovered  not  only  that  he  is  the  Word,  that 
is,  Divine  Truth  itself,  but  that  he  is  the  inmost  of  the 
Word,  and  thence  the  all  thereof,  and  also  that  he  is  the 
one  God,  in  whom  there  is  a  trinity,  consequently  the 
only  God  of  heaven  and  earth,  and  moreover  that  he 
came  into  the  world  to  glorify  his  humanity,  that  is,  to 
make  it  divine.  The  humanity  which  he  glorified,  that 
is,  made  divine,  was  the  natural  humanity,  which  he  could 
not  glorify,  or  make  divine,  but  by  the  assumption  of  hu- 
manity in  a  virgin  in  the  natural  world,  to  which  he  then 
united  his  divinity,  which  was  in  him  from  eternity.  This 
unition  was  effected  by  temptations  admitted  into  bis  as- 
sumed humanity,  the  last  of  which  was  the  passion  of  the 
cross,  and,  at  the  same  time,  by  the  fulfilling  of  all  things 
of  the  Word,  not  only  by  the  fulfilling  of  all  things  of  the 
Word  in  its  natural  sense,  but  also  by  the  fulfilling  of  all 
things  of  the  Word  in  its  spiritual  sense  and  in  its  celes- 
tial sense,  in  which,  as  was  said  above,  he  alone  is  treated 
of.  But  on  this  subject,  see  what  has  been  shown  in  the 
Doctrine  of  the  New  Jerusalem  concerning  the  Lord,  and 
in  the  Doctrine  of  the  New  Jerusalem  concerning  the 
Sacred  Scripture.  Now  since  the  Lord  is  the  Word, 
and  the  Word  was  made  flesh,  John  i.  1,2,  14,  and  the 
Word  was  made  flesh  to  fulfill  the  same,  it  is  plain  that 
the  coming  of  the  Lord  in  the  Word  is  meant  by  his  ap- 
pearing in  the  clouds  of  heaven  ;  that  the  clouds  of  hea- 
ven signify  the  Word  in  its  literal  sense,  may  b&  seen 


&4 


THE  APOCALYPSE  REVEALED. 


[CH.  XIX. 


above,  n.  24,  692.  It  is  evident  that  the  Lord's  appear- 
ing in  the  Word  is  what  is  meant,  because  by  a  white 
horse  is  signified  the  interior  meaning  of  the  Word,  and  it 
is  said  that  the  name  of  him  that  sat  on  the  horse  is  the 
Word  of  God,  and  that  his  name  is  King  of  kings  and 
Lord  of  lords,  verses  13,  16.  From  these  considera- 
tions, then,  it  is  evident,  that  by,  I  saw  heaven  opened, 
and,  behold,  a  white  horse,  is  signified  the  revelation  of 
the  spiritual  sense  of  the  Word  by  the  Lord,  and  the  dis- 
covery thereby  of  its  interior  meaning,  which  also  is  the 
coming  of  the  Lord.  That  the  spiritual  sense  of  the 
Word,  concerning  which  no  one  in  the  christian  world 
has  known  any  thing  heretofore,  is  at  this  day  revealed, 
may  be  seen  in  the  Arcana  Calestia,  where  the  two 
books  of  Moses,  Genesis  and  Exodus,  are  explained  ac- 
cording to  that  sense  ;  likewise  in  the  Doctrine  of  the 
New  Jerusalem  concerning  the  Sacred  Scripture,  n.  5 — 
26,  and  in  the  tract  on  the  White  Horse,  from  beginning 
to  end,  and  in  the  extracts  there  collected  from  the  Ar- 
cana Calestia  concerning  the  Sacred  Scripture  ;  and  fur- 
ther in  these  explanations  of  the  Apocalypse,  not  a  single 
verse  of  which  can  be  understood  without  the  spiritual 
sense. 

821.  "  And  he  that  sat  upon  him  is  called  Faithful  and 
True,  and  in  righteousness  he  doth  judge  and  make  war," 
signifies,  the  Lord  as  to  the  Word,  that  he  is  the  Divine 
Good  and  Divine  Truth  itself,  from  both  which  he  exe- 
cutes judgment,  and  separates  the  good  from  the  wicked. 
By  he  that  sat  upon  him,  that  is,  upon  the  white  horse, 
is  meant  the  Lord  as  the  Word  ;  that  it  means  the 
Lord  as  to  the  Word,  is  plain  from  verse  13,  where 
it  is  said,  "  That  he  was  clothed  with  a  vesture  stained 
with  blood,  and  his  name  is  called  the  Word  of  God ; " 
by  Faithful  and  True,  is  signified  divine  good  and 
divine  truth,  by  Faithful,  divine  good,  because  that  is 
faithful  ;  that  the  faithful,  speaking  of  men.  are  they  who 
are  in  the  inmost  or  third  heaven,  consequently  w  ho  are 
in  celestial  good,  see  above,  n.  644 ;  that  by  True,  when 
said  of  the  Lord,  divine  truth  is  signified,  is  evident  ;  that 
by  justice  both  are  signified,  as  well  good  as  truth,  and 


CH.  XIX.]  THE  APOCALYPSE  REVEALED. 


9S 


when  said  of  the  Lord,  divine  good  and  divine  truth,  may- 
be seen  above,  n.  805;  hence  it  follows,  that  by  judging 
in  righteousness,  is  signified  to  execute  judgment  from 
divine  good  and  divine  truth.  That  all  judgment  is  exe- 
cuted by  the  Lord  through  the  Word,  consequently  that 
the  Word  itself  judges  every  one,  may  be  seen  above,  a: 
233  ;  the  reason  why  to  make  war  or  to  fight  from  right- 
eousness, signifies  to  separate  the  good  from  the  wicked, 
is,  because  the  Lord  does  not  fight  against  any  one,  but 
separates  the  good  from  the  wicked,  and  when  the  good 
are  separated  from  the  wicked,  then  the  wicked  cast 
themselves  into  hell. 

822.  "  And  his  eyes  were  as  a  flame  of  fire,"  signifies, 
the  divine  wisdom  of  the  Lord's  divine  love,  as  may  be 
seen  above,  n.  48,  where  the  like  occurs,  and  is  said  of 
the  Son  of  Man,  by  whom  is  meant  the  Lord  as  to  the 
Word,  n.  44. 

823.  "  And  on  his  head  were  many  diadems,"  signifies, 
the  divine  truths  of  the  Word  from  him.  On  his  head, 
signifies,  from  the  Lord,  for  by  the  head  is  signified  wis- 
dom originating  in  love,  and  from  the  head  man  is  regu- 
lated by  wisdom  grounded  in  love.  Diadems  were  seen 
on  his  head,  because  the  divine  truths  of  the  Word,  which 
are  signified  by  diadems,  are  from  him  ;  that  diadems  sig- 
nify the  divine  truths  of  the  Word,  may  be  seen,  n.  231, 
540;  that  the  head,  when  speaking  of  the  Lord,  signifies 
the  divine  wisdom  of  divine  love,  see  n.  47  ;  what  else 
the  head  signifies,  see  n.  538,  565.  The  divine  truths  of 
the  Word,  in  the  spiritual  world,  correspond  to  diadems  ; 
and  from  this  correspondence  appear  there,  and  in  hea- 
ven, upon  the  heads  of  those  who  consider  the  Word  as 
holy  ;  hence  it  is  that  diadems  signify  the  divine  truths  of 
the  Word  in  its  literal  sense,  the  reason  is,  because  the 
literal  sense  is  translucent  by  virtue  of  its  spiritual  and 
celestial  senses,  as  the  jewels  of  a  diadem  are  translucent 
by  virtue  of  the  light. 

824.  "  And  he  had  a  name  written  that  no  one  knew, 
but  he  himself,"'  signifies,  that  what  the  Word  is  in  its 
spiritual  and  celestial  sense,  no  one  sees  but  the  Lord, 
and  they  to  whom  he  reveals  it.    By  name  is  signified 


96 


THE  APOCALYPSE  REVEALED. 


[CH.  XIX. 


the  quality  of  any  one,  a.  165,  and  in  other  places,  in  the 
present  case  the  quality  of  the  Word,  or  what  the  Word 
is  internally,  that  is,  in  its  spiritual  and  celestial  sense  ; 
it  is  called  a  written  name,  because  the  Word  exists  as 
well  among  men  upon  earth  as  among  angels  in  heaven : 
see  the  Doctrine  of  the  New  Jerusalem  concerning  the 
Sacred  Scripture,  n.  70 — 75  ;  by  no  one  knowing  it  but 
himself,  is  signified,  that  no  one  sees  but  the  Lord  him- 
self, and  they  to  whom  he  reveals  it,  what  the  Word  is 
in  its  spiritual  sense.  That  no  one  sees  the  spiritual 
sense  of  the  Word  but  only  the  Lord,  and,  therefore,  that 
no  one  sees  that  sense  but  from  the  Lord,  and  that  no 
one  sees  it  from  the  Lord  except  he  be  in  divine  truths 
from  him,  may  be  seen  in  the  Doctrine  of  the  New  Jeru- 
salem concerning  the  Sacred  Scripture,  n.  26. 

825.  "  And  he  was  clothed  with  a  vesture  stained 
with  blood,  and  his  name  is  called  the  Word  of  God," 
signifies,  the  divine  truth  in  its  ultimate  sense  or  the 
Word  in  the  letter,  to  which  violence  has  been  offered. 
By  a  vesture  is  signified  truth  investing  good,  n.  166,  212, 
328  ;  and  when  said  of  the  Word,  it  signifies  the  Word 
in  its  literal  sense,  for  this  is  like  a  garment,  with  which 
its  spiritual  and  celestial  senses  are  clothed  ;  by  blood  is 
signified  violence  offered  to  the  Lord's  divinity  and  the 
Word,  n.  327,  684  ;  the  reason  why  this  is  signified,  is, 
because  blood  signifies  the  Lord's  divine  truth  in  the 
Word,  n.  379,  654,  therefore,  to  shed  blood,  signifies,  to 
offer  violence  to  the  Lord's  divinity  and  the  Word.  By 
the  Word  of  God  is  here  signified  the  Word  in  its  literal 
sense,  for  to  that  violence  was  offered,  but  not  to  the 
Word  in  its  spiritual  sense,  because  the  latter  sense  was 
not  known,  and  if  it  had  been  known,  violence  would 
have  been  offered  to  it  also  ;  for  which  reason  that  sense 
was  not  revealed  till  after  the  last  judgment  was  executed, 
and  a  new  church  was  about  to  be  established  by  the 
Lord  ;  neither  is  it  at  this  day  revealed  to  any  but  such  as 
are  in  divine  truths  from  the  Lord  :  see  the  Doctrine  of 
the  New  Jerusalem  concerning  the  Sacred  Scripture,  n. 
26.  That  violence  has  been  offered  to  the  Lord's  divinity 
and  the  Word,  appears  manifestly  from  the  Roman  Ca- 


CH.  XJX.] 


THE  APOCALYPSE  RCVEALEO. 


9; 


tholic  religion,  and  from  the  religion  of  the  Reformed  con- 
cerning justification  by  faith  alone  ;  the  Roman  Catholic 
religion  maintains  that  the  Lord's  humanity  is  not  divine, 
for  which  reason  they  transferred  to  themselves  all  things 
appertaining  unto  the  Lord;  also  that  the  Word  is  to  be 
interpreted  only  by  themselves,  and  their  interpretation  is 
every  w  here  contrary  to  the  divine  truth  of  the  Word,  as 
was  shown  in  the  explanation  of  the  18th  or  foregoing 
chapter.  From  hence  it  is  plain  that  violence  has  been 
offered  to  the  Word  by  that  religion  ;  and  in  like  manner 
by  the  religion  among  the  Reformed  concerning  faith 
alone,  for  neither  does  this  make  the  Lord's  humanity 
divine,  but  builds  its  theology  also  upon  a  single  expres- 
sion of  Paul  falsely  understood,  and  therefore,  as  it  were, 
makes  of  no  account  all  that  the  Lord  taught  concerning 
love,  and  charity,  and  good  works,  which  nevertheless  are 
so  plain,  that  any  one  who  has  eyes  may  see.  The  same 
thing  was  done  to  the  Word  by  the  Jews,  for  it  was  one 
of  their  religious  tenets,  that  the  Word  was  written  for 
none  but  themselves,  and,  therefore,  that  no  others  were 
meant  in  it,  and  that  the  Messiah,  who  was  to  come, 
would  exalt  them  above  all  the  nations  of  the  earth  ;  by 
which,  and  by  many  other  things,  they  falsified  and  adul- 
terated every  thing  in  the  Word  ;  this  is  meant  by  the 
following  passage  in  Isaiah :  "  Who  is  this  that  cometh 
from  Edom,  with  dyed  garments  from  Bozrah  ?  Where- 
fore art  thou  red  in  thine  apparel,  and  thy  garments  like 
him  that  treadeth  in  the  wine-fat  ?  "  whence  the  victory 
of  them  "  shall  be  sprinkled  upon  my  garments,  and  I 
will  stain  all  my  raiment," '.  lxiii.  1,2:  by  garments  are 
here  also  signified  the  divine  truths  of  the  Word  ;  by 
Edom  is  signified  redness,  here  redness  from  blood  ; 
hence  it  is  plain,  that  by  being  clothed  with  a  vesture 
stained  with  blood,  and  his  name  being  called  the  Word 
of  God,  is  signified  the  divine  truth  in  its  ultimate  sense, 
or  the  Word  in  the  letter,  to  which  violence  has  been 
offered. 

826.  "  And  the  armies  which  were  in  heaven  followed 
him  upon  white  horses,  clothed  in  fine  linen,  white  and 
clean,"  signifies,  the  angels  in  the  new  christian  heaven, 

VOL.  III.  9 


98 


THE  AHfcALYFSfi  REVEALED. 


[CM.  XIX. 


who  were  conjoined  with  t lie  Lord  in  the  interior  under- 
standing of  the  Word,  and  thus  in  pure  and  genuine  truths. 
By  armies  in  heaven  are  meant  the  angels  who  are  in 
divine  truths  and  goods,  n.  447 ;  by  heaven  is  here 
meant  the  new  christian  church,  of  which  above,  n.  612, 
613,  626,  659,  661  ;  the  reason  why  that  heaven  is 
meant,  is,  because  it  is  the  new  heaven  treated  of  in  the 
Apocalypse :  to  follow  the  Lord,  signifies,  to  be  in  con- 
junction with  him,  n.  621  ;  by  the  white  horses,  upon 
which  they  appeared,  is  signified  the  interior  understand- 
ing or  meaning  of  the  Word,  as  above,  n.  820:  by  fine 
linen,  white  and  clean,  is  signified  pure  and  genuine  truth 
through  the  Word  from  the  Lord,  n.  813  ;  it  is  also  said 
of  the  New  Church,  that  she  was  arrayed  in  fine  linen, 
clean  and  wbite,  verse  8  of  this  chapter,  and  so  it  is  here 
said  of  the  new  christian  heaven,  through  which  that 
church  will  come  from  the  Lord. 

827.  "  And  out  of  his  mouth  goeth  a  sharp  sword," 
signifies  the  dispersion  of  falses  by  doctrine  thence  from 
the  Lord,  as  is  evident  from  the  explanation  above,  n.  52, 
where  the  like  is  said  of  the  Lord,  who  is  there  called  the 
Son  of  Man,  and  by  the  Son  of  Man  is  meant  the  Lord 
as  the  Word,  n.  44  ;  the  same  is  here  signified  by  him 
who  sat  on  the  white  horse  ;  for  the  dispersion  of  falses  is 
effected  through  the  Word  from  the  Lord. 

828.  "  That  with  it  he  should  smite  the  nations,  and 
he  shall  rule  them  with  a  rod  of  iron,"  signifies,  that  he 
will  convince  all  who  are  in  a  dead  faith,  by  the  truths  of 
the  literal  sense  of  the  Word,  and  by  rational  arguments. 
That  this  is  signified,  may  appear  from  the  like  expression 
above,  n.  544  ;  that  by  the  rod  of  iron,  by  which  the  na- 
tions were  to  be  smitten,  are  signified  truths  from  the 
literal  sense  of  the  Word  confirmed  by  rational  arguments 
from  the  natural  man,  may  be  seen  in  that  passage,  and 
also  n.  148,  485.  That  faith  alone  without  works  is  a 
dead  faith,  appears  clearly  in  James  ii.  17,  20:  who  also 
said,  "  Be  ye  doers  of  the  Word  and  not  hearers  only, 
deceiving  your  own  selves,"  Epistle  i.  22.  In  like  man- 
ner Paul  said,  "  For  not  the  hearers  of  the  law  are  just 
before  God,  but  the  doers  of  (he  laiv  shall  be  justified," 
Rom.  ii.  13. 


QH.  XIX  ] 


TUB  A^OCALYeSE  RKVE.YI.ED. 


99 


829.  "And  he  treadeth  the  wine-press  of  the  fierce- 
ness and  wrath  of  Almighty  God,"  signifies,  that  l lie  Lord 
alone  sustained  all  the  evils  of  the  church,  and  all  the 
violence  offered  to  the  Word,  and  consequently  to  him- 
self. By  the  wine  of  the  fierceness  and  wrath  of  God, 
are  signified  the  goods  and  truths  of  the  church,  which 
are  from  the  Word,  profaned  and  adulterated,  and  thus 
the  evils  and  falsesoftlie  church,  n.  316,  632,  635,  758; 
by  treading  the  press  of  that  wine,  is  signified  to  bear 
them,  to  fight  against  them,  and  condemn  them,  and  thus 
to  deliver  the  angels  in  heaven  and  men  on  earth  from 
their  infestation  by  them  ;  for  the  Lord  came  into  the 
world,  to  subrlue  the  hells,  which  at  that  time  had  got  to 
such  a  height,  that  they  began  to  infest  the  angels,  and 
he  subdued  them  by  combats  against  them,  thus  by 
temptations  ;  for  spiritual  temptations  are  nothing  else 
but  combats  against  the  hells  ;  and  inasmuch  as  every 
man  is  consorted  with  spirits  as  to  his  affections  and  con- 
sequent thoughts,  the  wicked  with  spirits  from  hell,  and 
the  good  with  angels  from  heaven,  therefore  when  the 
Lord  subdued  the  hells,  he  not  only  delivered  the  angels 
of  heaven  from  infestation,  but  also  the  men  of  the  earth  ; 
this  then  is  what  is  signified  by  the  following  passage  in 
Isaiah:  "Surely  he  hath  borne  our  griefs,  and  carried 
our  sorrows : — But  he  was  wounded  for  our  transgres- 
sions, he  was  bruised  for  our  iniquities  : — and  with  his 
stripes  we  are  healed.  Jehovah  hath  laid  on  him  the 
iniquity  of  us  all,  he  ivcts  oppressed  and  he  was  afflicted, 
for  he  was  cut  off  out  of  the  land  of  the  living,  for  the 
transgression  of  my  people  was  he  stricken,  and  Jehovah 
hath  laid  on  him  the  iniquity  of  us  or//,"  liii.  4 — 9,  speak- 
ing of  the  Lord  and  of  his  temptations  from  the  hells,  and 
at  length  from  the  Jews,  by  whom  he  was  crucified.  The 
Lord's  conflicts  are  likewise  described  in  Isaiah  lxiii.  1  — 
10  ;  where  are  also  the  following  words  :  "  And  thy  gar- 
ments like  him  that  treadeth  in  the  wine-fat.  1  have 
trodden  the  wine-press  alone  ;"  by  which  is  signified,  that 
he  alone  sustained  the  evils  and  falses  of  the  church,  aud 
all  the  violence  offered  to  the  Word,  and  thus  to  himself. 
It  is  said  the  violence  offered  to  the  Word,  and  thus  to 


100 


THE  A  POO  ALYPSE  REVEALED. 


[CH.  XIX. 


himself,  because  the  Lord  is  the  Word,  and  violence  was 
offered  to  the  Word  and  to  the  Lord  himself,  by  the 
tenets  of  the  Roman  Catholics,  as  also  by  the  tenets  of 
the  Reformed,  concerning  faith  alone.  The  evils  and 
falses  of  both  these  religions  the  Lord  sustained,  when  he 
executed  the  last  judgment,  whereby  he  again  subdued 
the  hells,  and  unless  the  hells  had  again  been  subdued, 
no  flesh  could  have  been  saved,  as  he  himself  taught  in 
Matthew,  xxiv.  21,  22. 

830.  "  And  he  hath  on  his  vesture  and  on  his  thigh  a 
name  written,  King  of  kings,  and  Lord  of  lords,"  signifies, 
that  the  Lord  teaches  in  the  Word,  what  he  is,  that  he  is 
the  divine  truth  of  divine  wisdom,  ami  the  divine  good  of 
divine  love,  thus  that  he  is  the  God  of  the  universe.  By 
the  Lord's  vesture  is  signified  the  Word  as  to  its  divine 
truth,  as  above,  n.  835  ;  by  the  Lord's  thigh  is  signified 
the  Word  as  to  its  divine  good ;  the  thighs  and  loins  sig- 
nify conjugial  love,  and  inasmuch  as  this  is  the  fundamen- 
tal love  of  all  loves,  therefore  the  thighs  and  loins  signify 
the  good  of  love  :  that  this  is  from  correspondence  may 
be  seen  above,  n.  213;  when  therefore  the  thigh  is  men- 
tioned in  speaking  of  the  Lord,  it  signifies  himself  as  to 
the  good  of  love,  in  the  present  instance  it  also  signifies 
the  Word  as  to  the  same  ;  by  a  name  written,  is  signified 
the  quality  of  the  Lord,  as  above,  n.  834  :  by  King  of 
kings  is  meant  the  Lord  as  to  the  divine  truth  of  divine 
wisdom,  and  by  Lord  of  lords  is  meant  the  Lord  as  to 
the  divine  good  of  divine  love  ;  the  like  is  signified  by  the 
kingdom  and  dominion  of  the  Lord,  when  both  are  men- 
tioned, see  above,  n.  664.  Inasmuch  as  the  expression 
King  of  kings  and  Lord  of  lords  is  used,  and  since  the 
Lord  is  meant  thereby,  in  regard  to  his  divine  truth  and 
divine  good,  therefore  it  is  also  said,  He  had  a  name  writ- 
ten on  his  vesture  and  on  his  thigh,  and  by  a  name  written 
on  his  vesture  is  signified  the  Word  as  to  the  divine  truth,  and 
by  a  name  written  on  his  thigh  is  signified  the  Word  as  to 
the  divine  good  ;  both  these  principles  are  in  the  Word, 
the  divine  truth  of  the  Word  is  in  its  spiritual  sense,  which 
is  for  the  use  of  the  angels  of  the  middle  or  second  hea- 
ven, who  are  in  intelligence  from  divine  truths,  and  the 


CH.  XfX] 


THfi  ai'ocai.ypsk  ri'.veaIjED. 


101 


divine  good  of  the  Word  is  in  its  celestial  sense,  which  is 
foi  the  use  of  the  angels  of  the  supreme  or  third  heaven, 
who  are  in  wisdom  from  divine  good  ;  but  this  last  sense 
is  most  occult,  being  perceptible  to  such  only  as  are  prin- 
cipled in  love  to  the  Lord  from  the  Lord.  That  it  is  the 
Lord  who  is  here  meant,  plainly  appears  above  in  the 
Apocalypse:  "These  shall  make  war  with  the  Lamb, 
and  the  Lamb  shall  overcome  them  :  for  he  is  Lord  of 
lords,  and  King  of  kings,"  xvii.  14.  That  the  thigh  sig- 
nifies the  good  of  love,  and  when  said  concerning  the  Lord, 
the  divine  good  of  divine  love,  appears  from  the  following 
passages  in  the  Word  :  "  And  righteousness  shall  be  the 
girdle  of  Aw  loins,  and  faithfulness  the  girdle  of  his  thighs," 
Isaiah  xi.  5.  Over  the  head  of  the  cherubs  there  was 
the  appearance  of  a  man  upon  a  throne,  from  the  appear- 
ance of  his  loins  and  upward,  and  from  the  appearance  of 
his  loins  and  downward,  there  was  an  appearance  of  fire 
and  brightness  round  about,  Ezek.  i.  26,  27,28;  by  the 
man  upon  the  throne  is  meant  the  Lord,  the  appearance 
of  fire  from  his  loins  upward  and  downward  signifies  his 
divine  love,  and  the  brightness  round  about,  the  divine 
wisdom  thence  proceeding.  A  man  was  seen  by  Daniel, 
whose  loins  weie  girded  with  gold  of  Uphaz,  Dan.  x.  5; 
it  was  an  angel  in  whom  the  Lord  was  ;  by  gold  of  Uphaz 
is  signified  the  good  of  love.  The  same  is  signified  by  the 
thigh  in  Isaiah,  v.  27,  Psalm  xlv.  3,  and  in  other  places. 
Concerning  the  correspondence  of  the  thighs  or  loins  with 
conjugial  love,  which  is  the  fundamental  of  all  other  loves, 
see  the  Arcana  Cxlcstia,  n.  5050 — 5062. 

831.  "  And  I  saw  an  angel  standing  in  the  sun  :  and 
he  cried  with  a  great  voice,  saying  to  all  the  fowls  that 
fly  in  the  midst  of  heaven,  Come,  and  gather  yourselves 
together  unto  the  supper  of  the  great  God,"  signifies,  the 
Lord  from  divine  love,  and  thence  from  divine  zeal,  call- 
ing and  inviting  all  who  are  in  the  spiritual  affection  of 
truth,  and  think  of  heaven,  to  the  New  Church,  and  to 
conjunction  with  himself,  thus  to  life  eternal.  By  an 
angel  standing  in  die  sun,  is  meant  the  Lord  in  divine 
love ;  by  an  angel  is  meant  the  Lord,  and  by  sun  his 
divine  love.    To  cry  with  a  great  voice,  signifies,  to  cry 


1 03 


THE  APOCALYrSE  REVEALED. 


[CH.  XIX. 


from  divine  zeal,  for  a  voice  or  influx  from  divine  love  is 
from  divine  zeal,  zeal  being  a  consequence  of  love ;  by 
the  fouls  that  fly  in  the  midst  of  heaven,  are  signified  all 
who  are  in  the  spiritual  affection  of  truth,  and  thence 
think  of  heaven.  By  coming  and  gathering  themselves 
together  to  the  supper  of  the  great  God,  is  signified  a 
calling  and  invitation  to  the  New  Church  and  to  conjunc- 
tion with  the  Lord  ;  and  since  from  conjunction  w  ith  the 
Lord  there  is  life  eternal,  therefore  that  also  is  signified. 
By  crying,  Come,  is  signified  a  calling,  and  by  gather 
yourselves  together,  is  signified  a  calling  together.  That 
by  an  angel  in  the  Word,  is  meant  the  Lord,  may  be  seen 
above,  n.  5,  170,  258,  344,  465,  649,  657,  718  ;  so  in 
this  instance  more  especially,  because  he  was  seen  stand- 
ing in  the  sun,  and  no  angel  appears  in  the  sun,  for  the 
Lord  is  the  sun  of  the  spiritual  world,  therefore  the  Lord 
alone  is  there;  that  by  the  sun,  when  speaking  of  the 
Lord,  is  signified  divine  love,  may  be  seen,  n.  53,  414; 
that  by  crying  with  a  great  voice,  when  said  of  the  Lord 
in  divine  love,  is  signified  to  speak  or  flow-in  from  divine 
zeal,  is  evident,  because  divine  zeal  is  a  consequence  of 
divine  love,  in  this  case  for  the  salvation  of  men  :  that  by 
fowls  are  signified  such  things  as  relate  to  the  understand- 
ing, and  thence  to  the  thought,  see  above,  n.  757,  here 
they  signify  such  as  are  in  the  spiritual  affection  of  truth, 
and  think  of  1  eaven,  because  it  is  said,  the  fowls  that  fly 
in  the  midst  of  heaven,  and  by  flying  in  the  midst  of 
heaven,  is  signified  to  investigate,  attend,  and  think,  n. 
245,  415;  that  by  the  supper  of  the  great  God  is  signi- 
fied the  New  Church,  and  thus  conjunction  with  the 
Lord,  see  n.  816,  where  their  supper  is  called  the  mar- 
riage-supper of  the  Lamb. 

832.  "  That  ye  may  eat  the  flesh  of  kings,  and  the 
flesh  of  captains,  and  the  flesh  of  the  mighty  men,  and 
the  flesh  of  horses,  and  of  them  that  sit  on  them,  and  the 
flesh  of  all  men  both  free  and  bond,  both  small  and  great," 
signifies,  the  appropriation  of  good  things  from  the  Lord, 
by  the  truths  of  the  Word  and  of  doctrine  derived  from 
it,  in  every  sense,  degree,  and  kind.  The  subject  treated 
of  above,  n.  831,  was  conjunction  with  the  Lord  by  the 


CH.  XIX.] 


THE  APOCALYPSE  REVEALED. 


103 


Word  ;  but  here  the  subject  treated  of  is  the  appropria- 
tion of  good  things  from  him  by  the  truths  of  the  Word. 
To  eat,  signifies  appropriation,  n.  89  ;  by  the  flesh  they 
were  to  eat,  are  signified  the  good  things  of  the  Word  and 
thence  of  the  church  ;  and  by  kings,  captains,  the  mighty, 
horses,  them  that  sit  on  them,  free  and  bond,  small  and 
great,  are  signified  truths  in  every  sense,  degree  and 
kind :  by  kings  are  signified  such  as  are  principled  in  the 
truths  of  the  church  derived  from  the  Word,  and  abstract- 
edly the  truths  of  the  church  derived  from  the  Word,  n. 
20,  433  ;  by  captains  over  a  thousand,  are  signified  those 
who  are  in  the  knowledges  of  good  and  truth,  and  abstract- 
edly those  knowledges,  n.  337  ;  by  the  mighty  are  signi- 
fied such  as  are  in  erudition  from  doctrine  derived  from 
the  Word,  and  abstractedly  the  consequent  erudition 
itself,  n.  337  ;  by  horses  is  signified  the  understanding  of 
the  Word,  and  by  those  who  sit  on  horses  are  signified 
those  who  are  in  wisdom  from  the  understanding  of  the 
Word,  and  abstractedly  the  consequent  wisdom  itself,  n. 
293,  820  ;  by  free  and  bond,  are  signified  they  who  know 
from  themselves,  and  they  who  know  from  others,  n.  337, 
604  ;  by  great  and  small,  are  signified  they  who  are  such 
in  a  greater  and  in  a  lesser  degree,  n.  527,  810.  From 
these  considerations  it  is  evident,  that  by  their  eating  the 
flesh  of  these,  is  signified  the  appropriation  of  good  things 
from  the  Lord  by  the  truths  of  the  Word  and  of  doctrine 
derived  from  it,  in  every  sense,  degree,  and  kind.  It 
must  be  observed,  that  no  man  has  any  spiritual  good 
from  the  Lord,  but  by  truths  derived  from  the  Word  ;  for 
the  truths  of  the  Word  are  in  the  light  of  heaven  ;  and 
the  good  things  are  in  the  heat  of  that  light,  therefore  if 
the  understanding  be  not  in  the  light  of  heaven  by  means 
of  the  Word,  the  will  cannot  come  into  the  heat  of  heaven. 
Love  and  charity  are  formed  by  truths  from  the  Word 
only,  and  by  these  truths  only  can  man  be  reformed  ;  the 
church  itself  in  man  is  formed  by  them,  not,  however,  by 
those  truths  in  the  understanding  only,  but  by  a  life  ac- 
cording to  them  ;  thus  truths  enter  into  the  will,  and 
become  goods  ;  in  this  manner  the  complexion  of  truth  is 
changed  into  the  complexion  of  good  ;  for  that  which  is 


104 


THE  APOCALYPSE   REVEALED.  [CH.  XIX. 


of  the  will  and  thus  of  the  love,  the  same  is  called  good, 
and  all  that  is  of  the  will,  or  of  the  love,  the  same  is  also 
of  the  life  of  man.  From  these  considerations  it  may  be 
seen,  that  the  appropriation  of  good  by  truths  in  every 
sense,  degree,  and  kind,  through  the  Word  from  the  Lord, 
is  here  meant  by  eating  the  flesh  of  those  who  are  men- 
tioned. Who  cannot  see,  that  flesh  is  not  here  meant  by 
flesh  ?  Who  can  be  so  devoid  of  sense  as  to  believe  that 
the  Lord  calls,  and  invites  all  to  a  great  supper,  to  give 
them  the  flesh  of  kings,  captains,  mighty  men,  horses,  and 
them  that  sit  thereon,  free  and  bond,  great  and  small,  to 
eat  ?  Who  cannot  see  that  there  is  a  spiritual  sense  in 
these  words,  and  that  without  the  aid  of  that  sense,  no 
one  can  know  what  they  mean  ?  Who  can  maintain  the 
denial  that  in  its  bosom  the  Word  is  spiritual,  for  would 
it  not  be  more  than  material,  if  this  passage  were  under- 
stood according  to  the  literal  sense,  and  not  according  to 
the  spiritual  sense?  Similar  to  the  above  is  this  passage 
in  Ezekiel  ;  "Thus  saith  the  Lord  Jehovah  ;  Speak  unto 
every  feathered  fowl,  and  to  every  beast  of  the  field,  As- 
semble yourselves,  and  come  ;  gather  yourselves  on  every 
side  to  my  sacrifice,  a  great  sacrifice  upon  the  mountains 
of  Israel,  that  ye  may  eat  jlesh,  and  drink  blood.  Ye 
shall  eat  the  jlcsh  of  the  mighty,  and  drink  the  blood  of 
the  princes  of  the  earth.  And  ye  shall  eat  fat  till  ye  be 
full,  and  drink  blood  till  ye  be  drunken  of  my  sacrifice 
which  1  have  sacrificed  for  you.  Thus  ye  shall  be  filled 
at  my  table  with  horses  and  chariots,  and  with  mighty 
men,  and  all  men  of  war.  And  I  will  set  my  glory  among 
the  heathen,"  xxxix.  17 — 21  ;  by  flesh  here  in  like 
manner  is  signified  the  good  of  the  church  from  the  Lord 
through  the  Word,  and  by  blood  the  truth  of  the  church. 
Who  does  not  see  that  blood  could  not  be  given  them  to 
drink  till  they  were  drunken,  or  that  they  could  be  filled 
at  the  table  of  the  Lord  Jehovah,  with  horses,  chariots, 
mighty  men,  and  every  man  of  war?  Since  then  by 
flesh  is  signified  the  good  of  the  church,  and  by  blood  the 
truth  of  the  church,  it  is  clear  that  by  the  flesh  and  blood 
of  the  Lord  in  the  holy  supper,  is  signified  divine  good 
and  divine  truth  from  the  Lord,  the  same  as  by  bread  and 


en.  xrx.] 


THE  APOCALYPSE  REVEALED. 


105 


wine,  concerning  which  see  John  vi.  51 — 58.  Flesh  also 
signifies  good  in  many  other  parts  of  the  Word  ;  as  in 
these  passages  :  "  I  will  take  away  the  stony  heart  out 
of  their  flesh,  and  will  give  them  a  heart  of  flesh"  Ezek. 
xi.  19,  xxxvi.  28.  "My  flesh  longeth  for  thee  in  a  dry 
and  thirsty  land,"  Psalm  Ixiii.  1.  "My  heart  and  my 
flesh  crieth  out  for  the  living  God,"  Psalm  Ixxxiv.  3. 
"  My  flesh  also  shall  rest  in  hope,"  Psalm  xvi.  9. 
"  When  thou  seest  the  naked,  that  thou  cover  him  ;  and 
that  thou  hide  not  thyself  from  thine  own  flesh,"  Isaiah 
lviii.  7. 

833.  "  And  I  saw  the  beast,  and  the  kings  of  the  earth, 
and  their  armies,  gathered  together  to  make  war  against 
him  that  sat  on  the  horse,  and  against  his  army,"  signifies, 
that  all  the  interiorly  wicked,  who  have  made  profession 
of  faith  alone,  with  their  leading  men  and  their  adherents, 
will  impugn  the  divine  truths  of  the  Lord  in  his  Word, 
and  infest  those  who  will  be  of  the  Lord's  New  Church. 
That  by  beasts  are  signified  they  whose  religion  is 
grounded  upon  faith  alone,  may  be  seen  above,  n.  567, 
576,  577,  594,  598,  601  ;  that  it  means  only  those  who 
are  interiorly  wicked,  and  profess  that  religion,  will  be 
seen  below.  By  the  kings  of  the  earth  are  signified  those 
who  are  more  deeply  immersed  than  others  in  the  falsi- 
ties of  that  religion,  consequently  the  leading  men  there- 
in ;  for  by  the  kings  of  the  earth  are  signified  those  who 
are  in  the  truths  of  the  church  derived  from  the  Word, 
and,  in  an  opposite  sense,  those  who  are  in  falsities,  n. 
20,  483,  704,  720,'  737,  740,  here  those  who  are  in 
falses ;  by  their  armies  are  signified  all  among  them,  who 
in  like  manner  are  in  falsities,  n.  447.  To  make  war, 
signifies,  to  impugn,  because  by  war  in  the  Word  is  sig- 
nified spiritual  war,  which  is  that  of  falsity  against  truth, 
and  of  truth  against  falsity,  n.  500,  586,  707  ;  by  him 
who  sat  on  the  horse,  is  meant  the  Lord  as  to  the  Word, 
n.  820,  821  ;  and  since  they  cannot  fight  against  the 
Lord  himself,  but  against  his  divine  truths  which  are  in 
the  Word,  and  thus  also  fight  against  the  Lord,  the  Lord 
being  the  Word,  therefore  this  is  meant  by  making  war 
against  him  that  sat  on  the  horse.    That  by  an  army  are 


100 


THE    APOCALYPSE    REVEALED.  [CII.  XIX. 


signified  tliey  who  are  in  divine  truths,  and  thus  abstract- 
edly divine  truths  themselves,  consequently  they  who  are 
of  the  Lord's  new  heaven  and  new  church,  from  the  cir- 
cumstance of  there  being  divine  truths  among  them,  may 
be  seen  above,  n.  826. 

834.  "  And  the  beast  was  taken,  and  with  him  the 
false  prophet,  that  wrought  signs  before  him,  with  which 
he  deceived  them  that  had  received  the  mark  of  the 
beast,  and  them  that  worshiped  his  image,"  signifies,  all 
those  who  professed  faith  alone,  and  were  interiorly  evil, 
as  well  the  laity  and  common  people  as  the  clergy  and 
the  learned,  who  by  ratiocinations  and  attestations  that 
faith  alone  is  the  sole  medium  of  salvation,  have  induced 
others  to  receive  that  faith,  and  to  live  according  to  it. 
By  the  beast  is  here  meant  the  beast  out  of  the  sea,  men- 
tioned Apoc.  xiii.  1 — 10;  and  by  the  false  prophet  is 
meant  the  beast  out  of  the  earth,  mentioned  in  the  same 
chapter,  verses  11,  12  ;  that  by  the  beast  out  of  the  sea 
are  meant  the  laity  and  common  people,  who  are  in  the 
religion  of  faith  alone,  and  that  by  the  beast  out  of  the 
earth  are  meant  the  clergy  and  the  learned  who  are  in 
that  religion,  may  be  seen  in  the  explanations  of  that 
chapter.  That  the  false  prophet  here  is  the  beast  out  of 
the  earth,  mentioned  in  that  chapter,  from  verse  11 — 18, 
appears  manifestly,  from  its  being  here  said  of  the  false 
prophet,  that  it  was  he  who  wrought  signs  before  the 
other  beast,  with  which  he  deceived  them  that  received 
the  mark  of  the  beast  and  worshiped  his  image  ;  for  the 
like  things  are  said  of  the  beast  out  of  the  earth,  chap, 
xiii.,  namely,  That  lie  wrought  great  signs  or  wonders 
before  the  beast  out  of  the  sea,  and  seduced  them  that 
dwell  on  the  earth,  to  worship  his  image,  and  receive  his 
mark  on  the  ri^ht  hand  and  on  the  forehead,  verses  12 — 
17;  from  which  it  is  evident,  that  by  the  false  prophet 
are  here  signified  the  clergy  and  the  learned,  who  have 
confirmed  themselves  in  the  religion  of  faith  alone,  and 
seduced  the  laity  and  common  people;  they  are  called 
the  false  prophet,  because  by  a  prophet  are  signified  those 
w  ho  teach  and  preach  falses,  by  perverting  the  truths  of 
the  Word,  n.  8,  701 ;  that  by  the  signs  wrought  by  that 


OH.  XIX.] 


THE  APOCALYPSE  REVEALED. 


KIT 


beast  are  signified  ratiocinations  and  attestations  that  faith 
alone  is  the  sole  medium  of  salvation,  may  be  seen  above, 
n.  598,  599,  704  ;  by  receiving  the  mark  of  the  beast 
and  worshiping  his  image,  is  signified  to  acknowledge  and 
receive  that  faith,  n.  634,  637,  679. 

835.  "  These  two  were  cast  alive  into  the  lake  of  fire 
burning  with  brimstone,"  signifies,  that  all  these,  as  they 
were,  were  cast  into  hell,  where  are  the  loves  of  falsity, 
and  at  the  same  time  the  lusts  of  evil.  Alive,  signifies,  as 
they  were ;  by  these  two,  namely  the  beast  and  the  false 
prophet,  are  signified  all  those  who  have  made  profession 
of  faith  alone,  and  are  interiorly  evil,  both  laity  and  clergy, 
as  above,  n.  834;  by  a  lake  of  fire  burning  with  brim- 
stone, is  signified  hell,  where  they  are  who  are  in  the  loves 
of  falsity,  and,  at  the  same  time,  in  the  lusts  of  evil  ;  by 
a  lake  are  signified  falses  in  abundance,  as  will  be  seen 
presently  ;  by  fire  is  signified  love,  in  this  case  the  love  of 
their  falsity  ;  that  fire  signifies  love  in  both  senses,  good 
and  evil,  may  be  seen,  n.  468,  494,  599,  here  the  love  of 
what  is  falsity,  because  it  is  called  a  lake  of  fire  ;  by 
brimstone  is  signified  the  lust  of  evil,  and  thence  of  falsity, 
n.  45-2.  The  like  is  said  of  the  dragon,  and  of  these 
two,  in  the  following  words  of  the  next  chapter:  "The 
devil,"  that  is,  the  dragon,  "  who  deceived  them,  was 
cast  into  a  lake  of  fire  and  brimstone,  where  the  beast 
and  the  false  prophet  are,  and  shall  be  tormented  day  and 
night,  for  ever  and  ever,"  xx.  10.  It  must  be  observed, 
that  the  hell,  where  such  as  these  are,  appears  at  a  dis- 
tance as  a  fiery  lake  with  a  green  flame  like  that  of  brim- 
stone ;  but  they  who  are  therein  do  not  see  this,  for  they 
are  there  shut  up  in  their  houses  of  correction,  where 
they  have  vehement  altercations  with  one  another  ;  some- 
times there  appear  knives  in  their  hands,  which  they  use 
in  a  threatening  manner  rather  than  appear  to  yield  or 
give  way  ;  it  is  their  love  of  falsity,  together  with  their 
lusts  of  evil,  which  causes  the  appearance  of  such  a  lake  ; 
this  appearance  is  from  correspondence.  That  by  a  lake 
is  signified  where  there  is  truth  in  abundance,  and,  in  an 
opposite  sense,  where  falsity  abounds,  may  appear  from 
the  Word  ;  that  it  signifies  where  there  is  truth  in  abund- 


103 


THE  APOCALYFSE  REVEALED. 


[CI!.  XIX. 


ance,  may  be  seen  in  the  following  passages  :  "  For  id 
the  wilderness  shall  waters  break  out,  and  streams  in  the 
desert,  and  the  parched  ground  shall  become  a  hike," 
Isaiah  xxxv.  6,  7.  "  I  will  make  the  wilderness  a  lake 
of  water,  and  the  dry  land  springs  of  waters,"  Isaiah  xli. 
18,  Psalm  cvii.  33,  35.  "  I  will  make  the  rivers  islands, 
and  1  will  dry  up  the  lakes,"  Isaiah  xlii.  15.  The  God 
of  Jacob,  who  "  turned  the  rock  into  a  lake  of  water,  the 
flint  into  a  fountain  of  waters,"  Psalm  cxiv.  7,  8.  "All 
that  make  a  trade  of  lakes  for  the  fishes,"  Isaiah  xix.  10. 
In  an  opposite  sense,  from  these  passages  :  "  I  will  cut 
off  from  Babylon  the  name  and  remnant ;  I  will  also 
make  it  a  possession  for  the  bittern,  and  lakes  of  water," 
Isaiah  xiv.  22,  23.  Death  and  hell  were  "  cast  into  the 
lake  of  fire,"  Apoc.  xx.  15.  Their  part  is  "in  the 
lake  of  fire,  which  burnetii  with  fire  and  brimstone  ;  which 
is  the  second  death,"  Apoc.  xxi.  8. 

836.  "  And  the  remnant  were  slain  with  the  sword  of 
him  that  sat  upon  the  horse,  which  proceeds  out  of  his 
mouth,"  signifies,  that  all  they  of  various  heresies  among 
the  Reformed,  who  have  not  lived  according  to  the  com- 
mandments of  the  Lord  in  the  Word,  which  they  knew, 
being  judged  according  to  the  Word,  perish.  By  the 
remnant  are  meant  all  belonging  to  various  heresies  among 
the  Reformed,  who  have  not  lived  according  to  the  com- 
mandments of  the  Lord  in  the  Word,  which  they  knew, 
which  are  the  commandments  of  the  decalogue,  conse- 
quently all  who  do  not  shun  evils  as  sins  ;  for  they  who 
do  not  so  shun  them  are  in  all  kinds  of  evil,  for  they  are 
beset  with  them  from  their  birth,  and  thence  from  their 
infancy  to  their  lives'  end,  and  they  increase  daily,  if  they 
be  not  removed  by  actual  repentance ;  of  these  it  is  said, 
that  they  were  slain  with  the  sword  of  him  who  sat  upon 
the  horse  :  by  being  slain  is  here  signified,  as  frequently 
before,  to  be  spiritually  slain,  which  is  to  perish  as  to  the 
soul  ;  by  the  sword  of  him  who  sat  upon  the  horse,  which 
proceeded  out  of  his  mouth,  are  signified  the  truths  of  the 
Word  fighting  against  the  falses  of  evil  ;  for  by  a  sword 
as  expressed  by  the  several  terms,  gladius,  machaera, 
and  romphaea,  is  signified  truth  fighting  against  falsity, 


OK  XIX.] 


THE  APOCALYPSE  REVEALED. 


and  falsity  fighting  against  truth,  n.  5:2,  but  a  sword  (as 
expressed  by  gladius)  is  on  the  thigh,  whence  it  means 
combat  from  love ;  macha>ra  is  a  sword  in  the  hand, 
whence  it  means  combat  from  power ;  and  romphxa  has 
relation  to  the  mouth,  whence  it  means  combat  from  doc- 
trine ;  wherefore  a  sword  (rompluea)  proceeding  out  of 
the  mouth  of  the  Lord  means  combat  from  the  Word 
against  falses,  n.  10S,  117,  827,  for  the  Word  proceeded 
out  of  the  mouth  of  the  Lord.  The  reason  why  combat 
with  the  Reformed,  and  not  with  the  Babylonians,  is  here 
treated  of,  is,  because  the  Reformed  read  the  Word,  and 
acknowledge  the  truths  therein  to  be  divine  truths  ;  not 
so  the  Babylonians ;  these  do,  indeed,  acknowledge  the 
Word,  but  yet  they  do  not  read  it,  and  every  one  regards  the 
dictates  of  the  pope  in  the  first  place,  and  as  far  above  it, 
whetefore  combat  cannot  be  waged  with  them  from  the 
Word  ;  they  also  place  themselves  above  it,  and  not 
under  it;  but  still  they  are  judged  from  the  Word,  and 
from  the  dictates  of  the  popes,  so  far  as  these  accord  with 
the  Word. 

837.  M  And  all  the  fowls  were  filled  with  their  flesh," 
signifies,  that  the  infernal  genii  feed,  as  it  were,  upon  their 
concupiscences  of  evil,  which  constitute  their  selfhood. 
By  fowls  are  signiSed  the  falses  which  are  from  hell,  and 
inasmuch  as  the  infernal  genii  are  principled  in  these 
falses,  being  one  with  man  in  the  falses  which  pertain  to 
his  love,  therefore  these  are  here  signified  by  fowls :  the 
man  also  who  is  in  such  falses,  becomes  such  a  genius 
after  death  ;  that  by  the  useless  and  mischievous  fowls, 
especially  the  unclean  and  rapacious,  which  feed  upon 
dead  carcasses,  are  signified  falsities  w  hich  are  of  the  love, 
may  be  seen  above,  n.  757  ;  by  flesh  are  here  signified 
the  evils  of  concupiscences,  which  constitutes  man's  self- 
hood, n.  748  ;  by  being  filled  with  their  flesh,  signifies, 
to  be  nourished  with  them  as  it  were,  and  to  draw  them 
in  with  delight,  for  the  infernal  genii,  who  are  in  similar 
concupiscences  of  evil,  greedily  inhale  and  snuff  up  into 
their  nostrils,  and  thence  live  from,  the  concupiscences 
which  exhale  from  such  men's  thoughts  and  respiration, 
for  which  reason  also  they  live  and  cohabit  together. 

VOL.  III.  10 


110 


THE  APOCALYPSE  REVEALED. 


[CH.  XIX. 


838.  Let  every  one,  therefore,  beware  of  this  heresy, 

that  MAN  IS  JUSTIFIED  BY  FAITH  WITHOUT    THE  WORKS 

of  the  law,  for  he  who  is  in  it,  and  does  not  fully 
recede  from  it  before  his  life's  end,  after  death  consociates 
with  infernal  genii  ;  for  they  are  the  goats,  concerning 
whom  the  Lord  says,  "  Depart  from  me,  ye  cursed,  into 
everlasting  fire  prepared  for  the  devil  and  his  angels" 
Matt.  xxv.  42  ;  for  of  the  goats  the  Lord  does  not  say, 
that  they  did  evil,  but  that  they  did  not  do  good  ;  the 
reason  why  they  did  not  do  good,  is,  because  they  said 
to  themselves,  I  cannot  do  good  from  myself,  the  law 
does  not  condemn  me,  the  blood  of  Christ  cleanses  and 
delivers  me,  the  passion  of  the  cross  takes  away  the  sen- 
tence of  sin,  the  merit  of  Christ  is  imputed  to  me  through 
faith,  I  am  reconciled  to  the  Father,  under  grace,  I  am 
regarded  as  a  son,  and  our  sins  he  reputes  as  infirmities, 
which  he  instantly  forgives  for  the  sake  of  his  Son,  thus 
he  justifies  by  faith  alone,  and  unless  this  were  the  sole 
medium  of  salvation,  no  mortal  could  be  saved  ;  for  what 
other  end  did  the  Son  of  God  suffer  on  the  cross  and  fulfill 
the  law,  but  to  remove  the  sentence  of  condemnation  for 
our  transgressions  ?  Thus  do  they  reason  with  themselves, 
and  the  good  which  is  good  they  do  not  do  ;  for  from 
this  faith  alone,  which  is  nothing  but  a  faith  of  knowledges, 
in  itself  an  historical  faith,  thus  only  a  science,  no  good 
proceeds;  it  being  a  dead  faith,  into  which  no  life  or  soul 
enters,  unless  the  man  approaches  the  Lord  immediately, 
and  shuns  evils  as  sins  as  of  himself,  in  which  case,  the 
good  which  he  does  as  of  himself,  is  from  the  Lord,  thus 
in  itself  good  ;  on  which  subject  it  is  thus  written  in  Isaiah  : 
"  Ah !  sinful  nation,  a  people  laden  with  iniquity',  a  seed 
of  evil  doers,  children  that  are  corrupters:  And  when  ye 
spread  forth  your  hands,  I  will  hide  mine  eyes  from  you  : 
yea,  when  ye  make  many  prayers  1  will  not  hear  :  Wash 
you,  make  you  clean,  put  away  the  evil  of  your  doings 
from  before  mine  eyes  ;  cease  to  do  evil  ;  learn  to  do  well ;" 
then  "  though  your  sins  be  as  scarlet,  they  shall  be  as  white 
as  snow  ;  though  they  be  red  like  crimson,  they  shall  be 
as  wool,"  i.  4,  15 — 18.  And  in  Jeremiah  :  "  Stand  in  the 
gate  of  the  house  of  Jehovah,  and  proclaim  there  this 


CH.  XIX.] 


THE  APOCALVPSE  REVEALED. 


Ill 


word,  trust  ye  not  in  lying  words,  saying,  The  temple  of 
Jehovah,  The  temple  of  Jehovah,  The  temple  of  Jehovah 
are  these"  (the  church  of  Gcd,  the  church  of  God,  the 
church  of  God  is  where  our  faith  is)  ;  "Will  ye  steal, 
murder,  and  commit  adultery,  and  swear  falsely,  and  come 
and  stand  before  me  in  this  house,  which  is  called  by  liiy 
name,  and  say,  We  are  delivered  to  do  all  these  abomina- 
tions ?  Is  this  house  become  a  den  of  robbers  ?  Behold, 
even  I  have  seen  it,  saith  Jehovah,"  vii.  2,  3,  4,9,  10,  11. 

839.  I  was  looking  into  the  world  of  spirits,  and  saw 
an  army  mounted  on  red  and  black  horses  ;  they  who  sat 
upon  them  appeared  like  apes,  with  their  faces  and  breasts 
turned  towards  the  loins  and  tails  of  the  horses,  and  the 
hinder  parts  of  their  heads  and  their  backs  towards  their 
necks  and  heads,  and  the  bridles  hung  about  the  necks  of 
the  riders ;  and  they  cried  out,  "  Let  us  fight  against 
them  who  ride  upon  white  horses;"  but  they  held  the 
bridles  with  both  hands,  so  as  to  keep  back  the  horses 
from  the  combat ;  and  this  they  did  continually.  At  this 
time  two  angels  descended  from  heaven,  and  came  near 
to  me,  and  said,  "  What  do  you  see?"  and  I  told  them 
that  I  saw  this  ludicrous  company  of  horsemen,  and  ask- 
ed what  and  who  they  were  ;  and  the  angels  answered, 
"  They  come  from  the  place  which  is  called  Armageddon, 
Apoc.  xvi.  16,  where  they  were  assembled  to  the  number 
of  some  thousands,  to  fi»ht  against  those  who  are  of  the 
Lord's  New  Church,  which  is  called  the  New  Jerusalem  ; 
in  that  place  they  talked  of  the  church  and  of  religion, 
and  yet  there  was  not  any  thing  of  the  church  among 
them,  because  there  wag  net  any  spiritual  truth  among 
them;  nor  any  religion,  because  there  was  not  any  spirit- 
ual good  amongthem  ;  they  talked  about  both,  indeed,  with 
their  mouths  and  lips,  but  only  for  the  sake  of  the  domin- 
ion they  might  obtain  by  their  means.  They  learned  in 
their  youth  to  confirm  the  doctrine  of  faith  alone,  the 
trinity  of  God,  and  the  quality  of  Christ  ;  but  when  they 
arrived  at  eminent  stations  in  the  church,  they  retained 
these  things  only  for  a  short  time  ;  for  as  they  then  began 
to  think  no  longer  about  God  and  heaven,  but  about  them- 
selves and  the  world,  thus  not  concerning  eternal  beatitude 


112 


THE  APOCALYPSE  REVEALED. 


[CH.  XIX. 


and  felicity,  but  concerning  temporal  eminence  and  opu- 
lence, they  rejected  the  doctrinals  they  had  acquired  in 
their  youth,  from  the  interiors  of  the  rational  mind  which 
communicate  with  heaven,  and  are  thence  in  the  light  of 
heaven,  into  the  exteriors  of  the  rational  mind  which  com- 
municate with  the  world,  and  are  therefore  only  in  the 
light  of  the  world,  and  at  length  they  thrust  them  down 
into  the  natural  sensual  part ;  in  consequence  of  which, 
the  doctrinals  of  the  church  with  them  abide  in  their 
mouths  only,  and  are  no  longer  fixed  in  their  thoughts  by 
reasoning  on  them,  and  still  less  in  their  affection  by 
loving  them  :  and  since  they  have  reduced  themselves  to 
such  a  state,  they  do  not  admit  any  genuine  truth  of  the 
church,  nor  any  genuine  good  of  religion.  The  interiors 
of  their  mind  are  become  comparatively  like  bottles  filled 
with  iron-filings  mixed  with  powdered  sulphur,  into 
which,  if  water  be  poured,  the  mixture  first  grows  warm, 
and  afterwards  inflames,  and  the  bottles  are  burst  in  con- 
sequence. In  like  manner  they,  when  they  hear  any 
thing  concerning  living  water,  which  is  the  genuine  truth 
of  the  Word,  and  the  same  enters  in  at  their  ears,  are 
violently  heated  and  inflamed,  and  reject  it  as  though  it 
were  something  that  would  burst  their  heads.  These  are 
they  who  appeared  to  you  like  apes,  riding  with  their 
bodies  reversed  upon  red  and  black  horses  with  the  bridles 
about  their  necks,  because  they  who  do  not  love  the  truth 
and  £ood  of  the  church,  as  derived  from  the  Word,  will 
not  look  at  the  fore-parts  of  any  horse,  but  at  his  hinder- 
parts  ;  for  a  horse  signifies  the  understanding  of  the  Word  ; 
a  red  horse,  the  understanding  of  the  Word  destroyed  as 
to  good,  and  a  black  horse  the  understanding  of  the  Word 
destroyed  as  to  truth.  The  reason  of  their  crying  out  to 
fight  against  those  who  ride  on  white  horses,  is,  because 
a  white  horse  signifies  the  understanding  of  the  Word 
as  to  truth  and  good  ;  and  their  appearing  to  keep  back 
their  horses,  was  owing  to  their  being  afraid  of  the 
combat,  lest  the  truth  of  the  Word  should  spread  to 
many,  and  thus  should  come  to  light  ;  this  is  the  inter- 
pretation." 

The  angels  further  added,  "  We  belong  to  a  society  in 


CH.  XIX.] 


THE   APOCALYPSE  REVEALED. 


113 


heaven  which  is  called  Michael,  and  were  commanded 
by  the  Lord  to  descend  to  th.3  place  called  Afmageddbn, 
from  whence  the  company  of  horsemen,  which  yon  be- 
held, came  forth.  By  Armageddon,  with  us  in  heaven, 
is  signified  a  state  and  inclination  to  fight,  from  falsified 
truths  originating  from  the  love  of  dominion  and  pre-em- 
inence ;  and  as  we  have  perceived  in  you  a  desiro  to 
know  something  of  that  war,  we  will  ^ive  you  some 
account  of  it.  On  our  descent  from  heaven,  we  went  to 
that  place  which  is  called  Armageddon,  and  saw  there  an 
assembly  of  some  thousands;  but  we  did  not  go  into  the 
assembly,  for  there  were  two  houses  on  the  south  side  of 
that  place,  where  there  were  some  boys  with  their  masters, 
into  which  we  entered  and  were  kindly  received  ;  we 
were  delighted  with  their  company  ;  their  countenances 
were  all  beautiful  from  the  life  in  their  eyes,  and  the  zeal 
that  animated  their  discourse ;  the  life  in  their  eyes  was 
derived  from  the  perception  of  truth,  and  the  zeal  in  their 
discourse  from  the  affection  of  truth  ;  for  which  reason  a 
present  had  been  made  them  from  heaven  of  hats,  the 
edges  of  which  were  ornamented  with  bindings  of  gold 
lace  interspersed  with  pearls,  and  likewise  of  garments 
variegated  with  white  and  hyacinth.  We  asked  them  if 
thev  had  looked  into  the  neighboring  place,  called  Ar- 
mageddon ;  they  said  they  had  seen  it  through  a  window 
just  below  the  roof  of  the  house,  and  had  observed  a  con- 
gregation there,  but  under  various  figures,  appearing  some- 
times like  tall  men,  and  at  others  not  like  men,  but  like 
statues  and  graven  images,  and  about  them  a  great  number 
on  bended  knees  ;  these  also  appeared  to  us  under  various 
forms,  at  one  time  like  men,  at  another  like  leopards,  and 
sometimes  like  goats,  the  latter  with  horns  bent  down- 
wards, with  which  they  dug  up  the  ground.  We  inter- 
preted these  changes  to  them,  showing  whom  they  repre- 
sented and  what  they  signified.  But  not  to  digress; 
when  the  assembly  heard  that  we  were  entered  into  those 
houses,  they  said  one  to  another,  '  What  have  they  to  do 
with  those  children  ?  Let  us  send  some  of  our  company 
to  turn  them  out.'  They,  moreover,  did  send,  and  when 
they  were  come  they  said  to  us,  1  Why  did  you  enter  into 
10* 


114 


THE  AFOCALYPSE  REVEALED. 


[CM.  XIX. 


these  houses?  Where  do  you  come  from?  We  are 
authorized  to  insist  on  your  immediate  departure  ;'  but 
we  replied,  '  You  have  no  right  to  insist  upon  any  such 
thing;  you  appear,  indeed,  in  your  own  eyes  as  formi- 
dable as  Anakims,  and  those  who  are  here  seem  to  you  as 
helpless  us  children,  but  still  you  have  no  right  or  power 
here,  unless  possibly  by  cunning  arts  you  derive  it  from 
your  three  houses  of  entertainment  here,  which,  neverthe- 
less, are  of  no  avail  to  you  ;  therefore,  tell  your  compan- 
ions that  we  are  sent  hither  from  heaven  to  visit  you,  to 
see  whether  there  is  any  religion  among  you  or  not,  and 
if  not  you  are  to  be  cast  out  of  this  place  ;  wherefore 
propose  to  them  this  question,  which  involves  the  very 
essence  of  the  church  and  consequently  of  religion  ;  How 
do  they  understand  these  words  in  the  Lord's  Prayer? 
'  Our  Father  who  art  in  the  heavens,  hallowed  be  thy 
name,  thy  kingdom  come,  thy  will  be  done  as  in  heaven 
so  on  earth  ;'  on  hearing  which  they  said  at  first,  '  What 
is  this?'  but  afterwards  they  promised  to  propose  the 
question.  So  they  went  and  related  to  their  companions 
all  that  had  passed,  who  replied,  <  To  what  end  and  pur- 
pose is  this  proposition  ?'  But  they  understood  the 
reason  of  it,  in  that  it  was  meant  to  determine  the  nature 
of  their  faith  in  God  the  Father ;  therefore  they  said, 
'  The  meaning  of  the  words  is  plain,  that  men  ought  to 
pray  to  God  the  Father,  and  since  Christ  is  our  Saviour, 
that  we  ought  to  pray  to  God  the  Father  for  the  sake  of 
the  Son  ;'  and  presently  they  determined,  in  a  fit  of  pas- 
sion, to  come  to  us,  and  make  this  declaration  to  our  faces, 
adding,  at  the  same  time,  that  they  would  pull  our  ears. 
They  also  departed  from  that  place,  and  went  into  a  grove 
that  was  near  the  two  houses  where  the  children  were 
with  their  masters,  in  the  middle  of  which  grove  was  a 
piece  of  ground  raised  in  the  form  of  an  amphitheatre,  in- 
to which  they  entered  hand  in  hand,  and  found  us  waiting 
there  for  them  ;  there  were  in  the  place  little  mounds  of 
earth  raised  like  hillocks,  upon  which  they  seated  them- 
selves, for  they  said  to  one  another,  '  We  will  not  stand 
in  their  presence,  but  will  sit  down.'  And  then  one  of 
them,  who  could  assume  the  appearance  of  an  angel  of 


CI1.  XIX.] 


THE  APOCALYPSE  REVEALED. 


115 


light,  and  who  was  commissioned  by  the  rest  to  enter  into 
discourse  with  us,  said, '  You  have  proposed  to  us  to  open 
our  minds  and  explain  to  you,  how  we  understand  the 
first  words  in  the  Loid's  Prayer.  I  must  therefore  in- 
form you,  that,  according  to  our  interpretation,  they 
signify,  that  we  should  pray  to  God  the  Father;  and 
since  Christ  is  our  Saviour,  and  through  his  merit  we  are 
saved,  that,  therefore,  we  should  pray  to  God  the  Father 
by  faith  in  liis  merit.'  Upon  which  we  said  to  them, 
'  We  belong  to  a  society  in  heaven  which  is  called 
Michael,  and  we  are  sent  to  see  and  ascertain,  whether 
you,  who  are  assembled  in  this  place,  have  any  religion 
or  not,  and  this  we  cannot  know  in  any  other  way  than 
by  putting  a  question  to  you  concerning  God  ;  for  the  idea 
of  God  enters  into  every  thing  of  religion,  and  by  it  con- 
junction is  effected,  and  by  conjunction  salvation.  We  in 
heaven  repeat  that  prayer  every  uay,  as  men  do  upon  earth, 
and  then  we  do  not  think  of  God  the  Father,  because  he  is 
invisible,  but  we  think  of  him  in  his  Divine  Humanity,  be- 
cause in  this  he  is  visible  ;  and  he  in  this  humanity  is  called 
by  you  Christ,  but  by  us  Lord,  and  thus  the  Lord  is  our 
Father  in  heaven.  The  Lord  also  taught,  that  he  and  the 
Father  are  one  ;  that  the  Father  is  in  him  and  he  in  the 
Father;  and  that  he  who  sees  him,  sees  the  Father;  also 
that  no  one  comes  to  the  Father  but  by  him  ;  and  likewise 
that  it  is  the  will  of  the  Father,  that  they  should  believe  in 
the  Son,  and  that  he  who  believes  not  in  the  Son,  shall 
not  see  life,  nay  !  that  the  wrath  of  God  abides  on  him  ; 
from  which  considerations  it  is  plain,  that  the  Father  is 
approached  through  him  and  in  him  ;  and  as  this  is  the 
case,  he  also  taught,  that  to  him  all  power  was  given  in 
heaven  and  on  earth.  In  that  prayer,  it  is  said,  '  Hallow- 
ed he  thy  name,  and  thy  kingdom  come,'  and  we  have 
proved  fiom  the  Word,  that  his  Divine  Humanity  is  the 
name  of  the  Father,  and  that  the  kingdom  of  the  Father 
then  comes  when  the  Lord  is  immediately  approached, 
and  not  at  all  when  God  the  Father  is  approached  im- 
mediately ;  therefore  also  the  Lord  commanded  his  disci- 
ples to  preach  the  kingdom  of  God,  and  this  is  the  king- 
dom of  God.    We  moreover  instructed  them  from  the 


116 


THE  APOCALYPSE  REVEALED. 


[CH.  XIX. 


Word,  that  the  Lord  came  into  the  world  to  glorify  his 
humanity,  to  the  end  that  the  angels  of  heaven  and  men 
of  the  church  might  be  united  to  God  the  Father  through 
him  and  in  him,  for  he  taught  that  they  who  believe  in 
him,  are  in  him,  and  he  in  them,  which  is  like  what  the 
church  teaches,  that  they  are  in  the  body  of  Christ.  Fi- 
nally we  informed  them,  that  at  this  day  a  new  church  is 
establishing  by  the  Lord,  which  is  meant  by  the  New 
Jerusalem  in  the  Apocalypse,  in  which  the  Lord  alone  is 
worshiped,  as  he  is  in  heaven  ;  and  that  thus  all  will  be 
accomplished  that  is  contained  in  the  Lord's  Prayer  from 
beginning  to  end.  We  proved  all  that  has  been  advanced 
above  out  of  the  Word  of  the  evangelists,  and  out  of  the 
Word  of  the  prophets,  so  copiously,  that  they  were 
wearied  at  the  mention  of  them. 

"  I.  We  proved,  that  '  Oui  Father  in  heaven,'  is  the 
Lord  Jesus  Christ,  from  the  following  passages:  'For 
unto  us  a  child  is  born,  unto  us  a  Son  is  given  ;  and  his 
name  shall  be  called  Wonderful,  Counsellor,  the  mighty 
God,  the  Everlasting  Father,  the  Prince  of  Peace,' 
Isaiah  ix.  5.  -'Thou,  O  Jehovah,  art  our  Father,  our 
Redeemer,  thy  name  is  from  everlasting,''  Isaiah  Ixiii.  16. 
Jesus  said,  '  He  that  seeth  me,  seeth  him  that  sent  me,1 
John  xii.  45.  '  If  ye  had  known  me,  ye  should  have 
known  my  Father  also,  and  from  henceforth  ye  know 
Mm,  and  have  seen  him,'  John  xiv.  7.  Philip  saith,  Lord, 
show  us  the  Father:  Jesus  saith  unto  him,  He  that  seeth  me, 
seeth  the  Father,  how  sayest  thou  then,  show  us  the  Fa- 
ther?' John  xiv.  8,9.  'Jesus  said,  /  and  the  Father 
are  one,'  John  x.  30.  '  All  things  that  the  Father  hath 
are  mine,'  John  xvi.  15,  xvii.  10.  '  The  Father  is  in 
me,  and  I  in  the  Father,''  John  x.  38,  xiv.  10,  11,  20. 
That  no  one  hath  seen  the  Father,  but  only  the  Son  who 
is  in  the  bosom  of  the  Father,  John  i.  18,  v.  37,  vi.  46. 
Wherefore  he  also  says,  '  That  no  one  cometh  to  the  Fa- 
ther but  through  him,'  John  xiv.  6  ;  and  that  all  access 
to  the  Father  is  through  Jiim,  from  him,  and  in  him, 
John  vi.  57,  xiv.  20,  xv.  4,  5,  6,  xvii.  19,  23. 

"  But  concerning  the  unity  of  God  the  Father,  the  Son, 
and  the  Holy  Spirit,  more  may  be  seen  in  the  Memora- 
ble Relation,  n.  962. 


OH.  XIX.] 


THE  APOCALYPSE  REVEALED. 


117 


"  II.  That  '  Hallowed  be  thy  name  '  means  to  approach 
the  Lord,  and  worship  him,  we  proved  by  these  passages: 
'Who  shall  not  glorify  thy  name,  for  thou  only  art  holy,' 
Apoc.  xv.  4,  speaking  of  the  Lord.  Jesus  said,  '  Father, 
glorify  thy  name ;  then  came  a  voice  from  heaven,  saying, 
I  have  both  glorified  it  and  will  glorify  it  again,'  John  xii. 
28.  The  name  of  the  Father  which  was  glorified  was 
the  Divine  Humanity.  Jesus  said,  'I  am  come  in  the 
name  of  my  Father,'  John  v.  43.  Jesus  said,  '  He  who 
shall  receive  this  child  in  my  name,  receiveth  me,  and  he 
who  rcct  ivcth  me  receiveth  him  that  sent  me,'  Luke  ix. 
48.  '  But  these  are  written  that  ye  might  believe,  that 
Jesus  is  the  Christ,  the  Son  of  God,  and  that  believing  ye 
may  have  life  in  his  name,  John  xx.  31.  '  But  as  many 
as  received  him,  to  them  gave  he  power  to  become  the 
sons  of  God,  even  to  them  that  believe  on  his  name,'  John 
i.  12.  '  And  whatsoever  ye  shall  ask  in  my  name,  that 
uill  I  do,  that  the  Father  may  be  glorified  in  the  Son,' 
John  xiv.  13,  14.  He  who  does  not  believe,  is  now 
judged,  because  he  hath  not  believed  in  the  name  o  f  the 
only  begotten  Son  of  God,  John  iii.  15,  16,  18.  '  Where 
two  or  three  are  gathered  together  in  my  name,  there  am 
I  in  the  midst  of  them,'  Matt,  xviii.  19,  20.  Jesus  com- 
manded his  disciples  to  preach  in  his  name,  Luke  xxiv. 
47  ;  not  to  mention  other  passages  where  the  name  o  f  the 
Lord  occurs,  whereby  is  meant  himself  as  to  his  humanity, 
as  in  Matt.  vii.  22,  x.  22,  xviii.  5,  xix.  29,  xxiv.  9,  10, 
Mark  xi.  10,  xiii.  13,  xvi.  17,  Luke  x.  17,  xix.  38,  xxi.  12, 
17,  John  ii.  23  ;  from  which  it  is  evident  that  the  Father 
is  hallowed  in  the  Son,  and  by  angels  and  men  through 
the  Son,  and  that  this  is  the  meaning  of  hallowed  he  thy 
name,  as  further  appears  in  Johnxvii.  19,  21,22,  23,  26. 

"  III.  That  '  Thy  kingdom  come,'  means,  that  the 
Lord  should  reign,  we  proved  by  these  passages  :  "  The 
law  and  the  prophets  were  until  John,  since  that  time  the 
fdngdom  of  God  is  preached,  Luke  xvi.  16.  John 
preaching  the  good  tidings  of  the  kingdom,  said,  'The 
time  is  fulfilled,  and  the  kingdom  of  God  is  at  hand,' 
Mark  i.  14,  15,  Matt.  iii.  2.  Jesus  himself  preached  the 
good  tidings  of  the  kingdom,  and  that  the  kingdom  of 


118 


THE   APOCALYPSE  REVEALED. 


[CH.  XIX. 


God  was  at  band,  Matt.  iv.  17,  23,  ix.  35.  Jesus  com- 
manded his  disciples  to  preach  and  declare  the  good 
tidings  of  the  kingdom  of  God,  Mark  xvi.  15,  Luke  viii. 
1,  ix.  60  ;  and  in  like  manner  the  seventy  whom  he  sent 
forth,  Luke  x.  9,  11  ;  besides  other  places,  as  in  Matt, 
xi.  5,  xvi.  27,  28,  Mark  viii.  35,  ix.  1,  27,  x.  29,  30,  xi. 
10,  Luke  i.  19,  ii.  10,  11,  iv.  43,  vii.  22,  xvii.  20,  21, 
xxi.  30,  31,  xxii.  18.  The  kingdom  of  God,  or  the 
good  tidings  announced,  was  the  Lord's  kingdom,  and 
thus  the  kingdom  of  the  Father:  that  this  is  the  case  is 
evident  from  the  following  passages  :  1  The  Father  hath 
given  all  things  into  the  hand  of  the  Son,'  John  iii.  35. 
The  Father  hath  given  the  Son  '  poiucr  over  all  flesh,'' 
John  xvii.  2.  '  Ail  things  are  delivered  unto  me  of  my 
Father,'  Matt.  xi.  27.  '  All  power  is  given  unto  me  in 
heaven  and  in  earth,'  Matt,  xxviii.  18.  Also  from  these  : 
'  Jehovah  of  hosts  is  his  name,  and  thy  Redeemer,  the 
holy  One  of  Israel  ;  the  God  of  the  whole  earth  shall  he 
be  called,'  Isaiah  liv.  5.  '  I  saw,  and  behold,  one  like 
the  Son  of  Man  t  And  there  was  given  dominion  and 
glory,  and  a  kingdom,  and  all  people  and  nations  should 
serve  him  :  His  dominion  is  an  everlasting  dominion, 
which  shall  not  pass  away,  and  his  kingdom  is  that  which 
shall  not  be  destroyed,'  Dan.  xiii.  13,  14.  'And  the 
seventh  angel  sounded ;  and  there  were  great  voices  in 
heaven,  saying,  the  kingdoms  of  the  world  are  become 
the  kingdoms  of  our  Lord,  and  of  his  Christ,  and  he  shall 
reign  forever  and  ever,'  Apoc.  xi.  15,  xii.  10;  which 
kingdom  of  the  Lord  the  Apocalypse  treats  of  from  begin- 
ning to  end,  into  winch  all  are  to  come  who  may  belong 
to  the  Lord's  New  Church,  which  is  the  New  Jeru- 
salem. 

"  IV.  'Thy  will  be  done  in  earth  as  it  is  in  heaven,' 
we  proved  by  these  passages:  Jesus  said,  '  This  is  the 
will  of  the  Father,  that  every  one  which  seeth  the  Son, 
and  believeth  on  him,  may  have  everlasting  life,'  John  vi. 
40.  '  For  God  so  loved  the  world,  that  he  gave  his  only- 
begotten  Son,  that  whosoever  believeth  in  him  should  not 
■  perish,  but  have  everlasting  life,'  John  iii.  15,  16.  '  He 
that  believeth  on  the  Son,  hath  everlasting  life  ;  and  he 


CH.  XIX.] 


THE  APOCALYPSE  REVEALED. 


119 


that  believeth  not  the  Son,  shall  not  see  life  ;  but  the 
wrath  of  God  abideth  on  him,'  John  iii.  36  ;  not  to  men- 
tion other  places.  To  believe  in  him,  is  to  approach 
him,  and  to  have  confidence  that  he  will  save,  because  he 
is  the  Saviour  of  the  world.  Besides  it  is  a  known  thing 
in  the  church,  that  the  Lord  Jesus  Christ  reigns  in  heaven  ; 
he  also  said  that  his  kingdom  is  there,  therefore,  when 
the  Lord  reigns  in  like  manner  in  the  church,  then  the 
Father's  will  is  done  in  earth  as  it  is  in  heaven. 

"  Finally,  we  added  :  It  is  affirmed  throughout  the 
whole  christian  world,  that  they  who  are  of  the  church, 
constitute  Christ's  body,  and  are  in  his  body  ;  how  then 
can  a  member  of  the  church  approach  God  the  Father, 
otherwise  than  through  him  in  whose  body  he  is?  else  he 
must  go  cut  of  the  body  to  approach. 

"  Having  heard  these  and  many  other  passages  out  of 
the  Word,  the  Arraageddons  were  anxious  every  now  and 
then  to  interrupt  us,  and  to  adduce  such  as  the  Lord  said 
to  the  Father  in  his  state  of  exinanition,  but  then  their 
tongues  cleaved  to  the  roof  of  their  mouths,  because  they 
were  not  permitted  to  contradict  the  Word.  At  length, 
however,  they  broke  out  and  exclaimed,  1  You  have  spo- 
ken against  the  doctrine  of  our  church,  which  maintains 
that  God  the  Father  should  be  approached  immediately, 
and  that  he  should  be  believed  in,  thus  you  are  guilty  of 
offering  violence  to  our  faith,  wherefore  leave  this  place  at 
once,  or  else  you  shall  be  turned  out;'  and  their  minds 
being  violently  inflamed,  they  were  about  to  proceed  from 
threats  to  compulsion  ;  but  at  that  instant,  by  virtue  of  a 
power  given  us,  we  struck  them  with  blindness,  in  conse- 
quence of  which,  not  seeing  us,  they  rushed  forth  into  the 
plain,  which  was  a  wilderness  ;  and  such  of  them,  as  ap- 
peared to  the  children  who  had  been  looking  from  the 
window,  like  graven  images  and  idols,  before  whom  the 
rest  were  kneeling,  are  the  same  as  appeared  to  you  like 
apes  and  horses." 


120 


THE  APOCALYPSE  REVEALED. 


[CII.  XX. 


CHAPTER  XX. 

1.  And  I  saw  an  angel  cotne  down  from  heavi  n,  having  the 
key  of  the  bottomless  pit,  and  a  great  chain  in  his  hand. 

2.  And  he  laid  hold  on  the  dragon,  that  old  serpent,  which  is 
the  devil  and  Satan,  and  hound  him  a  thousand  years. 

3.  And  cast  him  into  -the  bottomless  pit,  and  shut  him  up,  and 
set  a  seal  upon  him,  that  he  should  deceive  the  nations  no  more, 
till  the  thousand  years  shall  he  finished ;  and  after  that  he  must 
be  loosed  a  little  time. 

4.  And  I  saw  thrones,  and  they  sat  upon  them,  and  judgment 
was  given  unto  them  ;  and  I  saw  the  souls  of  them  that  were  be- 
headed for  the  testimony  of  Jesus,  and  for  the  Word  of  Cod,  and 
who  had  not  worshiped  the  beast,  nor  his  image,  nor  had  received 
his  mark  upon  their  foreheads,  or  in  their  hands:  and  they  lived 
and  reigned  with  Christ  a  thousand  years. 

5.  But  the  rest  of  the  dead  lived  not  again,  until  the  thousand 
years  were  finished.    This  is  the.  first  resurrection. 

G.  Blessed  and  holy  is  he  that  hath  part  in  the  first  resurrec- 
tion ;  on  these  the  second  death  hath  no  power,  but  they  shall  be 
priests  of  God  and  of  Christ,  and  shall  reign  with  him  a  thousand 
years. 

7.  And  when  the  thousand  years  are  finished,  satan  shall  be 
loosed  out  of  his  prison. 

8.  And  shall  go  forth  to  deceive  the  nations  which  are  in  the 
four  corners  of  the  earth,  Gog  and  Magog,  to  gather  them  to- 
gether to  battle  ;  the  number  of  whom  is  as  the  sand  of  the  sea. 

9.  And  they  went  up  on  the  breadth  of  the  earth,  and  com- 
passed the  camp  of  the  saints  about,  and  the  beloved  city  ;  atid 
fire  came  down  from  God  out  of  heaven  and  devoured  them. 

10.  And  the  devil  that  deceived  them  was  cast  into  the  lake  of 
fire  and  brimstone,  where  the  beast  and  the  false  prophet  are ; 
and  shall  be  tormented  day  and  night  for  ever  and  ever. 

11.  And  I  saw  a  great  white  throne,  and  him  that  sat  on  it, 
from  whose  face  the  earth  and  the  heaven  fled  away  ;  and  there 
was  no  place  found  for  them. 

12.  And  I  saw  the  dead,  small  and  great,  stand  before  God; 
and  the  books  were  opened,  and  another  hook  was  opened,  which 
is  the  book  of  life,  and  the  dead  were  judged  out  of  those  things 
which  were  written  in  the  books,  according  to  their  works. 

13.  And  the  sea  gave  up  the  dead  which  were  iu  it,  and  death 
and  hell  gave  up  the  dead  which  were  in  them  ;  and  they  were 
judged  every  one  according  to  their  works. 

14.  And  death  and  hell  were  cast  into  the  lake  of  fire.  This  is 
the  second  death. 

15.  And  whosoever  was  not  found  written  in  the  book  of  life, 
was  cast  into  the  lake  of  fire. 


CM.  XX]  THE   APOCALYPSE  REVEALED. 


131 


THE  SPIRITUAL  SENSE. 

The  contents  of  the  whole  chapter.  Concerning  tlie 
removal  of  tliose  who  are  meant  by  the  dragon,  versos,  1,  2,  'J, 
and  then  concerning  the  ascent  of  those  from  the  lower  earih, 
who  worshiped  the  Lord  and  shunned  evils  as  sins,  verses  4,  5,  t>. 
Judgment  upon  those  in  whose  worship  there  was  no  religion, 
rerses  7.  Bj  -K  The  dainnution  of  the  dragon,  verse  10.  The 
universal  judgment  upou  the  rest,  verses  11 — 15. 

The  contents  ok  each  verse.  "  And  I  saw  an  angel  come 
down  from  heaven,  having  die  key  of  the  hottoinless  pit,  and  a 
great  chain  in  his  hand,''  signifies,  the  Lord's  divine  operation 
upon  lower  principles,  from  his  divine  power  of  shutting  and 
opening,  and  of  binding  and  loosing:  "And  he  laid  hold  on  the 
dragon,  that  old  serpent,  which  is  the  devil,  and  satan,"  signifies, 
that  they  were  withheld  who  are  meant  by  the  dragon,  who  from 
their  thinking  sensually  and  not  spiritually  on  matters  of  faith,  are 
called  the  old  serpent,  and  from  their  being  in  evils  as  to  life,  are 
called  the  devil,  and  from  their  being  in  falses  as  to  doctrine,  are 
called  satan:  "And  bound  him  a  thousand  years,*' signifies,  that 
they  who  are  here  meant  by  the  dragon,  were  withdrawn  and 
separated  from  the  rest  in  the  world  of  spirits,  that  for  a  short 
time  there  might  be  no  communication  with  them:  "And  cast 
him  into  the  bottomless  pit,  aud  shut  him  up,  and  set  a  sea!  upon 
him,  that  he  should  deceive  the  nations  no  more,"  signifies,  that 
the  Lord  entirely  removed  those  w  ho  were  in  faith  alone,  and  put 
a  stop  to  all  communication  between  them  and  others,  lest  they 
should  inspire  into  those  who  were  to  he  taken  up  into  heaven 
any  thing  of  their  heresy  :  "  Till  the  thousand  years  should  be 
finished  ;  ami  after  that  he  must  be  loosed  a  little,"  signifies,  this 
only  a  little  while,  or  for  a  short  time,  until  they  are  taken  up  l>y 
the  Lord  into  heaven  who  were  in  truths  derived  from  good,  after 
which  they  who  are  meant  by  the  dragon,  were  to  be  loosed  for 
a  .short  time,  and  a  communication  opened  between  them  and 
others:  "  And  I  saw  thrones,  and  they  sat  upon  them,  and  judg- 
ment was  given  unto  them,"  signifies,  that  the  truths  of  the  Word, 
according  to  which  all  are  judged,  were  opened,  and  that  then 
they  were  taken  up  from  the  lower  earth,  who  had  been  con- 
cealed by  the  Lord,  that  they  might  uot  be  seduced  by  the  dragon 
and  his  beasts  :  "  And  I  saw  the  souls  of  them  that  were  beheaded 
fir  the  testimony  of  Jesus,  and  for  the  Word  of  God,"  signifies, 
that  they  were  rejected  by  those  who  were  principled  in  falses 
originating  in  self-derived  intelligence,  because  they  worshiped 
the  Lord)  and  lived  according  to  the  truths  of  his  Word  :  "  And 
who  had  not  worshiped  the  lw;ast,  nor  his  image,  nor  had  received 
hie  mark  upon  their  foreheads,  or  in  their  hands,"  signifies,  who 
dul  not  acknowledge  and  receive  the  doctrine  of  faith  alone : 
••  A  ml  they  lived  and  reigned  with  Christ  a  thousand  years,"  sig- 
VOL.  III.  11 


THE  APOCALYPSE  REVEALED. 


[ClI.  XX. 


nines,  who  have  been  already  for  some  time  in  conjunction  with 
the  Lord  and  in  his  kingdom:  "  But  the  rest  of  the  dead  lived  not 
again,  until  the  thousand  years  were  finished,"  signifies,  that  be- 
sides these,  now  spoken  of,  none  were  taken  up  into  heaven,  till 
after  the  dragon  was  loosed,  and  that  such  were  then  proved  and 
explored  as  to  their  quality:  "This  is  the  first  resurrection,"  sig- 
nifies, that  salvation  and  life  eternal  primarily  consist  in  worship- 
ing the  Lord  and  living  according  to  his  commandments  in  the 
Word  :  inasmuch  as  conjunction  is  effected  with  the  Lord  and 
consociation  with  the  angels  of  heaven:  ''Blessed  and  holy  is  lie 
that  hath  part  in  the  first  resurrection,"  signifies,  that  they  who 
go  to  heaven  enjoy  the  felicity  of  life  eternal,  and  illustration,  in 
consequence  of  conjunction  with  the  Lord  :  "  On  these  the  second 
death  hath  no  power,"  signifies,  that  they  are  not  damned  :  "But 
they  shall  be  priests  of  God  and  of  Christ,"  signifies,  because  they 
are  kept  by  the  Lord  in  the  good  of  love  and  thence  in  the  truths 
of  wisdom  :  "  And  shall  reign  with  him  a  thousand  years,"  signi- 
fies, that  they  were  already  in  heaven,  when  the  rest,  who  had  not 
revived,  that  is  as  yet  received  heavenly  life,  were  in  the  world  of 
spirits:  "And  when  the  thousand  years  are  finished,  salan  shall 
be  loosed  out  of  his  prison,"  signifies,  that  after  they  who  had 
before  been  concealed  and  preserved  in  the  lower  earth,  were 
taken  up  by  the  Lord  into  heaven,  and  the  new  heaven  increased 
by  their  numbers,  all  those  who  had  confirmed  themselves  in 
falses  of  faith,  were  to  be  let  loose:  "And  shall  go  forth  to  de- 
ceive the  nations,  which  are  in  the  four  corners  of  the  earth,  Gog 
and  Magog,  to  gather  them  together  to  battle,"  signifies,  that  they 
who  are  here  meant  by  the  dragon,  would  draw  to  their  party  all 
those  who  were  from  the  earths  throughout  the  universal  world 
of  spirits,  and  lived  there  only  in  external  natural  worship  and  in 
no  internal  spiritual  worship,  and  would  stir  them  up  against 
those  who  worshiped  the  Lord,  and  lived  according  to  his  com- 
mandments in  the  Word  :  "The  numher  of  whom  is  as  the  sand 
of  the  sea,"  signifies,  the  multitude  of  such  :  "  And  they  went  up 
on  the  breadth  of  the  earth,  and  compassed  the  camp  of  the  saints 
about,  and  the  beloved  city,"  signifies,  that  being  stirred  up  by  the 
dragonists,  they  held  in  contempt  every  truth  of  the  church,  and 
endeavored  to  destroy  all  things  of  the  New  Church,  and  even  its 
doctrine  concerning  the  Lord  and  concerning  life:  "And  fire 
came  down  from  God  out  of  heaven  and  devoured  them,"  signi- 
fies, that  they  were  destroyed  by  the  concupiscences  of  infernal 
love:  "And  the  devil  that  deceived  them,  was  cast  into  the  lake 
of  fire  and  brimstone,  where  the  beast  and  the  false  prophet  are, 
and  shall  be  tormented  day  and  night  for  ever  and  ever,"  signifies, 
that  they  who  were  in  evils  as  to  life,  and  in  falses  as  to  doctrine, 
were  cast  into  hell:  "And  I  saw  a  great  white  throne,  and  him 
that  sat  on  it,  from  whose  face  the  earth  and  the  heaven  fled  away. 
And  there  was  no  place  found  for  them,"  signifies,  the  univer- 
sal judgment  executed  by  the  Lord  upon  all  the  former  heav- 
ens that  were  occupied  by  such  as  were  in  civil  and  moral  good, 


CH.  XX.] 


THE  APOCALYPSE  REVEALED. 


but  in  no  spiritual  pood,  tlms  who  resembled  Christiana  in  rxter- 
uals,  but  in  internals  were  devils,  which  heavens,  with  tlieir  earth, 
were  totally  dissolved,  so  that  nothing  of  them  appeared  any  more : 
"  And  I  saw  the  dead,  small  and  great, stand  before  God,"  signifies, 
all  who  had  died  from  the  earth,  and  were  now  among  those  who 
were  in  the  world  of  spirits,  of  whatever  condition  and  quality, 
assembled  by  the  Lord  for  judgment:  "And  the  hooks  were 
opened  ;  and  another  book  was  opened,  which  is  the  book  of  life," 
signifies,  that  the  interiors  of  the  minds  of  them  all  were  laid  open, 
and  by  the  influx  of  light  and  heat  from  heaven,  their  quality  was 
seen  and  perceived,  as  to  the  affections  which  are  of  the  love  or 
will,  and  thence  as  to  the  thoughts  which  are  of  faith  or  under- 
standing, as  well  the  wicked  as  the  good:  "And  the  dead  were 
judged  out  of  those  things  which  were  written  in  the  books,  ac- 
cording to  their  works,"  signifies,  that  all  were  judged  according 
to  their  internal  life  in  externals :  "  And  the  sea  gave  up  the  dead 
which  were  in  it,"  siguifies,  the  external  and  natural  men  of  the 
church  called  to  judgment:  "Ami  death  and  hell  gave  up  the 
dead  which  were  in  tliem,"  signifies,  the  men  of  the  church  who 
were  impious  at  heart,  and  who  in  themselves  were  devils  and 
satans,  called  to  judgment:  "And  they  were  judged  every  one 
according  to  their  works,"  signifies,  here  as  before  :  "  And  death 
and  hell  were  cast  into  the  lake  of  fire,"  signifies,  that  the  impious 
at  heart,  who  in  themselves  were  devils  and  satans,  anil  yet  seemed 
in  externals  like  men  of  the  church,  were  cast  into  hell  among 
those  who  were  in  the  love  of  evil  and  thence  in  the  love  of  falsity 
agreeing  with  evil:  "This  is  the  second  death,"  signifies,  that 
with  these  there  is  damnation  itself:  "And  whosoever  was  not 
found  written  in  the  book  of  life,  was  cast  into  the  lake  of  fire," 
signifies,  that  they  who  did  not  live  according  to  the  Lord's  com- 
mandments in  the  Word,  and  did  not  believe  in  the  Lord,  were 
condemned. 


THE  EXPLANATION. 


840.  "And  1  saw  an  angel  come  down  from  heaven, 
having  the  key  of  the  bottomless  pit,  and  a  great  chain  in 
his  hand,"  signifies,  the  Lord's  divine  operation  upon 
lower  principles,  from  his  divine  power  of  shutting  and 
opening,  and  of  binding  and  loosing.  By  an  angel  coming 
down  from  heaven,  is  meant  the  Lord,  see  n.  5, 170,  314, 
465,  657,  713;  also  the  Lord's  operation,  n.  415,  631, 
633,  619  ;  in  the  present  case  on  lower  principles,  because 
it  is  said  coming  down  ;  by  having  the  key  of  the  bottom- 
Jess  pit,  is  signified  the  divine  power  of  opening  and  shut- 


1-24 


THE  APOCALYPSE  REVEALED. 


[CH.  XX. 


ting  hell,  see  n.  62,  174 ;  and  by  having  a  great  chain  in 
his  hand,  is  signified  the  endeavor  and  consequent  act  of 
binding  and  loosing  :  hence  it  follows  that  there  was  not 
any  key  in  the  Lord's  hand,  nor  yet  a  chain,  but  its  ap- 
pearing so  to  John  was  representative  of  the  Lord's  divine 
power;  the  opening  and  shutting  of  hell  is  also  treated  of 
two  or  three  times  in  this  chapter. 

841.  "  And  he  laid  hold  on  the  dragon,  that  old  ser- 
pent, which  is  the  devil  and  satan,"  signifies,  that  they 
were  withheld  who  were  meant  by  the  dragon,  who,  from 
their  thinking  sensually  and  not  spiritually  on  matters  of 
faith,  are  called  the  old  serpent,  and  from  their  being  in 
evils  as  to  life,  are  called  the  devil,  and  from  their  being 
in  falses  as  to  doctrine,  are  called  satan.  Who  they  are 
who  are  meant  by  the  dragon,  may  be  seen  above,  n. 
537  ;  the  reason  why  both  there  and  in  this  passage  he  is 
called  the  old  serpent,  the  devil,  and  satan,  is  because  a 
serpent  signifies  those  who  think  sensually  and  not  spirit- 
ually, n.  455,  550  ;  the  devil,  signifies  those  who  are  in 
evils  as  to  life;  and  satan  those  who  are  in  falses  as  to 
doctrine,  n.  97,  550.  For  all  such  as  do  not  approach 
the  Lord  immediately,  think  sensually  of  things  relating 
to  the  church,  and  cannot  think  spiritually,  for  the  Lord 
is  light  itself,  n.  796,  799;  wherefore  they  who  do  not 
immediately  approach  the  Lord,  cannot  think  from  spir- 
itual light,  which  is  the  light  of  heaven,  but  from  natural 
light  separated  from  spiritual  light,  which  is  to  think  sen- 
sually ;  hence  it  is  that  they  are  called  the  old  serpent. 
They  who  do  not  immediately  approach  the  Lord,  nor 
shun  evils  as  sins,  continue  in  their  sins,  for  which  reason 
the  dragon  is  called  the  devil;  and  since  the  same  are  in 
fdlses  as  to  doctrine,  therefore  the  dragon  is  called  satan. 

842.  And  bound  him  a  thousand  years,"  signifies, 
that  they  who  are  here  meant  hy  the  dragon,  were  with- 
drawn and  separated  from  the  rest  in  the  world  of  spirits, 
that  for  a  short  time,  there  might  be  no.  communication 
with  them.  That  by  binding  is  here  signified  to  with- 
draw and  separate  from  the  rest  in  the  world  of  spirits,  in 
order  to  prevent  communication,  will  be  seen  in  the  next 
article.    The  reason  why  by  a  thousand  yeais  are  not 


CI1.  XX] 


THE  APOCALYPSE  REVEALED. 


125 


meant  a  thousand  years,  but  a  little  while  or  a  short  space 
ol  time,  is,  because  a  thousand,  without  other  numbers 
added  to  it,  in  the  spiritual  world,  has  that  signification  ; 
he  who  thinks  that  a  thousand  years  signify  a  thousand 
years,  is  not  aware  that  all  numbers  in  the  Word  signify 
things,  and  thus  may  be  mistaken,  especially  in  the 
Apocalypse,  with  respect  to  the  sense  of  those  passages 
in  which  numbers  occur,  as  where  the  numbers  5,  7,  10, 
12,  144,  666,  1200,  1600,  12000,  144000,  and  many 
others  occur  ;  in  which  latter  numbers  a  thousand  only 
signifies  a  certain  adjunct,  and  when  the  word  thousand  is 
used  to  point  out  times,  it  signifies  a  little  more ;  but 
when  it  is  used  by  itself,  as  in  the  present  instance,  it 
signifies  a  little  while  or  for  a  short  time  ;  that  this  is  the 
case,  I  have  been  informed  from  heaven,  where,  in  the 
Word  which  is  there,  not  any  number  occurs,  but  instead 
of  a  number,  the  thing  signified,  and  instead  of  a  thousand 
a  little  while ;  they  are  surprised  there,  that,  when  the 
men  of  the  church  have  seen  in  the  Apocalypse  so  many 
numbers,  which  cannot  but  signify  things,  they  should 
still  adhere  to  the  conjectures  of  the  Millenarians,  by  w  hich 
their  minds  are  impressed  with  vain  ideas  concerning  the 
last  state  of  the  church. 

843.  "  And  cast  him  into  the  bottomless  pit,  and  shut 
him  up,  and  set  a  seal  upon  him,  that  he  should  deceive 
the  nations  no  more,"  signifies,  that  the  Lord  entirely  re- 
moved those  who  were  in  faith  alone,  and  put  a  stop  to 
all  communication  between  them  and  others,  lest  they 
should  inspire  into  those  who  were  to  be  taken  up  into 
heaven,  any  thing  of  their  heresy.  By  the  dragon  are 
here  meant  those  who  are  in  falses  of  faith,  as  above,  n. 
842.  It  is  said  of  the  dragon  that  he  was  taken,  bound, 
cast  into  the  bottomless  pit,  shut  up,  and  a  seal  set  upon 
him,  whereby  is  signified,  that  he  was  entirely  removed, 
and  that  all  communication  was  cut  off  between  him  and 
others  ;  by  his  being  taken  or  apprehended,  is  signified, 
that  they  who  are  meant  by  him  were  collected  and  re- 
tained ;  by  his  being  bound,  is  signified,  that  they  were 
withdrawn  and  separated  from  the  rest ;  by  his  being  cast 
into  the  bottomless  pit,  is  signified,  that  they  were  let 
11* 


HO 


THE   APOCALYPSE  REVEALED. 


[CH.  XX- 


down  towards  hell ;  by  his  being  shut  up,  is  signified,  that 
they  were  entirely  removed  :  by  a  seal  being  set  upon 
him,  is  signified,  that-  all  communication  with  others  was 
entirely  cut  off.  The  reason  why  the  dragon  was  entirely 
removed  for  a  time,  was,  that  they  might  be  taken  up 
from  the  lower  earth,  who  had  been  concealed  by  the 
Lord,  and  who  are  treated  of  in  verses  4,  5,  6,  lest  when 
they  were  so  taken  up,  they  should  be  seduced  by  the 
dragonists,  therefore  it  is  also  said,  that  he  might  not  de- 
ceive the  nations  any  more,  by  which  is  signified  that  he 
might  not  infuse  into  them  any  thing  of  his  heresy.  The 
reason  why  this  was  done  in  the  world  of  spirits,  which  is 
in  the  midst  between  heaven  and  hell,  is,  because  there 
the  wicked  have  communication  with  the  good,  and  the 
good  are  prepared  in  that  world  for  heaven,  and  the  wick- 
ed for  hell,  and  there  the  good  are  proved  by  having  some 
intercourse  with  the  wicked,  and  explored  and  tried  as  to 
their  quality  and  constancy.  By  the  nations,  which  they 
were  to  be  prevented  from  deceiving,  are  meant  the  good  ; 
that  by  nations  are  meant  they  who  are  good  as  to  life, 
and,  in  an  opposite  sense,  they  who  are  wicked,  may  be 
seen  above,  n.  483.  From  these  considerations  it  may 
appear,  that  by  he  cast  him  into  the  bottomless  pit,  and 
shut  him  up,  and  set  a  seal  upon  him,  is  signified,  that  the 
Lord  entirely  removed  those  who  were  in  the  falses  cf 
faith,  and  cut  off  all  communication  between  them  and  the 
rest,  lest  they  should  infuse  any  thing  of  their  heresy  into 
those  who  were  to  be  elevated  into  heaven. 

844.  "  Till  a  thousand  years  should  be  finished,  and 
after  that  he  must  be  loosed  a  little,"  signifies,  this  only 
for  a  little  while,  or  for  a  short  time,  until  they  are  taken 
up  by  the  Lord  into  heaven  who  were  in  truths  derived 
from  good,  after  which  they  who  are  meant  by  the  dra- 
gon, were  to  be  loosed  for  a  short  time,  and  a  commu- 
nication opened  between  them  and  others.  The  reason 
why  till  a  thousand  years  should  be  fulfilled,  signifies,  a 
little  while  or  for  a  short  time,  is,  because  by  a  thousand 
years,  are  not  signified  a  thousand  years,  but  a  little  while 
and  a  short  time,  as  above,  n.  842 :  he  must  be  loosed  a 
little,  signifies,  that  after  that  they  who  are  meant  by  the 


CII.  XX.] 


THE  APOCALYPSE  REVEALED. 


1-27 


dragon,  as  above,  are  to  be  released  from  their  confine- 
ment, and  that  then  a  communication  is  to  be  opened  be- 
tween them  and  others;  that  this  is  what  is  signified,  is 
evident  from  what  has  been  said  above,  consequently  from 
the  series  of  things,  and  from  their  connexion  with  what 
follows,  in  a  spiritual  sense  ;  what  now  follows  from  verses 
4 — 6  treats  of  those  who  were  taken  up  by  the  Lord 
into  heaven,  on  whose  account  the  dragon  was  removed 
and  shut  up. 

845.  "  And  I  saw  thrones,  and  they  sat  upon  them, 
and  judgment  was  given  unto  them,"  signifies,  that 
the  truths  of  the  Word,  according  to  which  all  are  judged, 
were  opened,  and  that  then  they  were  taken  up  from  the 
lower  earth,  who  had  been  concealed  by  the  Lord,  that 
they  might  not  be  seduced  by  the  dragon  and  his  beasts. 
The  reason  why  this  is  the  signification  of  these  woids,  is, 
because  by  the  thrones  upon  which  they  sat,  are  not  sig- 
nified thrones,  but  judgment  according  to  the  truths  of  the 
Word  ;  that  by  the  thrones  seen  in  heaven,  is  represented 
judgment,  may  be  seen  above,  n.  229  ;  that  nothing  else 
is  signified  by  the  thrones,  upon  which  the  four-and-twenty 
elders  sat,  and  upon  which  the  twelve  apostles  are  to  sit, 
and  that  all  men  are  judged  according  to  the  truths  of  the 
Word,  may  also  be  seen  above,  n.  233  ;  from  which  it  is 
plain,  that  by  judgment  was  given  unto  them,  is  signified 
that  judgment  was  given  unto  the  truths  of  the  Word; 
The  reason  w  hy  they  are  meant  who  were  taken  up  by 
the  Lord  from  the  lower  earth  into  heaven,  and  who  in 
the  meanwhile  had  been  concealed  there  that  they  might 
not  be  seduced  by  the  dragon  and  his  beasts,  is,  because 
this  is  said  of  the  souls  which  had  been  beheaded,  and  of 
the  dead,  afterwards  mentioned,  not  that  they  were  dead 
to  themselves,  but  to  others.  The  place  where  they 
were  concealed  is  called  the  lower  earth,  which  is  next 
above  hell,  under  the  world  of  spirits,  and  there,  by  com- 
munication with  heaven  and  by  conjunction  with  the  Lord, 
they  are  in  safety  ;  there  are  many  places  of  this  kind, 
and  there  they  live  cheerfully  with  one  another,  and  wor- 
ship the  Lord,  knowing  nothing  about  hell ;  they  w  ho  are 
there  are  at  times  elevated  by  the  Lord,  after  a  last  judg- 


128 


THE  APOCALYPSE  REVEALED. 


[CH.  XX. 


ment,  into  heaven,  and  when  they  are  elevated,  those  who 
are  meant  by  the  dragon  are  removed  ;  it  has  frequently 
been  permitted  me  to  see  them  taken  up  and  consoeiated 
with  the  angels  in  heaven;  this  is  what  is  meant  in  the 
Word  by  the  graves  being  opened,  and  the  dead  rising 
again. 

846.  "  And  I  saw  the  souls  of  them  that  were  behead- 
ed for  the  testimony  of  Jesus  and  for  the  Word  of  God," 
signifies,  that  they  were  rejected  by  those  who  are  prin- 
cipled in  falses  from  self-derived  intelligence,  because  they 
worshiped  the  Lord,  and  lived  according  to  the  truths  of 
his  Word.  By  the  souls  of  them  that  were  beheaded, 
or,  smitten  with  the  axe,  for  the  testimony  of  Jesus  and 
for  the  Word  of  God,  are  meant  men  after  death,  who  are 
then  called  spirits,  or  men  clothed  with  a  spiritual  body, 
who  were  concealed  by  the  Lord  in  the  lower  earth,  un- 
til the  wicked  were  removed  by  the  last  judgment ;  they 
are  said  to  be  beheaded,  because  they  were  rejected  by 
those  who  were  in  falses  from  self-derived  intelligence,  all 
of  whom  are  such  as  are  in  evils  and  thence  in  falses,  or 
ill  falses  and  thence  in  evils,  and  yet  are  as  to  externals 
in  divine  worship  :  that  this  kind  of  falsity  is  signified  by 
an  axe,  will  be  seen  in  the  next  article.  By  the  testimo- 
ny of  Jesus  and  the  Word  of  God,  is  signified  the  acknow- 
ledgment of  the  Lord's  divinity  in  his  humanity,  like  as 
by  these  passages  occurring  above  :  John  "  bare  record  of 
the  Word  of  God  and  of  the  testimony  of  Jesus  Christ," 
Apoc.  i.  2.  Michael  and  his  angels  "  overcame  the  (dra- 
gon) by  the  blood  of  the  Lamb  and  by  the  Word  of  their 
testimony"  xii.  11.  "The  dragon  went  to  make  war 
with  the  remnant  of  her  seed,  which  keep  the  command- 
ments of  God,  and  have  the  testimony  of  Jesus  Christ," 
xii.  17.  "1  am  a  fellow-servant  of  thy  brethren  which 
have  the  testimony  of  Jesus  Christ,"  xii.  17.  "  I  am 
thy  fellow-servant  and  of  thy  brethren  that  have  the  tes- 
timony of  Jesus  :  for  the  testimony  of  Jesus  is  the  spirit 
of  prophecy,"  xix.  10.  That  by  these  passages,  the  ac- 
knowledgment of  the  divinity  of  the  Lord  in  his  humanity, 
•and  a  life  according  to  the  truths  of  his  Word,  and  in  par- 
ticular according  to  the  commandments  of  the  decalogue, 


CH.  XX.] 


THE  APOCALYPSE  REVEALED. 


129 


is  understood,  may  be  seen  in  the  explanations  given 
above ;  these  souls  are  the  same  as  are  spoken  of  in  the 
former  part  of  this  book  :  "  I  saw  under  the  altar  the  souls 
of  them  that  were  slain  for  the  Word  of  God  and  for  the 
testimony  which  they  held;  and  they  cried  with  a  loud 
voice,  saying,  How  long,  O  Lord,  holy  and  true,  dost 
thou  not  judge  and  avenge  our  blood  on  them  that  dwell 
on  the  earth  ?  And  white  robes  were  given  unto  every 
one  of  them,  and  it  was  said  unto  them,  that  they  should 
rest  yet  for  a  little  season,  until  their  fellow -servants  also 
and  their  brethren,  that  should  be  killed  as  they  were, 
should  be  fulfilled,"  vi.  9,  10,  11  ;  the  explanation  of 
which  is  given  from  n.  325 — 329. 

847.  In  many  parts  of  the  Word  mention  is  made  of 
people  being  slain,  thrust  through,  and  dead,  and  yet  it  is 
not  meant  that  they  were  slain,  pierced,  and  dead,  but 
that  they  were  rejected  by  those  who  were  in  evils  and 
falses,  see  n.  59,  325,  589  ;  the  like  is  signified  by  the  dead 
in  the  following  verse,  where  it  is  said,  that  "  the  rest  of 
the  dead  lived  not  again,  until  the  thousand  years  were 
finished,"  from  which  considerations  it  is  plain,  that  by 
those  who  are  said  to  have  been  beheaded  or  smitten  with 
the  axe,  are  signified  such  as  were  rejected  by  those  who 
were  in  falses  proceeding  from  self-derived  intelligence. 
That  by  an  axe  is  signified  falsity  from  self-derived  intel- 
ligence, appears  from  the  following  passages  :  "  For  the 
customs  of  the  people  are  vanity  :  for  one  cutteth  a  tree 
out  of  the  forest,  the  work  of  the  hands  of  the  workmen, 
with  the  axe"  Jerem.  x.  3.  The  voice  (of  Egypt)  shall 
go  like  a  serpent:  for  they  shall  march  with  an  army  and 
come  against  her  with  axes,  as  hewers  of  wood,"  Jerem. 
xlvi.  22.  "  A  man  was  famous  according  as  he  had 
lifted  up  axes  against  the  thick  trees.  But  now  they 
break  dawn  the  carved  work  thereof  at  once  with  axes 
and  hammers.  They  have  cast  fire  into  thy  sanctuary, 
they  have  defiled  the  dwelling-place  of  thy  name,"  Psalm 
Ixxiv.  5,  6,  7.  "  When  thou  shalt  besiege  a  city,  thou 
shalt  not  destroy  the  trees  thereof  by  forcing  an  axe 
against  them,"  Deut.  xx.  19;  by  an  axe,  in  these  pas- 
sages, is  signified  falsity  from  self-derived  intelligence  ;  the 


130 


THE  APOCALYPSE  REVEALED. 


[CM.  XX. 


reason  is,  because  iron  signifies  truth  in  ultimates,  which 
is  called  sensual  truth,  which,  when  separated  from  ra- 
tional and  spiritual  truth,  is  turned  into  falsity  ;  the  reason 
why  it  means  falsity  from  self-derived  intelligence,  is,  be- 
cause what  is  sensual  is  in  man's  proprium,  see  n.  424. 
On  account  of  this  signification  of  iron  and  of  an  axe,  it 
was  commanded,  that  if  an  altar  was  built  of  stone,  it 
should  be  built  of  hewn  stone,  and  that  iron  should  not  be 
lifted  up  upon  the  stones,  lest  it  be  profaned,  Exod.  xx. 
25,  Deut.  xxvii.  5  ;  so  therefore  of  the  temple  of  Jerusa- 
lem it  is  said,  "  And  the  house  was  built  of  stone,  made 
ready  before  it  was  brought  thither  :  so  that  there  were 
neither  hammer  nor  axe,  nor  any  tool  of  iron  heard  in  the 
house  while  it  was  building,"  1  Kings  vi.  7  ;  and,  on  the 
contrary,  when  graven  images  are  treated  of,  by  which  is 
signified  falsity  from  self-derived  intelligence,  it  is  said, 
that  he  maketh  it  with  iron,  with  tongs,  or  with,  the  (ue 
and  hammers,  Isaiah  xliv.  12.  That  falsity  from  self- 
derived  intelligence  is  signified  by  a  graven  image  and 
idol,  may  be  seen  above,  n.  459. 

848.  "And  who  had  not  worshiped  the  beast,  nor 
his  image,  nor  had  received  his  mark  upon  their  fore- 
head, or  in  their  hands,"  signifies,  who  did  not  acknow- 
ledge and  receive  the  doctrine  of  faith  alone,  as  is  evident 
from  the  explanation  above,  n.  634,  where  the  like  words 
occur. 

849.  u  And  they  lived  and  reigned  with  Christ  a 
thousand  years,"  signifies,  who  have  been  already  for 
some  time  in  conjunction  with  the  Lord  and  in  his  king- 
dom. Who  lived  with  Christ,  signifies,  who  were  in  con- 
junction with  the  Lord,  because  these  do  live ;  who 
reigned  with  Christ,  signifies,  who  were  in  his  kingdom, 
as  will  be  seen  presently  ;  that  by  a  thousand  years  is 
signified  a  little  while,  may  be  seen  above,  n.  842;  this 
is  said  of  those  who  during  their  life  in  the  world  worship- 
ed the  Lord,  and  lived  according  to  his  commandments 
in  the  Word,  and  after  death  were  preserved  and  guard- 
ed, that  they  might  not  be  seduced  by  the  dragonists, 
consequently  who  had  been  already  for  some  time  in  con- 
junction with  the  Lord,  and  consociated  as  to  their  inte- 


CU   XX.]  THE  APOCALYPSE  REVEALED.  J3| 

riois  with  the  angels  of  heaven.  That  to  reign  with  the 
Lord  does  not  mean  to  reign  with  him,  but  to  be  in  his 
kingdom  by  conjunction  with  him,  may  be  seen  above,  n. 
284  ;  for  the  Lord  alone  reigns,  and  every  one  in  heaven, 
who  is  in  any  function,  does  his  duty  in  the  society  to 
which  he  belongs,  as  in  the  world,  but  this  under  the 
auspices  of  the  Lord  ;  they  act  indeed  as  from  them- 
selves, but  inasmuch  as  they  regard  uses  in  the  first 
place,  they  act  from  the  Lord,  from  whom  all  use  exists. 

850.  "  But  the  rest  of  the  dead  lived  not  again  until 
the  thousand  years  were  finished,"  signifies,  that,  besides 
these  now  spoken  of,  none  were  taken  up  into  heaven,  till 
after  the  dragon  was  loosed,  when  their  quality  was  proved 
and  explored.  By  the  rest  of  the  dead  are  signified  they 
who  are  also  rejected  by  those  who  are  in  faith  alone,  be- 
cause they  worshiped  the  Lord,  and  lived  according  to  his 
commandments,  but  whose  quality  was  not  yet  proved 
and  explored  ;  that  by  the  dead,  in  this  passage,  these  are 
signified,  may  be  seen  above,  n.  847  ;  for  all,  after  their 
departure  out  of  the  world,  come  first  into  the  world  of 
spirits,  which  is  in  the  midst  between  heaven  and  hell, 
and  are  there  proved  and  explored,  and  thus  prepared, 
the  wicked  for  hell,  and  the  good  for  heaven  ;  it  is  said 
of  these  that  they  lived  not  again,  that  is,  they  were 
not  yet  so  much  in  conjunction  with  the  Lord,  and  in 
consociation  with  the  angels  of  heaven,  as  the  former. 
That  afterwards  also  many  were  saved,  appears  from 
verses  12  and  15  of  this  chapter,  where  it  is  said  that 
the  book  of  life  also  was  opened,  and  if  any  one  was  not 
found  written  in  the  book  of  life,  he  was  cast  into  the  lake 
of  fire. 

851.  "This  is  the  first  resurrection,"  signifies,  that 
salvation  and  life  eternal  primarily  consist  in  worshiping 
the  Lord,  and  living  according  to  his  commandments  in 
the  Word,  because  thereby  conjunction  is  effected  with 
the  Lord  and  consociation  with  the  angels  of  heaven. 
The  reason  why  all  this  is  signified  by  "  This  is  the  first 
resurrection,"  is,  because  it  follows  as  a  conclusion  from 
the  premises,  and  therefore  involves  them  ;  the  premises, 
which  these  words  involve,  are  contained  in  verse  4,  and 


132 


THE    APOCALYPSE  REVEALED. 


[OH.  XX. 


partly  also  in  verse  5 ;  in  verse  4  they  are  as  follows : 
He  "  saw  the  souls  of  them  that  were  beheaded  for  the 
testimony  of  Jesus  and  for  the  Word  of  God,  and  which 
had  not  worshiped  the  beast  nor  his  image,  nor  had  re- 
ceived his  mark  upon  their  foreheads,  nor  in  their  hands  ; 
and  they  lived  and  reigned  with  Christ  ;"  that  by  the 
souls  of  them  that  were  beheaded  for  the  testimony  of 
Jesus  and  for  the  Word  of  God,  are  signified  such  as  were 
rejected  by  those  who  are  in  falsities  from  self-derived  in- 
telligence, because  they  worshiped  the  Lord,  and  lived 
according  to  his  commandments  in  the  Word,  may  be 
seen  above,  n.  S4G,  847  ;  that  by  their  not  worshiping 
the  beast  nor  his  image,  neither  receiving  his  mark  upon 
their  forehead  and  in  their  bands,  is  signified  that  they 
rejected  the  heresy  of  faith  alone,  may  be  seen  above,  n. 
848  ;  and  that  by  their  living  and  reigning  with  Christ  a 
thousand  years,  is  signified  that  they  are  in  conjunction 
with  the  Lord  and  in  consociation  with  the  angels  of 
heaven,  may  be  seen  above,  n.  849  ;  these  things,  there- 
fore, are  what  are  involved  in  these  words,  "  This  is  the 
first  resurrection  :"  by  resurrection  is  signified  salvation 
and  life  eternal,  and  by  the  first  is  not  to  be  understood 
the  first  resurrection,  but  the  very  and  primary  resurrec- 
tion, thus  salvation  and  life  eternal  ;  for  there  is  only  one 
resurrection  to  life,  a  second  is  not  given  ;  therefore  a 
second  resurrection  is  nowhere  mentioned  ;  for  they  who 
are  once  conjoined  with  the  Lord,  are  conjoined  with  him 
for  ever;  and  this  in  heaven,  for  the  Lord  says,''  I  am 
the  resurrection  and  the  life ;  he  that  believed)  in  me, 
though  he  were  dead  yet  shall  he  live.  And  whosoever 
liveth  and  believeth  in  me  shall  never  die,"  John  xi.  25, 
26.  That  this  is  what  is  meant  by  the  first  resurrection, 
appears  also  from  the  following  verse. 

852.  "  Blessed  and  holy  is  he  that  hath  part  in  the 
first  resurrection,"  signifies,  that  they  who  go  to  heaven, 
enjoy  the  felicity  of  life  eternal,  and  illustration  in  conse- 
quence of  conjunction  with  the  Lord.  He  is  called 
blessed  whoenjoys  the  felicity  of  life  eternal,  n.  639  ;  and 
be  is  called  holy  who  enjoys  illustration  in  divine  truths 
by  conjunction  with  the  Lord,  for  the  Lord  alone  is  holy  ; 


CH.  XX.] 


THE  APOCALYPSE  REVEALED. 


133 


ami  the  divinity  proceeding  from  him,  from  which  there 
is  illustration,  is  what  is  called  the  Holy  Spirit,  n.  173, 
586,  666  ;  by  the  6ist  resunection,  is  signified  elevation 
into  heaven  by  the  Lord,  and  of  course  salvation,  as 
above,  n.  851.  Hence  it  is  evident,  that  by  "  Blessed 
and  holy  is  he  who  hath  part  in  the  first  resurrection," 
is  signified,  that  they  who  go  to  heaven  enjoy  the  felicity 
of  life  eternal,  and  illustration  by  conjunction  with  the 
Lord. 

853i  "  On  these  the  second  death  hath  no  power," 
signifies,  that  they  are  not  damned.  By  the  second  death 
nothing  else  is  signified  but  spiritual  death,  which  is  dam- 
nation ;  for  the  first  death  is  natural  death,  which  is  the 
death  of  the  body,  but  the  second  death  is  spiritual  death, 
which  is  the  death  of  the  soul,  and  that  this  is  damnation 
is  well  known  ;  and  since  the  second  death  is  damnation, 
and  the  first  death  is  the  decease  of  the  body  ;  and  inasmuch 
as  this  death  is  not  spiritual,  therefore  the  first  death  is  no- 
where mentioned  in  the  Apocalypse,  but  the  second  death 
spoken  of  again  in  this  chapter,  verse  14;  also  in  xxi.  8, 
and  likewise  before,  ii.  11.  He  who  does  not  observe 
this,  may  readily  believe  that  there  are  two  spiritual 
deaths,  from  the  circumstance  of  a  second  death  being 
mentioned,  when,  nevertheless,  there  is  only  one  spiritual 
death,  which  is  here  meant  by  the  second  death  ;  and  in 
like  manner  that  there  are  two  resurrections,  from  the 
circumstance  of  a  first  resurrection  being  spoken  of, 
when  yet  there  is  only  one  resurrection,  wherefore  neither 
is  there  any  second  resurrection  mentioned,  see  above,  n. 
851.  Hence  it  is  evident  that  by  these  words  "  On  such 
the  second  death  hath  no  power,"  is  signified,  that  they 
are  not  damned. 

854.  "  But  they  shall  be  priests  of  God  and  of  Christ," 
signifies,  because  they  are  kept  by  the  Lord  in  the  good 
of  love  and  thence  in  the  truths  of  wisdom.  By  priests 
in  the  Word  are  meant  they  who  are  in  the  good  of  love, 
and  by  kings  they  who  are  in  the  truths  of  wisdom  ; 
wherefore  it  is  said  above,  Jesus  Christ  "  hath  made  us 
kings  and  priests,"  Apoc.  i.  6  ;  and  likewise,  The  Lamb 
hath  made  us  kings  and  priests,  that  we  may  reign  over 
vol. in.  12 


134 


THE  APOCALYPSE  REVEALED. 


rcii.  xx. 


the  earth,  v.  10  ;  and  it  may  be  clearly  seen,  that  the 
Lord  will  not  make  men  kings  and  priests,  but  that  he 
will  make  them  angels  who  are  in  the  truths  of  wisdom, 
and  in  t lie  good  of  love  from  him  ;  that  by  kings  are 
meant  they  who  are  in  the  truths  of  wisdom  from  the 
Lord,  and  that  the  Lord  is  called  a  king  by  virtue  of 
divine  truth,  may  be  seen  above,  n.  20,  483,  664,  830; 
the  reason  why  by  priests  are  meant  those  who  are  in  the 
good  of  love  from  the  Lord,  is  because  the  Lord  is  divine 
love  and  divine  wisdom,  or  what  amounts  to  the  same, 
divine  good  and  divine  truth,  and  the  Lord,  by  virtue  of 
divine  love  or  divine  good,  is  called  a  priest,  and  by  virtue 
of  divine  wisdom  or  divine  truth  is  called  a  king.  Hence 
it  is,  that  there  are  two  kingdoms,  into  which  the  heavens 
are  distinguished,  the  celestial  and  the  spiritual  ;  and  the 
celestial  kingdom  is  called  the  Lord's  sacerdotal  kingdom, 
the  angels  there,  being  recipients  of  divine  love  or  divine 
good  from  the  Lord,  and  the  spiritual  kingdom  being 
called  the  Lord's  royal  kingdom,  the  angels  there  being 
recipients  of  divine  wisdom  or  divine  truth  from  the  Lord  ; 
but  more  may  be  seen  concerning  these  two  kingdoms, 
above,  n.  647,  725.  It  is  said  that  they  are  recipients  of 
divine  good  and  divine  truth  from  the  Lord,  but  it  is  to 
be  observed  that  they  are  perpetually  receiving  them,  for 
divine  good  and  divine  truth  cannot  be  appropriated  by 
any  angel  or  man,  so  as  to  be  his  own,  but  only  so  that 
they  may  be  seen  to  be  his,  because  they  are  divine ; 
wherefore  no  angel  or  man  can  produce  from  himself  any 
thing  good  or  true,  which  is  really  good  and  true  in  itself; 
from  which  circumstance  it  is  evident  that  they  are  kept 
in  good  and  truth  by  the  Lord,  and  this  continually ;  for 
which  reason  if  any  one  comes  into  heaven,  and  thinks 
that  good  and  truth  are  appropriated  to  him  as  his  own, 
he  is  immediately  let  down  from  heaven  and  instructed. 
From  these  considerations  it  may  now  appear,  that  by 
their  being  priests  of  God  and  of  Christ,  is  signified,  be- 
cause they  were  kept  by  the  Lord  in  the  good  of  love, 
and  thereby  in  the  truths  of  wisdom.  That  by  priests  in 
the  Word  are  meant  such  as  are  in  the  good  of  love  from 
the  Lord,  may  appear  from  many  passages  therein,  but 


CH.  XX] 


THE  APOCALYPSE  REVEALED. 


135 


as  they  are  adduced  in  the  Arcana  Coelestia,  published 
in  London,  I  will  only  produce  the  following  extracts 
from  that  work  :  "  That  priests  represented  the  Lord  as 
"to  divine  good,  n.  '2015,  6148.  That  the  priesthood 
"  represented  the  Lord  as  to  the  work  of  salvation,  be- 
"  cause  this  proceeded  from  the  divine  good  of  his  divine 
"  love,  n.  9809.  That  the  priesthood  of  Aaron,  of  his 
"  sons,  and  of  the  Levites,  represented  the  Lord's  work 
"  of  salvation  in  successive  order,  n.  10017.  That  there- 
"  fore  by  priests  and  by  priesthood  is  signified  the  good 
"  of  love  from  the  Lord,  n.  9806,  9809.  That  by  the 
"  two  names,  Jesus  and  Christ,  is  signified  as  well  the 
"  sacerdotal  as  the  kingly  office  of  the  Lord,  n.  3004, 
"  3005,  3009.  That  priests  administer  ecclesiastical 
"  affairs,  and  kings  civil  affairs,  n.  10793.  That  priests 
"  are  to  teach  truths,  and  by  these  lead  to  good,  and  thus 
"  to  the  Lord,  n.  10794.  That  they  are  not  to  claim 
"  power  to  themselves  over  the  souls  of  men,  n.  10795. 
"  That  priests  ought  to  have  dignity  on  account  of  holy 
"  things,  but  that  they  ought  not  to  attribute  the  dignity  to 
"  themselves,  but  to  the  Lord,  from  whom  alone  they  are 
"  holy,  because  the  priesthood  is  not  in  the  person,  but  is 
"  adjoined  to  the  person,  n.  10906,  10907.  That  priests 
"  who  do  not  acknowledge  the  Lord,  have  in  the  Word 
"  a  contrary  signification,  n.  3670." 

855.  "  And  shall  reign  with  him  a  thousand  years," 
signifies,  that  they  were  already  in  heaven,  when  the  rest, 
who  had  not  as  yet  revived,  that  is,  received  heavenly 
life,  were  in  the  world  of  spirits.  To  reign  with  Christ, 
does  not  signify  to  reign  with  him,  but  to  be  in  his  king- 
dom, or  in  heaven,  see  above,  n.  284,  289  ;  by  a  thousand 
years,  is  not  meant  a  thousand  years,  but  a  little  while, 
as  above,  n.  842 ;  that  a  thousand  years  signifies  nothing 
else  but  that  space  of  time  which  intervened  between 
the  shutting  up  of  the  dragon  in  the  bottomless  pit, 
and  his  release,  is  evident,  because  it  is  said,  "  That 
he  was  cast  into  the  bottomless  pit,  shut  up,  and  a  seal 
set  upon  him  for  a  thousand  years,  and  after  that  lie 
was  to  be  loosed,"  verses  3,  7  ;  this  same  space  of  time 
is  also  here  signified ;  therefore  they  shall  reign  with 


136 


THE  APOCALYPSE  REVEALED. 


[CH.  XX. 


Christ  a  thousand  years,  signifies,  that  they  were  already 
in  heaven,  while  the  rest  of  the  dead  who  had  not  yet  re- 
vived, of  whom  mention  is  made  in  verse  5,  were  still  in 
the  world  of  spirits.  But  these  things  cannot  be  com- 
prehended .by  those  who  are  not  aware  that  by  numbers, 
in  the  Apocalypse,  are  not  meant  numbers,  but  things; 
I  can  assert  that  the  angels  do  not  understand  any  num- 
ber naturally,  as  men  do,  but  spiritually  :  yea,  that  they 
do  not  know  what  a  thousand  years,  are,  except  that  it  is 
some  interval  of  time,  small  or  great,  which  cannot  be 
otherwise  expressed  than  by  a  little  while,  or  by  some 
time. 

856.  "  And  when  the  thousand  years  are  finished, 
satan  shall  be  loosed  out  of  his  prison,"  signifies,  that  after 
they  who  had  before  been  concealed  and  preserved  in  the 
lower  earth,  were  taken  up  by  the  Lord  into  heaven,  and 
the  new  heaven  increased  by  their  numbers,  all  who  had 
confirmed  themselves  in  the  falses  of  faith  were  to  be  let 
loose.  When  the  thousand  years  are  expired,  signifies, 
on  their  being  taken  up  by  the  Lord  into  heaven  who 
had  hitherto  been  concealed  and  preserved  in  the  lower 
earth  ;  the  reason  why  when  the  thousand  years  are  ex- 
pired has  this  signification,  is,  because  the  salvation  of 
those  who  worshiped  the  Lord,  and  lived  according  "to 
his  commandments,  is  alone  treated  of  in  the  4th,  5tb, 
and  6th  verses  preceding,  and  this  interval  of  time  is  un- 
derstood by  a  thousand  years.  It  is  not  said,  indeed,  that 
they  were  taken  up  from  the  lower  earth,  but  yet  it 
is  evident  from  chap.  vi.  9,  10,  11,  where  they  were  seen 
under  the  altar,  and  under  the  altar  means  in  the  lower 
earth  ;  wherefore  also  they  are  here  called  priests  of  God 
and  of  Christ,  verse  6,  see  above,  n.  846.  Neither  is  it 
here  said,  that  the  new  christian  heaven  was  increased  by 
their  numbers,  though  this  appears  evidently  from  chap, 
xiv.  which  treats  of  the  new  christian  heaven,  as  may  be 
seen  from  the  explanations  given,  especially  in  n.  612,  . 
613,  626,  631,  647,  659,  661.  The  reason  why  by 
satan  being  loosed  out  of  his  prison,  is  signified  that  they 
who  had  confirmed  themselves  in  faith  alone,  as  to  doc- 
trine, were  to  be  let  loose,  is,  because  the  dragon  is  here 


CH.  XX.] 


THE  APOCALYPSE  REVEALED. 


137 


called  satan  and  not  at  the  same  time  devil,  as  above, 
verse  2  ;  and  by  the  dragon  as  the  devil  are  meant  such 
as  were  in  evils  of  life,  and  by  the  dragon  as  satan  are 
meant  such  as  were  in  the  falses  of  faith,  see  above,  si. 
841  ;  but  the  quality  of  the  one  and  of  the  other,  will  be 
seen  in  the  next  article. 

853.  "  And  shall  go  forth  to  deceive  the  nations  which 
are  in  the  four  corners  of  the  earth,  Gog  and  Magog,  to 
gather  them  together  to  battle,"  signifies,  that  they  who 
are  here  meant  by  the  dragon,  would  draw  to  their  party 
all  those  who  were  from  the  earths,  throughout  the  uni- 
versal worJd  of  spirits,  and  had  lived  there  in  external 
natural  worship  alone,  and  in  no  jntemal  spiritual  wor- 
ship, and  would  stir  them  up  against  those  who  worship- 
ed the  Lord,  and  lived  according  to  his  commandments 
in  the  Word.  By  going  out  to  deceive  the  nations  which 
are  in  the  four  corners  of  the  earth,  is  signified  that  they 
who  are  meant  by  the  dragon,  of  whom  above,  n.  856, 
would  draw  to  their  party  all  who  were  in  the  universal 
world  of  spirits  ;  by  deceiving  is  here  signified  to  bring 
over  to  their  party ;  by  nations  are  signified  both  the 
good  and  the  evil,  n.  483;  by  the  four  corners  of  the 
earth  is  signified  the  universal  spiritual  world,  n.  342,  in 
the  present  case  those  who  were  in  the  universal  world  of 
spirits,  which  is  in  the  midst  between  heaven  and  hell, 
and  where  all,  after  their  departure  from  the  earth,  first 
assemble,  concerning  which  see  n.  784,  791  ;  for  they 
who  were  in  hell  could  not  come  in  sight  of  the  dragon, 
nor  they  who  were  in  the  heavens.  By  Gog  and  Magog 
are  signified  they  who  are  in  external  natural  worship 
separate  from  internal  spiritual  worship,  as  will  be  shown 
in  the  next  article  ;  by  gathering  them  together  to  battle, 
is  signified  to  excite  those  who  are  meant  by  the  nations, 
against  those  who  worship  the  Lord  and  live  according  to 
bis  commandments  in  the  Word,  because  all  who  do  not 
worship  the  Lord,  nor  live  according  to  his  command- 
ments, are  evil,  and  the  evil  make  one  with  the  dragon  or 
the  dragonists ;  that  by  war  is  signified  spiritual  war, 
which  is  that  of  falsity  against  truth,  and  of  truth  against 
falsity,  may  be  seen  above,  n.  500,  580. 

12* 


138 


THE   APOCALYPSE  REVEALED. 


[cir.  xx. 


859.  That  by  Gog  and  Magog  are  signified  they  who 
are  in  external  worship  and  not  in  any  internal  worship, 
may  appear  in  Ezekiel  from  chap,  xxxviii.  which  treats 
of  Gog  from  beginning  to  end  ;  and  from  chap,  xxxix.  of 
the  same  prophet,  verses  1 — 16  ;  but  that  these  are  sig- 
nified, does  not  clearly  appear  there,  except  from  the 
spiritual  sense  ;  which  sense,  inasmuch  as  it  has  been 
revealed  to  me,  shall  be  laid  open  ;  and  first  what  is  sig- 
nified by  the  contents  of  those  two  chapters.  The  xxxviiith 
chapter  of  Ezekiel  "  treats  of  those  who  abide  only  in  the 
"  literal  sense  of  the  Word,  and  thence  in  external  wor- 
"  ship  without  internal,  which  is  Gog,  verses  1,2;  that 
"  all  and  singular  things  relating  to  that  worship  will 
"  perish,  verses  3 — 7  ;  that  that  worship  will  take  pos- 
"  session  of  the  church,  and  vastate  it,  and  thus  will  be  in 
"  externals  without  internals,  verses  8 — 16  ;  that  the  state 
"  of  the  church  will  thereby  be  changed,  verses  17,  18,  19; 
"  that  therefore  the  truths  and  goods  of  religion  will  per- 
"  ish,  and  be  succeeded  by  falses,  verses  20 — 23."  The 
xxxixth  chapter  of  the  same  prophet  is  as  follows  :  "  Of 
"  those  who  abide  only  in  the  literal  sense  of  the  Word, 
"  and  in  external  worship ;  that  they  will  come  into  the 
"  church,  which  is  Gog,  but  that  they  will  perish,  verses 
"  1—6  ;  that  this  will  come  to  pass  when  the  Lord  comes 
"  and  establishes  the  church,  verses  7,  8  ;  that  this  church 
"  will  then  disperse  all  their  evils  and  falses,  verses  9,  10; 
"  that  it  will  altogether  destroy  them,  verses  1 1 — 16  ; 
"  that  the  New  Church  to  be  established  by  the  Lord 
"  will  be  instructed  in  truths  and  goods  of  every  kind,  and 
"  be  imbued  with  goods  of  every  kind,  verses  17 — 21  ; 
"  and  that  the  former  church  will  he  destroyed  on  account 
"  of  its  evils  and  falses,  verses  23,  24  ;  that  then  the 
"  church  will  be  collected  by  the  Lord  from  all  nations, 
u  verses  25 — 29."  But  something  shall  be  said  of  those 
who  are  in  external  worship  without  internal  spiritual 
worship.  These  are  they  who  frequent  churches  on  sab- 
baths and  festivals,  and  on  such  occasions  sing  and  pray, 
hear  sermons,  and  then  attend  only  to  the  language,  and 
little  or  nothing  to  the  substance  of  what  is  said,  who  are 
somewhat  moved  by  prayers  uttered  with  affection,  as,  in 


CH.  XX.]  THE  APOCALYPSE  REVEALED. 


139 


confessing  that  they  are  sinners,  but  never  reflect  upon 
themselves  and  the  lives  they  lead ;  who  also  receive  the 
sacrament  of  the  Lord's  Supper  every  year  ;  pour  out 
prayers  morning  and  evening,  and  also  say  grace  at  dinner 
and  supper,  and  sometimes  discourse  about  God,  heaven, 
and  eternal  life,  and  at  such  times  can  quote  passages  from 
the  Word,  and  act  the  Christian,  although  they  are  not 
such  ;  for  as  soon  as  they  have  done  these  things,  they 
make  nothing  of  adultery  and  obsceneness,  revenge  and 
hatred,  clandestine  thefts  and  depredations,  lies  and  blas- 
phemies, and  concupiscences  and  intentions  to  evils  of 
every  kind  ;  such  persons  do  not  believe  in  any  God, 
much  less  in  the  Lord  ;  if  they  are  asked  in  what  the 
good  and  truth  of  religion  consists,  they  know  nothing  of 
the  matter,  and  think  it  of  no  moment  to  inquire  ;  in  short, 
they  live  to  themselves  and  the  world,  thus  to  their  hodies 
and  inclinations,  and  not  to  God  and  their  neighbor,  there- 
fore not  to  the  spirit  and  soul;  from  which  it  is  plain,  that 
their  worship  is  external  without  internal  worship  ;  these 
also  readily  receive  the  heretical  doctrine  of  faith  alone, 
especially  when  they  hear  that  man  cannot  do  any  good 
of  himself,  and  that  they  are  not  under  the  yoke  of  the 
law  ;  this  is  the  reason  why  it  is  said  that  the  dragon  will 
go  forth  to  seduce  the  nations,  Gog  and  Magog.  By  Gog 
and  Magog  also,  in  the  Hebrew  tongue,  is  signified  that 
which  is  roofed  and  floored,  thus  what  is  external. 

860.  "  The  number  of  whom  is  as  the  sand  of  the  sea," 
signifies,  the  multitude  of  such.  The  multitude  of  them 
is  compared  to  the  sand  of  the  sea,  because  by  the  sea  is 
signified  the  external  of  the  church,  n.  403,  404,  420, 
470,  and  by  sand  that  which  is  of  no  use  in  the  sea  but 
to  form  the  hottom  of  it.  Because  the  number  of  them 
is  so  great,  therefore  the  valley  of  their  burial  is  called 
the  multitude  of  Gog,  and  the  name  of  the  city  where 
they  are,  Multitude,  Ezek.  xxxix.  15. 

861.  "  And  they  went  up  on  the  breadth  of  the  earth, 
and  compassed  the  camp  of  the  saints  about,  and  the  be- 
loved city,"  signifies,  that  being  stirred  up  by  the  dragon- 
ists,  they  spurned  every  truth  of  the  church,  and  endea- 
vored to  destroy  all  things  of  the  New  Church,  and  even 


140 


THE  APOCALYPSE  REVEALED. 


[CH.  XX. 


its  doctrine  concerning  the  Lord  and  concerning  life.  To 
go  up  on  the  breadth  of  the  earth,  signifies  to  spurn  or 
hold  in  contempt  every  truth  of  the  church,  for  by  going 
up  is  signified  to  climb  over  and  pass  by,  thus  to  spurn  ; 
and  by  the  breadth  of  the  earth  is  signified  the  truth  of 
the  church,  as  will  be  seen  presently;  to  compass  the 
camp  of  the  saints  about,  signifies,  to  besiege  and  to  desire 
to  destroy  all  things  of  the  New  Church,  as  will  be  shown 
in  the  next  article ;  and  by  the  beloved  city  is  signified 
the  doctrine  of  the  New  Church  ;  that  by  a  city  is  signi- 
fied t he  doctrine  of  the  church,  may  be  seen  above,  n. 
194,  501,  502,  712,  which  is  called  the  beloved,  because 
it  treats  of  the  Lord  and  of  life,  for  it  is  the  doctrine  of 
the  New  Jerusalem  which  is  here  meant.  That  this  is 
the  signification  of  these  words,  no  one  can  perceive  ex- 
cept by  the  spiritual  sense,  for  it  could  never  enter  into 
any  one's  thought,  (hat  by  the  breadth  of  the  earth  is 
signified  the  truth  of  the  church,  and  that  by  the  camp  of 
the  saints  are  signified  all  things  appertaining  to  the  New 
Church,  both  its  truths  and  goods,  and  that  by  a  city  is 
signified  its  doctrine ;  wherefore  lest  the  mind  should  re- 
main in  doubt,  it  is  necessary  to  demonstrate  what  the 
breadth  qf  the  earth  and  camp  of  the  saints  signify  in  a 
spiritual  sense,  from  which  it  may  be  seen  that  the  above 
is  the  meaning  of  these  words.  The  reason  why  the 
breadth  of  the  earth  signifies  the  truth  of  the  church,  is, 
because  in  the  spiritual  world  there  are  four  quarters, 
east,  west,  south,  and  north,  and  the  east  and  west  con- 
stitute its  length  or  longitude,  and  the  south  and  north  its 
breadth  or  latitude  ;  and  because  they  dwell  in  the  east 
and  west  who  are  in  the  good  of  love,  and  thence  by  east 
and  west  is  signified  good,  therefore  the  same  is  meant  by 
length  ;  and  because  they  dwell  in  the  south  and  north 
who  are  in  the  truths  of  wisdom,  and  thence  by  south 
and  north  is  signified  truth,  therefore  the  same  is  meant 
by  breadth ;  but  on  this  subject  see  the  treatise  on  Heaven 
and  Hell,  n.  141 — 153.  That  by  breadth  or  latitude  is 
signified  truth  may  appear  from  the  following  passages  in 
the  Word  :  "  And  hast  not  shut  me  up  (O  Jehovah)  into 
the  hand  of  the  enemy :  thou  hast  set  my  feet  in  a  broad 


CH.  XX.] 


THE  APOCALYPSE  REVEALED. 


141 


•place,''  Psalm  xxxi.  8.  "  I  called  upon  Jehovah  in  my 
distress,  Jehovah  answered  me,  and  set  me  in  a  broad 
place,"  Psalm  cxviii.  5.  "  Jehovah  brought  me  forth 
also  into  a  broad  place,  he  delivered  me,"  Psalm  xviii. 
19.  "  For  lo,  I  raise  up  the  Chaldeans,  that  bitter  and 
hasty  nation,  which  shall  march  through  the  breadth  of 
the  land,"  Habak.  i.  6.  Ashur  "shall  pass  through 
Judah.  he  shall  overdow  and  20  over,  and  the  stretching 
out  of  his  wings  shall  fill  the  breadth  of  thy  land,"  Isaiah 
viii.  8.  Jehovah  shall  "  feed  them  as  a  lamb  in  a  broad 
place,"  Hosea  iv.  16,  not  to  mention  other  passages,  as 
Psakn  iv.  1,  Psalm  Ixvi.  12,  Deut.  xxxiii.  20.  Nor  is 
any  thing  else  meant  by  the  breadth  of  the  city  New 
Jerusalem,  Apoc.  xxi.  16;  for  when  by  the  New  Jeru- 
salem is  meant  the  New  Church,  by  the  breadth  and 
length  of  it,  cannot  be  signified  breadth  and  length,  but 
its  truth  and  good,  for  these  are  the  things  which  consti- 
tute a  church  ;  as  in  Zechariah  also:  a  Then  said  I  (unto 
the  angel),  Whither  goest  thou  ?  And  he  said  unto  me, 
To  measure  Jerusalem,  to  see  what  is  the  breadth  thereof 
and  what  is  the  length  thereof,"  ii.  2.  The  same  is  to 
be  understood  by  the  breadth  and  length  of  the  new  tem- 
ple, and  of  the  new  earth,  in  Ezekiel  xl.  xli.  xlii.  xliii. 
xliv.  xlv.  xlvj.  xlvii.  Also  by  the  length  and  breadth  of 
the  altar  of  burnt-ofFering,  of  the  tabernacle,  of  the  table 
of  show-bread,  of  the  altar  of  incen«e,  and  of  the  ark 
therein  ;  and  also  by  the  length  and  breadth  of  the  tem- 
ple at  Jerusalem,  and  of  many  other  things,  which  are 
described  by  measurement. 

862.  It  was  observed  that  their  compassing  about  the 
camp  of  the  saints  and  the  beloved  city,  signifies,  that 
they  would  endeavor  to  destroy  all  things  relating  to  the 
New  Church,  both  its  truths  and  its  goods,  and  even  its 
doctrine  concerning  the  Lord  and  concerning  life,  as  is 
mentioned  in  the  preceding  article;  the  reason  w hy these 
are  signified,  is,  because  by  the  camp  of  the  saints  are 
signified  all  the  truths  and  goods  of  the  church,  which  is 
meant  by  the  New  Jerusalem.  That  a  camp,  in  the 
spiritual  sense,  signifies  all  things  of  the  church  which 
have  relation  to  its  good  and  truth,  may  appear  from  the-. 


142 


THE  APOCALYPSE  REVEALED. 


[CH.  XX. 


following  passages:  "The  sun  and  moon  shall  he  dark, 
and  the  stars  shall  withdraw  their  shining ;  and  Jehovah 
shall  utter  his  voice  before  his  army  ;  for  his  camp  is  very 
great,  for  he  is  strong  that  executeth  his  Word,  Joel  ii. 
10,  11.  "  And  I  will  encamp  about  mine  house,"  Zech. 
ix.  8.  "For  God  hath  scattered  the  bones  of  him  that 
encampcih  against  thee,  because  God  hath  despised  them," 
Psalm  liii.  6.  "The  angel  of  Jehovah  encampcth  about 
them  that  fear  him,  and  delivereth  them,"  Psalm  xxxiv. 
8.  The  angels  of  God  met  Jacob,  and  Jacob  said,  "  This 
is  God's  camp,  and  he  called  the  name  of  that  place 
Mahanaim,"  (the  two  camps)  Gen.  xxxii.  2,  3,  besides 
other  places,  as  Isaiah  xxix.  3,  Ezek.  i.  24,  Psalm  xxvii. 
3.  That  by  armies  in  the  Word  are  signified  the  truths 
and  goods  of  the  church,  also  the  falses  and  evils  thereof, 
may  be  seen,  n.  447,  826,  833  ;  the  same  is  also  signi- 
fied by  camps.  Since  by  the  sons  of  Israel,  and  their 
twelve  tribes,  is  signified  the  church  as  to  all  its  truths 
and  goods,  n.  349,  350,  they  were  therefore  called  the 
army  of  Jehovah,  Exod.  vii.  4,  xii.  41,  51,  and  when 
they  halted  and  were  assembled,  they  were  called  the 
camp,  as  in  Levit.  iv.  12,  viii.  17,  xii.  46,  xiv.  8,  xvi. 
26,  28,  xxiv.  14,  23,  Numb.  i.  ii.  m,  iv.  5,  seq.  v.  2— 
26,  ix.  17  to  the  end,  x.  1—11,  29,  xi.  31,  32,  xii.  14, 
15,  xix.  19—25,  xxxiii.  2—56,  Deut.  xxiii.  10—15, 
Amos  iv.  10.  From  these  considerations,  then,  it  is 
plain,  that  by  their  encompassing  the  camp  of  the  saints, 
and  the  beloved  city,  is  signified  that  they  would  endeavor 
to  destroy  all  the  truths  and  goods  of  the  New  Church 
meant  by  the  New  Jerusalem,  and  also  its  doctrine  con- 
cerning the  Lord  and  concerning  life.  The  like  is  signified 
by  this  passage  in  Luke  :  "  And  when  ye  shall  see  Jerusa- 
lem mm  passed  with  armies,  then  know  that  the  desolation 
thereof  is  nigh  ;  and  Jerusalem  shall  be  trodden  down  of 
the  Gentiles,  until  the  times  of  the  Gentiles  be  fulfilled," 
xxi.  20,  24  ;  speaking  of  the  consummation  of  the  age, 
which  is  the  last  time  of  the  church  ;  by  Jerusalem  is 
here  also  signified  the  church.  That  Gog  and  Magog, 
that  is,  they  who  are  in  external  worship  separated  from 
internal  worship,  will  then  invade  the  church,  and  endea- 


cm,  x.\.] 


THE  APOCALVPSE  REVEALED. 


143 


vor  to  destroy  it,  is  also  said  in  Ezek.  xxxviii.  8,  9,  11, 
12,  15,  16,  xxxix.  2;  and  that  then  there  will  be  a  New 
Church  from  the  Lord,  verse  16  to  the  end. 

S63.  "  And  fire  came  down  from  God  out  of  heaven, 
and  devoured  them,"  signifies,  that  they  were  destroyed 
by  the  concupiscences  of  infernal  love.  By  fire  coming 
down  out  of  heaven  and  devouring  them,  are  signified  the 
concupiscences  of  evils,  or  of  infernal  love,  as  above,  n. 
494,  748,  because  they  who  are  in  external  worship  sepa- 
rated from  internal  worship,  are  in  all  sorts  of  evils  and 
concupiscences,  by  reason  that  in  them  evils  are  not  re- 
moved by  any  actual  repentance,  n.  859.  It  is  said  t hat 
fire  came  down  from  God  out  of  heaven;  this  was  the 
case  in  ancient  times,  when  all  things  belonging  to  the 
church  were  represented  before  their  eyes,  consequently 
when  churches  were  representative  ;  but  at  this  day,  w  hen 
representations  have  ceased,  it  is  spoken  of  in  like  manner, 
and  the  signification  is  the  same  as  formerly,  w  hen  the 
thing  was  represented.  That  fire  came  down  out  of 
heaven  upon  those  who  profaned  things  holy,  may  be 
seen  above,  n.  494,  748.  The  same  is  said  of  Gog  and 
Magog  in  Ezekiel :  "I  will  rain  upon  him  (Gog),  and 
upon  his  lands,  and  upon  many  people  that  are  with  him, 
great  hailstones,  fire  and  brimstone,"  xxxviii.  21.  "  And 
I  w  ill  send  a  fire  on  Magog,"  xxxix.  6. 

864.  "  And  the  devil  that  deceived  them  was  cast  into 
the  lake  of  fire  and  brimstone,  where  the  beast  and  the 
false  prophet  are,  and  shall  be  tormented  day  and  night 
for  ever  and  ever,"  signifies,  that  they  who  were  in  evils 
as  to  life  and  in  falses  as  to  doctrine,  were  cast  into  hell, 
where  they  will  unceasingly  and  for  ever  be  interiorly 
infested  by  the  love  of  their  falsity,  and  by  the  lusts  of 
their  evils.  By  the  devil  that  deceived  them  is  meant 
the  dragon,  as  is  evident  from  w  hat  goes  before,  and  by 
the  dragon  are  meant  in  general  those  who  are  in  evils  as 
to  life,  and  in  falses  as  to  doctrine,  n.  841  ;  he  is  called 
the  devil  that  deceived  them,  that  it  might  be  known  that 
it  was  the  dragon,  because  he  was  the  deceiver,  as  appears 
from  verses  2,  3,  7,  8,  of  this  chapter;  by  the  lake  of 
fire  into  w  hich  he  w  as  cast,  is  signified  hell,  where  are  the 


144 


THE  APOCALYPSE  REVEALED. 


[Ctl.  XX. 


loves  of  what  is  false  and  the  lusts  of  what  is  evil,  n.  835  ; 
by  the  beast  and  the  false  prophet  are  signified  they  who 
are  in  faith  alone,  both  as  to  life  and  doctrine,  both  the 
unlearned  and  the  learned  ;  by  the  beast,  the  unlearned, 
and  by  the  false  prophet,  the  learned,  n.  S34  ;  by  being 
tormented  day  and  night  is  signified  to  be  interiorly  in- 
fested unceasingly,  and  by  for  ever  and  ever,  is  signified 
to  all  eternity  ;  and  whereas  it  is  said  that  they  were  cast 
into  the  lake  of  fire  and  brimstone,  by  which  is  signified, 
where  the  loves  of  falsity  and  the  lusts  of  evil  are,  n.  835  ; 
these  are  what  they  will  be  infested  by  interiorly  ;  for 
every  one  in  hell  is  tormented  by  his  love  and  its  concu- 
piscences, for  the  life  of  every  one  there  is  made  up  of 
them,  and  it  is  the  life  which  is  tormented,  wherefore 
there  are  degrees  of  torment  there  according  to  the  de- 
grees of  the  love  of  evil  and  thence  of  falsity. 

665.  "  And  I  saw  a  great  white  throne,  and  him  that 
sat  on  it,  from  whose  face  the  earth  and  heaven  fled  away, 
and  there  was  found  no  place  for  them,"  signifies,  the 
universal  judgment  executed  by  the  Lord,  upon  all  the 
former  heavens  that  were  occupied  by  such  as  were  in 
civil  and  moral  good  but  in  no  spiritual  good,  thus  who 
resembled  christians  in  externals,  but  in  internals  were 
devils  ;  which  heavens,  with  their  earth,  were  totally  dis- 
solved, so  that  nothing  could  be  seen  of  them  any  more. 
Before  these  things  are  explained  in  theirorder  according  to 
the  letter,  something  must  be  premised  concerning  the  uni- 
versal judgment  here  treated  of.  From  the  time  of  the 
Lord's  being  in  the  world,  when  he  executed  the  last 
judgment  in  person,  it  was  permitted  that  they  who  were 
in  civil  and  moral  good,  though  in  no  spiritual  good, 
whence  in  externals  they  appeared  like  christians,  but  in 
internals  were  devils,  should  continue  longer  than  the 
rest  in  the  world  of  spirits,  which  is  in  the  midst  between 
heaven  and  hell  ;  and  at  length  they  were  allowed  to 
make  there  for  themselves  fixed  habitations,  and  also  by 
the  abuse  of  correspondences,  and  by  phantasies,  to  form 
to  themselves  as  it  were  heavens,  which  also  they  did 
form  in  great  abundance ;  but  when  these  were  multiplied 
to  such  a  degree  as  to  intercept  the  spiritual  light  and 


CH.  XX.] 


THE  APOCALYPSE  KEVEALED. 


145 


spiritual  heat  in  their  descent  from  the  superior  heavens 
to  men  upon  earth,  then  the  Lord  executed  the  la<t  judg- 
ment, and  dispersed  those  imaginary  heavens;  which  was 
effected  in  such  a  manner,  that  the  externals,  by  means 
of  which  they  resembled  christians,  were  removed,  and 
the  internals,  in  which  they  were  devils,  were  laid  open, 
when  they  appeared  such  as  they  were  in  themselves,  and 
they  w  ho  proved  to  be  devils,  were  cast  into  hell,  every 
one  according  to  the  evils  of  his  life  ;  this  was  done  in  the 
year  1757.  But  more  concerning  this  universal  judgment 
may  be  seen  in  the  little  work  on  the  Last  Judgment, 
published  at  London  in  the  year  1758,  and  in  the  Con- 
tinuation of  the  same,  published  at  Amsterdam  in  the 
year  1763.  We  will  now  proceed  to  the  explanation ; 
by  the  great  white  throne,  and  him  who  sat  on  it,  is  signi- 
fied the  universal  judgment  executed  by  the  Lord  ;  by 
the  throne  is  signified  heaven,  and  likewise  judgment,  n. 
229  ;  by  him  who  sat  on  the  throne  is  meant  the  Lord, 
n.  808  at  the  end  ;  the  reason  why  the  throne  appeared 
white,  is  because  judgment  was  executed  from  divine 
truths,  for  white  is  predicated  of  truths,  n.  167,  379; 
the  reason  why  the  throne  appeared  great,  is,  because 
judgment  was  likewise  executed  from  divine  good,  for 
great  is  predicated  of  what  is  good,  n.  656,  663;  from 
whose  face  the  earth  and  the  heaven  fled  away,  signifies 
that  those  heavens,  which  they  had  made  for  themselves, 
as  described  above,  together  with  their  earths,  were  dis- 
persed :  for  there  are  earths  in  the  spiritual  world  as  well 
as  in  the  natural  world,  as  may  be  seen,  n.  260,  336:  but 
the  earths,  like  every  thing  else  there,  are  from  a  spiritual 
origin  ;  and  there  was  no  place  found  for  them,  signifies, 
that  those  heavens  with  their  earths  were  so  totally  dis- 
persed, that  nothing  could  be  seen  of  them  any  more. 
Hence  it  is  evident,  that  by  "  I  saw  a  great  white  throne, 
and  him  who  sat  on  it,  from  whose  face  the  earth  and  the 
heaven  fled  away,  and  there  was  no  place  found  for  them," 
is  signified  the  universal  judgment  executed  by  the  Lord 
upon  all  the  new  heavens  that  were  inhabited  by  such  as 
were  in  civil  and  moral  good  but  in  no  spiritual  good,  thus 
who  resembled  christians  in  externals,  but  in  internals 

VOL.  III.  13 


140 


THE  APOCALYPSE  REVEALED. 


[CH.  XX. 


were  devils;  which  heavens,  together  with  their  earth, 
were  totally  dispersed,  so  that  nothing  could  be  seen  of 
them  any  more. 

866.  "  And  I  saw  the  dead  small  and  great  stand  be- 
fore God,"  signifies,  all  who  had  died  from  the  earth,  and 
were  now  among  those  who  were  in  the  world  of  spirits, 
of  whatever  condition  and  quality,  assembled  by  the  Lord 
for  judgment.  By  the  dead  are  signified  all  who  had  de- 
parted from  the  earth,  or  who  were  dead  as  to  the  body, 
concerning  whom  more  will  be  said  presently  ;  by  small 
and  great  are  signified  of  every  condition  and  quality,  as 
at  n.  604 ;  by  standing  before  God,  that  is,  before  him 
who  sat  on  the  throne,  is  signified  to  be  present  and  as- 
sembled to  judgment.  By  the  dead  in  the  Word  the 
same  thing  is  signified  as  by  deaths ;  and  deaths  have  a 
variety  of  significations  ;  for  death  not  only  signifies  the 
extinction  of  natural  life,  or  decease,  but  also  the  extinc- 
tion of  spiritual  life,  which  is  damnation  ;  by  death  is  also 
signified  the  extinction  of  the  loves  of  the  body  or  of  the 
concupiscences  of  the  flesh,  after  which  there  is  a  renew- 
al of  life  ;  in  like  manner  by  death  is  signified  resurrec- 
tion, because  man  rises  again  immediately  after  death  ;  by 
death  is  also  signified  neglect,  non-acknowledgment,  and 
rejection  by  the  world,  but  in  the  most  general  sense  by 
death  the  same  is  signified  as  by  the  devil,  wherefore  also 
the  devil  is  called  death,  and  by  the  devil  is  meant  hell 
where  they  are  who  are  called  devils  ;  hence  also  by  death 
the  evil  of  the  will  is  understood  which  causes  man  to  be 
a  devil.  Death  is  used  in  this  last  sense  in  the  next 
verse,  where  it  is  said  that  death  and  hell  gave  up  their 
dead,  and  that  they  were  cast  into  the  lake  of  fire.  From 
what  has  been  said  it  may  appear  who  are  meant  by  the 
dead  in  the  variety  of  senses  ;  here  are  signified  all  those 
who  had  departed  out  of  the  world,  or  who  had  died  from 
the  earth,  and  were  then  in  the  world  of  spirits.  It  is 
said  in  the  world  of  spirits,  because  all  enter  into  that 
world  immediately  after  their  decease,  and  are  there  pre- 
pared, the  good  for  heaven,  and  the  wicked  for  hell,  and 
some  abide  there  only  a  month  or  a  year,  and  others  from 
ten  to  thirty  years;  and  they  who  were  permitted  to  make 


cn.  xx.] 


THE  APOCALYPSE  REVEALED. 


147 


imaginary  heavens  to  themselves,  several  centuries  (ad 
aliquot  saecula)  ;  but  at  this  day  not  longer  than  twenty 
years  ;  there  is  in  that  world  a  vast  multitude,  and  socie- 
ties there  as  in  the  heavens  and  in  the  hells,  concerning 
which  world  see  above,  n.  784,  791.  Upon  those  who 
were  in  that  world,  the  last  judgment  was  executed,  and 
not  upon  those  who  were  in  heaven,  nnr  upon  those  who 
were  in  hell,  for  they  who  were  in  heaven  were  saved 
before,  and  they  who  were  in  hell  were  condemned  be- 
fore. From  these  considerations  it  may  be  seen,  how 
much  they  are  deceived  who  think  the  last  judgment  is  to 
take  place  upon  earth,  and  that  then  the  bodies  of  men 
are  to  rise  again,  for  all  who  have  lived  from  the  first  cre- 
ation of  the  world  are  together  in  the  spiritual  world,  and 
all  are  invested  with  a  spiritual  body,  which  in  the  sight 
of  those  who  are  spiritual  appears  as  a  man,  just  as  they 
who  are  in  the  natural  world  appear  in  the  sight  of  natural 
men. 

867.  "  And  the  books  were  opened  ;  and  another  book 
was  opened,  which  is  the  book  of  life,"  signifies,  that  the 
interiors  of  the  minds  of  them  all  were  laid  open,  and  by 
the  influx  of  light  and  heat  from  heaven  their  quality  was 
seen  and  perceived,  as  to  the  affections  which  are  of  the 
love  or  will,  and  thence  as  to  the  thoughts  which  are  of 
faith  or  of  the  understanding,  as  well  the  wicked  as  the 
good.  By  books  are  not  meant  books,  but  the  interiors 
of  the  minds  of  those  who  are  judged,  by  the  books,  the 
interiors  of  the  minds  of  those  who  are  wicked,  and  are 
judged  to  death,  and  by  the  book  of  life  such  as  are  <jood, 
and  are  judged  to  life.  They  are  called  books,  because 
in  the  interiors  of  the  mind  of  every  one  are  written  all 
the  things  that  he  thought,  intended,  spoke,  and  did  in 
the  world  from  the  will  or  the  love,  and  thence  from  the 
understanding  or  faith  ;  all  these  things  are  written  in  the 
life  of  every  one,  with  so  much  exactness  that  not  one  of 
them  is  wanting.  The  quality  of  all  these  things  appears 
to  the  life,  when  spiritual  light,  which  is  wisdom  from  the 
Lord,  and  spiritual  heat,  which  is  love  from  the  Lord, 
flow-in  through  heaven.  Spiritual  light  discovers  the 
thoughts  which  are  of  the  understanding  and  faith,  and 


14S 


THE  APOCALYPSE  REVEALED. 


[CH.  XX. 


spiritual  heat  discovers  the  affections  which  are  of  the  will 
and  love  ;  and  spiritual  light  together  with  spiritual  heat 
discover  the  intentions  and  endeavors.  That  this  is  the 
case,  I  do  not  say  that  the  rational  man  can  see  from  the 
light  of  his  own  understanding,  but  he  can  if  he  will, 
provided  he  be  willing  to  understand,  that  there  is  given 
spiritual  light  which  illuminates  the  understanding,  and 
spiritual  heat  which  kindles  the  will. 

868.  "  And  the  dead  were  judged  out  of  those 
things  which  were  written  in  the  books,  according  to  their 
works,"  signifies,  that  all  were  judged  according  to  their 
internal  life  in  externals.  By  the  dead  are  signified  all 
who  had  died  from  the  earth,  and  were  then  in  the  world 
of  spirits,  as  above,  n.  866  ;  out  of  those  things  which 
were  written  in  the  books,  signifies  out  of  the  interiors  of 
every  one's  mind  then  laid  open,  as  above,  n.  867  ;  ac- 
cording to  their  works,  signifies,  according  to  the  internal 
life  of  every  one  in  externals  ;  that  this  is  signified  by 
w  orks  in  the  Word,  may  be  seen  above,  n.  73,  76,  94, 
141,641;  to  which  I  will  further  add,  that  there  are 
works  of  the  mind  and  works  of  the  body,  both  of  them 
at  once  internal  and  external  ;  the  works  of  the  mind  are 
intentions  and  endeavors,  and  the  works  of  the  body  are 
words  and  actions,  each  of  these  proceed  from  the  inter- 
nal life  of  man,  which  is  of  his  will  or  love  ;  whatsoever 
does  not  close  in  works,  either  internal  which  relate  to  the 
mind,  or  external  which  relate  to  the  body,  is  not  in  the 
life  of  man,  for  it  flows  from  the  world  of  spirits  but  is  not 
received,  therefore  it  is  as  an  object  that  strikes  the  eye, 
or  as  an  odor  that  affects  the  nose,  from  which  a  man  turns 
away  his  face  :  but  more  may  be  seen  on  this  subject  in 
the  above-cited  places,  where  also  some  passages  are  ad- 
duced from  the  Word  to  prove  that  man  is  judged  accor- 
ding to  his  works  ;  to  which  m3y  be  added  the  following 
from  Paul  :  "Against  the  day  of  wrath,  and  revelation  of 
the  righteous  judgment  of  God  ;  who  will  render  to  every 
man  according  to  his  deeds  "  Rom.  ii.  5,  6.  "  For  we 
must  all  appear  before  the  judgment-seat  of  Christ,  that 
every  one  may  receive  the  things  done  in  his  body,  accor- 
ding to  that  he  hath  done,  whether  it  be  good  or  evil," 
2  Cor.  v.  10. 


CH.  XX.] 


THE  APOCAIATSE  REVEALED. 


1 19 


S69.  "And  the  sea  save  up  the  dead  which  were  iu 
it,"  signifies,  the  external  and  natural  men  of  the  church 
called  to  judgment.  By  the  sea  is  signified  the  external 
of  the  church,  which  is  natural,  therefore  by  those  whom 
the  sea  gave  up  are  signified  the  external  and  natural  men 
of  the  church  ;  that  the  sea  signifies  the  external  of  the 
church,  w  hich  is  natural,  may  be  seen  above,  n.  '236,  239 
at  the  end,  403,  404,  4-20,  470,  566,  659,  661.  By  the 
dead  are  meant  they  who  had  died  out  of  the  earth,  as 
above,  n.  666,  866.  The  reason  why  by  the  dead  whom 
the  sea  gave  up,  are  meant  the  external  men  of  the 
church,  is  because  no  others  were  judged  but  those  who 
were  in  some  kind  of  worship,  for  all  who  held  in  con- 
tempt the  sanctities  of  the  church,  and  denied  a  God,  the 
Word,  and  a  life  after  death,  were  judged  immediately 
after  death,  and  conjoined  w  ith  those  who  were  in  hell, 
w  hither  they  weie  afterwards  cast  down  ;  but  they  who 
had  been  external  and  natural  men,  and  professed  with 
their  mouths  that  there  is  a  God,  that  there  are  such 
places  as  heaven  and  hell,  and  had  in  some  sort  acknow- 
ledged the  Word,  these  are  they  who  w  ere  called  to  judg- 
ment. Out  of  these  who  were  from  the  sea,  several  were 
saved,  for  we  do  not  read  that  all  these  w  ere  cast  into  the 
lake  of  fire,  as  death  and  hell  were,  but  that  if  any  one  of 
them  was  not  found  written  in  the  book  of  life,  he  was 
cast  therein,  verse  16.  Such  of  these  as  weie  saved,  are 
also  meant  by  the  rest  of  the  dead  which  lived  not  aijain 
until  the  thousand  years  were  consummated,  verse  5. 
From  what  has  been  said  it  may  now  appear,  that  by  the 
sea  gave  up  the  dead  that  were  in  it,  are  signified  the 
external  and  natural  men  of  the  church  called  to  judgment. 

870.  "  And  death  and  hell  gave  up  the  dead  which 
were  in  them,"  signifies,  the  men  of  the  church  w  ho  w  ere 
impious  at  heart,  and  who  in  themselves  were  devils  and 
satans,  called  to  judgment.  By  death  and  hell  no  others 
are  meant  than  they  who  interiorly  in  themselves  were 
devils  and  satans:  by  death  they  who  were  inwardly  in 
themselves  devils,  and  by  hell  they  who  inwardly  in 
themselves  were  satans,  consequently  all  the  impious  at 
heart,  who  nevertheless  in  externals  appeared  like  men 
13* 


151) 


THE  APOCALYPSE  REVEALED. 


[CH.  XX. 


of  the  church  ;  for  no  others  were  assembled  to  this  uni- 
versal judgment ;  for  they  who  in  externals  are  like  men 
of  the  church,  whether  they  be  of  the  laity  or  clergy, 
and  in  internals  are  devils  and  satans,  are  judged,  because 
in  them  externals  are  to  be  separated  from  internals,  and 
such  likew  ise  can  be  judged,  because  they  have  known 
and  professed  the  things  which  appertain  to  the  church. 
That  by  death  are  meant  the  impious  at  heart  who  in 
themselves  were  devils,  and  by  hell  they  who  in  them- 
selves were  satans,  may  appear  from  its  being  said,  that 
death  and  hell  were  cast  into  the  lake  of  fire,  verse  14, 
for  neither  death  nor  hell  can  be  cast  into  hell,  but  they 
can  who  as  to  their  interiors  are  death  and  hell,  that  is, 
who  are  in  themselves  devils  and  satans.  Who  are 
meant  by  the  devil  and  satan,  may  be  seen  above,  n.  97, 
851,857;  and  that  they  are  death  who  in  themselves 
are  devils,  above,  n.  866.  In  other  places  also  mention 
is  made  of  death  and  hell,  as  in  the  following  :  the  Son 
of  Man  said,  "  I  have  the  keys  of  hell  and  death,"  Apoc. 
i.  18.  The  name  of  him  who  sat  on  the  pale  horse 
"was  death,  and  hell  followed  him,"  Apoc.  vi.  8;  in 
like  manner  Hosea  xiii.  14,  Psalm  xviii.  5,  6,  Psalm 
xlix.  15,  16,  Psalm  cxvi.  3. 

871.  "  And  they  were  judged  every  one  according  to 
their  works,"  signifies,  that  they  were  all  judged  accord- 
ing to  their  internal  life  in  externals,  as  appears  from  the 
explanation  above,  n.  868,  where  the  same  words  occur; 
to  which  I  will  further  add,  that  every  one  is  judged 
according  to  the  quality  of  his  soul,  and  the  soul  of  man 
is  his  life,  for  it  is  the  love  of  his  will,  and  the  love  of 
every  one's  will  is  entirely  according  to  his  reception  of 
the  Divine  Truth  proceeding  from  the  Lord,  and  this 
reception  is  taught  by  the  doctrine  of  the  church  derived 
from  the  Word. 

872.  "  And  death  and  hell  were  cast  into  the  lake  of 
fire,"  signifies,  that  the  impious  at  heart,  who  in  them- 
selves were  devils  and  satans,  and  yet  seemed  in  externals 
like  men  of  the  church,  were  cast  into  hell  amonir  those 
who  were  in  the  love  of  evil,  and  thence  in  the  love  of 
falsity  agreeing  with  evil.    By  death  and  hell  are  signi- 


CH.  XX.] 


THE  APOCALYPSE  REVEALED. 


MM 


fied  the  impious  at  heart,  who  interiorly  in  themselves 
were  devils  and  satans,  and  yet  in  externals  like  men  of 
the  church,  as  above,  n.  870 ;  by  the  lake  of  file  is  signi- 
fied hell,  where  they  are  who  are  in  the  love  of  evil,  and 
thus  in  the  love  of  the  falsity  agreeing  w  ith  evil,  thus  w  ho 
love  evil,  and  con6rm  it  by  reasonings  from  the  natural 
man,  and  still  more  they  who  confirm  it  by  the  literal 
sense  of  the  Word  ;  these  cannot  interiorly  in  themselves 
do  otherwise  than  deny  God,  for  such  denial  lies  con- 
cealed in  evil  of  life  confirmed  by  falses  ;  a  lake  signifies 
w  here  falsity  abounds,  and  fire  signifies  the  love  of  evil, 
as  above,  n.  841,  864.  Its  being  said  that  death  and 
hell  were  cast  into  the  lake  of  fire,  is  agreeable  to  angelic 
speech,  in  w  hich  the  person  is  not  named,  but  that  which 
is  in  the  person,  and  constitutes  it ;  in  the  present  case, 
that  in  the  person  which  constitutes  his  death  and  hell  ; 
that  this  is  the  case,  may  be  apparent  from  the  considera- 
tion, that  hell  cannot  be  cast  into  hell. 

873.  "  This  is  the  second  death,"  signifies,  that  w  ith 
these  there  is  damnation  itself.  That  by  the  second 
death  is  signified  spiritual  death,  which  is  damnation,  may 
be  seen  above,  n.  853  :  this  is  said,  because  they  who 
are  impious  at  heart,  and  in  themselves  devils  and  satans, 
and  yet  appear  like  men  of  the  church,  are  damned 
beyond  all  others. 

874.  "  And  w  hosoever  w  as  not  found  w  ritten  in  the 
book  of  life,  was  cast  into  the  lake  of  fire,"  signifies,  that 
they  who  did  not  live  according  to  the  Lord's  command- 
ments in  the  Word,  and  did  not  believe  in  the  Lord,  w  ere 
condemned.  That  by  the  book  of  life  is  signified  the 
Word,  and  that  by  being  judged  out  of  that  book,  is  sig- 
nified to  be  judged  according  to  the  truths  of  the  Word, 
may  be  seen  above,  n.  256,  259, 295,  302,  309,  317,  324, 
330  ;  and  no  others  are  found  written  in  the  book  of  life 
than  such  as  have  lived  according  to  the  Lord's  command- 
ments in  the  Word,  and  have  believed  in  the  Lord;  this 
therefore  is  what  is  meant.  That  he  who  does  not  live 
according  to  the  Lord's  commandments  in  the  Word,  is 
condemned,  the  Lord  teaches  in  John  :  "  And  if  any  man 
hear  my  words  and  believe  not,  I  judge  him  not :  he  hath 


152 


THE  APOCALYPSE  REVEALED. 


[CII.  XX. 


one  that  judgelh  him,  the  Word  that  I  have  spoken,  that 
shall  judge  him  in  the  last  day"  xii.  47,  48.  And  that 
he  who  does  not  believe  in  the  Lord,  is  condemned,  also 
in  John  :  "  He  that  believeth  on  the  Son  hath  everlasting 
life,  and  he  that  believeth  not  the  Son,  shall  not  see 
life,  but  the  wrath  of  God  a/iidcth  on  him,"  iii.  36. 

875.  To  the  above  I  will  add  the  following  Memorable 
Relations.  Awaking  one  morning  from  sleep,  I  saw 
two  angels  descending  out  of  heaven,  one  from  the  south- 
ern quarter  of  heaven  and  the  other  from  the  eastern 
quarter  of  heaven,  each  in  his  chariot  drawn  by  white 
horses  ;  -the  chariot  in  which  the  angel  from  the  southern 
quarter  of  heaven  was  conveyed,  shone  like  silver,  and  the 
chariot  in  which  the  angel  from  the  eastern  quarter  of 
heaven  was  conveyed,  shone  like  gold  ;  and  the  reins 
which  they  held  in  their  hands,  were  refulgent  as  the 
flaming  light  of  the  morning ;  thus  these  two  angels  ap- 
peared to  me  at  a  distance,  but  when  they  came  nearer, 
they  did  not  appear  in  chariots,  but  in  their  own  angelic 
form,  which  is  human.  He  who  came  from  the  eastern 
quarter  of  heaven  was  clad  in  a  bright  purple  garment, 
and  he  who  came  from  the  southern  quarter  of  heaven  in 
a  raiment  of  violet  blue.  As  soon  as  they  reached  the 
regions  beneath  the  heavens,  they  ran  to  meet  each  other, 
as  if  they  strove  which  should  be  first,  and  mutually  em- 
braced and  kissed  each  other.  I  was  informed  that  these 
two  angels,  during  their  abode  on  earth,  had  been  conjoin- 
ed in  the  bond  of  an  interior  friendship,  but  that  now  one 
was  in  the  eastern  heaven  and  the  other  in  the  southern. 
In  the  eastern  heaven  are  such  as  are  principled  in  love 
from  the  Lord  ;  and  in  the  southern  heaven  are  such  as 
are  principled  in  wisdom  from  the  Lord.  When  they 
had  conversed  together  some  lime  about  the  magnificence 
of  their  respective  heavens,  their  discourse  took  a  turn 
upon  the  question  whether  heaven  in  its  essence  be  love, 
or  whether  it  be  wisdom  ?  They  immediately  agreed 
that  one  derived  its  origin  from  the  other,  but  the  debate 
was  which  was  the  primitive  and  which  the  derivative. 
The  angel  who  came  from  the  heaven  of  wisdom  then 
asked  the  other,  "  What  is  love  ?"  to  which  he  replied, 


CH.  XX.] 


THE   APOCALYPSE  REVEALED. 


153 


"  That  love,  originating  from  the  Lord  as  a  sun,  is  the 
vital  heat  of  angels  and  men,  thus  their  life,  that  the 
derivations  oflove  are  called  affections  ;  and  that  by  these 
are  produced  perceptions  and  thus  thoughts,  whence  it 
follows  that  wisdom  in  its  origin  is  love  ;  consequently 
that  thought  in  its  origin  is  the  affection  of  that  love  ; 
and  it  is  evident  from  the  derivations  viewed  in  their  or- 
der, that  thought  is  nothing  else  but  the  form  of  affec- 
tion ;  but  the  reason  why  this  is  not  known,  is,  because 
thoughts  are  in  light,  but  affections  are  in  heat,  so  that  the 
mind  reflects  upon  its  thoughts,  but  not  on  its  affections, 
in  the  same  manner  as  obtains  with  sound  and  speech. 
That  thought  is  nothing  else  but  the  form  of  affection,  may 
also  be  illustrated  by  the  case  of  speech,  which  is  nothing 
else  but  the  form  of  sound  ;  there  is  also  a  similarity, 
because  sound  corresponds  to  affection,  and  speech  to 
thought,  wherefore  affection  utters  the  sound,  and  thought 
utters  the  speech  ;  this  may  be  further  elucidated  by  this 
consideration,  that  if  you  take  away  sound  from  speech, 
nothing  of  speech  remains,  and  in  like  manner,  if  you  take 
away  affection  from  thought  nothing  of  thought  remains? 
Hence  then  it  is  plaiD,  that  love  is  the  all  of  wisdom,  con- 
sequently the  essence  of  the  heavens  is  love,  and  their  ex- 
istence is  wisdom,  or  what  is  the  same  thing,  the  heavens 
have  their  being  from  the  divine  love,  and  exist  from  the 
divine  love  by  the  divine  wisdom,  wherefore,  as  was  said 
above,  the  one  derives  its  origin  from  the  other."  There 
was  with  me  at  that  time,  a  novitiate  spirit,  who  on  hear- 
ing this  discourse,  asked,  Whether  it  is  the  same  with 
charity  and  faith,  since  charity  has  relation  to  affection, 
and  faith  to  thought ;  the  angel  replied,  "  It  is  the  same ; 
for  faith  is  nothing  else  but  the  form  of  charity,  just  as 
speech  is  the  form  of  sound  ;  faith  being  formed  by  chanty 
as  speech  is  formed  by  sound  ;  the  mode  of  its  formation 
is  also  known  to  us  in  heaven,  but  there  is  no  opportunity 
to  explain  it  at  present."  "  By  faith,  however,"  he  ad- 
ded, "  I  mean  spiritual  faith,  ihe  spirit  and  life  of  w  hich  is 
derived  solely  from  charity,  for  charity  is  spiritual,  and  by 
charity,  faith  ;  wherefore  faith  "without  charity  is  a  merely- 
natural  faith,  w  hich  is  dead,  which  also  conjoins  itself  with 


154 


THE   APOCALYPSE  REVEALED. 


[CH.  XX. 


merely  natural  affection,  which  is  nothing  else  but  con- 
cupiscence." The  angels  conversed  on  these  subjects 
spiritually,  and  spiritual  discourse  comprehends  thousands 
of  things  which  natural  language  cannot  express,  and 
what  is  wonderful,  such  as  do  not  even  fall  within  the 
ideas  of  natural  thought.  Remember  this,  I  beseech  you, 
and  when  you  come  out  of  natural  light  into  spiritual  light, 
as  is  the  case  after  death,  inquire  what  faith  is  and  what 
chanty  is,  and  you  will  clearly  see  that  faith  is  charity  in 
form,  and  therefore  that  charity  is  the  all  of  faith,  conse- 
quently that  it  is  the  soul,  life,  and  essence  of  faith,  just 
as  the  affection  is  of  thought,  and  as  the  sound  is  of 
speech  ;  and  if  you  desire  it,  you  will  see  the  foimation 
of  faith  from  charity  like  the  formation  of  speech  from 
sound,  because  they  correspond.  After  discoursing  togeth- 
er for  some  time  on  these  and  such  like  subjects,  the  angels 
departed,  and  as  they  retired  each  to  his  respective  hea- 
ven, their  heads  appeared  encompassed  with  stars  :  and 
when  they  were  some  distance  from  me,  they  again  seem- 
ed to  be  borne  in  chariots  as  before. 

When  these  two  angels  were  gone  out  of  my  sight,  I 
saw  a  garden  on  my  right  hand,  in  which  were  olive-trees, 
vines,  fig-trees,  laurels,  and  palm-trees,  planted  in  order, 
according  to  correspondence.  I  looked  into  the  garden, 
and  saw  an»els  and  spirits  walking  and  conversing  togeth- 
er among  the  trees  ;  then  a  certain  angelic  spirit  observed 
me  (they  are  called  angelic  spirits,  who  in  the  world  of 
spirits  are  prepared  for  heaven,  and  afterw  ards  become 
angels),  and  came  out  of  the  garden  towards  me,  and 
said,"  Will  you  come  with  me  into  our  paradise,  and  you 
shall  hear  and  see  wonderful  things."  I  went  with  him, 
and  then  he  said  to  me,  "Those  whom  you  see  (for  there 
were  many  persons  there),  are  all  principled  in  the  affec- 
tion of  truth,  and  thence  in  the  lijjht  of  wisdom  :  here 
also  is  a  building  which  we  call  the  Temple  of  Wisdom; 
but  the  nature  of  this  building  is  such,  that  it  cannot  be 
seen  by  him  who  thinks  himself  very  wise,  much  less  by 
him  who  thinks  himself  wise  enough,  and  still  less  by  him 
who  thinks  himself  wise  from  himself ;  the  reason  is,  be- 
cause such  persons  are  not  in  the  reception  of  the  light  of 


CH.  XX.] 


THE   APOCALYPSE  REVEALED. 


155 


heaven  from  the  affection  of  genuine  wisdom  :  genuine 
wisdom  consists  in  a  man's  seeing  from  the  light  of  hea- 
ven, that  what  lie  knows,  understands,  and  is  wise  in,  is, 
respectively  to  what  he  does  not  know,  understand,  nor  is 
wise  in,  as  a  drop  to  the  ocean,  consequently  next  to 
nothing.  Every  one  who  is  in  this  paradisiacal  garden, 
and  perceives  and  acknowledges  in  himself,  that  his  own 
wisdom  is  so  little  comparatively,  sees  that  temple  of  wis- 
dom, for  interior  light  enables  a  man  to  see  it,  but  not 
exterior  light  without  it  ;"  and  inasmuch  as  I  had  often 
thought  so  myself,  both  from  science,  and  then  from  per- 
ception, and  lastly  in  consequence  of  seeing  it  from  inte- 
rior light,  and  had  acknowledged,  that  man  had  so  little 
wisdom,  behold  !  it  was  given  ine  to  see  that  temple.  In 
form  it  was  stupendous,  it  was  raised  a  great  height  above 
the  ground,  and  was  quadrangular,  with  walls  of  crystal, 
its  roof  of  transparent  jasper  elegantly  arched,  the  founda- 
tion consisted  of  precious  stones  of  various  kinds  ;  and  the 
steps  leading  up  to  it  were  of  polished  alabaster ;  at  the 
sides  of  the  steps  were  seen  the  figures  of  lions  with  their 
cubs.  I  then  asked  whether  I  mi<jht  be  allowed  to  enter  ; 
and  being  informed  that  I  might,  I  ascended  therefore  the 
steps,  and  when  I  had  entered,  I  observed,  as  it  were, 
cherubs  flying  beneath  the  roof,  and  presently  vanishing 
out  of  sight  ;  the  floor  under  our  feet  was  of  cedar,  and 
the  whole  temple,  by  reason  of  the  transparency  of  its 
roof  and  walls,  seemed  built  to  be  the  form  of  light.  The 
angelic  spirit  went  in  with  me,  and  I  related  to  him  what 
I  had  heard  from  the  two  angels  concerning  love  and 
wisdom,  as  also  concerning  charity  and  faith  ;  and  he 
said  to  me,  "  Did  they  not  also  mention  a  third  ?"  And 
I  said,  "  What  third  ?"  He  replied,  "  Use.  Love  and 
wisdom  without  use,  are  not  any  thing,  they  are  only 
ideal  entities,  nor  do  they  become  real  until  they  are  fixed 
in  use  ;  for  love,  wisdom,  and  use,  are  three  things  which 
cannot  be  separated  ;  for  if  they  are  separated  each  is  re- 
duced to  nothing  ;  love  is  nothing  without  wisdom,  but  in 
wisdom  it  is  formed  for  something,  which  something  is 
use,  wherefore  when  love  by  wisdom  is  in  use,  then  it  is 
something,  yea  it  then  really  is ;  they  are  exactly  like 


156 


THE  APOCALYPSE  REVEALED. 


[CH.  XX. 


end,  cause,  and  effect;  the  end  is  not  any  thing  unless  it 
exists  by  the  cause  in  the  effect  ;  and  if  any  one  of  the 
three  be  destroyed,  the  whole  is  destroyed,  and  becomes 
as  nothing.  It  is  the  same  with  charity,  faith,  and  works  ; 
charity  without  faith  is  nothing,  nor  is  faith  any  thing 
without  charity,  nor  are  charity  and  faith  any  thing  with- 
out works,  but  in  works  they  become  something,  the 
quality  of  which  something  is  according  to  the  use  of  those 
works.  It  is  the  same  with  affection,  thought,  and  opera- 
tion ;  and  also  with  will,  understanding,  and  action. 
That  this  is  the  case,  may  be  seen  clearly  in  this  temple, 
because  the  light,  in  which  we  are  here,  is  a  light  illustra- 
ting the  interiors  of  the  mind.  The  science  of  geometry 
teaches  also  that  nothing  can  be  complete  or  perfect  ex- 
cept it  be  a  trine,  or  a  compound  of  three,  for  a  line  is 
nothing  without  an  area,  and  an  area  is  nothing  unless  it 
become  a  solid,  wherefore  the  one  must  be  drawn  into  the 
other,  that  they  may  exist  and  co-exist  in  the  third.  As 
it  is  in  this  instance,  so  it  is  likewise  in  the  case  of  all  and 
every  created  thing,  they  have  their  limit  and  termination 
in  a  third.  Hence  it  is,  that  three  in  the  Word,  spirit- 
ually understood,  signifies  what  is  complete  and  entire. 
This  being  the  case,  I  cannot  but  wonder  that  some  pro- 
fess faith  alone,  some  charity  alone,  and  some  works  alone, 
when  yet  one  without  the  other,  or  any  two  of  them  with- 
out the  third,  are  a  mere  nothing."  But  then  I  asked 
him,  "  May  not  a  man  have  charity  and  faith,  and  yet  not 
have  works  ?  May  he  not  be  inclined  both  in  affection 
and  thought  towards  some  particular  purpose,  and  yet  not 
be  in  its  operation  ?"  The  angelic  spirit  answered,  "  He 
can  only  be  so  ideally,  but  not  really,  for  he  must  needs 
be  in  the  endeavor  or  will  to  operate,  and  will  or  endea- 
vor is  in  itself  an  action,  because  it  is  continually  striving 
towards  action,  which  becomes  an  exterior  act  when 
opportunity  occurs  to  determine  it,  wherefore  endeavor 
and  will,  as  an  interior  act,  is  accepted  by  every  wise 
man,  because  it  is  accepted  by  God,  altogether,  as  though 
it  were  an  exterior  act,  provided  it  fail  not  to  operate 
when  opportunity  offers." 

After  this  I  descended  the  steps  from  the  temple  of 


CH.  XX.]  THE  APOCALYPSE  REVEALED.  J 57 

wisdom,  and  walked  in  the  garden,  and  I  observed  some 
persons  sitting  under  a  laurel  and  eating  figs  ;  I  approach- 
ed and  asked  them  for  some  figs,  which  they  gave  me  ; 
and  lo,  the  figs  in  my  hand  became  grapes  ;  when  1  ex- 
pressed my  surprise  at  this,  the  angelic,  spirit,  who  was 
still  with  me,  said,  "  The  figs  in  your  hand  became  grapes, 
because  figs,  by  correspondence,  signify  the  goods  of  charity 
and  thence  of  faith,  in  the  natural  or  external  man,  but 
grapes  signify  the  goods  of  charity  and  thence  of  faith  in 
the  spiritual  or  internal  man  ;  and  because  thou  lovest 
spiritual  things,  therefore  has  this  change  happened  to  you, 
for  in  our  world  all  things  come  to  pass  and  exist,  and  are 
also  changed,  according  to  correspondences."  And  in- 
stantly I  felt  a  desire  to  know  how  a  man  can  do  good 
from  God,  and  yet  as  from  himself;  wherefore  I  asked 
those  who  were  eating  figs,  what  was  their  notion  on  the 
subject  ?  they  said  they  could  conceive  no  other  but  that 
God  operates  it  inwardly  in  man.  and  by  man  when  he 
knows  nothing  of  it ;  since  if  man  were  conscious  of  it, 
and  so  did  it  as  if  from  himself,  which  also  is  to  doit  from 
himself,  he  would  not  do  good  but  evil  ;  for  all  that  pro- 
ceeds from  man,  as  from  himself,  proceeds  from  his  pro- 
prium or  selfhood,  and  the  proprium  of  man  from  his 
birth  is  evil.  How  then  can  good  from  God  and  evil 
from  man  be  joined  together,  and  proceed  conjointly  into 
action  ?  besides  the  proprium  of  man  in  matters  relating 
to  salvation  is  ever  full  of  its  own  merit,  and  in  proportion 
as  this  is  the  case,  it  derogates  from  the  Lord's  merit, 
which  is  the  highest  injustice  and  impiety.  In  short,  if 
the  good  which  God  operates  in  man  by  the  holy  spirit, 
were  to  flow  into  man's  volition  and  thence  into  his  actions, 
that  good  would  be  totally  defiled  and  also  profaned, 
which  God  never  permits.  Man  may,  indeed,  think  that 
the  good  which  he  does  is  from  God,  and  call  it  the  good 
of  God  through  him,  and  as  it  were  from  him,  but  still  we 
do  not  compehend  how  it  can  be  so."  But  I  then  open- 
ed my  mind,  and  said,  "  You  do  not  comprehend  how  it 
can  be  so.  because  you  think  from  appearances,  and  such 
thought,  when  confirmed,  is  fallacy.  You  are  under  the 
appearance  and  thence  under  the  fallacy,  because  you  be- 
vol.  m.  14 


1 98 


THE    APOCALYPSE  REVEALED. 


[CII.  XX. 


lieve  the  appearance  and  consequent  fallacy,  that  all  things 
which  a  man  wills  and  thinks,  and  thence  acts  and  speaks, 
are  in  him,  and  consequently  from  him,  when  neverthe- 
less, not  one  of  all  such  things  is  in  him  except  the  state 
and  capacity  of  receiving  that  which  enters  by  influx. 
Man  is  not  life  in  himself,  but  an  organ  receptive  of  life  ; 
the  Lord  alone  is  life  in  himself,  as  he  also  says  in  John  : 
1  For  as  the  Father  hath  life  in  himself  so  hath  he  given 
to  the  Son  to  have  life  in  himself, ,  v.  26  ;  besides  other 
places,  as  John  xi.  25,  xiv.  6,  19.  There  are  two  things 
which  constitute  life,  love,  and  wisdom,  or  what  amounts 
to  the  same,  the  good  of  love  and  the  truth  of  wisdom  ; 
these  flow  from  God  and  are  received  by  man,  and  they 
are  felt  by  man,  as  in  him,  and  because  they  are  felt  by 
him,  as  in  him,  they  also  proceed  as  if  from  him  ;  that 
they  are  so  felt  by  man,  is  given  of  the  Lord,  that  that 
which  flows-in  may  affect  him,  and  so  be  received  and 
remain.  But  as  all  evil  likewise  enters  by  influx,  not 
from  God  but  from  hell,  and  is  received  with  delight,  be- 
cause man  is  born  such  an  organ,  therefore  he  receives  no 
more  good  from  God,  but  in  proportion  to  the  evil  which 
is  removed  by  man  as  if  from  himself,  which  is  effected 
by  repentance,  and  at  the  same  time  by  faith  in  the  Lord. 
That  love  and  wisdom,  charity  and  faith,  or,  to  speak  in 
more  general  terms,  the  good  of  love  and  charity,  and  the 
truth  of  wisdom  and  faith,  flow-in,  and  that  the  things 
which  flow-in  appear  in  man  as  if  they  were  in  him,  and 
thence  as  if  they  were  from  him,  may  be  plainly  seen 
from  the  sight,  hearing,  smell,  taste,  and  touch  ;  for  what- 
ever things  are  felt  by  the  organs  of  those  senses,  flow 
from  without,  and  are  felt  in  them  ;  the  case  is  the  same 
with  the  organs  of  the  internal  senses,  only  with  this  dif- 
ference, that  into  the  latter  flow  spiritual  things  which  do 
not  appear,  but  into  the  former  natural  things  which  do 
appear.  In  a  word,  man  is  an  organ  receptive  of  life 
from  God,  consequently  he  is  receptive  of  good,  in  pro- 
portion as  he  desists  from  evil  ;  the  power  to  desist  from 
evil,  the  Lord  gives  to  every  man,  because  he  gives  him 
the  power  to  will  and  to  understand  as  if  from  himself, 
and  whatsoever  a  man  does  from  the  will  as  his  own, 


CH-  XX.] 


THE  APOCALYPSE  REVEALED. 


159 


according  to  understanding,  as  his  own,  or  what  is  the 
same  thing,  whatever  he  does  from  freedom  of  will  accord- 
ing to  the  conviction  of  the  understanding,  that  remains  ; 
and  by  this  the  Lord  brings  man  into  a  state  of  conjunc- 
tion with  himself,  and  in  that  state  reforms,  regenerates, 
and  saves  him.  The  life  which  flows-in,  is  life  proceed- 
ing from  the  Lord,  which  is  also  called  the  spirit  of  God, 
and  in  the  Word  the  Holy  Spirit,  of  which  also  it  is  said 
that  it  enlightens  and  quickens,  yea,  that  it  operates  in 
man ;  but  this  life  is  varied  and  modified  according  to  the 
organization  induced  on  man  by  his  love  and  the  object 
he  has  in  view.  You  may  also  know,  that  all  the  good 
of  love  and  charity  and  all  the  truth  of  wisdom  and  faith 
flow-in,  and  are  not  in  man,  from  this  consideration,  that 
he  who  supposes  that  such  things  are  inherent  in  man  by 
creation,  cannot  think  otherwise  than  that  God  has  in- 
fused himself  into  man,  and  thus  that  men  are  in  part  gods, 
and  yet  they  who  so  think  from  faith,  become  devils,  and 
stink  like  dead  carcasses.  Besides,  what  is  all  human 
action  but  the  action  of  the  mind  ?  for  what  the  mind  wills 
and  thinks,  that  it  acts  by  its  organ  the  body,  wherefore 
w  hen  the  mind  is  guided  by  the  Lord,  its  actions,  are  also 
guided,  and  the  mind  and  the  actions  flowing  from  it,  are 
guided  by  the  Lord,  when  it  believes  in  him.  Were 
not  this  the  case,  tell  me  if  you  can,  why  the  Lord  in  the 
Word  has  a  thousand  and  a  thousand  times  commanded 
man  to  love  his  neighbor,  to  do  the  goods  of  charity,  and 
to  bear  fruit  as  a  tree,  and  to  keep  the  commandments, 
and  all  this  with  a  view  to  salvation  ;  also  why  is  it  said, 
that  man  shall  be  judged  according  to  his  deeds  or  works, 
he  who  has  done  good  to  heaven  and  life,  and  he  who 
has  done  evil,  to  hell  and  death?  How  could  the  Lord 
have  said  such  things,  if  all  that  proceeds  from  man  were 
meritorious  and  consequently  evil  ?  Know,  therefore, 
that  if  the  mind  be  charity,  the  action  is  charity  also,  but 
if  the  mind  be  faith  alone,  which  is  a  faith  separated  from 
spiritual  charity,  the  action  also  is  such  faith,  and  this 
faith  is  meritorious,  because  its  charity  is  natural  and  not 
spiritual ;  not  so  the  faith  of  charity,  because  charity 
does  not  desire  to  have  any  merit,  and  therefore  neither 


160 


THE   APOCALYPSE  REVEALED. 


[CH.  XX. 


does  its  faith.''  On  hearing  this,  they  who  sat  under  the 
laurel  said,  "  We  comprehend  the  justness  of  your  obser- 
vations, and  yet  we  do  not  comprehend  it."  And  I 
replied,  "  You  comprehend  the  justness  of  my  observa- 
tions by  virtue  of  that  common  perception  which  man 
enjoys  from  the  influx  of  light  out  of  heaven,  when  be 
hears  any  truth  ;  but  you  do  not  comprehend  it  by  reason 
of  that  peculiar  perception,  which  every  man  has  in  con- 
sequence of  an  influx  of  light  from  the  world  ;  these  two 
sorts  of  perception,  namely,  the  internal  and  external,  or 
the  spiritual  and  natural,  make  one  in  wise  men  ;  you  also 
may  make  them  one,  if  you  look  up  to  the  Lord  and  put 
away  evils."  Seeing  that  they  understood  these  words, 
1  plucked  off  some  twigs  from  the  laurel,  under  which  we 
were  sitting,  and  held  them  out,  and  said,  "  Do  you  be- 
lieve that  this  is  from  me,  or  from  the  Lord  ?"  And  they 
said,  "  They  believed  it  was  through  me  as  from  me," 
and,  lo  !  the  branches  blossomed  in  their  hands.  As  I 
was  retiring,  I  saw  a  table  made  of  cedar  wood,  on  which 
there  was  a  book,  under  a  green  olive-tree,  whose  trunk 
was  entwined  about  with  a  vine ;  1  viewed  it  attentively, 
and  behold,  it  was  a  book  which  I  had  written,  entitled 
Angelic  Wisdom  concerning  the  Divine  Love  and  the 
Divine  Wisdom  f  and  also  concerning  the  Divine  Provi- 
dence ;  and  I  said,  w  In  that  book  it  is  fully  shown,  that 
man  is  an  organ  receptive  of  life,  and  not  life."  After 
these  things  I  returned  home  from  the  garden  exhilarated 
in  mind,  and  accompanied  by  the  angelic  spirit,  who  said 
to  me  in  the  way,  "  If  you  wish  to  see  clearly  what  faith 
and  charity  are,  thus  what  faith  is  when  separated  from 
charity,  and  what  it  is  when  conjoined  with  charity,  ]  will 
give  you  ocular  demonstration  !"  And  I  replied,  "  Do 
so."  And  he  said,  "  Instead  of  faith  and  charity,  think 
of  light  and  heat,  and  you  will  see  it  clearly  ;  for  faith  in 
its  essence  is  the  truth  of  wisdom,  and  charity  in  its  essence 
is  the  affection  of  love,  and  the  truth  of  wisdom  in  heaven 
is  light,  and  the  affection  of  love  in  heaven  is  heat ;  the 
light  and  heat  in  which  the  angels  are,  is  nothing  else  ; 
hence  thou  mayest  see  clearly,  what  faith  is  separated 
from  charity,  and   what  faith  is  when  conjoined  with 


CH.  XX.] 


THE  APOCALYPSE  REVEALED. 


101 


charity  ;  faith  separated  from  charity  is  like  the  light  in 
winter ;  and  faith  conjoined  with  charity  is  like  the  light 
in  spring  ;  the  light  in  winter,  which  is  light  separated 
from  heat,  and  in  consequence  conjoined  with  cold,  strips 
the  trees  of  their  leaves,  hardens  the  ground,  kills  the 
green  herb,  and  also  congeals  the  waters  ;  but  the  light  in 
spring,  which  is  light  conjoined  with  heat,  causes  the 
trees  to  vegetate,  first  into  leaves  then  into  blossoms,  and 
lastly  into  fruits ;  it  opens  and  softens  the  ground,  so  that 
it  produces  grass,  herbs,  flowers,  and  fruit  trees,  and  also 
dissolves  the'  ice,  so  that  the  waters  can  flow  from  their 
springs.  It  is  exactly  the  same  with  faith  and  charity  ; 
faith  separated  from  charity  kills  all  things,  and  faith  con- 
joined with  charity  gives  life  to  all  things ;  this  quicken- 
ing and  this  extinction  of  things  may  be  seen  to  the  life  in 
our  spiritual  world,  because  here  faith  is  light,  and  charity 
is  heat ;  for  where  faith  is  conjoined  with  charity,  there 
are  paradisiacal  gardens,  shrubberies,  and  lawns,  which 
flourish  and  spread  their  fragrance  in  proportion  to  that 
union  ;  but  where  faith  is  separated  from  charity,  there 
does  not  grow  so  much  as  a  blade  of  grass  ;  nor  any  green 
thing  except  it  be  on  brambles,  thorns,  and  nettles  ;  this 
is  effected  by  the  heat  and  light  proceeding  from  the  Lord 
as  a  sun,  in  the  angels  and  spirits,  and  thereby  out  of 
them."  There  were  on  this  occasion  not  far  from  us  some 
of  the  clergy,  whom  the  angelic  spirit  called  justifiers  and 
sanctifiers  of  men  by  faith  alone,  and  also  arcanists  or 
dealers  in  mysteries  ;  we  related  the  same  things  to  them, 
and  demonstrated  the  truth  so  plainly,  that  they  saw  it  was 
so  ;  but  when  we  asked  them  whether  they  admitted  it 
to  be  so,  they  turned  their  backs,  and  said,  "  We  did  not 
hear  you  ;"  but  we  called  out  to  them,  saying,  "  Hear  us 
now  then  ;"  but  immediately  they  placed  both  hands  on 
their  ears,  and  exclaimed,  "  We  will  not  hear." 


14* 


162 


THE  APOCALYPSE  KEVEALElT. 


[cir.  xxr. 


CHAPTER  XXI. 

1.  And  I  saw  a  new  heaven  and  a  new  earth  :  for  the  former 
heaven  and  the  former  earth  were  passed  away  ;  and  the  sea  was 
no  more. 

2.  And  I,  John,  saw  the  holy  city,  New  Jerusalem,  coming 
down  from  God  out  of  heaven,  prepared  as  a  bride  adorned  tor 
her  husband. 

3.  And  I  heard  a  great  voice  out  of  heaven,  saying,  Behold  the 
tabernacle  of  God  is  with  men,  and  he  will  dwell  with  them, 
and  they  shall  be  his  people,  and  God  himself* shall  be  with  them 
their  God. 

4.  And  God  shall  wipe  away  all  tears  from  their  eyes  ;  and 
there  shall  be  death  no  more,  neither  sorrow  nor  crying,  neither 
shall  there  be  pain  any  more,  for  the  former  things  arc  passed 
away. 

5.  And  he  that  sat  upon  the  throne  said,  Behold,  I  make  all 
things  new.  And  he  said  unto  me,  Write;  for  these  words  are 
true  and  faithful. 

6.  And  he  said  unto  mc,  It  is  done.  I  am  the  Alpha  and  the 
Omega,  the  Beginning  and  the  End.  I  will  give  unto  him  that 
is  athirst  of  the  fountain  of  the  water  of  life  freely. 

7.  He  that  ovcrcometh  shall  inherit  all  things ;  and  I  will  be 
his  God,  and  he  shall  be  my  son. 

8.  But  the  fearful,  and  the  unfaithful,  and  the  ahominahle,  and 
murderers,  and  whoremongers,  and  sorcerers,  and  idolaters,  and 
all  liars,  shall  have  their  part  in  the  lake  which  burnetii  with  fire 
and  brimstone:  which  is  the  second  death. 

9.  And  there  came  unto  me  one  of  the  seven  angels  who  had 
the  seven  vials  full  of  the  seven  last  plagues,  and  talked  with  me, 
saying,  Come  hither,  I  will  show  thee  the  bride,  the  Lamb's  wife. 

10.  And  he  carried  me  away  in  the  spirit  to  a  great  and  high 
mountain,  and  showed  me  the  great  city,  the  holy  Jerusalem, 
descending  out  of  heaven  from  God, 

11.  Having  the  glory  of  God:  and  the  light  thereof  was  like 
unto  a  most  precious  stone,  even  like  a  jasper-stone,  clear  as 
crystal. 

12.  And  it  had  a  wall  great  and  high.  And  it  had  twelve 
gates,  and  at  the  gates  twelve  angels,  and  names  written  thereon, 
which  are  those  of  the  twelve  tribes  of  the  sons  of  Israel. 

13.  On  the  east,  three  gates ;  on  the  north,  three  gates  ;  on  the 
south,  three  gates;  and  on  the  west,  three  gates. 

14.  And  the  wall  of  the  city  had  twelve  foundations,  and  in 
them  the  names  of  the  twelve  apostles  of  tho  Lamb. 

15.  And  he  that  talked  with  me  had  a  golden  reed,  to  measure 
the  city,  and  the  gates  thereof,  and  the  wall  thereof. 

16.  And  the  city  lieth  four  square,  and  the  length  thereof  is  as 
large  as  the  breadth :  and  he  measured  the  city  with  the  reed, 


OH.  XXt  ] 


THE  APOCALYPSE  REVEALED. 


163 


twelve  thousand  furlongs.  The  length  and  the  breadth  and  the 
height  of  it  are  equal. 

17.  And  he  measured  the  wall  thereof,  a  hundred  and  forty- 
four  cubits,  according  to  the  measure  of  a  man,  that  is,  of  an 
angel. 

18.  And  the  structure  of  the  wall  thereof  was  jasper.  And  the 
city  was  pure  gold,  like  unto  pure  glass. 

19.  And  the  foundations  of  the  wall  of  the  city  were  adorned 
with  every  precious  stone.  The  first  foundation  was  jasper;  the 
second,  sapphire  ;  the  third,  chalcedony  ;  the  fourth,  emerald  ; 

20.  The  filth,  sardonyx;  the  sixth,  sardius;  the  seventh,  chry- 
solite: the  eighth,  beryl  ;  the  ninth,  topaz  ;  the  tenth,  chrysopra- 
sus  ;  the  eleventh,  jacinth  ;  the  twelfth,  amethyst. 

21.  And  the  twelve  gates  were  twelve  pearls  ;  every  one  of  the 
gates  was  of  one  pearl ;  and  the  street  of  the  city  was  pure  gold 
like  transparent  glass. 

22.  And  1  saw  no  temple  therein  ;  for  its  temple  is  the  Lord 
God  Almighty  and  the  Lamb. 

23.  And  the  city  hath  no  need  of  the  sun,  neither  of  the  moon, 
to  shine  in  it ;  for  "the  glory  of  God  did  light  it,  and  its  lamp  is  the 
Lamb. 

24.  And  the  nations  of  them  that  are  saved  shall  walk  in  the 
light  of  it:  and  the  kings  of  the  earth  shall  bring  their  glory  and 
honor  into  it. 

25.  And  the  gates  of  it  shall  not  be  shut  by  day  ;  for  there  shall 
be  tio  night  there. 

26.  And  they  shall  bring  the  glory  and  honor  of  the  nations 
into  it. 

27.  And  there  shall  not  enter  into  it  any  thing  that  defileth, 
nor  that  worketh  abomination,  or  tnaketh  a  lie,  but  they  who  are 
written  in  the  Lamb's  book  of  life. 


THE  SPIRITUAL  SENSE. 

The  contf.ntsof  the  whol  e  chapter.  This  chapter  treats 
of  the  state  of  heaven  and  the  church  after  the  last  judgment ;  that 
after  this  event,  through  the  new  heaven  a  new  church  will  exist 
in  the  earth,  which  will  worship  the  Lord  only,  verses  1 — 8.  Its 
conjunction  with  the  Lord,  verses  9 — 10.  The  description  of  it 
as  to  intelligence  derived  from  the  Word,  verse  11;  as  to  doc- 
trine thence  derived,  verses  12 — 21 ;  and  as  to  every  quality  there- 
of, verses  22 — 26. 

The  co.nte.its  of  each  verse.  "  And  I  saw  a  new  heaven 
and  a  new  earth,"  signifies,  that  a  new  heaven  was  formed  from 
among  Christians  by  the  Lord,  which  at  this  day  is  called  the 
Christian  heaven,  where  they  are  who  had  worshiped  the  Lord, 


164 


THE  APOCALYPSE  REVEALED.  [CH.  XXI. 


and  lived  according  to  his  commandments  in  the  Word,  in  whom 
therefore  there  is  charity  and  faith  ;  in  which  are  also  all  the  in- 
fants of  Christians  :  "  For  the  former  heaven  and  the  former  earth 
were  passed  away,"  signifies,  the  heavens  which  were  formed  not 
by  the  Lord,  but  by  those  who  came  out  of  Christendom  into  the 
spiritual  world,  who  were  all  dispersed  at  the  day  of  the  last  judg- 
ment :  "  And  the  sea  was  no  more,"  signifies,  that  die  external  of 
the  heaven  collected  from  among  Christians  since  the  first  estab- 
lishment of  the  church,  was  in  like  manner  dispersed,  after  they 
who  were  written  in  the  Lord's  book  of  life  were  taken  thence 
and  saved :  "And  I,  John,  saw  the  holy  city  New  Jerusalem, 
coming  down  from  God  out  of  heaven,"  signifies,  a  new  church  to 
be  established  hy  the  Lord  at  the  end  of  the  former  church, 
which  will  be  consociated  with  the  New  Heaven  in  divine  truths 
as  to  doctrine  and  as  to  life :  "  Prepared  as  a  bride  adorned  for 
her  husband"  signifies,  that  church  conjoined  with  the  Lord  by 
the  Word:  "And  I  heard  a  great  voice  out  of  heaven,  saying, 
Behold,  the  tabernacle  of  God  is  with  men,"  signifies,  the  Lord 
from  love  speaking  and  declaring  the  glad  tidings,  that  he  himself 
will  now  be  present  among  men  in  his  Divine  Humanity:  "And 
he  will  dwell  with  them,  and  they  shall  he  his  people,  and  God 
himself  shall  be  with  them  their  God,"  signifies,  the  conjunction 
of  the  Lord,  which  is  of  such  a  nature,  that  they  are  in  him,  and 
he  in  them  :  "  And  God  shall  wipe  away  all  tears  from  their  eyes, 
and  there  shall  be  no  more  death,  neither  sorrow  nor  crying,  nei- 
ther shall  there  be  any  more  pain,  for  the  former  things  are  pass- 
ed away,"  signifies,  that  the  Lord  will  take  from  them  all  grief 
of  mind,  fear  of  damnation,  of  evils  and  falses  from  hell,  and  of 
temptations  arising  from  them,  and  they  shall  not  remember 
them,  because  the  dragon,  which  had  caused  them,  is  cast  out: 
"And  he  that  sat  upon  the  throne  said,  Behold,  I  make  all  things 
new.  And  he  said  unto  me,  Write :  for  these  words  are  true  and 
faithful,"  signifies,  the  Lord  confirming  all  respecting  the  New 
Heaven  and  the  New  Church  after  the  accomplishment  of  the  last 
judgment:  "And  he  said  unto  me,  It  is  done,"  signifies,  that  it 
is  divine  truth  :  "  1  am  the  Alpha  and  the  Omega,  the  Beginning 
and  the  End,"  signifies,  that  the  Lord  is  the  God  of  heaven 
and  earth,  and  that  all  things  in  the  heavens  and  earths 
were  made  by  him,  and  are  governed  by  his  divine  providence, 
and  are  done  according  to  it:  "I  will  give  unto  him  that  is  athirst 
of  the  fountain  of  the  water  of  life  freely,"  signifies,  that  to  those 
who  desire  truths  from  any  spiritual  use,  the  Lord  will  give  from 
himself  through  the  Word  all  things  that  are  conducive  to  that 
use:  "  He  that  overcometh  shall  inherit  all  things:  and  I  will  be 
his  God,  and  he  shall  be  my  son,"  signifies,  that  they  who  over- 
come evils  in  themselves,  that  is,  the  devil,  and  do  not  yield  or 
sink  when  they  are  tempted  by  the  Babylonians  and  dragonists, 
will  go  to  heaven,  and  there  live  in  the  Lord  and  the  Lord  in 
them:  " But  the  fearful  and  the  unfaithful,  and  the  abominable," 
signifies,  those  who  are  in  no  faith,  and  in  no  charity,  and  thence 


en.  xxi.] 


THE  APOCALYPSE  REVEALED. 


165 


in  all  kinds  of  evils:  "And  murderers,  and  whoremongers,  and 
sorcerers,  and  idolaters,  and  all  liars,"  signifies,  all  those  who 
make  no  account  of  the  commandments  of  the  decalogue,  and  do 
not  shun  any  evils  therein  mentioned  as  sins,  and  therefore  live  in 
them:  "Shall  have  their  part  in  the  lake  which  burnetii  with  fire 
and  brimstone,"  signifies,  their  portion  in  hell  where  are  the  loves 
of  falsity  and  the  lusts  of  evil :  "  Which  is  the  second  death,"  sig- 
nifies, damnation  :  "And  there  came  unto  me  one  of  the  seven 
angels  who  had  the  seven  vials  full  of  the  seven  last  plagues,  and 
talked  with  me,  saying,  Come  hither,  I  will  show  thee  the  bride, 
the  Lamb's  wife,"  signifies,  influx  aud  manifestation  from  the 
Lord  out  of  the  inmost  of  heaven,  concerning  the  New  Church, 
which  will  be  conjoined  to  the  Lord  through  the  Word:  "  And  he 
carried  me  away  in  the  spirit  to  a  great  and  high  mountain,  and 
showed  me  the  great  city,  the  holy  Jerusalem,  descending  out  of 
heaven  from  God,"  signifies,  that  John  was  translated  into  the 
third  heaven,  and  his  sight  there  opened,  before  whom  was  made 
manifest  the  Lord's  New  Church  as  to  doctrine,  in  the  form  of  a 
city  :  "  Having  the  glory  of  God,  and  the  light  thereof,  was  like 
unto  a  most  precious  stone,  even  like  a  jasper-stone  clear  as  crys- 
tal," signifies,  th.it  in  that  church  the  Word  will  be  understood, 
by  reason  of  its  being  translucent  from  its  spiritual  sense:  "  And 
it  had  a  wall  great  and  high,"  signifies,  the  Word  in  its  literal 
sense,  from  which  the  doctrine  of  the  New  Church  is  deduced  : 
"And  it  had  twelve  gates,"  signifies,  all  the  knowledges  of  truth 
and  good  therein  by  which  man  is  introduced  into  the  church  : 
"  And  at  the  gates  twelve  angels,  and  names  written  thereon, 
which  are  those  of  the  twelve  tribes  of  the  sons  of  Israel,"  signi- 
fies, the  divine  truths  and  goods  of  heaven,  which  are  also  the  di- 
vine truths  and  goods  of  the  church,  in  those  knowledges,  and 
guards  to  prevent  any  one  from  entering  unless  he  be  in  them 
from  the  Lord  :  "  On  the  east,  three  gates ;  on  the  north,  three 
gates;  on  the  south,  three  gates;  and  on  the  west,  three  gates," 
signifies,  that  the  knowledges  of  truth  and  good,  in  which  is  con- 
tained spiritual  life  from  heaven  from  the  Lord,  and  by  which  in- 
troduction into  the  New  Church  is  effected,  are  for  those  who  are 
more  or  less  in  the  love  or  the  affection  of  good,  and  for  those 
who  are  more  or  less  in  wisdom  or  the  affection  of  truth  :  "  And 
the  wall  of  the  city  had  twelve  foundations,"  signifies,  that  the 
Word  in  its  literal  sense  contains  all  the  particulars  of  the  doc- 
trine of  the  New  Church  :  "  And  in  them  the  names  of  the  twelve 
apostles  of  the  Lamb,"  signifies,  all  things  of  doctrine  derived 
from  the  Word  concerning  the  Lord,  and  concerning  a  life  accor- 
ding to  his  commandments:  "And  he  that  talked  with  me  had  a 
golden  reed,  to  measure  the  city,  and  the  gates  thereof,  and  the 
wall  thereof,"  signifies,  that  there  is  given  hy  the  Lord,  to  those 
who  are  in  the  good  of  love,  the  faculty  of  understanding  and 
knowing  what  the  quality  of  the  Lord's  New  Church  is,  as  to 
doctrine  and  its  introductory  truths,  and  as  to  the  Word  from 
which  they  are  derived :  "And  the  city  lieth  four  square,"  signi- 


166 


THE  APOCALYPSE  REVEALED. 


[CH.  XXI. 


fies,  justice  iu  it:  "And  the  length  thereof  is  as  large  as  the 
breadth,"  signifies,  that  good  and  truth  in  that  church  make  one, 
like  essence  and  form :  "  And  he  measured  the  city  with  the  reed 
twelve  thousand  furlongs.  The  length  and  the  breadth  and  the 
height  of  it  are  equal,"  signifies,  the  quality  of  that  church  from 
doctrine  shown,  that  all  things  belonging  to  it  proceed  from  the 
good  of  love :  "  And  he  measured  the  wall  thereof  a  hundred  and 
forty-four  cubits,"  signifies,  that  it  was  shown,  what  the  qua- 
lity of  the  Word  is  in  that  church,  that  from  it  they  have  all  its 
truths  and  goods  :  "According  to  the  measure  of  a  man,  that  is, 
of  an  angel,"  signifies,  the  quality  of  that  church  that  it  makesone 
with  heaven:  "  And  the  structure  of  the  wall  thereof  was  jasper," 
signifies,  that  every  divine  truth,  iu  the  literal  sense  of  the  Word, 
is  translucent  with  the  men  of  that  church,  from  the  divine  truth 
in  the  spiritual  sense:  "And  the  city  was  pure  gold,  like  unto 
pure  glass,"  signifies,  that  thence  the  all  of  that  church  is  the  good 
of  love  flowing-in  together  with  light  out  of  heaven  from  the 
Lord  :  "  And  the  foundations  of  the  wall  of  the  city  were  adorn- 
ed with  every  precious  stone,"  signifies,  that  all  the  things  of  the 
doctrine  of  the  New  Jerusalem  taken  from  the  literal  sense  of  the 
Word,  with  those  who  are  in  it,  will  appear  in  the  light  according 
to  reception :  "  The  first  foundation  was  jasper  ;  the  second, 
sapphire  ;  the  third,  chalcedony  ;  the  fourth,  emerald  ;  the  fifth, 
sardonyx  ;  the  sixth,  sardius  ;  the  seventh,  chrysolite  ;  the  eighth, 
beryl;  the  ninth,  topaz ;  the  tenth,  chrysoprasus ;  the  eleventh, 
jacinth  ;  the  twelfth,  amethyst,"  signifies,  all  things  of  that  doc- 
trine in  their  order,  from  the  literal  sense  of  the  Word,  with 
those  who  immediately  approach  the  Lord,  and  live  according  to 
the  commandments  of"  the  decalogue  by  shunning  evils  as  sins, 
for  these  and  no  others  are  in  the  doctrine  of  love  to  God  and  of 
love  towards  their  neighbor,  which  two  things  are  the  fundamen- 
tals of  religion:  "And  the  twelve  gates  were  twelve  pearls;  every 
one  of  the  gates  was  of  one  pearl,"  signifies,  that  the  acknowledg- 
ment and  knowledge  of  the  Lord  conjoins  into  one  all  the  know- 
ledges of  truth  and  good,  which  are  derived  from  the  Word,  and 
introduces  into  the  church  :  "And  the  street  of  the  city  was  pure 
gold  like  transparent  glass,"  signifies,  that  every  truth  of  that 
church  and  of  its  doctrine  is  in  form  the  good  of  love  flowing-in 
together  with  light  out  of  heaven  from  the  Lord  :  "  And  1  saw  no 
temple  therein  ;  for  its  temple  is  the  Lord  God  Almighty  and  the 
Lamb,"  signifies,  that  in  this  church  there  will  not  be  any  exter- 
nal separated  from  the  internal,  because  the  Lord  himself  in  his 
Divine  Humanity,  from  whom  is  derived  the  all  of  the  church,  is 
alone  approached,  worshiped,  and  adored  :  "And  the  city  bad  no 
need  of  the  sun,  neither  of  the  moon,  to  shine  in  it  ;  for  the  glory 
of  God  did  light  it,  and  its  lamp  is  the  Lamb,"  signifies,  that  the 
men  of  that  church  will  not  be  in  self-love  and  in  self-derived  in- 
telligence, and  thence  in  natural  light  alone,  but  in  spiritual  light 
by  virtue  of  the  divine  truth  of  the  Word  derived  from  the  Lord 
alone  :  "  And  the  nations  of  them  that  are  saved,  shall  walk  in  the 


Oft.  XXI.]  THE  APOCALYPSE  REVEALED. 


167 


light  of  it,"  signifies,  that  all  who  arc  in  the  good  of  life,  and  be- 
lieve in  the  Lord,  will  there  live  according  to  divine  truths,  and 
will  see  them  inwardly  in  themselves,  as  the  eye  sees  objects : 
"  And  the  kings  of  the  earth  shall  bring  their  glory  and  honor 
into  it,"  signifies,  that  all  who  are  in  the  truths  of  wisdom,  from 
spiritual  good,  will  there  confess  the  Lord,  and  ascribe  to  him 
every  truth  and  every  good  that  is  in  them  :  "  And  the  gates  of  it 
shall  not  be  shut  by  day  ;  for  there  shall  be  no  night  there,"  sig- 
nifies, that  they  will  be  constantly  received  into  the  New  Jeru- 
salem, who  are  principled  in  truths  derived  from  the  good  of  love 
from  the  Lord,  because  there  is  not  any  falsity  of  faith  there : 
"  And  they  shall  bring  the  glory  and  honor  of  the  nations  into  it," 
signifies,  that  they  who  enter  will  bring  with  them  the  confession, 
acknowledgment,  and  belief,  that  the  Lord  is  the  God  of  heaven 
and  earth,  and  that  every  truth  of  the  church  and  every  good  of 
religion  is  from  him  :  "  And  there  shall  not  enter  into  it  any  thing 
that  defileth,  nor  that  worketh  abomination,  or  makelh  a  lie,"  sig- 
nifies, that  no  one  will  be  received  into  the  Lord's  New  Church, 
who  adulterates  the  goods,  and  falsifies  the  truths  of  the  Word, 
and  who  does  evils  from  confirmation  and  thus  also  falses:  "But 
they  who  are  written  in  the  Lamb's  book  of  life,"  signifies,  that 
no  others  will  be  received  into  the  New  Church,  which  is  the 
New  Jerusalem,  but  they  who  believe  in  the  Lord,  and  live  ac- 
cording to  his  precepts  in  the  Word. 


THE  EXPLANATION. 

876.  "  And  I  saw  a  new  heaven  and  a  new  earth," 
signifies,  that  a  new  heaven  was  formed  from  among 
Christians  by  the  Lord,  which  at  this  day  is  called  the 
Christian  heaven,  where  they  are  who  had  worshiped  the 
Lord  and  lived  according  to  his  commandments  in  the 
Word,  in  whom  therefore  there  is  charity  and  faith  ;  in 
which  heaven  also  are  all  the  infants  of  Christians.  By 
a  new  heaven  and  a  new  earth,  is  not  meant  the  natural 
heaven  visible  to  the  eye,  nor  the  natural  earth  inhabited 
by  men,  but  the  spiritual  heaven  is  meant,  and  the  earth 
belonging  to  that  heaven,  where  the  angels  dwell  ;  that 
this  heaven  and  its  earth  is  meant,  every  one  may  see 
and  acknowledge,  if  he  can  but  abstract  himself  a  little 
from  ideas  purely  natural  and  material  whilst  reading  the 
Word.  That  an  angelic  heaven  is  meant,  is  evident,  be- 
cause it  is  said  in  the  next  verse,  that  he  saw  the  holy 


168 


THE  APOCALYPSE  REVEALED. 


[CH.  XXL 


city  Jerusalem  coming  down  from  God  out  of  heaven, 
prepared  as  a  bride  adorned  for  her  husband  ;  by  which 
is  not  meant  any  Jerusalem  coming  down  ;  but  the  church, 
and  the  church  upon  eartli  comes  down  from  the  Lord 
out  of  the  angelic  heaven,  because  the  angels  of  heaven 
and  men  upon  earth,  in  all  things  relating  to  the  church, 
make  one,  n.  626.  Hence  it  may  be  seen,  how  naturally 
and  materially  they  have  thought  and  do  think,  who  from 
these  words  and  those  which  follow  in  the  same  verse, 
have  fabricated  the  notion  about  the  destruction  of  the 
world,  and  of  the  new  creation  of  all  things.  This  new 
heaven  is  occasionally  treated  of  above  in  the  Apocalypse, 
especially  in  chap.  xiv.  and  xv.;  it  is  called  the  Christian 
heaven,  because  it  is  distinct  from  the  ancient  heavens, 
which  were  composed  of  the  men  of  the  church  before 
the  Lord's  coming ;  these  ancient  heavens  are  above  the 
Christian  heaven  ;  for  the  heavens  are  like  expanses,  one 
above  another;  it  is  the  same  with  each  particular  heav- 
en ;  for  each  heaven  by  itself  is  distinguished  into  three 
heavens,  an  inmost  or  third,  a  middle  or  second,  and  a 
lowest  or  first,  and  so  it  is  with  this  new  heaven ;  I  have 
seen  them  and  conversed  with  them.  In  this  new  Christ- 
ian heaven  are  all  those  who,  from  the  first  formation  of 
the  Christian  church,  worshiped  the  Lord,  and  lived  ac- 
cording to  his  commandments  in  the  Word,  and  who, 
therefore,  were  in  charity,  and  at  the  same  time  in  faith 
from  the  Lord  through  the  Word,  thus  who  were  not  in 
a  dead  but  in  a  living  faith.  Various  particulars  respect- 
ing this  heaven  may  be  seen  above,  n.  612,  613,  626, 
631,659,661,845,846,856;  in  that  heaven  likewise 
are  all  the  infants  of  Christians,  because  they  are  educated 
by  the  angels  in  those  two  essentials  of  the  church,  which 
consist  in  an  acknowledgment  of  the  Lord  as  the  God  of 
heaven  and  earth,  and  a  life  according  to  the  command- 
ments of  the  decalogue. 

877.  "  For  the  former  heaven  and  the  former  earth 
were  passed  away,"  signifies,  the  heavens  which  were 
formed,  not  by  the  Lord,  but  by  those  who  came  out  of 
Christendom  into  the  spiritual  world,  who  were  all  dis- 
persed at  the  day  of  the  last  judgment.     That  these 


CM.  XXf.] 


THE  APOCALYPSE  REVEALED. 


l<i!) 


heavens  and  no  others  are  meant  by  the  first  heaven  and 
the  first  earth  which  passed  away,  may  be  seen  above,  n. 
865,  where  these  words  are  explained,  "And  1  saw  a 
great  white  throne,  and  him  that  sat  on  it,  from  whose 
face  the  earth  and  the  heaven  jied  away,"  xx.  11,  where 
it  is  shown,  that  by  those  words  is  signified  the  universal 
judgment  executed  by  the  Lord  upon  all  the  former 
heavens,  in  which  were  such  as  were  in  civil  and  moral 
good,  but  in  no  spiritual  good,  thus  who  in  externals  were 
like  Christians,  but  in  internals  were  devils;  which  heav- 
eDS,  with  the  earth  belonging  to  them,  were  entirely  dissi- 
pated. For  other  particulars  relating  to  this  subject  see 
a  small  tract  on  the  Last  Judgment,  published  in  London, 
1753,  and  the  Continuation  of  the  same,  published  in 
Amsterdam;  to  which  it  is  unnecessary  here  to  add  any 
thing  further. 

S78.  "  And  the  sea  was  "no  more,"  signifies,  that  the 
external  of  the  heaven  collected  from  among  Christians, 
since  the  first  establishment  of  the  church,  was  in  like 
manner  dispersed,  after  they  who  were  written  in  the 
Lord's  book  of  life  were  taken  thence  and  saved.  By 
the  sea  is  signified  the  external  of  heaven  and  of  the 
church,  in  which  are  the  simple,  who  have  thought 
naturally  and  but  little  spiritually  of  things  relating  to  the 
church  ;  the  heaven  in  which  these  are  is  called  external, 
see  n.  238,  239,  403,  404,  420,  466,  470,  659,  661  ;  by 
the  sea  here  is  meant  the  external  of  heaven  collected 
from  among  Christians  from  the  first  establishment  of  the 
church  ;  but  the  internal  heaven  of  Christians  was  not 
fully  formed  by  the  Lord,  till  a  little  before  the  last  judg- 
ment, and  also  after  it,  as  may  appear  from  chap.  xiv.  and 
xv.  where  it  is  treated  of,  and  from  chap.  xx.  4,  5  ;  the 
explanations  of  which  may  be  consulted.  The  reason 
why  this  was  not  done  before,  was,  because  the  dragon 
and  his  two  beasts  had  dominion  in  the  world  of  spirits, 
and  burned  with  the  lust  of  seducing  every  one  they 
could,  wherefore  it  was  hazardous  to  collect  them  sooner 
into  a  heaven  ;  the  separation  of  the  good  from  the 
dragonists,  and  the  damnation  of  the  latter,  and  finally 
the  casting  of  them  into  hell,  are  treated  of  in  many 

VOL.  III.  15 


170 


THE  APOCALYPSE  REVEALED. 


[CH.  XXI. 


places,  and  lastly  in  chap.  xix.  20,  and  in  chap,  xx.  10; 
and  after  this  it  is  said  that  "  the  sea  gave  up  the  dead 
which  were  in  it,"  verse  13,  by  which  are  meant  the  ex- 
ternal and  natural  men  of  the  church  called  to  judgment, 
see  above,  n.  869,  and  then  the  separating  and  saving  of 
those  who  were  written  in  the  Lord's  book  of  life,  con- 
cerning which  see  the  same  article  ;  this  is  the  sea  which 
is  here  meant.  It  is  also  said  in  another  place,  where 
the  new  heaven  of  Christians  is  treated  of,  that  it  ex- 
tended itself  to  the  sea  of  glass  mingled  with  fire,  chap, 
xv.  2,  by  which  sea  is  also  signified  the  external  of  the 
heaven  of  Christians,  see  the  explanation,  n.  659,  660, 
661.  From  these  considerations  it  may  appear,  that  by 
the  sea  being  no  more,  is  signified  that  the  external  of 
heaven  collected  from  among  Christians  from  the  first 
establishment  of  the  church,  after  they  were  taken  thence 
and  saved  who  were  written  in  the  Lord's  book  of  life, 
was  in  like  manner  dissolved  or  broken  up.  Concerning 
the  external  of  heaven  collected  from  among  Christians 
from  the  first  establishment  of  the  church,  it  has  been 
permitted  me  to  know  many  particulars  which  it  would 
be  tedious  to  adduce  in  this  place  ;  save  only  that  the 
former  heavens,  which  passed  away  at  the  day  of  the 
last  judgment,  were  permitted  for  the  sake  of  those  who 
were  in  that  external  heaven  or  sea,  because  they  were 
conjoined  by  externals,  but  not  by  internals,  on  which 
subject  something  may  be  seen  above,  n.  398.  The 
reason  why  the  heaven,  where  the  men  of  the  external 
church  dwell,  is  called  the  sea,  is,  because  their  habitation 
in  the  spiritual  world  appears  at  a  distance  as  if  it  were  in 
the  sea  ;  for  the  celestial  angels,  who  are  angels  of  the 
supreme  heaven,  dwell  as  it  were  in  an  ethereal  atmo- 
sphere ;  the  spiritual  angels,  who  are  angels  of  the  middle 
heaven,  dwell  as  it  were  in  an  aereal  atmosphere  ;  and 
the  spiritual-natural  angels,  who  are  angels  of  the  ulti- 
mate heaven,  dwell  as  it  were  in  a  watery  atmosphere, 
which,  as  was  said,  appears  at  a  distance  like  the  sea. 
Hence  it  is,  that  the  external  of  heaven  is  understood  by 
the  sea  in  many  other  places  also  in  the  Word. 

879.  "  And  I,  John,  saw  the  holy  city  New  Jerusalem, 


CH.  XXI.]  THE  APOCALYPSE  REVEALED. 


171 


coming  down  from  God  out  heaven,"  signifies,  a  new 
church  to  be  established  by  the  Lord  at  the  end  of  the 
former  church,  which  will  be  consociated  with  the  new 
heaven  in  divine  truths  as  to  doctrine  and  as  to  life.  The 
reason  why  John  here  names  himself,  S3ying,  I,  John,  is, 
because  by  him  as  an  apr>stle,is  signified  the  good  of  love 
to  the  Lord,  and  thence  the  good  of  life,  therefore  he  was 
loved  more  than  the  other  apostles,  and  at  supper  lay  on 
the  bosom  of  the  Lord,  John  xiii.  23,  xxi.  20  ;  and  in 
like  manner  this  church  which  is  now  treated  of.  That 
by  Jerusalem  is  signified  the  church,  will  be  seen  in  the 
next  article;  which  is  called  a  city  and  described  as  a 
city  from  doctrine  and  from  a  life  according  to  it,  for  a 
city  in  the  spiritual  sense  signifies  doctrine,  n.  194,  712; 
it  is  called  holy  from  the  Lord,  who  alone  is  holy,  and 
from  the  divine  truths  whieh  are  in  it  derived  from  the 
Word  from  the  Lord,  which  are  called  holy,  n.  173,  586, 
666,  852;  and  it  is  called  new,  because  he  who  sat  upon 
the  throne  said,  "Behold,  I  make  all  things  new,"  verse 
5  ;  and  it  is  said  to  come  down  from  God  out  of  heaven, 
because  it  descends  from  the  Lord  through  the  new 
Christian  heaven,  treated  of  in  the  1st  verse  of  this  chap- 
ter, n.  876,  for  the  church  upon  earth  is  formed  through 
heaven  by  the  Lord,  that  they  may  act  as  one  and  be 
consociated. 

880.  The  reason  why  by  Jerusalem  in  the  Word  is 
meant  the  church,  is  because  there,  in  the  land  of  Canaan, 
and  in  no  other  place,  was  the  temple  and  the  altar,  and 
sacrifices  were  offered,  thus  divine  worship  itself;  where- 
fore also  three  feasts  were  held  there  yearly,  and  every 
male  throughout  the  whole  land  was  commanded  to  come 
to  them;  hence  it  is,  that  Jerusalem  signifies  the  church 
as  to  worship,  and  therefore  also  the  church  as  to  doctrine, 
for  worship  is  prescribed  in  doctrine,  and  performed  ac- 
cording to  it ;  likewise  because  the  Lord  was  in  Jerusa- 
lem, and  taught  in  his  own  temple,  and  afterwards  glori- 
fied his  humanity  there.  That  by  Jerusalem  is  meant 
the  church  as  to  doctrine  and  consequently  worship, 
appears  from  many  passages  in  the  Word  ;  as  from  the 
following,  in  Isaiah:  "For  Zion's  sake  will  I  not  hold 


172 


THE  APOCALYPSE  REVEALED. 


[CH.  XXI. 


my  peace,  and  for  Jerusalem's  sake  I  will  not  rest,  until 
the  righteousness  thereof  go  forth  as  brightness,  and  the 
salvation  thereof  as  a  lamp  burnetii.  And  the  Gentiles 
shall  see  thy  righteousness,  and  all  kings  thy  glory  :  and 
thou  shalt  be  called  by  a  new  name,  which  the  mouth  of 
Jehovah  shall  name  ;  thou  shall  also  be  a  crown  of  glory 
in  the  hand  of  the  Lord :  for  Jehovah  delighteth  in  thee, 
and  thy  land  shall  be  married.  Behold,  thy  salvation 
Cometh  ;  behold,  his  reward  is  with  him.  And  they 
shall  call  them,  the  holy  people,  the  redeemed  of  Jeho- 
vah ;  and  thou  shalt  be  called,  Sought  out,  A  city  not 
forsaken,"  lxii.  1 — 4,  11,  12.  The  w  hole  of  this  chap- 
ter treats  of  the  Lord's  advent,  and  of  the  New  Church 
to  be  established  by  him  ;  it  is  this  New  Church  which 
is  meant  by  Jerusalem,  which  shall  be  called  by  a  new 
name  which  the  mouth  of  Jehovah  shall  utter,  and  which 
shall  be  a  crown  of  glory  in  the  hand  of  Jehovah,  and  a 
royal  diadem  in  the  hand  of  God,  in  which  Jehovah  shall 
be  well  pleased,  and  which  shall  be  called  a  city  sought 
out  and  not  forsaken.  These  words  cannot  apply  to  that 
Jerusalem  which,  when  the  Lord  came  into  the  world, 
was  inhabited  by  the  Jews,  for  it  was  the  directly  oppo- 
site in  every  respect,  and  was  rather  to  be  called  Sodom, 
as  it  also  is  called  in  the  Apoc.  xi.  8,  Isaiah  iii.  9,  Jerem. 
xxiii.  14,  Ezek.  xvi.  46,  48.  So  in  another  part  of 
Isaiah  :  "  For  behold,  I  create  new  heavens  and  a  new 
earth  ;  and  the  former  shall  not  be  remembered  nor  come 
into  mind  ;  but  be  glad  and  rejoice  for  ever  in  that  w  hich 
I  create  ;  for,  behold,  I  create  Jerusalem  a  rejoicing,  and 
her  people  a  joy.  And  I  will  rejoice  in  Jerusalem,  and 
joy  in  my  people.  The  wolf  and  the  lamb  shall  (then) 
feed  together  :  they  shall  not  hurt  nor  destroy  in  all  my 
holy  mountain,"  lxv.  17,  18,  19,25;  this  chapter  also 
treats  of  the  Lord's  advent,  and  of  the  church  to  be 
established  by  him,  which  was  not  established  among 
those  who  were  in  Jerusalem,  but  among  those  who  were 
out  of  it,  wherefore  this  church  is  meant  by  Jerusalem, 
which  shall  be  unto  the  Lord  a  rejoicing,  and  whose 
people  shall  be  unto  him  a  joy  ;  also  where  the  wolf  and 
the  lamb  shall  feed  together,  and  where  they  shall  do  no 


CH.  XXI  ]  THE  APOCALYPSE  REVEALED.  173 

evil.  It  is  likewise  said  in  this  place,  as  in  the  Apoca- 
lypse, that  the  Lord  will  create  a  new  heaven  and  a  new 
earth,  and.  also  that  he  will  create  Jerusalem,  which 
things  have  a  like  signification.  So  in  another  part  of 
Isaiah:  "Awake,  awake,  put  on  thy  strength,  O  Zion  ; 
put  on  thy  beautiful  garments,  O  Jerusalem,  the  holy 
city  ;  for  henceforth  there  shall  no  more  come  into  thee 
the  uncircumcised  and  the  unclean.  Shake  thyself  from 
the  dust  ;  arise,  and  sit  down,  O  Jerusalem.  Therefore 
my  people  shall  know  my  name  .-  therefore  shall  they 
know  in  that  day,  that  I  am  he  that  doth  speak ;  behold 
it  is  I,  for  Jehovah  hath  comforted  his  people,  he  hath 
redeemed  Jirusalcm,"  lii.  1,  2,6,9:  this  chapter  also 
treats  of  the  Lord's  advent,  and  of  the  church  to  be  estab- 
lished by  him,  therefore  by  Jerusalem,  into  which  the 
uncircumcised  and  the  unclean  shall  no  more  come,  and 
which  the  Lord  will  redeem,  is  meant  the  church,  and 
by  Jerusalem  the  city  of  holiness,  the  church  as  to  doc- 
trine from  the  Lord  and  concerning  the  Lord.  So  in 
Zephaniah  :  "  Sing,  O  daughter  of  Zion  ;  be  glad  and 
rejoice  w  ith  all  the  heart,  O  daughter  of  Jerusalem  ;  the 
King  of  Israel,  even  Jehovah,  is  in  the  midst  of  thee  ; 
thou  shall  not  see  evil  any  more  ;  he  will  rejoice  over 
thee  with  joy  ;  he  will  rest  in  his  love,  he  will  joy  over 
thee  with  singing ; — I  will  make  you  a  name  and  a  praise 
among  all  the  people  of  the  earth,''  iii.  14 — 17,  20; 
speaking  in  like  manner  of  the  Lord  and  the  church  de- 
rived from  him,  over  which  the  King  of  Israel,  w  ho  is 
the  Lord,  will  rejoice  with  joy,  will  joy  with  singing,  and 
in  whose  love  he  will  rest,  and  who  will  give  them  for  a 
name  and  a  praise  to  all  the  people  of  the  earth.  Again, 
in  Isaiah  :  "  Thus  saith  Jehovah  thy  Redeemer,  and  he 
that  formed  thee  from  the  womb,  that  saith  to  Jerusalem, 
thou  shall  be  inhabited,  and  to  the  cities  of  Judah,  Ye 
shall  be  built,"  xliv.  24,  26  ;  and  in  Daniel  :  "  Know, 
therefore,  and  understand  that  from  the  going  forth  of  the 
commandment  to  restore  and  to  build  Jerusalem  unto  the 
Messiah  the  Prince,  shall  be  seven  weeks,"  is.  25  ;  that 
by  Jerusalem  in  this  place  also  is  meant  the  church  is 
plain,  because  that  was  restored  and  built  up  bv  the  Lord, 
15* 


174 


THE  APOCALYPSE  REVEALED. 


[CH.  XXI. 


but  not  Jerusalem  the  seat  of  the  Jews.  By  Jerusalem 
is  likewise  meant  a  church  from  the  Lord  in  the  following 
passages  in  Zechariah  :  "Thus  saith  Jehovah,  1  am  re- 
turned unto  Zion,  and  will  dwell  in  the  midst  of  Jerusa- 
lem j  and  Jerusalem  shall  be  called  the  City  of  Truth, 
and  the  mountain  of  Jehovah  of  hosts,  the  holy  mountain," 
viii.  3,  '20 — 23.  In  Joel :  "  So  shall  ye  know,  that  1  am 
Jehovah  your  God  dwelling  in  Zion,  my  holy  mountain; 
then  shall  Jerusalem  be  holy  ;  and  it  shall  come  to  pass 
in  that  day,  that  the  mountains  shall  drop  down  new  wine, 
and  the  hills  shall  flow  with  milk,  and  Jerusalem  shall 
dwell  from  generation  to  generation,"  iv.  17,  20.  And 
in  Isaiah  :  "  In  that  day  shall  the  branch  of  Jehovah  be 
beautiful  and  glorious ;  and  it  shall  come  to  pass,  that  he 
that  is  left  in  Zion,  and  he  that  remaineth  in  Jerusalem, 
shall  be  called  holy  :  even  every  one  that  is  written 
among  the  living  in  Jerusalem,"  iv.  2,  3.  And  in  Micah  : 
"But  in  the  last  days  it  shall  come  to  pass  that  the  moun- 
tain of  the  house  of  Jehovah  shall  be  established  in  the 
top  of  the  mountains  ;  for  the  law  shall  go  forth  of  Zion, 
and  the  word  of  Jehovah  from  Jerusalem;  unto  thee  shall 
it  come  even  the  first  dominion ;  the  kingdom  shall  come 
to  the  daughter  of  Jerusalem,"  iv.  1,  2,  8.  And  in  Jere- 
miah :  "  At  that  time  they  shall  call  Jerusalem  the  throne 
of  Jehovah  ;  and  all  nations  shall  be  gathered  unto  it,  to 
the  name  of  Jehovah,  to  Jerusalem;  neither  shall  they 
walk  any  more  after  the  imagination  of  their  evil  heart," 
iii.  17.  Again,  in  Isaiah  :  "  Look  upon  Zion,  the  city 
of  our  solemnities  ;  thine  eyes  shall  see  Jerusalem,  a  quiet 
habitation,  a  tabernacle  that  shall  not  be  taken  down  ;  not 
one  of  the  stakes  thereof  shall  ever  be  removed,  neither 
shall  any  of  the  cords  thereof  he  broken,"  xxxiii.  20;  not 
to  mention  other  passages,  as  Isaiah  xxiv.  23,  xxxvii.  32, 
Ixvi.  10—14,  Zech.xii.  3,6,  8,9, 10,  xiv.  8,  11, 12,21, 
Malachi  iii.  2,  4,  Psalm  exxii.  1 — 7,  Psalm  exxxvii.  4,5, 
6.  That  by  Jerusalem,  in  these  passages,  is  meant  the 
church,  which  was  to  be  established  by  the  Lord,  and  not 
Jerusalem  in  the  land  of  Canaan,  which  was  inhabited  by 
the  Jews,  may  appear  from  those  places  in  the  Word, 
where  it  is  said  of  the  latter,  that  it  was  entirely  ruined, 


CH.  XXI.]  THE  APOCALYPSE  REVEALED. 


175 


and  that  it  was  to  be  destroyed,  as  in  Jerem.  v.  1 ,  vi.  6,  7, 
vii.  17,  18,  and  following  verses  ;  viii.  5 — 8,  and  follow- 
ing verses,  ix.  10,  11,  13,  and  following  verses,  xiii.  9, 
10,  14,  xiv.  16,  Lament,  i.  8,  9,  17,  Ezek.  iv.  1,  to  the 
end,  v.  5,  to  the  end,  xii.  18,  19,  xv.  6,  7,  8,  xvi.  1—63, 
xxiii.  1 — 49,  Matt,  xxiii.  37.  38,  Luke  xix.  41 — 44, 
xxi.  20,  21,  22,  xxiii.  28,  29,  30,  and  in  many  other 
places. 

881.  "  Prepared  as  a  bride  adorned  for  her  busband," 
signifies,  that  church  conjoined  with  the  Lord  by  the 
Word.  It  is  said  that  John  saw  the  bolycity  New  Jeru- 
salem coming  down  from  God  out  of  heaven,  and  here 
that  he  saw  that  city  prepared  as  a  bride  adorned  for  her 
husband,  from  which  it  is  also  evident  that  by  Jerusalem 
is  meant  the  church,  and  that  he  saw  it  first  as  a  city, 
and  afterwards  as  an  espoused  virgin,  as  a  city  represen- 
tatively, and  as  an  espoused  virgin  spiritually,  consequent- 
ly under  a  twofold  idea,  one  within  or  above  the  other, 
just  as  the  angels  do,  who,  when  they  see  or  hear  or  read 
in  the  Word  of  a  city,  in  an  idea  of  inferior  thought  per- 
ceive a  city,  but  in  an  idea  of  superior  thought  perceive 
the  church  as  to  doctrine,  and  the  latter,  if  they  desire  it 
and  pray  to  the  Lord,  they  see  as  a  virgin  in  beauty  and 
apparel  according  to  the  quality  of  the  church.  Thus  has 
it  also  been  permitted  me  to  see  the  church.  By  prepar- 
ed is  signified  attired  for  her  espousals,  and  the  church  is 
no  otherwise  attired  for  her  espousals,  and  afterwards  for 
conjunction  or  marriage,  than  by  the  Word,  for  this  is  the 
only  medium  of  conjunction  or  marriage,  because  the 
Word  is  from  the  Lord  and  concerning  the  Lord,  and  thus 
the  Lord,  for  which  reason  it  is  also  called  a  covenant, 
and  a  covenant  signifies  spiritual  conjunction  ;  indeed  the 
Word  was  given  for  this  very  purpose.  That  by  a  hus- 
band is  meant  the  Lord  is  plain  from  verses  10  and  1  ]  of 
this  chapter,  where  Jerusalem  is  called  the  bride  the 
Lamb's  wife.  That  the  Lord  is  called  the  bridegroom 
and  busband,  and  the  church  the  bride  and  wife,  and  that 
this  marriage  is  like  the  marriage  of  good  and  truth,  and 
is  effected  through  the  Word,  may  be  seen  above,  n. 
797.     From  these  considerations  it  may  appear,  that 


176 


THE  APOCALYPSE  REVEALED. 


[CH.  XXI. 


by  Jerusalem  prepared  as  a  bride  adorned  for  her  husband, 
is  signified  that  church  conjoined  with  the  Lord  by  the 
Word. 

882.  "And  I  heard  a  great  voice  out  of  heaven,  say- 
ing, Behold,  the  tabernacle  of  God  is  with  men,"  signifies, 
the  Lord  from  love  speaking  and  declaring  the  glad 
tidings,  that  he  himself  will  now  be  present  among  men 
in  his  Divine  Humanity.  This  is  the  celestial  sense  of 
these  words  ;  the  celestial  angels,  who  are  the  angels  of 
the  third  heaven,  understand  them  no  otherwise,  for  by 
hearing  a  great  voice  saying  from  heaven,  they  understand 
the  Lord  from  love  speaking  and  declaring  glad  tidings,  be- 
cause no  one  else  speaks  from  heaven  but  the  Lord  ;  for 
heaven  is  not  heaven  by  virtue  of  any  thing  proper  to  the 
angels,  but  by  virtue  of  the  divine  influence  of  the  Lord,  of 
which  they  are  the  recipients  ;  by  a  great  voice  is  meant 
speech  from  love,  great  being  predicated  of  love,  n.  656, 
663;  behold,  the  tabernacle  of  God  is  with  men,  means 
that  now  the  Lord  is  present  in  his  Divine  Humanity  ;  and 
by  the  tabernacle  of  God,  is  meant  the  celestial  church,  and, 
in  an  universal  sense,  the  Lord's  celestial  kingdom^  and,  in 
a  supreme  sense,  his  Divine  Humanity,  see  above,  n. 
585.  The  reason  why  the  tabernacle,  in  a  supreme 
sense,  means  the  Lord's  Divine  Humanity,  is,  because 
this  is  signified  by  the  temple,  as  may  appear  from  John 
ii.  18,  21,  Malachi  iii.  1,  Apoc.  xxi.  22,  and  elsewhere  ; 
the  same  is  signified  by  the  tabernacle,  with  this  difference, 
that  by  the  temple  is  meant  the  Lord's  Div'me  Humanity 
with  respect  to  divine  truth  or  divine  wisdom,  and  by  the 
tabernacle  is  meant  the  Lord's  Divine  Humanity  with 
respect  to  divine  good  or  divine  love  ;  hence  it  follows, 
that  by,  behold  the  tabernacle  of  God  is  with  men,  is 
meant  that  the  Lord  will  now  be  present  among  men  in 
his  Divine  Humanity. 

883.  "  And  he  will  dwell  with  them,  and  they  shall 
be  his  people,  and  God  himself  shall  be  with  them  their 
God,"  signifies,  the  conjunction  of  the  Lord,  which  is  of 
such  a  nature,  that  they  are  in  him,  and  he  in  them.  He 
will  dwell  with  them,  signifies  the  conjunction  of  the 
Lord  with  them,  as  will  be  seen  presently  :  they  shall  be 


en.  xxi.; 


THE  APOCALYPSE  REVEALED. 


177 


his  people,  and  God  himself  shall  be  with  them  and  be 
their  God,  signifies,  that  they  are  the  Lord's,  and  the 
Lord  theirs  ;  and  inasmuch  as  by  dwelling  with  them  is 
signified  conjunction,  it  signifies  that  they  will  be  in  the 
Lord  and  the  Lord  in  them,  otherwise  no  conjunction  is 
effected  ;  that  this  is  the  nature  of  conjunction  appears 
clearly  from  the  Lord's  words  in  John  :  "  Abide  in  me, 
and  I  in  you.  I  am  the  vine,  ye  are  the  branches  :  he 
that  abideth  in  me  and  I  in  him,  the  same  bringeth  forth 
much  fruit  :  for  without  me  ye  can  do  nothing,"  John 
xv.  4,  5.  And  in  another  place  :  "  At  that  day  ye  shall 
know,  that  I  am  in  my  Father,  and  ye  in  me,  and  I  in 
you."  xiv.  20.  "  He  that  eateth  my  flesh,  and  drinketh 
my  blood,  dwelleth  in  me,  and  I  in  him,"  John  vi.  56. 
That  the  assumption  of  the  Humanity,  and  the  uniting  it 
with  the  Divinity,  which  was  in  him  by  birth,  and  is  call- 
ed the  Father,  had  for  its  end  a  conjunction  with  men, 
appears  also  in  John  :  "  And  for  their  sakes  I  sanctify  my- 
self, that  they  also  might  be  sanctified  through  the  truth. 
That  they  all  may  be  one;  as  thou,  Father,  art  in  me, 
and  I  in  thte,  that  they  may  be  one,  even  as  we  are  one," 
xvii.  19,  21,  22,  26  ;  from  which  it  is  plain,  that  there  is 
a  conjunction  with  the  Lord's  Divine  Humanity,  and  that 
it  is  reciprocal,  and  that  thus  and  no  otherwise  there  is  a 
conjunction  with  the  Divinity  which  is  called  the  Father. 
The  Lord  also  teaches  that  conjunction  is  effected  by 
means  of  the  truths  of  the  Word,  and  a  life  according  to 
them,  John  xiv.  20 — 24,  xv.  7.  This  therefore  is  what 
is  meant  by  he  will  dwell  with  them,  and  they  shall  be  his 
people,  and  he  will  be  their  God  ;  in  like  manner  in  other 
places  where  the  same  words  occur,  as  Jerem.  vii.  23,  xi. 
4,  xiii.  11,  xxiv.  7,  xxx.  22,  Ezek.  xi.  20,  xxxvi.  28, 
xxxvii.  23,  27,  Zech.  viii.  8,  Exod.  xxix.  45.  The 
reason  why  to  dwell  with  them  signifies  conjunction  with 
them,  is,  because  to  dwell  signifies  conjunction  from  love, 
as  mav  appear  from  many  passages  in  the  Word  ;  also 
from  the  habitations  of  the  angels  in  heaven.  Heaven  is 
arranged  into  innumerable  societies,  distinguished  one 
from  another  according  to  the  differences  of  the  affections 
which  are  of  love  in  general  and  in  particular,  each  society 


178 


THE  APOCALYPSE  REVEALED. 


[CH.  XXX. 


constituting  one  species  of  affection,  and  they  dwell  there 
distinctly  according  to  the  degrees  of  relationship  and 
affinities  of  that  species  of  affection,  and  they  who  are  in 
the  closest  relationship  dwell  in  the  same  house  ;  hence 
cohabitation,  when  mentioned  in  reference  to  marriage, 
signifies,  in  a  spiritual  sense,  conjunction  by  love.  It 
must  be  observed,  that  conjunction  with  the  Lord  is  one 
thing,  and  his  presence  another;  conjunction  with  the 
Lord  being  given  only  to  such  as  approach  him  immedi- 
ately, and  his  presence  to  the  rest. 

8S4.  "  And  God  shall  wipe  away  all  tears  from  their 
eyes,  and  there  shall  be  no  more  death,  neither  sorrow 
nor  crying,  neither  shall  there  be  pain  any  more,  for  the 
former  things  are  passed  away,"  signifies,  that  the  Lord 
will  take  from  them  all  giief  of  mind,  fear  on  account  of 
damnation,  on  account  of  evils  and  falses  from  bell,  and  of 
temptations  arising  from  them,  and  they  shall  not  remem- 
ber them,  because  the  dragon,  which  had  occasioned 
them,  is  cast  out.  God  shall  wipe  away  all  tears 
from  their  ey<'s,  signifies,  that  the  Lord  will  take  away 
from  them  all  grief  of  mind,  for  tears  proceed  from  grief 
of  mind ;  by  the  death  which  shall  not  be  any  more,  is 
signified  damnation,  as  n.  325,  765,  853,  873,  in  the  pre- 
sent instance  the  fear  of  it ;  by  sorrow,  which  shall  not  be 
any  more,  is  signified  the  fear  of  evils  from  hell,  for  sor- 
row has  various  significations,  having  relation  in  all  cases 
to  the  subject  treated  of,  in  the  present  to  the  fear  of  evils 
from  hell  ;  because  the  fear  of  damnation  is  mentioned 
just  before,  and  the  fear  of  falses  from  hell,  and  of  temp- 
tations arising  from  them,  immediately  after  ;  by  crying  is 
signified  the  fear  of  falses  from  hell,  as  will  be  seen  in  the 
next  article ;  by  the  pain  which  shall  be  no  more,  are  sig- 
nified temptations,  n.  640  ;  by  their  not  being  any  more 
because  the  former  things  are  passed  away,  is  signified 
that  they  shall  not  remember  them,  because  the  dragon, 
who  had  occasioned  them,  is  cast  out,  for  these  constitute 
the  former  things  which  had  passed  away.  But  these 
points  require  some  illustration :  Every  man  after  death 
first  comes  into  the  world  of  spirits,  which  is  in  the  midst 
between  heaven  and  hell,  and  is  there  prepared,  the  good 


CH.  XXI.] 


THE  APOCALYPSE  REVEALED. 


179 


man  for  heaven  and  the  wicked  man  for  hell,  concerning 
which  world  see  above,  n.  784,  791,  843,  850,  866,  869 ; 
and  inasmuch  as  intercourse  and  association  exist  there,  in 
like  manner  as  in  the  natural  world,  it  could  not  otherwise 
happen  before  the  last  judgment,  than  that  they  who  in 
externals  were  civil  and  moral  persons,  but  in  internals 
were  wicked,  should  be  together,  and  should  hold  con- 
verse with  those  who  likewise  in  externals  were  civil  and 
moral,  but  in  internals  were  good  ;  and  since  there  is  in- 
herent in  the  wicked  a  continual  lust  of  seducing,  there- 
fore the  good,  who  were  in  consort  with  them,  were  infest- 
ed in  various  ways  ;  but  they  who  were  aggrieved  by  ther 
infestations,  and  brought  into  fear  of  damnation,  and  of 
evils  and  falses  from  hell,  and  of  grievous  temptation, 
were  removed  by  the  Lord  from  consort  with  them,  and 
sent  to  a  certain  earth  below  the  other,  where  also  there 
were  societies,  and  were  kept  there,  and  this  till  such 
time  as  all  the  wicked  were  separated  from  the  good  ; 
which  was  effected  by  the  last  judgment ;  and  then  they 
who  were  preserved  in  the  lower  earth,  were  taken  up  by 
the  Lord  into  heaven.  These  infestations  were  induced 
for  the  most  part  by  those  who  are  meant  by  the  dragon 
and  his  beasts,  wherefore  when  the  dragon  and  his  two 
beasts  were  cast  into  the  lake  of  fire  and  brimstone,  then, 
inasmuch  as  all  infestation  and  consequent  grief  and  fear 
on  account  of  damnation  and  of  hell  ceased,  it  is  said  to 
those  who  had  been  infested,  that  God  will  wipe  away  all 
tears  from  their  eyes,  and  that  there  should  be  no  more 
death,  neither  sorrow,  nor  crying,  nor  labor,  for  the  former 
things  are  passed  away,  by  which  is  signified  that  the  Lord 
will  take  from  them  all  grief  of  mind,  and  fear  of  damna- 
tion, and  of  evils  and  falses  from  hell,  and  of  grievous 
temptation  from  them,  nor  should  they  remember  them, 
because  the  dragon  who  had  induced  them  was  cast  out. 
That  the  dragon  and  his  two  beasts  were  rejected,  and 
cast  into  the  lake  of  fire  andbiimstone  may  be  seen  above, 
xix.  20,  xx.  10  ;  and  that  the  dragon  infested,  appears 
from  many  places ;  for  he  fought  with  Michael,  and 
wished  to  devour  the  child  which  the  woman  brought 
forth,  and  persecuted  the  woman,  and  went  to  make  war 


180 


THE  APOCALYPSE  REVEALED. 


(CH.  XXI. 


with  the  remnant  of  her  seed,  xii.  4,  5,  7,  8,  9,  13 — 18; 
also  xvi.  13 — 16,  and  in  other  places.  That  many  who 
were  interiorly  good,  were  thus  preserved  by  the  Lord 
lest  they  should  be  infested  by  the  dragon  and  his  beasts, 
appears  from  vi.  9,  10,  11  ;  and  that  they  were  infested, 
vii.  13 — 17  ;  and  that  they  were  afterwards  taken  up  into 
heaven,  xx.  4,  5,  and  elsewhere.  The  same  are  also 
meant  by  the  prisoners  and  by  them  that  are  bound  in  the 
pit,  and  delivered  by  the  Lord,  Isa.  xxiv.  22,  Ixi.  1,  Luke 
iv.  18,  19,  Zech.  ix.  11,  Psalm  lxxix.  11.  This  is  also 
signified  in  the  Word,  where  it  is  said  that  the  graves 
were  opened  ;  also  where  the  souls  are  spoken  of  that 
expect  the  last  judgment,  and  then  the  resurrection. 

885.  That  crying,  in  the  Word,  is  said  in  reference  to 
grief  and  to  fear  of  falses  from  hell,  and  the  consequent 
devastation  by  them,  appears  from  the  following  passages: 
"  Because  the  former  troubles  are  forgotten,  and  because 
they  are  hid  from  mine  eyes.  And  the  voice  of  weeping 
shall  be  no  more  heard  in  her,  nor  the  voice  of  crying," 
Isaiah  lxv.  16,  19  ;  speaking  of  Jerusalem  in  like  manner 
as  here  in  the  Apocalypse.  "  They  are  black  unto  the 
ground,  and  the  cry  of  Jerusalem  is  gone  up,"  Jerem.  xiv. 
2,  and  following  verses.  Lamentation  over  the  falses 
which  waste  the  church  is  treated  of.  "  Jehovah  looked 
for  judgment,  but  behold  oppression,  for  righteousness,  but 
behold  a  cry,"  Isaiah  v.  7.  "  A  voice  of  (he  cry  of  the 
shepherds,  for  Jehovah  spoiled  their  pastures,"  Jerem. 
xxv.  36.  "  The  noise  of  a  cry  from  the  fish-gate,  there- 
fore their  goods  shall  become  a  booty,  and  their  houses  a 
desolation,"  Zeph.  i.  10,  13;  besides  other  places,  as 
Isaiah  xiv.  31,  xv.  4,  5,  6,  8,  xxiv.  11  ;  xxx.  19,  Jerem. 
xlvi.  12,  14.  But  it  must  be  observed,  that  a  cry,  in  the 
Word,  is  said  in  reference  to  every  affection  that  breaks 
forth  from  the  heart,  wherefore  it  is  a  voice  of  lamentation, 
of  imploring,  of  supplication  grounded  in  indolence,  of 
strife,  of  indignation,  of  confession,  yea  of  exultation. 

886.  "  And  he  that  sat  upon  the  throne  said.  Behold, 
I  make  all  things  new.  And  he  said  unto  me,  Write,  for 
these  words  are  true  and  faithful,"  signifies,  the  Lord 
speaking  concerning  the  last  judgment  to  those  who  should 


Cll.  XXI.] 


THE  AI'OCALYrSE  REVEALED. 


come  into  the  world  of  spirits,  or  who  should  die,  from  the 
time  of  his  being  in  the  world  till  now,  as  follows,  viz.  that 
the  former  heaven  with  the  former  earth,  and  the  former 
church,  with  all  and  every  thing  in  them,  should  perish, 
and  that  he  should  create  a  new  heaven  together  with  a 
new  earth,  and  a  new  church,  which  is  to  be  called  the 
New  Jerusalem,  and  that  they  may  know  this  of  a  cer- 
tainty, and  bear  it  in  remembrance,  because  the  Lord 
himself  has  testified  and  said  it.  The  contents  of  this 
verse  and  of  those  which  follow,  as  far  as  the  8th  inclu- 
sive, were  said  to  those  who  would  come  out  of  Christen- 
dom into  the  w  orld  of  spirits,  which  happens  immediately 
after  death,  to  the  end  that  they  might  not  suffer  them- 
selves to  be  seduced  by  the  Babylonians  and  dragonists, 
for,  as  was  observed  above,  all  assemble  after  death  in  the 
world  of  spirits,  and  are  prone  to  associate  with  one  ano- 
ther there,  just  as  in  the  natural  world,  where  they  are, 
together  with  the  Babylonians  and  dragonists,  who  con- 
tinually burn  with  the  lust  of  seducing,  and  who  were  also 
allowed,  by  imaginary  and  delusive  arts,  to  form  to  them- 
selves heavens,  as  it  were,  whereby  also  they  might  be 
able  to  seduce ;  to  prevent  this,  these  things  were  said  by 
the  Lord,  that  they  might  know  of  a  certainty  that  those 
heavens  with  their  earths  would  perish,  and  that  the  Lord 
would  create  a  new  heaven  and  a  new  earth,  when  they 
would  be  saved  who  did  not  suffer  themselves  to  be  se- 
duced or  led  away ;  but  it  is  to  be  observed,  that  this  was 
said  to  those  who  lived  within  the  period  of  the  Lord's 
time  in  the  world  and  the  last  judgment,  which  was  exe- 
cuted in  the  year  1757,  because  these  could  have  been 
seduced,  but  after  this  event,  this  was  no  longer  possible, 
because  the  Babylonians  and  dragonists  were  separated 
and  cast  out.  We  will  now  proceed  to  the  explanation. 
By  him  who  sat  on  the  throne,  is  meant  the  Lord,  n.  808, 
at  the  end  ;  the  reason  why  the  Lord  here  spake  upon  the 
throne,  is,  because  he  said,  Behold,  I  make  all  things  new, 
by  which  is  signified  that  he  was  about  to  execute  the  last 
judgment,  and  then  to  create  a  new  heaven  and  a  new 
earth,  and  a  new  church  with  all  and  every  thing  in  them  ; 
that  a  throne  means  judgment  in  a  representative  form, 

VOL.  III.  16 


182 


THE  APOCALYPSE  REVEALED. 


[CH.  XXI. 


may  be  seen,  n.  229,  845,  865  ;  and  that  the  former  hea- 
ven and  former  church  were  destroyed  on  the  day  of  the 
last  judgment,  n.  865,  877  ;  he  said  unto  me,  Write,  for 
these  words  are  true  and  faithful,  signifies,  that  they  might 
know  this  for  certain,  and  remember  it,  because  the  Lord 
himself  testified  and  said  it;  the  Lord's  making  use  of  the 
word  said,  a  second  time,  signifies,  that  they  might  know 
it  for  certain  ;  by  write,  is  signified  for  remembrance  or 
that  they  might  remember,  n.  639  ;  and  by,  these  words 
are  true  and  faithful,  is  signified,  that  they  ought  to  be 
believed,  because  the  Lord  himself  testified  and  said  it. 

887.  "  And  he  said  unto  me,  It  is  done,"  signifies, 
that  it  is  divine  truth.  The  reason  why  by,  he  said  unto 
me,  is  signified  that  it  is  divine  truth,  is,  because  the  Lord 
said  a  third  time,  he  said  unto  me,  also  because  he  said, 
it  is  done,  in  the  present  tense ;  and  what  the  Lord  says 
a  third  time,  is  what  ought  to  be  believed,  because  it  is 
divine  truth,  as  also  what  he  said  in  the  present  tense ; 
for  three  times  signifies  what  is  complete  to  the  end,  n. 
505;  in  like  manner  when  being  about  to  do  a  thing  he 
said  it  is  done. 

888.  "  1  am  the  Alpha  and  the  Omega,  the  beginning 
and  the  end,"  signifies,  that  they  may  know  that  the  Lord 
is  the  God  of  heaven  and  earth,  and  that  all  things  in  the 
heavens  and  earths  were  made  by  him,  and  are  governed 
by  bis  divine  providence,  and  are  done  according  to  it. 
That  the  Lord  is  the  Alpha  and  Omega,  the  beginning 
and  the  end,  and  that  thereby  is  meant  that  all  things 
were  made,  and  are  governed,  and  done,  and  the  like,  by 
him,  may  be  seen  above,  n.  13,  29,  30,  31,  38,  57,  92. 
That  the  Lord  is  the  God  of  heaven  and  earth  is  evident 
from  his  words  in  John  :  "  As  thou  hast  given  him  power 
over  all  flesh,"  xvii.  2  ;  and  in  Matthew  :  "  All  power  is 
given  unto  me  in  heaven  and  in  earth,"  xxviii.  18:  and 
that  "  All  things  were  made  by  him,  and  that  without 
him  was  not  any  thing  made,"  John  i.  3,  14.  That  all 
things  which  were  made  or  created  by  him,  are  governed 
by  his  divine  providence,  is  evident. 

889.  "  I  will  give  unto  him  that  is  athirst  of  the  foun- 
tain of  the  water  of  life  freely,"  signifies,  that  to  those 


CH.  XXI.] 


THE  APOCALYPSE  REVEALED. 


1^3 


who  desire  truths  from  any  spiritual  use,  the  Lord  will 
give  from  himself  through  the  Word  all  things  that  are 
conducive  to  that  use.  By  him  that  is  athirst,  is  signified, 
he  who  desires  truth  for  the  sake  of  any  spiritual  use,  as 
will  be  seen  presently  ;  by  the  fountain  of  the  water  of 
life,  is  signified  the  Lord  and  the  Word,  n.  384  ;  by  giv- 
ing it  freely,  is  signified  from  the  Lord,  and  not  from  any 
self-derived  intelligence  of  the  man  himself.  The  reason 
why  being  athirst,  signifies,  to  desire  for  the  sake  of  some 
spiritual  use,  is,  because  there  exists  a  thirst  or  desire  for 
the  knowledges  of  truth  from  the  Word,  grounded  in  natu- 
ral use,  and  also  grounded  in  spiritual  use,  in  the  former 
with  those  who  have  learning  for  their  end  and  object, 
and  by  learning,  fame,  honor,  and  gain,  consequently  self 
and  the  world  ;  but  in  the  latter  or  in  spiritual  use  with 
those  whose  end  and  object  is  to  serve  their  neighbor 
from  love  to  him,  to  consult  the  good  of  their  souls,  and 
that  of  their  own,  consequently  who  have  in  view  the 
Lord,  their  neighbor,  and  salvation  ;  truth  is  given  to 
these  in  such  proportion  as  is  conducive  to  that  use, 
from  the  fountain  of  the  water  of  life,  that  is  from  the 
Lord  through  the  Word ;  to  the  rest  truth  is  not  given 
from  thence ;  they  read  the  Word,  and  every  doctrinal 
truth  therein,  they  either  do  not  see,  or  if  they  do  see.it 
they  turn  it  into  falsity,  not  so  much  in  speech  when  it  is 
uttered  from  the  Word,  but  in  the  ideas  of  their  thought 
concerning  it.  That  to  hunger  signifies  to  desire  good, 
and  that  to  thirst  signifies  to  desire  truth,  may  be  seen,  n. 
323,  381. 

890.  "  He  that  overcometh  shall  inherit  all  things,  and 
I  will  be  bis  God  and  he  shall  be  my  son,"  signifies,  that 
they  who  overcome  evils  in  themselves,  that  is,  the  devil, 
and  do  not  yield  when  they  are  tempted  by  the  Babylo- 
nians and  dragonists,  will  go  to  heaven,  and  there  live  in 
the  Lord  and  the  Lord  in  them.  By  overcoming  is  here 
meant  to  overcome  evils  in  themselves,  consequently  the 
devil,  and  not  to  yield  when  they  are  tempted  by  the  Ba- 
bylonians and  dragonists.  The  reason  why  to  overcome 
evils  in  one's  self  is  also  to  overcome  the  devil,  is,  because 
by  the  devil  is  meant  all  evil ;  by  inheriting  all  things,  is 


184 


THE  APOCALYPSE  REVEALED.  [CH.  XXI. 


signified  to  go  to  heaven,  and  then  to  enjoy  the  posses- 
sion of  the  good  things  which  are  there  from  the  Lord, 
consequently  to  enter  into  the  good  things  which  are  from 
the  Lord  and  of  the  Lord,  as  a  son  and  heir,  whence  hea- 
ven is  called  an  inheritance,  Matt.  xix.  29,  xxv.  34.  I 
will  be  his  God,  and  he  shall  be  my  son,  signifies,  that  in 
heaven  they  will  be  in  the  Lord  and  the  Lord  in  lhem,as 
above,  n.  882,  where  the  like  words  occur,  save  only  that 
it  is  there  said,  that  they  shall  be  his  people,  and  he  will 
be  their  God.  The  reason  why  they  who  immediately 
approach  the  Lord,  are  called  his  sons,  is,  because  they 
are  born  anew  from  him,  that  is,  regenerated,  wherefore 
he  called  his  disciples  sons,  John  xii.  36,  xiii.  33,  xxi.  5. 

891.  "But  the  fearful,  and  the  unfaithful,  and  the 
abominable,"  signifies,  those  who  are  in  no  faith,  and  in 
no  charity,  and  thence  in  evils  of  every  kind.  By  the 
fearful,  are  signified  they  who  are  in  no  faith,  as  will  be 
seen  presently  ;  by  the  unbelieving  or  unfaithful  are  sig- 
nified they  who  are  in  no  charity  towards  their  neighbor, 
for  these  are  insincere  and  fraudulent,  consequently  un- 
faithful ;  by  the  abominable  are  signified  they  who  are  in 
all  kinds  of  evils,  for  abominations  in  the  Word  signify  in 
general  the  evils  which  are  named  in  the  six  last  com- 
mandments of  the  decalogue,  as  may  be  seen  in  Jeremiah  : 
"  Trust  ye  not  in  lying  words,  saying,  the  temple  of  Je- 
hovah, the  temple  of  Jehovah,  the  temple  of  Jehovah  are 
these.  Will  ye  steal,  murder,  and  commit  adultery,  and 
swear  falsely,  and  come  and  stand  before  me  in  this  house, 
and  say,  We  are  delivered  to  do  all  these  abominations  1  " 
Jeremiah  vii.  2,  3,  4,  9,  10,  11,  and  so  in  all  other  places. 
That  by  the  fearful  are  signified  they  who  are  in  no  faith, 
is  evident  from  the  following  passages  :  Jesus  said  to  his 
disciples,  "  Why  are  ye  fearful,  O  ye  of  little  faith," 
Matt.  vwt.  26,  Mark  iv.  39,  40,  Luke  viii.  25.  Jesus 
said  unto  the  ruler  of  the  synagogue,  "  Fear  not :  believe 
only,  and  thy  daughter  shall  be  made  whole,"  Luke  viii. 
49,  50,  Mark  v.  36.  "  Fear  not,  little  flock  ;  for  it  is 
your  Father's  good  pleasure  to  give  you  the  kingdom," 
Luke  xii.  32.  The  same  is  meant  by  fear  not,  in  Matt, 
xvii.  6,  7,  xxviii.  3,  4,5,  10,  Luke  i.  12,  13,  30,  ii.  9, 


CH.  XXI.]  THE  APOCALYPSE  REVEALED. 


18$ 


10,  v.  8,  9,  10,  and  elsewhere.  Hence  it  may  appear, 
that  by  the  fearful,  and  the  unfaithful,  and  the  abomina- 
ble, are  signified  they  who  are  in  no  faith,  and  in  no  cha- 
rity, and  thence  in  all  kinds  of  evils. 

892.  "  And  murderers,  and  whoremongers,  and  sor- 
cerers, and  idolaters,  and  all  liars,"  signifies,  all  those  who 
make  no  account  of  the  commandments  of  the  decalogue, 
and  do  not  shun  any  evils  therein  mentioned  as  sins,  and 
therefore  live  in  them.  What  is  signified  by  these  four 
commandments  of  the  decalogue,  Thou  shall  not  commit 
murder,  thou  shalt  not  commit  adultery,  thou  shalt  not 
steal,  and  thou  shalt  not  bear  false  witness,  in  their  three- 
fold sense,  natural,  spiritual,  and  celestial,  may  be  seen  in 
the  Doctrine  of  Life  for  the  New  Jerusalem,  n.62 — 91, 
therefore  it  is  unnecessary  to  explain  them  here  ;  but  in- 
stead of  the  seventh  commandment,  which  is,. Thou  shalt 
not  steal,  are  here  mentioned  sorcerers  and  idolaters,  and 
by  sorcerers  are  signified  they  who  inquire  after  truths, 
which  they  falsify  in  order  to  confirm  falses  and  evils,  as 
they  do  who  take  up  this  truth  ;  that  no  one  can  do  good 
from  himself,  and  confirm  by  it  faith  alone,  for  this  is  a 
species  of  spiritual  theft.  What  sorcery  or  enchantment 
further  signifies,  may  be  seen  above,  n.  462  ;  by  idolaters 
are  signified  they  who  establish  worship,  or  are  in  worship, 
not  from  the  Word,  thus  not  from  the  Lord,  but  from 
self-derived  intelligence,  n.  459,  as  also  they  have  done 
who,  from  a  single  sentence  of  Paul,  falsely  understood, 
and  not  from  any  word  of  the  Lord,  fabricated  the  whole 
of  their  church  doctrine,  which  likewise  is  a  species  of 
spiritual  theft ;  by  liars  are  signified  they  who  are  in  falses 
derived  from  evil,  n.  924. 

893.  "  Shall  have  their  part  in  the  lake  which  burneth 
with  fire  and  brimstone,"  signifies,  their  portion  in  hell, 
where  are  the  loves  of  falsity  and  the  lusts  of  evil,  as 
appears  from  the  explanation  above,  n.  835,  873,  where 
the  like  words  occur. 

894.  "  Which  is  the  second  death,"  signifies,  damna- 
tion, as  also  appears  from  what  is  explained  above,  n. 
853,  873. 

895.  "  And  there  came  unto  me  one  of  the  seven 

16* 


16G 


THE  APOCALYPSE  REVEALED. 


[CH.  XXI. 


angels,  who  had  the  seven  vials  full  of  the  seven  last 
plagues,  and  talked  with  me,  saying,  Come  hither,  I  will 
show  thee  the  bride,  the  Lamb's  wife,"  signifies,  influx 
and  manifestation  from  the  Lord  from  the  inmost  of  heav- 
en, concerning  the  New  Church,  which  will  be  conjoined 
with  the  Lord  through  the  Word.  By  one  of  the  seven 
angels  who  had  the  seven  vials  full  of  the  seven  last 
plagues,  that  talked  with  me,  is  meant  the  Lord  influenc- 
ing from  the  inmost  of  heaven  and  speaking  through  the 
inmost  heaven,  here  manifesting  the  tilings  which  follow  ; 
that  by  this  angel  is  meant  the  Lord,  appears  from  the 
explanation  of  chap.  xv.  5,  6,  where  it  is  written,  "  And 
after  that  I  looked,  and  behold,  the  temple  of  the  taberna- 
cle of  the  testimony  in  heaven  was  opened  :  and  the  seven 
angels  came  out  of  the  temple  having  the  seven  plagues  ;" 
by  which  is  signified  that  the  inmost  of  heaven  was  seen, 
where  the  Lord  is  in  his  holiness,  and  in  the  law,  which 
is  the  decalogue,  see  above,  n.  669,  670;  also  from  the 
explanation  of  chap.  xvii.  1,  where  it  is  said,  "And  there 
came  one  of  the  seven  angels  which  had  the  seven  vials, 
and  talked  with  me,  saying,  Come  hither,  I  will  show 
unto  thee  the  judgment  of  the  great  harlot  ;  "  that  by 
these  words  is  signified  influx  and  revelation  from  the 
Lord  from  the  inmost  of  heaven  concerning  the  Roman 
Catholic  religion,  may  be  seen  above,  n.  718,  719  ;  hence 
it  is  evident  that  by  there  came  to  me  one  of  the  seven 
angels  who  had  the  seven  vials  full  of  the  seven  last 
plagues,  and  talked  with  me,  saying,  is  meant  the  Lord 
influencing  from  the  inmost  of  heaven,  and  that  by,  Come 
hither,  I  will  show  thee,  is  signified  manifestation,  and 
that  by  the  bride  the  Lamb's  wife,  is  signified  the  New 
Church,  which  will  be  conjoined  with  the  Lord  through 
the  Word,  as  in  Q.  881.  That  church  is  called  a  bride, 
in  reference  to  its  establishment,  and  a  wife,  in  reference 
to  its  being  fully  established  ;  here  the  bride,  the  wife, 
from  the  certainty  of  its  establishment  taking  place. 

896.  "  And  he  carried  me  away  in  the  spirit  to  a  great 
and  high  mountain,  and  showed  me  that  great  city,  the 
holy  Jerusalem,  descending  out  of  heaven  from  God," 
signifies,  that  John  was  translated  into  the  third  heaven, 


CH.  XXI.]  THE  APOCALYPSE  REVEALED. 


187 


and  his  sight  there  opened,  before  whom  was  made  mani- 
fest the  Lord's  New  Church  as  to  doctrine  in  the  form  of 
a  city.  He  carried  me  away  in  the  spirit  to  a  great  and 
high  mountain,  signifies,  that  John  was  translated  into  the 
third  heaven,  where  they  are  who  are  in  love  to  the  Lord, 
and  in  the  genuine  doctrine  of  truth  derived  from  him ; 
great  also  is  predicated  of  the  good  of  love,  and  high  of 
truths.  The  reason  why  being  taken  up  into  a  mountain 
signifies  to  be  taken  up  into  the  third  heaven,  is,  because 
it  is  said  in  the  spirit,  and  he  who  is  in  the  spirit,  as  to  his 
mind  and  its  vision,  is  in  the  spiritual  world,  and  there 
the  angels  of  the  third  heaven  dwell  upon  mountains,  the 
angels  of  the  second  heaven  upon  hills,  and  the  angels  of 
the  ultimate  or  lowest  heaven  in  valleys  between  the  hills 
and  mountains;  wherefore  when  anyone  in  the  spirit  is 
taken  up  into  a  mountain,  it  signifies  that  he  is  taken  up 
into  the  third  heaven  ;  this  elevation  is  effected  in  a  mo- 
ment, because  it  is  done  by  a  change  in  the  state  of  the 
mind  ;  by,  he  showed  me,  is  signified  his  sight  then  opened, 
and  manifestation  ;  by  the  great  city,  the  holy  Jerusalem, 
descending  out  of  heaven  from  God,  is  signified  the  Lord's 
New  Church,  as  above,  n.  87S,  879,  where  also  it  is  ex- 
plained, for  this  reason  it  is  called  holy,  and  said  to  descend 
out  of  heaven  from  God  ;  its  being  seen  in  the  form  of  a 
city,  is  because  a  city  signifies  doctrine,  n.  194,  712,  and 
the  church  is  a  church  by  virtue  of  doctrine,  and  a  life 
according  to  it.  It  was  also  seen  as  a  city,  that  it  might 
be  described  as  to  all  its  qualities,  which  are  described  by 
its  wall,  its  gates,  its  foundations,  and  various  dimensions. 
The  church  is  described  in  a  similar  manner  in  Ezekiel, 
where  it  is  also  said,  by  the  prophet,  "  In  the  visions  of 
God  brought  he  me,  and  set  me  upon  a  very  high  moun- 
tain, which  was  as  the  frame  of  a  city  on  the  south," 
which  the  angels  also  measured  as  to  its  wall  and  gates, 
and  as  to  its  breadth  and  height,  chap.  xl.  2,  and  follow- 
ing verses.  The  like  is  meant  by  this  passage  in  Zecha- 
riah  :  "  Then  said  I  (unto  the  angel)  Whither  goest  thou  ? 
And  he  said  unto  me,  To  measure  Jerusalem,  to  see  what 
is  the  breadth  thereof,  and  what  is  the  length  thereof," 
ii.  2. 


188 


THE  APOCALYPSE  REVEALED. 


[CH.  XXI. 


897.  •"  Having  the  glory  of  God  :  and  the  light  thereof 
was  like  unto  a  most  precious  stone,  even  like  a  jasper 
stone,  clear  as  crystal,"  signifies,  that  in  that  church  the 
Word  will  be  understood,  by  reason  of  its  being  translu- 
cent from  its  spiritual  sense.  By  the  glory  of  God  is 
signified  the  Word  in  its  divine  light,  as  will  be  seen  pre- 
sently ;  by  its  light  is  signified  the  divine  truth  therein, 
for  this  is  meant  by  light  in  the  Word,  n.  796,  799;  like 
a  most  precious  stone,  even  like  a  jasper  stone  clear  as 
crystal,  signifies,  the  same  shining  and  translucent,  by 
reason  of  its  spiritual  sense,  of  which  also  in  what  follows. 
By  these  words  is  described  the  understanding  of  the 
Word  with  those  who  are  in  the  doctrine  of  the  New 
Jerusalem,  and  in  a  life  according  to  it ;  with  such  the 
Word  shines  as  it  were  when  it  is  read  ;  it  shines  from  the 
Lord  through  the  medium  of  the  spiritual  sense,  because 
the  Lord  is  the  Word,  and  the  spiritual  sense  is  in  the 
light  of  heaven  which  proceeds  from  the  Lord  as  a  sun, 
and  the  light  which  proceeds  from  the  Lord  as  a  sun,  is 
in  its  essence  the  divine  truth  of  his  divine  wisdom.  That 
in  every  particular  of  the  Word  there  is  a  spiritual  sense, 
in  which  the  angels  are,  and  from  which  their  wisdom  is 
derived,  and  that  the  Word  is  transparent  from  the  light 
of  that  sense  to  those  who  are  in  genuine  truths  from  the 
Lord,  is  shown  in  the  Doctrine  of  the  New  Jerusalem 
concerning  the  Sacred  Scripture.  That  by  the  glory  of 
God  is  meant  the  Word  in  its  divine  light,  may  appear 
from  the  following  passages :  "  And  the  Word  was  made 
flesh, — and  we  beheld  his  glory,  the  glory  as  of  the  only- 
begotten  of  the  Father,"  John  i.  14  ;  that  by  glory  is 
meant  the  glory  of  the  Word  or  divine  truth  in  him,  is 
evident,  because  it  is  said  the  Word  was  made  flesh  ;  the 
same  is  meant  by  glory  in  what  follows,  where  it  is  said, 
"  for  the  glory  of  God  did  light  it,  and  its  lamp  is  the 
Lamb,"  verse  23.  The  same  is  meant  by  the  glory  in 
which  they  will  see  the  Son  of  Man,  when  he  shall  come 
in  the  clouds  of  heaven,  Matt.  xxiv.  30,  Mark  xiii.  25, 
see  above,  n.  20,  642,  820  ;  nor  is  any  thing  else  meant 
by  the  throne  of  glory  upon  which  the  Lord  will  sit  when 
he  shall  come  to  the  last  judgment,  Matt.  xxv.  31,  be- 


CH.  XXI  ] 


THE  APOCALYPSE  REVEALED. 


189 


cause  he  will  judge  every  one  according  to  the  truths  of  the 
Word  ;  wherefore  it  is  also  said,  that  he  will  come  in  his 
glory.  When  the  Lord  was  transfigured,  it  is  also  said 
that  "  Moses  and  Elias  appeared  in  glory,"  Luke  ix.  30, 
31,  by  Moses  and  Elias  is  there  signified  the  Word  ;  the 
Lord  also  then  caused  himself  to  he  seen  by  his  disciples 
as  the  Word  in  its  glory.  That  glory  signifies  divine 
truth,  may  be  seen  from  many  passages  of  the  Word 
above,  n.  6-29.  The  reason  why  the  Word  is  compared 
to  a  most  precious  stone  like  a  jasper  stone,  clear  as  crys- 
tal, is,  because  a  precious  stone  signifies  the  divine  truth 
of  the  Word,  n.  231,  540,  726,  823,  and  a  jasper  stone 
signifies  the  divine  truth  of  the  Word  in  its  literal  sense, 
translucent  from  the  divine  truth  in  its  spiritual  sense  ; 
this  is  the  signification  of  a  jasper  stone  in  Exodus  xxviii. 
20,  Ezek.  xxviii.  13,  and  afterwards  in  this  chapter, 
where  it  is  said,  That  the  building  of  the  wall  of  the  holy 
Jerusalem  was  jasper,  verse  18;  and  since  the  Word  in 
its  literal  sense  is  transparent  from  its  spiritual  sense,  it  is 
said,  a  jasper  clear  as  crystal  ;  all  illustration,  which  they 
have  who  are  in  divine  truths  from  the  Lord,  is  derived 
from  thence. 

898.  "  And  it  had  a  wall  great  and  high,"  signifies,  the 
Word  in  its  literal  sense  from  which  the  doctrine  of  the 
New  Church  is  deduced.  When  by  the  holy  city  Jerusa- 
lem is  meant  the  Lord's  New  Church  as  to  doctrine,  by 
its  wall  nothing  else  is  meant  but  the  Word  in  its  literal 
sense,  from  which  doctrine  is  derived,  for  that  sense  de- 
fends the  spiritual  sense,  which  lies  concealed  within  it, 
just  as  a  wall  defends  a  city  and  its  inhabitants  ;  and  that 
the  literal  sense  is  the  basis,  continent,  and  firmament  of 
its  spiritual  sense,  may  be  seen  in  the  Doctrine  of  the 
New  Jerusalem  concerning  the  Sacred  Scripture,  n.  27 — 
36;  and  that  that  sense  is  a  guard,  to  prevent  the  interior 
divine  truths  of  its  spiritual  sense  from  being  injured,  n. 
97,  of  the  same  treatise;  also  that  church-doctrine  is  to 
be  drawn  from  the  literal  sense  of  the  Word,  and  confirm- 
ed by  it,  n.  50 — 61,  of  the  same.  It  is  called  a  wall 
great  and  high,  because  it  means  the  Word  as  to  its  divine 
good  and  divine  truth,  great  being  predicated  of  good,  and 


190 


THE  APOCALYPSE  REVEALED. 


[CH.  XXI. 


high  of  truth,  as  above,  n.  896.  By  a  wall  is  signified 
that  which  defends,  and  where  the  church  is  treated  of, 
it  signifies  the  Word  in  its  literal  sense,  as  in  the  follow- 
ing places  :  "  I  have  set  watchmen  upon  thy  walls,  O 
Jerusalem,  which  shall  never  hold  their  peace  day  nor 
night,  ye  that  make  mention  of  Jehovah,"  Isaiah  lxii.  6. 
"  And  they  shall  call  thee  the  city  of  Jehovah,  the  Zion 
of  the  Holy  One  of  Israel, — but  thou  shalt  call  thy  walls 
salvation,  and  thy  gates  praise,"  Isaiah  lx.  14,  18.  "Je- 
hovah will  be  unto  her  a  wall  of  fire  round  about,  and 
will  be  the  glory  in  the  midst  of  her,"  Zech.  ii.  5.  "  The 
men  of  Arvad  were  upon  thy  walls,  and  the  Gammadims 
hanged  their  shields  upon  the  walls  round  about ;  they 
have  made  thy  beauty  perfect,"  Ezek.  xxvii.  1 1  ;  speak- 
ing of  Tyre,  by  which  is  signified  the  church  as  to  the 
knowledges  of  truth  from  the  Word.  "Run  ye  to  and 
fro  through  the  streets  of  Jerusalem,  and  see  now  and 
know  if  ye  can  find  a  man  that  seeketh  truth  ; — Go  ye 
upon  her  walls  and  destroy,"  Jerem.  v.  1,  10.  "Jeho- 
vah hath  purposed  to  destroy  the  wall  of  the  daughter  of 
Zion, — therefore  he  made  the  rampart  and  the  wall  to 
lament,  they  languished  together,  the  law  is  no  more," 
Lament,  ii.  8,  9.  "  They  shall  run  to  and  fro  in  the 
city,  they  shall  run  upon  the  wall,  they  shall  climb  up 
upon  the  houses,  they  shall  enter  in  at  the  windows," 
Joel  ii.  9,  speaking  of  the  falsifications  of  truth.  "  Day 
and  night  (the  wicked)  go  about  in  the  city,  upon  the 
walls  thereof  mischief  also  and  sorrow  are  in  the  midst 
of  it,"  Psalm  lv.  10,  besides  other  places,  as  Isaiah  xxii. 
5.  lvi.  5,  Jerem.  i.  15,  Ezek.  xxvii.  11,  Lament,  ii.  7. 
That  the  Word,  in  its  literal  sense,  is  signified  by  a  wall, 
appears  clearly  from  what  follows  in  this  chapter,  where 
the  wall,  its  gates,  foundations,  and  dimensions  are  much 
treated  of;  the  reason  is,  because  the  doctrine  of  the  New 
Church,  which  is  signified  by  the  city,  is  derived  solely 
from  the  literal  sense  of  the  Word. 

899.  "  And  it  had  twelve  gates,"  signifies,  all  the 
knowledges  therein  of  truth  and  good,  by  which  man  is 
introduced  into  the  church.  By  gates  are  signified  the 
knowledges  of  truth  and  good  from  the  Word,  because 


CH.  XXI.] 


THE  APOCALYPSE  REVEALED. 


191 


by  them  man  is  introduced  into  the  church,  for  the  wall, 
in  which  the  gates  were,  signifies  the  Word,  as  above,  n. 
898,  and  afterwards  it  is  said,  "  And  the  twelve  gates 
were  twelve  pearls ;  every  one  of  the  gates  was  of  one 
pearl,"  verse  21.  and  by  pearls  are  signified  the  know- 
ledges of  truth  and  good,  n.  727  ;  that  man  is  introduced 
through  them  into  the  church,  as  through  gates  into  a 
city,  is  evident;  that  twelve  signifies  all.  may  be  seen 
above,  n.  348.  By  gates  are  also  signified  the  know- 
ledges of  truth  and  good  in  the  following  passages:  "  I 
will  lay  thy  foundations  with  sapphires,  and  I  will  make 
thy  windows  of  agates  and  thy  gates  of  carbuncles," 
Isaiah  liv.  11,  12.  "Jehovah  loveth  the  gates  of  Zion 
more  than  all  the  dwellings  of  Jacob,  glorious  things  are 
spoken  of  thee,  O  city  of  God"  Psalm  lxxxvii.  2. 
"  Enter  into  his  gales  with  thanksgiving,  be  thankful  unto 
him,  and  bless  his  name,"  Psalm  c.  4.  "  Our  feet  shall 
stand  within  thy  gates,  O  Jerusalem.  Jerusalem  is 
builded  as  a  city  that  is  compact  together,"  Psalm  cxxii. 
2,  3.  "  Praise  Jehovah,  O  Jerusalem,  for  he  hath 
strengthened  the  bars  of  thy  gates  ;  he  hath  blessed  thy 
children  within  thee,"  Psalm  cxlvii.  12,  13.  "  That  I 
may  show  forth  all  thy  praise  in  the  gates  of  the  daughter 
of  Zion,"  Psalm  ix.  14.  "Open  ye  the  gates,  that  the 
righteous  nation  that  keepeth  the  truth  may  enter  in,"  Isa. 
xxvi.  2.  "  Exalt  the  voice  that  they  may  go  in  to  the 
gates  of  the  nobles,"  Isaiah  xiii.  2.  "  Blessed  are  they 
that  do  his  commandments,  and  may  enter  in  through  the 
gates  into  the  city,"  Apoc.  xxii.  14.  "Lift  up  your 
heads,  O  ye  gates,  and  the  king  of  glory  shall  come  in," 
Psalm  xxiv.  7,  9.  "  The  ways  of  Zion  do  mourn  ;  all 
her  gates  are  desolate,  her  priests  sigh,"  Lament,  i.  4. 
"  Jurlah  mourneih  and  the  gates  thereof  languish,"  Jerem. 
xiv.  2.  "Jehovah  hath  purposed  to  destroy  the  wall  of 
the  daughter  of  Zion ; — Her  gates  are  sunk  into  the 
ground,"  Lament,  ii.  8.  "  That  make  a  man  an  offender 
for  a  word,  and  lay  a  snare  for  him  that  reproveth  in  the 
gate,"  Isaiah  xxix.  21.  "  They  chose  new  gods  ;  then 
was  war  in  the  gates,"  Judg.  v.  8,  with  other  places,  as 
Isaiah  iii.  25,  26,  xiv.  31,  xxii.  7,  xxiv.  12,  xxviii.  6, 


192 


THE  APOCALYPSE  REVEALED. 


[en.  xxr. 


lxii.  10,  Jerem.  i.  15,  xv.  7,  xxxi.  38,  40,  Mic.  ii.  13. 
Nahum  iii.  13,  Jud.  v.  11.  Since  gates  signify  introduc- 
tory truths,  which  are  knowledges  from  the  Word,  there- 
fore the  elders  of  the  city  sat  in  the  gates,  and  judged,  as 
appears  from  Deut.  xxi.  18 — 22,  xxii.  15,  Lament,  v.  14, 
Amos  v.  12,  15,  Zech.  viii.  16. 

900.  "  And  at  the  gates  twelve  angels,  and  names  writ- 
ten thereon,  which  are  those  of  the  twelve  tribes  of  the 
sons  of  Israel,"  signifies,  the  divine  truths  and  goods  of 
heaven,  which  are  also  the  divine  truths  and  goods  of  the 
church,  in  those  knowledges,  and  guards  to  prevent  any 
one  from  entering  except  he  be  in  them  from  the  Lord. 
By  twelve  angels  are  signified  here  all  the  truths  and 
goods  of  heaven,  because  by  angels,  in  a  supreme  sense, 
is  signified  the  Lord,  in  a  general  sense  the  heaven  of 
angels,  and  in  a  particular  sense  the  truths  and  goods  of 
heaven  from  the  Lord,  see  n.  5,  170,  258,  344,  415,  465, 
647,  648,  657,  718  ;  in  the  present  case  the  truths  and 
goods  of  heaven,  because  it  follows,  and  names  written 
thereon,  which  are  the  names  of  the  twelve  tribes  of  the 
sons  of  Israel,  by  which  are  signified  all  the  truths  and 
goods  of  the  church,  n.  349.  By  over  the  gates,  is  signi- 
fied in  those  knowledges,  because  over  or  upon,  in  the 
Word,  signifies  within,  the  reason  is  because  that  which 
is  supreme  in  successive  order  becomes  inmost  in  simul- 
taneous order,  therefore  the  third  heaven  is  called  both 
the  supreme  and  the  inmost  heaven  ;  hence  it  is,  that 
over  the  gates,  signifies,  in  the  knowledges  of  truth  ;  by 
names  written  thereon,  is  signified  every  quality  belonging 
to  them,  thus  also  in  them,  for  all  quality  is  from  internals 
in  externals.  The  reason  why  by  the  same  words  are 
signified  guards  to  prevent  any  one  from  entering  into  the 
church,  unless  he  be  in  those  knowledges  from  the  Lord, 
is  evident,  because  the  angels  were  seen  standing  upon  the 
gates,  and  the  names  of  the  tribes  of  the  sons  of  Israel 
were  also  written  upon  them.  It  is  said  that  the  truths 
and  goods  of  heaven  and  the  church  are  in  the  know- 
ledges which  are  derived  from  the  Word,  whereby,  intro- 
duction into  the  church  is  effected,  because  the  knowledges 
of  truth  and  good  from  the  Word,  when  there  is  in  them 


OH,  XXI.] 


THE  APOCALYPSE  REVEALED. 


193 


a  spiritual  principle  from  heaven  from  the  Lord,  are  not 
called  knowledges,  but  truths  ;  but  if  there  is  not  in  them 
any  thing  of  a  spiritual  nature  from  heaven  from  the  Lord, 
they  are  nothing  more  than  scientifics. 

901.  "  On  the  east,  three  gates;  on  the  north,  three 
gates ;  on  the  south,  three  gates ;  and  on  the  west,  three 
gates,"  signifies,  that  the  knowledges  of  truth  and  good, 
in  which  there  is  spiritual  life  from  heaven  from  the  Lord, 
and  by  which  introduction  into  the  New  Church  is  effect- 
ed, are  for  those  who  are  more  or  less  in  the  love  or  in 
the  affection  of  good,  and  for  those  who  are  more  or  less 
in  wisdom  or  in  the  affection  of  truth.  By  gates  are  now 
signified  the  knowledges  of  truth  and  good,  in  which  there 
is  spiritual  life  from  heaven  from  the  Lord,  because  over 
the  gates  there  were  twelve  angels,  and  the  names  written 
of  the  twelve  tribes  of  the  sons  of  Israel,  by  which  that 
life  in  those  knowledges  is  signified,  as  is  evident  from 
what  was  explained  above,  n.  900  ;  that  gates  signify  the 
knowledgesof  truth  and  good,  by  which  there  is  introduction 
into  the  New  Church,  may  be  seen  above,  n.  S99 ;  the 
reason  why  there  were  three  gates  on  the  east,  three  on 
the  north,  three  on  the  south,  and  three  on  the  west,  is, 
because  by  the  east  is  signified  love,  and  the  affection  of 
good  in  a  superior  degree,  consequently  more  ;  and  by  the 
west  is  signified  love,  and  the  affection  of  good  in  an  in- 
ferior degree,  consequently  less  ;  by  the  south  is  signified 
wisdom  and  the  affection  of  truth  in  a  superior  degree, 
consequently  more ;  and  by  the  north  is  signified  wisdom 
and  the  affection  of  truth  in  an  inferior  degree,  consequently 
less  ;  the  reason  of  this  signification  of  east,  west,  north, 
and  south,  is,  because  the  Lord  is  the  sun  of  the  spiritual 
world,  and  in  front  of  him  are  the  east  and  west,  and  on  the 
sides  are  the  south  and  north,  on  the  right  side  the  south,  and 
on  the  left  side  the  north  ;  wherefore  they  who  are  in  love  to 
the  Lord,  and  thence  more  in  affection,  dwell  in  the  east, 
they  who  are  less  so,  in  the  west ;  they  who  are  more  in  wis- 
dom from  the  affection  of  truth,  dwell  in  the  south,  and  they 
who  are  less  so,  in  the  north.  That  the  habitations  of  the 
angels  of  heav  en  are  arranged  in  this  order,  may  be  seen  in 
the  work  concerning  Heaven  and  Hell,n.  141 — 153.  The 

VOL.  III.  17 


194 


THE    APOCALYPSE  REVEALED. 


[CH.  XXI. 


reason  why  there  were  three  gates  towards  each  quarter, 
is,  because  three  signify  all,  n.  400,  505. 

902.  "  And  the  wall  of  the  city  had  twelve  founda- 
tions," signifies,  that  the  Word,  in  its  literal  sense,  con- 
tains all  the  particulars  of  the  doctrine  of  the  New  Church. 
By  the  wall  of  the  city  is  signified  the  Word  in  its  literal 
sense,  n.  898,  and  by  twelve  foundations  are  signified  all 
the  particulars  of  the  doctrine  of  the  church  ;  by  founda- 
tions are  signified  doctrinals,  and  by  twelve,  all.  The 
church  also  is  founded  upon  doctrine,  for  doctrine  teaches 
how  we  are  to  believe,  and  how  we  are  to  live,  and  doc- 
trine is  to  be  drawn  from  no  other  source  than  the  Word ; 
and  that  this  is  to  be  done  from  the  literal  sense  of  the 
Word,  may  be  seen  in  the  Doctrine  of  the  New  Jerusa- 
lem concerning  the  Sacred  Scripture,  n.  50 — 61.  In- 
asmuch as  all  the  particulars  of  doctrine  are  signified  by 
the  twelve  foundations  of  the  wall  of  the  city  New  Jeru- 
salem, and  as  the  church  is  a  church  by  virtue  of  doctrine, 
therefore  its  foundations  are  particularly  treated  of  below, 
verses  19,  20.  In  the  Word  the  foundations  of  the  earth 
are  sometimes  named,  and  by  them  are  not  to  be  under- 
stood the  foundations  of  the  earth,  but  the  foundations  of 
the  church,  for  the  earth  signifies  the  church,  n.  285,  and 
the  foundations  of  the  church  are  no  other  than  what  are 
derived  from  the  Word,  and  are  called  doctrinals  ;  for  it 
is  the  Word  itself  which  founds  the  church.  Doctrines 
derived  from  the  Word  are  also  signified  by  foundations 
in  the  following  passages  :  "  Have  ye  not  understood  from 
the  foundations  of  the  earth,"  Isaiah  xl.  21.  "  And  I 
have  put  my  words  in  thy  mouth, — that  I  may  plant  the 
heavens  and  lay  the  foundations  of  the  earth,"  isaiah  li. 
16.  "  They  know  not,  neither  will  they  understand  ; 
they  walk  on  in  darkness,  all  the  foundations  of  the  earth 
are  out  of  course,"  Psalm  lxxxii.  5.  "The  word  of  Je- 
hovah which  stretches  forth  the  heavens  and  layeth  the 
foundations  of  the  earth,  and  formeth  the  spirit  of  man 
within  him,"  Zech.  xii.  1.  "Jehovah  hath  kindled  a 
fire  in  Zion,  and  it  hath  devoured  the  foundations  there- 
of" Lament,  iv.  2.  "  For  lo,  the  wicked  privily  shoot 
at  the  upright  in  heart.    If  the  foundations  be  destroyed 


CH.  XXt.] 


THE  APOCALYPSE  REVEALED. 


195 


what  can  the  righteous  do  ? "  Psalm  xi.  2,  3.  "  Hear 
ye,  O  mountains,  Jehovah's  controversy,  and  ye  strong 
foundations  of  the  earth,  for  Jehovah  hath  a  controversy 
with  his  people,"  Mic.  vi.  2.  "  For  the  windows  from 
on  high  are  opened,  and  the  foundations  of  the  earth  do 
shake,  the  earth  is  utterly  broken  down,  the  earth  is  clean 
dissolved,  the  earth  is  moved  exceedingly,"  Isaiah  xxiv. 
IS,  19,  20,  besides  other  places,  as  Isaiah  xiv.  32  ;  xlviii. 
13,  li.  13,  Psalm  xxiv.  2,  Psalm  cii.  26,  Psalm  civ.  5,  6, 
2  Sam.  xxii.  8,  16.  He  who  does  not  think  that  the 
earth  signifies  the  church,  cannot  but  think  in  a  merely 
natural  and  even  material  manner  whilst  reading  the  above 
passages  speaking  of  the  foundations  of  the  earth  ;  and  the 
case  would  be  the  same,  if  he  did  not  think  that  the  city 
Jerusalem  signifies  the  church,  when  he  reads  of  its  wall, 
gates,  foundations,  streets,  dimensions,  and  many  other 
things  which  in  this  chapter  are  described  as  referring  to 
a  city,  when,  nevertheless,  they  refer  to  the  church, 
and  are  therefore  to  be  understood  spiritually  and  not  ma- 
terially. 

903.  "  And  in  them  the  names  of  the  twelve  apostles 
of  the  Land),"  signifies,  all  things  of  doctrine  derived  from 
the  Word  concerning  the  Lord  and  concerning  a  life  accor- 
ding to  his  commandments.  The  reason  why  in  the  founda- 
tions w  ere  written  the  names  of  the  twelve  apostles  of  the 
Lamb,  is,  because  by  the  twelve  apostles  is  signified  the 
Lord's  church  as  to  all  things  appertaining  to  it,  or  constitu- 
ent of  it,  n.  79,  233,  790,  in  the  present  instance,  as  to  all 
things  appertaining  to  its  doctrine,  because  their  names  were 
written  upon  the  twelve  foundations,  by  which  are  signified 
all  the  particulars  of  the  doctrine  of  the  New  Jerusalem,  n. 
902;  by  twelve  names  are  signified  its  every  quality,  and 
every  particular  quality  thereof  has  relation  to  two  things 
in  doctrine,  and  thence  in  that  church,  to  the  Lord  and  to 
a  life  according  to  his  commandments,  therefore  these  are 
signified.  The  reason  why  all  the  particulars  of  the  doc- 
trine of  the  New  Jerusalem  have  relation  to  these  two 
things,  is,  because  they  are  its  universals,  on  which  all  the 
particulars  depend,  and  they  are  the  essentials  from  which 
all  its  formalities  proceed  ;  they  are,  therefore,  as  the  life 


THE  APOCALYPSE  REVEALED. 


[CH.  XXI. 


and  soul  of  all  the  particulars  of  its  doctrine.  They  are, 
indeed,  two,  but  yet  one  cannot  be  separated  from  the 
other,  for  to  separate  them  would  be  to  separate  the  Lord 
from  man,  and  man  from  the  Lord,  in  which  case  there  is 
no  church.  These  two  things  are  conjoined  like  the  two 
tables  of  the  law,  one  of  which  contains  what  relates  to 
the  Lord,  and  the  other  what  relates  to  man,  wherefore 
they  are  called  a  covenant,  and  a  covenant  signifies  con- 
junction. Think  what  would  become  of  those  tables  of 
the  law,  if  the  first  only  was  to  remain,  and  the  second  to 
be  torn  off  from  it,  or  if  the  second  was  to  remain,  and  the 
first  to  be  torn  oft*  from  it  ?  Would  it  not  be  as  if  God 
did  not  see  man,  or  as  if  man  did  not  see  God,  and  as  if 
they  receded  one  from  the  other?  These  observations 
are  made,  that  it  may  be  known,  that  all  the  particulars 
of  the  doctrine  of  the  New  Jerusalem  relate  to  love  to  the 
Lord,  and  to  love  towards  the  neighbor.  Love  to  the 
Lord  consists  in  trusting  in  the  Lord  and  doing  his  com- 
mandments, and  to  do  his  commandments  constitutes  love 
towards  the  neighbor,  because  to  do  his  commandments, 
is  to  be  useful  to  our  neighbor  ;  that  they  love  the  Lord 
who  do  his  commandments,  the  Lord  himself  teaches  in 
John  xiv.  21 — 24  ;  and  that  love  to  God  and  love  towards 
our  neighbor,  are  the  two  commandments  upon  which 
hang  all  the  law  and  the  prophets,  see  Matt.  xxii.  35 — 
40 ;  by  the  law  and  the  prophets  is  meant  the  Word  in 
its  whole  complex. 

904.  "  And  he  that  talked  with  me  had  a  golden  reed, 
to  measure  the  city,  and  the  gates  thereof,  and  the  wall 
thereof,"  signifies,  that  there  is  given  by  the  Lord,  to 
those  who  are  in  the  good  of  love,  the  faculty  of  knowing 
and  understanding  what  the  quality  of  the  Lord's  New 
Church  is,  as  to  doctrine  and  its  introductory  truths,  and 
as  to  the  Word  from  which  they  are  derived.  And  he 
that  talked  with  me,  signifies,  the  Lord  speaking  out  of 
heaven,  because  he  was  one  of  the  seven  angels  which 
had  the  seven  vials,  mentioned  above,  verse  9,  by  whom 
is  meant  the  Lord  speaking  out  of  heaven,  n.  895 ;  by  a 
golden  reed  is  signified  power  or  faculty  derived  from  the 
good  of  love,  by  a  reed  power  or  faculty,  n.  485,  and  by 


CH.  XXI.]  TIIE  APOCALYPSE  REVEALED.  J97 

gold,  the  good  of  love,  n.  211,  726  ;  by  measuring  is  sig- 
nified to  know  the  quality  of  a  thing,  consequently  lo  un- 
derstand and  know,  n.  466  ;  by  the  city,  which  was  the 
Holy  Jerusalem,  is  signified  the  church  as  to  doctrine,  n. 
878,  879  ;  by  gates  are  signified  the  knowledges  of  truth 
and  good  from  the  literal  sense  of  the  Word,  which  by 
virtue  of  the  spiritual  life  in  them  are  truths  and  goods,  n. 
899  ;  and  by  a  wall  is  signi6ed  the  Word  in  its  literal 
sense,  from  which  they  are  derived,  n.  898.  Hence  it  is 
evident,  that  by,  he  that  talked  with  me  had  a  golden 
reed  to  measure  the  city,  and  the  gates  thereof,  and  the 
wall  thereof,  is  signified  that  there  is  given  by  the  Lord  to 
those  who  are  in  the  good  of  love,  the  faculty  of  under- 
standing and  knowing  what  is  the  quality  of  the  Lord's 
New  Church,  as  to  doctrine  and  its  introductory  truths, 
and  as  to  the  Word  from  which  they  are  derived.  That 
these  things  are  signified  cannot  any  how  be  seen  in  the 
sense  of  the  letter,  for  in  this  it  only  appears  that  the  an- 
gel who  was  talking  with  John  had  a  golden  reed  to  mea- 
sure the  city,  its  gates,  and  wall  ;  but,  nevertheless,  that 
another  sense,  which  is  spiritual,  is  contained  in  these 
words,  is  plain  from  this  circumstance,  that  by  the  city 
Jerusalem  is  not  meant  any  city,  but  a  church  ;  where- 
fore, all  things  which  are  said  of  Jerusalem,  as  a  city,  sig- 
nify such  things  as  relate  to  the  church,  and  all  things 
relating  to  the  church  are  in  themselves  spiritual.  Such 
a  spiritual  sense  is  also  contained  in  what  is  said  above, 
chap.  xi.  where  these  words  occur :  "  And  there  was 
given  unto  me  a  reed,  like  unto  a  rod,  and  the  angel 
stood,  saying,  Arise,  and  measure  the  temple  of  God,  and 
the  altar,  and  them  that  worship  therein,"  verse  1.  There 
is  also  a  like  spiritual  sense  in  all  the  things  which  the 
angel  measured  with  a  reed,  in  Ezekiel  (chap.  xl. — xlviii.) 
And  likewise  in  these  words  in  Zechariah  :  "  1  lift  up 
mine  eyes  again,  and  looked,  and  behold,  a  man,  with  a 
measuring  line  in  his  hand.  Then  said  I,  Whither  goest 
thou  ?  and  he  said  unto  me,  To  measure  Jerusalem,  to 
see  what  is  the  breadth  thereof  and  what  is  the  length 
thereof,"  ii.  1,  2.  And,  further,  such  a  spiritual  sense  exists 
in  all  the  particulars  relating  to  the  tabernacle,  and  in  all  re- 
17* 


198 


THE  APOCALYPSE  KEVEALED. 


[CH.  XXI. 


latin ^  to  the  temple  in  Jerusalem,  whose  mensuration  we 
read  of,  and  also  in  the  measures  themselves  ;  and  yet 
nothing  of  them  can  be  seen  in  the  sense  of  the  letter. 

905.  "  And  the  city  lieth  four-square,"  signifies,  jus- 
tice in  it.  The  reason  why  the  city  is  seen  four-square, 
is,  because  a  quadrangle,  or  a  square,  signifies  what  is  just, 
for  a  triangle  signifies  what  is  right,  all  these  in  the  ulti- 
mate degree,  or  the  natural  :  a  quadrangle,  or  a  square, 
signifies,  what  is  just,  from  the  circumstance  of  its  having 
four  sides,  its  four  sides  looking  towards  the  four  quarters, 
and  to  look  equally  towards  the  four  quarters,  is  to  respect 
all  things  from  justice,  for  which  reason  three  gates  open- 
ed into  the  city  from  each  quarter,  and  it  is  said  in  Isaiah, 
"Open  ye  the  gates,  that  the  righteous  nation,  which 
keepeth  the  truths,  may  enter  in,"  xxvi.  3.  The  city 
lieth  four-square,  that  the  length  and  breadth  thereof 
might  be  equal,  and  by  length  is  signified  the  good  of  that 
church,  and  by  breadth  its  truth,  and  when  good  and 
truth  are  equal,  then  there  exists  what  is  just.  It  is  ow- 
ing to  this  signification  of  a  square,  that  in  common  dis- 
course a  man  is  said  to  be  square,  or  upright,  who  hap- 
pens to  be  one  that  does  not  from  injustice  incline  either 
to  this  or  that  party.  Because  four-square  signifies  what 
is  just,  therefore  the  ahar  of  burnt-offering,  by  which 
was  signified  worship  derived  from  good  and  thence  from 
truth  celestial,  was  four-square,  Exod.  xxvii.  1  ;  also  the 
altar  of  incense,  by  which  was  signified  worship  derived 
from  good  and  thence  from  truth  spiritual,  was  likewise 
four-square,  Exod.  xxx.  1,  2,  xxxix.  9.  Moreover  the 
breastplate  of  judgment,  in  which  was  the  urim  and 
thummim,  was  four-square  doubled,  Exod.  xxviii.  15,  16, 
not  to  mention  other  instances. 

906.  "  And  the  length  thereof  is  as  large  as  the 
breadth,"  signifies,  that  good  and  truth  in  that  church 
make  one  like  essence  and  form.  By  the  length  of  the 
city  Jerusalem  is  signified  the  good  of  the  church,  and 
by  its  breadth  is  signified  the  truth  of  the  church  ;  that 
by  breadth  is  signified  truth,  is  shown  from  the  Word, 
above,  n.  861.  The  signification  of  length,  as  denoting 
good,  and  here  the  good  of  the  church,  is  derived  from 


CH.  XXI.]  THE  APOCALYPSE  REVEALED. 


199 


the  same  cause  as  is  the  signification  of  breadth  ;  the 
cause  is  this,  the  extent  of  heaven  from  east  to  west  is 
signified  by  length,  and  the  extent  of  heaven  from  south 
to  north  is  signified  by  breadth,  and  the  angels  who  dwell 
in  the  east  and  west  of  heaven  are  in  the  good  of  love, 
and  the  angels  who  dwell  in  the  south  and  north  of 
heaven  are  in  the  truths  of  wisdom,  see  above,  n.  901. 
It  is  the  same  with  the  church  on  earth,  for  every  man 
who  is  in  the  goods  and  truths  of  the  church,  derived  from 
the  Word,  is  consociated  with  the  angels  of  heaven,  and, 
as  to  the  interiors  of  his  mind,  dwells  with  them  ;  they 
who  are  in  the  good  of  love  in  the  east  and  west  of  heav- 
en, and  they  who  are  in  the  truths  of  wisdom,  in  the 
south  and  north  of  heaven  ;  man  does  not  know  this 
indeed,  but  yet  every  one  after  death  comes  into  his 
place.  Hence  then  it  is,  that  by  length,  when  speaking 
of  the  church,  is  signified  its  good,  and  by  breadth  its 
truth  ;  that  length  and  breadth  cannot  be  predicated  of 
the  church,  but  that  they  can  of  a  city,  by  which  the 
church  is  signified,  is  evident.  The  reason  why  it  signi- 
fies that  good  and  truth  in  that  church  make  one  like 
essence  and  form,  is,  because  it  is  said,  that  the  length  is 
as  large  as  the  breadth,  and  by  length  is  signified  the 
good  of  the  church,  and  by  breadth  its  truth,  as  before 
observed  :  the  reason  why  they  make  one  like  essence 
and  form,  is,  because  truth  is  the  form  of  good,  and  good 
is  the  essence  of  truth,  and  essence  and  form  make  one. 

907.  "And  he  measured  the  city  with  a  reed  twelve 
thousand  furlongs.  The  length,  and  the  breadth,  and  the 
height  of  it  were  equal,"  signifies,  the  quality  of  that 
church  from  doctrine  shown,  that  all  things  appertaining 
to  it  proceed  from  the  good  of  love.  To  measure  with  a 
reed,  signifies,  to  know  the  quality  of  a  thing,  n.  904  ; 
and  because  the  angel  measured  it  before  John,  it  signi- 
fies, to  show  him  in  order  that  he  might  know  it ;  by  city, 
in  this  case  the  city  Jerusalem,  is  signified  the  Lord's 
New  Church  as  to  doctrine,  n.  878,  879;  by  twelve 
thousand  furlongs,  are  signified  all  the  goods  and  truths  of 
that  church  ;  that  twelve  thousand  signify  the  same  as 
twelve,  and  that  twelve  signify  all  goods  and  truths,  and 


200 


THE  APOCALYPSE  REVEALED.  [CH.  XXI. 


that  it  is  spoken  of  the  church,  may  be  seen  above,  n. 
348  ;  by  furlongs  are  signified  the  same  as  by  measures, 
and  by  measures  are  signified  quality,  n.  313,  486.  The 
reason  why  it  is  said  that  the  length,  breadth,  and  height 
of  it  are  equal,  is,  that  all  things  of  that  church  were  from 
the  good  of  love,  for  by  length  is  signified  the  good  of 
love,  and  by  breadth  the  truth  derived  from  that  good,  n. 
906  ;  and  by  height  is  signified  good  and  truth  together 
in  every  degree,  for  height  is  from  the  supreme  to  the 
lowest,  and  the  supreme  descends  to  the  lowest  by  de- 
grees, which  are  called  degrees  of  altitude,  in  which  the 
heavens  are,  from  the  supreme  or  third  heaven  to  the 
ultimate  or  first ;  concerning  these  degrees  see  the  trea- 
tise on  The  Wisdom  of  Angels  concerning  the  Divine 
Love  and  Divine  Wisdom,  part  the  third.  The  reason 
why  the  length,  and  breadth,  and  height  of  it,  being 
equal,  signifies,  that  all  things  are  from  the  good  of  love, 
is,  because  length,  which  signifies  the  good  of  love,  pre- 
cedes, and  the  breadth  is  equal  to  it,  thus  as  is  the  length, 
so  also  is  the  height;  otherwise  to  what  purpose  could  it 
be  said  that  the  height  of  the  city  was  twelve  thousand 
furlongs,  seeing  that,  in  such  case,  it  would  rise  immensely 
above  the  clouds,  yea  above  the  atmosphere  of  air,  the 
height  of  which  does  not  exceed  thirty  furlongs  (stadia), 
it  would  even  reach  up  an  immense  way  into  the  ether 
towards  the  zenith.  That  by  these  three  being  equal,  is 
signified,  that  all  things  appertaining  to  that  church  are 
derived  from  the  good  of  love,  appears  also  from  what 
follows,  for  it  is  said  that  "  the  city  was  pure  gold  like 
unto  pure  glass,"  verse  18,  and  also  that  "  the  street  of 
the  city  was  pure  gold  like  transparent  glass,"  verse  21, 
and  by  gold  is  signified  the  good  of  love.  That  all  things 
of  heaven  and  the  church  are  from  the  good  of  love,  and 
that  the  good  of  love  is  from  the  Lord,  will  be  seen  in 
the  next  article. 

908.  That  all  things  of  heaven  and  of  the  church  are 
from  the  good  of  love,  and  that  the  good  of  love  is  from 
the  Lord,  cannot  be  seen,  and,  therefore,  it  cannot  be 
known,  unless  it  be  demonstrated.  The  reason  why  it  is 
not  known  in  consequence  of  its  not  being  seen,  is,  because 


CH.  XXI.] 


THE  APOCALYPSE  REVEALED. 


201 


good  does  not  enter  into  the  thought  of  man  like  truth, 
for  trutli  is  seen  in  thought,  inasmuch  as  it  is  from  the 
light  of  heaven,  but  good  is  only  felt,  because  it  is  from 
the  heat  of  heaven,  and  it  rarely  happens  that  any  one, 
while  reflecting  upon  what  he  thinks,  attends  to  what  he 
feels,  but  only  to  what  he  sees:  this  is  the  reason  why 
the  learned  have  attributed  every  thing  to  thought  and 
not  to  affection  ;  and  w  hy  the  church  has  attributed 
every  thing  to  faith,  and  not  to  love,  w  hen,  nevertheless, 
the  truth,  which  at  this  day  in  the  church  is  said  to  be  of 
faith,  or  is  called  faith,  is  only  the  form  of  good  which  is 
of  love,  see  above,  n.  875.  Now  since  man  does  not  see 
good  in  bis  thought,  for  good,  as  was  observed,  is  only 
felt,  and  is  fell  under  various  species  of  delight,  and  since 
man  does  not  attend  to  the  things  which  he  feels  in 
thought,  but  to  those  which  he  sees  there,  therefore  he 
calls  all  that  good  which  he  feels  delightful,  and  he  feels 
evil  as  delightful,  this  being  ingenerate  or  inherent  in  him 
by  birth,  and  proceeding  from  the  love  of  self  and  the 
world  ;  this  is  the  reason  why  it  is  not  known  that  the 
good  of  love  is  the  all  of  heaven  and  of  the  church,  and 
that  this  in  man  is  only  from  the  Lord,  and  that  it  does 
not  flow  from  the  Lord  into  any  but  such  as  shun  evils 
and  the  delights  thereof  as  sins.  This  is  w  hat  is  to  be 
understood  by  the  Lord's  words,  that  the  law  and  the 
prophets  hang  upon  these  two  commandments,  '•  Thou 
sha/t  love  God  above  all  things,  and  thy  neighbor  as 
thyself,"  Malt.  xxii.  35 — 38 ;  and  I  can  aver,  that  there 
does  not  exist  a  grain  of  truth,  which  in  itself  is  truth  in 
man,  except  so  far  as  it  proceeds  from  the  good  of  love 
from  the  Lord,  and  therefore  neither  is  there  a  grain  of 
faith,  which  in  itself  is  faith,  that  is,  a  living,  saving,  and 
spiritual  fail h,  except  so  far  as  it  proceeds  from  charity 
which  is  from  the  Lord.  Inasmuch  as  the  good  of  love  is 
the  all  of  heaven  and  the  church,  therefore  the  universal 
heaven  and  the  universal  church  are  arranged  by  the 
Lord  according  to  the  affections  of  love,  and  not  accord- 
ing to  any  thing  of  thought  separated  from  them  ;  for 
thought  is  affection  in  form,  just  as  speech  is  sound  in 
form. 


202 


THE  APOCALYPSE  REVEALED. 


[CH.  XXI. 


909.  P  And  he  measured  the  wall  thereof  a  hundred 
and  forty-four  cubits,"  signifies  that  it  was  shown  what 
the  quality  of  the  Word  is  in  that  church,  and  that  from  it 
they  have  all  their  truths  and  goods.  By  he  measured, 
is  signified  that  the  nature  or  quality  was  shown,  as  above, 
n.  903  ;  by  the  wall,  is  signified  the  Word  in  its  literal 
sense,  n.  893  ;  by  a  hundred  and  forty-four,  are  signified 
all  the  truths  and  goods  of  the  church  from  the  Word,  n. 
348  ;  by  cubits  is  signified  quality,  the  same  as  by  mea- 
sure ;  for  by  one  hundred  and  forty-four  is  signified  the 
same  as  by  twelve,  because  from  twelve  multiplied  by 
twelve  arises  the  number  one  hundred  and  forty-four, 
and  multiplying  it  does  not  take  away  its  signification. 

910.  "  According  to  the  measure  of  a  man,  that  is,  of 
an  angel,"  signifies,  the  quality  of  that  church  as  making 
one  with  heaven.  By  measure  is  signified  the  quality  of 
a  thing,  n.  313,  486  ;  by  a  man,  here,  is  signified  the 
church  as  consisting  of  men,  and  by  an  angel  is  signified 
heaven  as  consisting  of  angels ;  therefore  by  the  measure 
ofa  man,  that  is,  of  the  angel,  is  signified  the  quality  of 
the  church  in  that  it  constitutes  a  one  with  heaven.  By 
man  in  the  Word  is  signified  intelligence  and  wisdom 
derived  from  the  Word,  n.  243,  and  intelligence  and  wis- 
dom derived  from  the  Word  in  man,  constitutes  the  church 
with  him  ;  hence  by  man  in  the  concrete  or  in  general, 
that  is,  when  a  society  or  assembly  is  called  a  man,  in  a 
spiritual  sense,  is  meant  the  church  ;  hence  it  is,  that  the 
prophets  were  called  sons  of  man,  and  that  the  Lord  him- 
self called  himself  the  Son  of  Man,  and  the  son  of  man  is 
the  truth  of  the  church  derived  from  the  Word,  and  when 
said  of  the  Lord  is  the  Word  itself  from  which  the  church 
exists.  By  an  angel  three  things  are  signified,  in  a 
supreme  sense  the  Lord,  in  a  common  sense  heaven  or  a 
heavenly  society,  and  in  a  particular  sense  divine  truth  ; 
that  these  three  things  are  signified  by  an  angel,  may  be 
seen  n.  5,  66,  170,  258,  342,  344,  415,  465  644,  647, 
648,  657,  718;  here  it  signifies  heaven,  with  which  the 
Lord's  New  Church  will  make  one.  That  the  church, 
which  is  a  church  from  the  Word,  and  thus  from  the 
Lord,  is  in  consociation  with  heaven,  and  in  conjunction 


OH.  XXl.J  THE  APOCALYPSE  REVEALED. 


203 


with  the  Lord,  may  be  seen  above,  n.  818  ;  but  it  is  other- 
wise with  a  church  which  is  not  from  the  Word  of  the 
Lord . 

911.  "  And  the  structure  of  the  wall  thereof  was  of 
jasper,"  signifies,  that  every  divine  truth  in  the  literal 
sense  of  the  Word  with  the  men  of  that  church  is  trans- 
lucent from  the  divine  truth  in  the  spiritual  sense.  By  a 
wall  is  signified  the  Word  in  its  literal  sense,  n.  898 ;  by 
its  building  or  structure,  is  signified  the  all  of  it,  because 
the  all  of  it  is  in  the  building  or  structure.  By  jasper  the 
same  is  signified  as  by  precious  stones  in  general,  and  by 
precious  stones,  in  reference  to  the  Word,  is  signified 
divine  truth  in  the  literal  sense  of  the  Word,  translucent 
from  the  divine  truth  in  the  spiritual  sense,  n.  231,  540, 
726,  823  ;  that  the  same  is  signified  by  jasper,  may  be 
seen  above,  n.  897.  The  reason  why  it  is  translucent,  is 
because  divine  truth,  in  the  literal  sense,  is  in  natural 
light,  and  divine  truth,  in  the  spiritual  sense,  is  in  spiritual 
light,  wherefore  when  spiritual  light  flows  into  natural 
light  with  a  man  who  is  reading  the  Word,  he  is  illumina- 
ted, and  sees  truths  there,  for  the  objects  of  spiritual  light 
are  truths ;  the  Word  also  in  its  literal  sense  is  of  such  a 
nature  that  the  more  a  man  is  illuminated  by  the  influx  of 
the  light  of  heaven,  so  much  the  more  does  he  see  truths 
in  their  connexion  and  thence  in  their  form,  and  the  more 
he  so  sees  them,  so  much  the  more  interiorly  is  his  rational 
mind  opened,  for  the  rational  mind  is  the  very  receptacle 
of  the  light  of  heaven. 

912.  "  And  the  city  was  pure  gold  like  unto  pure 
glass,"  signifies,  that  thence  every  thing  appertaining  to 
that  church  is  the  good  of  love  flowing-in  together  with 
light  out  of  heaven  from  the  Lord.  By  the  city,  or  Jeru- 
salem, is  meant  the  Lord's  New  Church  as  to  every  thing 
appertaining  to  it  interiorly  considered  or  within  the  wall ; 
by  gold  is  signified  the  good  of  love  from  the  Lord,  as 
will  be  seen  presently  ;  and  like  unto  pure  glass,  signifies, 
pellucid  from  divine  wisdom,  and  since  the  latter  appears 
in  heaven  as  light,  and  flows  from  the  Lord  as  a  sun,  by 
like  unto  pure  glass,  is  signified  flowing-in  together  with 
light  from  heaven  from  the  Lord.    It  is  shown  above,  n. 


204 


THE  APOCALYPSE  REVEALED.  [CH.  XXL 


908,  that  all  things  of  heaven  and  the  church  are  from 
the  good  of  love  and  that  the  good  of  love  is  from  the 
Lord  ;  here  it  is  now  said,  that  the  city  was  seen  as  pure 
gold,  by  which  is  signified,  that  the  all  of  the  New  Church, 
which  is  the  New  Jerusalem,  is  the  good  of  love  from 
the  Lord  ;  but  since  the  good  of  love  does  not  exist  soli- 
tary or  abstracted  from  the  truths  of  wisdom,  but  to  the 
end  that  it  may  be  the  good  of  love,  it  must  be  formed, 
and  since  it  is  formed  by  the  truths  of  wisdom,  therefore 
it  is  here  said  pure  gold  like  unto  pure  glass  ;  for  the  good 
of  love  without  the  truths  of  wisdom  is  destitute  of  any 
quality,  because  destitute  of  any  form,  and  its  form  is  ac- 
cording to  its  truths  flowing-in  in  their  order  and  connex- 
ion together  with  the  good  of  love  from  the  Lord,  thus  it 
is  in  man  according  to  reception  ;  it  is  said  in  man,  but  it 
is  to  be  understood  not  as  being  of  the  man,  as  his  own, 
but  of  the  Lord  in  him.  From  these  considerations,  then, 
it  is  plain,  that  by  the  city  being  pure  gold  like  unto  pure 
glass,  is  signified  that  thence  the  all  of  that  church  is 
the  good  of  love  flowing-in  with  light  from  heaven  from 
the  Lord. 

913.  The  reason  why  gold  signifies  the  good  of  love, 
is  because  metals,  as  well  as  all  and  singular  the  things 
which  appear  in  the  natural  world,  correspond,  gold  to 
the  good  of  love,  silver  to  the  truths  of  wisdom,  copper 
or  brass  to  the  good  of  charity,  and  iron  to  the  truths  of 
faith  ;  hence  it  is,  that  these  metals  exist  also  in  the  spir- 
itual world,  by  reason  that  all  things  that  appear  there 
are  correspondences,  for  they  correspond  to  the  affections 
and  consequent  thoughts  of  the  angels,  which,  in  them- 
selves, are  spiritual.  That  gold  by  correspondence  sig- 
nifies, the  good  of  love,  may  appear  from  the  following 
passages  :  "  I  counsel  thee  to  buy  of  me  gold  tried  in  the 
fire,  that  thou  mayest  be  rich,"  Apoc.  iii.  18.  "  How 
is  the  gold  become  dim  !  how  is  the  most  fine  gold  chang- 
ed !  the  stones  of  the  sanctuary  are  poured  out  in  the  top 
of  every  street.  The  precious  sons  of  Zion,  comparable 
to  pure  gold"  Lament,  iv.  1,2.  "  He  shall  spare  the 
poor  and  needy  and  shall  save  the  souls  of  the  needy, — and 
to  him  shall  be  given  of  the  gold  of  Sheba,"  Psalm  lxxii. 


CH.  XXI.] 


THE  APOCALYPSE  REVEALED. 


205 


14,  15.  "For  brass  I  will  bring  gold,  and  for  iron 
I  will  bring  silver,  and  for  wood  brass,  and  for  stones  iron  ; 
I  will  also  make  thy  officers  peace,  and  thine  exactors 
righteousness,"  Isaiah  lx.  17.  "  Behold,  thou  art  wiser 
tban  Daniel  ;  there  is  no  secret  that  they  can  bide  from 
thee:  with  thy  wisdom  and  with  thine  understanding 
thou  bast  gotten  thee  riches  ;  and  hast  gotten  gold  and 
silver  into  thy  treasures :  Thou  bast  been  in  Eden  the 
garden  of  God  ;  every  precious  stone  was  thy  covering — 
and  gold,"  Ezek.  xxviii.  3,  4,  13.  "The  multitude  of 
camels  shall  cover  thee  ;  all  they  from  Sheba  shall  come  ; 
they  shall  bring  gold  and  incense,  and  they  shall  show 
forth  the  praises  of  Jehovah,"  Isaiah  lx.  6,  9,  Matt.  ii. 
"  And  I  will  fill  this  house  with  glory,  saitb  Jehovah  of 
hosts  :  The  silver  is  mine,  and  the  gold  is  mine :  The 
glory  of  this  latter  house  shall  be  greater  than  of  the  for- 
mer," Hag.  ii.  7,  8,  9.  "  Kings'  daughters  were  among 
thy  honorable  women  ;  upon  thy  right  hand  did  stand 
the  queen  in  the  gold  of  Ophir — her  clothing  is  of  wrought 
gold,"  Psalm  xlv.  9—14,  Ezek.  xvi.  13.  "  Thou  bast 
also  taken  thy  fair  jewels  of  my  gold  and  of  my  silver, 
which  1  had  given  thee,  and  madest  to  thyself  images  of 
men,"  Ezek.  xvi.  17.  "  Because  ye  have  taken  my 
silver  and  my  gold,  and  have  carried  into  your  temples 
my  goodly  pleasant  things,"  Joel  iii.  5.  Because  gold 
signifies  good  of  love,  therefore  when  Belshazzar  with  his 
nobles  drank  wine  out  of  the  vessels  of  gold  which  were 
brought  out  of  the  temple  of  Jerusalem,  and  at  the  same 
time  "  praised  the  gods  of  gold,  silver,  brass,  and  iron," 
the  hand-writing  was  written  upon  the  wall,  and  be  was 
slain  that  night,  Dan.  v.  2,  and  following  verses,  besides 
many  other  places.  Since  gold  signifies  the  good  of  love, 
therefore  the  ark,  in  which  the  law  was,  was  overlaid  with 
gold  within  and  without,  Exod.  xxv.  11.  And  therefore 
the  mercy-seat,  and  the  cherubs  over  the  ark  were  of  pure 
gold,  Exod.  xxv.  18.  The  altar  of  incense  was  of  pure 
gold,  Exod.  xxx.  3.  In  like  manner  the  candlestick 
with  the  lamps,  Exod.  xxv.  31,38,  and  the  table  on 
which  was  the  show-bread  was  overlaid  with  pure  gold, 
Exod.  xxv.  23,  24.    Because  gold  signifies  the  good  of 

VOL.  III.  18 


206 


THE  APOCALYPSE  REVEALED. 


[CII.  XXf. 


love,  silver  the  truth  of  wisdom,  brass  the  good  of  natural 
love,  which  love  is  called  charity,  and  iron  the  truth  of 
faith,  therefore  the  ancients  called  the  succession  of  times, 
from  the  most  ancient  to  the  last,  the  ages  of  gold,  silver, 
brass,  and  iron  ;  the  same  things  are  signified  by  the  image 
of  Nebuchadnezzar  which  he  saw  in  a  dream,  whose 
"  head  was  pare  gold,  his  breast  and  his  arms  of  silver, 
his  belly  and  his  thighs  of  bra^s,  his  legs  of  iron,  his  feet 
part  of  iron  and  part  of  clay,"  Dan.  ii.  32,  33,  by  which 
are  signified  the  successive  states  of  the  church  in  this 
world  from  the  most  ancient  times  down  to  the  present: 
the  present  state  of  the  church  is  thus  described,  "  And 
whereas  thou  sawest  iron  mixed  with  miry  clay,  they 
shall  mingle  themselves  with  the  seed  of  men,  but  they 
shall  not  cleave  one  to  another,  even  a?  iron  is  not  mixed 
with  clay,"  verse  43  ;  by  iron  is  signified  the  truth  of 
faith,  as  was  observed,  hut  when  there  is  no  truth  of  faith, 
but  faith  without  truth,  then  is  iron  mixed  with  miry  clay, 
which  docs  not  cohere  ;  by  the  seed  of  man  with  which 
they  will  mingle  themselves,  is  signified  the  truth  of  the 
Word  ;  this  is  the  state  of  the  church  at  this  day  ;  what 
will  come  to  pass  afterwards  is  briefly  described  there  in 
verse  45,  but  more  fully  in  chap.  vii.  13 — 18,  27. 

914.  "  And  the  foundations  of  the  wall  of  the  city 
were  adorned  with  every  precious  stone,"  signifies,  that 
all  things  of  the  doctrine  of  the  New  Jerusalem  taken 
from  the  literal  sense  of  the  Word,  with  those  who  are 
therein,  will  appear  in  light  according  to  reception.  By 
the  twelve  foundations  are  signified  all  things  of  doctrine, 
n.  902  ;  by  a  wall  is  signified  the  Word  in  its  literal 
sense,  n.  898  ;  by  the  holy  city  Jerusalem,  is  signified 
the  Lord's  New  Church,  n.  879,  880  ;  by  every  precious 
stone,  is  signified  the  Word  in  its  literal  sense,  pellucid 
from  its  spiritual  sense,  n.  231,  540,726,911  :  and  since 
this  is  in  proportion  to  reception,  therefore  it  signifies  that 
all  things  of  doctrine  derived  from  the  Word  with  them, 
will  appear  in  light  according  to  reception.  Such  persons 
as  do  not  think  deeply,  cannot  believe  it  to  be  possible 
for  all  things  relating  to  the  New  Church  to  appear  in 
light,  but  let  them  know  that  this  is  possible,  for  every 


CM.  XXI.] 


THE  APOCALVPSE  REVEALED. 


207 


man  has  exterior  and  interior  thought.  Interior  thought 
is  in  the  light  of  heaven,  and  is  called  perception,  and 
exterior  thought  is  in  the  light  of  the  world  ;  and  the 
understanding  of  every  man  is  such  that  it  can  be  elevated 
even  into  the  light  of  heaven,  and  also  is  elevated,  if  from 
any  delight  he  desires  to  see  the  truth ;  that  this  is  the 
case  has  been  given  me  to  know  by  much  expeiience, 
concerning  which,  wonderful  things  may  be  seen  in  the 
Wisdom  of  Angels  concerning  the  Divine  Providence ; 
and  still  more  in  the  JVisdom  of  Angels  concerning  the 
Divine  Love  and  Divine  JVisdom :  for  the  delight  of 
love  and  wisdom  elevates  the  thought,  enabling  it  to  see 
as  in  the  light  that  a  thing  is  so,  although  it  had  never 
been  heard  of  before  ;  this  light,  which  illuminates  the 
mind,  flows  from  no  other  source  than  out  of  heaven  from 
the  Lord  ;  and  as  they  who  will  be  of  the  New  Jerusa- 
lem, will  directly  approach  the  Lord,  that  light  will  flow- 
in.  in  the  way  of  order,  which  is  through  the  love  of  the 
will  into  the  perception  of  the  understanding.  But  they 
W'llC  have  confirmed  themselves  in  this  tenet,  that  the 
understanding  in  matters  of  a  theological  nature  is  to  see 
nothing,  but  that  people  are  blindly  to  believe  what  the 
church  teaches,  cannot  see  any  truth  in  the  light,  for 
they  have  obstructed  the  passage  of  the  light  into  them- 
selves. This  tenet  the  Reformed  Church  has  retained 
from  the  Roman  Catholic  religion,  which  declares  that 
no  one  but  the  church  itself,  by  which  they  mean  the 
pope  and  papal  consistory,  ought  to  interpret  the  Word, 
and  that  he  who  does  not  in  faith  embrace  all  the  doc- 
trine delivered  by  the  church,  is  to  be  considered  as  an 
heretic,  and  to  be  anathematized  ;  that  this  is  the  case,  is 
evident  from  a  clause  of  the  Council  of  Trent,  in  which 
all  the  tenets  of  that  religion  are  established,  and  where 
the  following  words  are  to  be  found  towards  the  end  : 
"  Then  the  president,  Moronus,  said,  '•  Go  in  peace  ; '  and 
this  was  followed  by  acclamations,  and  among  others  by 
this  declaration  of  the  cardinal  of  Lorain  and  the  fathers — 
'This  is  what  we  all  believe,  we  are  all  of  this  very 
opinion,  we  all  with  one  consent  abide  by  and  subscribe 
to  it :  this  is  the  faith  of  the  blessed  Peter  and  of  the 


208 


THE  APOCALYPSE  REVEALED. 


[en.  xxr. 


apostles,  this  is  the  faith  of  the  fathers,  this  is  the  faith  of 
the  orthodox,  So  be  it,  amen,  amen,  anathema  to  all 
heretics,  anathema,  anathema  ; '  "  the  decrees  of  that 
Council  arc  adduced  in  a  summary  way  at  the  beginning 
of  this  work,  in  which,  indeed,  there  is  scarcely  a  single 
truth.  These  particulars  are  adduced  to  show  that  the 
Reformed  have  retained  from  the  Roman  Catholic  reli- 
gion a  blind  fciith,  that  is,  a  faith  separated  from  the 
understanding,  and  they  who  do  retain  it  henceforth 
cannot  he  enlightened  by  divine  truths  from  the  Lord. 
So  long  as  the  understanding  is  held  captive  under  obedi- 
ence to  faith,  or  so  long  as  the  understanding  is  removed 
from  seeing  the  truths  of  the  church,  theology  is  only  a 
thing  of  the  memory,  and  a  thing  of  the  memory  only  is 
dissipated,  like  every  thing  disunited  from  the  judgment, 
and  perishes  from  its  obscurity;  hence  it  is,  that  they 
are  "Blind  leaders  of  the  blind.  And  if  the  blind  lead 
the  blind,  both  shall  fall  into  the  ditch,"  Matt.  xv.  14,  and 
they  are  blind,  because  they  do  not  enter  in  at  the  door, 
but  some  other  way  ;  for  Jesus  said,  "  I  am  the  door :  by 
me  if  any  man  enter  in,  he  shall  be  saved,  and  shall  go 
in  and  out,  and  find  pasture,"  John  x.  9  ;  to  find  pasture 
is  to  be  taught,  illustrated,  and  nourished  in  divine  truths; 
for  all  who  do  not  enter  in  through  the  door,  that  is, 
through  the  Lord,  are  called  thieves  and  robbers;  but 
they  who  enter  in  through  the  door,  that  is,  through  the 
Lord,  are  called  shepherds  of  the  sheep,  in  the  same 
chapter,  verse  1,  2.  Do  thou,  therefore,  my  friend,  ap- 
proach the  Lord,  and  shun  evils  as  sins,  and  reject  the 
doctrine  of  faith  alone,  and  then  your  understanding  will 
be  opened,  and  you  will  see  wonderful  things,  and  be 
affected  by  them. 

915.  "The  first  foundation  was  jasper;  the  second, 
sapphire;  the  third,  chalcedony;  the  fourth,  emerald; 
the  fifth,  sardonyx  ;  the  sixth,  sardius  ;  the  seventh, 
chrysolite  ;  the  eighth  beryl  ;  the  ninth,  topaz  ;  the 
tenth,  chrysoprasus ;  the  eleventh,  jacinth;  the  twelfth, 
amethyst,"  signifies,  all  things  of  that  doctrine  in  their 
order,  from  the  literal  sense  of  the  Word,  with  those  who 
immediately  approach  the  Lord,  and  live  according  to  the 


CH.  XXI.]  THE  APOCALYPSE   REVEALED.  OQ9 

commandments  of  the  decalogue  by  shunning  evils  as 
sins ;  for  these,  and  no  others,  are  in  the  doctrine  of  love 
to  God.  and  of  love  towards  their  neighbor,  which  two 
loves  are  the  fundamentals  of  religion.  That  by  the 
twelve  foundations  of  the  wall,  is  signified  all  things  apper- 
taining to  the  doctrine  of  the  New  Jerusalem  derived  from 
the  literal  sense  of  the  Word,  may  be  seen  above,  n.  902, 
914;  that  by  precious  stones  in  general  are  signified  all 
the  truths  of  doctrine  derived  from  the  Word,  translucent 
by  the  spiritual  sense,  above,  n.  231,  540,  726,  811,  814  ; 
here  by  each  stone,  is  signified  some  truth  in  particular 
thus  translucent ;  that  the  Word  in  its  literal  sense,  as  to 
its  doctrinals  corresponds  to  precious  stones  of  every  kind, 
may  be  seen  in  the  Doctrine  of  the  2sew  Jerusaltm  con- 
cerning the  Sacred  Scripture,  n.  43 — 46.  There  are 
two  colors  in  general,  which  prevail  in  precious  stones, 
red  and  white,  the  other  colors,  as  green,  yellow,  blue, 
and  many  others,  are  composed  of  them,  with  the  inter- 
vention of  black,  and  by  the  color  red  is  signified  the  good 
of  love,  and  by  the  color  white  is  signified  the  truth  of 
wisdom ;  the  reason  why  red  signifies  the  good  of  love, 
is  because  it  derives  its  origin  from  the  fire  of  the  sun,  and 
the  fire  of  the  sun  of  the  spiritual  world  is  in  its  essence 
the  divine  love  of  the  Lord,  consequently  the  good  of 
love ;  and  the  reason  why  white  signifies  the  truth  of 
wisdom,  is  because  it  derives  its  origin  from  the  light 
which  proceeds  from  the  fire  of  that  sun,  and  that  pro- 
ceeding light  is  in  its  essence  divine  wisdom,  conserjuently 
the  truth  of  wisdom  ;  and  black  derives  its  origin  from 
their  shade  or  shadow,  which  is  ignorance.  But  to  ex- 
plain the  particular  good,  or  the  particular  truth  which  is 
signified  by  each  stone,  would  be  too  prolix ;  but  vet  that 
it  may  be  known  what  particular  sood  and  truth  each 
stone  in  this  order  signifies,  see  what  is  explained  above, 
chap.  vii.  from  verse  5 — 8,  n.  349 — 361,  where  the 
twelve  tribes  of  Israel  are  treated  of;  for  the  like  is  here 
signified  by  each  stone,  as  by  each  tribe  there  named, 
because  by  the  twelve  tribes  there  described  are  signified 
in  like  manner  all  the  goods  and  truths  of  the  church  and 
of  its  doctrine  in  their  order ;  therefore  it  is  also  said  in 
18* 


210 


THE   APOCALYPSE  REVEALED. 


[CH.  XXI. 


this  chapter,  verse  14,  that  in  these  twelve  foundations 
were  written  the  "  names  of  the  twelve  apostles  of  the 
Lamb,"  and  by  the  twelve  apostles  are  signified  all  things 
of  doctrine  concerning  the  Lord,  and  concerning  a  life 
according  to  his  commandments,  n.  903.  The  same  is 
also  signified  by  these  twelve  stones,  as  by  the  twelve 
precious  stones  in  the  breast-plate  of  Aaron,  which  was 
called  urim  and  thummim,  as  recorded  in  Exod.  xxviii. 
15 — 21,  and  the  explanation  of  which  is  given  in  the 
Arcana  Ccelestia,  from  n.  9856 — 9882,  with  this  differ- 
ence, that  upon  the  latter  were  the  names  of  the  twelve 
tribes  of  Israel,  but  upon  the  former  the  names  of  the 
twelve  apostles  of  the  Lamb.  That  the  foundations  are 
of  precious  stones  is  also  said  in  Isaiah :  "  Oh  thou 
afflicted, — behold,  I  will  lay  thy  stones  with  fair  colors, 
and  lay  thy  foundations  with  sapphires, — and  thy  gates 
of  carbuncles,  and  all  thy  sons  shall  be  taught  of  Jeho- 
vah," Isaiah  liv.  11,  12;  by  the  afflicted  is  meant  the 
church  to  be  established  by  the  Lord  among  the  Gen- 
tiles :  Again,  in  the  same  prophet  :  "  Therefore,  thus 
saith  the  Lord  Jehovah,  Behold,  1  lay  in  Zion  for  a 
foundation,  a  stone,  a  tried  stone,  a  precious  corner-stone, 
a  sure  foundation.  Judgment  also  will  I  lay  to  the  line, 
and  righteousness  to  the  plummet,"  xxviii.  16,  17.  Since 
all  the  truth  of  doctrine  from  the  Word  must  be  founded 
upon  the  acknowledgment  of  the  Lord,  therefore  the 
Lord  is  called  the  stone  of  Israel,  Gen.  xlix.  24  ;  also 
the  corner-stone  which  the  builders  rejected,  Matt.  xxi. 
42,  Mark  xii.  10,  11,  Luke  xx.  17,  18;  that  the  corner- 
stone is  the  foundation  stone,  appears  from  Jerem.  li.  26. 
The  Lord  also  in  the  Word  is  in  many  places  called  a 
stone,  wherefore  by  the  stone  or  rock  he  meant  himself, 
when  he  said,  "  Upon  this  stone  will  I  build  my  church," 
Matt.  xvi.  18,  19  :  and  also  when  he  said,  "  Whosoever 
heareth  my  sayings  and  doeth  them,"  is  to  be  compared 
to  a  prudent  man,  who  buildeth  a  house  and  layeth  the 
foundation  upon  a  stone  or  rock,  Luke  vi.  47,  48,  Matt, 
vii.  24,  25 ;  by  a  stone  or  rock  is  signified  the  Lord  as  to 
the  divine  truth  of  the  Word.  That  all  things  of  the 
church  and  of  its  doctrine  relate  to  these  two,  viz.  that 


CH.  XXI  ] 


THE  APOCALYPSE  REVEALED. 


211 


the  Lord  is  to  be  approached  immediately,  and  that  man 
must  live  a  life  according  to  the  commandments  of  the 
decalogue  by  shunning  evils  as  sins,  and  that  thus  all 
things  of  doctrine  relate  to  love  to  the  Lord,  and  to  love 
towards  the  neighbor,  will  be  seen  in  the  Doctrine  of  the 
New  Jerusalem  concerning  Charity,  where  these  things 
will  be  set  forth  in  their  order. 

916.  "And  the  twelve  gates  were  twelve  pearls; 
every  one  of  the  gates  was  of  one  pearl,"  signifies,  that 
the  acknowledgment  and  knowledge  of  the  Lord  conjoins 
into  one  all  the  knowledges  of  truth  and  good,  which  are 
derived  from  the  Word,  and  introduced  into  the  church. 
By  the  twelve  gates  are  signified  the  knowledges  in  chief 
of  truth  and  good,  by  which  man  is  introduced  into  the 
church,  n.  899,  900  ;  by  twelve  pearls  is  also  signified 
the  knowledges  in  chief  of  truth  and  good,  n.  727,  hence 
it  was  that  the  gates  were  pearls;  the  reason  why  each 
of  the  gates  was  of  one  pearl,  is,  because  all  the  know- 
ledges of  truth  and  good,  which  are  signified  by  gates  and 
by  pearls,  have  relation  to  one  knowledge,  which  is  their 
continent,  which  one  knowledge  is  the  knowledge  of  the 
Lord  ;  it  is  called  one  knowledge,  although  there  are 
several  which  constitute  that  one  knowledge ;  for  the 
knowledge  of  the  Lord  is  the  universal  of  all  things  of 
doctrine  and  thence  of  all  things  of  the  church  ;  from  it 
all  worship  derives  its  life  and  soul,  for  the  Lord  is  all  in 
all  in  heaven  and  the  church,  and  thence  all  in  all  in  wor- 
ship. The  reason  why  the  acknowledgment  and  know- 
ledge of  the  Lord  conjoins  into  one  all  the  knowledges  of 
truth  and  good  from  the  Word,  is  because  there  is  a  con- 
nexion of  all  spiritual  truths,  and  if  you  are  disposed  to 
believe  it,  their  connexion  is  like  the  connexion  of  all  the 
members,  viscera,  and  organs  of  the  body  ;  wherefore  as 
the  soul  contains  all  these  in  their  order  and  connexion, 
so  that  they  are  felt  no  otherwise  than  as  one,  so,  in  like 
manner,  the  Lord  contains  or  holds  together  all  spiritual 
truths  in  man.  That  the  Lord  is  the  very  gate,  by 
which  men  are  to  enter  into  the  church  and  thence  into 
heaven,  he  himself  teaches  in  John  :  "  I  am  the  door ; 
by  me  if  any  man  enter  in,  he  shall  be  saved,"  x.  9;  and 


212 


THE  AFOCALYPSE  REVEALED. 


[CH.  xxr. 


that  the  acknowledgment  and  knowledge  of  him  is  the 
pearl  of  great  price,  is  meant  by  these  words  of  the  Lord 
in  Matthew  :  "  The  kingdom  of  heaven  is  like  unto  a 
merchant-man  seeking  goodly  pearls;  who  when  he  had 
found  one  pearl  of  great  price,  went  and  sold  all  that  he 
had,  and  bought  it,"  xiii.  45,  46  ;  the  one  pearl  of  great 
price  is  the  acknowledgment  and  knowledge  of  the 
Lord. 

917.  "  And  the  street  of  the  city  was  pure  gold,  like 
transparent  glass,"  signifies,  that  every  truth  of  that  church 
and  of  its  doctrine  is  in  form  the  good  of  love  flowing-in 
together  with  light  out  of  heaven  from  the  Lord.  This 
is  similar  to  what  was  said  above,  verse  18,  of  the  city  it- 
self, that  it  was  pure  gold  like  unto  clear  glass,  and  that 
this  signifies  that  the  all  of  that  church  is  the  good  of  love 
flowing-in  together  with  light  out  of  heaven  from  the 
Lord,  may  be  seen,  n.  912,  913,  with  this  difference, 
that  here  it  is  so  said  of  the  street  of  the  city,  and  by  the 
street  of  the  city  is  signified  the  truth  of  the  doctrine  of  the 
church,  n.  501  ;  that  all  the  truth  of  church-doctrine  de- 
rived from  the  Word  is  in  form  the  good  of  love  may  be 
seen  above,  n.  906,908. 

918.  "  And  I  saw  no  temple  therein  :  for  its  temple  is 
the  Lord  God  Almighty,  and  the  Lamb,"  signifies,  that 
in  this  church  there  will  not  be  any  external  separated 
from  what  is  internal,  because  the  Lord  himself  in  his 
Divine  Humanity,  from  whom  is  derived  the  all  of  the 
church,  is  alone  approached,  worshiped,  and  adored. 
By  I  saw  no  temple  therein,  is  not  meant  that  in  the  New 
Church,  which  is  the  New  Jerusalem,  there  will  not  be 
temples,  but  that  in  it  there  will  not  be  an  external  sep- 
arated from  what  is  internal  ;  the  reason  is,  because  by  a 
temple  is  signified  the  church  as  to  worship,  and,  in  the 
supreme  sense,  the  Lord  himself  as  to  the  Divine  Hu- 
manity, who  is  to  be  worshiped,  see  above,  n.  191,  529, 
585,  and  since  the  all  of  the  church  is  from  the  Lord, 
therefore  it  is  said,  for  its  temple  is  the  Lord  God  Al- 
mighty, and  the  Lamb,  by  which  is  signified  the  Lord  in 
his  Divine  Humanity ;  by  the  Lord  God  Almighty  is 
meant  the  Lord  from  eternity  who  is  Jehovah  himself,  and 


CH.  XXI  ] 


THE  APOCALYPSE  REVEALED. 


213 


by  the  Lamb  is  signified  his  Divine  Humanity,  as  has 
been  frequently  observed  above. 

919.  "  And  the  city  had  no  need  of  the  sun, neither  of 
the  moon,  to  shine  in  it,  for  the  glory  of  God  did  light  it, 
and  its  lamp  is  the  Lamb,"  signifies,  that  the  men  of  that 
church  will  not  be  principled  in  self-love  and  in  self-deiived 
intelligence,  and  thence  in  natural  light  alone,  but  in  spirit- 
ual light,  by  virtue  of  the  divine  truth  of  the  Word  derived 
from  the  Lord  alone.  By  the  sun  is  here  signified  natural 
love  separated  from  spiritual  love,  which  is  self-love  :  and 
by  the  moon  is  signified  intelligence  and  also  faith  natural, 
separated  from  intelligence  and  faith  spiritual,  which  is 
self-derived  intelligence  and  faith  from  self;  this  love,  and 
this  intelligence  and  faith,,  are  here  signified  by  the  sun 
and  moon,  which  will  not  be  required  to  shine  upon  those 
w  ho  will  be  in  the  Lord's  New  Church  :  by  the  glory  of 
God  which  lightens  it,  is  signified  the  divine  truth  of  the 
Word,  n.  629  ;  and  because  that  light  is  from  the  Lord, 
it  is  said,  and  the  lamp  thereof  is  the  Lamb.  Similar  to. 
this,  is  the  signification  of  the  following  passage  in  Isaiah: 
"Thou  shalt  call  thy  walls  salvation,  and  thy  gates  praise. 
The  sun  shall  be  no  more  thy  light  by  day,  neither  for 
brightness  shall  the  moon  give  light  unto  thee  :  but  Jeho- 
vah shall  be  unto  thee  an  everlasting  light,  and  thy  God 
thy  glory.  Thy  sun  shall  no  more  go  down,  neither  shall 
thy  moon  withdraw  itself;  for  Jehovah  shall  be  thine 
everlasting  light.  Thy  people  also  shall  be  all  right- 
eous," lx.  18 — 21  ;  by  the  sun  and  moon  which  shall  no 
more  shine,  is  meant  self-love  and  self-derived  intelli- 
gence ;  and  by  the  sun  and  moon  which  shall  no  more 
set,  are  meant  love  to  the  Lord,  and  intelligence  and 
faith  from  him  ;  and  by  Jehovah's  being  an  everlasting 
light,  is  signified  the  same  as  here,  by  being  lighted  by 
the  glory  of  God,  and  by  the  Lamb  being  thelamp  thereof. 
That  the  sun  signifies  love  to  the  Lord,  and,  in  an  op- 
posite sense,  self-love,  may  be  seen  above,  n.  53,  414  ; 
and  that  the  moon  signifies  intelligence  derived  from  the 
Lord  and  faith  derived  from  him,  n.  332,  413,  414,  there- 
fore the  moon,  in  an  opposite  sense,  signifies  self-derived 
intelligence  and  faith  grounded  in  man's  selfhood.  Since 


214 


THE  APOCALYPSE  REVEALED. 


[cm.  xxr. 


by  tlie  sun,  in  an  opposite  sense,  is  signified  self-love,  and 
by  the  moon  a  man's  own  intelligence  and  faith  grounded 
in  himself,  therefore  it  was  an  abomination  to  worship  the 
sun,  moon,  and  stars,  as  may  appear  in  Jeremiah  viii.  1, 
2;  in  Ezekiel  viii.  15,  16;  in  Zcphaniah  i.  5;  and  that 
such  were  stoned,  Deut.  xvii.  2,  5. 

920.  "  And  the  nations  of  them  that  are  saved  shall 
walk  in  the  light  of  it,"  signifies,  that  all  who  are  in  the 
good  of  life,  and  believe  in  the  Lord,  will  there  live  ac- 
cordinir  to  divine  truths',  and  will  see  them  inwardly  in 
themselves,  as  the  eye  sees  objects.  By  the  nations  are 
signified  they  who  are  in  the.  good  of  life,  and  also  they 
who  are  in  evil  of  life,  n.  483.  In  the  present  case  they 
who  are  in  the  good  of  life,  because  it  is  said,  the  nations 
which  are  saved  ;  to  walk  in  the  light,  signifies,  to  live 
according  to  divine  truths,  and  to  see  them  inwardly  in 
one's  self,  as  the  eye  sees  objects,  for  the  objects  of  spirit- 
ual sight,  which  is  of  the  interior  understanding,  are 
spiritual  truths,  which  ai'C  seen  by  those  who  are  in  that 
understanding,  in  like  manner  as  natural  objects  are  seen 
before  the  eyes  ;  by  light  is  here  signified  the  perception 
of  divine  truth  by  interior  illumination  from  the  Lord  in 
them,  n.  796,  and  by  walking  is  signified  to  live,  n.  167  ; 
hence  it  is  evident,  that  by  walking  in  the  light  of  the 
New  Jerusalem,  is  signified  to  perceive  and  see  divine 
truths  from  interior  illumination,  and  to  live  according  to 
them.  But  this  must  be  illustrated,  because  it  is  not 
known  who  are  here  meant  by  the  nations,  and  who  by 
kings,  mentioned  afterwards  in  this  verse  ;  by  the  nations 
are  signified  they  who  are  in  the  good  of  love  from  the 
Lord,  which  good  is  called  celestial  good,  and  by  kings 
are  signified  they  who  are  in  the  truths  of  wisdom  from 
the  Lord  derived  from  spiritual  good,  as  will  be  seen  in 
the  next  article  ;  all  they  who  are  in  celestial  good  from 
the  Lord,  have  divine  truths  written  in  their  life,  where- 
fore they  walk,  that  is,  live  justly  according  to  them,  and 
likewise  see  them  inwardly  in  themselves,  as  the  eye  sees 
objects  ;  on  which  suhjeet  see  what  is  related  above,  n. 
120 — 123.  All  the  heavens  are  distinguished  into  two 
kingdoms,  the  celestial  and  the  spiritual ;  the  good  of  the 


CH.  XXI.] 


THE  APOCALYPSE  REVEALED. 


215 


celestial  kingdom  is  called  celestial  good,  which  is  the 
good  of  love  to  the  Lord,  and  the  good  of  the  spiritual 
kingdom  is  called  spiritual  good,  and  is  the  good  of  wis- 
dom, which  id  its  essence  is  truth  ;  concerning  these  two 
kingdoms  see  ahove,  n.  647,  725,  854.  It  is  the  same 
with  the  church,  they  being  celestial  men  therein  who  live 
justly  according  to  the  commandments  because  they  are 
divine  laws,  as  in  like  manner  a  civil  man  lives  according 
to  the  commandments  of  justice  because  they  are  civil 
laws  ;  how  ever,  the  difference  between  them  is,  that  the 
former  by  a  life  according  to  the  commandments  or  laws, 
is  a  citizen  of  heaven  so  far  as  in  himself  he  makes  the 
civil  laws,  which  are  laws  of  justice,  divine  laws  also. 
They  who  are  here  signified  by  nations,  in  whom,  as  be- 
fore said,  divine  truths  are  written,  are  they  who  are 
meant  in  Jeremiah  ;  I  will  put  my  law  in  their  inward 
parts  and  write  it  upon  their  hearts.  And  they  shall 
teach  no  more  every  man  his  neighbor,  and  every  man 
his  brother,  saying,  Know  ye  Jehovah  :  for  they  shall 
all  know  me  from  the  least  of  them  unto  the  greatest," 
xxxi.  33,  34. 

921.  "  And  the  kings  of  the  earth  shall  bring  their  glo- 
ry and  honor  into  it,"  signifies,  that  all  who  are  in  the 
truths  of  wisdom  from  spiritual  good,  will  there  confess  the 
Lord,  and  ascribe  to  him  every  tt nth  and  every  good  that 
is  in  them.  By  the  kings  of  the  earth  are  signified  they 
who  are  in  truths  derived  from  good  from  the  Lord,  n.  20, 
854,  here,  therefore,  they  who  are  in  the  truths  of  wisdom 
derived  from  the  good  of  spiritual  love,  because  the  na- 
tions are  mentioned  before,  by  which  are  signified  they 
who  are  in  the  good  of  celestial  love,  as  in  the  foregoing 
article  ;  by  bringing  glory  and  honor  into  it,  or  into  the 
New  Jerusalem,  is  signified  to  confess  the  Lord,  and  as- 
cribe to  him  all  the  truth  and  good  which  they  possess  in 
themselves  ;  that  this  is  what  is  signified  by  bringing  and 
giving  glory,  may  be  seen,  n.  249,  629,  693,  for  glory  is 
predicated  of  the  divine  truth,  and  honor  of  the  divine 
good  of  the  Lord,  n.  249.  By  nations  and  kings  the 
same  is  signified  as  by  nations  and  people,  mentioned 
above,  n.  483,  by  nations  they  who  are  in  the  good  of 


21G 


THE   APOCALYPSE  REVEALED.  [CH.  XXI. 


love,  and  by  people  they  who  are  in  the  truths  of  wisdom, 
and  also,  in  an  opposite  sense ;  wherefore  in  many  parts 
of  the  Word  nations  and  kings  occur,  as  well  as  nations 
and  people,  as  in  the  following  passages  :  "  Yea,  all  kings 
shall  fall  down  before  him,  and  all  nations  shall  serve 
him,"  Psalm  lxxii.  11.  "  Thou  shalt  also  suck  the  milk 
of  nations,  and  shalt  suck  the  breast  of  kings,"  Isaiah  lx. 
16.  "  For  many  nations  and  great  kings  shall  serve 
themselves  of  them  also,"  Jerem.  xxv.  14.  "  The  Lord 
at  thy  right  hand  shall  strike  through  kings  in  the  day  of 
his  wrath,  he  shall  judge  among  the  nations,"  Psalm  ex. 
5,  6,  not  to  mention  other  places. 

922.  "  And  the  gates  of  it  shall  not  be  shut  by  day  ; 
for  there  shall  be  no  uight  there,"  signifies,  that  they  will 
be  continually  received  into  the  New  Jerusalem,  who  are 
in  truths  derived  from  the  good  of  love  from  the  Lord, 
because  there  is  not  any  falsity  of  faith  there.  By  its 
gates  not  being  shut  by  day,  is  signified  that  they  are  con- 
tinually admitted  who  desire  to  enter  in ;  by  day,  or 
daily,  signifies  continually,  because  there  is  always  light 
there,  as  above,  verses  11,  23,  and  not  any  night,  as  is 
said  afterwards:  the  reason  why  they  are  continually  re- 
ceived who  are  in  truths  derived  from  the  good  of  love 
from  the  Lord,  is,  because  the  light  of  the  New  Jerusalem 
is  truth  derived  from  the  good  of  love,  and  the  good  of 
love  fiom  the  Lord,  as  has  been  frequently  shown  above; 
and  into  that  light  no  others  can  enter,  but  they  who  are 
in  truths  from  good  from  the  Lord.  If  such  as  are  aliens 
enter,  they  aye  not  received,  because  they  are  not  in  agree- 
ment, and  in  this  case  they  either  depart  of  their  own  ac- 
cord, on  account  of  their  not  being  able  to  bear  that  light, 
or  they  are  cast  out.  By  there  being  no  night  there,  is 
signified  that  there  is  no  falsity  of  faith  ;  for  by  night  is 
signified  the  opposite  to  light,  and  by  light  is  signified 
truth  derived  from  good  of  love  from  the  Lord,  as  was 
said,  hence  by  night  is  signified  that  which  does  not  ori-  • 
ginate  from  the  good  of  love  from  the  Lord,  and  this  is  the 
falsity  of  faith;  the  falsity  of  faith  is  also  meant  by  night 
in  John  :  Jesus  said,  "  I  must  work  the  works  of  him  that 
sent  me  while  it  is  day  :  the  night  cometh  when  no  man 


CI1.  XXI.] 


THE  APOCALYPSE  REVEALED. 


217 


can  woik,"  ix.  4 ;  and  in  Luke  :  "  In  that  night  there 
shall  be  two  in  one  bed  ;  the  one  shall  be  taken  and  the 
other  left,"  xvii.  34;  by  bed  is  signified  doctrine,  n.  137. 

923.  "  And  they  shall  bring  the  glory  and  honor  of  the 
nations  into  it,"  signifies,  that  they  who  enter  will  bring 
with  them  the  confession,  acknowledgment,  and  belief, 
that  the  Lord  is  the  God  of  heaven  and  earth,  and  that 
every  truth  of  the  church  and  every  good  of  religion  is 
from  him.  That  by  bringing  glory  and  honor  into  it,  is 
signified  to  acknowledge  the  Lord,  and  to  ascribe  to  him 
all  the  good  that  is  in  themselves,  may  be  seen  above,  n. 
921.  here  the  same  is  signified,  only  with  this  difference, 
that  they  who  are  there  meant  by  the  kings  of  the  earth 
are  to  bring  it  with  them,  but  here  that  they  who  are 
meant  by  the  nations  shall  do  it,  for  it  is  said,  they  shall 
bring  the  glory  and  honor  of  the  nations  into  it,  and  by 
nations  are  signified,  they  who  are  in  the  good  of  life,  and 
believe  in  the  Lord,  n.  920,  and  further  the  reception  of 
those  who  are  in  the  truths  derived  from  the  sjood  of  love 
from  the  Lord  is  treated  of,  see  above,  n.  922  ;  hence  it 
follows,  that  by  these  words,  they  will  bring  the  glory 
and  honor  of  the  nations  into  it,  is  signified  that  they  who 
enter  in  will  bring  with  them  a  confession,  acknowledg- 
ment, and  belief,  that  the  Lord  is  the  God  of  heaven  and 
earth,  and  that  all  the  truth  of  the  church,  and  all  the 
good  of  religion  is  from  him.  The  following  passage  in 
Isaiah  has  nearly  the  same  signification  :  "  Behold  1  will 
extend  peace  lo  her  (Jerusalem)  like  a  river,  and  the 
glory  of  the  nations  like  a  flowing  stream,"  lxvi.  12.  It 
is  said  the  truth  of  the  church  and  the  good  of  religion, 
because  the  church  is  one  thing  and  religion  is  another  ; 
the  church  is  called  a  church  from  doctrine,  and  religion  is 
called  a  religion  from  a  life  according  to  doctrine  ;  all  doc- 
trine is  called  truth,  and  even  its  good  is  truth  because  it 
only  teaches  it  ;  but  the  all  of  life  according  to  the  things 
which  doctrine  teaches,  is  called  good,  likewise  to  do  the 
truths  of  doctrine  is  good  ;  this  is  the  distinction  between 
a  church  and  a  religion  ;  but  yet  where  there  is  doctrine 
and  not  life,  there  it  cannot  be  said  that  there  is  either  a 
church  or  a  religion,  because  doctrine  regards  life  as  one 
vol.  m.  19 


218  THE  APOCALYPSE  REVEALED.  [OH.  XXI. 

with  itself,  just  like  truth  and  good,  faith  and  charity, 
wisdom  ;ui;l  love,  understanding  and  will,  wherefore 
where  there  is  doctrine  and  not  life,  there  is  no  church. 

924.  "  And  there  shall  not  enter  into  it  any  thing  that 
defilet'i,  and  that  worked)  abomination,  or  maketh  a  lie," 
signifies,  that  no  one  will  be  received  into  the  Lord's  New 
Church,  who  adulterates  the  goods  and  falsifies  the  truths 
of  the  Word,  and  who  does  evils  from  confirmation  and 
thus  also  falses.  Not  to  enter  in,  signifies,  not  to  be  re- 
ceived, as  above  ;  by  any  thing  that  defileth,  is  signified 
spiritual  whoredom,  which  is  adulteration  of  the  good  and 
falsific  ation  of  the  truth  of  the  Word,  n.  702,  ~08,  for  this 
is  defilement  and  impurity  itself,  because  the  Word  is 
cleanness  and  purity  itself,  and  the  same  is  defiled  by 
evils  and  falses  when  it  is  perverted  ;  that  adultery  and 
whoredom  correspond  to  the  adulteration  of  the  good  and 
the  falsification  of  the  truth  of  the  Word,  may  be  seen  n. 
134,  (53-2  ;  by  working  abomination  and  making  a  lie,  is 
signified  to  do  evils,  and  thus  also  falses  ;  by  abominations 
are  signified  evils  of  all  kinds,  especially  those  which  are 
named  in  the  decalogue,  n.  891  ;  and  by  lies  are  signified 
falses  of  all  kinds,  here  falses  of  evil,  which  in  themselves 
are  evils,  therefore  falses  confirming  evil,  which  are  the 
same  with  evils  confirmed.  The  reason  why  a  lie  signi- 
fies the  falsity  of  doctrine,  is,  because  a  spiritual  lie  is 
nothing  else  ;  hence  by  making  a  lie  is  signified  to  live 
according  to  falses  of  doctrine.  That  a  lie  in  the  Word 
signifies  falsity  of  doctrine,  may  appear  from  the  following 
passages:  "We  have  made  a  covenant  with  death,  and 
with  hell  are  we  at  agreement,  for  we  have  made  lies  our 
refuge,  and  under  falsehood  have  hid  ourselves,"  Isaiah 
xxviii.  15.  "  And  they  will  deceive  every  one  his  neigh- 
bor, and  will  not  speak  the  truth  :  they  have  taught  their 
tongue  to  speak  lies,"  Jerem.  ix.  5.  "  That  this  is  a  re- 
bellious people,  lying  children,  that  will  not  hear  the  law 
of  Jehovah,"  Isaiah  xxx.  9.  "  Behold,  I  am  against 
them  that  prophesy  false  dreams,  and  do  tell  them,  and 
cause  my  people  to  err  by  their  lies,"  Jerem.  xxiii.  32. 
"  The  diviners  have  seen  a  lie,  and  have  told  false 
dreams,"  Zech.  x.  2.    They  have  seen  vanity  and  the 


CU.  XXI.]  THE  APOCALYPSE  REVEALED. 


219 


divination  of  a  lie ;  because  ye  speak  vanity  and  see  a  liey 
therefore,  behold,  I  am  against  you,  that  my  band  may 
be  against  the  prophets  which  speak  a  lie,  Ezek.  xiii.  16, 
17,  22,  23,  xxi.  21.  "  Woe  to  the  bloody  city,  it  is  all 
full  of  lies  and  robbery,"  Nab.  iii.  1.  "  I  have  seen  also  in 
the  prophets  of  Jerusalem  a  horrible  tiling,  they  commit 
adultery,  and  walk  in  lies,"  Jerern.  xxiii.  14.  "  From 
the  prophet  even  unto  the  priest,  every  one  dealeth 
falsely,"  Jerem.  viii.  10.  In  Israel  they  commit  false- 
hood, Hos.  vii.  1.  "  Ye  are  of  your  father  the  devil  ; 
he  was  a  murderer  from  the  beginning, — because  there 
is  no  truth  in  him.  When  he  speaketh  a  lit  he  speaketh 
of  his  own,  for  he  is  a  liar  and  the  father  of  it,"  John  viii. 
44 ;  here  also  by  a  lie  is  meant  falsity.  - 

925.  "But  they  who  are  written  in  the  Lamb's  book 
of  life,"  signifies,  that  no  others  will  be  received  into  the 
New  Church,  which  is  the  New  Jerusalem,  but  they  who 
believe  in  the  Lord,  and  live  according  to  his  command- 
ments in  the  Word.  That  ibis  is  the  signification  of  being 
w  ritten  in  the  book  of  life,  may  be  seen  above,  n.  874,  to 
which  it  is  unnecessary  to  add  any  thing  further  here. 

926.  To  the  above  1  will  add  this  Memorable  Rela- 
tion. When  I  was  engaged  in  the  explanation  of  the 
xxth  chapter,  and  was  meditating  about  the  dragon,  the 
beast,  and  the  false  prophet,  an  angelic  spirit  appeared 
before  me,  and  asked,  what  was  the  subject  of  my  medita- 
tion :  I  answered,  f  About  the  false  prophet  ;"  then  he 
said,  "  I  will  lead  you  to  the  place  where  they  are  who 
are  meant  by  the  false  prophet ;  and  w  ho  are  the  same 
that  are  understood  in  chap.  xiii.  by  the  beast  that  rose 
out  of  the  earth,  which  had  two  horns  like  a  lamb,  and 
spake  like  a  dragon."  I  followed  him,  and  lo,  I  saw  a 
multitude,  in  the  midst  of  which  there  were  prelates,  who 
taught  that  nothing  else  saves  man  but  faith,  and  that 
works  are  good,  but  not  for  salvation,  and  that  still  they 
are  lo  be  taught  from  the  Word,  in  order  that  the  laity, 
especially  the  simple,  may  be  kept  more  strictly  within 
the  bounds  of  obedience  to  the  magistracy,  nnd  forced,  as 
if  from  religion,  therefore  interiorly,  to  exercise  moral 
charity.    Then  one  of  them  observing  me  said,  "  Have 


220 


THE  APOCALYPSE  REVEALED. 


[CH.  XXI. 


you  any  desire  to  see  our  place  of  worship  wherein  is  an 
image  representative  of  our  faith  ?"  1  went  and  saw  it ; 
it  was  magnificent,  and  lo  !  in  the  midst  of  it  there  was 
the  image  of  a  woman  clothed  in  a  scarlet  robe,  and  hold- 
ing in  her  right  hand  a  piece  of  gold  coin,  and  in  her  left 
a  string  of  pearls.  But  both  the  place  of  worship  and  the 
image  were  the  effect  of  fantasy  ;  for  infernal  spirits  can 
by  fantasies  represent  magnificent  objects,  by  closing  the 
interiors  of  the  mind,  and  opening  only  its  exteriors. 
When  I  perceived,  however,  that  it  was  a  delusion  of  this 
kind,  I  prayed  to  the  Lord,  and  suddenly  the  interiors  of 
my  mind  were  opened,  and  then,  instead  of  a  magnificent 
temple,  I  saw  a  house  full  of  clefts  and  chinks  from  top  to 
bottom,  so  that  none  of  its  parts  cohered  together,  and  in- 
stead of  the  woman  I  saw  hanging  up  in  that  house  an 
image,  the  head  of  which  was  like  a  dragon's,  the  body 
like  a  leopard's,  and  the  feet  like  a  bear's,  thus  like  the 
beast  which  is  described  as  rising  out  of  the  sea,  Apoc. 
xiii  ;  and  instead  of  a  floor  there  was  a  bog  containing  a 
multitude  of  frogs  ;  and. I  was  informed,  that  beneath  the 
bog  was  a  large  hewn  stone,  under  which  the  Word  lay 
entirely  hidden.  On  seeing  this,  I  said  to  the  juggler, 
"  Is  this  your  place  of  worship  ?"  and  he  said,  "  It  is"  ; 
but  then  suddenly  his  interior  sight  was  opened  also,  and 
be  saw  the  same  things  that  I  did  ;  whereupon  he  uttered 
a  great  cry,  and  said,  "What  and  whence  is  all  this?" 
And  I  said,  "  This  is  in  consequence  of  light  from  heaven, 
which  discovers  the  quality  of  every  form,  and  thus  the 
quality  of  your  faith  separate  from  spiritual  charity." 
Then  immediately  an  east  wind  blew,  and  carried  away 
every  thing  that  was  there,  and  also  dried  up  the  bog,  and 
thereby  exposed  the  stone  under  which  lay  the  Word  ; 
and  afterwards  there  breathed  a  vernal  warmth  from  hea- 
ven, and  lo  !  then  in  the  very  same  place  there  appeared 
a  tabernacle,  as  to  its  outward  form,  plain  and  simple. 
And  the  angels  who  were  with  me  said,  "  Behold,  the 
tabernacle  of  Abraham,  such  as  it  was  when  the  three 
angels  came  to  him  and  announced  the  future  birth  of 
Isaac  ;  it  appears  indeed  simple  to  the  eye,  but  neverthe- 
less according  to  the  influx  of  light  from  heaven  it  be- 


CH.  XXII.] 


THE  APOCALYPSE  ftBVEALED. 


221 


comes  more  and  more  magnificent."  And  they  were 
permitted  to  open  the  heaven  which  is  the  abode  of  angels 
who  excel  in  wisdom,  and  then  by  virtue  of  the  influx  of 
light  from  thence  the  tabernacle  appeared  as  a  temple 
resembling  that  at  Jerusalem  :  and  on  looking  into  it  I 
saw  that  the  stone  in  the  floor  under  which  the  Word  was 
deposited,  was  set  with  precious  stones,  from  which  there 
issued  forth  the  bright  rays  as  of  lightning  that  shone  upon 
the  walls,  and  caused  beautiful  variegations  of  color  on 
certain  cherubic  forms  that  were  sculptured  on  them. 
As  I  was  admiring  these  things,  the  angels  said,  "  Thou 
shalt  yet  see  something  still  more  wonderful,"  And  it 
was  permitted  them  to  open  the  third  heaven,  which  is 
the  abode  of  the  celestial  angels  who  excel  in  love,  and 
then  by  virtue  of  the  influx  of  flaming  light  from  thence 
the  whole  temple  disappeared,  and  in  its  stead  was  seen 
the  Lord  alone,  standing  on  the  foundation-stone,  which 
was  the  Word,  in  the  same  form  that  he  appeared  in  be- 
fore John,  Rev.  i.  But  inasmuch  as  the  interiors  of  the 
minds  of  the  angels  were  then  filled  with  holiness,  occa- 
sioning in  them  a  strong  propensity  to  fall  prostrate  upon 
their  faces,  suddenly  the  passage  of  light  from  the  third 
heaven  was  closed  by  the  Lord,  and  that  from  the  second 
heaven  opened  again,  in  consequence  of  which  the  former 
appearance  of  the  temple  returned,  and  also  of  the  taber- 
nacle, but  this  was  in  the  midst  of  the  temple.  Hereby 
was  illustrated  the  meaning  of  these  words  in  this  chapter: 
"  Behold,  the  tabernacle  of  God  is  with  men,  and  he  will 
dwell  with  them,"  verse  3,  n.  882  ;  and  by  these,  "  And 
I  saw  no  temple  (in  the  New  Jerusalem)  for  the  Lord 
God  Omnipotent  and  the  Lamb  arc  the  temple  of  it," 
verse  22,  n.  918. 


CHAPTER  XXIT. 

1.  And  lie  showed  me  a  pure  river  of  water  of  life,  clear  as 
crystal,  proceeding  out  of  the  throne  of  God  and  of  the  Lamb. 

2.  In  the  midst  of  the  street  of  it,  and  of  the  river,  on  this  side 
and  on  that  was  the  tree  of  life  which  bare  twelve  sorts  of  fruit, 

19* 


222 


THE   APOCALYPSE  REVEALED.  [CH.  XXII. 


and  yielded  its  fruit  every  month  :  and  the  leaves  of  the  tree  were 
for  the  healing;  of  the  nations. 

3.  And  there  shall  he  no  more  curse;  but  the  throne  of  God 
and  of  the  Lamh  shall  he  in  it;  and  his  servants  shall  minister 
unto  him. 

4.  And  they  shall  see  his  face ;  and  his  name  shall  be  in  their 
foreheads. 

5.  Anil  there  shall  .be  no  night  there  ;  and  they  need  no  lamp 
neither  light  of  the  sun;  for  the  Lord  God  giveth  them  light:  and 
they  shall  reign  for  ever  and  ever. 

6.  And  lie  said  unto  me,  These  words  are  faithful  and  true  : 
and  the  Lord  God  of  the  holy  prophets  hath  sent  his  angel  to 
show  unto  his  servants  the  things  which  must  shortly  come  to 
pass. 

7.  Behold,  I  come  quickly  :  blessed  is  he  that  observed)  the 
words  of  the  prophecy  of  this  hook. 

8.  And  1,  John,  saw  these  things,  and  heard  them.  And  when 
I  had  heard  and  seen,  1  fell  down  to  worship  before  the  feet  of 
the  angel  who  showed  me  these  things. 

9.  Then  saith  he  unto  me,  See  thou  do  it  not ;  for  I  am  thy 
fellow-servant,  and  of  thy  brethren  the  prophets,  and  of  them  that 
observe  the  wortls  of  this  book  :  worship  God. 

10.  And  he  saith  unto  me,  Seal  not  the  words  of  the  prophecy 
of  this  hook  :  tor  the  t  ime  is  at  hand. 

11.  He  that  is  unjust,  let  him  be  unjust  still,  and  be  that  is  fil- 
thy, let  hinr  he  filthy  siill :  and  he  that  is  righteous,  let  him  be 
righteous  still,  and  he  that  is  holy,  let  him  be  holy  still. 

12.  And,  behold,  I  come  quickly  ;  and  my  reward  is  with  me, 
to  give  unto  every  one  according  as  his  work  shall  lie. 

13.  I  am  the  Alpha  and  the  Omega,  the  Beginning  and  the 
End,  the  First  and  the  Last. 

14.  Blessed  are  they  that  do  his  commandments,  that  they  may 
have  right  to  the  tree  of  life,  and  may  enter  in  through  the  gates 
into  the  city. 

15.  For  without  are  dogs,  and  sorcerers,  and  whoremongers, 
and  murderers,  and  idolaters,  and  whosoever  loveth  and  doetii  a 
lie. 

16.  I,  Jesus,  have  sent  mine  angel  to  testify  unto  you  these  things 
in  the  churches.  I  am  the  root  and  offspring  of  David,  the  bright 
and  morning  star. 

17.  And  the  spirit  and  the  bride  say,  Come.  And  let  him  that 
heareth  say,  Come.  And  let  him  that  is  athirst  come.  And  who- 
soever will  let  him  take  the  water  of  life  freely. 

18.  For  1  testify  unto  every  one  that  heareth  the  words  of  the 
prophecy  of  this  book.  If  any  one  shall  add  unto  these  things, 
God  shall  add  unto  him  the  plagues  that  are  written  in  this 
book. 

19.  And  if  any  one  shall  take  away  from  the  words  of  the  book 
of  this  prophecy,  God  shall  take  away  his  part  out  of  the  book  of 
life,  and  out  of  the  holy  city,  and  the  things  which  are  written  in 
this  book. 


CH.  XXII.]  THE  APOCALYPSE  REVEALED.  OO3 

20.  He  that  testifieth  these  things,  saith,  Surely,. I  come  quickly  ; 
Amen.    Even  so,  come  Lord  Jesus. 

21.  The  grace  01  our  Lord  Jesus  Christ  he  with  you  all. 
A  men. 


THE  SPIRITUAL  SENSE. 

The  conte.nts  of  the  whole  chapter.  The  New  Church 
continues  to  he  described  as  toils  intelligence  derived  from  divine 
truths  from  the  Lord,  verses  1 — 5.  That  the  Apocalj  pse  was 
manifested  from  the  Lord,  and  that  it  is  to  he  revealed  in  its  proper 
time,  verses  (J — 10  :  concerning  the  coining  of  the  Lord  and  his 
conjunction  with  those  who  believe  in  him,  and  live  according  to 
his  commandments,  verses  11 — 17.  That  the  things  which  are 
revealed,  are  altogether  to  be  observed,  verses  18,  ID.  The  des- 
ponsation,  or  betrothing,  verses  17 — 21. 

The  contents  of  each  verse.  "And  be  showed  me  a  pure 
river  of  water  of  life,  clear  as  crystal,  proceeding  out  of  the  throne 
of  God  and  of  the  Lamb,"  signifies,  the  Apocalj  pse  now  opened 
and  explained  as  to  its  spiritual  sense,  where  divine  truths  are 
revealed  in  abundance  from  the  Lord  for  those  who  will  be  in  his 
New  Church,  which  is  the  New  Jerusalem:  "In  the  midst  of  the 
street  of  it,  and  of  the  river  on  this  side  and  on  that  w  as  the  tree 
of  life,  which  bare  twelve  sorts  of  fruit,"  Signifies,  that  in  the  in- 
most of  the  truths  of  doctrine  and  thence  of  lite  in  the  New 
Church  is  the  Lord  in  his  divine  love,  from  whom  flow  all  the 
goods  which  man  there  does  apparently  as  from  himself:  "And 
yielded  its  fruit  every  month,"  signifies,  that  the  Lord  produces 
goods  in  man  according  to  every  state  of  truth  in  him:  "And 
the  leaves  of  the  tree  were  for  the  healing  of  the  nations,"  signi- 
fies, rational  truths  thence  derived,  by  which  they  who  are  in 
evils,  and  thence  in  falses,  are  led  to  think  sanely  and  to  live  be- 
comingly: "And  there  shall  be  no  more  curse,  but  the  throne 
of  God  and  of  the  Lamb  shall  be  in  it ;  and  his  servant  shall  min- 
ister unto  him,"  signifies,  that  in  the  church,  which  is  the  New 
Jerusalem,  there  will  not  be  any  who  are  separated  from  the 
Lord,  because  the  Lord  himself  will  reign  there,  and  they  who 
are  in  truths  through  the  Word  from  him,  and  do  his  command- 
ments, will  be  with  him,  because  conjoined  with  him:  "And 
they  shall  see  his  face,  and  his  name  shall  be  in  their  foreheads," 
signifies,  that  they  will  turn  themselves  to  the  Lord,  and  that  the 
Lord  will  turn  himself  to  them,  because  they  will  be  conjoined 
by  love  :  "  And  there  shall  be  no  night  there  ;  and  they  need  no 
lamp,  neither  light  of  the  sun,  for  the  Lord  God  giveth  them 
light,"  signifies,  that  in  the  New  Jerusalem  there  will  not  be  any 
falsity  of  faith,  and  that  men  there  will  not  be  in  knowledges  con- 
cerning God  from  natural  light,  which  is  from  their  own  intelli- 
gence, and  from  glory  originating  in  pride,  but  will  be  in  spiritual 


224 


THE  APOCALYPSE  REVEALED. 


[CH.  XXII. 


light  from  the  Wort]  from  the  Lord  alone:  "And  they  shall  reign 
for  ever  and  ever,"  signifies,  that  they  will  he  in  the  Lord's  king- 
dom and  in  conjunction  with  him  to  eternity:  "And  he  said  unto 
me,  These  words  are  faithful  and  true,"  signifies,  that  they  may 
know  this  for  certain,  because  the  Lord  himself  has  testified  and 
said  it :  "  And  the  Lord  God  of  the  holy  prophets  hath  sent  his 
angel  to  show  unto  his  servants  the  things  which  must  shortly 
come  to  pass,"  signifies,  that  the  Lord,  from  whom  is  the  Word 
of  both  covenants,  has  revealed  through  heaven  unto  those  who 
are  in  truths  from  him,  the  things  which  will  certainly  come  to 
pass:  "  Behold,  I  come  quickly  ;  blessed  is  be  that  observed)  the 
words  of  the  prophecy  of  this  hook,"  signifies,  that  the  Lord  will 
certainly  come,  and  give  eternal  life  to  (hose  who  keep  and  do 
the  truths  or  precepts  of  the  doctrine  of  this  book  now  opened  by 
the  Lord:  "And  1,  John,  saw  these  things  and  heard  them. 
And  when  [  had  heard  and  seen,  1  fell  down  to  worship  before 
the  feet  of  the  angel,  who  showed  me  these  things,"  signifies,  that 
John  thought,  that  the  angel  who  was  sent  to  him  by  the  Lord, 
to  keep  him  in  a  stale  of  the  spirit,  was  God  who  revealed  these 
things,  when  nevertheless  it  was  not  so,  for  the  angel  only  show- 
ed what  the  Lord  made  manifest:  "  Then  saith  he  unto  me,  Sec 
thou  do  it  not;  for  I  am  thy  fellow-servant,  and  of  thy  brethren 
the  prophets,  and  of  them  that  observe  the  words  of  this  book  ; 
worship  God,"  signifies,  that  the  angefe  of  heaven  are  not  to  be 
worshiped  ami  invoked,  because  nothing  divine  belongs  to  them, 
but  that  they  are  associated  with  men,  as  brethren  with  brethren, 
with  such  as  are  in  the  doctrine  of  the  New  Jerusalem,  and  do 
its  commandments,  and  that  the  Lord  alone  is  to  he  worshiped  in 
consociation  with  them:  "  And  he  saitb  unto  me,  Seal  not  the 
words  of  the  prophecy  of  this  hook:  for  the  time  is  at  hand," 
signifies,  that  the  Apocalypse  must  not  he  shut,  hut  opened,  and 
that  this  is  absolutely  necessary  at  the  end  of  the  church  that  some 
may  he  saved  :  "lie  that  is  unjust  let  him  be  unjust  still,  and  he 
that  is  filthy,  let  him  he  filthy  still  :  and  he  that  is  righteous  let 
him  be  righteous  still,  and  he  that  is  holy,  let  him  be  holy  still," 
signifies,  the  suite  of  all  in  particular  after  death,  and  before  the 
judgment  of  each,  and  in  general  before  the  last  judgment,  that 
from  those  who  are  in  evils  goods  will  he  taken  away,  and  from 
those  who  are  in  falses,  truths  will  betaken  away,  and  on  the  other 
band  that  from  those  who  are  in  goods,  evils  will  be  taken  away, 
and  from  those  who  are  in  truths,  falses  will  be  take  n  away  ! 
"And,  behold,  I  come  quickly ;  and  my  reward  is  with  me,  to 
give  unto  every  one  according  as  his  work  shall  be,"  signifies, 
that  the  Lord  will  certainly  come,  and  that  he  himself  is  heaven 
and  the  felicity  of  eternal  life  to  every  one,  according  to  faith  in 
him  and  a  life  according  to  his  commandments  :  "  I  am  the  Alpha 
and  the  Omega,  the  Beginning  and  the  End,  the  First  and  the 
Last,"  signifies,  because  the  Lord  is  the  God  of  heaven  and  earth, 
and  by  him  all  things  in  the  heavens  and  in  the  earths  were  made 
and  arc  governed  by  his  divine  providence,  and  happen  according 


CH.  XXII.] 


THE  APOCALYPSE  REVEALED. 


225 


to  it :  "  Blessed  are  they  that  ilo  his  commandments,  that  they 
may  have  right  to  the  tree  of  lift;,  and  may  enter  in  through  ihe 
gates  into  the  city,"  signifies]  that  they  enjoy  eternal  felicity,  who 
live  according  to  the  Lord's  commandments,  to  the  end  that  they 
may  be  in  the  Lord,  and  the  Lord  in  them  through  love,  and  in 
his  New  Church  through  knowledges  concerning  him:  "For 
without  are  dogs,  and  sorcerers,  and  whoremongers,  and  murder- 
ers, and  idolaters,  and  whosoever  loveth  and  doeth  a  lie,"  signifies, 
that  no  one  will  he  received  into  the  New  Jerusalem,  who  makes 
no  account  of  the  commandments  of  the  decalogue,  and  does  not 
shun  any  evils  there  enumerated  as  sins,  and  therefore  lives  in 
them  :  "  1,  Jesus,  hare  sent  mine  angel  to  testify  unto  you  these 
things  in  the  churches,"  signifies,  a  testification  from  the  Lord 
before  tin;  whole  christian  world,  that  it  is  true  that  the  Lord  alone 
made  manifest  the  things  which  are  descrihed  in  this  hook,  as 
also  the  lilies  which  are  now  laid  open  :  "  I  am  the  root  and  off- 
spring of  David,  the  bright  and  morning  star,"  signifies,  that  it  is 
the  Lord  himself  who  was  horn  in  the  world,  and  was  then  the 
light,  and  who  will  come  with  new  light  which  will  spring  up  be- 
fore his  New  Church,  which  is  the  holy  Jerusalem  :"  And  the 
spirit  and  the  bride  say,.  Come,"  signifies,  that  heaven  and  the 
church  desire  the  Lord's  coming:  "And  let  him  that  heareth  say, 
Come.  And  let. him  that  is  at  hirst  come.  And  whosoever  will 
let  him  take  of  the  water  of  life  freely,"  signifies,  that  he  who 
knows  any  thing  of  the  Lord's  coming  and  of  the  new  heaven 
and  New  Church,  consequently  of  the  Lord's  kingdom,  should 
pray  that  it  may  come,  and  that  he  who  desires  truths,  should 
pray  that  the  Lord  would  come  with  light,  and  that  he  who. loves 
truths  will  then  receive  them  from  the  Lord  without  any  'ahor 
of  his  own.  "  For  I  testily  unto  everyone  that  heareth  the  words 
of  the  prophecy  of  this  hook.  If  any  one  shall  add  unto  these 
things,  God  shall  add  unto  him  the  plagues  that  are  written  in 
this  hook,"  signifies,  that  they  who  read  and  know  the  truths  of 
doctrine  in  this  hook  now  opener!  by  the  Lord,  and  yet  acknow- 
ledge any  other  god  than  tire  Lord,  and  any  other  faith  than  a 
faith  in  him,  by  adding  any  thing  whereby  they  may  de  stroy  these 
two  things,  cannot  do  otherwise  than  perish  from  the  falsi  s  and 
evils,  which  are  signified  by  the  plagues  described  in  this  hook: 
«;  And  if  any  one  shall  take  away  from  the  words  of  the  hook  of 
this  prophecy,  God  shall  take  away  his  part  out  of  the  B<  ok  of 
Life,  and  out  of  the  holy  city,  and  the  things  which  are  written  in 
this  hook,"  signifies,  that  they  who  read  and  know  the  truths  of 
doctrine  in  this  hook  now  opened  by  the  Lord,  and  yet  acknow- 
ledge any  other  god  than  the  Lord,  and  any  other  faith  than.a 
faith  in  him,  by  taking  away  any  thing  w  hereby  they  may  destroy 
these  two  things,  cannot  acquire  any  wisdom  nor  appropriate  to 
themselves  any  thing  from  the  Word  nor  he  received  into  the 
New  Jerusalem,  nor  have  their  portion  with  those  who  are  in  the 
Lord's  kingdom:  "  He  that  testified)  these  things  saith,  Surely,  T 
come  quickly ;  Amen.    Even  so  come,  Lord  Jesus,"  signifies, 


226 


THE  APOCALYPSE  REVEALED.  [CH.  XXII. 


the  Lord,  who  revealed  the  Apocalypse,  and  has  now  opened  it, 
testifying  these  glad  tidings,  that  he  comes  in  his  Divine  Human- 
ity, which  he  took  upon  him  in  the  world  and  glorified,  as  a 
bridegroom  and  husband,  and  that  the  church  desires  him  as 
a  bride  and  wife. 


THE  EXPLANATION. 

932.  "  And  lie  showed  me  a  pure  river  of  water  of 
life,  clear  as  crystal,  proceeding  out  of  the  throne  of  God 
and  of  the  Lamb,"  signifies,  the  Apocalypse  now  opened 
and  explained  as  to  its  spiritual  sense,  where  divine  truths 
are  revealed  in  abundance  from  the  Lord,  for  those  who 
will  he  in  his  New  Church,  which  is  the  New  Jerusalem. 
By  a  pure  river  of  water  of  life  clear  as  crystal,  is  signi- 
fied the  divine  truths  of  the  Word  in  abundance,  translu- 
cent from  its  spiritual  sense,  which  is  in  the  light  of  heav- 
en ;  the  reason  why  by  a  river  is  signified  divine  truths 
in  abundance,  n.  409,  is,  because  by  water,  of  which  a 
river  consists,  are  signified  truths,  n.  50,  685,  719,  and 
by  the  water  of  life  those  truths  from  the  Lord  through 
the  Word,  as  will  be  seen  presently  ;  and  by  clear  as 
crystal  are  signified  these  truths  translucent  from  the 
spiritual  sense,  which  is  in  the  light  of  heaven,  n.  879; 
by  that  river  being  seen  to  proceed  out  of  the  throne  of 
God  and  of  the  Lamb,  is  signified  that  it  comes  out  of 
heaven  from  the  Lord,  for  by  a  throne  is  signified  the 
Lord  as  to  judgment,  and  as  to  government,  and  as  to 
heaven  ;  as  to  judgment,  a.  229,  845,  865,  as  to  govern- 
ment, n.  694,  808,  at  the  end,  and  as  to  heaven,  n.  14, 
221,  222,  here  therefore  out  Of  heaven  from  the  Lord  ; 
by  God  and  the  Lamb  is  here  signified,  as  frequently 
above,  the  Lord  as  to  his  divinity  itself,  from  whom  are 
all  things,  and  as  to  his  Divine  Humanity.  That  by  this 
river  of  water  of  life,  are  meant  in  particular,  the  divine 
truths  now  revealed  in  abundance  by  the  Lord  here  in 
the  Apocalypse,  appears  from  verses  6,  7,  9,  10,  14,  16, 
17,  18,  and  19,  of  this  chapter,  which  treat  of  the  book 
of  this  prophecy,  and  that  the  things  which  are  written 
therein  arc  to  be  kept,  which  could  not  be  kept,  until  the 


CH.,-\XU.]  THE  APOCALYPSE  REVEALED. 


227 


things  that  are  contained  in  it  were  revealed  by  opening 
the  spiritual  sense  by  reason  that  they  were  not  under- 
stood before  ;  further,  the  Apocalypse  is  a  Word  similar 
to  the  prophetic  Word  of  the  Old  Testament,  and  in  the 
Apocalypse  are  now  laid  open  the  evils  and  falses  of  the 
church  which  must  be  shunned  and  held  in  aversion,  and 
the  goods  and  truths  of  the  church  which  must  be  done, 
especially  concerning  the  Lord  and  concerning  eternal 
life  from  him  ;  which  indeed  are  taught  in  the  prophets, 
but  not  so  plainly  as  in  the  evangelists  and  in  the  Apoca- 
lypse ;  and  the  divine  truths  concerning  the  Lord,  as 
being  the  God  of  heaven  and  earth,  which  then  proceed 
from  him,  and  are  received  by  those  who  will  be  in  the 
New  Jerusalem,  and  which  are  treated  of  in  the  Apoca- 
lypse, are  what  are  meant  in  particular  by  the  pure  river 
of  water  of  life  clear  as  crystal,  proceeding  out  of  the 
throne  of  God  and  of  the  Lamb,  as  may  also  appear  from 
the  following  passages:  Jesus  said,  "  He  that  believeth 
on  me,  as  the  scripture  hath  said,  out  of  his  belly  shall 
flow  rivers  of  living  water"  John  vii.  33.  Jesus  said, 
"^Whosoever  drinketh  of  the  water  that  I  shall  give  him, 
shall  never  thirst,  but  the  water  that  I  shall  give  him 
shall  be  in  him  a  well  of  ivater  springing  up  into  ever- 
lasting life"  John  iv.  14.  "  I  will  give  unto  him  that  is 
athirst  o{  the  fountain  of  the  water  of  life  freely,"  Apoc. 
xxi.  6,  xxii.  17.  *'  And  the  Lamb  which  is  in  the  midst 
of  the  throne  shall  feed  them,  and  shall  lead  them  unto 
living  fountains  of  u-atcrs"  Apoc.  vii.  17.  "  And  it 
shall  be  in  that  day,  that  living  icatcrs  shall  go  out  from 
Jerusalem  ; — And  Jehovah  shall  be  king  over  all  the 
earth  ;  in  that  day  shall  there  be  one  Jehovah,  and  his 
name  one,"  Zech.  xiv.  8,  9  ;  by  living  waters  or  waters  of 
life  are  there  signified  divine  truths  from  the  Lord. 

933.  "  In  the  midst  of  the  street  of  it,  and  of  the  river 
on  this  side  and  on  that,  was  the  tree  of  life,  which  bare 
twelve  sorts  of  fruit,"  signifies,  that  in  the  inmost  of  the 
truths  of  doctrine  and  thence  of  life  in  the  New  Church, 
is  the  Lord  in  his  divine  love,  from  whom  flow  all  the 
goods  which  man  there  does,  apparently  as  from  himself. 
In  the  midst,  signifies,  in  the  inmost  and  thence  in  all 


228 


THE  APOCALYPSE  REVEALED. 


[CM.  XXII. 


things  around,  n.  44,  333  ;  by  a  street  is  signified  the 
truth  of  the  doctrine  of  the  church,  n.  501,  917  ;  by  a 
river  is  signified  divine  truth  in  abundance',  n.  409,  932; 
on  either  side,  signifies,  on  the  right  hand  and  on  the  left, 
and  truth  on  the  right  hand  is  that  which  is  in  clearness, 
and  on  the  left  hand  that  which  is  in  obscurity,  for  the 
south  in  heaven,  by  which  is  signified  truth  in  its  clear- 
ness, is  on  the  right  hand,  and  the  north,  by  which  is 
signified  truth  in  obscurity,  is  on  the  left,  n.  901  ;  by  the 
tree  of  life  is  signified  the  Lord  as  to  the  divine  love,  n. 
89;  by  fruits  are  signified  the  goods  of  love  and  charity, 
which  are  called  good  works,  as  will  be  seen  in  the  next 
article:  by  twelve  are  signified  all,  and  it  is  said  of  the 
goods  and  truths  of  the  church,  n.  34S.  From  these 
particulars  collated  into  one  sense,  it  follows,  that  in  the 
midst  of  the  street  and  of  the  river  on  this  side  and  on 
that  was  the  tree  of  life  bearing  twelve  sorts  of  fruit,  sig- 
nifies, that  in  the  inmost  of  the  truths  of  doctrine  and  of 
life  in  the  New  Church  is  the  Lord  in  his  divine  love, 
from  whom  flow  all  the  goods  which  man  does,  apparently 
as  from  himself.  This  is  the  case  with  those  who  imme- 
diately approach  the  Lord,  and  shun  evils  because  they 
are  sins,  thus  who  will  be  in  the  Lord's  New  Church, 
which  is  the  New  Jerusalem;  for  they  who  do  not  imme- 
diately approach  the  Lord,  cannot  be  conjoined  with 
him  ;  therefore  neither  with  the  Father,  and  consequently 
cannot  he  in  the  love  which  proceeds  from  the  divine 
being  ;  for  aspect  conjoins,  not  intellectual  aspect  alone, 
but  intellectual  aspect  from  the  affection  of  the  will,  and 
affection  of  the  will  is  not  given,  if  man  keeps  not  his 
commandments ;  wherefore  the  Lord  says  :  "  He  that 
hath  mi/  commandments,  and  kcepcth  them,  he  it  is  that 
lovcth  me ;  and  I  will  love  him,  and  manifest  myself  to 
him,"  John  xiv.  21 — 24.  It  is  said  in  the  inmost  of  the 
truths  of  doctrine  and  thence  of  life  in  the  New  Church, 
because  in  things  spiritual  they  all  exist  and  all  proceed 
from  the  inmost,  as  from  fire  and  light  in  the  centre  to  the 
circumference,  or  as  from  the  sun,  which  is  also  in  the 
centre,  proceed  heat  and  light  to  all  parts  of  the  universe, 
thus  the  same  law  obtains  in  the  minutest  things  as  in  the 


Oil.  XXII.] 


THE  APOCAIATSE  REVEALED. 


229 


greatest,  because  the  inmost  of  all  truth  is  signified,  there- 
fore it  is  said  in  the  midst  of  the  street  and  of  the  river, 
and  not  on  both  sides  of  the  river,  although  this  is  under- 
stood. That  from  the  Lord,  as  being  the  inmost,  exist 
and  proceed  all  the  goods  of  love  and  of  charity,  is  plain 
from  the  Lord's  own  words  in  John  :  Jesus  said,  "  As  the 
branch  cannot  bear  fruit  of  itself,  except  it  abide  in  the 
vine ;  no  more  can  ye,  except  ye  abide  in  me.  I  am  the 
Vine,  ye  are  the  branches  ;  he  that  abideth  in  me,  and  I 
in  /d, n,  the  same  bringeth  forth  much  fruit;  for  without 
me  ye  can  do  nothing,"  xv.  4,  5,  6. 

934.  That  fruits  signify  the  goods  which  a  man  does 
from  love  or  charity,  is  known,  indeed,  without  confirma- 
tion from  the  Word  ;  for  by  fruit  in  the  Word,  the  reader 
understands  nothing  else:  the  reason  why  by  fruit  are 
meant  the  goods  of  love  or  of  charity,  is,  because  man  is 
compared  to  a  tree,  and  is  also  called  a  tree,  n.  89,  400. 
That  fruit  signifies  the  goods  of  love  or  of  charity,  which 
in  common  language  are  called  good  works,  may  appear 
from  the  following  passages:  "And  now  also  the  axe  is 
laid  unto  the  root  of  the  trees  :  therefore  every  tree  which 
farjogefb  not  forth  good  fruit,  is  hewn  down  and  cast  into 
the  fire,"  Matt.  iii.  10,  vii.  16 — 20.  "  Either  make  the 
tree  good,  and  its  fruit  good;  or  else  make  the  tree  cor- 
rupt, and  its  fruit  corrupt ;  for  the  tree  is  known  from  its 
fruit,"  Matt.  xii.  33,  Luke  vi.  43,  44.  Every  branch 
that  beareth  not  fruit  shall  be  taken  away,  but  every 
branch  that  beareth  fruit  shall  be  purged  that  it  may 
bring  forth  more  fruit ;  "  he  that  abideth  in  me,  and  1  in 
him,  the  same  bringeth  forth  much  fruit,"  John  xv.  2 — 8. 
"  Bring  forth  therefore  fruits  meet  for  repentance,"  Matt, 
iii.  8.  ''■  But  he  that  received  seed  into  the  good  ground 
is  he  that  heareth  the  Word  and  understandeth  it,  which 
also  beareth  fruit,"  Matt.  xiii.  23.  Jesus  said  unto  his 
disciples,  "  I  have  chosen  you  that  ye  should  go  and 
bring  foith  fruit,  and  that  your  fruit  should  remain,"  John 
xv.  16.  "A  certain  man  had  a  fig-tree  planted  in  his 
vineyard,  and  he  came  and  sought  fruit  thereon,  and 
found  none.  Then  said  he  unto  the  dresser  of  his  vine- 
yard, Cut  it  down,  why  cumbereth  it  the  ground,"  Luke 
vol.  iii.  20 


230 


THE  APOCALYPSE  REVEALED. 


[CH.  XXII. 


xiii.  6 — 20.  A  man,  a  householder,  let  out  his  vineyard 
to  husbandmen,  that  he  might  receive  the  fruits  thereof, 
but  they  killed  the  servants  that  were  sent  to  them,  and 
finally  his  son,  therefore  he  will  let  the  vineyard  to  others, 
who  shall  render  him  the  fruits  in  their  seasons ;  thus 
shall  "  the  kingdom  of  God  he  taken  from  you,  and  given 
to  a  nation  bringing  forth  the  fruits  thereof"  Matt.  xxi. 
34,  40,  41,  43,  not  to  mention  many  other  instances. 

935.  "  And  yielded  its  fruit  every  month,"  signifies, 
that  the  Lord  produces  goods  in  man  according  to  every 
state  of  truth  in  him.  By  a  month  is  signified  man's 
state  of  life  as  to  truth,  as  will  be  seen  presently  ;  by 
yielding  fruit  is  signified  to  produce  goods  ;  that  fruits  are 
the  goods  of  love  and  charity,  was  shown  above,  n.  934; 
and  whereas  the  Lord  essentially  produces  them  in  man, 
although  man  does  them  as  of  himself,  therefore  appa- 
rently, as  observed  above,  n.  934;  it  is  plain  that  it  sig- 
nifies that  the  Lord  from  the  inmost,  where  he  is,  pro- 
duces them.  But  we  shall  explain  how  it  is  to  be  under- 
stood, that  the  Lord  produces  the  goods  of  charity  in  man 
according  to  the  state  of  truth  in  him  ;  he  who  thinks  that 
man  does  good  which  is  acceptable  to  the  Lord,  and 
which  is  called  spiritual  good,  without  there  being  in  him 
truths  from  the  Word,  is  much  mistaken  ;  goods  without 
truths  are  not  goods,  and  truths  without  goods  are  not 
truths  in  man,  although  in  themselves  they  are  truths; 
for  good  without  truth  is  like  the  voluntary  faculty  of  man 
without  the  understanding,  which  voluntary  faculty  is  not 
human,  but  is  like  that  of  a  beast,  or  like  that  of  an  image 
which  an  artist  causes  to  operate ;  but  the  voluntary 
faculty  united  with  its  intellectual  faculty  becomes  human 
according  to  the  state  of  the  understanding  by  which  it 
exists  ;  for  every  man's  state  of  life  is  such,  that  his  will 
cannot  do  any  thing  but  by  his  understanding,  neither  can 
his  understanding  think  any  thing  but  from  his  will ;  it  is 
the  same  with  good  and  truth,  good  having  relation  to  the 
will  and  truth  to  the  understanding.  From  these  con- 
siderations it  is  evident,  that  the  good  which  the  Lord 
produces  in  man,  is  according  to  the  state  of  the  truth  in 
him,  from  which  the  understanding  is  formed.  The 


CH.  XXI I. J 


THE  APOCALYPSE  REVEALED. 


231 


reason  why  this  is  signified  by  the  tree  of  life  yielding  its 
fruit  every  month,  is,  because  by  a  month  is  signified  the 
state  of  truth  in  man  ;  that  by  all  times  and  seasons,  as 
hours,  days,  weeks,  months,  years,  and  ages,  are  signified 
states  of  life,  may  be  seen,  n.  476,  562 ;  and  months 
signify  states  of  life  relating  to  truths,  because  by  months 
are  signified  times  determined  by  the  moon,  and  by  the 
moon  is  signified  the  truth  of  the  understanding  and  of 
faith,  n.  332,  113,  414,  919;  the  like  is  understood  by 
months  in  the  following  passages  :  Blessed  of  Jehovah  is 
the  land  of  Joseph  for  the  precious  things  of  the  produce 
of  the  sun,  and  with  the  precious  things  of  the  produce  of 
the  months,  Deut.  xxxiii.  14.  "And  it  shall  come  to 
pass  that  from  one  month  to  another,  and  from  one  sab- 
bath to  another,  shall  all  flesh  come  to  worship  before 
Jehovah,"  Isaiah  lxvi.  23.  By  reason  of  the  signification 
of  month  or  moon,  sacrifices  were  offered  at  the  beginning 
of  every  month  or  new  moon,  Numb.  xxix.  1 — 6,  Isaiah 
i.  14.  And  then  also  they  blew  with  their  trumpets, 
Numb.  x.  10,  Psalm  lxxxi.  3  ;  and  they  were  com- 
manded to  keep  the  month  Ahib,  in  which  the  passover 
was  to  be  celebrated,  Exod.  xii.  2,  Deut.  xvi.  1.  By 
months  are  signified  states  of  truth,  and,  in  an  opposite 
sense,  states  of  falsity  in  man,  above  also  in  the  Apoca- 
lypse, chap.  ix.  5,  10,  15,  xi.  2,  xiii.  5  ;  by  a  month  in 
Ezek.  xlvii.  12,  the  same  is  signified  as  here. 

936.  "  And  the  leaves  of  the  tree  were  for  the  healing 
of  the  nations,"  signifies,  rational  truths  thence  derived, 
by  which  they  who  are  in  evils  and  thence  in  falses,  are 
led  to  think  sanely  and  to  live  becomingly.  By  the 
leaves  of  the  tree  are  signified  rational  truths,  as  will  be 
seen  below  ;  by  the  nations  are  signified  they  who  are  in 
goods  and  thence  in  truths,  and,  in  an  opposite  sense, 
they  who  are  in  evils  and  thence  in  falses,  n.  483  ;  in 
the  present  case  they  who  are  in  evils  and  thence  in 
falses,  because  it  is  said  for  the  healing  of  them,  and  they 
who  are  in  evils  and  thence  in  falses,  cannot  be  healed  by 
the  Word,  because  they  do  not  read  it,  but  if  they  have 
judgment,  they  can  he  healed  by  rational  truths.  This 
verse  is  similar  in  its  signification  to  the  following  passage 


232 


THE  APOCALYPSE  REVEALED. 


[en.  xxir. 


in  Ezekiel :  Behold,  waters  went  forth  from  under  the 
threshold  of  the  house  from  which  there  was  a  river,  upon 
the  bank  of  which  on  either  side  were  very  many  trees 
of  meat,  whose  leaf  doth  not  fall,  neither  is  consumed, 
.every  month  it  springeth  again,  whence  its  fruit  is  for 
meat,  and  the  leaf  thereof  for  medicine,  xlvii.  1,  7,  12, 
the  New  Church  being  here  treated  of  also.  The  reason 
why  leaves  signify  rational  truths,  is,  because  by  a  tree  is 
signified  man,  n.  89,  400,  and  therefore  by  all  things 
appertaining  to  a  tree,  corresponding  things  in  man  are 
signified,  as  by  branches,  leaves,  flowers,  fruits,  and  seeds; 
by  branches  are  signified  the  sensual  and  natural  truths  in 
man,  by  leaves  his  rational  truths,  by  flowers  primitive 
spiritual  truths  in  the  rational  mind,  by  fruits  the  goods  of 
love  and  charity,  and  by  seeds  the  last  and  first  principles 
of  man.  That  by  leaves  are  signified  rational  truths, 
clearly  appears  from  those  which  are  seen  in  the  spiritual 
world  ;  for  in  that  world  also  there  are  trees  with  leaves 
and  fruits,  and  gardens  and  paradises  consisting  of  them  ; 
among  those  who  are  in  the  goods  of  love  and  at  the 
same  time  in  the  truths  of  wisdom,  there  appear  fruit 
trees  luxuriant  with  beautiful  leaves  ;  whereas  with  those 
who  are  in  truths  of  some  sort  of  wisdom,  and  speak  from 
reason,  and  are  not  in  the  goods  of  love,  there  appear 
trees  full  of  leaves  but  without  fruit ;  but  with  those  who 
are  neither  in  goods  nor  in  truths  of  wisdom,  there  appear 
no  trees  but  such  as  are  stripped  of  their  leaves,  like  what 
are  to  be  seen  in  this  world  during  the  winter  season  ; 
the  man  who  is  not  rational  is  nothing  else  but  such  a 
tree.  Rational  truths  are  those  which  proximately  re- 
ceive spiritual  truths,  for  the  rational  faculty  of  man  is  the 
first  receptacle  of  spiritual  truths,  inasmuch  as  in  the 
rational  mind  of  man  there  is  a  perception  of  truth  in  some 
form,  which  the  man  himself  does  not  see  in  thought,  as 
he  docs  the  things  which  are  under  the  rational  mind  in 
the  inferior  thought,  which  connects  itself  with  external 
vision.  By  leaves  are  likewise  signified  rational  truths  in 
Gen.  iii.  7,  viii.  11,  Isaiah  xxxiv.  4,  Jerem.  viii.  13,  xvii. 
8,  Ezek.  xlvii.  12,  Dan.  iv.  11,  12,  Psalm  i.  3,  Lev. 
xxvi.  36,  Matt.  xxi.  19,  20,  xxiv.  32,  Mark  xiii.  28,  but 


CH.  XXII.]  THE  APOCALYPSE  REVEALED.  233 

• 

their  signification  according  to  the  kind  of  trees  ;  the 
leaves  of  the  olive-tree  and  vine  signify  rational  truths 
from  celestial  and  spiritual  light,  the  leaves  of  the  fig-tree 
rational  truths  from  natural  light,  and  the  leaves  of  the  fir, 
poplar,  oak,  and  pine,  rational  truths  from  sensual  light, 
the  leaves  of  the  latter  trees  excite  terror  in  the  spiritual 
world,  when  they  are  shaken  by  a  strong  wind,  aud  those 
are  what  are  meant  in  Levit.  xxvi.  36,  Job  xii.  25.  But 
with  the  leaves  of  the  former  it  is  not  so. 

937.  "And  there  shall  be  no  more  curse:  but  the 
throne  of  God  and  of  the  Lamb  shall  be  in  it ;  and  his 
servants  shall  minister  unto  him,"  signifies,  that  in  the 
church,  which  is  the  New  Jeiusalem,  there  will  not  be 
any  who  are  separated  from  the  Lord,  because  the  Lord 
himself  will  reign  there,  and  they  who  are  in  truths  through 
the  Word  from  him,  and  do  his  commandments,  will  be 
with  him,  because  conjoined  with  him.  By  there  being 
no  more  curse,  is  signified,  that  no  evil  or  falsity  derived 
from  evil,  which  separates  from  the  Lord,  will  be  in  the 
New  Jerusalem  ;  and  whereas  evil  and  falsity  do  not  exist 
but  in  their  recipient  which  is  man,  it  signifies  that  none 
who  are  separated  from  the  Lord  will  be  there  ;  by  a 
curse  in  the  Word  is  meant,  all  that  evil  and  falsity  which 
separates  and  turns  man  away  from  the  Lord,  for  in  this 
case  man  becomes  a  devil,  and  a  satan  ;  by  the  throne  of 
God  and  of  the  Lamb  being  in  it,  is  signified,  that  the 
Lord  himself  will  reign  in  that  church,  for  by  a  throne  is 
here  signified  a  kingdom,  and  the  kingdom  of  the  Lord  is 
where  he  alone  is  worshiped ;  by  his  servants  ministering 
unto  him,  is  signified  that  they  who  are  in  truths  through 
the  Word  from  the  Lord,  will  be  with  him,  and  will  exe- 
cute his  commands,  because  they  will  be  in  conjunction  ; 
that  by  servants  of  the  Lord  with  him  are  signified  they 
w  ho  are  in  truths  from  him,  may  be  seen  above,  n.  3, 
380,  and  by  ministers  they  who  are  in  good  from  him,  n. 
128,  consequently  by  servants  who  will  minister  unto  him, 
are  signified  they  who  are  in  truths  from  good  through  the 
Word  from  the  Lord,  and  do  his  commandments.  Inas- 
much as  the  church  at  this  day  does  not  know  that  con- 
junction with  the  Lord  constitutes  heaven,  and  that  con- 
20* 


234  THE   APOCALYPSE   REVEALED.  [CH.  XXII  . 

• 

junction  is  effected  by  the  acknowledgment  that  he  is  the 
God  of  heaven  and  earth,  and  at  the  same  time  by  a  life 
according  to  his  commandments,  therefore  it  may  be  ex- 
pedient to  say  something  on  this  subject.  A  person  alto- 
gether ignorant  of  these  matters  may  possibly  say,  What 
signifies  conjunction  ;  how  can  acknowledgment  and  life 
occasion  conjunction  ?  what  need  is  there  of  these  things  ? 
may  not  every  one  be  saved  from  mercy  alone?  what 
need  is  there  then  for  any  other  medium  of  salvation  but 
faith  alone  ?  is  not  God  merciful  and  omnipotent  ?  But 
let  him  know,  that  in  the  spiritual  world  all  presence  is 
effected  by  knowledge  and  acknowledgment,  and  that  all 
conjunction  is  effected  by  affection  which  is  of  love  ;  for 
spaces  there  are  nothing  else  but  appearances  according  to 
similarity  of  minds,  that  is,  of  affections  and  consequent 
thoughts,  wherefore,  when  any  one  knows  another,  either 
by  fame  or  report,  or  by  intercourse  with  him,  or  by  con- 
versation, or  by  relationship,  when  he  thinks  of  him  from 
an  idea  of  that  knowledge,  the  other  becomes  present, 
although  to  all  appearance  he  were  a  thousand  miles 
distant  ;  and  if  any  one  also  loves  another  whom  he  knows, 
he  dwells  with  him  in  one  society,  and  if  he  loves  him  in- 
timately, in  one  house.  This  is  the  state  of  all  through- 
out the  whole  spiritual  world,  and  this  slate  of  all  derives 
its  origin  from  the  circumstance  of  the  Lord  being  present 
with  every  one  according  to  faith,  and  conjoined  accord- 
ing to  love.  Faith  and  the  consequent  presence  of  the 
Lord  is  given  by  the  knowledges  of  truths  derived  from 
the  Word,  especially  by  those  concerning  the  Lord  him- 
self there,  but  love  and  consequent  conjunction  is  given 
by  a  life  according  to  his  commandments,  for  the  Lord 
said,  "  He  that  hath  my  cemmandments  and  keepeth  them, 
he  it  is  that  loveth  me  :  and  I  will  love  him,  and  will 
manifest  myself  to  him,"  John  xiv.  21.  But  how  this 
comes  to  pass  shall  also  be  explained.  The  Lord  loves 
every  one,  and  desires  to  be  conjoined  with  them,  but  he 
cannot  be  conjoined  so  long  as  man  is  in  the  delight  of 
evil,  as  for  example,  in  the  delight  of  hatred  and  revenge, 
in  the  delight  of  adultery  and  whoredom,  in  the  delight  of 
robbery  or  theft  of  any  kind,  in  the  delight  of  blasphemy 


CIJ.  XXII.]  THE  APOCALYPSE  REVEALED. 


235 


and  K  ing,  and  in  the  concupiscences  of  the  love  of  self 
and  of  the  world  ;  for  every  one  who  is  in  these  evils,  is 
in  consort  with  devils  who  are  in  hell  ;  the  Lord  indeed 
Joves  them  even  there,  but  he  cannot  be  conjoined  with 
them,  unless  the  delights  of  those  evils  he  removed,  and 
they  cannot  be  removed  by  the  Lord,  unless  man  examines 
himself  to  the  end  that  he  may  know  his  evils,  acknow- 
ledge and  confess  them  before  the  Lord,  and  desire  to 
desist  from  them,  and  thus  do  the  work  of  repentance  : 
man  must  do  this  as  from  himself,  seeing  that  he  is  not 
sensible  of  his  doing  any  thing  from  the  Lord  ;  and  this  is 
granted  to  man,  because  conjunction,  to  be  truly  such, 
must  be  reciprocal  of  man  with  the  Lord,  and  of  the 
Lord  with  man.  In  proportion  therefore  as  evils  with 
their  delights  are  thus  removed,  in  the  same  proportion 
the  love  of  the  Lord  enters,  n  hich,  as  has  been  observed, 
is  universal  towards  all,  and  in  this  case  man  is  with- 
drawn from  hell,  and  led  into  heaven.  Man  must  do  this 
in  the  world,  for  such  as  man  i*  in  the  world  as  to  his 
spirit,  such  will  he  remain  for  ever,  only  with  this  differ- 
ence, that  his  state  becomes  more  perfect,  if  he  has  lived 
well,  because  then  he  is  not  clotiied  with  a  material  body, 
but  he  lives  a  spiritual  life  in  a  spiritual  body. 

938.  m  And  they  shall  see  his  face  ;  and  his  name  shall 
be  in  their  foreheads,"  signifies,  that  they  will  turn  them- 
selves to  the  Lord,  and  that  the  Lord  will  turn  himself  to 
them,  because  they  will  be  conjoined  by  love.  By  see- 
ing the  face  of  God  and  of  the  Lamb,  or  of  the  Lord,  is 
not  meant  to  see  his  face,  because  no  one  can  see  his  face, 
such  as  he  is  in  his  divine  love  and  in  his  divine  wisdom, 
and  live,  he  being  the  sun  of  heaven  and  of  the  whole 
spiritual  world,  for  to  see  his  face,  such  as  he  is  in  him- 
self, would  be  as  if  any  one  should  enter  into  the  sun,  by 
the  fire  of  which  he  would  be  consumed  in  a  moment ; 
nevertheless  the  Lord  sometimes  presents  himself  to  the 
sight  out  of  his  sun,  but  in  such  case  he  veils  himself  and 
so  presents  himself  to  their  sight,  which  is  done  by  means 
of  an  angel,  as  he  also  did  in  the  world  to  Abraham, 
Hagar,  Lot,  Gideon,  Joshua,  and  others,  for  which  reason 
those  angels  were  called  angels,  and  also  Jehovah,  for  the 


230 


THE  APOCALYPSE  REVEALED.  [CH.  XXII. 


presence  of  Jehovah  was  in  them  from  a  distance.  But 
in  this  instance  by  seeing  his  face,  is  not  meant  to  see  his 
face,  but  to  see  the  truths  which  are  in  the  Word  from 
him,  and  through  them  to  know  and  acknowledge  him  ; 
for  the  divine  truths  of  the  Word  constitute  the  light 
which  proceeds  from  the  Lord  as  a  sun,  in  which  the 
angels  are,  and  whereas  they  constitute  the  light,  they  are 
as  mirrors,  in  which  the  Lord's  face  is  seen  ;  that  by  see- 
ing the  Lord's  face,  is  signified  to  turn  to  him,  will  be 
shown  below  ;  by  the  name  of  the  Lord  being  in  their 
foreheads,  is  signified  that  the  Lord  loves  them  and  turns 
them  to  himself;  by  the  name  of  the  Lord  is  signified  the 
Lord  himself,  because  it  signifies  every  quality  of  his 
whereby  he  is  known,  and  according  to  which  he  is 
worshiped,  n.  81,  584  ;_and  by  the  forehead  is  signified 
love,  n.  347,  605  ;  and  by  written  in  the  forehead  is  sig- 
nified the  love  of  the  Lord  in  them,  n.  729.  From  these 
considerations  it  may  appear,  what  is  properly  signified  by 
these  Words.  But  the  reason  why  it  signifies,  that  they 
will  turn  themselves  to  the  Lord,  and  that  the  Lord  will 
turn  himself  to  them,  is,  because  the  Lord  looks  at  all  in 
the  forehead,  who  are  conjoined  with  him  by  love,  and 
thus  turns  them  to  himself,  wherefore  the  angels  in  heaven 
turn  their  faces  in  no  other  direction  than  towards  the 
Lord  as  the  sun,  and,  what  is  wonderful,  they  do  this  in 
every  turn  of  their  bodies  ;  hence  comes  the  common  ex- 
pression of  having  God  always  before  our  eyes;  it  is  the 
same  with  the  spirit  of  a  man  who  lives  in  the  world,  and 
is  conjoined  to  the  Lord  by  love  ;  but  concerning  this 
turning  of  the  face  to  the  Lord,  more  memorable  things 
may  be  seen  in  the  Angelic  Wisdom  concerning  the  Di- 
vine Love  and  Divine  Wisdom,  n.  129 — 144  ;  and  in  the 
work  on  Heaven  and  Hell,  n.  17,  123,  143,  144,  151, 
153,  255,  272. 

939.  That  by  seeing  the  face  of  the  Lord  is  not  meant 
to  see  his  face,  but  to  know  and  acknowledge  him,  what 
he  is  as  to  his  divine  attributes,  which  are  several  ;  and 
that  they  who  are  conjoined  with  him  by  love,  know  him, 
and  thus  see  his  face,  may  appear  from  the  following  pas- 
sages :  "  To  what  purpose  is  the  multitude  of  your  sacri- 


CH.  XXII  ] 


THE  APOCALYPSE  REVEALED. 


237 


fices  unto  me  : — when  ye  come  to  see  the  face  of  Jeho- 
vah ,"  Isaiah  i.  1 1,  12.  "  Seek  ye  my  face,  my  heart  said 
unto  thee,  thy  face,  Jehovah,  will  1  seek,"  Psalm  xxvii. 
8.  "  Let  us  make  a  joyful  noise  to  the  Rock  of  our  sal- 
vation, let  us  come  before  his  face  with  thanksgiving," 
Psalm  xcv.  1,  2.  "My  soul  thirsteth  for  God,  for  the 
living  God,  when  shall  1  come  and  appear  before  the  face 
of  God  : — for  I  shall  yet  praise  him,  for  his  face  is  salva- 
tion," Psalm  xlii.  2,  5.  "  My  face  shall  not  be  seen 
empty,"  Exod.  xxiii.  15.  "  This  shall  come  to  pass  be- 
fore [\\c  face  of  Jehovah"  Zech.  viii.  21,  22;  Mai.  i.  9. 
"  Make  thy  face  to  shine  upon  thy  servant,"  Psalm  xxxi. 
1G.  "  Who  will  show  us  any  good?  Lift  up  upon  us 
the  light  of 'thy  face,  ()  Jehovah,"  Psalm  iv.  6.  "  They 
shall  w  alk  in  the  light  of  thy  face,  O  Jehovah,"  Psalm 
lxxxix.  15.  "  Cause  thy  face  to  shine  upon  us,  O  God, 
and  we  shall  be  saved,"  Psalm  Ixxx.  3,  7,  19.  "  God 
be  merciful  to  us,  and  bless  us,  and  cause  his  face  to 
shine  upon  us,"  Psalm  lxvii.  2.  "  Jehovah  bless  thee, 
and  keep  thee,  Jehovah  make  his  face  to  shine  upon  thee 
and  be  gracious  unto  thee,  Jehovah  lift  up  his  face  upon 
thee,  and  give  thee  peace,"  Numb.  xxvi.  24,  25,  29. 
"  Thou  shalt  hide  them  in  the  secret  of  thy  face,"  Psalm 
xxxi.  21.  "Thou  hast  set  our  secret  sins  in  the  light  of 
thy  face,"  Psalm  xc.  8.  Jehovah  said  unto  Moses, 
"  My  face  shall  go  with  thee,"  and  Moses  said,  "  If  thy 
face  go  not  with  me,  carry  us  not  up  hence,"  Exod. 
xxxiii.  J 4,  15.  The  bread  upon  the  table  in  the  taber- 
nacle was  called  the  bread  of  faces  Exod.  xxv.  30,  Numb, 
iv.  7.  It  is  also  frequently  said,  that  Jehovah  hides  and 
turns  away  his  face  ;  as  in  these  passages  :  "  And  for  all 
whose  wickedness  I  have  hid  my  face  from  this  city," 
Jerem.  xxxiii.  5,  Ezek.  vii.  22.  "  Your  sins  have  hid 
Ins  face  from  you,"  Isaiah  lix.  2.  "  The  face  of  Jehovah 
shall  no  more  regard  them,"  Lament,  iv.  16.  "  Jehovah 
will  hide  his  face  from  them,  as  they  have  behaved  them- 
selves ill  in  their  doings,"  Mic.  iii.  4.  "  Thou  didst  hide 
thy  face,"  Psalm  xxx.  8  ;  Psalm  xliv.  25,  Psalm  civ.  29. 
"  And  I  will  forsake  them,  and  I  will  hide  my  face  from 
them — and  J  will  surely  hide  my  face  from  all  the  evils 


238 


THE  APOCALYPSE  REVEALED.  [CH.  XXII. 


which  they  shall  have  wrought,"  Deut.  xxxi.  17,  18; 
besides  other  places,  as  Isaiah  viii.  17,  Ezek.  xxxix.  23, 
28,  29,  Psalm  xiii.  j,  Psalm  xxii.  24,  Psalm  v.  8,  Psalm 
lxix.  17,  Psalm  lxxxviii.  14,  Psalm  cii.  2,  Psalm  cxliii. 
7,  Deut.  xxxii.  20.  In  an  opposite  sense  the  face  of  Je- 
hovah signifies  anger  and  aversion,  because  a  bad  man 
turns  himself  away  from  the  Lord,  and  when  he  turns 
himself  away,  it  appears  to  him  as  if  it  was  the  Lord  who 
turned  himself  away  and  was  angry,  as  is  evident  from 
these  places  :  "  I  have  set  my  face  against  this  city  for 
evil,"  Jeremiah  xxi.  10,  xliv.  11.  "  And  I  will  set  my 
face  against  that  man,  and  I  will  make  him  a  sign  and  a 
proverh,"  Ezek.  xiv.  8.  "  And  I  will  set  my  face  against 
them,  and  the  fire  shall  devour  them,  and  ye  shall  know 
that  I  am  Jehovah,  when  1  set  my  face  against  them," 
Ezek.  xv.  7.  Whosoever  eateth  any  blood,  "  I  will  set 
my  face  against  that  soul,"  Levit.  xvii.  "  They  perish 
at  the  rebuke  of  thy  face"  Psalm  lxxx.  17.  "  Behold, 
I  send  mine  angel  before  you,  beware  of  his  face,  for  he 
will  not  pardon  your  transgression,"  Exod.  xxiii.  20,  21. 
"  And  let  thine  enemies  be  scattered  ;  and  let  them  that 
hate  thee  flee  from  before  thy  face"  Numb.  ix.  35.  "I 
saw  him  that  sat  upon  the  throne,  from  whose  face  hea- 
ven and  earth  fled  away,"  Apoc.  xx.  11.  That  no  one 
can  see  the  Lord,  such  as  he  is  in  himself,  as  was  said 
above,  is  evident  from  this,  Jehovah  said  unto  Moses, 
"  Thou  canst  not  see  my  face:  for  there  shall  no  man  see 
me  and  live,"  Exod.  xxxiii.  18 — 23.  That  nevertheless 
he  was  seen,  and  they  lived,  because  it  was  by  an  angel, 
appears  from  Gen.  xxxii.  31,  Judg.  xiii.  21,  22;  and 
elsewhere. 

-  940.  "  And  there  shall  be  no  night  there  ;  and  they 
need  no  lamp,  neither  light  of  the  sun  ;  for  the  Lord  God 
giveth  them  light,"  signifies,  that  in  the  New  Jerusalem 
there  will  not  be  any  falsity  of  faith,  and  that  men  there 
will  not  be  in  knowledges  concerning  God  from  natural 
light  which  is  from  their  own  intelligence,  and  from  glory 
originating  in  pride,  but  will  be  in  spiritual  light  from  the 
Word  from  the  Lord  alone.  There  shall  be  no  night 
there,  signifies  the  same  as  above,  chap.  xxi.  where  these 


CH.  XXII  ] 


THE  APOCALYPSE  REVEALED. 


239 


words  occur :  "  And  the  gates  of  it  shall  not  be  shut  at 
all  by  day,  for  there  shall  be  no  night  there,"  verse  25  ; 
whereby  is  signified,  that  they  are  continually  received 
into  the  New  Jerusalem  who  are  in  truths  derived  from 
the  good  of  love  from  the  Lord,  because  there  is  no  falsity 
of  faith  there,  n.  922;  by  they  need  no  lamp,  neither 
light  of  the  sun,  for  the  Lord  God  giveth  them  light,  the 
same  is  signified  as  above,  chap.  xxi.  where  are  these 
words  :  "  And  the  city  had  no  need  of  the  sun,  neither  of 
the  moon,  to  shine  in  it,  for  the  glory  of  God  did  lighten 
it,  and  the  Lamb  is  the  lamp  thereof,"  verse  23,  which 
signifies  that  the  men  of  that  church  will  not  be  in  self- 
love  and  in  self-derived  intelligence,  and  thence  only  in 
natural  light,  but  in  spiritual  light  derived  from  the  divine 
truth  of  the  Word  from  the  Lord  alone,  n.  919  ;  but  in- 
stead of  the  moon  which  occurs  there,  the  word  lamp  is 
here  used,  and  instead  of  the  sun,  as  there  mentioned,  it 
is  here  said  the  light  of  the  sun,  and  by  the  moon  as  well 
as  by  a  lamp  is  signified  natural  light  from  self-derived  in- 
telligence, and  by  the  light  of  the  sun  is  signified  glory 
originating  in  pride.  But  what  is  meant  by  natural  light 
proceeding  from  glory  originating  in  pride,  shall  briefly  be 
explained  ;  there  exists  natural  light  from  the  glory  which 
originates  in  pride,  and  likewise  which  does  not  originate 
in  pride  ;  light  from  glory  originating  in  pride  is  in  those 
who  arc  in  self-love,  and  thence  in  all  kinds  of  evils,  which, 
if  they  do  not  perpetrate  for  fear  of  suffering  in  their  re- 
putation, and  likewise  condemn  as  being  contrary  to  mo- 
rality and  to  the  public  good,  still  they  do  not  consider 
them  as  sins ;  these  are  in  natural  light  from  glory  origin- 
ating in  pride,  for  self-love  in  the  will  becomes  pride  in 
the  understanding,  and  this  pride  originating  in  that  love 
can  elevate  the  understanding  even  into  the  light  of  hea- 
ven:  this  is  given  to  man,  that  he  may  be  man,  and  that 
he  may  be  capable  of  being  reformed.  I  have  seen  and 
heard  many  consummate  devils,  who  understood  arcana 
of  angelic  wisdom  like  the  angels  themselves,  when  they 
heard  and  read  them,  but  the  instant  they  returned  to 
their  love  and  consequent  pride,  they  not  only  understood 
nothing  respecting  them,  but  even  saw  things  contrary 


240 


THE  APOCALYPSE  REVEALED. 


[CH.  XXIt. 


from  the  light  of  the  confirmation  of  falsity  in  themselves  ; 
but  natural  light  from  glory  which  does  not  originate  in 
pride,  is  in  those  who  are  in  the  delight  of  uses  proceed- 
ing from  genuine  love  towards  their  neighbor,  the  natural 
light  of  these  is  also  rational  light  within  which  there  is 
spiritual  light  from  the  Lord  ;  the  glory  in  them  is  from 
the  brightness  of  the  influent  light  from  heaven,  where  all 
things  are  splendid  and  harmonious,  for  all  uses  in  heaven 
are  resplendent ;  from  these  uses  the  pleasantness  in  the 
ideas  of  the  thought  with  such  is  perceived  as  glory  ;  it 
enters  through  the  will  and  its  goods,  into  the  understand- 
ing and  its  truths,  and  in  the  latter  becomes  manifest. 

941 .  "  And  they  shall  reign  for  ever  and  ever,"  signi- 
fies, that  they  will  be  in  the  Lord's  kingdom,  and  in  con- 
junction with  him  to  eternity,  as  appears  from  n.  284, 
849,  855,  where  the  like  expressions  occur. 

942.  <;  And  he  said  unto  me,  These  words  are  faithful 
and  true,"  signifies,  that  this  they  may  know  for  certain, 
because  the  Lord  himself  testified  and  said  it,  as  appears 
also  from  the  explanation  in  n.  886,  where  the  same  words 
occur. 

943.  "  And  the  Lord  God  of  the  holy  prophets  hath 
sent  1 1 is  angel  to  show  unto  his  servants  the  things  which 
must  shortly  come  to  pass,"  signifies,  that  the  Lord,  from 
whom  is  the  Word  of  both  covenants,  has  revealed  through 
heaven  unto  those  who  are  in  truths  from  him,  the  things 
which  will  certainly  come  to  pass.  The  Lord  God  of  the 
holy  prophets,  signifies,  the  Lord,  from  whom  is  the 
Word  of  both  covenants,  for  by  the  prophets  are  signified 
they  who  teach  truths  from  the  Word,  and,  in  an  abstract 
sense,  the  doctrine  of  the  truth  of  the  church,  n.  8,  173; 
and  in  an  extensive  sense,  the  Word  itself;  and  whereas 
the  Word  is  signified  by  the  holy  prophets,  therefore  by 
them  is  signified  the  Word  of  both  covenants  ;  hath  sent 
his  angel  to  show  unto  his  servants  the  things  which  must 
shortly  be  done,  signifies,  that  the  Lord  has  revealed  to 
those  who  are  in  truths  from  him,  the  things  which 
will  certainly  come  to  pass  ;  by  an  angel  is  here  signified 
heaven,  as  above,  n.  8,  66,  644,  647,  648,  910;  by  ser- 
vants are  signified  they  who  are  in  truths  from  the  Lord, 


SB.  XXII.] 


THE  APOCALYPSE  REVEALED. 


•:4i 


n.  3,  380,  937  ;  by  shortly,  is  signified  certainly,  n.  4  ; 
therefore,  by  the  tilings  which  must  shortly  be  done,  is 
signified,  which  will  certainly  come  to  pass.  The  reason 
why  by  an  angel  is  here  signified  heaven,  is,  because  the 
Lord  spake  with  John  through  heaven,  and  through  hea- 
ven he  also  spake  with  the  prophets,  and  through  heaven 
he  speaks  with  every  one  to  whom  he  does  speak  ;  and 
this  by  reason  that  the  angelic  heaven  in  common  is  as 
one  man,  whose  life  and  soul  the  Lord  is,  wherefore  all 
that  the  Lord  speaks  he  speaks  through  heaven,  just  as 
the  soul  and  mind  of  man  speaks  through  his  body  ;  that 
the  universal  angelic  heaven  in  one  complex  resemhles 
one  man,  and  that  this  is  from  the  Lord,  may  be  seen 
above,  n.  5,  and  in  the  work  on  Heaven  and  Hell,  n.  59 
— 86;  and  in  the  Wisdom  of  Angels  concerning;  the  Di- 
vine Providence,  n.  64—69,  162,  163,  164,  201—204; 
and  in  the  IVisdom  of  Angels  concerning  the  Divine 
Love  and  Divine  IVisdom,  n.  11,  19,  133,  288.  But  1 
will  explain  this  mystery  ;  the  Lord  speaks  through  hea- 
ven, but  still  the  angels  there  do  not  speak,  nor  do  they 
indeed  know  what  the  Lord  speaks,  unless  any  of  them, 
through  whom  the  Lord  speaks  openly  from  heaven,  are 
with  the  man,  as  with  John  and  some  of  the  prophets ; 
for  there  is  an  influx  of  the  Lord  through  heaven,  just  as 
there  is  an  influx  of  the  soul  through  the  body  ;  the  body 
indeed  speaks  and  acts,  and  also  feels  something  from  in- 
flux, but  still  the  body  does  nothing  from  itself  as  of  itself, 
but  is  acted  upon  ;  that  such  is  the  nature  of  speech,  yea, 
of  all  influx  of  the  Lord  through  heaven  into  men,  has 
been  given  me  to  know  from  much  experience.  The  an- 
gels of  heaven,  and  also  the  spirits  under  the  heavens, 
know  nothing  of  man,  no  more,  indeed,  than  man  knows 
of  them,  because  the  state  of  spirits  and  angels  is  spiritual, 
and  the  state  of  men  is  natural,  which  two  states  are  con- 
sociated  solely  by  correspondences,  and  consociation  by 
correspondences  does  indeed  cause  them  to  be  together  in 
affections,  but  not  in  thoughts,  wherefore  one  does  not 
know  any  thing  of  the  other,  that  is,  man  does  not  know 
any  thing  of  the  spirits  with  whom  he  is  consociated  as  to 
affections,  nor  do  spirits  know  any  thing  of  man,  for 
vol.  in.  21 


242 


THE  APOCALYPSE  UE  VE.vi.LD. 


[CfJ.  X.MI. 


that  which  is  not  in  the  thought,  but  only  in  the  affec- 
tion, is  not  known,  because  it  does  not  appear,  or  is  not 
seen.    The  Lord  alone  knows  the  thoughts  of  men. 

944.  "  Behold,  I  come  quickly,  blessed  is  he  that  ob- 
served) the  words  of  the  prophecy  <.f  this  book,"  signifies, 
that  the  Lord  will  certainly  come,  and  give  eternal  life  to 
those  who  keep  and  do  the  truths  or  precepts  of  doctrine 
of  this  book  now  opened  by  the  Lord.  Behold,  I  come 
quickly,  signifies,  that  the  Lord  will  certainly  come; 
by  quickly  is  signified  certainly,  n.  4,  943  ;  and  by  com- 
ing is  signified  that  he  will  come,  not  in  person  but  in  the 
YVord,  in  which  he  will  appear  to  all  who  will  be  of  his 
New  Church  ;  that  this  constitutes  his  coming  in  the 
clouds  of  heaven,  may  be  seen,  n.  24,  642,  620  ;  blessed 
is  he  who  observes  the  words  of  this  book,  signifies,  that 
he  will  give  life  eternal  to  those  who  keep  and  do  the 
truths  or  precepts  of  doctrine  contained  in  this  book  now 
opened  by  the  Lord  ;  by  blessed  is  signified  he  who  re- 
ceives life  eternal,  n.  639,  852  ;  to  observe,  signifies,  to 
keep  and  do  the  truths  or  precepts,  w  ords  denote  truths 
and  precepts,  by  the  prophecy  of  this  book  is  signified  the 
doctrine  of  this  book  now  opened  by  the  Lord  ;  prophecy 
means  doctrine,  n.  8,  133,  943.  He  who  reflects,  may 
see  that  to  observe  the  words  of  the  prophecy  of  this 
book  is  not  what  is  meant,  but  that  what  is  signified,  is,  to 
observe,  that  is,  to  keep  and  to  do- the  truths  or  precepts 
of  doctrine,  which  are  now  opened  and  explained  in  this 
book  ;  for  in  the  Apocalypse  when  not  explained,  there 
are  but  few  things  that  can  be  kept,  for  they  are  prophe- 
cies heretofore  not  understood  ;  for  example  take  the  fol- 
lowing, the  things  cannot  be  kept  which  are  recorded  in 
chap.  vi.  concerning  the  horses  that  went  out  of  the  book  ; 
in  chap.  vii.  concerning  the  twelve  tribes;  in  chap.  viii. 
and  ix.  concerning  the  seven  angels  that  sounded  their 
trumpets;  in  chap.  x.  concerning  the  little  book  that  was 
eaten  up  by  John  ;  in  chap.  xi.  concerning  the  two  wit- 
nesses w  hich  were  slain  and  rose  again  ;  in  chap.  xii.  con- 
cerning the  woman  and  the  dragon  ;  in  chap.  xiii.  and  xiv. 
concerning  the  two  beasts  ;  in  chap.  xv.  and  xvi.  concern- 
ing the  seven  angels  that  had  the  seven  plagues  ;  in  chap. 


CH;  XXII.] 


THE   APOCALYPSE  REVEALED. 


243 


xvii.  and  xviii.  eoncermiig  the  woman  that  sat  upon  the 
scarlet  beast,  and  13 .1  by  Ion  ;  in  chap.  xix.  concerning  the 
white  horse  and  the  great  supper  ;  in  chap.  xx.  concern- 
ing the  last  judgment  ;  and  in  chap.  xxi.  concerning  the 
INew  Jerusalem  as  a  city  :  from  which  it  is  plain,  that  it 
is  not  meant  that  they  arc  blessed  who  observe  those 
words  of  this  prophecy,  for  they  are  closed,  but  that  they 
are  blessed  who  observe,  that  is,  keep  and  do  the  truths  or 
precepts  of  doctrine,  which  are  contained  in  them,  and  are 
now  opened,  which,  that  they  are  from  the  Lord,  may  be 
seen  in  the  preface. 

945.  "  And  I,  John,  saw  these  things  and  heard  them. 
And  when  I  had  heard  and  seen,  1  fell  down  to  worship 
before  the  feet  of  the  angel  who  showed  ine'these  things," 
signifies,  that  John  thought  that  the  angel,  who  was  sent 
to  him  by  the  Lord,  to  keep  him  in  a  state  of  the  spirit, 
was  God  who  revealed  these  things,  when  nevertheless  it 
was  not  so,  for  the  angel  only  showed  what  the  Lord 
made  manifest.  That  John  thought  that  the  angel  who 
was  sent  to  him,  was  God  himself,  is  evident,  for  it  is  said, 
that  he  fell  down  to  worship  at  his  feet ;  but  that  this  was 
not  the  case,  appears  from  the  next  verse,  where  the  an- 
gel says  that  be  was  his  fellow-servant,  worship  God  ; 
that  this  angel  was  sent  to  him  by  the  Lord,  appears  from 
verse  16.  where  are  the  following  words :  "  I,  Jesus, 
have  sent  mine  angel  to  testify  unto  you,  these  things  in 
the  churches."  But  the  arcanum  involved  in  these  words, 
is  this:  an  angel  was  sent  by  the  Lord  to  John,  that  he 
might  be  kept  in  a  state  of  the  spirit,  and  to  the  end  that 
in  that  state  lie  might  be  shown  the  things  which  ho  saw  ; 
for  what  John  saw,  he  did  not  see  with  the  eyes  of  his 
body,  but  with  the  eyes  of  his  spirit,  as  may  appear  from 
the  passages,  where  he  says  he  was  in  the  spirit  and  in 
vision,  chap.  i.  10,  ix.  17,  xvii.  3,  xxi.  10  ;  thus  every 
where  when  he  says  he  saw;  and  no  one  can  enter  into 
that  state, and  be  kept  in  it,  but  by  angels  who  are  closely 
adjoined  to  man,  and  who  communicate  1  heir  spiritual 
state  to  the  interiors  of  his  mind,  foi  thus  man  is  elevated 
into  the  tight  of  heaven,  and  in  that  light  he  sees  the 
things  which  are  in  heaven,  and  not  those  which  are  in 


244 


THE   APOCALYPSE  REVEALED. 


[Ctl.  XXII. 


the  world  ;  in  a  similar  state  at  times  were  Ezekiel,  Ze- 
chariah,  Daniel,  and  others  of  the  Prophets  ;  but  not 
when  they  spake  the  Word,  for  then  they  were  not  in  the 
spirit  but  in  the  body,  and  heaid  the  words  which  they 
wrote  from  Jehovah  himself,  that  is,  from  the  Lord. 
These  two  states  of  the  prophets  ought  carefully  to  be 
distinguished  ;  indeed,  the  prophets  themselves  carefully 
distinguish  them,  for  they  say  every  where  when  they 
wrote  the  Woid  from  Jehovah,  that  Jehovah  spake  with 
them  and  to  them,  and  very  often,  Jehovah  spake,  Jeho- 
vah said  ;  but  when  they  were  in  the  other  state,  they 
say  that  they  were  in  the  spirit  or  in  vision,  as  may  ap- 
pear from  the  following  passages  :  Ezekiel  says,  '•  The 
Spirit  lifted  me  up,  and  brought  me  in  a  vision  bij  the 
Spirit  of  God,  into  Chaldea  to  them  of  the  captivity. 
So  the  vision  that  I  had  seen  went  up  from  me,"  xi.  1 ,  24. 
He  says,  that  the  Spirit  lifted  him  up,  and  that  he  heard 
behind  him  an  earthquake,  and  other  things,  iii.  12,  14. 
Also,  that  the  Spirit  lifted  him  up  between  heaven  and 
earth,  and  brought  him  in  the  visions  of  God  to  Jerusa- 
lem, and  he  saw  abominations,  viii.  3,  and  following 
verses,  wherefore  in  like  manner  in  a  vision  of  God  or  in 
the  Spirit,  he  saw  four  animals  which  were  cherubs,  i. 
and  x.  Also  a  new  temple  and  a  new  earth,  and  an  an- 
gel measuring  them,  as  described  chap.  xl. — xlviii.  i  that 
he  was  then  in  visions  of  God,  he  declares  in  chap.  xl.  2  ; 
and . that  the  Spirit  lifted  him  up,  chap,  xliii.  5.  It  w  as 
the  same  with  Zechariah,  with  whom  there  was  an  angel, 
when  he  saw  the  man  riding  among  the  myrtle  trees, 
Zech.  i.  S,  and  following.  When  he  saw  the  four  horns, 
and  then  a  man  in  whose  hand  was  a  measuring"  line, 
verse  16,  and  following.  When  he  saw  the  candlestick 
and  the  two  olive  trees,  iv.  1  and  following.  When  he 
saw  the  flying  volume  and  the  ephah,  v.  1,6,  and  when 
he  saw  the  four  chariots  going  out  from  between  two 
mountains,  and  horses,  vi.  1,  and  following.  In  a  similar 
state  was  Daniel  when  he  saw  four  beasts  rising  out  of  the 
sea,  Dan.  vii.  1,  and  following  verses,  and  w  hen  he  saw 
the  battle  of  the  ram  and  the  he-goat,  viii.  I,  and  following 
verses ;  that  he  saw  these  things  in  visions,  we  read  in 


CK  XXII.] 


THE   APOCALYPSE  REVEALED. 


245 


chap.  vii.  I,  2,  7,  13,  viii.  2,  x.  1,  7,  8;  and  that  the  an- 
gel Gabriel  was  seen  by  him  in  a  vision,  and  talked  with 
him,  ix.  21.  It  was  the  same  with  John,  when  he  saw 
the  things  which  he  has  described,  as  when  lie  saw  the 
Son  of  Man  in  the  midst  of  the  seven  candlesticks  ;  the 
tabernacle,  temple,  ark,  and  altar  in  heaven  ;  the  dragon 
and  his  combat  with  Michael,  the  beasts,  and  the  woman 
sitting  on  the  scarlet  beast:  the  new  heaven  and  the  new 
earth,  and  the  holy  Jerusalem  with  its  wall,  gates,  foun- 
dations, &tc.  These  things  were  revealed  from  the  Lord, 
but  shown  him  by  the  angel. 

916.  "Then  saith  he  unto  me,  See  thou  do  it  not; 
for  I  am  thy  fellow-servant,  and  of  thy  brethren  the  pro- 
phets, and  of  them  that  observe  the  words  of  this  book : 
worship  God,"  signifies,  that  the  angels  of  heaven  are 
not  to  he  worshiped  and  invoked,  because  nothing  divine 
belongs  to  them,  but  that  they  are  associated  with  men 
as  brethren  with  brethren,  with  such  as  are  in  the  doc- 
trine of  the  New  Jerusalem,  and  do  its  commandments, 
and  that  the  Lord  alone  is  to  be  worshiped  in  consocia- 
tion with  them.  By  what  the  angel  here  says  to  John, 
nearly  the  same  is  signified  as  by  what  he  said  to  him 
above,  chap.  xix.  where  it  is  written  :  "  And  I  fell  at  the 
angel's  feet  to  worship  him.  And  he  said  unto  me,  See 
thou  do  it  not  ;  I  am  thy  fellow-servant,  and  of  thy 
brethren  that  have  the  testimony  of  Jesus :  worship 
God"  verse  10  ;  that  the  like  is  signified  by  these  words 
may  be  seen  above,  n.  813,  with  this  difference,  that  it 
is  now  said,  the  fellow-servant  of  thy  brethren  the  pro- 
phets, and  of  them  which  keep  the  sayings  of  this  book ; 
and  by  brethren  the  prophets,  are  signified  they  who  are 
in  the  doctrine  of  the  New  Jerusalem,  and  by  them 
which  keep  the  sayings  of  this  book,  are  signified  they 
who  keep  and  do  the  precepts  of  that  doctrine,  which  are 
now  manifested  by  the  Lord,  see  above,  n..  944. 

947.  "And  he  saith  unto  me,  Seal  not  the  words  of 
the  prophecy  of  this  book,  for  the  time  is  at  hand,"  signi- 
fies, that  the  Apocalypse  must  not  be  shut,  but  opened, 
and  that  this  is  absolutely  necessary  at  the  end  of  the 
church  that  some  may  be  saved.  By  seal  not  the  say- 
21* 


246 


THE  APOCALYPSE  REVEALED. 


rcn.  xxir. 


ings  of  this  prophecy,  is  signified  that  the  Apocalypse 
must  not  be  shut,  but  that  it  is  to  be  opened,  as  will  he 
seen  presently  ;  for  the  time  is  at  band,  signifies,  that 
this  is  absolutely  necessary  that  some  may  be  saved  ;  by 
time,  is  signified  state,  n.  476,  562,  here  the  state  of  the 
church,  which  is  such  as  to  render  this  necessary  ;  by  at 
band,  or  near,  is  signified  necessary,  because  by  near  is 
not  meant  nearness  or  propinquity  of  time,  but  propinquity 
of  state,  and  propinquity  of  slate  is  necessity  ;  that  pro- 
pinquity of  time  is  not  meant,  is  evident,  because  the 
Apocalypse  was  written  in  the  beginning  of  the  first  cen- 
tury Cseeculi  prhni)  ;  and  the  Lord's  advent,  when  the 
last  judgment  takes  place,  and  there  is  a  new  church, 
which  things  are  here  meant  by,  "  the  time  is  at  hand," 
and  also  by,  "  the  things  which  must  be  shortly  done," 
verse  6,  and  by,  "  I  come  quickly,"  verses  7,  20,  have 
but  recently  appeared  and  taken  place,  and  this  after  the 
lapse  of  seventeen  centuries ;  the  same  is  also  said  in 
chap.  i.  that  these  things  "  must  shortly  come  to  pass," 
verse  1,  and  that  "the  time  is  at  hand,"  verse  3;  con- 
cerning which  see  above,  n.  4,  9,  whereby  the  like  tilings 
are  understood.  That  nearness  or  propinquity  of  time  is 
not  meant,  but  propinquity  of  state,  shall  be  illustrated. 
The  Word  in  the  purely  spiritual  sense  does  not  derive 
any  thing  from  the  idea  of  time  nor  from  the  idea  of 
space,  seeing  that  times  and  spaces  in  heaven  do  indeed 
appear  like  times  and  spaces  in  the  world,  but  yet  they 
do  not  really  exist  there,  wherefore  the  angels  cannot 
otherwise  measure  times  and  spaces,  which  there  are 
appearances,  than  by  states,  according  to  their  progres- 
sions and  changes  :  from  which  it  may  appear,  that  in  the 
purely  spiritual  sense  by  quickly  and  near  at  hand,  is  not 
meant  quickly  and  near  as  to  time,  but  quickly  and  near 
as  to  state  ;  this  may,  indeed,  appear  as  if  it  were  not  so, 
the  reason  is-,  because  with  men,  in  every  idea  of  their 
inferior  thought,  which  is  merely  natural,  there  is  some- 
thing derived  from  time  and  space,  but  it  is  otherwise  in 
the  ideas  of  superior  thought,  in  which  men  are,  when 
they  revolve  natural,  civil,  moral,  and  spiritual  things  in 
interior  rational  light,  for  then  spiritual  light,  which  is 


Cll.  XXII.] 


THE   APOCALYPSE  REVEALED. 


247 


abstracted  from  time  and  space,  flows-in  and  illuminates  ; 
you  may  experience  this  and  thus  receive  confirmation,  if 
you  will,  by  only  attending  to  your  thoughts;  when  you 
will  also  be  convinced  that  thought  is  superior  and  inferior, 
inasmuch  as  simple  thought  cannot  see  itself,  except  from 
thought  of  a  superior  kind;  and  if  man  did  not  enjoy 
superior  and  inferior  thought,  he  would  not  be  a  man  but 
a  brute.  The  reason  why  by,  Seal  not  the  sayings  of 
this  prophecy,  is  signified,  that  the  Apocalypse  must  not 
be  shut,  but  opened,  is,  because  by  sealing  is  signified  to 
shut,  and  therefore  by  not  sealing  is  signified  to  open,  and 
by  the  time  is  at  hand,  is  signified,  that  there  is  a  neces- 
sity for  it;  for  the  Apocalypse  is  a  sealed  book  or  shut, 
so  long  as  it  is  not  explained  ;  and  as  is  shown  above,  n. 
944,  by  the  sayings  of  this  prophecy,  are  meant  the 
truths  and  precepts  of  doctrine  in  this  book  opened  by 
the  Lord.  That  this  is  necessary  at  the  end  of  the 
church,  that  some  may  be  saved,  may  be  seen  above,  n. 
9.  From  these  considerations  it  may  appear,  that  by  seal 
not  the  sayings  of  this  prophecy,  for  the  time  is  at  hand, 
is  signified,  that  the  Apocalypse  must  not  be  shut,  but 
that  it  is  to  be  opened,  and  that  there  is  a  necessity  for 
this  at  the  end  of  the  church,  that  some  may  be  saved. 

948.  "  He  that  is  unjust  let  him  be  unjust  still,  and  he 
that  is  filthy,  let  him  be  filthy  still ;  and  he  that  is  right- 
eous, let  him  be  righteous  still ;  and  he  that  is  holy,  let 
him  be  holy  still,"  signifies,  the  state  of  all  in  particular 
after  death,  and  before  judgment,  and  in  general  before 
the  last  judgment,  that  from  those  who  are  in  evils,  goods 
will  be  taken  away,  and  from  those  who  are  in  falses, 
truths  will  be  taken  away,  and,  on  the  other  hand,  that 
from  those  who  are  in  goods,  evils  will  be  taken  away, 
and  from  those  who  are  in  truths,  falses  will  be  taken 
away.  By  the  unjust  is  signified  he  who  is  in  evils,  and 
by  the  righteous  he  who  is  in  goods,  n.  668  ;  by  the 
filthy  or  unclean  is  signified  he  who  is  in  falses,  n.  702, 
708,  924,  and  by  the  holy  is  signified  he  who  is  in  truths, 
n.  173,  586,  666,  852 ;  hence  it  follows  that  by  let  the 
unjust  be  unjust  still,  is  signified,  that  he  who  is  in  evils 
will  be  still  more  in  evils,  and  that  by  let  the  filthy  be 


248 


THE   APOCALYPSE  REVEALED. 


[CH..XXII. 


filthy  still,  is  signified,  that  he  who  is  in  falses  will  be  still 
more  in  falses  ;  and,  on  the  other  hand,  that  by  let  the 
righteous  be  righteous  still,  is  signified,  that  he  who  is  in 
goods  will  be  still  more  in  goods,  and  that  by  let  the  holy 
be  holy  still,  is  signified  that  he  who  is  in  truths,  will  be 
still  more  in  truths:  but  the  reason  why  it  signifies  that 
from  those  who  are  in  evils  goods  will  be  taken  away,  and 
from  those  who  are  in  falses,  truths  will  be  taken  away, 
and  that,  on  the  contrary,  from  those  who  are  in  goods, 
evils  will  be  taken  away,  and  from  those  who  are  in  truths, 
falses  will  he  taken  away,  is,  because  in  proportion  as 
goods  are  taken  aw  ay  from  any  one  who  is  in  evils,  so 
much  the  more  is  he  in  evils,  and  in  proportion  as  truths 
are  taken  away  from  any  one  who  is  in  falses,  so  much 
the  more  be  is  in  falses,  and,  on  the  other  hand,  in  pro- 
portion as  evils  are  taken  away  from  any  one  who  is  in 
goods,  so  much  the  more  is  he  in  goods,  and  in  propor- 
tion as  falses  are  taken  away  from  any  one  who  is  in 
truths,  so  much  the  more  is  he  in  truths  ;  either  the  one 
or  the  other  happens  to  every  one  after  death,  for  thus 
the  wicked  are  prepared  for  hell  and  the  good  for  heaven; 
for"  a  wicked  man  cannot  carry  with  him  goods  and  truths 
to  hell,  neither  can  a  good  man  carry  with  him  evils  and 
falses  to  heaven,  for  this  would  be  to  confound  heaven  and 
bell  together.  But  it  should  be  carefully  observed  that 
they  are  meant  who  are  interiorly  wicked,  and  interiorly 
good  ;  for  they  who  are  interiorly  wicked  may  be  exte- 
riorly good,  for  they  can  act  and  speak  like  the  good,  as 
hypocrites  do;  and  they  who  are  interiorly  good  may 
sometimes  be  exteriorly  wicked,  for  they  may  exteriorly 
do  evils,  and  speak  falses,  but  yet  they  may  repent,  and 
desire  to  be  informed  of  truths  ;  this  agrees  with  w  hat  the 
Lord  said  :  "  For  whosoever  hath,  to  him  shall  be  given, 
and  he  shall  have  more  abundance  ;  but  whosoever  hath 
not,  from  him  shall  be  taken  away,  even  that  he  hath," 
Matt.  xiii.  12,  xxv.  29,  Mark  iv.  25,  Luke  viii.  IS,  xix. 
26.  Thus  it  happens  with  all  after  death  before  judg- 
ment is  fully  executed  over  them  ;  it.  also  came  to  pass  in 
common  w  ith  those,  w  ho  either  perished  or  w  ere  saved  at 
the  day  of  the  last  judgment,  for  before  this  happened,  the 


CH.  XXII.]  THE  APOCALYPSE  REVEALED. 


249 


last  judgment  could  not  be  executed,  by  reason  that  so 
long  as  tlie  wicked  retained  goods  and  truths,  they  were 
in  conjunction  with  the  angels  of  the  ultimate  heaven  as 
to  externals,  aD(l  nevertheless  they  were  to  be  separated  ; 
and  this  is  what  was  foretold  by  the  Lord,  Matt.  xiii. 
24 — .'30,  38,30,  40,  which  may  be  seen  explained  above, 
n.  324,  329,  343,  346,  393.  'From  these  considerations 
it  may  be  seen  w  hat  is  signified  in  the  spiritual  sense  by 
he  that  is  unjust  let  him  be  unjust  still,  and  by  he  that  is 
filthy  let  him  be  filthy  still,  and  by  he  that  is  righteous 
let  him  be  righteous  still,  and  by  he  that  is  holy  let  him 
be  holy  still.  The  following  passage  in  Daniel  has  a  like 
signification':  "Go  thy  v  ay,  Daniel :  for  the  words  are 
closed  up  and  sealed  to  the  time  of  the  end.  Many  shall 
be  purified  and  made  white,  and  tried  ;  but  the  wicked 
shall  do  wickedly  ;  and  none  of  the  wicked  shall  under- 
stand ;  but  the  wise  shall  understand,"  xii.  9.  10. 

949.  "  And,  behold,  1  come  quickly  ;  and  my  reward 
is  with  me,  to  give  unto  every  one  according  as  his  work 
shall  be,"  signifies,  that  the  Lord  will  certainly  come,  and 
that  he  himself  is  heaven  and  the  felicity  of  eternal  life, 
to  every  one  according  to  faith  in  him,  and  a  life  accord- 
ing to  his  commandments.  Behold,  I  come  quickly,  sig- 
nifies, that  be  will  certainly  come,  that  is,  to  execute 
judgment,  and  to  build  up  a  new  heaven  and  a  new 
church  ;  that  quickly  means  certainly,  may  be  seen,  n. 
4,  943,  944,  947  ;  my  reward  is  with  me,  signifies,  that 
the  Lord  himself  is  heaven  and  the  felicity  of  eternal 
life  ;  that  reward  is  heaven  and  eternal  felicity,  may  be 
seen  n.  526;  that  it  is  tlte  Lord  himself,  will  be  seen 
below  :  rendering  unto  every  one  according  to  his  work, 
signifies,  according  to  his  conjunction  with  the  Lord  by 
faith  in  him  and  by  a  life  according  to  his  commandments; 
the  reason  why  this  is  sonified,  is,  because  by  good  works 
are  signified  charity,  and  faith  in  internals,  and,  at  the 
same  time,  their  effects  in  externals  ;  and  as  charity  and 
faitli  exist  from  the  Lord,  and  according  to  conjunction 
with  bin),  it  is  evident  that  these  are  signified;  thus  also 
this  coheres  with  what  went  before:  that  sjood  works  are 
charity  and  faith  in  internals,  and  the  effects  thereof  in 


250 


THE   APOCALYPSE  REVEA LED. 


[chj  xxir. 


externals,  at  the  same  time,  may  be  seen  above,  n.  641, 
863,  871.  That  charity  and  faith  arc  not  from  man,  but 
from  the  Lord,  is  well  known  ;  and  since  they  are  from 
the  Lord,  they  are  according  to  conjunction  with  him, 
and  conjunction  with  him  is  effected  by  faith  in  him  and 
by  a  life  according  to  his  commandments  ;  by  faith  in  him 
is  meant  confidence  that  he  will  save,  and  this  confidence 
is  enjoyed  by  those  who  immediately  approach  him,  and 
shun  evils  as  sins;  with  others  it  does  not  exist.  It  was 
said  that  my  reward  is  with  me,  signifies,  that  he  himself 
is  heaven  and  the  felicity  of  eternal  life,  for  reward  is 
intrinsic  beatitude,  which  is  called  peace,  and  consequently 
external  joy  also;  these  are  solely  from  the  Lord,  and  the 
things  which  are  from  the  Lord,  not  only  are  from  him, 
but  also  are  himself,  for  the  Lord  cannot  send  forth  any 
thing  from  himself  except  it  be  himself,  for  he  is  omni- 
present with  every  man  according  to  conjunction,  and 
conjunction  is  according  to  reception,  and  reception  is 
according  to  love  and  wisdom,  or  if  you  will,  according  to 
charity  and  faith,  and  charity  and  faith  are  according  to 
life,  and  life  is  according  to  the  abhorrence  of  what  is 
evil  and  false,  and  the  abhorrence  of  what  is  evil  and 
false  is  according  to  the  knowledge  of  w  hat  is  evil  and 
false,  and  in  such  case  according  as  man  performs  repent- 
ance, and,  at  the  same  time,  looks  up  to  the  Lord.  That 
reward  not  only  is  from  the  Lord,  but  also  is  the  Lord, 
appears  from  those  passages  in  the  Word,  where  it  is 
said,  that  they  who  are  in  conjunction  with  him  are  in 
him  and  he  in  them,  as  may  be  seen  in  John,  chap.  xiv. 
20 — 24,  xv.  4,  5,  and  following  verses,  xvii.  19,  21,  22, 
26,  and  in  other  places,  see  above,  n.  883;  and  also 
where  it  is  said  that  the  Holy  Spirit  is  in  them  ;  and  the 
Holy  Spirit  is  the  Lord,  for  it  is  his  divine  presence  ;  and 
also  when  God  is  implored  to  dwell  in  them,  to  teach  and 
guide  them,  the  ton<j,ue  to  speak  and  the  body  to  do  that 
which  is  good;  besides  other  things  of  a  like  nature: 
for  the  Lord  is  love  itself  and  wisdom  itself,  these  two 
principles  not  being  in  place,  but  where  they  are  received, 
and  according  to  the  quality  of  the  reception.  But  this 
arcanum  cannot  be  understood,  but  by  those  who  are  in 


cu.  xxii.; 


THE   APOCALYPSE  REVEALED. 


25 1 


wisdom  from  the  reception  of  light  from  heaven  from  the 
Lord  ;  for  the  use  of  these  are  I  he  things  which  are  writ- 
ten in  the  two  works,  one  on  the  Divine  Providence,  and 
the  other  on  the  Divine  Love  and  Divine  Wisdom,  in 
which  it  is  shown,  that  the  Loid  himself  is  in  men  ac- 
cording to  reception,  and  not  any  tiling  divine  separated 
fiom  him  ;  the  angels  are  in  this  idea,  when  they  are  in 
the  idea  of  the  divine  omnipresence,  and  I  make  no  doubt, 
but  that  some  Christians  are  in  the  same  idea  also. 

950.  ';  I  am  the  Alpha  and  the  Omega,  the  Beginning 
and  the  End,  the  First  and  the  Last,"  signifies,  because 
the  Lord  is  the  God  of  heaven  and  earth,  and  by  him  all 
things  in  the  heavens  and  in  the  earths  were  made,  and 
are  governed  by  his  divine  providence  and  happen  accord- 
ing to  it.  That  this  and  more  is  signified  by  these  words, 
may  be  seen  above,  n.  S63. 

651.  "Blessed  are  they  that  do  his  commandments, 
that  they  may  have  right  to  the  tteeof  life,  and  may  enter 
in  through  the  gates  into  the  city,"  signifies,  that  they 
enjoy  eternal  felicity  who  live  according  to  the  Lord's 
commandments,  to  the  end  that  they  may  be  in  the  Lord 
and  the  Lord  in  them  by  love,  and  in  his  New  Church  by 
knowledges  concerning  him.  By.  blessed  are  signified 
they  who  enjoy  the  felicity  of  eternal  life,  n.  639,  852, 
944  ;  by  doing  his  commandments,  is  signified  to  live  ac- 
cording to  the  Lord's  precepts  ;  that  they  may  have  right 
to  the  tree  of  life,  signifies,  to  the  end  that  they  may  be 
in  the  Lord  and  the  Lord  in  them  by  love,  that  is,  for  the 
Lord's  sake,  as  will  be  shown  presently  ;  by  entering 
through  the  gates  into  the  city,  is  signified  that  they  may 
be  in  the  Lord's  New  Church  by  knowledges  concerning 
him  ;  by  the  gates  of  the  wall  of  the  New  Jerusalem  are 
signified  the  know  ledges  of  good  and  tiuth  from  the  Word, 
n.  899,  900,  922  ;  and  because  each  gate  was  one  pearl, 
principally  by  gates  are  signified  know  ledges  concerning  the 
Lord,  n.  916,  and  by  the  city,  or  Jerusalem,  is  signified 
the  New  Church  with  its  doctrine,  n.  879,  880.  That 
by  their  having  right  to  the  tree  of  life,  is  signified  to  the 
end  that  they  may  be  in  the  Lord,  and  the  Lord  in  them, 
or  for  the  Lord's  sake,  is  owing  to  the  signification  of  the 


252 


THE  APOCALYPSE  REVEALED. 


[CH.  XXII. 


tree  of  life  as  denoting  the  Lord  as  to  the  divine  love,  n. 
89,  933 ;  and  by  the  right  to  that  tree  is  signified  power 
or  right  from  the  Lord,  because  they  are  in  the  Lord  and 
the  Lord  in  them  ;  the  same  is  signified  here  as  by  reign- 
ing with  the  Lord,  n.  2S4,  849,  that  they  who  are  in  the 
Lord  and  the  Lord  in  them  are  in  all  power,  insomuch 
that  whatsoever  they  will,  they  can  do,  the  Lord  himself 
says  in  John  :  "  He  that  abideth  in  me  and  I  in  him,  the 
same  bringeth  forth  much  fruit;  for  without  me  ye  can  do 
nothing,  if  ye  abide  in  me,  and  my  words  abide  in  you, 
ye  shall  ask  what  ye  will,  and  it  shall  be  done  unto  you" 
xv.  5,  7,  in  like  manner  concerning  power,  Matt.  vii.  7, 
Mark  xi.  24,  Luke  xi.  9,  10;  yea,  in  Matthew,  Jesus 
said,  "  If  ye  have  faith,  ye  shall  say  to  this  mountain,  Be 
thou  removed,  and  be  thou  cast  into  the  sea  ;  it  shall  be 
done.  And  al}  things  whatsoever  ye  shall  ask  in  prayer 
believing  ye  shall  receive,"  xxi.  21,  22  ;  by  these  words  is 
described  the  power  of  those  who  are  in  the  Lord,  these 
do  not  will  any  thing,  and  so  do  not  ask  any  tiling,  but 
from  the  Lord,  and  whatsoever  they  will  and  ask  of  the 
Lord,  the  same  is  done,  for  the  Lord  says,  without  me 
ye  can  do  nothing,  abide  in  me  and  I  in  you  ;  such  pow- 
er have  the  angels  in  heaven,  that  if  they  only  will  a  thing, 
they  obtain  it ;  but  yet  they  do  not  will  any  thing  but 
what  has  relation  to  use,  and  this  they  will  as  if  from  them- 
selves, but  still  from  the  Lord. 

952.  "  For  without  are  dogs,  and  sorcerers,  and  whore- 
mongers, and  murderers,  and  idolaters,  and  whosoever 
loveth  and  makefh  a  lie,"  signifies,  that  no  one  will  be  re- 
ceived into  the  New  Jerusalem,  who  makes  no  account 
of  the  commandments  of  the  decalogue,  and  does  not  shun 
any  evils  there  enumerated  as  sins,  and  therefore  lives  in 
them.  This  is,  in  general,  what  is  signified  by  all  the 
particulars  in  the  above  passage,  because  the  command- 
ments of  the  decalogue  are  what  are  there  understood,  as 
may  be  seen  above  from  the  explanation  of  n.  892,  where 
similar  words  occur,  except  that  here  dogs  are  also  named, 
by  which  are  signified  they  who  are  in  concupiscences, 
which  are  also  treated  of  in  the  ninth  and  tenth  command- 
ments of  the  decalogue.    By  dogs  in  general  are  signified 


CU.  XXII.] 


THE   APOCALYPSE  REVEALED. 


253 


they  who  are  in  all  kinds  of  concupiscences,  and  indulge 
them,  particularly  they  who  are  in  pleasures  merely  cor- 
poreal, especially  in  the  pleasure  of  eating  and  drinking, 
in  which  alone  they  take  delight  ;  for  which  reason  dogs, 
in  the  spiritual  world,  appear  from  those  who  have  indulg- 
ed their  appetite  and  palate,  and  are  there  called  corporeal 
appetites  ;  such,  inasmuch  as  they  are  of  gross  minds, 
make  no  account  of  the  things  which  relate  to  the  church, 
therefore  it  is  said  that  they  shall  stand  without,  that  is, 
shall  not  be  received  into  the  Lord's  New  Church.  Dogs 
have  a  similar  signification  in  the  following  passages  in 
the  Word  :  "  His  watchmen  are  blind  ; — they  are  all 
dumb  dogs;  sleeping,  lying  down,  loving  to  slumber,  yea 
they  are  greedy  dogs  which  can  never  have  enough," 
Isaiah  lvi.  10,  11.  "  They  make  a  noise  like  a  dog  and 
go  round  about  the  city.  Let  them  wander  up  and  down 
for  meat  and  grudge  if  they  be  not  satisfied,"  Psalm  lix. 
7,  15  :  by  dogs  are  meant  the  vilest  men,  Job  xxx.  1,  1 
Sam.  xxiv.  14,  2  Sam.  ix.  8,  2  Kin^s  viii.  13,  and  also 
the  unclean  ;  therefore  it  is  said  Sri  Moses,  "  Thou  shalt 
not  bring  the  hire  of  a  whore,  or  the  price  of  a  dog,  into 
the  house  of  Jehovah  thy  God  for  any  vow  :  for  even  both 
these  are  an  abomination  unto  Jehovah  thy  God,"  Deut. 
xxiii.  18. 

953.  "  1,  Jesus,  have  sent  mine  angel  to  testify  unto 
you  these  things  in  the  churches,"  signifies,  a  testification 
from  the  Lord  before  the  whole  Christian  world,  that  it 
is  true  that  the  Lord  alone  made  manifest  the  things 
which  are  described  in  this  book,  as  also  the  things  which 
are  now  laid  open.  The  reason  why  the  Lord  here  names 
himself  Jesus,  is,  that  all  in  the  Christian  world  may  know 
that  the  Lord  himself,  who  was  in  the  world,  manifested 
the  things  which  are.  described  in  this  book,  as  also  the 
things  which  are  now  laid  open  :  by  sending  an  angel  to 
testify,  is  signified  testification  from  the  Lord  that  it  is 
true ;  an  angel  indeed,  did  testify  this,  yet  not  from  him- 
self, but  from  the  Lord,  which  appears  clearly  in  verse 
20,  from  these  words,  "  He  who  tcstifieih  these  things 
saith,  Surely,  I  come  quickly  ;"  the  reason  why  it  means 
a  testification  that  it  is  true,  is,  because  to  testify  is  said 
vol.  in.  22 


254 


THE   APOCALYPSE  KliYEALED. 


[CH.  XXII. 


of  the  truth,  since  truth  testifies  of  itself,  and  the  Lord  is 
the  truth*,  n.  6,  16,  490  ;  to  testify  not  only  signifies  testi- 
fication that  it  is  true,  that  the  Lord  manifested  to  John 
the  things  which  arc  described  in  this  book,  but  also  that 
he  has  now  manifested  what  all  and  singular  the  things 
therein  signify  ;  this  is  especially  meant  by  testifying,  for 
it  is  said  that  he  testifies  these  things  in  the  churches,  that 
is,  that  the  things  are  true  which  are  contained  in  what 
was  seen  and  described  by  John,  for  to  testify  is  said  of 
the  truth,  as  before  observed  :  by  "  unto  you  these  things 
in  the  churches,"  is  signified  before  the  whole  christian 
world,  for  there  the  churches  are,  w  hich  are  here  meant. 

954.  "  I  am  the  root  and  offspring  of  David,  the  bright 
and  morning  star,"  signifies,  that  it  is  the  Lord  himself 
who  w  as  born  in  the  world,  and  was  then  the  light,  and 
who  will  come  with  new  light,  which  will  spring  up  be- 
fore his  New  Church,  which  is  the  holy  Jerusalem.  I 
am  the  root  and  offspring  of  David,  signifies,  that  he  is 
the  very  Lord  himself  who  was  born  in  the  world,  thus 
the  Lord  in  his  Divine  Humanity  ;  by  virtue  of  this  he  is 
called  the  root  and  offspring  of  David,  and  also  the  branch 
of  David,  Jerem.  xxiii.  xxxiii.  15,  also  the  rod  out  of  the 
stem  of  Jesse,  and  the  branch  from  his  roots,  Isaiah  xi.  I , 
2,  the  bright  and  morning  star,  signifies,  that  then  there 
was  light,  and  that  he  will  come  with  new  light,  which 
will  rise  up  before  his  New  Church,  which  is  the  holy 
Jerusalem  ;  he  is  called  the  bright  star  from  thelight  with 
which  he  came  into  the  world,  wherefore  he  is  likewise 
called  a  star,  and  also  light;  a  star  in  Numb.  xxiv.  17, 
and  light  in  John  i.  4—12,  iii.  19,  21,  ix.  5,  xii.  35,  36, 
46,  Matt.  iv.  16,  Luke  ii.  30,  31,  32,  Isaiah  ix.  1,  2, 
xlix.  6  ;  and  he  is  called  the  morning  star  from  the  light 
which  will  rise  upon  the  New  Church,  which  is  the  New 
Jerusalem,  from  him  ;  for  by  a  star  is  signified  light  from 
him,  which  in  its  essence  is  wisdom  and  intelligence,  and 
by  the  morning  is  signified  his  advent,  and  then  a  New 
Church,  as  may  be  seen  above,  n.  151. 

955.  "  And  the  spirit  and  the  bride  say,  come,"  signi- 
fies, that  heaven  and  the  church  desire  the  Lord's  com- 
ing.   By  the  spirit  is  signified  heaven,  by  the  bride  the 


Cll.  XXII.] 


TUB  APOCALVPSE  REVEALED. 


255 


church,  and  by  saying  Come,  is  signified  to  desire  the 
Lord's  coming  ;  that  the  New  Church,  which  is  the  holy 
Jerusalem,  is  meant  by  the  biide,  is  evident  from  chap, 
xxi.  2,  9,  10,  see  n.  881,  895  ;  and  that  by  the  spirit  is 
meant  heaven,  is  because  the  angelic  spirits  are  to  be 
understood,  of  which  the  new  heaven  is  to  be  formed,  con- 
cerning whom  above,  chap.  xiv.  1 — 7,  xix.  1 — 9,  xx.  4, 
5.  By  the  church,  which  is  here  called  the  bride,  is  not 
meant  the  church  consisting  of  those  who  are  in  falses  of 
faith,  but  the  church  consisting  of  those  who  are  in  truths 
of  faith,  for  these  are  desirous  of  light,  consequently  of  the 
Lord's  coining,  as  above,  n.  954. 

956.  "  And  let  him  that  heareth,  say,  Come.  And 
let  him  that  is  athirst  come,  and  whosoever  will  let  him 
take  of  the  water  of  life  freely,"  signifies,  that  he  who 
knows  any  thing  of  the  Lord's  coming,  and  of  the  new 
heaven  and  New  Church,  consequently  of  the  Lord's 
kingdom,  should  pray  that  it  may  come,  and  that  he  who 
desires  truths,  should  pray  that  the  Lord  would  come  with 
light,  and  that  he  who  loves  truths,  will  then  receive  them 
from  the  Lord  without  any  labor  of  his  own.  By  let  him 
that  heareth,  say,  Come,  is  signified,  he  who  hears  and 
thence  knows  any  thing  of  the  Lord's  coining,  and  of  the 
new  heaven  and  New  Church,  thus  of  the  Lord's  king- 
dom, let  him  pray  that  it  may  come  ;  by  let  him  that  is 
athirst  say,  Come,  is  signified,  he  who  desires  the  Lord's 
kingdom,  and,  at  the  same  time,  truths,  let  him  pray  that 
the  Lord  may  come  in  light  ;  by  whosoever  v.  ill  let  him 
take  of  the  water  of  life  freely,  is  signified,  that  lie  who 
from  love  is  willing  to  learn  truths  and  appropriate  them  to 
himself,  will  receive  them  from  the  Lord  without  any  labor 
of  his  own  ;  by  willing,  is  signified  to  love,  because  that 
which  a  man  wills  from  his  heart  he  loves,  and  that  which 
he  loves  the  same  he  wills  from  his  heart;  by  the  water 
of  life,  is  signified  divine  truths  through  the  Word  from 
the  Lord,  n.  932,  and  by  freely,  is  signified  without  labor 
on  his  part.  The  words  in  this  verse  have  the  same  sig- 
nification as  the  following  in  the  Lord's  Prayer :  u  Thy 
kingdom  come,  thy  will  be  done  as  in  heaven  so  upon 
the  earth,"  n.  839  ;  the  Lord's  kingdom  is  the  church 


2.56 


THE  APOCALYPSE  REVEALED.  [CH.  XXII. 


which  makes  one  with  heaven  ;  wherefore  it  is  now  said, 
let  him  that  heareth,  say,  Come,  and  let  him  that  is  athirst 
come.  That  to  thirst,  signifies,  to  desire  truths,  appears 
from  the  following  passages:  "For  I  will  pour  water 
upon  him  that  is  thirsty,  I  will  pour  my  spirit  upon  thy 
seed,"  Isaiah  xliv.  3.  "  Ho,  every  one  that  thirsttth, 
come  y.e  to  the  waters,  come  buy  w  ine  and  milk  without 
money,  and  without  price,"  Isaiah  Iv.  I.  "  Jesus  stood 
and  cried,  saying,  If  any  man  thirst,  let  him  come  unto 
me  and  chink.  He  that  believeth  oti  me, — out  of  his 
belly  shall  flow  rivers  of  living  w  ater,"  John  vii.  37,  38. 
"  My  soul  thirsteth  for  the  living  God,"  Psalm  xlii.  3. 
"  O  God,  thou  art  my  God  ; — my  soul  thirstcth  for  thee 
in  a  dry  and  thirsty  land,  where  no  water  is,"  lxiii.  2. 
"  Blessed  are  they  who  thirst  after  righteousness"  Matt, 
v.  6.  "  Unto  him  that  is  athirst  1  will  give  of  the  water 
of  life  freely,"  Apoc.  xxi.  6,  by  which  is  signified,  that 
to  those  who  desire  truths  for  the  sake  of  any  spiritual 
use,  the  Lord  will  give  from  himself,  through  the  Word, 
all  things  which  are  conducive  to  that  use.  That  by  thirst 
and  thirsting,  is  also  signified  to  perish  for  want  of  truth, 
is  evident  from  these  passages :  "  Therefore  my  people 
are  gone  into  captivity,  because  they  have  no  knowledge, 
and  their  multitude  is  dried  up  with  thirst,"  Isaiah  v.  13. 
"  For  the  vile  person  will  speak  villany,  and  his  heart 
will  work  iniquity,  to  make  empty  the  soul  of  the  hungry, 
and  he  will  cause  the  drink  of  the  thirsty  to  fail,"  Isaiah 
xxxii.  6.  "  When  the  poor  and  needy  seek  water,  and 
there  is  none,  and  their  tongue  failed)  for  thirst,  I,  Jeho- 
vah, will  hear  them,"  Isaiah  xli.  17.  "Plead  with  your 
mother. — lest  I  strip  her  naked, — and  slay  her  with  thirst," 
Hosea  ii.  2,  3.  Mother  here  signifies  the  church.  "  Be- 
hold, the  days  come,  saith  Jehovah  God,  that  I  will  send 
a  famine  in  the  land,  not  a  famine  of  bread,  nor  a  thirst 
for  water,  but  for  hearing  the  words  of  Jehovah.  In  that 
day  shall  the  fair  virgins  and  young  men  faint  for  thirst," 
Amos  viii.  11,  13.  But  to  have  no  w  ant  of  truth  is  sig- 
nified by  not  thirsting,  in  these  passages  :  Jesus  said, 
"  Whosoever  drinketh  of  the  water  that  I  shall  give  him, 
shall  never  thirst,"  John  iv.  13,  14,  15.     Jesus  said, 


cir.  xxit.] 


THE  APOrAIAT.SE  REVEALED. 


257 


H  He  that  believeth  on  me  shall  never  thirst,'"  John  vi. 
35.  "Jehovah  hath  redeemed  his  servant  Jacob;  and 
they  thirsted  not,  when  he  caused  the  waters  to  flow  out 
of  the  rock  for  them,"  Isaiah  xlviii.  20,  21. 

9.')7.  "  For  I  testify  unto  every  one  that  heard!)  the 
words  of  the  prophecy  of  this  book.  If  any  one  shall 
add  unto  these  things,  God  shall  add  unto  him  the  plagues 
that  are  written  in  this  book,"  signifies,  that  they  who 
read  and  know  the  truths  of  doctrine  in  this  book,  now 
opened  hy  the  Lord,  and  yet  acknowledge  any  other 
God  than  the  Lord,  and  any  other  faith  than  a  faith  in 
him,  by  adding  any  thing  whereby  they  may  destroy 
these  two  things,  cannot  do  otherwise  than  perish  from 
the  falses  and  evils,  which  are  signified  by  the  plagues 
described  in  this  book.  To  hear  the  words  of  the  pro- 
phecy of  this  book,  signifies,  to  read  and  know  the  truths 
of  doctrine  in  this  book  now  opened  by  the  Lord,  see 
above,  n.  944  ;  by  adding  to  them,  is  signified  to  add  any- 
thing whereby  they  may  destroy  those  truths,  as  will  be 
seen  presently  ;  by  the  plagues  written  in  this  book,  are 
signified  the  falses  and  evils  which  are  denoted  by  the 
plagues  written  in  this  book,  as  mentioned  in  chap.  xv. 
and  xvi.  ;  that  plagues  signify  the  falses  and  evils  which 
befall  those  who  worship  the  dragon's  beast  and  false  pro- 
phet, may  be  seen,  n.  456,  657,  673,  676,  677,  683,  690, 
691,  699,  708,  718  ;  the  dragon's  beast  and  false  prophet, 
are  they  who  make  faith  alone  without  the  works  of  the 
law  sufficient  for  salvation.  There  are  two  things  in  this 
prophetic  book,  to  which  all  its  contents  refer,  the  first  is, 
that  no  other  God  is  to  be  acknowledged  but  the  Lord, 
and  the  other,  that  no  other  faith  is  to  be  acknowledged 
but  faith  in  the  Lord  ;  he  who  knows  these,  and  yet  adds 
any  thing  with  intent  to  destroy  them,  cannot  be  other- 
wise than  in  falses  and  evils,  and  perish  by  them,  because 
from  no  other  God  but  the  Lord,  and  by  no  other  faith  but 
faith  in  the  Lord,  is  given  the  good  w  hich  is  of  love,  and 
the  truth  which  is  of  faith,  and  thence  the  felicity  of  eternal 
life,  as  the  Lord  himself  teaches  in  many  places  in  the 
evangelists,  see  above,  n.  553.  That  this  is  what  is  sig- 
nified, and  not  that  God  will  add  the  plagues  described  in 
22* 


258 


THE  APOCALYPSE  KEVEALED. 


[CH»  XXII. 


chap.  xv.  and  xvi.  upon  him  who  adds  any  thing  to  the 
words  of  the;  prophecy  of  this  book,  any  one  may  see 
from  his  own  judgment ;  for  this  an  innocent  person 
might  do,  and  many  might  likewise  do  it  with  a  good 
intent,  and  also  from  being  ignorant  of  what  is  signified  ; 
for  the  Apocalypse  has  been  hitherto  like  a  closed  or 
mystic  book,  wherefore  any  one  may  see,  that  the  mean- 
ing is,  that  nothing  is  to  be  added  or  taken  away,  which 
destroys  the  truths  of  doctiine  in  this  book  now  opened 
by  the  Lord  which  truths  refer  to  those  two  points;  for 
which  reason,  also,  these  words  follow  in  a  series  after: 
"  I,  Jesus,  have  sent  mine  angel  to  testify  unto  you  these 
things  in  the  churches.  I  am  the  root  and  offspring  of 
David,  and  the  bright  and  morning  star.  And  the  spirit 
and  the  bride  say,  Come,  and  let  him  that  beared),  say, 
Come.  And  let  him  that  is  athirst  come  :  and  whoso- 
ever will  let  him  take  the  water  of  life  freely,"  verses  16, 
17,  by  which  is  signified  that  the  Lord  will  come  in  his 
Divine  Humanity,  and  give  eternal  life  to  those  who 
acknowledge  him,  wherefore  these  words  follow  likewise 
in  a  series :  *  He  which  tcstificth  these  things,  saith, 
Surely,  I  come  quickly.  Amen.  Even  so  come,  Lord 
Jesus,"  verse  20,  from  which  it  is  plain  that  nothing  else 
is  meant.  To  add  is  also  a  prophetic  word  signifying  to 
destroy,  as  in  Psalm  cxx.  2,  and  in  other  places.  From 
these  considerations  the  signification  of  this  and  the  fol- 
lowing verse  may  now  be  seen. 

958.  "  And  if  any  one  shall  take  away  from  the  words 
of  the  book  of  this  prophecy,  God  shall  take  away  his 
part  out  of  the  book  of  life,  and  out  of  the  holy  city,  and 
the  things  which  are  written  in  this  book,"  signifies,  that 
they  who  read  and  know  the  truths  of  doctrine  in  this 
book,  now  opened  by  the  Lord,  and  yet  acknowledge  any 
other  God  than  the  Lord,  and  any  other  faith  than  a  faith 
in  him,  by  taking  away  any  thing  whereby  they  may 
destroy  these  two  things,  cannot  acquire  any  wisdom,  nor 
appropriate  to  themselves  any  thing  from  the  Word,  nor 
be  received  into  the  New  Jerusalem,  nor  have  their  por- 
tion with  those  who  are  in  the  Lord's  kingdom.  These 
words  signify  the  same  as  the  foregoing,  only  that  here  it 


CH.  XXII.]  THE  APOCALYPSB  REVEALED. 


259 


is  said  of  tliose  who  take  away,  and  there  of  those  who 
add,  consequently  of  those  who  either  by  adding  or  taking 
away,  destroy  those  two  truths.  To  take  away  their 
part  out  of  the  book  of  life,  signifies,  that  they  cannot 
acquire  any  wisdom  from  the  Word,  nor  appropriate  any 
tbinsi  out  of  it  to  themselves-.  The  book  of  life  is  the 
Word,  and  also  the  Lord  as  to  the  Word,  n.  256,  469, 
874,  925,  the  reason  is,  because  the  Lord  is  the  Word, 
for  the  Word  treats  of  him  alone,  as  is  fully  shown  in  the 
Two  Doctrines  of  the  Sew  Jerusalem,  one  concerning 
the  Lord,  and  the  other  concerning  the  Sacred  Scrip- 
ture ;  wherefore  they  who  do  not  immediately  approach 
the  Lord  cannot  see  any  truth  from  the  Word.  To  take 
away  their  part  out  of  the  holy  city,  signifies,  out  of  the 
New  Church,  which  is  the  holy  Jerusalem  ;  for  no  one 
is  received  into  it  who  does  not  approach  the  Lord  alone. 
To  take  away  their  part  out  of  the  things  which  are  writ- 
ten in  the  book,  signifies,  not  to  have  their  lot  with  those 
who  are  in  the  Lord's  kingdom,  for  all  the  things  which 
are  written  in  this  book,  respect  the  new  heaven  and  the 
New  Church,  which  constitute  the  Lord's  kingdom  as  the 
end  and  object,  and  the  end  is  that  to  which  all  die  things 
which  are  written  in  the  book  have  reference. 

959.  That  it  may  be  known  that  by  these  words  is 
not  meant  the  taking  away  from  the  words  of  this  book 
as  it  is  written  in  the  literal  sense,  but  the  taking  away 
from  the  truths  of  doctrine  which  are  contained  in  its 
spiritual  sense,  I  will  explain  whence  this  is;  the  Word 
which  was  dictated  from  the  Lord,  passed  through  the 
heavens  of  his  celestial  kingdom,  and  the  heavens  of  his 
spiritual  kingdom,  and  thus  came  to  man  by  whom  it  was 
written  ;  wherefore  the  Word  in  its  first  origin  is  purely 
divine :  this  Word  as  it  passed  through  the  heavens  of 
the  Lord's  celestial  kingdom,  was  divine  celestial,  and  as 
it  passed  through  the  heaven?  of  the  Lord's  spiritual  king- 
dom, was  divine  spiritual,  and  when  it  came  to  man,  it 
became  divine  natural,  hence  it  is  that  the  natural  sense 
of  the  Word  contains  in  itself  the  spiritual  sense,  and  this 
the  celestial  sense,  and  both  a  sense  purely  divine,  w  hich 
is  not  discernible  by  any  man  nor  indeed  by  any  angel. 


2G0 


THE  APOCALYTf  E  REVEALED. 


[CH.  XXII. 


These  remarks  are  introrkiced  that  it  may  be  seen,  that 
by  not  adding  nor  taking  away  any  thing  from  what  is 
written  in  the  Apocalypse,  is  meant  in  heaven,  that  not 
any  thing  is  to  he  added  or  taken  away  from  the  truths 
of  doctrine  concerning  the  Lord  and  concerning  faith  in 
him  :  for  it  is  from  this  sense,  and  w  hat  relates  to  a  life 
according  to  his  commandments,  that  the  literal  sense  is 
derived,  as  has  been  observed. 

960.  "  He  that  testified)  these  things  said,  Surely,  I 
come  quickly.  Amen.  Even  so  come,  Lord  Jesus," 
signifies,  the  Lord,  who  revealed  the  Apocalypse,  and  has 
now  opened  it,  testifying  these  glad  tidings,  that  he  comes 
in  his  Divine  Humanity,  which  he  took  upon  him  in  the 
world  and  glorified,  as  a  bridegroom  and  husband,  and 
that  the  church  desires  him  as  a  bride  and  wife.  The 
Lord  said  above,  "  I,  Jesus,  have  sent  mine  angel  to  tes- 
tify unto  you  these  things  in  the  churches,"  verse  16th 
of  this  chapter,  which,  that  it  signifies  a  testification  by 
the  Lord  before  the  whole  Christian  world,  that  it  is  true 
that  the  Lord  alone  manifested  the  things  w  hich  are  writ- 
ten in  this  book,  and  which  are  now  laid  open,  may  be 
seen  above,  n.  953;  from  which  it  is  plain,  that  by  he 
who  testified  these  things,  is  meant  the  Lord,  who  re- 
vealed the  Apocalypse  and  has  now  laid  it  open,  testify- 
ing;  the  reason  why  it  means  testifying  this  gospel  or 
these  glad  tidings,  is,  because  he  here  declares  his  advent, 
his  kingdom,  and  his  spiritual  marriage  with  the  church, 
for  he  says,  "  Surely,  I  come  quickly.  Amen.  Even 
so  come,  Lord  Jesus ; "  and  by  the  Gospel,  or  glad 
tidings,  is  signified  the  Lord's  coming  to  his  kingdom,  see 
n.  478,  553,  625,  664;  the  reason  why  he  here  comes 
to  a  spiritual  marriage  with  the  church,  is,  because  this 
New  Church  is  called  the  bride  and  wife,  and  the  Lord 
the  bridegroom  and  husband,  above,  chap.  xix.  7,  8,  9, 
xx.  2,  9,  10,  xxi.  17,  and  here  at  the  end  of  the  book, 
the  Lord  speaks  and  the  church  speaks  as  bridegroom  and 
bride;  the  Lord  says,  "Surely,  I  come  quickly,  Amen;" 
and  the  church  says,  "  Even  so  come,  Lord  Jesus,"  which 
are  words  of  desponsation  or  betrothing  unto  the  spiritual 
i^arriage.    That  the  Lord  will  come  in  his  Divine  Hu- 


CH.  XXII.] 


THE   APOCALYPSE  REVEALED. 


261 


manity  which  he  took  upon  him  and  glorified  in  the  world, 
is  plain  from  this  circumstance,  that  he  names  himself 
"  Jesus,"  and  says  that  he  is  "  the  root  and  offspring  of 
David,"  verse  16,  and  from  the  church  here  saying, 
"  Come,  Lord  Jesus,"  see  above,  n.  953,  954. 

961.  To  the  above  I  will  add  two  Memorable  Re- 
lations. First  this  :  Awaking  on  a  time  out  of  sleep,  I 
fell  into  a  profound  meditation  about  God  ;  and  when  1 
looked  upwards,  I  saw  in  the  heaven  above  me  a  very 
bright  light  of  an  oval  form  ;  as  I  fixed  my  eyes  attentively 
upon  that  light  it  receded  gradually  from  the  centre  to- 
wards the  circumference,  and,  lo  !  then  heaven  was 
opened  before  me,  and  I  beheld  magnificent  scenes,  and 
saw  angels  standing  in  the  form  of  a  circle  on  the  southern 
side  of  ihe  opening,  and  in  conversation  with  each  other  ; 
and  because  I  earnestly  desired  to  know  what  they  con- 
versed about  it  was  permitted  me  first  to  hear  the  sound 
of  their  voices,  which  was  full  of  celestial  love,  and  after- 
wards to  distinguish  their  speech,  which  was  full  of  wisdom 
flowing  from  that  love  ;  they  conversed  together  concern- 
ing the  one  God,  of  conjunction  with  him,  and  salvation 
thereby.  The  matter  of  their  discourse  was  for  the  most 
part  ineffable,  there  being  no  words  in  any  natural  lan- 
guage adapted  to  convey  its  meaning  ;  but  I  had  some- 
times been  in  consort  with  angels  in  their  heaven,  and  be- 
ing at  such  times  in  a  similar  state  with  them,  was  also  in 
the  use  and  understanding  of  their  language,  therefore  I 
was  now  able  to  comprehend  what  they  said,  and  to  col- 
lect some  particulars  from  their  conversation,  which  may 
be  intelligibly  expressed  in  the  words  of  natural  language. 
They  said  that  the  Divine  Esse  is  the  One,  the  Same,  the 
Itself,  and  the  Indivisible,  in  like  manner  also  the  Divine 
Essence,  because  the  Divine  Esse  is  the  Divine  Essence, 
and  in  like  manner  also  God,  because  the  Divine  Essence, 
which  is  also  the  Divine  Esse,  is  God.  This  they  illus- 
trated by  spiritual  ideas ;  saying,  that  the  Divine  Esse 
cannot  possibly  belong  to  several  so  as  to  be  a  Divine 
Esse  in  each  of  them,  and  yet  remain  one,  immutably  the 
Same,  the  Itself,  and  the  Indivisible,  for  each  of  them 
would  think  from  his  own  particular  esse,  and  by  himself; 


202 


THE    APOCALYPSE  REVEALED. 


[OH.  XXII. 


if  he  then  also  thought  at  the  same  time  from  the  others 
and  by  the  others  unanimously,  they  would  be  several 
unanimous  Gods,  and  not  one  God  ;  lor  unanimity,  being 
a  consent  of  several,  and,  at  the  same  time,  of  each  from 
himself  and  by  himself,  does  not  accord  with  the  unity  of 
God,  but  implies  plurality, — they  did  not  say  of  Gods, — ■ 
because  they  could  not,  for  the  light  of  heaven,  which 
gave  birth  to  their  thought,  and  in  which  their  discourse 
proceeded,  resisted  ;  they  said  also  that  when  they  at- 
tempted to  pronounce  the  word  Gods,  and  each  as  a  dis- 
tinct person  by  himself,  the  effort  of  utterance  fell  of  itself 
into  the  .expression  of  one,  yea  of  one  only  God.  Again  ; 
they  proved  that  the  Divine  Esse  is  the  Divine  Esse  in 
itself,  not  from  itself,  because  from  itself  supposes  an  esse 
in  itself  from  which  it  is  derived,  thus  it  supposes  a  God 
from  a  God,  which  is  impossible  ;  that  which  is  from  God, 
is  not  called  God  but  is  called  divine,  for  what  is  a  God 
from  a  God,  thus  what  is  a  God  born  from  eternity  from 
a  God,  and  what  is  a  God  proceeding  from  a  God  through 
a  God  born  from  eternity,  but  words  in  which  there  is  no 
light  whatever  from  heaven.  It  is  otherwise  however 
with  the  Lord  Jesus  Christ  ;  in  him  is  the  Divine  Esse 
itself  from  w  hich  all  things  are,  to  which  the  soul  in  man 
corresponds  ;  the  Divine  Humanity,  to  which  the  body  in 
man  corresponds;  and  the  proceeding  divine,  to  which 
activity  in  man  coi responds  ;  this  trine  is  one,  because 
from  the  divine,  from  which  all  things  are,  is  the  Divine 
Humanity,  and  thence  from  the  divine,  from  which  all 
things  are  through  the  Divine  Humanity  is  the  proceeding 
divine.  Therefore  also  in  every  angel  and  in  every  man, 
inasmuch  as  they  are  images,  there  is  a  soul,  a  body,  and 
activity,  which  make  a  one;  because  the  body  is  derived 
from  the  soul,  and  activity  is  from  the  soul  through  the 
body.  They  said,  moreover,  that  the  Divine  Esse, 
which  in  itself  is  God,  is  the  same,  not  simply  the  same, 
but  infinitely  the  same,  that  is,  the  same  from  eternity  to 
eternity,  it  is  the  same  every  where,  and  the  same  with 
every  one  and  in  every  one,  whilst  all  variableness  and 
changeableness  is  in  the  recipient,  and  arises  from  the 
state  of  the  recipient.    That  the  Divine  Esse,  which  in 


OS  XXII.] 


THE  APOCALYPSE  REVEALED. 


2G3 


itself  is  God,  is  the  Itself,  or  the  very  essential  Self,  they 
thus  explained  ;  God  is  the  very  essential  Self  or  the 
Itself,  because  he  is  love  itself,  wisdom  itself,  good  itself, 
truth  itself,  life  itself;  which,  unless  they  each  were  the 
Itself  in  God,  there  would  not  be  any  thing  of  the  kind  in 
heaven  and  in  the  world,  because  there  would  not  be  any 
thinjiof  then)  having  relation  to  the  Itself  or  Him  ;  all  quality 
derives  its  quality  from  this  condition  of  its  existence,  that 
there  be  an  essential  self  from  whence  it  is  derived,  and 
to  which  it  has  relation  as  the  cause  of  its  peculiar  qua- 
lity. This  essential  Self  or  this  Itself,  which  is  the  Di- 
vine Esse,  is  not  in  place,  but  with  those  and  in  those  who 
are  in  place,  according  to  reception  of  love  and  wisdom, 
and  seeing  that  of  goodness  and  truth,  which  are  the  Itself 
in  God,  yea  God  himself,  place  cannot  be  predicated,  or 
progression  from  place  to  place,  but  progression  without 
place,  whence  there  is  omnipresence  :  wherefoie  the  Lord 
says,  that  he  is  in  the  midst  of  them;  also  that  he  is  in 
them  and  they  in  him.  But  since  he  cannot  be  received 
by  any  one  such  as  he  is  in  himself,  he  appears  such  as 
he  is  in  himself  as  a  sun  above  the  angelic  heavens,  from 
which  that  which  proceeds  as  light  is  himself  as  to  w  isdom, 
and  that  which  proceeds  as  heat  is  himself  as  to  love. 
He  himself  is  not  that  sun  ;  but  the  divine  love  and  divine 
wisdom  in  their  proximate  emanation  from  him,  and  round 
about  him,  appear  as  a  sun  before  the  angels  :  himself  in 
the  sun  is  man,  being  our  Lord  Jesus  Christ  both  with  re- 
spect to  the  all-begetting  divinity  ( divinum  a  (pto),  and 
with  respect  to  the  Divine  Humanity  inasmuch  as  the 
Itself,  which  is  love  itself  and  wisdom  itself,  was  his  soul 
from  the  Father,  thus  divine  life,  which  is  life  in  itself; 
but  the  case  is  otherwise  with  every  man,  in  him  the  soul 
is  not  life  hut  a  recipient  of  life  ;  the  Lord  also  taught 
this,  by  saying,  "  I  am  the  Way,  the  Truth,  and  the 
Life  ;  "  and  in  another  place  :  "  As  the  Father  hath  life 
in  himself  so  hath  he  given  the  Son  also  to  have  life  in 
himself;"  life  in  itself  is  God.  To  this  they  added,  that 
he  who  is  in  any  spiritual  light,  may  perceive  from  what 
has  been  said,  that  the  Divine  Esse,  Which  also  is  the  Di- 
vine Essence,  being  the  One.  the  Same,  the  Itself,  and,  of 


264  TUE  APOCALYPSE  REVEALED.  [CH.  XXIt. 

consequence,  the  Indivisible,  cannot  possibly  exist  in  more 
than  one  ;  and  that  if  it  should  be  supposed  to  exist,  mani- 
fest contradictions  would  follow  such  a  supposition. 

As  I  listened  to  this  discourse,  the  angels  perceived  in 
my  thought  the  common  ideas  entertained  in  the  Christian 
church  of  a  trinity  of  persons  in  unity,  and  their. unity  in 
trinity  with  respect  to  God,  as  also  of  the  birth  of  the  Son 
ofGod  from  eternity  ;  whereupon  they  said  to  me,  "  What 
notions  are  these  which  thou  entertainest  ?  are  they  not 
the  offspring  of  natural  light,  wherewith  our  spiritual  light 
hath  no  agreement  ?  Unless,  therefore,  you  remove 
these  ideas  from  your  mind,  we  must  shut  heaven  against 
you  and  take  our  leave  ; "  but  I  replied,  "  Enter,  1  be- 
seech you,  more  deeply  into  my  thought,  and  possibly 
you  will  discover  it  to  be  in  agreement  with  your  own." 
And  they  did  so,  and  perceived  that  by  three  persons  I 
understood  three  proceeding  divine  attributes,  which  are 
creation,  salvation,  and  reformation,  and  that  these  attri- 
butes belong  to  the  one  God  ;  and  that  by  the  birth  of  the 
Son  of  God  from  eternity,  I  understood  his  birth  foreseen 
from  eternity,  and  provided  for  in  time  ;  and  then  I  told 
them,  that  my  natural  idea  concerning  the  trinity  and  unity 
of  persons,  and  concerning  the  birth  of  the  Son  of  God 
from  eternity,  had  been  contracted  from  the  doctrine  of 
faith  of  the  church,  which  has  its  name  from  Athanasius, 
and  -that  that  doctrine  is  just  and  right,  provided  instead 
of  a  trinity  of  persons,  you  there  understand  a  trinity  of 
■person,  which  exists  only  in  the  Lord  Jesus  Christ,  and 
instead  of  the  birth  of  the  Son  of  God  you  understand  his 
birth  foreseen  from  eternity  and  provided  for  in  time,  be- 
cause with  respect  to  the  humanity,  which  he  took  .upon 
him  in  time,  he  is  expressly  called  the  Son  of  God.  Then 
said  the  angels,  "  It  is  well  and  they  desired  me  to  de- 
clare upon  their  testimony,  that  whosoever  does  not  ap- 
proach the  true  God  of  heaven  and  earth  cannot  have 
entrance  into  heaven,  inasmuch  as  heaven  is  heaven  from 
that  one  God,  and  that  that  God  is  Jesus  Christ,  who  is 
Jehovah  the  Lord,  from  eternity  Creator,  in  time  Saviour, 
and  to  eternity  Regenerator,  who  is  therefore  at  once  the 
Father,  Son,  and  Holy  Spirit.    After  this  the  heavenly 


CH.  XXIL]  THE  APOCALYPSK  REVEALED. 


■205 


light,  wliich  I  had  before  seen,  returned  over  the  aperture, 
and  by  degrees  descended  thence  and  filled  the  interiors  of 
my  mind,  and  illuminated  my  natural  ideas  concerning  the 
unity  and  trinity  of  God  ,  and  then  I  perceived  that  the 
ideas  which  I  had  originally  entertained  on  this  subject, 
and  which  were  merely  natural,  were  separated  as  chaff  is 
separated  from  the  wheat  by  winnow  ing,  and  carried  away 
as  by  a  wind  to  the  northern  part  of  heaven,  and  there 
disappeared. 

96-2.  The  Second  Memorable  Relation.  Inasmuch 
as  it  has  been  granted  me  by  the  Lord  to  see  the  wonder- 
ful things  that  are  in  the  heavens  and  under  the  heavens, 
it  is  my  duty,  in  the  discharge  of  my  commission,  to  relate 
what  1  have  seen.  There  was  shown  me  a  magnificent 
palace,  with  a  temple  in  its  inmost  part  ;  in  the  midst  of 
the  temple  was  a  table  of  gold,  on  which  lay  the  Word, 
and  two  angel?  stood  beside  it.  About  the  table  were 
three  row  s  of  seats  ;  the  seats  of  the  first  row  were  cover- 
ed with  silk  drapery  of  a  purple  color,  the  seats  of  the 
second  row  with  silk  drapery  of  a  blue  color,  and  the 
seats  of  the  third  row  with  white  cloth.  Below  the  roof, 
high  above  the  table,  there  was  seen  a  spreading  curtain, 
which  shone  w  ith  precious  stones,  from  whose  lustre  there 
issued  forth  a  bright  appearance  as  of  a  rainbow  when  the 
sky  clears  up  after  a  shower.  Suddenly  there  appeared 
a  number  of  clergy  sitting  on  the  seats,  all  clothed  in  the 
garments  of  their  sacerdotal  office.  On  one  side  was  a 
wardrobe,  where  an  angel  w  ho  had  the  care  of  it  attend- 
ed, and  w  ithin  lay  rich  vestments  in  most  beautiful  order. 
It  was  a  Council  convened  by  the  Lord  ;  and  I  heard  a 
voice  from  heaven,  saying,  "  Deliberate  ;"  but  they  said, 
"  On  w  hat?"  It  was  said,  "  concerning  the  Lord  and  con- 
cerning the  Holy  Spirit."  But  when  they  began  to  think 
on  these  subjects,  they  were  not  in  a  state  of  illumination  ; 
wherefore  they  betook  themselves  immediately  to  prayer  ; 
and  light  came  down  from  heaven,  which  shone  first  upon 
the  hinder  part  of  their  heads,  afterwards  upon  their  tem- 
ples, and,  lastly,  upon  their  faces  ;  and  then  they  began 
their  deliberation  ;  and,  as  they  were  commanded,  first 
concerning  the  Lord.  The  first  thing  proposed  and  dis- 
vol.  ui.  23 


2G6 


THE  APOCALYPSE  REVEALED. 


[CH.  XXII. 


cussed,  was,  "  Who  assumed  the  humanity  in  tiie  virgin 
Mary  ?"  and  the  angel,  standing  at  the  table  on  which  the 
Word  lay,  read  before  them  these  words  in  Luke  :  "  And 
the  angel  said  unto  her  (Mary),  Behold,  thou  shalt  con- 
ceive in  thy  womb,  and  bring  forth  a  son  ;  and  thou  shalt 
call  his  name  Jesus,  he  shall  be  gieat,  and  shall  be  called 
ike  Son  of  the  Most  High.  Then  said  Mary  unto  the 
angel,  How  shall  this  be,  seeing  I  know  not  a  man?  and 
the  ange^J  answered  and  said  unto  her,  The  Holy  Spirit 
shall  come  upon  thee,  and  the  power  of  the  Highest  shall 
overshadow  thee;  therefore  also  that  holy  iking  which 
shall  be  born  of  thee,  shall  be  called  the  Son  of  God," 
i.  31,  32,  34,  35;  he  also  read  aloud  what  is  written  in 
Matthew,  i.  20 — 25,  and  particularly  the  25th  verse. 
He  also  read  several  passages  out  of  the  evangelists,  in 
which  the  Lord,  as  to  his  humanity,  is  called  the  Son  of 
God,  and  in  which  he,  from  his  humanity,  calls  Jehovah 
his  Father ;  as  also  out  of  the  prophets,  in  which  it  is 
foretold  that  Jehovah  himself  was  about  to  come  into  the 
world,  among  which  were  the  two  following  ;  in  Isaiah  : 
"  And  it  shall  be  said  in  that  day,  Lo,  this  is  our  God, 
we  have  waited  for  him,  and  he  will  save  us  :  This  is 
Jehovah  ;  we  have  waited  for  him,  we  will  be  glad  and 
rejoice  in  his  salvation,"  xxv.  9.  "  The  voice  of  him 
that  crieth  in  the  wilderness,  Prepare  ye  the  way  of 
Jehovah,  make  straight  in  the  desert  a  highway  for  our 
God.  And  the  glory  of  Jehovah  shall  be  revealed,  and 
all  flesh  shall  see  it  together.  Behold,  the  Lord  Jehovah 
will  come  with  strong  hand  ;  he  shall  feed  his  flock  like 
a  shepherd,"  Isaiah  xl.  3,  5,  10,  1 1 .  And  the  angel  said, 
"  Since  Jehovah  himself  came  into  the  world,  and  assum- 
ed the  humanity,  and  thereby  saved  and  redeemed  men, 
therefore  he  is  called  in  the  prophets  the  Saviour  and 
Redeemer ;"  and  then  he  read  to  them  the  following 
passages  :  "  Surely  God  is  in  thee,  and  there  is  no  God 
beside,  verily  thou  art  a  God  that  hidest  thyself,  O  God 
of  Israel,  the  Saviour,"  Isaiah  xlv.  14,  15.  "  Am  not  1 
Jehovah,  and  there  is  no  God  else  beside  me,  a  just  God 
and  a  Saviour,  there  is  none  beside  me,"  Isaiah  xlv.  21, 
22.  "  I  am  Jehovah,  and  beside  me  there  is  no  Saviour," 


CM.  XXII  ] 


THE  APOCALYPSE  REVEALED. 


2G7 


Isaiah  xliii.  11.  "I,  Jehovah,  am  thy  God, — and  thou 
shah  know  no  God  but  me,  for  there  is  no  Saviour  beside 
me"  Hosea  xiii.  4.  "  And  all  flesh  shall  know,  thai  I, 
Jehovah,  am  thy  Saviour  and  thy  Redeemer,"  Isaiah  xlix. 
26,  lx.  16.  "As  for  our  Redeemer,  Jehovah  of  Hosts 
is  his  name,"  Isaiah  xlvii.  4.  "  Their  Redeemer  is 
strong  ;  Jehovah  of  Hosts  is  his  name,"  Jerem.  1.  34. 
"  Jehovah  my  strength  and  my  Redeemer,"  Psalm  xix. 
14.  "  Thus  saith  Jehovah  thy  Redeemer,  the  Holy  one 
of  Israel  ;  I  am  Jehovah  thy  God,"  Isaiah  xlviii.  17,  xliii. 
14,  xlix.  7,  liv.  8.  "Thou,  Jehovah,  art  our  Father, 
our  Redeemer,  thy  name  is  from  everlasting,"  Isaiah  lxiii. 
16.  "  Thus  saith  Jehovah  thy  Redeemer, — I  am  Jeho- 
vah that  spreadeth  abroad  the  earth  by  myself,"  Isaiah 
xliv.  24.  "Thus  saith  Jehovah  the  king  of  Israel,  and 
his  Redeemer  Jehovah  of  Hosts  ;  I  am  the  First  and  I 
am  the  Last  ;  and  beside  me  there  is  no  God,"  Isaiah 
xliv.  6.  "  Jehovah  of  Hosts  is  his  name,  and  thy  Re- 
deemer, the  Holy  one  of  Israel  ;  the  God  of  the  whole 
earth  shall  he  be  called,"  Isaiah  liv.  5.  "  Behold,  the 
days  come,  that  I  will  raise  unto  David  a  righteous  branch, 
and  a  king  shall  reign,  and  this  is  his  name,  Jehovah  our 
Righteousness,"  Jerem.  xxiii.  5,6,  xxxiii.  15,  16.  "  And 
Jehovah  shall  be  King  over  all  the  earth  ;  in  that  day 
shall  Jehovah  be  One,  and  his  name  One,"  Zech.  xiv.  9. 
From  all  these  passages,  together  w  ith  the  former,  they  that 
sat  on  the  seats,  being  confirmed  in  this  opinion,  which 
they  unanimously  declared,  viz.  that  Jehovah  himself  as- 
sumed the  humanity  for  the  purpose  of  saving  and  redeem- 
ing mankind.  But  instantly  a  voice  was  heard  from  some 
Roman  Catholics  who  had  hid  themselves  in  a  corner  of 
the  temple,  saying,  "  How  could  Jehovah  the  Father  be- 
come a  man,  is  not  he  the  Creator  of  the  universe  ?"  And 
one  of  those  who  sat  on  the  second  row  of  seats  turned 
himself,  and  said,  "  Who  was  it  then  ?"  and  he  out  of  the 
corner  replied,  "  The  Son  from  eternity  ;"  but  he  receiv- 
ed for  answer,  "  Is  not  the  Son  from  eternity  according  to 
your  own  confession  the  Creator  also  of  the  universe  ? 
and  what  is  a  Son  and  a  God  born  from  eternity  ;  and 
how  can  the  Divine  Essence,  which  is  one  and  indivisible, 


268 


THE  APOCALYPSE  REVEALED.  [CH.  XXII. 


be  separated,  so  that  one  part  can  descend  and  assume 
the  humanity,  and  not  at  the  same  time  the  whole  ?" 
Another  point  that  was  discussed  concerning  the  Lord, 
was,  whether  or  no,  according  to  this  reasoning,  he  and 
the  Father  were  not  one,  just  as  the  soul  and  body  are 
one  ;  and  they  said  that  this  was  a  necessary  consequence, 
inasmuch  as  the  soul  is  from  the  Father.  Then  one  of 
those  who  sal  on  the  third  row  of  seats,  read  the  follow- 
ing words  out  of  the  confession  of  faith,  which  is  called 
the  Athanasian  Creed  :  "  Although  our  Lord  Jesus  Christ 
the  Son  of  God  is  God  and  man,  yet  he  is  not  two,  but 
one  Christ  ;  one  altogether,  by  unity  of  person  ;  for  as 
the  soul  and  body  make  one  man,  so  God  and  man  are 
one  Christ ;"  he  added  that  this  Creed  is  received  through- 
out the  whole  Christian  world,  even  by  the  Roman  Cath- 
olics. Then  they  said,  "  What  need  is  there  of  further 
proof  ;  God  the  Father  and  he  are  one,  as  the  soul  and  body 
are  one."  And  they  said,  "  As  this  is  the  case,  we  per- 
ceive that  the  Lord's  humanity  is  divine,  because  it  is  the 
humanity  of  Jehovah  ;  also  that  the  Loid  ought  to  be 
approached  as  to  his  Divine  Humanity,  and  that  thus  and 
no  otherwise  the  divinity  which  is  called  the  Father  can 
be  approached  ;"  the  angel  confirmed  this  conclusion  by 
several  passages  out  of  the  Woid,  amongst  which  were 
these  :  "  For  unto  us  a  child  is  born,  unto  us  a  Son  is 
given:  and  his  name  shall  be  called  Wonderful,  Coun- 
sellor, the  mighty  God,  the  everlasting  Father,  the 
Prince  of  Peace,"  Isaiah  ix.  6.  In  the  same  prophet: 
"  Doubtless,  thou  art  our  Father,  though  Abraham  be 
ignorant  of  us,  and  Israel  acknowledge  us  not,  thou  Jeho- 
vah art  our  Father,  our  Redeemer,  thy  name  is  from 
everlasting,'1''  Ixiii.  16.  And  in  John  :  Jesus  said,  <:  He 
that  believed)  on  me,  believcth  not  on  me  but  in  him  that 
sent  me,  and  he  that  seeth  me,  seeth  him  that  sent  me," 
John  xii.  44,  45.  "  Philip  said  unto  him,  Lord,  show  us 
the  Father;  Jesus  saith  unto  him,  He  that  hath  seen  me 
hath  seen  the  Father;  and  how  sayest  thou  then,  Show 
us  the  Father?  believest  thou  not  that  1  am  in  the  Father 
and  the  Father  in  me  1  believe  me  that  I  am  in  the  Father 
and  the  Father  in  me"  John  xiv.  8 — 11  :  and,  lastly, 


OB.  XXII.] 


THE  APOCALYPSE  REVEALED. 


•2C>9 


this  :  "  Jesus  said,  1  am  the  Way,  the  Truth,  and  the 
Life  ;  no  man  comcth  unto  the  Father  but  by  me"  John 
xiv.  6.  On  hearing  these  things,  they  all  declared  with 
one  voice  and  one  heart,  that  the  Lord's  humanity  is 
divine,  and  that  this  ought  to  he  approached  in  order  to 
come  to  the  Father,  inasmuch  as  Jehovah  God,  who  is 
the  Lord  from  eternity,  by  it  sent  himself  into  the  world, 
and  made  himself  visible  to  the  eyes  of  men,  and  thereby 
gave  them  access  unto  him  ;  in  like  manner  he  made  him- 
self visible  in  a  human  form,  and  thus  accessible  to  the 
ancients,  but  that  was  by  means  of  an  angel. 

After  this  they  proceeded  to  deliberate  about  the  Holy 
Spirit,  but  previous  to  this  they  laid  open  the  idea  gen- 
erally received  concerning  God  the  Father,  the  Son,  and 
the  Holy  Ghost,  which  is,  that  God  the  Father  is  seated 
on  high,  with  the  Son  at  his  right  hand,  and  that  by  them 
is  sent  forth  the  Holy  Ghost  to  enlighten  and  teach  men  ; 
but  instantly  there  was  heard  a  voice  from  heaven,  say- 
ing, "  We  cannot  bear  that  idea  of  thought ;  who  does 
not  know  that  Jehovah  God  is  omnipresent?  he  who 
knows  and  acknowledges  this,  will  also  acknowledge  that 
it  is  he  who  illuminates  and  teaches,  and  not  a  mediating 
God  distinct  from  him,  much  less  is  it  a  third  God  as  dis- 
tinct from  two  otheis,  as  one  person  from  another ;  where- 
fore let  the  former  vain  idea  be  removed,  and  let  this, 
which  is  just  and  right,  be  received,  and  then  you  will 
see  this  subject  clearly."  But  immediately  a  voice  was 
again  heard  from  amongst  the  Roman  Catholics,  who  had 
hid  themselves  in  a  corner  of  the  temple,  saying,  "  What 
then  is  the  Holy  Ghost  mentioned  in  the  writings  of  the 
evangelists  and  Paul,  by  whom  so  many  learned  men  of 
the  clergy,  and  particularly  of  our  church,  profess  them- 
selves to  be  guided  ?  who  at  this  day  in  the  Christian 
world  denies  the  Holy  Ghost  and  his  operation  ? "  Upon 
this,  one  who  sat  on  the  second  row  of  seats,  turned  him- 
self, and  said,  "  The  Holy  Spirit  is  the  divinity  proceed- 
ing from  Jehovah  the  Lord  ;  you  insist  that  the  Holy 
Spirit  is  a  person  by  himself  and  a  God  by  himself,  but 
what  is  a  person  goinn;  forth  and  proceeding  from  a  person 
except  it  be  operation  coing  forth  and  proceeding?  one 
23* 


270 


THE   APOCALYPSE  REVEALED. 


[CH.  XXII. 


person  cannot  go  forth  and  proceed  from  another  through 
a  third,  but  operation  can  ;  or  what  is  a  God  going  forth 
and  proceeding  from  a  God,  but  divinity  going  fortli  and 
proceeding  ?  one  God  cannot  go  forth  and  proceed  from 
another,  and  by  another,  but  divinity  can  go  forth  and 
proceed  from  one  God.  Is  not  the  Divine  Essence  one 
and  indivisible,  and  since  the  Divine  Essence  or  the 
Divine  Esse  is  God,  is  not  God  one  and  indivisible?" 
After  hearing  these  things,  they  that  sat  on  the  seats  came 
to  tills  unanimous  conclusion,  that  the  Holy  Ghost  is  not 
a  person  by  itself,  nor  a  God  by  itself,  but  that  it  is  the 
holy  divine  going  forth  and  proceeding  from  the  one  only 
omnipresent  God,  who  is  the  Lord.  To  this  the  angel 
who  stood  at  the  golden  table,  on  which  was  the  Word, 
said,  "  It  is  well  ;  we  do  not  read  in  any  part  of  the  Old 
Testament  that  the  prophets  spake  the  Word  from  the 
Holy  Spirit,  but  from  Jehovah  the  Lord  ;  and  wherever 
the  Holy  Spirit  is  mentioned  in  the  New  Testament,  it 
signifies  the  proceeding  divinity,  which  is  the  divine  that 
illustrates,  teaches,  vivifies,  reforms,  and  regenerates." 
After  this  came  on  another  subject  of  inquiry  concerning 
the  Holy  Spirit,  viz. :  "  From  whom  does  the  divine, 
which  is  called  the  Holy  Spirit,  proceed  ;  from  the  divine 
which  is  called  the  Father,  or  from  the  Divine  Humanity 
which  is  called  the  Son?"  And  whilst  they  were  en- 
gaged in  this  inquiry  there  shone  on  them  a  light  from 
heaven,  whereby  they  saw  that  the  Holy  Divine  which 
is  meant  by  the  Holy  Spirit,  proceeds  from  the  divinity 
in  the  Lord  through  his  glorified  humanity,  which  is  the 
Divine  Humanity,  comparatively  as  all  activity  proceeds 
from  the  soul  through  the  body  in  man  ;  this  the  angel 
who  stood  at  the  table  confirmed  from  the  Word  by  the 
following  passages:  "  For  he  whom  the  Father  hath  sent, 
speaketh  the  words  of  God  ;  for  God  givcth  not  the  Spirit 
by  measure  unto  him  ;  the  Father  loveth  the  Son,  and  hath 
given  all  things  into  his  hand,"  John  iii.  34,  35.  "  And 
there  shall  come  forth  a  rod  out  of  the  stem  of  Jesse,  and 
the  Spirit  of  Jehovah  shall  rest  upon  him,  the  spirit  of 
wisdom  and  understanding,  the  spirit  of  counsel  and  of 
might,"  Isaiah  xi.  1,  2.    That  the  Spirit  of  Jehovah  was 


CH.  XXII.]  THE  APOCALYPSE  REVEALED. 


271 


put  upon  him,  and  that  it  was  in  him,  Isaiah  xlii.  1,  Iix. 
19,  20,  Ixi.  I,  Luke  nr.  18.  When  the  Holy  Spirit  is 
come  "  whom  J  will  send  unto  you  from  the  Father" 
John  xv.  26.  "  He  shall  glorify  me  ;  for  he  shall  receive 
of  mine,  and  shall  show  it  unto  you.  All  things  that  the 
Father  hath  are  mine,  therefore  said  I,  that  he  shall  take 
of  mine,  and  show  it  unto  you,"  John  xvi.  14,  15.  "If 
I  go  away,  I  will  send  the  Comforter  to  you,"  John  xvi. 
7.  "The  Comforter  is  the  Holy  Spirit,"  John  xiv.  26. 
"  For  the  Holy  Spirit  was  not  j/et,  because  that  Jesus  ivas 
not  yet  glorified,"  John  vii.  39.  After  his  glorification, 
"Jesus  breathed  upon  his  disciples  and  said,  Receive  ye 
the  Holy  Spirit  "  John  xx.  22.  Inasmuch  as  the  divine 
operation  of  the  Lord  from  his  divine  omnipresence  is 
meant  by  the  Holy  Spirit,  therefore  when  he  spoke  to  his 
disciples  concerning  the  Holy  Spirit  whom  he  was  about 
to  send  from  God  the  Father,  he  also  said,  I  will  not.  leave 
you  comfortless,  J  will  come  to  you;  "  At  that  day  ye 
shall  know  that  I  am  in  my  Father,  and  ye  in  me,  and  1 
in  you,"  John  xiv.  IS,  20,  28;  and  just  before  his  de- 
parture out  of  the  world,  he  said  :  "  Lo,  I  am  with  you 
alway,  even  unto  the  consummation  of  the  age,"  Matt, 
xxviii.  20.  Having  read  these  words  in  their  presence, 
the  angel  said,  "  From  these  and  many  other  passages  in 
the  Word,  it  is  evident  that  the  divine,  which  is  called 
the  Holy  Spirit,  proceeds  from  the  divinity  in  the  Lord 
through  his  Divine  Humanity."  Hereupon  they  that  sat 
on  the  seats,  said,  "This  is  divine  truth."  Finally,  this 
decree  was  passed  ; — From  what  has  been  deliberated  in 
this  Council  we  see  clearly,  and  therefore  acknowledge  as 
holy  truth,  that  in  our  Lord  Jesus  Christ  there  is  a  divine 
trinity,  con-isting  of  the  all-begetting  divinity  (jlivinum  a 
quo),  which  is  called  the  Father,  the  Divine  Humanity 
which  is  called  the  Son,  and  the  Proceeding  Divine 
which  is  called  the  Holy  Spirit:  thus  there  is  one  God 
in  the  church. 

When  these  conclusions  were  determined  in  that  mag- 
nificent Council,  they  rose  up  to  depart ;  and  the  angel, 
the  keeper  of  the  wardrobe,  presented  to  each  of  them 
who  sat  on  the  seats,  shining  garments,  interwoven  here 


272 


THE  APOCALYPSE  REVEALED.  [CH.  XXII. 


and  there  with  threads  of  gold,  and  said,  "  Receive  ye 
these  Wedding  Garments :"  and  they  were  conducted  in 
a  glorious  manner  to  the  new  Christian  heaven,  with 
which  the  Lord's  church  on  earth,  which  is  the  New 
Jerusalem,  is  to  be  in  conjunction. 

Apoc.  xxii.  21. 

THE  GRACE  OF  OUR  LORD  JESUS  CHRIST 
BE  WITH  YOU  ALL.  AMEN. 


INDEX 


TO  THE 

APOCALYPSE  REVEALED : 

I.  OF  WORDS,  NAMES,  AND  THINGS. 
II.  OF  THE  MEMORABLE  RELATIONS. 
III.    OF  PASSAGES  OF  SCRIPTURE. 


NOTICE  TO  THE  READER. 


A  Latin  manuscript  copy  of  this  Index,  from  which  the  following 
translation  was  made,  is  in  the  possession  of  the  Editor,  who  tran- 
scribed it  from  a  copy  brought  from  Sweden  by  Mr.  Chs.  Frederick 
Nordenskjold  in  1783.  The  original  manuscript  of  Emanuel  Stce- 
denborg,  from  which  the  first  transcript  was  made,  is  deposited  in  the 
Royal  Library  at  Stockholm. 

J.  A.  T. 


INDEX 


OF 

WORDS.   NAMES,   AND  THINGS, 

CONTAINED   IN  THE 

APOCALYPSE  REVEALED. 


%*  In  the  following  Index,  ill.  or  illustrated,  signifies  more  fully  explained  ;  sho. 
signifies  shoan,  or  proved  from  tlie  Word  ;  and  sign,  signifies  or  denotes. 


A. 

ABADDON  [abnddon].    See  Destrover. 

ABOMINATION  [abominatio].  That  the  evils  enumerated  in  the 
second  table  of  the  decalogue  are  called  abominations,  sho.  n.  891. 

ABYSS  [ubyssus].  A  description  of  the  pit  of  the  abyss,  where 
they  are  who  have  confirmed  in  themselves  faith  alone  separated 
from  charity,  n.  421,  442. 

ACCUSE,  to  [accusare].  That  accuser  and  to  accuse,  when 
spoken  of  the  devil,  sign,  to  bring  forth  various  things  out  of  man, 
and  to  condemn,  n.  554. 

ADULTERY  [adultcrium].  That  to  commit  adultery  and  whore- 
dom sign,  to  adulterate  and  to  falsify  the  goods  and  truths  of  the 
Word,"///,  and  sho.  n.  134.  The  reason  is,  because  in  the  Word  and 
in  every  part  thereof  there  is  a  marriage  of  the  Lord  and  the 
church,  also  a  marriage  of  good  and  truth,  which  constitutes  the 
church;  concerning  which,  n.  134,  350,  380, 812, 81  (>,  881,  055.  See 
Marriage  and  Bridegroom.  That  by  the  great  whore  of  Babylon 
is  sign,  the  adulteration  and  profanation  of  the  Word,  n.  71!).  See 
Papists. 

AFAR  OFF.  [longinquuni].  That  afar  off  sign,  remoteness  of 
state  that  is,  removed  from  such  tilings  as  constitute  states  of  good 
and  truth,  and  thence  appertain  to  the  church,  ill.  and  sho.  n.  7G0. 
The  contrary  is  sign,  by  near.  n.  947  ;  see  At  Hand.  That  to  stand 
afar  off,  and  to  lament  over  damnation,  sign,  to  be  in  a  state  remote 
from  damnation  and  in  fear,  n.  709,  783,  7S7. 

AFFECTION  [offcrtio].    See  Love. 

AFFLICTION  [afflKtio].  That  affliction  sign,  the  state  of  the 
church  infested  by  evils  and  falses,  sho.  n.  33.  That  it  also  sign. 
temptations,  n.  377.  That  affliction  is  predicated  of  falses,  n.  95, 
137. 

AFTER  [post],  That  to  walk  after  another  sign,  to  obey,  sho.  n. 
578. 

AIR  [aer].    What  is  signified  by  air,  see  n.  708. 
ALAS  [va:].    See  Wo. 


1 


A   P  O 


ALLELUJAH  [allcluja].  That  it  sign,  praise  ye  God;  that  it 
was  an  expression  of  thanksgiving;,  confession,  and  celebration  of  the 
Lord  from  joy  of  heart,  sho.  u.  803,  807,  808.    See  To  Praise. 

ALTAR  [atiare] .  That  in  the  clmrcli  amongst  the  children  of 
Israel  there  were  two  altars,  one  for  burnt- offerings,  the  other  for  in- 
cense ;  and  that  by  the  altar  for  burnt-offerings  is  represented,  and 
thence  signified  worship  from  celestial  love,  and  by  the  altar  for 
incense,  worship  from  spiritual  love,  ill.  and  5/10.  n.  392,  G49. 
See  Sacrifice  and  Incense.  That  the  altar  for  burnt-offerings  also 
sign,  the  celestial  kingdom  of  the  Lord,  n.  040.  That  fire  was  con- 
tinually burning  upon  the  altar  of  burnt-offering,  and  that  thence  fire 
was  taken  in  the  censer,  and  offered  with  incense,  sho.  n.  395.  That 
that  lire  sign,  the  divine  celestial  love,  n.  395.    See  Fire. 

AMEN  [amen].  That  amen  sign,  confirmation  from  the  truth, 
and  since  the  Lord  is  truth  itself,  it  sign,  confirmation  from  the 
Lord,  sho.  n.  23,  (il,  10!*,  2! >2  ;  and  it  also  sign,  consent  of  all,  n.  375. 

AMPHITHEATRE  [<nit/ihithc<itruin].  Concerning  the  amphi- 
theatre where  the  dragons  held  their  diversions,  HI.  n.  055.  Con- 
cerning their  diversions  there,  see  Faith. 

ANGEL  [angclus].  Th:it  by  angel,  in  a  supreme  sense,  is  meant 
the  Lord,  in  a  respective  sense,  heaven,  also  a  heavenly  society, 
and  likewise  divine  truth,  n.  (i47,  010.  That  by  angel,  in  a  supreme 
sense,  is  meant  the  Lord,  ill.  and  sho.  n.  344,  405,  047,  910,  5,  258; 
also  by  the  seven  angels,  n.  057.  That  by  angel  and  angels  are  sign. 
heaven,  because  heaven  is  heaven  from  the  Lord,  n.  5,  342,  910. 
That  by  Michael  and  Gabriel  are  not  meant  any  archangel,  but  soci- 
eties of  heaven  and  ministries  therein  ;  that  by  Michael  are  meant 
societies  of  angels  whose  special  ministry  is  to  teach,  that  the  Lord  is 
the  God  of  heaven  and  earth,  and  that  God  the  Father  and  He  are 
one  ;  and  that  by  Gabriel  are  meant  societies  of  angels,  wherein  is 
taught,  that  Jehovah  came  into  the  world,  and  that  his  human  na- 
ture is  the  Son  of  God,  n.  548,  504,  707.  Thai  angel  sign,  divine 
truth,  n.  900,  910.  Concerning  the  angels  of  the  third  heaven,  n. 
120,  and  in  the  following.  That  an  angel  does  not  speak  with  man 
out  of  heaven,  but  the  Lord  through  heaven  ;  but  when  an  angel  is 
to  talk  with  man.  he  is  sent  out  of  heaven,  and  talks  with  man  from 
the  Lord,  n.  810  :  see  Heaven.  That  the  angels  are  not  superior  to 
men,  but  their  equals  ;  the  reason  why  they  excel  men  in  wisdom,  is, 
because  they  are  in  spiritual  light,  but  men  in  natural  light,  n.  818. 
That  angels  and  spirits  know  nothing  of  man,  with  whom  they  do 
not  speak  ;  the  reason  is,  because  they  are  consocialed  by  correspon- 
dences as  to  thoughts,  but  as  to  the  affections  it  is  different,  n.  943. 
That  angels  are  consociated  with  men,  but  the  Lord  only  is  conjoin- 
ed with  them,  n.  818,  940.  That  angels  are  not  to  be  invoked,  much 
less  worshiped,  but  only  the  Lord,  n.  818.  That  he  is  an  angel  of 
heaven,  who  receives  the  Lord  in  love  and  faith,  n.  344. 

ANIMALS  [animalia].  See  Beasts.  Concerning  the  four  ani- 
mals, see  Ciif.ru  bims. 

ANOINTING,  to  Anoint,  [vnctio,  ungcrc,  vide  oleum].  See  Oil. 

ANTIPAS  [Jntipas]  the  martyr,  that  is,  a  confessor  of  the  truth, 
n.  112. 

APES  fsimia].  Concerning  apes  mounted  on  horses,  and  seated 
thereon  with  their  bodies  reversed  ;  who  they  were,  and  of  what  na- 
ture and  quality,  ill.  n.  839. 

APOCALYPSE  or  REVELATION   [Apocalypsis].    That  the 


5 


Apocalypse  treats  concerning  the  last  state  of  the  Christian  Church, 
afterwards  concerning  the  last  judgment,  and  lastly  concerning  the 
New  Church,  which  is  the  New  Jerusalem,  and  not  concerning  the 
empires  or  kingdoms  of  the  world,  preface,  and  n.  2,  227,  387,  4S3, 
543.  That  in  series  it  treats  of  the  falses  in  the  church,  inasmuch 
as  the  truths  of  the  New  Church  cannot  he  received  before  those  fal- 
ses are  discovered  and  removed,  n.  700.  That  the  Apocalypse  was 
manifested  to  John  by  the  Lord,  and  that  it  is  now  opened  by  the 
Lord,  preface,  and  n.  953,  954,  957.  That  nothing  shall  be  added  or 
taken  away  from  what  is  written  in  the  Apocalypse,  sign,  that  no- 
thing shall  be  added  or  taken  away  from  the  truths  of  the  New 
Church,  which  contain  prophecies,  and  are  now  revealed,  ill.  n.  957. 
958,  959.  That  the  last  words  in  the  Apocalypse  are  the  words 
of  desponsation  between  the  Lord  and  the  church  to  marriage,  n. 
-  9(50. 

APOSTLES  [upostoli].  That  by  the  disciples  of  the  Lord  are 
meant  those  who  are  taught  and  instructed  in  the  goods  and  truths 
of  the  church,  n.  79.  That  by  apostles  are  meant  those  who  teach 
the  goods  and  truths  of  the  church,  and  that  the  twelve  apostles  of 
the  Lord  consequently  represented  and  thence  in  the  Word  signify 
the  church  as  to  all  the  goods  and  truths  thereof,  n.  5,  233,  790,  903, 
915.  What  is  signified  by  Peter,  James,  and  John,  n.  5.  That  the 
same  is  signified  by  the  apostles  sitting  on  twelve  thrones,  and  judg- 
ing the  twelve  tribes  of  Israel,  n.  233,  798.  That  the  apostles  are 
called  holy,  because  they  represented  holy  things,  n.  790. 

ARK  [arm].    See  Dr-.cAi.or.iiE. 

ARMAGEDDON  [Atmageddon].  That  Armageddon  sign,  the 
love  of  honor,  dominion,  and  pre-eminence,  slio.  n.  707.  That  to  ga- 
ther together  to  war,  in  Armageddon,  sign,  a  state  of  combat  from 
falses  against  truths,  and  a  desire  of  destroying  the  New  Church, 
arising  from  a  love  of  dominion  or  power  and  pre-eminence,  n.  707, 
ill.  n.  839.  Concerning  the  combat  in  Armageddon  with  respect  to 
the  understanding  of  the  Lord's  prayer  in  its  beginning,  ill.  n.  839. 
See  Pravf.r. 

ARMS  [armn].  That  arms  sign,  such  things  as  belong  to  spiritu- 
al war,  slio.  n.  43(5.  See  War.  That  breastplates  sign,  argumen- 
tations, slio.  n.  430,  450. 

ARMY  or  HOST  [exercitus].  That  an  army  sign,  those  who  are 
in  divine  goods  and  truths,  and  thence  abstractedly  goods  and  truths, 
and  in  the  opposite  sense,  those  who  are  in  evils  and  falses,  and 
thence  abstractedly  evils  and  falses,  ill.  and  slio.  n.  447,  833.  That 
therefore  the  sun,  moon,  and  stars,  are  called  hosts  or  armies, sho.  n. 
447.  That  by  sun,  moon,  and  stars,  are  sign,  the  goods  and  truths 
of  the  church,  also  its  evils  and  falses,  n.  413.  See  Sun,  Moon,  and 
Stars. 

ARTIFICER  [artifrr].  That  an  artificer  sign,  a  man  who  is 
intelligent,  and  who  from  understanding  thinks  truths,  and,  in  an 
opposite  sense,  who  from  self-derived  intelligence  thinks  falses,  ill. 
and  (M  n.  793.  That  every  kind  of  device  in  the  world  corresponds 
with  such  things  as  belong  to  angelic  wisdom,  ill.  n.  793. 

ASER  [ascher].  That  Aser,  in  a  supreme  sense,  sign,  eternity, 
in  a  spiritual  sense,  eternal  beatitude,  in  a  natural  sense,  the  affec- 
tion of  good  and  truth,  also  the  love  of  being  useful,  which  is  called 
mutual  love,  slio.  n.  353. 

ASIA  [Asia'].  That  Asia  sign,  those  who  are  in  the  light  of  truth 


G 


B   E  A 


from  the  Word,  ill.  n.  11.  Concerning  Great  Tartary  in  Asia,  n.  11. 
See.  Tartary. 

ASSYRIA  or  ASHUR  [Assyria].  That  it  sign,  the  rational  (fa- 
culty) of  the  church,  ill.  n.  444.    See  Euphrates. 

AT-HAND,  NEAR  [propc,  propinquum].  That  at-hand  and  near 
sigji.  nearness  of  state,  also  that  it  is  absolutely  necessaiy,  ill.  n.  947. 
See  also  Afar-okf,  and  Shortly. 

ATMOSPHERES  [atmospkcrce] .  That  in  the  spiritual  world  there 
are  atmospheres  like  ether,  air,  and  water,  in  which  the  angels  of  the 
three  heavens  dwell,  and  that  those  atmospheres  are  spiritual,  n.  233, 
878. 

AJLE  [securis].  That  an  axe  sign,  the  false  from  self-derived  in- 
telligence, ill.  and  slw.  n.  847. 

B 

BABEL  and  BABYLON  [Babel  ct  Babylon,  vide  Ponlificii].  See 
Papists. 

BALAAM  [Bilcani].  That  Balaam  was  a  hypocrite  and  a  diviner 
or  soothsayer,  and  that  through  his  counsel  given  to  Balak  he  sought 
to  destroy  the  children  of  Israel  by  eating  things  offered  to  idols,  sho. 
n.  114. 

BALANCES  or  SCALES  [lances,  statera,  vide  mensural.  See 
Measure. 

BALD  [calms'].  That  it  sign,  those  who  are  without  truths  from 
the  Word,  ill.  and  sho.  n.  47. 

BAPTISM  [baptismus].  What  the  Papists  teach  concerning  bap- 
tism may  be  seen  in  what  is  set  forth  concerning  their  doctrine,  It.  I. 
That  baptism  is  a  sacrament  of  repentance  and  an  introduction  into 
the  church,  ill.  n.  224,  and  at  n.  531  towards  the  end,  n.  77G.  What 
the  Reformed  teach  concerning  baptism,  see  what  is  set  forth  con- 
cerning their  doctrines  at  n.  VI.  That  baptism  is  for  a  sign  before 
angels,  and  for  a  memorial  before  men,  n.  770.  The  reason  of  John's 
baptism,  n.  77(5.  That  baptism  represents  and  thence  signifies  a 
cleansing  and  purification  from  evils  and  falses,  and  consequently 
reformation  and  regeneration  ;  the  like  was  formerly  signified  by 
washing,  s/w.  n.  378. 

BARLEY  [hordeum,  vide  triticum].    See  Wheat. 

BEAR  [ursi/s].  That  bears  sign,  those  who  read  the  Word  and 
do  not  understand  it,  whereby  they  involve  themselves  in  fallacies, 
ill.  and  sho.  n.  573.  That  in  the  spiritual  world  there  appear  bears 
that  are  hurtful  and  beats  that  are  harmless,  n.  573. 

BEAR  WITNESS,  to  [testariy.    See  Testimony. 

BEAST  [bestia].  That  beast  sign;,  various  things  with  men  and 
angels,  which  appertain  to  their  will  or  affection  and  to  their  under- 
standing and  thought,  ill.  and  sho.  n.  2!)0.  That  beasts  sign,  men  as 
to  their  natural  affections  and  concupiscences,  ill.  and  sho.  n.  507. 
That  affections  and  concupiscences  appear  in  the  spiritual  world  as 
beasts,  concerning  which  see  n.  001.  Beasts,  birds,  and  fishes,  in 
general  termed  creatures,  sign,  affections,  perceptions,  and  thoughts 
among  men,  and  consequently  men  as  to  such  things,?'//,  and  sho.  n. 
405.  That  man  and  beast  sign,  man  as  to  spiritual  affection  and  as 
to  natural  affection,  sho.  n.  507.  What  is  sign,  by  the  four  beasts 
rising  out  of  the  sea  in  Daniel,  chap.  vii.  ;  and  that  nearly  the  same 
is  sign,  by  the  !>east  from  the  sea  in  Apoc.  xiii.  ill.  n.  574.  That  by 
the  beast  from  the  sea  in  Apoc.  xiii.  are  sign,  the  men  of  the  external 
church,  who  are  called  the  laity,  who  are  in  faith  separate  from  cha- 


BOO 


7 


rity.  n.  504.  That  by  the  beast  from  the  earth,  which  is  also  called 
the  false  prophet,  arc  meant  the  men  of  the  church  on  earth,  who  are 
called  clergy,  and  are  in  faith  separate  from  chanty,  slto.  n.  594. 
That  by  the  throne  of  the  beast  is  sign,  where  the  false  of  faith  reigns, 
n.  694.  That  by  the  beast,  his  image,  his  mark,  and  the  number  of 
his  name,  is  sign,  faith  alone,  its  doctrine,  its  acknowledgment,  and 
the  falsification  of  the  Word,  n.  GOO,  07!).  That  by  the  scarlet  beast 
is  sign,  the  Word,  ill.  and  sho.  n.  788,  733,  734,  735,  739,  740,  741, 
740,  749.     What  is  sign,  by  the  four  animals,  see  Cherubims. 

BED  [lectus].  That  bed  sign,  doctrine,  ill.  from  beds  in  the  spir- 
itual world,  and  sho.  n.  137.  That  Jacob,  inasmuch  as  in  the  Word 
he  sign,  the  doctrine  of  the  church,  when  any  one  thinks  profoundly 
concerning  him,  there  appears  a  man  above  towards  the  right,  as  it 
were,  lying  on  a  bed,  n.  137  at  the  end. 

BENJAMIN  [Benjamin].  That  Benjamin  sign,  a  life  of  truth 
originating  in  good.  sho.  n.  3G1. 

BIND,  to  [nincire,  vide  vinctus].    See  Bocnd. 

BlRDfaaU],    See  Fowl. 

BIRTH  [natititas].  By  births  and  conceptions  in  the  WTord  are 
meant  spiritual  births  and  conceptions,  which  relate  to  the  good  of 
love  and  the  truth  of  faitli :  inasmuch  as  they  are  procreated  from 
the  marriage  of  good  and  truth,  ill.  n.  139, 'ill.  n.  543.  That  the 
members  of  generation  in  both  sexes  correspond  with  celestial  love, 
a.  213.    See  To  Bring  forth. 

BISIIOl'S  [episcopi].  Some  particulars  relative  to  certain  English 
bishops  in  the  spiritual  world,  contained  in  memorable  relations  at 
the  end  of  some  chapters,  n.  341,  075,  716. 

BITTKR  [amurum].  That  it  sign,  falsified  truth,  ill.  and  sho.  n. 
411.    See  Wormwood. 

BLACK,  BLACKNESS  [nigrum,  nigrcdo].  That  there  are  two 
kinds  of  blackness  ;  one  in  opposition  to  white,  and  the  other  in  op- 
position to  red,  concerning  which  see.  n.  231,  ill.  and  sho.  n.  312. 
That  blackness  also  sign,  ignorant,  n.  915. 

BLASPHEMY  [blasphemia].  That  it  is  a  denial  of  the  divinity 
of  the  Lord,  and  the  sanctity  of  the  Word,  ill.  and  sho.  n.  571.  That 
it  is  also  profanation,  ill.  n.  723. 

BLESSED  [bnitns].  That  the  blessed  sign,  those  who  have  the 
felicity  of  eternal  life.  n.  030,  810,  944,  951. 

BLIND  [emeus'].  That  the  blind  sign,  those  who  do  not  know 
truth,  and  those  who  do  not  understand  truth,  slio.  n.  210. 

BLOOD  [sanguis].  That  the  blood  of  the  Lamb  sign,  the  divine 
truth  of  the  Lord  in  him  and  from  him,  ill.  and  fho.  n.  379,  for  this 
reason,  because  the  Lord  is  the  Word,  and  the  divine  truth  therein  is 
meant  by  his  blood,  and  the  divine  good  theiein  by  his  flesh,  like- 
wise by  his  body,  ill.  n.  555,  084.  That  blood,  in  the  opposite  sense, 
sign,  violence  offered  to  the  Word,  consequently  to  the  Lord,  sho.  n. 
825.  That,  in  the  opposite  sense,  it  sign,  divine  truth  falsified,  adul- 
terated, and  profaned,  sho.  n  379,  404,  087.  088.  That  blood  as  of 
one  dead  sign,  the  infernal  false  principle,  ill.  n.  681. 

BOOK  [librr].  That  books  sign,  the  interiors  of  the  mind  of  man, 
because  in  them  are  written  all  things  appertaining  to  his  life,  n. 
807.  That  the  book  of  life  is  the  Lord  considered  as  the  Word,  con- 
sequently the  Word,  n.  958.  That  to  be  written  in  the  book  ot  life, 
and  to  be  judged  therefrom  sign,  from  the  divine  truth  of  the  Word, 
and  from  the  Lord  thereby,  slw.  n.  250.  That  to  open  the  book,  and 
to  loose  the  seals  thereof,  sig7i.  to  know  the  states  of  all,  and  to  judge 


8 


B    R  O 


every  one  according  to  his  state,  ill.  n.  25ft,  2!)5.  That  no  one  can 
look  in  the  book,  sign;,  that  no  one  but  the  Lord  alone  is  able  to  know 
it  in  the  least,  n.  202.  See  Skal..  That  to  be  written  in  the  book 
of  life,  sign,  he  who  believes  in  the  Lord,  and  lives  according  to  his 
commandments,  slw.  n.  874.  That  not  to  be  written  in  the  book  of 
life.  sign,  on  the  contrary,  n.  874.  That  by  the  little  book  open  in 
the  hand  of  the  angel,  is  meant,  that  essential  of  the  NfeW  Church, 
that  the  Lord,  even  as  to  his  Humanity,  is  the  God  of  heaven  and 
earth,  n.  409.  What  was  written  in  that  little  book,  may  be  seen  n. 
472.  That  to  depart,  as  a  book  or  scroll  rolled  together,  sign,  that 
good  and  truth,  which  is  in  the  Word,  should  recede  and  become 
hidden  in  the  church,  n.  1135.  Jt  is  said  that  the  book  was  rolled 
together,  because  books  were  then  made  of  skins,  and  were  rolled  up, 
n.  335. 

BOTTLE  [uter].  That  a  bottle  or  pitcher  sign,  the  same  as  its 
content*,  sko.  n,  072. 

BOTTOMLESS  PIT  [aby8sus\.    See  Abyss. 

BOUND,  to  BIND  [ductus,  vincire].  That  to  be  bound  in  prison 
and  in  custody,  sign,  to  be  infested  by  evils  and  falses,  slto.n.  99. 
See  Captive. 

BOW  [nrcus].  That  a  bow  sign,  doctrine  combating  from  truths 
against  falses,  and  from  falses  against  truths,  ill.  and  slto  n.  299. 
That  therefore  arrows  and  shafts  sign,  truths  or  falses,  n.  299. 

BRASS  [<rs].  That  brass  sign,  natural  good,  ill.  and  slto.  n. 
775. 

BREAD  [partis].  That  there  are  bread  and  wine  in  the  holy 
supper,  because  bread  there  sign,  the  holy  principle  of  love,  and  wine 
the  holy  principle  of  faith  j  and  because  the  material  bread  and  the 
heavenly  bread  mutually  correspond  therein,  also  the  material  wine 
and  the  heavenly  wine,  ill.  n.  224.  That  bread  from  Hour  of  wheat 
was  offered  up  together  with  the  sacrifices  upon  the  altar,  which  was 
called  a  cake  or  meat-otfering.  slid,  n.  778.  That  the  bread  of  faces 
upon  the  table  in  the  tabernacle  was  also  made  of  fine  flour  of  wheat, 
slto.  n.  778  ;  because  wheat  sign,  the  good  of  the  church  from  the 
Word,  and  fine  flour  its  truth  thence  derived,  ill  and  slto.  n.  315. 

BREADTH  [latiliul,,].  That  breadth  sign,  the  truth  of  the 
church,  and  lengtli  the  good  of  the  church,  ill.  and  slto.  n.  900, 
907. 

BREAST  [mamma,  mantilla].    See  Paps. 

BREASTPLATE  [thorax,  vide  anna].    See  Arms. 

BRIDEGROOM,  BRIDE  [s/wnsus,  sponsal.  That  by  virtue  of 
the  marriage  of  the  Lord  with  the  church,  the  Lord  is  called  the 
bridegroom,  and  the  church  the  bride,  a.  797,  861:  That  the  New 
Church,  which  is  the  New  Jerusalem,  is  called  the  bride  the  l/.umYs 
wife,  slto.  n.  813,  955.  That  the  church  is  called  the  bride  while  it 
is  establishing,  and  that  it  is  called  the  wife  when  it  is  established, 
n.  895  towards  the  end.  That  at  the  end  of  the  Apocalypse  the 
bride  and  bridegroom  speak,  that  is,  the  Lord  and  the  church,  as  if 
it  were  during  the  desponsation,  n.  9(i(). 

BRIDLE  of  a  HORSE  rfrasnum  tqiii].  That  the  bridle  of  a 
horse  sign,  that  bv  which  the'understandincr  is  raided,  slto.  n.  053. 

BRING  FORTH,  to,  to  TRAVAIL  in  BIRTH,  BIRTH  [/miere, 
partarire,  partus].  That  to  bring  forth  and  to  travail  in  birth  sign. 
to  conceive  and  bring  forth  those  things  which  appertain  to  spiritual 
life,  sho.  n.  535.    See  also  Birth. 

BROTHER  [fritter].    That  a  man-brother  is  spoken  of  charity 


C   II  A 


9 


and  a  companion  of  faith,  sho.  n.  32.  That  the  Lord  calls  those,  who 
from  him  are  in  charity,  brothers,  ill.  and  sho.  n.  32.  But  that  it  is 
not  written,  neither  is  it  becoming  that  they,  on  the  contrary,  should 
call  the  Lo:d  brother,  n.  32. 

BUILDING  [stmctura}.  That  building  or  structure  sign,  every 
subject  to  which  it  relates,  because  the  all  of  it  is  in  the  building, 
n.  Ml. 

BURY,  BURIAL,  MONUMENT  [sepclirc,scpultura,sepulchrum]. 
That  to  be  buried  sign,  to  rise  again,  and  to  continue  lite,  because 
all  earthly  and  impure  things  are  rejected,  n.  50(3.  That  not  to  be 
buried  sign,  to  continue  in  things  earthly  and  unclean,  and  for  that 
reason  to  be  rejected  as  damned,  sho.  n.  500. 

BUY,  to  [cmcre].  That  by  buying  and  selling  is  sign,  to  acquire 
knowledges  of  good  and  truth,  or  truths,  and  to  teach  them,  sho.  n. 
600'  See  To  Trade.  That  by  the  bought  of  the  Lord  are  sign,  the 
redeemed,  that  is,  the  regenerate,  n.  6VJ. 

c 

CALF  [vitulus].  That  a  calf  sign,  the  natural  affection  of  know- 
ing truths,  and,  in  an  opposite  sense,  the  affection  of  knowing  falses, 
sho.  n.  242.  That  calves  in  sacrifices  sign,  the  affection  of  knowing 
truths  ;  and  that  the  calves  of  Egypt,  and  the  calves  of  Samaria, 
sign,  the  affection  of  knowing  falses,  n.  242.  That  the  calf,  which 
was  one  of  the  four  animals  which  were  cherubims  sign,  the  divine 
truth  of  the  Word  as  to  affection,  ill.  n.  242. 

CALLED  [vocatus].  That  by  the  called,  in  a  general  sense,  are 
meant  all  throughout  the  world,  because  all  are  called,  n.  744.  That 
by  the  called,  in  a  particular  sense,  are  meant  they  who  are  with  the 
Lord,  ill.  n.  744.  That  the  called  to  the  marriage  supperof  the  Lamb 
sign,  those  who  receive  the  things  which  are  of  the  New  Church, 
n.  816.  That  the  called,  the  chosen,  and  the  faithful  sign,  those  who 
are  in  the  externals,  the  internals,  and  inmost  principles  of  the 
church,  n.  744. 

CAMP  [castra].  That  a  camp  sign,  all  the  truths  and  goods  of 
the  church,  sho.  n.  862. 

CANDLE  [Inccrna,  vide  candelabrum].    See  Candlestick. 

CANDLESTICK  [candelabrum].  That  it  sign,  the  church  as  to 
illumination  from  the  Lord  through  the  Word,  ill.  and  slio.  n.  43, 
75.  That  in  particular  it  sign,  intelligence  and  faith,  n.  4<J3  That 
the  seven  candlesticks  sign,  the  New  Church  in  the  heavens  and  on 
the  earths,  ill.  n.  00.  That  the  seven  lamps  sign,  the  same,  n.  237. 
That  lamps  and  candles  sign,  intelligence  in  both  senses,  n.  408. 

CAPTIVE,  CAPTIVITY  [copticus,  eaptivitas].  That  captivity 
sign,  spiritual  captivity,  which  is  a  leading  away  from  truths  and 
goods,  and  a  detention  in  falses  and  evils,  sho.  n.  591.  That  the 
bound  and  shut  up  in  prison  sign,  the  same  as  captives,  n.  591,  sho. 
n.  884  towards  the  end.    See  Bodnd. 

CHAIN  [catena].  That  to  have  a  chain  in  the  hand  sign,  the 
endeavor  proceeding  from  the  power  of  binding  and  loosing,  n.  840. 

CHALICE  [calii,  vide  poculum].    See  Cupr 

CHARIOT  [currus].  That  a  chariot  sign,  the  doctrine  of  the 
church,  sho.  n.  437.  That  a  coach  sign,  nearly  the  same,  sho. 
n.  781. 

CHARITY  [charitus].  For  the  good  of  charity  and  of  life,  see 
Works.  For  the  nature  of  mutual  love,  n.  353,  see  Love.  That 
faith  exists  from  charity,  and  that  it  is  the  form  of  charity,  altogether 


10 


c  11  u 


like  speech  and  sound,  ill.  n.  055,  ill.  n.  875.  What  is  the  quality  of 
the  man  of  the  church,  if  he  gives  charity  the  precedence  ;  and  what 
is  his  quality,  if  he  gives  faith  the  precedence,  ill.  n.  6S5.  That 
charity  and  "faith  are  not  any  thing  unless  tin  y  are  in  works,  and 
that  in  works  they  exist  and  subsist,  ill.  n.  £75.  That  charity  and 
faith  also  exist  and  subsist  in  works  while  they  are  inwardly  in  will 
or  endeavor,  ill.  n.  675.  A  comparison  made  between  charity  and 
faith,  and  heat  and  light,  from  which  may  be  seen  the  nature  of  faith 
united  with  charity,  and  the  nature  of  faith  separated  from  charity, 
ill.  n.  875.  That  charity  consist  in  performing  the  commandments 
of  the  decalogue,  sho.  from  Paul,  n.  35(3.  A  disputation  among  those 
who  make  faith  the  primitive,  and  consequently  spiritual,  and  thence 
heavenly,  ill.  n.  360,  055.  That  our  neighbor  is  not  to  be  thought 
of  from  his  person,  but  from  his  quality  or  character,?'//,  ft.  611.  That 
a  disputation  concerning  faith' alone  was  heard  at  a  distance  like  the 
gnashing  of  teeth,  and  a  disputation  concerning  charity  like  a  bea- 
ting noise,  ill.  n.  380. 

CHASTEN,  to,  and  to  REBUKE  [castigwe  ct  argucrc].  That 
they  sign,  to  tempt,  n.  215. 

CHERUBIMS  [cherubi].  That  the  four  animals  in  the  throne, 
and  round  about  the  throne,  were  cherubims  ;  and  that  cberubims 
sign,  the  Word  in  its  literal  sense,  and  defences  or  guards,  lest  the 
interior  senses,  which  are  spiritual  and  celestial,  should  be  hurt,  ill. 
and  s/)u.  n  23!),  275, 2!)0,  314.  The  1st  chapter  of  Ezekiel  concerning 
the  cherubims  explained,  n.  239  towards  the  end.  That  seraphim 
sign,  doctrine  from  the  Word.  n.  245.  ' 

CHRIST  [Christns].  That  Christ  is  the  Messiah,  sho.  n.  520. 
That  Christ  or  the  Messiah  is  the  Son  of  God.  she.  n.  520.  That  by 
Christ  is  meant  the  Divine  Humanity  of  the  Lord.  n.  520  ;  see  Loru. 
That  by  Christ  is  meant  divine  truth,  and  that  by  false  Christs  are 
meant  divine  truths  falsified,  sho.  n.  5!  5. 

CHURCH  [ecclcsin].  For  the  doctrine  of  the  Reformed  concern- 
ing the  church,  see  the  doctrines  of  the  Reformed  churches  in  what 
is  premised,  p.  8.  That  the  church  appeals  before  the  Lord  as  a 
man,  beautiful  or  deformed  according  to  its  doctrine,  and  at  the  same 
time  conformity  of  life  to  it.  n.  001.  That  the  church  becomes  more 
perfect,  as  the  various  things  of  which  it  consists  are  conveniently 
disposed  in  their  order,  n  00,  73.  That  every  church  commences 
from  the  goods  of  life  or  charity,  and  terminates  in  faith  alone,  n. 
82.  That  the  church  in  process  of  time  decreases,  by  receding  from 
the  good  of  love  and  truths  of  faith,  even  until  evil  is  supposed  to  be 
good,  and  falsehood  truth,  n.  058.  That  the  angels  of  heaven  lament 
when  the  church  on  the  earths  is  destroyed,  and  pray  to  the  Lord 
that  it  may  be  brought  to  an  end.  which  is  effected  by  the  last,  judg- 
ment, ill.  n.  045.  Because  the  church  on  the  earths  is  the  founda- 
tion of  heaven,  n.  045.  That  at  the  end  of  the  present  church  there 
exists  such  an  inversion  and  affliction,  as  can  never  be  exceeded, 
sho.  n.  711.  That  the  church  on  the  earths  will  be  in  all  things,  even 
as  the  church  is  in  the  heavens,  because  they  are  conjoined  like  the 
internal  and  the  external  with  man,  ill.  n.  533.  That  the  church  on 
the  earths,  like  heaven,  is  distinguished  into  three  degrees  ;  hence 
that  those  who  are  in  the  church,  are  in  the  externals,  internals,  and 
inmost  principles  thereof,  n.  744.  That  they  who  are  in  the  externals 
are  said  to  be  the  called  ;  they  who  are  in  the  internals,  the  chosen  ; 
and  they  who  are  in  the  inmost  principles,  the  faithful,  n.  744.  That 
the  doctrine  of  truth  constitutes  the  church,  and  a  life  conformable 


C    L  O 


J  I 


thereto  constitutes  religion*  ill.  n.  923.  That  where  the  life  is  not 
conformable  to  doctrine,  there  is  neither  religion  nor  church,  n.  !S23. 
That  at  this  day  there  is  no  church  in  the  Christian  world,  neither 
among  the  Roman  Catholics,  nor  among  the  Reformed,  ill.  n.  263, 
ill.  d.  075.  That  there  is  no  church  among  the  Roman  Catholics, 
but  a  religion*,  because  they  do  not  approach  the  Lord,  nor  read  the 
Word,  and  because  they  invoke  the  dead,  n.  718.  That  the  church 
of  the  Lord  as  to  doctrine  is  represented  as  a  city,  and  sometimes  as 
an  espoused  virgin,///,  n.  881.  That  by  the  seven  churches  are 
meant  all  who  are  of  the  church  in  the  Christian  world,  and  every 
one  according  to  reception,  n.  10,  41,  6!). 

That  in  the  Word  of  both  testaments  it  is  predicted  concerning  a 
new  church,  which  shall  acknowledge  the  Lord  only,  and  that  this 
prediction  has  not  been  fulfilled  until  this  day,  n.  478.  That  this 
new  church,  inasmuch  as  it  will  acknowledge  the  Lord  only,  is  called 
the  bride  and  the  wife  of  the  Lord,  sho.  n.  533.  That  this  New 
Church  is  meant  and  described  in  the  Apocalvpse  by  the  New  Jeru- 
salem, ill.  and  sho.  n.  880,  881.  That  all  things  appertaining  to  the 
New  Church  will  originate  in  the  good  of  love,  n.  907,  ill.  n.  908, 
918,917.  That  all  who  are  in  truths  originating  in  good  are  receiv- 
ed into  the  New  Church,  because  they  love  the  light  thereof:  and 
that  the  rest  cannot  bear  that  light,  ill.  n.  922.  That  this  New 
Church  is  successively  formed  and  increases  ;  the  reason  whereof  is, 
that  the  falses  of  the  former  church  are  first  to  be  rejected,  also  that 
a  new  heaven  is  first  to  be  formed,  which  will  act  in  unity  with  it,  n. 
547.  That  this  New  Church  cannot  be  established  before  those 
things  which  are  meant  by  the  dragon,  the  beast,  and  the  false  pro- 
phet, are  removed,  sht>.  n.  473.  That  this  New  Church  will  consist 
of  such  as  approach  the  Lord  only,  and  perforin  the  work  of  repen- 
tance from  evil  works.  HI.  and  sho.  n  GO — 72.  That  the  two  essen- 
tials of  the  New  Church  are,  an  acknowledgment  of  the  Lord,  that 
he  is  the  God  of  heaven  and  earth,  and  that  his  Humanity  is  divine  : 
the  other  a  life  conformable  to  the  precepts  of  the  decalogue  ;  and 
that  these  two  are  conjoined,  like  the  two  tables  of  the  decalogue,  and 
like  love  to  God  and  love  towards  our  neighbor,  n.  490,  ill.  and  slto. 
n.  903.  That  they  who  desire  to  destroy  these  two  essentials  of  the 
New  Church  will  perish,  n.  494.  That  they  cannot  receive  any  truth 
from  heaven,  n.  496.  That  they  falsify  the  Word,  n.  497.  That 
they  plunge  themselves  into  all  kinds  of  evils  and  falses,  n.  498. 
That  those  who  acknowledge  faith  alone  will  reject  these  two  essen- 
tials, n.  500,501.  That  these  two  essentials  of  the  New  Church  are 
in  opposition  to  the  two  essentials  of  the  old  church,  concerning 
which,  ill.  n.  509,  ill.  n.  537. 

CITY  \urba\.  That  a  city  sign,  the  doctrine  of  the  church,  ill. 
and  slio.  n.  194,  ill.  n.  712,  ill.  n  801,  881.  Inasmuch  as  the  church 
is  described  as  a  citv,  slto.  n.  896.  That  Jerusalem  as  a  citv  sign. 
the  New  Church  of  the  Lord  as  to  doctrine,  n.  879,  912.  That  the 
cities  of  the  nations  sign,  heretical  doctrines,  n.  712. 

CLEFT  [fissum.  vide  petto].    See  Rock. 

CLOKE  [pallia,  vide  ristimcntum,].    See  Garment. 

CLOUDS  [nuhes].  That  clouds  sign,  divine  truth  in  the  ulti- 
mates,  consequently  the  Word  jn  its  literal  sense,  sho.  n.  24,  466, 
C42,  820.  That  white  clouds  sign,  the  AVord  in  the  literal  sense 
translucent  by  virtue  of  its  spiritual  sense,  n.  642.  That  by  the 
Lord's  saying  he  will  come  in  the  clouds  of  heaven  with  glory,  is 
*  Rcligiosum,  a  religious  persuasion. 


COS 


sign,  his  advent  in  the  Word,  and  a  revelation  of  its  spiritual  sense 
from  him  for  the  use  of  the  New  Church,  which  will  then  be  estab- 
lished, k/io.  n.  24,  sho.  n  042,  ill.  n.  820. 

CLUSTER  [botrus,  vide  una].    See  Grapes. 

COLOR  [color].  That  white  and  red  are  fundamental  colors  in 
heaven,  because  white  is  derived  from  the  light  of  the  sun  of  heaven, 
and  red  is  derived  from  the  fire  of  the  sun  there,  concerning  which, 
ill.  n.  231,915;  see  White  and  Red.  That  those  two  colors  are 
changed  into  other  colors  by  shade,  which  in  heaven  is  ignorance,  n. 
915.  That  there  exists  a  salanic  black,  which  is  opposite  to  white, 
and  a  diabolic  black,  which  is  opposite  to  red,  n.  23  J ,  232. 

COMPANION  [sarins].  What  is  sign,  by  companion  and  bro- 
ther, n.  32.    See  Brother. 

COMPARISON  [comparatio].  That  comparisons  in  the  Word 
are  from  correspondences,  n.  334. 

CONCEPTION  [genxratio,  vide  natimtas].    See  Birth. 

CONFESSION  [conft  ssio].  Of  repentance  and  confession  among 
the  Reformed,  see  the  doctrines  oi  the  Reformed  in  what  is  premised 
at  p.  3. 

CONFIRMATION  [confirmutio].  That  there  is  a  false  light  aris- 
ing from  confirmation,  and  that  it  appears  to  those  who  are  in  falses 
as  light,  but  that  it  is  the  light  of  infatuation,  which  is  of  such  a  na- 
ture that  it  is  converted  into  darkness  on  the  flowing-in  of  light  from 
heaven,  and  that  the  sight  of  their  eyes  is  like  that  of  owls  and  bats, 
ill.  n.  500,  095.  That  those  who  have  confirmed  themselves  in  falses 
are  not  willing  to  understand  truth,  and  that  it  appears  as  if  they 
were  not  able,  n.  7(i5. 

CONSUMMATION  [consummation  That  consummation  and 
the  consummation  of  the  age  sign,  the  end  of  the  church,  which 
takes  place  when  there  no  longer  remains  any  good  of  life  or  truth  of 
doctrine  in  the  church,  ill.  and  sho.  n.  058.  That  consummation  in 
the  Word  is  also  called  devastation  and  decision,  sho.  n.  058.  That 
consummation  or  devastation  is  effected  by  the  deprivation  of  goods 
and  truths,  which  being  taken  away  man  enters  into  the  evils  and 
the  falses  which  he  inwardly  cherished,  sho.  n.  076.  What  is  meant 
by  the  last  words  of  the  Lord  to  the  disciples,  in  Matthew,  that  he 
would  remain  with  them  even  until  the  consummation  of  the  age,  n. 
750. 

CONTAINING,  CONTAINED  [continens,  contcntum].  That  the 
thing  containing  sign,  the  same  with  the  thing  contained,  ill.  n.  400, 
672.    See  Vessel. 

CONVERSION  [c.onrrrsio].  That  angels  and  good  men  as  to 
their  spirit  continually  turn  themselves  towards  the  Lord  as  a  sun, 
and  that  thus  they  have  the  Lord  continually  before  their  face,  and 
this  which  way  soever  they  turn,  which  is  wonderful  ;  and  that  the 
d,evils  continually  turn  themselves  from  the  Lord,  n.  380,  938. 

COPPER  [cuprum,  vide  as].    See  Bras3. 

CORNER  [unguilty].  That  the  four  corners  sign,  the  four  quar- 
ters of  the  spiritual  world,  sho.  n.  342.  That  hence  the  four  corners 
of  the  earth  sign,  the  universal  heaven,  n.  342.  That  the  corner 
stone  sign,  the  foundation,  n.  342. 

CORRESPONDENCE  [correspondent].  That  there  is  a  cor- 
•  respondence  between  the  natural  and  spiritual,  concerning  which, 
ill.  n.  I. 

COSTLINESS  [pretiosa].  That  costliness  sign,  the  holy  things 
of  the  church,  sho.  n.  789. 


D    E  A 


13 


COVENANT  [fadusl  That  covenant  sign,  conjunction,  ill.  and 
sho.  n.  5*<J!>,  towards  the  end. 

COURT  [Atrium].  That  the  court  of  the  temple  sign,  the  exter- 
nal heaven,  and  heaven  in  ultiniales,  also  the  church  on  earth,  ill. 
and  slto.  n.  4~i7.  Concerning  the  two  courts  of  the  temple  at  Jeru- 
salem, n.  487. 

CREATE,  to  [crrnrr].  That  to  create  sign,  to  reform  and  regen- 
erate, slw.  n.  2.-)4,  475. 

CREATURE  [rrculura].  That  creatures  sign,  all  who  are  to  be 
created,  that  is,  who  are  capable  of  being  reformed,  sho.  n.  40").  What 
is  sign,  by  creatures  of  the  earth,  air,  and  sea,  n.  4U5.  See  Bkasts, 
Fowls,  and  Fishes. 

CROSS  [crux].  That  the-  cross  sign,  temptations,  sho.  n.  C>30. 
That  to  crucify  sign,  many  things,  principally  to  deny  the  Lord 
beinir  the  Son  of  God,  n.  504. 

CROWN  [corona].  That  crown  sign,  wisdom,  ill.  and  sho.  n. 
189,^52.  That  a  crown  sign,  an  ensign  of  warfare  and  victory,  sho. 
n.  300.  That  hence  a  crown  was  an  ensign  of  victory  to  martyrs, 
because  they  had  compiered  in  temptations,  n.  103, 

CRUCIFY,  to  [crucifigcre,  vide  crux].    See  Cross. 

CRYING,  or  a  CRY  [clamor]'.  That  crying  or  a  cry  is  spoken  of 
grief  and  (ear  of  falscs  from  hell,  and  thence  of  damnation,  sho.  n. 
8r5.  That  it  is  spoken  of  every  affection  breaking  out  from  the 
heart  ,  n.  885. 

CUNNING  [astus, vide  dolus].    See  Guile. 

CUP  [poculum].  That  a  cup,  chalice,  platter,  vial,  sign,  the 
same  as  the  tilings  contained  in  them  ;  if  wine  is  in  them,  that  they 
sign,  truth  or  false,  ill.  and  sho.  n.  G72.  That  a  bottle  or  pitcher 
sign,  the  same,  sho.  n.  07:2  towards  the  end;  That  vials  full  of  the 
wrath  of  God  sign,  the  evils  and  falses  in  the  church;  n.  073.  That 
to  pour  out  the  vials  upon  the  earth,  and  upon  the  sea,  sign,  influx 
into  the  church,  n.  070,  077,  080. 

CURSED  THING  [drvotum].  That  a  cursed  thing  sign,  evil, 
which  separates  the  Lord  from  man,  n.  937. 

CUSTODY  [custodiu,  vide  vinctus  ct  enptivus.]  See  Bound  and 
Captive. 

D 

DARKNESS  [feiie*r*J.  That  darkness  and  thick  darkness  sign. 
falses,  n.  110,695.  That  they  also  sign,  ignorance,  n.  110.  That 
darkness  sign,  falses  either  arising  from  ignorance,  or  from  falses  of 
religion,  or  from  evils  of  life,  sho.'u.  413. 

DAVID  [David].  That  by  David  is  meant  the  Lord  as  to  divine 
truth,  n.  174,  200. 

DAUGHTER  [Alia,  vide filius.]    See  Son. 

DAY  [dies].  That  day  and  night  sign,  at  all  times  and  in  every 
state,  of  course  perpetually,  n.  637.  That  day  and  night  from  light, 
sign,,  the  spiritual  truth  and  natural  truth  of  the  Word,  ill.  and  sho. 
n.  414.  That  the  great  day  or  Jehovah  sign,  the  coming  ol  the  Lord, 
and  the  then  establishment  of  a  new  church,  n.  704,  707.  That  that 
dav  sign,  the  end  of  the  former  chureh,  sho.  n.  707. 

DEATH.  DEAD  [mors,  jnorlnus].  That  death  s/«n.  various 
things  ;  that  it  sign,  extinction  of  natural  life,  which  is  death  ;  that 
it  «!'»/(.  extinction  of  spiritual  life,  which  is  damnation  ;  that  it  sign. 
extinction  of  concupiscences,  which  is  the  crucifixion  of  the  flesh, 
and  thus  a  renewal  of  life  ;  that  it  sign,  resurrection  ;  that  it  sign,  a 


14 


D    E  S 


rejection  by  the  world;  that  it  sign,  the  devil  and  hell,  and  thence 
evil  of  the  will,  n.  800.  That  death  sign,  extinction  of  spiritual  life, 
and  hell,  damnation,  sho.  n.  321.  That  the  first  death'-ran.  departure 
out  of  the  world,  and  the  second  death  damnation,  n.  106,  ill.  n.  853, 
87;!,  894.  That  the  first  death  is  not  mentioned  in  the  Apocalypse, 
n.  853.  That  death  also  sign,  the  life  of  man's  self-love,  because 
this  love  extinguishes  spiritual  lile,  n.  323. 

That  the  dead  sign  the  same  tiling  as  death,  n.  800.  That  the 
dead  sign,  dead  out  of  the  world,  sho.  n.  525,  808,  809.  That  the 
dead  sign,  those  who  are  in  natural  life  without  spiritual  life,  n.  159. 
That  dead  sign,  those  who  have  not  any  spiritual  life,  sho.  n.  525. 
That  the  dead  sigh,  those  who  are  interiorly  devils,  n.  870,  872 
That  the  dead  sign,  those  who  have  crucified  the  flesh,  and  have 
suffered  temptations,  sjiu.  n  639.  That  the  dead  sign,  those  who  are 
rejected  by  the  evil,  n.  847,  850,806.  That  dead,  when  spoken  of 
the  Lord,  s/gn.  to  be  neglected,  and  his  Humanity  not  acknowledged 
as  divine,  n.  5!),  93,209.    Concerning  dead  worship,  see  Worship. 

DECALOGUE  [dccalogus].  That  the  precepts  of  the  decalogue 
were  promulgated  by  Jehovah,  and  were  not  only  precepts  of  society, 
but  also  of  religion,  ill.  n.  529.  That  the  precepts  of  the  decalogue 
are  in  every  religion,  and  that  man  should  live  according  to  them 
from  religion,  a.  272.  Wonderful  things  concerning  the  decalogue 
and  concerning  the  ark  from  the  Word,  and  that  thence  it  may  be 
seen  that  the  decalogue  is  most  holy,  ill.  and  sho.  n.  529.  That  the 
first  step  to  reformation,  is  to  live  according  to  the  commandments 
of  the  decalogue,  tl.  028.  That  through  a  life  conformable  to  the 
precepts  of  the  decalogue  conjunction  is  effected  with  the  Lord,  ill. 
n.  400.  That  the  second  table  of  the  decalogue  is  the  universal  doc- 
trine of  repentance,  ill  n.  531  towards  the  end,  n.4(il.  That  the 
decalogue  is  called  the  testimony,  sho.  n.  400,  sho.  n.  009.  That  the 
second  table  of  the  decalogue  is  a  blank  table  to  those  who  are  in 
faith  alone,  n.  461.  An  answer  from  heaven  to  those  who  believed 
and  asserted,  that  by  the  works  of  the  law,  from  whose  damnation 
through  faith  they  are  exempt,  are  understood  the  works  of  the  law 
of  the  decalogue,  n.  578.  That  the  temple  of  the  tabernacle  of  the 
testimony  sign,  where  the  Lord  is  in  his  holiness  in  the  Word,  and 
in  the  law.  which  is  the  decalogue,  n.  669. 

DKGREE  [grmlus].  That  there  are  three  degrees  of  love  and 
wisdom  or  of  goodness  and  truth  in  the  Lord,  who  is  infinite,  which 
are  called  celestial,  spiritual,  and  natural,  and  that  hence  there  are 
three  degrees  in  the  heavens,  and  also  in  man  from  creation,  n.  49, 
ill.  n  774.    That  the  church  of  the  Lord  is  distinguished  into  those 

DEMON,  or  DEVIL  [tlamon,  ilcrmonhtm}.  That  demons  and 
devils  sigh,  concupiscences  originating  in  love  of  the  world,  and 
such  as  are  in  ihose  concupiscences  become  demons  after  death,  ill. 
and  sho.  n.  458.  That  they  sign,  cupidities  of  falsifying  truths,  n. 
703,  750.  That  they  become  demons  of  the  worst  kind  who  were  in 
the  concupiscences  of  exercising  dominion  from  the  love  of  self  over 
the  huh  things  of  the  church,  n.  750. 

DEN  [spelunca].  That  they  who  had  been  in  evil  loves  are  in 
hell  in  dc  ns.  and  that  hence  dens  sign,  evil  loves,  ill.  and  sho.  n.  338. 

DRSKRT  \solitudo.  vide  desertum].    See  Wilderness. 

DESTROYER,  PERDITION  [perdUor,  perditio].  That  Abad- 
don and  Apollyon  sign,  a  destroyer  and  perdition  ;  and  that  destroyer 
and  perdition  sign  the  destruction  of  the  church,  by  a  total  falsifica- 
tion of  the  Word,  sho.  440. 


D   VV  E 


15 


DEVASTATION  [dcvastatio,  vide  consummalio].  See  Con- 
summation. 

DEVIL  [diabolus].  That  t tie  hell  where  they  are  who  are  in  evils 
as  to  life',  properly  who  are  in  self-love,  is  called  in  one  expression 
the  devil,  because  all  who  are  there  are  called  devils;  and  that  the 
hell  where  they  are  who  are  in  raises  as  to  doctrine,  properly  who 
are  in  the  pride  of  self-derived  intelligence,  is  called  in  one  expres- 
sion satan.  because  all  who  are  there  are  called  satans,  n.  1*7,  550, 
841,  856,  ill.  n.  153.  That  the  depths  of  satan  sign,  the  interiors  of 
faith  separated  from  charity,  n.  143.  That  the  throne  of  satan  sign. 
where  there  are  falses,  and  thence  spiritual  darkness,  n.  110.  That 
in  every  religion  it  is  known  that  there  is  a  God  from  whom  pro- 
ceeds good,  and  that  there  is  a  devil  from  whom  proceeds  evil,  and 
that  therefore  good  is  to  be  done  and  evil  shunned,  n.  272,  ill.  ft.  675. 

DIADEM  [diudemu].  See  Stone,  and  under  the  article  Precious 
Stone. 

DOCTRINE  [doctrinal.  That  worship  is  according  to  doctrine, 
n.  777,  778. 

DOG  [cam's].  That  dogs  sign,  corporeal  appetite,  principally  the 
pleasure  of  eating  and  drinking,  ill.  and  sho.  n.  952. 

DOOR  [junun].  That  gales,  partus,  sign,  knowledges  of  what  is 
true  and  good  out  of  the  Word,  by  which  man  is  introduced  into  the 
church,  consequently  introducing  truths,  sho.  n.  8!»(.l,  901,  !110.  That 
there  are  actually  doors  in  the  spiritual  world,  which  are  opened  and 
shut  to  those  who  ascend  to  heaven,  and  that  therefore  they  sign. 
entrance  or  admission,  sho.  n.  176,  177.  That  the  Lord  alone  opens 
and  shuts  the  doors  there,  n.  177.  That  doors  sign,  admission  and 
introduction,  n.  217.  That  the  Lord  is  the  door  by  which  man  is  to 
enter  that  he  may  be  saved,  sho.  n.  !U6. 

DOUBLE,  and  to  DOUBLE  [duphim.et  duplicate}.  That  they 
sign,  to  be  done  according  to  quantity  and  quality,  sho.  n.  762. 

DRAGON  [drnrc].  That  the  dragon  sign,  those  who  make  God 
three,  and  the  Lord  two,  and  who  separate  charity  and  faith,  and 
make  the  latter  competent  to  salvation,  and  not  the  former,  ill.  n. 
537.  That  dragon  Sign,  the  devastation  of  the  church,  sho.  n.  537. 
That  they  who  are  meant  by  the  dragon  will  persecute  the  New 
Church  of  the  Lord,  and,  as  far  as  possible,  will  seduce  them,  ill. 
and  sho.  n.  884.  The  leason  why  the  dragon  is  called  the  old  ser- 
pent, the  devil,  and  satan,  n.  841,  856.  What  is  sign,  by  the 
dragon  being  bound  one  thousand  years,  n.  842.  Concerning  the 
sports  of  the  dran-on.and  concerning  the  obsession  of  a  city  by  them, 
ill.  n.  655. 

DRINK-OFFERING,  or  LIBATION  [libamen,  vide  vinum].  See 

WlNF. 

DRUNKENNESS  [rhrictas].  That  to  be  made  drunk  with  the 
wine  of  whoredom  or  of  Babylon,  also  simply  to  be  made  drunk, 
sign,  to  be  infatuated  or  insane  with  regard  to  spiritual  things,  sho. 
n.  721. 

DUST  [pvlris].  That  dust  sign,  what  is  damned,  sho.  n.  778. 
That  to  cast  dust  on  the  head  sign,  interior  grief  and  mourning  on 
account  ot  damnation;  sho.  n.  778. 

DWELL,  to  [Imbilarr].  That  to  dwell  is  spoken  of  good,  n.  380. 
That  to  dwell  and  to  cohabit  sign,  conjunction  proceeding  from  love, 
ill.  n.  883.  That  by  the  Lord's  being  said  to  dwell  with  them  is 
sign,  that  he  is  in  them,  and  thev  in  him,  consequently  conjunction, 
n.883. 


10 


K   N  G 


EAGLE  [a  quit  a].  That  flying  eaglessj'xrn.  knowledges  and  thence 
understanding,  sho.  n.  244;  also  understanding  perverted,  from 
knowledges  ut'  what  is  false,  sho.  n.  244. 

EAR.  [muis.  vide  audi**].    See  To  Hear. 

EAR.  TH  perro],  That  the  eartli  sign,  .the  church,  s/io.  n,  285, 
902.  That  the  earth  sign,  the  church  among  those  who  are  in  its 
internals  and  are  called  clergy,  and  the  sea,  the  church  among  those 
who  are  in  its  externals,  and  are  called  laity,  slio.  n.  308,  402,  470, 
567,  594,  077,  080  ;  see  the  Sea.  That  the  earth  also  sign,  damna- 
tion, which  lakes  place  with  them,  among  whom  the  church  is  per- 
verted and  destroyed,  slto.  n.  285.  That  in  the  spiritual  world  there 
are  earths  as  well  as  in  the  natural  world  ;  but  that  the  latter  are 
from  a  natural  origin,  whereas  the  former  are  from  a  spiritual  origin, 
n.  260.  331,  805.  That  the  heavens  are  expanses,  and  in  each  expanse 
the  earth  is  under  the  feet,  n.  200.  Who  are  meant  by  those  who 
are  under  the  earth,  n.  200.  Concerning  the  inferior  earth,  see 
Spiritual  World. 

That  the  earths  in  the  spiritual  world  are  changed  according  to  the 
evils  and  falses  of  those  who  dwell  upon  them,  and  that  earthquakes 
happen,  n.  331,  515.  That  hence  earthquakes  sign,  changes  of  the 
state  of  the  church,  sho.  n.  331,  ill.  n.  390.  That  a  great  earthquake, 
such  as  was  not  before,  sign,  overturnings  of  all  things  belonging  to 
the  church,  ill.  and  sho.  n.  711. 

EARTHQUAKE  [/erne  mqtus,  vide  terra].    See  Earth. 

EAT,  to  [edere].  That  to  cat  sign,  to  appropriate  to  himself,  n. 
80.  What  is  sign,  by  eating  the  flesh  of  another,  n.  748.  See 
Flks.i. 

EGYPT  [JEgi/ptus~].  That  Egypt  sign,  the  natural  man  in  con- 
junction with  the  spiritual,  and  in  such  case  the  affection  of  truth, 
sho.  n.  503.  That  Egypt,  in  the  opposite  sense,  sign,  the  natural 
man  separated  from  the  spiritual,  and  in  that  case  insanity  in  spirit-' 
ual  things,  she.  n.  503.  The  reason  whereof  is,  because  the  Egyp- 
tians cultivated  the  science  of  correspondences,  whence  came  their 
hieroglyphics,  which  science  they  afterwards  turned  into  magic,  and 
made  it  idolatrous,  n.  503,  towards  the  end.  The  miracles  in  Egypt 
recounted,  n.  503.  That  all  those  things  signified  the  falses  and  evils 
of  the  church,  n.  330. 

ELDER  [scurf,  seniorrs].  That  the  four-and-twenty  elders  sign. 
all  the  truths  and  goods  of  the  church  in  heaven  and  in  earth,  ill.  n. 
233,251.  That  they  sign,  the  heavens,  n.  521.  Jn  particular,  the 
superior  heavens,  n.  275,  808. 

ELECTION  [clirtio].  That  by  the  chosen  or  elect  are  meant 
thev  who  are  with  the  Lord,  who  are  not  elected  by  predestination, 
n.  744.  Who  are  meant  by  the  called,  the  chosen,  and  the  faithful, 
n.  744.    See  Church. 

ELIJAH  and  ELISHA.  That  Elijah  and  Elisha  represented  the 
Lord  as  to  the  Word,  ill.  h.  208,  437. 

EMl'TV  [vacutunj.  That  man  is  said  to  be  empty  when  there 
arc  nothing  but  falses  and  evils  in  him,  n.  100. 

ENCHANTMENT  [incantatio].    See  Incantation. 

ENDURANCE  [tolerantiii].  That  endurance  si<>n.  study  and 
labor,  n.  120.  That  the  word  of  endurance  sign,  spiritual  combat, 
which  is  temptation,  n.  185. 

ENGLISH  [Jlngli]-    A  conversation  of  certain  Englishmen  with 


P   A  C 


1? 


two  angels  concerning  the  understanding  of  man  in  spiritual  things, 
concerning  God,  the  immortality  of  the  soul,  regeneration,  baptism, 
and  the  holy  supper,  ill.  n.  '224.  Concerning  the  English  clergy 
ascending  into  a  society  of  the  superior  heavens,  and  of  their  dis- 
course there  on  a  certain  time  with  their  king,  about  the  Lord  and 
about  charity  ;  and  after  their  descent,  of  their  discourse  with  others 
of  the  clergy  about  unanimity  and  concord,  i7/.  n.  341.  Concerning 
a  paper  sent  down  from  heaven  to  a  society  of  English,  and  sent  back 
by  two  bishops  there;  and  of  a  discourse  afterwards  with  those  bi- 
shops concerning  the  church  and  religion  at  this  day,  ill.  n.  C75.  Of 
the  tracts  published  in  London  concerning  the  New 'Jerusalem,  repro- 
bated by  the  English  bishops  ;  and  concerning  the  dominion  which 
thev  affect,  ill.  n.  716. 

EPHESUS  [Ephesus].  That  by  the  church  of  Ephesus  are  meant 
those  who  primarily  respect  truths  of  doctrine,  and  not  goods  of  life, 
n.  73. 

EPHRAIM  [Ephraim,  \\de  Mcnasche].    See  Masasses. 

EVENING  [respera].  That  evening  sign,  the  last  time  of  the  old 
church  ;  and  morning,  the  first  time  or  commencement  of  the  New 
Church,  sho.  n.  151.  That  the  Lord  instituted  the  holy  supper,  be- 
cause the  evening,  in  which  the  supper  took  place,  sign,  the  last  state 
and  time  of  the  church,  n.  210,  HI.  n.  816. 

EVIL  [malum].  That  evil  is  the  devil,  n.  890.  That  there  is 
evil  of  false  and  false  of  evil,  concerning  which,  n.  37!».  3S2.  That 
they  who  confirm  evil  in  themselves  perish,  n.  872.  That  the  evil 
which  appears  to  man,  contains  innumerable  concupiscences  in  si- 
multaneous order,  ill.  n.  678.  See  Repentance.  That  evil  is  at- 
tributed to  Jehovah,  that  is,  to  the  Lord,  and  that  this  is  from  appear- 
ance, n.  4!M,  4'J8,  714.  That  after  death,  goods  and  truths  are  taken 
awav  from  the  evil,  and  evils  and  falses  from  the  good,  ill.  n.  948. 

EUPHRATES  {Euphrates].  That  Euphrates  sign,  rational  things 
bordering  upon  or  bounding  the  spiritual  things  of  the  church,  ill.  n. 
444.  That  it  sign,  interior  reasonings,  n.  699.  That  it  sign,  reason- 
ings full  of  falses,  and  thence  insanities,  sho.  n.  444. 

EXTERNAL  [externum].  That  the  ultimate  is  the  continent 
and  complex  of  all  things  prior,  n.  438  towards  the  end.  That  all 
spiritual  power  consists  in  truths  in  the  ultimates,  n.  143.  What  is 
in  the  inmost  is  in  all  things  around,  ill.  n.  933.  That  the  church 
in  the  heavens  and  the  church  on  the  earths  make  one,  like  the  inter- 
nal and  external  in  man,  n.  486. 

EXTREME  [crlreinitm].  That  in  the  ultimates  or  extremes  is 
the  simultaneous  order  of  the  successives,  ill.  n.  678.    See  Order. 

EYE  [onclus].  That  eye  sign,  the  understanding,  n.  25,  sho.  n. 
48.  That  eye,  when  spoken  of  the  Lord,  sign,  divine  wisdom,  om- 
niscience, and  providence,  sho.  n.  48,  240,  271.  Whatis  sign,  by  the 
eyes  of  the  cherubims,  n.  240,  246. 

EYE-SALVE  [cattyrtum].  That  it  sign,  a  medicine  whereby  the 
understanding  is  healed,  n.  214. 

F 

FACE  [fncies].  What  is  sign,  by  seeing  the  face  of  the  Lord, 
ill.  n.  938.  That  to  see  the  face  of  Jehovah  or  the  Lord  sign,  to 
know  and  acknowledge  what  he  is,  as  to  his  divine  attributes,  be- 
sides other  things,  sho.  n.  939.  That  no  one  can  see  the  Lord,  such 
as  he  is  in  himself,  and  live,'  slio.  n  939.  That  the  face  of  Jehovah 
or  the  Lord,  in  an  opposite  sense,  sign,  anger  and  aversion,  because 


IS 


p  a  r 


a  bad  man  is  angry,  and  turneth  himself  away,  sho.  n.  939.  That 
face,  when  spoken  of  the  devil,  sign,  subtle  artfulness,  n.  502. 

FAITH  [fides}.  That  faith  is  truth,  ill.  n.  Ill,  129,  Various 
things  concerning  the  conjunction  of  faith  and  charity,  ill.  n.  417. 
That  faith  is  from  charity,  and  that  it  is  the  form  of  charity,  altoge- 
ther like  speech  and  sound,  ill.  n.  055,  ill.  n.  875.  A  comparison  of 
charity  and  faith  with  heat  and  light,  from  which  may  be  seen,  what 
faith  is  separated  from  charity,  and  what  faith  is  conjoined  with  cha- 
rity, ill.  n.  875,  towards  the  end.  The  quality  of  faith  originating  in 
charity  described,  n.  451.  That  charity  and  faith  are  not  any  thing, 
unless  they  exist  in  works,  and  that  in  works  they  exist  and  subsist, 
ill.  n.  875.  That  charity  and  faitli  in  man  are  inwardly  in  act,  con- 
sequently in  works,  when  they  are  in  the  will,  because  they  are  then 
in  the  endeavor,  ill.  n.  875. 

A  general  or  universal  idea  of  faith  concerning  the  Lord,  and  con- 
cerning salvation  from  him,  n.  C7.  That  they  who  believe  in  the 
Lord  have  eternal  life  and  are  saved,  sho.  n.  60,  sho.  n.  553.  That 
the  acknowledgment  of  the  Lord  and  faith  occasion  presence  ;  but 
that  affection  and  love  occasion  conjunction,  ill.  n.  937.  That  Paul 
and  James  agree  in  this,  that  the  doers  of  the  law  are  justified  by 
God;  sho.  n. ,828,  t U.  n.  417. 

For  the  doctrine  of  the  Reformed  concerning  justification  by  faith, 
and  concerning  good  works,  see  the  doctrines  of  the  Reformed  in 
what  is  premised  at  n.  II.  That  the  Reformed  establish  their  doc- 
trine upon  a  single  assertion  of  Paul,  falsely  understood,  ill.  n.  417, 
750.  That  all  who  belong  to  the  church  in  the  christian  world,  agree 
in  this  point,  that  man  is  justified  without  the  works  of  the  law,  n. 
391.  That  faith  alone  at  this  day  constitutes  the  universal  theology, 
and  charity  in  no  respect,  n.  133.  In  what  manner  they  defend  their 
doctrine,  by  various  kinds  of  discourses  and  reasonings,  ill.  n.  838. 
That  all  throughout  the  christian  world  acknowledge  faith  alone  as 
the  only  means  of  salvation,  although  in  other  things  they  disagree, 
ill.  n.  464.  That  faith  alone  is  confirmed  various  wavs,  principally 
the  faith  of  the  clergy,  but  not  so  that  of  the  laity,  ill.  n.  420,  401, 
G77.  That  faith  alone  is  easily  received,  the  reason  thereof,  and  that 
therefore  it  is  received,  n.  539.  That  there  are  three  degrees  of  re- 
ception of  the  religious  principle  of  faith  alone,  1st,  to  acknowledge 
it ;  secondly,  to  confirm  it  in  himself ;  3dly,  to  live  according  to  it ; 
that  there  are  some  who  are  in  the  first  and  second  degree  and  not  in 
the  third,  and  that  they  who  are  in  the  third  are  damned  ;  the  quality 
of  these  described,  ifl.'n.  634.  That  faith  alone  is  also  faith  separated 
from  charity,  n.  388.  Concerning  those  who,  in  theological  matters, 
know  nothing,  except  that  faith  alone  is  all,  and  of  their  habitation 
and  lot.  from  experience,  n.  450.  That  the  learned  have  attributed 
all  of  salvation  to  faith,  and  nothing  to  charity  ;  the  reason  whereof 
is,  that  they  have  attributed  every  thing  to  knowledge,  and  nothing 
to  affection,  because  the  former  appears  before  the  sight,  whereas  the 
latter  does  not  appear,  but  faith  proceeds  from  thought,  and  charity 
from  affecction,  n.  iX)8.  That  faith  proceeds  from  thought,  and  cha- 
rity from  affection,  ill.  n:  655.  That  that  tenet  ought  to  be  shunned, 
that  a  man  is  justified,  that  is,  saved,  by  faitli  alone  without  the  works 
of  the  law,  ill.  n.83&. 

Various  reasonings,  by  which  they  establish,  that  faith  alone  is  the 
only  means  of  salvation,  ill.  n.  449.  That  in  the  southern  quarter 
are  they  who  only  acknowledge  faith  alone  and  the  customary  wor- 
ship as  means  of  salvation,  and  live  as  they  like,  concerning  whom 


F   A  I 


19 


from  experience,  n.  442.  Many  of  their  visionary  notions  enumerat- 
ed who  confirm  themselves  in  faith  alone,  n.  45L  That  the  interiors 
of  faith,  separated  from  charity,  are  the  depths  of  Satan,  n.  143. 
That  they  are  spectres,  ill.  n.  675.  See  English.  That  they  seduce, 
and  consequently  that  they  are  dangerous,  ill.  n.  144.  Concerning 
those  who  separate  faith  entirely  from  charity,  pretending  that  God, 
by  virtue  of  faith,  operates  inwardly,  even  to  the  proper  will  of  man, 
and  it  there  turns  itself  about  on  the  left  side,  and  that  thus  the  inte- 
riors of  man's  mind  are  intended  for  God.  and  the  exteriors  for  man, 
hence  that  God  pays  no  regard  to  any  thing  which  relates  to  man  ; 
that  these  were  seen  as  turtles  with  two  heads,  HI.  n.  4G3.  That  the 
interior  reasonings  of  those  who  are  in  faith  alone,  must  first  be  de- 
tected and  removed,  otherwise  the  truths  of  faith  appertaining  to  the 
New  Church,  which  is  the  New  Jerusalem,  cannot  be  received  ;  for 
which  reason  they  are  treated  of  in  the  Apocalypse,  n.  4*3,  700. 
That  they  who  have  confirmed  themselves  in  faith  alone,  cannot  re- 
ceive the  two  essentials  of  the  New  Church,  which  are  the  acknow- 
ledgment, that  the  Lord  is  the  God  of  heaven  and  earth,  and  a  life 
according  to  the  precepts  of  the  decalogue.  That  they  reject  them 
for  three  reasons,  ill.  n.  500.  That  they  who  have  confirmed  them- 
selves in  the  falses  of  that  faith,  can  with  difficulty  recede  from  them, 
for  this  reason,  because  they  are  kept  shackled  as  it  were  by  the  dra- 
gonists  in  the  world  of  spirits,  with  whom  they  are  in  society,  n. 
603.  That  they  who  are  in  faith  alone,  and  pray  from  the  form  of 
their  faith,  cannot  do  otherwise  than  make  God  three  and  the  Lord 
two  ;  because  they  pray  to  God  the  Father,  that  he  would  have  mer- 
cy for  the  sake  of  the  Son,  and  send  the  Holy  Ghost,  ill.  n.  037,  ill. 
n.  fill. 

That  they  who  have  confirmed  in  themselves  faith  alone,  have  so 
far  shut  up  their  understanding,  as  no  longer  to  see  any  truth  in  the 
Word,  /'//.  n.  421.  That  they  who  have  confirmed  in  themselves 
faith  alone,  have  no  truth  from  the  Word,  but  what  is  falsified, 
whence  there  is  not  any  church  among  them,  nor  any  religion,  ill.  n. 
541,  ill.  n.  075.  That  the  doctrine  of  faith  at  this  day  is  contrary  to 
the  Word,  and  that  it  falsifies  the  whole  Word,  n.  130,  404,  570. 
That  they  who  from  confirmation  are  in  faith  alone,  know  the  truths 
from  the  Word,  which  are  enumerated,  but  that  they  have  falsified 
all,  made  evident  by  a  paper,  on  which  those  truths  were  written, 
which  was  placed  on  a  table  illuminated  by  a  direct  influx  of  light 
from  heaven,  also  by  touching  the  Word  which  lay  on  another  table, 
concerning  which,  ill.  n.  566.  Concerning  a  leader  in  the  doctrine 
of  faith  alone,  who  touched  the  Word  placed  on  a  table,  and  was 
thrown  into  a  corner  of  the  room,  and  became  as  it  were  dead,  ULn. 
500.  That  the  adultery  of  the  son  with  the  mother  corresponds  with 
the  falsification  of  the  truths  of  the  Word  by  faith  alone,  and  that  this 
is  represented  by  the  adultery  of  Reuben  with  Bilha,  his  father's  con- 
cubine, sho.  n.  134. 

That  they  who,  from  confirmation,  are  in  faith  alone,  are  in  the 
light  of  Infatuation,  which  corresponds  to  the  light  which  owls  and 
bats  see  bv,  which  light  in  itself  is  darkness,  /'//.  n.  500.  That  evil 
of  life  follows  from  the  falses  of  that  faith,  n.  69&  That  it  is  of  the 
divine  providence  of  the  Lord,  that  they  who  have  confirmed  them- 
selves in  faith  alone  falsify  truths,  lest  if  they  knew  holy  truths,  they 
should  profane  them,  n.  686,  088.  Concerning  three  hundred  who 
had  confirmed  in  themselves  faith  alone,  and  ascended  into  heaven, 
and  in  their  descent  were  seen  like  dead  horses  :  because  a  living 


20 


P  A  I 


horse  sign,  the  understanding  of  the  Word,  and  a  dead  horse  the  un- 
derstanding of  the  Word  destroyed,  ill.  n.  611.  In  what  manner  the 
dragon  spirits  ileal  the  wounds  made  hy  this  tenet,  that  the  works  of 
the  law  are  not  necessary  to  salvation,  which,  nevertheless;  doe3  not 
accord  witli  the  Word,  n.  570,  577,  578.  Concerning  those  who  as- 
serted, that  by  the  works  of  tiie  law  are  meant  the  works  of  the  law 
of  the  decalogue;  what  reply  was  made  to  tlieni  from  heaven,  n. 
578.  A  pit  of  the  abyss  described,  where  they  are  who  have  confirm- 
ed faith  alone,  n.  421,  442. 

Concerning  this  tenet  of  their  faith,  that  God  the  Father  withdrew 
his  grace  and  favor  from  the  human  race,  and  that  therefore  recon- 
ciliation and  satisfaction  were  necessary,  but  that  this  is  contrary 
both  to  Scripture  and  reason,  ill.  n.  484.  Concerning  the  act  of 
justification  by  faith  alone,  that  they  make  themselves  as  to  that  act 
like  a  statue  of  salt,  or  Lot's  wife,  ill.  n.484.  Concerning  the  state  of 
justification  by  faith  alone,  and  concerning  the  mysteries  of  it,  that 
the  goods  of  charity  done  by  man  contribute  nothing  to  salvation,  and 
that  hence  it  follows,  that  in  such  case  there  is  no  religion,  ill.  n.  484. 
Concerning  those  who  make  faith  alone  the  only  means  of  salvation, 
and  concerning  those  who  make  charity  the  only  means,  also  con- 
cerning a  syncretist,  ill.  n.  586.  A  disquisition  among  certain  spirits, 
whether  faith  is  spiritual  and  not  charity,  or  whether  charity  is  spi- 
ritual and  thence  faith,  ill.  n.  386i  A  disquisition  concerning  faith 
and  charity,  the  quality  of  charity,  if  to  faith  is  assigned  the  first 
place,  and  the  quality  of  faith,  if  to  charity  is  assigned  the  first  place  ; 
that  in  this  latter  state,  faith  is  spiritual  from  charity,  whereas,  in  the 
former,  faith  is  natural  and  charity  also,  compared  with  a  mounte- 
bank walking  on  the  palms  of  his  hands,  ill.  n.  055.  That  the  great 
city,  which  is  spiritually  called  Sodom  and  Egypt,  is  where  they  are 
■who  acknowledge  faith  alone  as  the  only  means  of  salvation  ;  various 
things  there  concerning  the  mockery  of  charity,  and  concerning  a 
plenary  justification  of  man  from  sins  by  faith  alone,  ill.  n,  531. 
Concerning  the  pastimes  of  the  dragon  in  an  amphitheatre,  that  by 
fantasies  they  introduced  sheep  and  lambs,  and  afterwards,  lions  and 
tigers,  which  tore  them  to  pieces,  ill.  n.  055.  Concerning  the  dragon 
spirits,  who  were  desirous  to  take  by  stratagem  a  certain  city,  where 
charity  reigned,  asserting,  that  they  also  professed  faith  and  charity, 
only  with  this  difference,  that  they  assign  to  faith  the  first  place,  and 
to  charity- the  second  ;  but  in  vain,  concerning  which  circumstance, 
ill.  n.  055.  That  the  dragons  afterwards  laid  siege  to  that  city,  but 
that  they  were  consumed  by  fire  from  heaven,  ill.  n.  055.  A  disqui- 
sition in  a  council  concerning  justifying  faith  without  the  works  of 
the  law,  and  the  conclusion  therein,  that  faith  produces  good  works, 
as  a  tree  produces  fruit ;  also  an  inquiry,  whether  it  is  so  believed  at 
this  day  by  those  who  have  confirmed  themselves  in  faith  alone,  and 
it  was  perceived  to  be  quite  the  reverse,  ill.  n.  417.  That  from  this 
conclusion  the  conjunction  of  faith  with  charity  has  not  been  found, 
ill.  n.  417.  A  temple  or  place  of  worship,  in  which  was  seen  a  re- 
presentative image  of  faith  separated  from  charity,  described  as  to  its 
quality,  and  that  it  was  afterwards  destroyed,  and  in  the  place  there- 
of was  seen  the  tabernacle,  the  temple^  and  the  Lord,  ill.  n.  f!26. 
Concerning  the  lot  of  those  who  have  confirmed  themselves  in  faith 
alone  ;  that  in  the  spiritual  world  they  are  led  to  build,  but  what 
they  build  by  day  falls  down  by  night,  and  that  afterwards  they  arc 
let  into  hell,  ill.  n.  153.  Also  "concerning  their  lot  and  destruction, 
ill.  n.  531. 


F    £  A 


21 


That  they  who  have  confirmed  in  themselves  faith  alone,  believe 
themselves  to  be  wise,  when  nevertheless  they  are  the  foolish  vir- 
gins, n.  433.  That  they  who,  from  confirmations,  are  in  faith  alone, 
believe  that  the  doctrine  thereof  is  so  fortified,  that  it  cannot  be  im- 
pugned, n.  581.  That  they  who  have  confirmed  themselves  in  faith 
alone,  are  inveterate  enemies  against  those  who  oppose  that  faith, 
but  especially  when  they  feel  among  them  the  sphere  of  the  Lord, 
HI.  and  sho.  n.  603.  That  they  who  are  in  faith  alone  do  not  think 
about  repentance,  n.  450,  ill.  n.  531.  That  the  decalogue  to  them  is 
a  blank  table,  n.  4G1.  That  they  who  think  themselves  free  under 
faith,  and  not  bondmen  under  the  law,  are  bondmen,///,  n.  578.  That 
they  who  are  in  faith  alone  do  not  reflect,  neither  are  willing  to 
reflect,  upon  evils  of  life  in  themselves,  ill.  n.  531,  710.  That  the 
tenet  concerning  faith  alone  is  damnable,  s/to.  n.638.  That  they  are 
the  goats,  ill.  d.  417,  836.  That  the  church  commences  from  cha- 
rity, and  terminates  in  faith  alone,  n.  82. 

That  they  who  are  in  faith  alone,  will  and  teach  that  the  under- 
standing is  to  be  kept  in  subjection  to  all  things  of  their  faith  ;  but 
that  this  tenet  is  hurtful,  ill.  n.  224,  5C4,  575.  That  the  understand- 
ing is  to  be  kept  in  subjection  to  faith,  or  that  what  the  church 
teaches,  is  to  be  blindly  believed,  is  retained  from  the  Roman  Catho- 
lic religion,  which  declares  this  tenet,  n.  914.  That  thereby  the  way 
of  light  from  the  Lord  is  obstructed,  insomuch  that  man  can  no  longer 
be  enlightened,  ill.  n  914. 

FAITHFUL  [Jidelis].  That  faithful  sign,  those  who  are  in  faith 
in  the  Lord,  and  that  it  sign,  those  who  are  in  the  inmost  principles 
of  the  church,  n,  744,  881.    See  Church. 

FALSE  [falsum].  That  falses  are  darkness  and  thick  darkness, 
n.  110.  That  there  is  evil  of  the  false  principle,  and  the  false  of  evil, 
n.  379,  382.  That  there  is  the  false  principle  proceeding  from  evil, 
and  the  false  principle  not  proceeding  from  evil,  and  that  the  false 
principle  not  proceeding  from  evil  appears  before  the  Lord  as  truth, 
but  under  different  colors,  HI.  n.  C25.  Concerning  the  good  and 
false  principle  together,  n.  97.  Concerning  the  light  of  the  confir- 
mation of  what  is  false,  together  with  its  quality,  ill.  n,  5CC,  C95. 
See  Confirmation. 

FALSE-PROPHET  [pseudo  prophcta,  vide  prophcta].  See  Pro- 
phet. * 

FAMINE,  [fames].    See  Hunger. 

FAT,  FATNESS  [pingue,  pinguedo].  That  fat  things  sign  celes- 
tial goods  and  the  affections  thereof,  and  the  delights  of  those  affec- 
tions, sho.  n.  782. 

FATHER  [pater].  That  father  sign,  good;  and  when  spoken  of 
the  Lord,  divine  good  in  him,  n.  170,  ill.  and  slio.  n.  G13.  That  the 
Lord  by  Father  meant  the  divinity  in  him,/W.  n.  150,  ill.  n.  170.  That 
God  and  the  Father,  also  God  and  Jehovah,  sign,  the  Lord  with  re- 
spect to  divine  truth,  and  with  respect  to  divine  good,  n.  21.  That 
the  Lord,  as  to  his  all-creating  divinity  (ditinum  a  quo),  as  well  as 
to  his  divine  human,  is  called  the  Father,  sho.  n.  21,  sho.  n.  C13,  sho. 
n.  839.  That  the  kingdom  of  the  Father  comes,  and  that  the  will  of  the 
Father  is  done  as  in  heaven,  so  on  earth,  when  the  Lord  is  immedi- 
ately approached,  ill.  and  sho.  n.  839.    See  also  the  Lord. 

FEAR,  to  FEAR  [timor,  timcre].  That  the  fear  of  God  and  to  fear 
God,  sign,  the  love  of  God,  and  to  love  God,  especially  a  fear  and  to 
fear  to  do  any  thing  against  him,  that  is,  against  his  precepts,  inas- 
much as  this  fear  is  in  all  love,  ill.  and  sho.  n.  527,  ill.  a.  028.  What 
3* 


22 


F   O  O 


holy  fear  is,  ill.  and  sho.  n.  56.  That  what  is  introduced  from  fear 
does  not  remain,  n.  164  towards  the  end.  That  the  fearful  and  to 
fear  sign,  to  be  in  no  faith,  slio.  n.  B9l.  That  fear  sign,  a  tear  of  hell 
and  of  torments  there,  which  is  with  the  wicked,  n.  527. 

FEED,  to,  and  PASTOR  [pusccrc,  ct  pastor].  That  to  feed  sign. 
to  teach,  and  pastor  or  feeder,  one  that  teaches,  HI.  and  slio.  n.  383. 

FIG-TREE  [fiats'].  That  a  fig-tree  sign,  natural  good,  sho.  n. 
334.  ill  n.  875. 

FILTHY  Ftmmwufaa].    See  Unclean. 

FIRE  [ignis].  That  fire  sign,  divine  love,  ill.  and  sho.  n.  408. 
That  in  the  spiritual  world  love  appears  at  a  distance  as  fire,  n.  422. 
That  therefore  fire  upon  the  altar  of  burnt-offering  sign,  divine  celes- 
tial love,  and  that  for  that  reason  it  was  commanded  that  it  should 
burn  constantly  thereon,  and  that  lire  should  be  taken  therefrom  in 
the  censer,  and  they  should  make  incense,  HI.  aud  sho.  n.  395  That 
fire,  in  an  opposite  sense,  sign,  infernal  love,  n.  422,  494.  That 
fire  and  sulphur  sign,  infernal  love  and  concupiscences  derived 
from  that  love,  sho.  n.  452.  453.  That  fire  sign,  hatred,  ill.  n. 
655  towards  the  end,  766.  What  is  sign,  by  hail  mingled  with  fire, 
n.  399.  See  Hail.  That  it  is  attributed  to  Jehovah,  that  he  con- 
sumes with  fire,  ill.  and  sho.  n.  494.  That  the  truth  is  testified  by 
fire  from  heaven,  sho.  n.  599.  That  a  consuming  fire  from  heaven 
was  a  testification  that  they  were  in  evils  and  lalses,  sho.  n.  59!' ;  and 
that  they  were  in  the  concupiscence  of  infernal  love,  ill.  n.  8G3. 
That  to  be  burnt  with  fire  sign,  the  punishment  of  the  profanation  of 
what  is  sacred  or  holy,  sho.  n.  748 ',  7(56. 

FIRST-BEGOTTEN  [primogcnitits].  That  the  Lord  is  called 
the  first-begotten  from  the  dead,  which  sign,  that  in  his  humanity  he 
is  divine  good  united  to  divine  truth,  ill.  and  sho.  n.  17.  That  first- 
begotten  is  spoken  of  the  church,  and  that  is  the  first-begotten, 
which,  from  love  of  the  will,  through  faith  of  the  understanding,  first 
exists  in  act  or  operation,  ill.  n.  17.  Forasmuch  as  the  church  then 
first  exists  with  man  when  the  truth  of  doctrine  conceived  in  the  in- 
ternal man  is  born  in  the  external,  ill.  n.  17. 

FIRST-FRUITS  [primltia].  That  first-fruits  sign,  that  which 
first  springs  up,  and  afterwards  grows;  and  because  in  the  first  is 
contained  all  which  follows  in  power,  that  hence  the  first-fruits  were 
holy,  HI.  and  sho.  n.  623.  That  first-fruits  sign,  such  things  as  belong 
to  the  church,  ill.  and  sho.  n.  623. 

FISH  [piscis].  That  fish  sign,  sensual  affections,  which  are  the 
ultimate  affections  of  the  natural  man.  ill.  n.  290  towards  the  end. 
That  fishes  also  sign,  those  who  are  in  common  truths,  which  are  also 
ultimates  of  the  natural  man,  sho.  n.  405.  That  fishes  also  sign. 
those  who  are  in  external  falses,  sho.  n.  405. 

FIVE  [quinque].  That  five  sign,  something  and  little,  sho.  n.  427. 

FLESH  [euro]  That  it  sign,  the  good  of  the  Word  and  of  the 
church,  (77.  and  sho.  n.  832.  That  flesh  sign,  the  proprium  of  man, 
sho.  n.  748.  That  to  eat  the  flesh  of  another  sign,  to  destroy  his  self- 
hood, sho.  n.  748. 

FLOOD  iflumetl,  ■nie  jlv.vium].    See  River. 

FLY,  to  [volarc].  That  to  fly  sign,  to  perceive  and  to  instruct, 
and  when  spoken  of  the  Lord  sign,  to  foresee  and  to  provide,  sho.  n. 
244,  also  n.  245,  561.  831.    See  Wing. 

FOOD  [Citrus].  That  they  who  are  in  the  spiritual  world  are 
nourished  by  food  ;  but  that  food  there  is  of  a  spiritual  origin,  con- 
cerning which  various  things  are  related,  n.  153. 


F   R  A 


23 


FOOT  [/)fs].  That  feet  sii.ni.  what  is  natural,  and  when  spoken 
of  the  Lord,  the  divine  natural,  ill.  and  sho.  n.  403.  That  to  set  the 
right  foot  on  the  sea,  and  the  left  on  the  earth,  sig**  that  the  Lord 
has  the  universal  church  under  his  intuition  and  dominion,  as  well 
those  therein  who  are  in  its  externals,  as  those  who  are  in  its  inter- 
nals, n.  470.  That  the  footstool  of  the  Lord  sign,  the  church  on  the 
earths,  ill.  and  sho.  n.  40,  likewise  n.  470.  That  to  stand  upon  the 
feet  sign,  to  be  reformed  as  to  the  external  or  natural  man,  ill.  and 
sho.  n.  510. 

FOREHEAD  [firms].  That  forehead  sign,  love,  both  good  and 
evil,  ill.  and  s/w.  n.  347.  That  the  Lord  looks  at  angels  in  the  fore- 
head, and  that  the  angels  look  at  the  Lord  through  the  eyes,  because 
they  look  from  the  understanding  of  troth,  hence  proceeds  conjunc- 
tion, ill.  n.  360.  That  to  set  a  seal  upon  the  foreheads,  sign,  to  sepa- 
rate and  distinguish  one  from  another,  according  to  the  love,  n.  347. 
That  written  on  the  forehead  sign,  inherent  in  the  love,  n.  72!).  That 
name  written  on  the  forehead  sign*  acknowledgment  from  love  and 
faith,  n.  (>13. 

FORTY-TWO  [quadragintn  duo].  That  forty-two  months  sign. 
complete  to  the  end,  when  the  New  Church  begins,  ill.  anil  sho.  n. 
480,  583. 

FOUNDATION,  to  LAY  A  FOUNDATION  [fundamentum, 
fuiirlurc]  That  the  foundation  of  the  world  sign,  the  establishment 
of  the  church,  sho.  n.  530.  That  the  foundations  of  the  wall  of  the 
city  New  Jerusalem,  and  in  general  the  foundations  of  the  earth, 
sign,  doctrinals  of  the  church,  ill.  and  sho.  n.  002,  003,  014.  That 
the  twelve  foundations  of  the  wall  of  the  city.  New  Jerusalem, 
which  were  of  twelve  precious  stones,  sign,  all  of  the  doctrine  of 
the  New  Church  from  the  literal  sense  of  the  Word,  ill.  and  sho.  n. 
915. 

FOUNTAIN  [fons].  That  fountain  and  fountains  sign,  the  Lord 
and  the  Word,  sho.  n.  334,  033. 

FOUR  [quntuor].  That  four  is  spoken  of  goods,  and  three  of 
truths  :  and  that  hence  four  sign,  good  and  the  conjunction  of  good 
and  truth,  ill.  and  sho.  n.  322.  That  a  fourth  part  sign*  all  good, 
n.  322.  What  is  sign,  by  the  four  angels,  n.  342.  See  Angel. 
What  \ssign.  by  the  four  winds,  n.  343.    See  Wind. 

FOUR-SQUARE  [quadratam].  That  four-square  and  quadran- 
gular sign,  what  is  just.  ill.  and  sho.  n.  005. 

FOWL  or  15IRL)  [axis].  That  beasts,  birds,  and  fishes,  sign. 
affections,  perceptions,  and  thoughts,  both  in  the  good  and  evil 
sense,  ill.  and  sho.  n.  405,  831.  See  Beast  and  Fishes.  That 
birds  sign,  such  things  as  relate  to  the  understanding  and  to  the 
thought,  and  thence  in  both  senses  to  counsels,  ill.,  and  sho.  n.  757. 
That  birds  sign,  falses  from  hell,  also  the  infernal  genii,  who  are  in 
these  falses,  *//.  n.  837. 

FRANCE  [Gallia].  Prophecies  concerning  the  church  in  the 
kingdom  of  France,  n.  740 — 744.  That  it  dissents  from  the  Ro- 
man Catholic  religion,  and  that  in  many  things  it  coheres  with  that 
religion  in  externals,  but  not  so  much  in  internals,  ill.  n.  740 
That  they  do  not  acknowledge  the  pope  as  head  of  the  church, 
like  a  head  which  governs  a  body,  but  as  a  supreme,  n.  742. 
That  they  acknowledge  the  Word  as  holy,  as  it  is  lived  according 
to;  also,  that  divine  power  does  not  belong  to  any  man,  n.  741, 
742.  That  it  is  owing  to  the  Lord's  divine  providence,  that  they 
have  not  yet  proceeded  farther,  lest  "truths  and  falses  might  be  com- 


24 


G    L  A 


mixed,  n.  741.  That  the  Lord  will  convince  them  by  the  Word,  that 
he  is  to  be  approached  as  to  his  humanity,  because  it  is  divine,  ill.  n. 
743,  744. 

FRANKINCENSE,  CENSER  [tints,  thuribulum,  vide  svffitus]. 
See  Incen.sk. 

FREE,  FREE-WILL  [libcrum,  liberum  arbitrium].  For  the  doc- 
trine of  the  Reformed  concerning  free-will,  see  their  doctrines  in 
what  is  premised  at  n.  IX.  That  freemen  and  bondmen  sig?i.  those 
who  know  and  understand  from  themselves,  and  those  who  know 
and  understand  from  others,  n.  337,  604,  832. 

FROG  [rami].  That  frogs  sign,  ratiocinations  proceeding  from 
cupidities,  because  they  croak,  and  are  pruriencies,  slto.  n.  702. 

FRUIT  [Jructus].  That  fruits  sign,  the  goods  of  loye  and  charity, 
which  are  good  works,  ill.  and  s/w.  n.  934. 

FULL  [plenum].  That  full  is  spoken  of  man,  in  whom  are  truths 
and  goods,  and  empty  in  whom  are  falses  and  evils,  n.  1G0. 

FURLONG  [stadium].  That  furlongs  sign,  the  same  as  ways,  n. 
654.    That  they  also  sign,  the  same  as  measures,  n.  907. 

FURNACE  [fornax,  enminus].  That  a  furnace  is  taken  for  its 
fire,  n.  422.  That  the  smoke  of  a  furnace  sign,  falses  of  concupi- 
scences proceeding  from  evil  loves,  sho.  n.  422 

G 

GABRIEL  [Gabriel].  That  the  angel  Gabriel  sign,  societies  of 
heaven,  where  it  is  taught  that  Jehovah  came  into  the  world,  and 
that  his  humanity  is  the  Son  of  God,  n.  546,  564,  707.    See  Angel. 

GAD  [Gad].  That  the  tribe  of  Gad  sign,  in  the  supreme  sense 
omnipotence,  in  the  spiritual  sense,  good  of  life  and  uses,  and  in  the 
natural  sense,  works,  ill.  and  sho.  n.  352. 

GALL  [fel,  vide  absinthium].    See  Wormwood. 

GARDEN  [hortas].  That  a  garden  and  paradise  sign,  the  wis- 
dom and  intelligence  of  the  man  of  the  church,  sho.  n.  90.  This  illus- 
trated by  gardens  and  paradises  in  the  spiritual  world,  where  they 
are  who  are  in  wisdom  and  intelligence,  n.  90,  ill.  n.  875. 

GARMENT  or  VESTURE  [vestimentum].  That  garments  sign. 
truths,  because  truths  invest  good,  sho.  n.  45,  sho.  n.  166,  212.  That  gar- 
ment, when  spoken  of  the  Lord,  sign,  the  truths  of  the  Word,  sho.  n. 
166.  And  that  the  Lord's  vesture  sign,  the  Word  as  to  divine  truth,  n. 
825,  830.  That  to  be  clothed  and  to  be  arrayed  in  garmenls,  sign. 
to  be  in  truths,  and  to  be  presented  in  truths,  n.  671,  814  ;  also  to  be 
conjoined  with  societies  of  heaven,  which  are  in  truths,  n.  328,  367. 
That  mantles,  robes,  and  cloaks,  sign,  truths  in  common,  ill.  and 
sho.  n.  328,  367,  378;  also  religious  principles,  n.  378,  379.  What  is 
sign,  by  a  garment  down  to  the  foot,  when  spoken  of  the  Lord,  n. 
45.  That  a  vesture  stained  with  blood,  when  spoken  of  the  Lord, 
si<rn.  violence  offered  to  the  Word,  ill.  and  sho.  n.  885. 

"GARMENT  DOWN  TO  THE  FOOT  [talaris  vide  vestimen- 
tum].   See  Garment. 

GATE  [porta  vide  jnnua].    See  Door. 

GATHER  THE  VINTAGE,  to  [vindemiare  vide  vinca].  See 
Vinevard. 

GIFT  [donum].  That  to  send  gifts  is  to  be  associated  through 
love  and  friendship,  n.  508. 

GIRDLE  [cingulum].  That  a  girdle  or  zone  sign.  a.  band  con- 
joining truths  and  goods  of  the  church,  sho.  n.  46,  671. 

GLADNESS  [laHitia,  vide  gaudium].    See  Jor. 


G    R  A 


•25 


GLOBE  foriis] ,  That  by  globe  is  sign,  the  church,  the  same  as 
by  earth,  sho.  n.  551. 

GLORY  [glmiii].  That  glory  is  spoken  of  divine  truth,  and 
honor  of  divine  good,  sho.  n.  249,  921,  923.  That  glory  is  spoken  of 
divine  truth,  and  that  it  signifies  divine  truth,  ill.  and  sho.  n.  G29. 
That  it  is  also  spoken  of  divine  wisdom  and  divine  majesty,  n.  22. 
That  in  proportion  as  the  angels  are  in  divine  truths,  in  the  same 
proportion  they  are  in  the  splendor  of  glory,  n.  629.  That  the  glory 
of  the  Lord  sign,  the  Word  in  its  divine  light,  ill.  and  sho.  n.  897. 
That  to  give  the  Lord  glory  and  honor  sign,  to  ascribe  to  him  all 
truth  and  all  good,  n.  249.  That  to  give  the  Lord  glory  sign,  to  ac- 
knowledge and  confess  that  all  divine  truth  is  from  him,  ill.  and  sho. 
n.  C29.  That  glory  originating  in  pride  is  in  them  who  are  in  the 
love  of  self,  and  that  glory  not  originating  in  pride  is  in  them  who 
are  in  the  love  of  uses  ;  this  latter  glory  is  from  spiritual  light,  but 
the  former  from  mere  natural  light,  til.  and  sho.  n.  940. 

GOATS  [hirci].  That  they  who  are  in  faith  alone  are  meant  by 
goats,  ill.  n.  838.  Concerning  a  herd  of  goats  and  a  flock  of  sheep, 
and  concerning  a  council,  in  which  this  passage  from  Paul  was  de- 
liberated upon,  that  man  is  justilied  by  faith  without  the  works  of 
the  law,  ill.  n.  417. 

GOD  [Dens,  vide  Dominus].    See  the  Lord. 

GOG  [Gogus].  That  Gog  and  Magog  sign,  those  who  are  in  ex- 
ternal natural  worship,  and  not  in  internal  spiritual  worship,  ill.  and 
sho.  n.  859,  860,  t"i(>2  towards  the  end,  8(>3  towards  the  end. 

GOLD  [minim].  That  gold  sign,  the  good  of  love,  sho.  n.  913, 
ill.  n.  21 1 ,  917. 

GOOD  [lionurn].  See  also  Truth.  Concerning  the  goods  of  life, 
which  are  also  the  goods  of  charity,  see  Charity  and  Works.  Con- 
cerning the  conjunction  of  good  and  truth,  also  concerning  the  con- 
junction of  evil  and  false,  see  Marriage.  That  the  good  of  love  is 
formed  by  the  truths  of  wisdom,  ill.  n.  912.  That  good  is  formed  by 
truths,  and  by  a  life  conformable  to  them,  n.  832.  That  spiritual 
good  with  man  is  according  to  truths,  which  become  of  the  love  of 
the  will,  ill.  n.  9:15.  That  truth  is  the  form  of  good,  because  it  pro- 
ceeds from  good,  n.  907,  908.  That  in  thought  good  is  not  reflected 
upon,  because  it  is  not  seen,  but  only  felt ;  but  that  truth  is  reflected 
upon,  because  this  is  seen  therein,  ill.  n.  908.  That  good  is  felt  un- 
der a  species  of  delight,  and  that  therefore  it  may  be  evil,  ill.  n.  908, 
That  man  cannot  do  good  from  himself,  which  in  itself,  is  good,  hut 
from  the  Lord,  n.  178.  Thatgoods  and  truths  from  the  Lord  are  not 
appropriated  to  man,  but  that  they  continually  remain  the  Lord's 
with  him,  ill.  n.  854.  'That  after  death  goods  and  truths  are  taken 
away  from  the  evil,  and  evils  and  falses  from  the  good,  ill.  and  sho. 
n.  948.  Concerning  celestial  good  and  truth,  and  concerning  spirit- 
ual good  and  truth,  n.  72(i.    See  also  Lovr.  and  Truth. 

GOSPEL  [evangel iuin].  Concerning  the  law  and  the  Gospel, 
see  what  is  premised  concerning  the  doctrine  of  the  Reformed 
churches.  That  the  Gospel  sign,  the  coming  of  the  Lord  and  of  his 
kingdom,  and  that  the  New  Church  will  be  established  by  him,  and 
that  to  declare  or  preach  the  Gospel  sign,  to  announce  those  things, 
sho.  n.  478,  553,  G2<>. 

GRACE  [iW*V].  That  it  is  false,  that  God  the  Father  withdrew 
his  grace,  and  that  therefore  he  was  to  be  reconciled,  ill.  n.  484. 

GRAPEIS  [uvce].  That  grapes  and  clusters  of  grapes  sign,  the 
goods  of  charity,  because  they  are  the  fruit  of  the  vine,  sho.  n.  (i49. 


H   E  A 


GRASS  [grdmeri].  That  grass  sign,  that  truth  of  the  church 
which  first  springs  up  or  is  born  with  man,  ill.  and  sho.  n.  401.  In 
like  manner  herbs  of  the  field,  n.  401.  Thai  green  grass  sign,  that 
which  is  alive  with  man,  and  that  grass  burnt  up  sign,  that  which  is 
dead  with  him,  ill.  n.  401. 

GRAVEN  IMAGE  [scnlptile,\\Ae  idolum].    See  Idol. 

GREAT  [mairnum].  That  great  in  the  Word  is  spoken  of  good, 
and  high  of  truth,  n.  337,  582,  656,  668,  896,  898.  That  small  and 
great  ttgn.  all  in  a  lesser  or  greater  degree,  ill.  n.  810,  527,  C04,  832 ; 
also  all  of  whatever  condition  and  quality,  n.  866. 

GREAT  MEN  [magnates].  That  great  men  sign,  those  who  are 
in  good,  and,  in  the  opposite  sense,  those  who  are  in  evil,  sho.  n.  337. 

GREEN  [viride].  That  green  grass  sign,  what  is  alive,  n.  401. 
That  the  natural  sphere  round  about  the  Lord  appears  green  like  the 
emerald,  n.  232. 

GUILE  [dolus].  That  a  lie  sign,  the  false  principle  and  false- 
speaking,  and  that  guile  sign,  both  from  design,  because  guile  and 
cunning  proposes  something  to  itself,  ill.  and  sho.  n.624. 

H 

HAIL  [grando].  That  hail  sign,  the  infernal  false  principle  de- 
stroying good  and  truth,  sho.  n.  390,  ill.  n.  714.  That  hail  mingled 
with  fire  sign,  the  false  principle  originating  in  infernal  love,  sho.  n. 
399.  Hail  of  a  talent  weight  sign,  direful  and  atrocious  falses,  ill. 
n.  714. 

HAIR  [capillus].  That  hair  sign,  truth  in  the  ultimates,  conse- 
quently the  literal  sense  of  the  Word,  sho.  n.  47. 

HAND  [manns].  That  the  works  of  a  man's  hands  sign,  the 
things  proper  to  man,  which  are  evils  and  falses  ;  and  that  the  works 
of  the  hands  of  God  sign,  the  things  proper  to  him,  which  are  goods 
and  truths,  ill.  and  sho.  n.  457.  That  communication  is  produced  by 
the  touch  of  the  hand,  and  that  therefore  the  Lord  touched  many 
with  his  hand,  whom  he  healed,  ill.  and  sho.  n.  55, 

HARP  [cithard].  That  harps  sign,  confessions  of  the  Lord  from 
spiritual  goods  and  truths,  ill.  and  sho.  n.  276,  616.  That  the  sound 
of  harps,  and  in  general  the  sound  of  strinoed  instruments,  corres- 
pond with  spiritual  affections,  n.  792.  See  Music.  That  the  angels 
do  not  play  upon  harps,  but  that  their  speech  and  confessions  are  so 
heard,  n.  276,  616,  661. 

HARVEST  [messis].  That  harvest  sign,  the  state  of  the  church, 
and  th&t  to  put  forth  the  sickle  to  the  harvest  sign,  to  make  an  end 
of  the  perverted  church,  and  to  execute  judgment,  ill.  n.  643, Hi.  and 
sho.  n.  645.  The  Lord's  parable  of  the  reapers  explained,  n.  645 
towards  the  end,  n.  647  towards  the  end. 

HEAD  [caput].  That  head  sign,  wisdom  originating  in  love,  n. 
823  ;  also  intelligence,  sho.  n.  588.  That  head,  when  spoken  of  the 
Lord,  sign,  the  divine  love  of  the  divine  wisdom,  n.  47.  That  head, 
in  the  opposite  sense,  sign,  insanity  and  folly,  sho.  n.  53S.  That  it 
sign,  imaginary  and  visionary  notions,  n.  451.  That  the  seven  heads 
of  the  dragon  si«n.  insanity  arising  from  truths  falsified  and  profaned, 
n.  538.  In  like  manner,  the  seven  heads  of  the  beast,  rising  up  out 
of  the  sea,  n.  568,  576. 

HEAR,  to  [audire].  That  to  hear  sigji.  to  perceive  and  to  obey, 
ill.  n.  87,  104,  1IK  That  therefore  the  Lord  said,  he  that  hath  an 
ear  to  hear,  let  him  hear,  sho.  n.  B7. 

HEART  [cor].    That  soul  sign,  the  life  of  the  understanding  and 


H   E  A 


27 


faith  ;  and  heart  the  life  of  the  will  and  love,  ill.  and  sho.  n.  G81. 
That  heart  sign,  the  good  of  love  and  charity,  and  that  the  reins 
sign,  the  truths  of  wisdom  and  faith,  ill.  and  sho.  n.  140. 

HEAT  [color].  That  it  is  spiritual  heat  which  kindles  the  will, 
and  produces  love  therein,  n.  867.  That  that  heat  after  death  dis- 
covers the  affections  of  every  one,  n.  807.  That  spiritual  light,  to- 
gether with  spiritual  heat,  then  discovers  the  intentions  and  endea- 
vors, n.  807.  A  comparison  made  of  charily  and  faith  with  heat  and 
light.  ill.  n.  87.">  towards  the  end. 

HEAT  of  the  SUN  [cestui  solis].  That  heat  of  the  sun  sign,  con- 
cupiscences to  evil,  ill.  and  sho.  n.  382,  091,  692. 

HEAVEN  [ctrlum].  That  the  new  heaven  was  formed  of  such 
Christians  as  acknowledged  the  divinity  of  the  Lord  in  his  humanity, 
and  his  kingdom,  and  at  the  same  time  had  repented  of  their  evil 
works,  Preface.  That  this  heaven  is  formed  of  those  who  lived 
after  the  Lord's  coining,  n.  612,  876.  That  this  heaven  is  also  dis- 
tinguished into  three,  n.  876.  Concerning  the  superiors  and  infe- 
riors in  this  heaven,  n.  601 , 878.-  That  the  144,000  sealed  from  every 
tribe  constitute  therein  as  it  were  the  head,  and  that  a  great  multi- 
tude, which  could  not  be  numbered,  constitute  as  it  were  the  body, 
n.  363.  That  this  heaven  is  meant  by  the  new  heaven  in  John,  n. 
876.  That  from  this  heaven  will  descend  the  New  Church,  which 
is  the  New  Jerusalem,  Preface.  That  this  new  heaven  is  distinct 
from  the  ancient  heavens,  and  that  it  is  under  them,  and  that  they 
communicate  by  influx,  Preface,  and  n.  612,  GI7.  87G.  That  the 
external  heaven,  which  was  before  the  last  judgment,  and  is  signified 
by  the  sea,  after  they  were  taken  thence  who  were  written  in  the 
book  of  life,  was  dissolved,  ill.  and  sho.  n.  878.  The  first  heaven, 
which  passed  away,  of  Whom  it  was  composed,  n.  330.  That  it  was 
perniitti  d  those,  who  had  lived  in  externals  like  Christians,  but  in 
internals  were  devils,  to  form  to  themselves  by  fantasies,  in  the  world 
of  spirits,  as  it  were  heavens  in  great  abundance,  n.  86f>,  877.  That 
these  heavens  are  meant  by  the  former  heaven  and  the  former  earth, 
which  passed  away.  n.  ^77.  That  these  fictitious  and  imaginary  hea- 
vens, before  the  last  judgment,  were  like  dark  clouds  between  the 
sun  and  the  earth,  consequently  between  the  Lord  and  the  men  of 
the  church,  n.  804.  That  therefore  these  heavens  were  dispersed, 
n.  7G1,  804,  865.  That  after  the  last  judgment,  it  was  not  allowed 
to  form  to  themselves  such  heavens,  but  that  then  every  one  was 
bound  to  the  society  to  which  he  belonged,  n.  791.  That  hence  it 
appears,  that  by  the  heaven  and  earth  which  John  saw  perish,  is  not 
meant  heaven  and  earth  in  the  natural  world,  but  in  the  spiritual 
world,  n.  876.  That  the  universal  heaven  is  as  one  man.  whose  soul 
and  life  is  the  Lord,  and  that  hence  the  Lord  is  heaven,  n.  5,  363, 
963,  943.  That  therefore  when  the  Lord  speaks  through  heaven,  he 
speaks  as  the  soul  does  through  the  body.  n.  882,  943.  That  when 
the  Lord  speaks  through  heaven,  the  angels  are  ignorant  thereof, 
comparatively  as  the  viscera  and  muscles  of  the  body  arc  ignorant 
thereof  when  man  speaks  and  acts,  and  that  nevertheless  they  are 
in  connexion  after  a  wonderful  manner,  n.  943.  That  a  voice  out  of 
heaven  is  from  the  Lord.n.  809.  That  the  heavens  are  expanses  one 
above  another,  and  that  every  where  there  is  earth  under  the  feet  n. 
260.  That  under  the  earth  sign,  those  who  are  in  the  ultimate  hea- 
ven, ill.  and  sho.  n.  200.  That  the  superior  and  inferior  heavens  act 
as  one  by  influx,  n.  286.  That  all  the  heavens  acknowledge  the  Lord 
to  be  the  God  of  heaven  and  earth,  n.  811. 


-28 


II   E  L 


That  all  the  heavens  are  distinguished  into  two  kingdoms,  the  ce- 
lestial kingdom  and  the  spiritual  kingdom,  concerning  which,  n.  3c7, 
G47,  725.  $20,  That  the  celestial  kingdom  of  the  Lord  is  his  priestly 
kingdom,  and  the  spiritual  kingdom  is  his  royal  kingdom,  ill.  n.  Bfrj. 
That  the  three  heavens  are  three  degrees  of  love  and  wisdom,  which 
degrees  are  called  celestial,  spiritual,  and  natural,  n.  4!).  That  all 
the  heavens  are  distinguished  into  innumerable  societies,  and  these 
societies  are  according  to  the  varieties  of  affections,  both  in  general 
and  in  particular,  n.  3(i4.  That  the  supreme  heaven  is  as  it  were  in 
an  ethereal  atmosphere,  the  middle  heaven  as  it  were  in  an  aerial  at- 
mosphere, and  the  ultimate  heaven  as  it  were  in  a  watery  atmos- 
phere, n.  878  towards  the  end.  That  in  the  spiritual  world  there  are 
also  atmospheres,  but  spiritual,  n.  238.  87$.  That  the  angels  of  the 
third  heaven  are  in  the  good  of  love  from  the  Lord  in  the  Lord,  and 
that  they  have  the  truths  of  wisdom  written  in  their  life,  and  not  in 
their  memory  ;  and  that  they  clearly  see  those  truths  inwardly  in 
themselves,  when  they  hear  them  :  and  that  they  become  angels  of 
the  third  heaven  who  do  good  works,  and  adjoin  thereto  truths  from 
the  Word,  s/io.  n.  120,  121,  123,  920.  That  the  heavens  exist  from 
the  divine  love  through  the  divine  wisdom,  ill.  n.  875.  See  Love. 
That  felicity  in  heaven  is  according  to  the  quality  of  the  affection  of 
good  and  truth,  n.  782.  That  heaven  is  not  to  be  thought  of  from 
place,  but  from  love  and  wisdom,  ill.  n.  till. 

That  the  church  is  as  well  in  the  heavens  as  on  the  earths,  n.  f>12. 
That  the  church  on  earth  is  the  foundation  of  heaven,  n.  G45.  That 
heaven  is  like  the  internal  of  man,  and  the  church  on  earth  like  his 
external,  wherefore  heaven  is  first  prepared  and  formed  by  the  Lord, 
and  From  it  afterwards  the  church,  in  like  manner  as  the  internal  of 
man  before  his  external,  and  the  latter  by  the  former,  n.  486.  That 
when  the  church  on  earth  is  perverted,  and  no  good  remains  in  it, 
and  consequently  no  truth  proceeding  from  good,  the  angels  of  hea- 
ven lament,  and  supplicate  for  its  end,  consequently  lor  the  last 
judgment,  and  for  a  new  church  in  the  room  of  the  former,  n.  (145, 
7(11 .  That  the  angels  of  heaven  are  rejoiced  that  in  the  spiritual 
world  the  Babylonians  are  removed,  and  that  thus  the  New  Church 
approaches  (instct).n.  790.  That  heaven  and  hell  are  quite  distinct, 
and  opposite,  because  all  things  in  the  heavens  are  goods  and  truths, 
and  in  the  hells  are  evils  and  falses,  n.  761. 

In  what  manner  an  angelic  spirit,  after  he  is  prepared,  ascends  and 
enters  heaven,  ill,  n.  (ill.  In  what  manner  an  evil  spirit,  if  he  as- 
cends into  heaven,  is  tormented,  ill.  n.  (ill.  That  a  voice  from  hea- 
ven is  variously  heard  below,  either  as  the  sound  of  waters,  or  as  the 
sound  of  thunders,  or  as  the  sound  of  trumpets,  or  like  the  sound  of 
harps,  fho.  n  661.  That  a  voice  from  the  lowest  heaven  is  heard 
sometimes  as  the  noise  of  a  crowded  multitude,  a  voice  from  the 
middle  heaven  as  the  sound  of  many  waters,  and  a  voice  from  the 
highest  heaven  as  thunder,  n.  811.  Concerning  the  habitations  of 
the  angels  according  to  quarters,  towards  the  east,  west,  south,  and 
north,  n.  901,    See  Quarters. 

H  EIGHT  [all Undo].  That  height  sign*  the  good  and  truth  of  the 
church  in  every  degree,  ill.  n.  1)07. 

HELL  [infer mini].  That  the  hells  are  distinguished  into  two 
kingdoms,  the  diabolical  and  the  satanical.  concerning  which,  n.  387. 
That  these  hells  are  called  the  devil  and  satan,  for  this  reason,  be- 
cause all  who  are  therein  are  devils  and  satans,  n.  387.  Concerning 
the  hell  where  they  are  who  arc  in  the  loves  of  the  false  principle  and 


H   O  L 


29 


thence  in  the  cupiditiesof  evil,  n.  835.  That  hell  consists  of  per- 
petual workhouses  or  prisons,  concerning  which,  ill  n.  1">3.  That 
death  and  hell  sign,  those  who  in  themselves  are  devils  and  satans, 
ill.  and  s/io.  n.  870,  HI.  n.  872.  That  death  sign,  extinction  of  spir- 
itual lite,  and  hell  damnation  thence,  n.  331,  That  the  Lord  governs 
heaven  and  also  hell,  because  he  who  governs  the  one  must  necessa- 
rily govern  the  other,  ill.  n.  (12.  Vjriuus  things  concerning  the  hell 
into  which  they  come  who  have  confirmed  themselves  in  faith  alone, 
both  in  doctrine  and  life,  n.  133.  That  the  heavens  and  the  hells 
are.  with  respect  to  situation,  opposite,  ill.  rr.  701.  That  the  delights 
of  the  love  of  evil  are  turned  into  their  opposite  undelightfulnesses  in 
hell,  ill.  n  703.  That  every  one  in  hell  is  tormented  by  his  love  and 
its  concupiscences,  n.  8M.  That  the  infernal  genii  greedily  draw  in 
concupiscences  and  inhale  their  sphere,  n.  837.  That  before  any  one 
is  let  down  into  hell,  goods  and  truths  are  taken  away  from  him, 
which  resided  with  him  in  the  external  man  from  the  world,  ill.  and 
sho.  n.  070.  That  from  the  evil  in  the  world  of  spirits  goods  and 
truths  are  taken  away,  that  the}'  may  be  in  evils  and  falses,  and  that 
they  are  disposed  into  societies,  at  which  period  they  sink  down  into 
hell,  ill.  and  sho.  n.  070.  That  the  more  an  evil  spirit  confirms  him- 
self in  falses  and  evils,  the  more  he  guards  himself  from  the  influx 
of  heaven,  and  thus  from  being  tormented  thence,  ill.  n.  339,340. 
HERB  [herlia.  vide  gramai].    See  Grass. 

HEREDITARY,  INHERITANCE  [hereditarium,  hereditas]. 
That  no  one  has  hereditary  evil  from  Adam,  but  from  his  parents,  n. 
770.  That  they  who  are  conjoined  to  the  Lord  are  called  heirs,  n. 
890. 

HERESY  [haresis].  Concerning  various  heresies,  see  he  doc- 
trines of  the  Reformed  in  what  is  premised  at  n.  X. 

HILL  [cullis,  vide  moris],  n.  330.    See  Mountain. 

HOLY  [sanctum].  Concerning  the  Romish  saints,  see  the  Romish 
doctrines  in  what  is  premised,  n.  VIII.  Concerning  the  Romish 
saints,  that  they  become  infatuated  when  they  believe  that  the}'  are 
saints  and  to  be  invoked,  ill.  n.  752.  That  the  Lord  only  is  holy,  n. 
173,  -247,  796,  962.  Because  he  is  the  Word,  divine  truth,  and  light, 
n.  173,  790.  And  that  therefore- he  alone  is  to  be  worshiped,  n.  247. 
That  the  Holy  Spirit  is  divine  truth,  and  thence  the  holy  divine  pro- 
ceeding from  the  Lord,  and  that  the  Holy  Spirit  is  not  a  person  nor 
a  God  by  itself,  ill.  and  sho.  n.  173  towards  the  end  ;  ill.  and  sho.  n. 
9G2.  That  holy  is  spoken  of  truths  from  the  Lord.  n.  173.  That 
holy  is  spoken  of  truth,  and  just  of  good,  sho.  n.  173  towards  the  end. 
That  they  are  called  saints  or  holy,  who  are  in  divine  truths  from  the 
Lord,  and  live  according  to  them,  ill.  and  sho.  n.  580.  That  the 
prophets  and  apostles  are  called  holy  in  the  Word,  because  they  re- 
presented the  holy  things  of  the  Lord.  ill.  n.  700. 

HOLY  SUPPLR  [ccena].  Concerning  the  holy  supper  or  the 
eucharist  among  the  Papists,  may  be  seen  in  what  is  premised  con- 
cerning their  doctrines,  U.  II.  Concerning  the  enormous  falsity  of 
the  Papists,  that  they  have  divided  the  bread  and  wine  in  the  eucha- 
rist, ill.  n.795.  Concerning  the  holy  supper  amongst  the  Reformed 
see  their  doctrines  in  what  is  premised,  n.  VIII.  That  the  Lord  in- 
stituted the  holy  supper,  because  evening,  in  which  suppers  take 
place,  sign,  the  last  state  and  time  of  the  church,  n.  210,  n.  816. 
That  by  the  holy  supper  conjunction  is  made  with  the  Lord,  if  man 
does  the  work  of  repentance,  and  directly  approaches  the  Lord.  ill. 
n.  224  towards  the  end.  n.  810.  That  therefore  it  is  called  the  mar- 
4 


30 


I    M  M 


riago-supper  of  the  Lamb,  n.  81G.  That  the  holy  supper  is  a  sacra- 
ment of  repentance,  and  an  introduction  into  heaven,  ill.  n.  224,  ill. 
n.  531  towards  the  end.  That  blood  in  the  holy  supper  sign,  the 
divine  truth  of  the  Word,  consequently  the  Lord  as  to  that  truth,  ill. 
and  s/io.  n.  370.  In  like  manner  the  wine,  n.  310.  See  Blood  and 
Wine. 

HONOR  [honor].  That  to  give  the  Lord  glory  and  honor  sign. 
to  ascribe  to  hint  all  truth  and  all  good  ;  because  glory  is  spoken  of 
divine  truth,  and  honor  of  divine  good,  sho.  n.  241),  921,  923. 

HORN  [cornu].  That  horn  sign,  power,  and  when  spoken  of  the 
Lord,  omnipotence,  sho.  n.  270.  That  ten  horns  sign,  the  power  of 
the  Word  from  divine  truths,  n.  740,  74b'. 

HORSE  [cquus].  That  horse  sign,  understanding  of  the  Word, 
ill.  and  sho.  n.  298.  That  meditation  on  the  Word  appears  like  a 
horse,  lively  as  man  thinks  spiritually,  but  dead  as  he  thinks  mate- 
rially, ill.  n.  611.  That  a  white  horse  sign,  understanding  of  the 
truth  of  the  Word,  and  also  the  interior  or  spiritual  sense  of  the 
Word,  ill.  n.  298,  820,  826.  That  horse  also  sign,  understanding  of 
the  Word  falsified  by  reasonings  from  self-derived  intelligence,  sho. 
n.  298.  That  a  red  horse  sign,  understanding  of  the  Word  destroyed 
as  to  good,  iiZ.  n.  305.  That  a  black  horse  sign,  understanding  of 
the  Word  destroyed  as  to  truth,  ill.  n.  312.  That  a  pale  horse  sign. 
understanding  of  the  Word  destroyed  both  as  to  good  and  as  to  truth, 
n.  320,  and  in  what  follows.  That  horsemen  sign,  reasonings,  n. 
447.  That  the  bridle  of  a  horse  sign,  that  whereby  the  understand- 
ing is  guided  or  led,  sho.  n.  653. 

HOST  [excrcitus].    See  Army. 

HOUR  [hora].  That  an  hour  is  a  full  state,  and  that  half  an  hour 
is  greatly,  n.  380.    See  Timk. 

HUNGER,  or  FAMINE  [fames].  That  hunger  or  famine  sign,  a 
deprivation  and  rejection  of  knowledges  of  truth  and  gocd,  proceed- 
ing from  evils  of  life,  sho.  n.  323.  That  it  sign,  ignorance  of  the 
knowledges  of  truth  and  good  proceeding  from  a  want  or  scarcity 
thereof  in  the  church,  sho.  n.  323.  That  it  sign,  a  desire  to  know 
and  understand  truths  and  goods,  sho.  n.  323.  That  to  hunger  sign. 
a  want  of  good,  and  to  thirst  sign,  a  want  of  truth,  n.  381. 

HUNGER,  to  [csurire].    See  Hunger. 


HYPOCRITE  [hyjmcrita].  Concerning  the  lot  of  hypocrites  after 
death,  ill.  n.294. 


IDOL  [idolum.].  That  idols,  graven  and  molten  images,  sign. 
raises  of  worship  and  religion,  ill.  and  sho.  n.  450.  What  in  par- 
ticular is  sign,  by  idols  of  gold,  silver,  brass,  stone,  and  wood,  ill.  n. 
450.  That  the  idols  of  the  ancients  represented  raises  and  evils  of 
the  doctrine  of  the  church,  n.  601.  That  idols  neither  see  nor  walk 
sign,  that  in  falses  of  worship  there  is  nothing  of  life,  ill.  and  sho.  n. 
460. 

IDOLS,  things  sacrificed  unto  [idolothyta,  vide  sacrijicium].  See 
Sacrifice. 

IMAGE  [imago].  That  image  sign,  the  doctrine  of  the  church, 
concerning  which  it  is  treated,  and  that  the  image  of  the  beast  sign. 
the  doctrine  of  the  church  perverted,  ill.  and  sho.  n.  001. 

IMMORTALITY  [immortalitas].  That  man  lives  immortal  after 
death  from  the  power  of  being  conjoined  to  the  Lord  by  love  and 
faith,  ill.  n.  224. 


I 


I   V  o 


31 


INCANTATION  [ineanlatio].  That  to  enchant  is  to  persuade 
what  is  false  and  to  destroy  truth,  n.  4G2,  055,  892.  That  incanta- 
tion is  not  only  a  persuasion  of  what  is  false,  and  consequently  a 
destruction  of  the  truth,  but  it  is  abo  a  persuasion  of  what  is  true, 
and  consequently  a  destruction  of  what  is  false,  ill.  and  sho.  n.  402. 
That  incantations  were  in  use  formerly,  and  were  performed  three 
ways,  concerning  which,  n.  402. 

INCENSE  [.yaffil in].  That  incense  sign,  worship  and  confession 
of  the  Lord  from  spiritual  goods  and  truths,  ill.  and  sho.  a.  277,  777. 
See  Altar.  That  the  smoke  of  the  incense  sign,  what  is  gratelul 
and  accepted,  n.  394.  The  reason  that  incense  and  the  smoke  thereof 
signified  such  things,  was  from  fragrant  odor  and  its  correspondence. 
sho.  n.  276,  394.  Concerning  the  fragrant  spices  from  which  the 
incense  was  prepared,  and  concerning  their  correspondence  with 
spiritual  goods  and  truths,  n.  777.  That  propitiations  and  expiations 
were  made  by  incense,  iU.  and  sho.  n.  393.  That  frankincense  sign. 
the  same  as  incense,  in  like  manner  vials,  pan,  or  censer,  ;'//.  and 
sho.  n.  277.  That  to  cast  the  censer  into  the  earth  sign,  influx  into 
the  parts  beneath,  n.  395. 

INFANT  [infuns].  That  all  infants  are  in  heaven,  n.  870  towards 
the  end. 

INFLUX  [influxus].  That  the  Lord  flows-in  and  operates  from 
first  principles  through  or  by  ultimates,  ill.  n.  31,  796.  That  there  is 
an  immediate  influx  into  the  superior  and  inferior  heavens,  and  that 
there  is  a  mediate  influx  of  the  superior  heavens  into  the  inferior,  n. 
2-SO.  That  the  Lord  bv  various  degrees  of  influx  disposes,  moderate  s, 
and  tempers  all  things  in  the  heavens  and  in  the  hells,  n.  346.  That 
all  things  which  a  man  wills  and  thinks,  enter  by  influx,  or  flow-in, 
as  all  things  which  a  man  sees,  hears,  smells,  tastes,  and  feels;  but 
that  the  former  are  not  perceived  by  the  senses,  because  they  are 
spiritual,  ill.  n.  875.  The  reason  whereof  is,  because  man  is  a  re- 
cipient of  life,  and  not  life,  and  consequently  life  flows-in,  ill.  n.  675. 
That  evil  spirits  cannot  sustain  the  Lord's  influx  from  heaven,  nei- 
ther his  sphere,  n.  339,  340.  Concerning  the  influx  of  spiritual  light 
and  heat,  see  Light  and  Heat. 

INHERITANCE  [hwreditas,  vide  hareditariutn].  See  Hered- 
itary. 

INTERNAL  and  INMOST  [iitternum  et  intimum.  vide  externum]. 
See  External. 

IKON  [ferrum].  That  iron  sign,  truth  in  the  ultimates,  and  con- 
sequently truth  of  faith,  n.  913.  That  iron  and  an  axe  sign:  the  false 
principle  from  self-derived  intelligence,  ill.  and  sho.  n.  847.  What 
is  meant  in  Daniel  by  iron  mixed  with  miry  clay,  and  mingled  with 
the  seed  of  man,  n.  913  towards  the  end. 

ISLE  or  ISLAND  [insula].  That  isles  or  islands  sign,  the  nations 
more  remote  from  the  worship  of  God,  but  yet  which  will  accede, 
sho.  n.  34.  330. 

ISSACHAR  [Issachar].  That  Issachar  and  his  tribe  represented, 
and  thence  in  the  Word  signifies,  in  a  supreme  sense,  the  divine 
good  of  truth,  and  the  divine  truth  of  good,  in  an  internal  or  spiritual 
sense,  celestial  conjugial  love  of  good  and  truth,  and  in  an  external 
or  natural  sense,  remuneration  and  good  of  life,  but  in  an  opposite 
BfMise.  meritorious  good.  ill.  and  sho.  n.  358/- 

IVORY  [chur].  "That  ivory  sign,  natural  truth,  sho.  n.  774. 


32 


J    V  D 


J 

JACOB  [Jacob].  That  Jacob  sign,  doctrine  of  the  church,  sfto.  n. 
137.  That  in  his  stead  in  the  spiritual  world  there  appears  a  man 
lying  in  a  bed,  the  reason  thereof,  sho.  n.  137. 

JACYNTH  [hyacinthum]  That  jacynth  sign,  intelligence  from 
spiritual  love,  and,  in  the  opposite  sense,  science  from  infernal  love, 
ill.  and  s/io.  n.  4.">0. 

JASPER  [jasj/is].  That  jasper  sign,  the  divine  truth  of  the  Word 
translucent  by  virtue  of  its  spiritual  sense  in  the  complex,  conse- 
quently the  same  as  precious  stones  in  general,  sho.  n.  897,  911. 
That  jasper  sign,  truths  of  the  Word  in  ultimates,  n.  231. 

JERUSALEM  [Hicrosolyma].  That  Jerusalem  sign,  the  church, 
til.  and  slto.  n.  860,  881.  That  Jerusalem  of  the  Jews  sign,  the 
church  destroyed,  which  is  theiefore  called  Sodom,  sho.  n.  880.  That 
Jerusalem,  which  is  treated  of  in  the  Apocalypse,  sign,  the  New 
Church  of  the  Lord  ;  the  reason  why  it  is  called  new,  and  holy,  and 
coming  down  out  of  heaven,  ill.  n.  879.  That  Jerusalem  as  a  city 
sign,  the  church  as  to  doctrine,  n.  87'J.  That  all  things  relating  to 
Jerusalem  as  a  city  sign,  such  things  as  relate  to  the  church  and  its 
doctrine,  n.  904. 

JEW  [Judceus,  vide  JehudahJ.    See  Judah. 

JOHN  [Johannes].  That  by  John  the  apostle  are  meant  they  who 
are  in  the  good  of  life  from  charity  and  its  faith,  ill.  n.  5,  0,  790,  ill. 
n.  879. 

JOSEPH  [Joscphus].  That  Joseph  and  his  tribe  represented,  and 
thence  in  the  Word  sign.,  in  a  supreme  sense,  the  divine  spiritual 
principle,  in  an  internal  sense,  the  spiritual  kingdom,  and  in  an  ex- 
ternal or  natural  sense,  fructification  and  multiplication  of  truth  and 
good  ;  and  also  doctrine  of  truth  and  good  of  the  spiritual  church,  ill. 
and  sho.  n.  3605 

JOY  [gaudhim].  That  joy  is  spoken  of  the  delight  of  the  love  of 
good,  ol  the  heart,  and  of  the  will  ;  and  that  gladness  is  spoken  of 
the  delight  of  the  love  of  truth,  of  the  soul,  and  of  the  understanding, 
ill.  and  sho.  n.  507. 

JUDAH,  JEW  [Jehudnh,  Judceus].  That  Judah  and  his  tribe 
represented,  and  thence  in  the  Word  signifies,  in  a  supreme  sense, 
the  Lord  as  to  celestial  love,  in  a  spiritual  sense,  the  celestial  king- 
dom of  the  Lord  and  the  Word,  and  in  a  natural  sense,  doctrine  of  the 
celestial  church  from  the  Word,  ill.  and  sho.  n  350.  That  Judah 
and  the  tribe  of  Judah  sign,  the  church,  n.  182.  That  Judah  sign. 
the  celestial  church,  consequently  those  who  are  in  the  good  of  love 
from  the  Lord,  and  that  Israel  sign,  the  spiritual  church,  conse- 
quently those  who  are  in  the  truths  of  doctrine  from  the  Lord,  n.  90, 
200.  That  Judah,  in  the  opposite  sense,  sign,  diabolical  love,  which 
is  the  love  of  self,  sho.  n.  350.  That  the  twelve  tribes  were  divided 
into  two  kingdoms,  the  Jewish  and  the  Israelitisb.  and  that  the  latter 
represented  the  spiritual  church,  and  the  former  the  celestial  church, 
n.  350. 

JUDGMENT  [judicium].  Thnt  the  Lord  in  his  humanity  will 
execute  judgment,  sho.  n.  273.  That  nevertheless  the  Lord  will 
judge  no  one  to  hell,  but  that  the  Word  judges  every  one,  n.  821. 
That  the  last  judgment  was  executed  on  those  who  were  in  the  world 
of  spirits,  and  not  upon  those  who  are  in  hell,  n.  342,  800.  That 
immediately  after  death,  consequently  before  the  last  judgment,  they 
were  judged  to  hell,  who  denied  God  and  the  Word,  consequently 


J  u  s 


33 


who  had  rejected  all  things  appertaining  to  religion,  n.  669.  That 
they  are  condemned  who  have  not  lived  according  to  the  precepts  of 
the  Word,  and  thence  could  not  receive  faith  in  the  Lord.sAu.  n.  674. 
That  the  last  judgment  then  lakes  place  when  the  wicked  are  so 
multiplied  that  the  heavens  above  cannot  be  kept  in  their  state  of 
love  and  wisdom,  n.  343,  86o.  That  when  the  church  on  earth  is 
destroyed,  the  angels  of  heaven  lament,  and  supplicate  the  Lord  to 
make  an  end  thereof,  which  is  effected  by  the  last  judgment,  ill.  n. 
645.  761*  That  unless  the  last  judgment  had  been  accomplished,  the 
heavens  would  have  suffered,  and  the  church  perished,  n.  263.  That 
by  the  last  judgment  all  things  are  reduced  to  order  in  the  spiritual 
world,  and  thence  in  the  natural  world  or  in  the  earths,  n.  274.  That 
before  the  judgment  overall  took  place,  goods  and  truths  were  taken 
awav  from  the  evil,  and  evils  and  falses  from  the  good.  ill.  and  s/io. 
n.  943.  Concerning  the  destruction  of  Babylon  in  the  spiritual  world 
by  the  last  judgment,  n.  772. 

That  the  universal  judgment  was  executed  upon  those  who  in  ex- 
ternal form  appeared  as  Christians,  leading  a  moral  and  civil  life 
like  spiritual  men,  but  who  in  internal  form  were  false  Christians  and 
infernals,  n.  330,  870,  377.  That  it  was  permitted  them  by  arts 
to  form  to  themselves  imaginary  heavens  in  the  world  of  spirits,  (7/. 
n.  86~>.  That  those  imaginary  heavens  formed  by  the  Babylonians 
and  the  Reformed,  were  like  dark  clouds  interposed  between  the 
Lord  or  heaven  and  the  men  of  the  church  ;  that  therefore  these 
heavens  were  dissipated;  the  reason  whereof  is.  that  the  holy  truths 
of  the  Word  for  the  New  Church,  which  is  the  New  Jerusalem,  could 
not  be  revealed  before,  ill.  n.  604.  That  these  heavens  are  meant  by 
the  former  heaven  which  passed  away,  Apoc.  xx.  1  ;  n.  330,  877. 
That  the  Lord,  when  he  came  to  execute  the  judgment,  caused  the 
angelic  heavens  to  approach  over  them,  whence  changes  among 
them  were  effected,  n.  342.  343.  And  the  interiors  of  their  minds 
were  laid  open,  which  were  infernal,  n.  865.  That  then  the  more 
the  spirits  had  confirmed  themselves  in  falses  and  evils,  the  deeper 
they  cast  themselves  into  hell,  and  by  reason  of  the  influx  from 
heaven,  which  is  signified  by  saying  to  the  mountains  and  the  rocks, 
that  they  should  fall  on  thern  and  hide  them  from  the  face  of  him  that 
sitteth  on  the  throne,  ill.  n.  330,  340.  That  judgment  is  spoken  of 
divine  truth,  and  justice  of  divine  good,  and  that  therefore  both  are 
frequently  mentioned  in  the  Word,  principally  respecting  the  Lord, 
sho.  n  668. 

JUST,  JUSTICE  [justusjustitia].  That  he  is  said  to  be  just,  in 
a  natural  sense,  who  lives  according  to  civil  and  moral  laws,  and  in 
a  spiritual  sense,  who  lives  according  to  divine  laws,  n.  615.  That 
by  just  is  meant  he  who  is  in  good  of  life,  and  by  unjust  he  who  is 
in  evil  of  life,  ill.  n.  815,  946.  That  just  is  spoken  of  good,  and  holy 
of  truth,  sho.  a.  173  towards  the  end.  That  justice  is  spoken  of  good, 
and  judgment  of  truth,  sho.  n.  663.  In  like  manner  justice  and 
truth,  sho.  n.  668.  . 

JUSTIFICATION  [juslificatio].  The  tenets  of  the  Papists  con- 
cerning justification,  see  the  doctrine  of  the  Papists  in  what  is  pre- 
mised, n.  V.  The  tenets  of  the  Reformed  concerning  justification 
and  concerning  good  works,  see  the  doctrine  of  the  Reformed  in 
what  is  premised,  n.  III. 


LAM 


K 

KEY  [clavis].  That  key  sign,  the  power  of  opening  and  shutting, 
sho.  02,  sho.  n.  174,  840.  That  to  have  the  keys  of  hell  and  death 
sign,  to  be  able  to  save,  that  is,  to  bring  forth  from  hell,  and  to  shut 
it  lest  man  should  re-enter,  n.  02, 174.  Concerning  the  keys  of  Peter 
see  Peter. 

KILL,  to  [occidere].  That  to  kill  or  slay  sign,  to  destroy  as  to 
souls,  sho.  n.  325.  That  to  kill  sign,  to  bear  intestine  hatred,  and 
other  significations,  n.  307.  That  to  kill  also  sign,  to  declare  for  a 
heretic  and  to  damn,  n,  003.  That  slain  is  spoken  of  those  who 
perish  by  falses,  sho.  n  801.  That  slain  is  also  spoken  of  those  who 
are  rejected  by  the  wicked,  and  held  in  hatred,  sho.  n.  325  That 
slain,  when  spoken  of  the  Lord,  sign,  that  lie  is  not  acknowledged, 
n.  2G!).  sho.  58'.).  That  to  pierce  the  Lord  sign,  to  destroy  the  Word 
bv  fulses,  n.  20.  That  to  kill  sons  sign,  to  turn  truths  into  falses,  n. 
139. 

KING  [rex].  That  the  Lord  as  king  sign,  divine  truth,  and  that 
from  divine  truth  in  the  Word  he  is  called  king.  sho.  n.  G04.  That 
the  Lord  with  respect  to  his  humanity  is  called  King  of  kings  and 
Lord  of  lords,  and  that  lie  is  called  King  from  divine  truth,  and  Lord 
from  divine  good,  and  that  this  also  is  meant  by  kingdom  and  do- 
minion, where  it  treats  concerning  him,  n.  743.  That  the  spiritual 
kingdom  of  the  Lord  where  they  are  who  are  in  truths  of  wisdom,  is 
his  royal  kingdom,  and  the  celestial  kingdom  of  the  Lord,  where  they 
are  who  are  in  good  of  love,  and  is  called  dominion,  is  his  priestly 
kingdom,  Hi.  n.  854.  That  the  Lord  with  respect  to  his  divine 
humanity,  is  called  King.  Messiah,  Christ.  Anointed  of  Jehovah.  Son 
of  God,  n.  004.  That  kings  sign,  those  who  are  in  truths  of  wisdom 
from  the  Lord,  and  priests  those  who  are  in  good  of  love  from  the 
Lord,  ill.  and  sho.  n.  20,  854,  921.  That  kings  sign,  those  who  are  in 
truths  originating  in  good,  and  abstractedly  truths  originating  in 
good,  and  in  the  opposite  sense,  those  who  are  in  falses  originating 
in  evil,  and  abstractedly  falses  originating  in  evil,  n.  20, 604, 704,  720, 
830,021.  That  kings  sign,  those  who  arc  in  truths  originating  in 
good  from  the  Lord,  for  this  reason,  because  the  Lord  as  king  sign. 
divine  truth,  and  they  are  called  sons  and  heirs,  sho.  n.  720. 

KINGDOM,  to  REIGN  [regnum.  rrgnare].  That  kingdom  sign. 
the  church,  n  740,  ill.  and  sho.  n.  740.  That  to  reign,  when  spoken 
of  the  Lord,  sign,  to  be  in  his  kingdom,  he  in  them,  and  they  in  him, 
ill.  and  sho.  n.  284.  That  there  are  also  in  heaven  they  who  reign, 
but  that  neverthess  the  Lord  reigns  in  them,  and  thus  by  them,  be- 
cause they  primarily  regard  uses,  n.  840.  That  the  kingdom  of  the 
Father  then  comes,  when  the  Lord  with  respect  to  his  divine  human- 
ity is  immediately  approached,  ill.  and  sho.  n.  839. 

L 

LABOR  [labor].  That  labor  sign,  affliction  of  soul,  and  cruci- 
fixion of  the  flesh,  for  the  sake  of  the  Lord  and  of  eternal  life,s/io.  n. 
640.    That  labor  also  sign,  temptations,  n.  884. 

LAKE  [stagnum].  That  a  lake  sign,  where  there  is  truth  in 
abundance,  also  where  the  false  principle  abounds,  sho.  n.  835.  That 
a  lake  of  fire  and  sulphur  sign,  hell,  where  the  love  of  what  is  false 
and  the  cupidity  or  the  lust  of  evil  reigns,  ill.  n.  835,  864. 

LAMB  [agnus].    That  lamb  sign,  the  Lord  as  to  the  divine  hu- 


35 


manity,  n.  2G9,  391*  and  also  as  (o  the  Word,  n.273.  and  as  to  both,  n. 
6!>."».  "That  by  God  and  the  Lamb  is  meant  the  Lord  as  to  his  divinity 
from  whom  are  all  things,  and  as  to  his  divine  humanity,  n.  9S2,  808, 
918. 

LAMP  [tempo*,  vkle  candelabrum].    See  Candlestick. 
LANE  [vieas,  vide  platen].  See  Street. 

LAODICEA  [Luodicca].  That  by  the  Laodicean  cliurch  are 
meant  those  in  the  church  who  alternately  believe,  and  do  not  be- 
lieve, and  thus  profane  holy  things,  ill.  n.  198,  and  in  the  following. 

LAW  [fax].  Concerning  the  law  and  the  gospel,  see  the  doctrines 
of  the  Reformed,  premised  at  n.  IV.  That  by  the  works  of  the  law 
mentioned  by  Paul  in  Rom.  iii.  28,  are  meant  the  works  of  the  Mosaic 
law,  proper  to  the  Jews,  ill.  and  sho.  n.  417.  What  is  meant  by  the 
law  of  Moses,  sho.  n.  662.    See  Moses. 

LAWN  [xylinvm,  vide  byssus].    See  Linen. 

LEAF  [folium].  That  leaves  sign,  rational,  natural,  and  sensual 
truths,///,  and  sho.  n.  930.  That  leaves  of  different  trees,  sign,  vari- 
ous truths,  concerning  which,  n.  93C.  Concerning  teiror  excited  by 
the  agitation  of  leaves  in  the  spiritual  world,  n.  93C. 

LEFT-HAND  [sinistmm  vide  derttum].    See  Right-Hand. 

LENGTH  [hngitudo,  vide  latitudo].    See  Preadth. 

LEOPARD  [pardus].  That  leopard  sign,  the  lust  of  falsifying  the 
truths  of  the  Word,  and  thence  heresies  destructive  of  the  church, 
ill  and  sho.  n.  572. 

LEPROSY  [lepra].  That  leprosy  sign,  profanation  of  the  Word, 
and  that  the  Jews  who  profaned  the  Word,  were  infected  with  lepro- 
sies, n.  C78  at  the  end. 

LEVI  [Lett].  That  Levi  and  his  tribe  represented  and  thence 
S'gn.  in  a  supreme  sense  love  and  mercy,  in  a  spiritual  sense  charity 
in  act,  which  is  good  ol  life,  in  a  natural  sense  consociation  and  con- 
junction, n.  357.  That  Levi  sign,  the  affection  of  truth  originating 
in  good,  and  consequent  intelligence,  ill.  and  sho.  n.  357. 

LIE,  LIAR  [mendacium,  mrndar].  That  a  lie  sign,  the  false  of 
doctrine,  and  also  false  speaking,  and  that  guile  sign,  both  as  ground- 
ed in  design,  ill,  and  sho.  n.  024,  sho.  n  924.  That  a  liar  stgn.  the 
same  as  a  lie,  n.  79  towards  the  end. 

LIFE,  and  to  LIVE  [vita,  rivrre].  That  Jehovah  is  alone  life, 
and  that  therefore  he  calls  himself  alive  and  living,  sho.  n.  58.  That 
the  Lord  as  to  his  divine  humanity  is  also  life  in  himself,  sho.  n.  68, 
ill.  n.  961..  That  the  Lord  is  life  eternal,  because  lile  eternal  is  in 
him  and  thence  fiom  him,  sho.  n.  60.  That  man  is  not  life  in  himself, 
but  a  recipient  of  life,  ill.  n.  875,  ill.  n.  901.  That  man  lives  immortal 
after  death,  from  the  power  of  being  conjoined  to  the  Lord  through 
love  and  faith,  ill.  n.  224. 

LIGHT  [lux].  That  the  Lord  is  the  licrht,  which  illuminates  the 
understanding  of  angel*  and  men,  and  that  that  light  proceeds  from 
the  sun  of  the  spiritual  world,  in  which  he  dwells,  ill.  and  rho.  n.  790. 
Tirat  the  light  of  heaven  is  divine  truth,  and  that  by  that  light  falses 
are  discovered,  also  the  thoughts  of  every  one,  and  that  this  light  is 
a  spiritual  light,  n.  754  ,  8(i7,  922.  That  the  light  of  the  sun  or  the 
light  of  the  day,  sign,  the  spiritual  truth  of  the  Word,  and  that  the 
light  of  the  moon  or  the  light  of  the  night  sign,  the  natural  (ruth  of 
the  Word,  sho.  n.  414.  A  comparison  made  between  charity  and 
fiith,  and  heat  and  light,  ill.  n.  875  towards  the  end.  Concerning 
glory  arising  from  spiritual  light,  and  concerning  glory  arising  from 
natural  light,  HI.  n.  940.    That  the  light  of  infatuation  is  the  light  of 


36 


LOR 


the  confirmation  of  the  false,  which  light  is  similar  to  that  in  which 
owls  and  l>a(s  see,  ill.  n.  506,  6i)5. 

LIGHT,  or  LAMP  [lucenia,  vide  candelabrum].  See  Candle- 
stick. 

LIGHTNING  [fulgur].  That  lightnings,  thundering,  and 
voices,  sign,  illumination,  perception,  and  instruction,  ill.  and  sko.  n. 
236.  That  they  also  sign,  confirmations,  reasonings,  and  argumen- 
tations in  favor  of  lalses,  n.  3U6. 

LINEN  [linum].  That  linen  sign,  truth,  and  in  an  eminent 
sense  divine  truth,  sko.  n  G71 

LINEN  [bussus,]  FINK  LINEN  [byssUai.m\  That  linen  and 
fine  tinea  sign,  genuine  truth,  ,s7(i>.  n.  814,620.  That  cotton  [xyli- 
nuw]  sign,  the  same,  sho.  n.  814,  815. 

LION  [leo].  That  lion  sign,  the  power  of  truth,  ill.  and  sho.  n. 
241.  That  a  lion,  when  spoken  of  the  Lord,  sign,  the  divine  truth  of 
the  Word  as  to  power,  sho.  n.  241.  In  like  manner  one  of  the  che- 
rubims,  who  appeared  like  a  lion,  n.  241.  That  the  lion  has  prevailed 
sign,  that  the  Lord  has  conquered  the  hells,  n.  205.  That  to  roar  like 
a  lion,  when  spoken  of  the  Lord,  sign,  grievous  lamentation  that  the 
church  is  taken  from  him  by  the  hells,  ill.  and  sho.  n.  471. 

LIVE,  to  [vivere,  vide  vita].    See  Like. 

LOCUST  [locusta].  That  locusts  sign,  falses  in  extremes,  of  a 
quality  appertaining  to  them  who  are  called  sensual  men,  ill.  and 
sho.  n.  424,  431).    That  locusts  also  sign,  pigmies,  sho.  n.  424. 

LOINS  [tumbi].  That  loins  and  thighs  sign,  conjugial  love,  and 
in  general,  love  ;  and  when  spoken  of  the  Lord,  divine  love,  sho.  n. 
830.    That  this  is  from  correspondence,  n.  830. 

The  LORD  and  GOD  [Dominus  et  Dots].  The  doctrine  concern- 
ing God  and  Christ  the  Lord,  among  the  Reformed,  see  their  doctri- 
nals  in  what  is  premised  n.  I.  II.  That  upon  a  just  idea  of  God  is 
founded  the  whole  heaven,  and  the  whole  church,  and  all  things  of 
religion,  because  thereby  conjunction  is  effected  with  God,  and  by 
conjunction  heaven  and  eternal  life,  Pref.  and  n.  40!).  That  the  Di- 
vine Esse  is  a  Divine  Esse  in  itself,  and  that  it  is  one,  the  same,  itself, 
and  indivisible,  and  that  the  Divine  Esse  is  God,  ill.  n.  961.  That 
an  invisible  God  cannot  bs  approached,  neither  God  as  a  spirit,  if  by 
a  spirit  is  understood  air,  but  that  God  is  visible,  in  order  that  there 
may  be  conjunction,  i//.n.  224.  That  there  is  not  any  church,  except 
one  God  be  acknowledged,  in  whom  is  a  trinity,  n.  470.  That  one 
God  does  not  exist,  except  in  one  person,  ill.  n.  4!>0.  That  the  an- 
gels cannot  utter  the  word  gods,  and  that  if  they  were  willing,  the 
expression  ol  itsell  would  terminate  in  one,  yea  into  the  only  God, 
ill.  n.  96L  That  God  is  to  be  thought  of  from  essence  to  person,  and 
not  from  person  to  essence,  and  that  they  who  think  concerning  God 
from  person,  make  God  three,  but  they  who  think  from  essence,  make 
God  one,  ill.  n.  OIL  That  they  also  make  God  one,  who  think  con- 
cerning God  from  the  attributes  of  the  divine  essence,  also  from  the 
proceeding  attributes,  which  are  creation,  preservation,  salvation, 
and  redemption,  illumination  and  instruction,  ill.  n.  till,  ill.  n.  961. 
That  they  who  are  in  faith  alone,  make  God  three,  principally  in  the 
customary  prayer  of  their  faith,  that  they  pray  to  God  the  Father, 
that  he  would  have  mercy  for  the  sake  of  the  Son,  and  send  the  Holy 
Spirit,  ill.  n.  (ill,  018,  537.  That  by  God  and  the  Father  is  meant 
the  Lord  as  to  divine  truth  and  as  to  divine  good,  or  as  to  divine  wis- 
dom and  as  to  divine  love,  n.  21,  193-  That  the  Lord  from  eternity  is 
Jehovah  the  Father,  sho.  n.  391.    That  the  Lord,  is  the  Father,  sho. 


LOR 


37 


n.  21.  That  the  Lord  and  God  the  Father  are  one,  ill.  n.  693.  That  the 
divine  which  is  called  the  Father,  and  the  divine  which  is  called  the  Son, 
are  one,  like  soul  and  bod  v,  and  that  therefore  together  they  are  the  Fa- 
ther, ill.  and  sho.  n.  613, 7-13,  ill.  and  sho.  n.  831),  ill.  n.  902.  That  there- 
fore the  Lord  is  often  called  Jehovah  the  Redeemer,  and  Jehovah  our 
justice,  slm.  n.  013,  ill.  and  sho.  n.  962.  That  the  Lord  from  the  es- 
sential divinity,  (ex  dirino  u  quo,)  through  the  divine  humanity,  is  the 
Saviour,  n.  308,  ill.  and  sho.  n.  961.  That  Jehovah  came  into  the 
world,  and  took  upon  him  humanity,  in  order  to  redeem  and  save 
mankind,  when-fore  also  Je  hovah  is  called  the  Redeemer,  sho.  n.  281 , 
ill.  and  sho.  n.  902.  That  the  Lord  united  the  humanity  to  the  di- 
vinity which  was  in  himself,  and  is  called  the  Father,  in  order  that 
angels  and  men  might  be  united  to  God  the  Father  in  him  and 
through  him,  sho.  n.  222.  That  the  Lord  came  into  the  world,  to 
unite  mankind  to  God  the  Father  in  him  and  through  him,  sho.  n. 
618,  sho.  n.  883.  That  God  the  Father  cannot  be  approached,  ex- 
cept by  Christ  and  through  him,  ill.  n.  484.  That  men  at  this  day 
approach  God  the  Father,  from  an  idea  of  the  humanity  of  Christ,  as 
the  son  of  Mary,  and  thus  as  a  common  man,  and  not  as  the  Son  of 
God,  and  consequently  God,  n.  504.  That  the  alpha  and  the  omega, 
the  beginning  and  the  end,  sign,  the  Lord.  slw.  n.  29,  that  they  sign. 
that  lie  is  the  self-subsisting  and  only-subsisting  from  principles  to 
ultimates,  from  whom  nil  things  proceed,  therefore  who  is  the  self- 
subsisting  and  only-subsisting  love,  the  self-subsisting  and  only-sub- 
sisting wisdom,  and  the  self-subsisting  and  only-subsisting  life  in 
himself,  and  consequently  the  self-subsisting  and  only-subsisting 
Creator,  Saviour,  and  Illuminator  from  himself,  and  consequently  the 
all  in  all  of  heaven  and  the  church,  n.  2!),  38,  92,  ill.  n.  902.  That 
they  sign,  all  things  are  made,  governed,  and  done  by  him,  n.  888, 
Who  is,  who  was,  and  who  is  to  come,  sign,  that  the  Lord  is  eternal, 
infinite,  and  Jehovah,  sho.  n.  13,  57,  522.  Who  is,  who  was,  and 
holy,  sign,  that  the  Lord  is  and  was  the  Word,  n.  086.  That  he  is 
the  first  and  the  last,  sign,  that  the  Lord  is  the  only  God,  n.  92. 
That  Jehovah  in  the  New  Testament  is  called  the  Lord,  n.  193. 
That  the  Lord  is  the  Ancient  of  Days  mentioned  in  Daniel,  sho.  n. 
291.  That  the  Messiah  is  Christ,  and  that  he  is  the  Son  of  God,  sho. 
n.  520. 

That  the  Lord  alone  is  the  God  of  heaven  and  earth,  sho.  n.  42, 
sho.  n.  888.  That  all  the  heavens  acknowledge  that  the  Lord  is  the 
God  of  heaven  and  earth,  ill.  n.  811.  A  conversation  of  the  English 
clergy  with  their  former  king  concerning  the  Lord,  that  he  is  the  God 
of  heaven  and  earth,  ill.  m  341,  ill.  n.  716.  Because  all  things  of 
the  Father  are  his,  and  that  no  one  can  come  to  the  Father  but  by 
him,  and  that  therefore  he  is  the  God  of  heaven  and  earth,  sho.  n. 
618.  That  to  the  Lord  belongs  all  power  in  heaven  and  earth,  sho. 
n.  613.  sho.  n.  743,  752.  Thatthe  Lord  governs  all  things  from  him- 
self from  their  principles  by  ultimates,  ill.  n.  31.  That  the  Lord 
came  into  the  world,  and  took  upon  him  a  humanity,  that  he  might 
be  at  the  same  time  in  ultimates  and  in  first  principles,  and  thus 
might  save  men,  because  the  influx  and  the  operation  of  the  Lord  is 
from  first  principles  through  or  by  ultimates.  n.  798.  That  the  Lord 
from  himself  knows  all  things,  ill.  n.  262.  That  the  Lord  is  omnipo- 
tent, sho.  n.  811.  That  all  things  in  the  Apocalypse  relate  to  the  ac- 
knowledgment, that  the  Lord  is  the  God  of  heaven  and  earth,  and  to 
a  life  according  to  his  commandments,  n.  903,  957.  That  the  king- 
dom of  the  Father  comes,  when  the  Lord  is  immediately  approached, 


38 


LOR 


sho.  n.  839.  That  the  Lord  governs  heaven  and  hell,  forasmuch  as 
he  who  governs  the  one  must  govern  the  other,  ill.  n.  62.  That  they 
who  have  confirmed  in  themselves  a  trinity  of  persons,  cannot  re- 
ceive, that  the  Lord  is  the  one  God,  who  is  the  God  of  heaven  and 
earth,  notwithstanding  they  had  read  it  frequently  in  the  Word, 
which  is  sho.  n.  (j]8.  That  the  mystic  union,  which  is  also  called 
the  hypostatic  union,  is  a  figment  respecting  the  influx  of  the  divini- 
ty of  the  Lord  upon  his  humanity,  ill.  n.  565.  The  universal  of 
faith  concerning  the  Lord,  and  concerning  salvation  by  him,  n.  67. 
That  they  are  saved  who  believe  in  the  Lord,  sho.  n.  553.  That  they 
are  condemned,  who  do  not  believe  in  him,  nor  live  according  to  his 
commandments,  n.  874.  That  the  Lord  is  in  man  according  to  man's 
reception,  from  faith  and  from  a  life  according  to  his  commandments, 
HI.  n.  94!).  That  acknowledgment  of  the  Lord  causes  his  presence, 
and  that  affection  which  is  of  love  causes  conjunction  with  him.  /'//. 
n.  937.  That  the  Lord  with  respect  to  his  divine  humanity  is  to  be 
approached,  because  in  this  he  is  visible,  and  because  the  Father  and 
he  are  one,  like  soul  and  body  ;  that  hence  it  may  appear,  that  when 
he  is  approached  as  to  his  divine  humanity,  which  is  the  body,  he  is 
approached  as  to  the  all-begetting  divinity  (dirinvm  a  quo),  which  is 
the  soul,  consequently  the  Father,  ill.  n.'341,  743,  ill.  n.  962.  That 
no  one  can  be  conjoined  to  the  Lord,  except  he  immediately  approach- 
es him,  because  the  aspect,  which  is  of  the  understanding  derived 
from  the  affection  which  is  of  the  will,  conjoins,  n.  933.  That  the 
humanity  of  the  Lord  is  divine,  and  that  it  ought  to  be  approached, 
ill.  and  sho.  n.  9G2.  That  the  marriage  of  the  church  with  the  Lord 
is  with  his  divine  humanity,  and  that  then  the  marriage  is  full,  ill. 
and  sho.  n.  S12.  That  therefore  the  New  Church  is  called  the  bride,  and 
the  Lamb's  wife,  sho.  n.  813.  That  the  will  of  the  Father  is  done  as 
in  heaven  so  in  earth,  when  the  Lord  is  approached  as  to  his  divine 
humanity,  sho.  n.  839.  That  the  New  Church  is  formed  of  those  who 
approach  the  Lord  only,  and  perform  the  work  of  repentance  from 
evil  works,  ill.  and  sho.  n.  69 — 72.  That  conjunction  is  with  the  di- 
vine humanity  of  the  Lord,  and  that  such  is  the  nature  of  the  con- 
junction, that  they  are  in  the  Lord  and  the  Lord  in  them,  sho.  n.  883. 
That  conjunction  is  effected  by  truths  of  the  Word,  and  by  a  life 
conformable  to  them,  n.  883.  That  the  Lord  cannot  be  conjoined  to 
any  one  who  is  in  evil,  wherefore  man  must  first  do  the  work  of  re- 
pentance, ill.  n.  937.  That  the  Lord  only  can  teach  and  lead  all  ; 
because  he  is  God,  and  because  heaven  and  the  church  are  as  one 
man,  whose  soul  and  life  is  the  Lord,  n.  383.  That  the  Lord  only  is 
to  be  invoked  and  worshiped,  and  not  any  angel,  ill.  n.  818,  946. 
That  the  Lord  only  is  justice,  and  that  he  only  is  merit,  n.  86.  That 
the  Lord  is  called  salvation,  sho.  n.  368.  That  in  the  Lord  is  the  di- 
vine celestial,  the  divine  spiritual,  and  the  divine  natural  principles  ; 
that  therefore  these  three  degrees  of  love  and  wisdom  are  in  the 
three  heavens,  and  also  in  man,  from  creation,  ill.  n.  49.  That  the 
Lord  is  in  the  divine  celestial  principle  with  the  angels  of  the  third 
heaven,  in  the  divine  spiritual  with  the  angels  of  the  second  heaven, 
and  in  the  divine  natural  with  the  angels  of  the  lowest  heaven,  and 
with  men  on  earth  ;  and  that  nevertheless  he  is  not  divided,  because 
he  is  present  with  every  one  according  to  his  quality,  n.  466. 

That  they  who  do  not  approach  the  Lord,  cannot  understand  the 
Word,  ill.  n.  42.  ill.  n.  566,  958.  That  the  Lord  is  the  book  of  life, 
which  is  the  Word,  n.  958.  That  the  Lord  is  called  the  Son  of  God 
as  to  his  divine  humanity,  and  the  Son  of  Man  as  to  the  Word,  n.  44. 


LOR 


39 


That  the  Lord  is  called  the  Lamb  as  to  the  divine  humanity,  and  also 
as  to  the  Word,  moreover  Christ,  n.  ti,  1 5, 269,  273,  2!)1,  f»!)5.  That 
the  Lord  is  the  Word,  and  all  things  thereof,  ill.  n  819,  820.  That 
in  the  Word  of  both  Testaments  the  Lord  alone  is  treated  of,  and 
that  hence  it  may  appear,  that  the  Lord  is  the  Word,  10.  and  sho.  n. 
478,  820.  That  "the  Lord  fulfilled  all  things  of  the  Word  in  the  natu- 
ral, spiritual,  and  celestial  sense,  til.  n.  820.  That  because  they  do 
not  immediately  approach  the  Lord,  they  cannot  be  in  spiritual  light, 
and  that  in  spiritual  things  they  think  sensually,  ill.  n.  841.  That 
the  knowledge  and  acknowledgment  of  the  Lord  conjoins  all  the 
knowledges  of  good  and  truth,  or  spiritual  truths  in  one,  ill.  n.  916. 
That  the  coming  of  the  Lord  is  his  coming  in  the  Word,  and  that 
this  is  signified  by  his  coming  in  the  clouds  of  heaven,  ill.  n.  820, 
944  ;  see  Cloi-ds.  That  by  lights  from  the  heavens  were  seen  the 
tabernacle,  and  afterwards  the  temple,  and,  lastly,  in  the  place  there- 
of, the  Lord  alone  standing  on  the  foundation-stone,  which  was  the 
Word,  ill.  n.  92(5. 

That  to  the  Son  of  Man  belongs  the  kingdom,  sho.  n.  291.  That 
he  is  called  king,  whence,  sho.  n.  GG4  ;  see  King.  That  the  Lord  in 
his  divine  humanity  reigns  over  all.  sho.  n.  520.  That  the  celestial 
kingdom  is  the  priestly  kingdom  of  the  Lord,  and  the  spiritual  king- 
dom his  royal  kingdom,  ill.  n.  854.  What  is  meant  by  reigning  with 
the  Lord,  n.  284  ;  see  Ki.vgdom.  That  the  Lord  is  heaven,  n.  943; 
see  Heaves.  That  they  who  are  in  the  Lord,  and  tlie  Lord  in  them, 
whatsoever  they  will  and  ask,  they  obtain,  because  they  will  and  ask 
from  the  Lord,  ill.  and  sho.  n.  931.  That  the  Lord  appears  above 
the  heavens  in  a  sun,  because  no  one  can  sustain  his  presence,  such 
as  it  is  in  itself,  and  that  he  is  present  with  every  one  by  veilings 
and  coverings,  sho.  n.  54,  463.  That  because  the  Lord  is  love  itself 
and  wisdom  itself,  and  these  are  not  in  place,  he  is  omnipresent,  ill. 
n.961.  That  man  cannot  see  the  Lord  such  as  he  is  in  himself,  and 
live  ;  that  therefore  he  presents  himself  to  be  seen  in  the  heavens  by 
angels,  whom  he  fills  with  his  majesty,  til.  n.  938.  That  the  truths 
of  the  Word  are  mirrors,  or  glasses,  by  which  also  he  makes  himself 
to  be  seen,  ill.  n.  938.  That  the  Lord  from  the  sun  looks  at  the  an- 
gels in  the  forehead,  and  so  turns  them  to  himself,  and  in  like  man- 
ner men  as  to  their  spirit ;  and  that  angels  and  men  look  at  the  Lord 
through  the  eyes,  ill.  n.  938,  280.  That  the  angels  continually  be- 
hold the  Lord  as  a  sun,  and  continually  have  him  before  their  eyes, 
and  this  in  everv  turn  of  their  face  and  body,  which  is  wonderful,  n. 
938.  That  the  "Lord  in  the  Word  is  meant  by  angel,  n.  403 ;  see 
Angel.  That  whatever  flows-in,  or  enters  by  influx,  from  the  Lord 
with  man,  remains  of  the  Lord  with  him,  and  never  becomes 
of  man,  n.  758.  That  the  Lord  does  not  enter  by  influx  into  the 
proprinm  of  man,  but  that  he  exquisitely  separates  what  appertains  to 
him  from  their  selfhood,  n.  758.  Concerning  the  Lord's  speaking 
throush  heaven  with  man,  n.  943.  That  theXord  speaks  out  of  di- 
vine love  through  divine  wisdom,  because  out  of  the  third  heaven 
through  the  second,  n.  015.  What  is  meant  by  the  name  of  the  Lord, 
shn.  n.018;  see  Name.  That  the  Lord  from  his  divine  humanity 
will  execute  judgment,  sho.  n.  273.  That  by  the  birth  of  the  Lord 
from  eternity,  is  meant  his  birth  foreseen  from  eternity,  and  provided 
for  in  time,  ill.  n.  961.  That  the  Lord  glorified  his  humanity ,  that  is, 
made  it  divine,  as  the  Lord  regenerates  man,  and  makes  him  spirit- 
ual, ill.  n,  193.  That  the  Lord  alone  bore  the  evils  and  falses  of  the 
church,  and  all  the  violence  offered  to  the  Word,  sho.  n.  829;  and 


id 


!■  O  V 


that  this  was  effected  by  combats  against  the  hells,  and  that  thus  he 
became  the  Saviour  and  Redeemer,  n.  829.  That  the  Lord  permitted 
the  Jews  to  treat  him  as  they  treated  the  Word,  n.  410.  That  they 
who  are  in  faith  alone,  and  pray  from  their  form  of  faith,  cannot  do 
otherwise  than  make  God  three,  and  the  Lord  two,  ill.  a.  537,  ill.  n. 
(311.  That  they  who  deny  the  divinity  of  the  Lord  in  his  humanity, 
act  almost  in  unity  with  the  Socinians  and  Anans,  n.  071.  That  the 
New  Church  cannot  be  established,  and  thus  the  Lord  acknowledged 
as  the  God  of  heaven  and  earth,  before  they,  who  are  meant  by  the 
dragon,  the  beast,  and  the  false  prophet,  are  removed,  sho.  n.  473. 
That  scarce  any  one  in  the  spiritual  world,  from  acknowledgment  in 
thought,  could  pronounce  or  utter  one  God,  nor  Jesus,  neither  Divine 
Humanity  with  respect  to  the  Lord,  although  it  was  confirmed  to 
many  by  the  Word,;'//,  n.  294. 

LOVE  [amor].  That  there  is  celestial  love,  in  which  are  the  an- 
gels who  are  in  the  Lord's  celestial  kingdom,  and  that  there  is  spirit- 
ual love,  in  which  are  the  angels  who  are  in  the  Lord's  spiritual 
kingdom  ;  concerning  which  two  kingdoms,  and  concerning  the  loves 
there,  n.  120,  121 ,  123,  387 ,  647,  72"),"  854,  920.  That  love  in  the  ce- 
lestial kingdom  is  love  to  the  Lord,  and  a  love  of  doing  uses  from  the 
Lord,  which  love  is  there  called  mutual  love,  n.  353.  That  spiritual 
lo.ve  is  love  towards  our  neighbor,  which  is  called  charity,  n.  128. 
That  spiritual  love  derives  its  essence  from  celestial  love,  n.  395. 
That  it  is  love  from  which  wisdom  is  derived,  ill.  n.  875.  That  the 
heavens  exists  from  divine  love  through  divine  wisdom,  ill.  n.  875. 
That  love  and  wisdom  are  not  any  thing  unless  they  are  in  use,  ill. 
a.  875.  That  love  and  wisdom,  when  they  are  in  the  endeavor  of  the 
will  to  use,  are  notwithstanding  in  act  and  exist,  ill.  n.  875.  That 
all  after  death  become  affections  of  their  ruling  love,  n.  750.  That 
they  come  to  heaven  who  are  affections  of  celestial  love  and  of  spirit- 
ual love,  consequently,  who  are  affections  of  the  love  of  good  and 
truth,  n.  750.  That  felicity  in  heaven  is  according  to  the  quality  of 
the  affection  of  good  and  truth,  n.  782.  That  heaven  is  regulated, 
and  also  the  church  before  the  Lord,  according  to  affections  which 
are  of  love,  n.  908  at  the  end.  That  all  things  of  the  New  Church 
will  be  from  the  good  of  love,  ill.  n.  907,  908,  912,  917.  That  know- 
ledge which  is  of  thought  in  the  spiritual  world  occasions  presence, 
and  that  affection  which  is  of  love  occasions  conjunction  there,  ill.  n. 
937.  That  according  to  the  conjunction,  love  will  be  reciprocal,  ill. 
n.  937.  That  divine  love  and  divine  wisdom  are  not  in  place,  but 
with  man  according  to  reception,  ill.  n.  790.  That  hence  charity 
and  faith  are  not  in  place,  but  with  those  who  are  in  place,  according 
to  reception,  Hi.  n.  949,  961.  That  the  good  of  love  is  formed  by 
truths  of  wisdom,  ill.  n.  912.  That  there  does  not  exist  a  grain  of 
true,  living,  and  spiritual  faith,  except  so  far  as  it  is  derived  from 
spiritual  love,  which  is  charity,  ill.  n.  908.  That  in  the  world  they 
do  not  attend  to  the  affections,  but  to  the  thoughts,  the  reason  thereof", 
n.  750.  That  self-love,  especially  the  love  of  exercising  dominion 
grounded  in  self-love,  is  infernal,  n.  691,  729.  That  the  love  of  ex- 
ercising dominion,  originating  in  self-love,  is  the  devil,  and  that 
hence  the  pride  of  self-derived  intelligence  is  Satan,  n.  453.  That 
the  love  of  dominion,  originating  in  self-love,  and  hence  the  pride  of 
self-derived  intelligence,  are  the  heads  of  all  infernal  loves,  and  that 
this  is  unknown  in  the  world,  the  reason  thereof,  n.  502.  But  the 
love  of  dominion  from  the  love  of  uses  is  celestial,  and  that  they  are 
in  this  love  who  reign  in  heaven,  n.  502,  849.    That  when  the  love 


MAR 


41 


of  dominion  originating  in  self-love,  and  the  pride  of  self-derived 
intelligence  constitute  the  head,  then  the  love  of  uses,  which  is  ce- 
lestial love,  constitutes  the  feet,  and  the  soles  of  the  feet ;  and  on  the 
contrary,  n.  502.  That  celestial  and  spiritual  love  torment  and  ex- 
cruciate those  who  arc  in  self-love,  and  in  the  pride  of  self-derived 
intelligence,  when  they  flow-in,  n.  001.  Self-love  described  as  to  its 
delight,  and  that  this  love  immerses  the  mind  of  man  in  his  proprium, 
which  is  mere  evil,  and  that  consequently  it  draws  it  away  from  God, 
whence  man  becomes  a  worshiper  of  nature,  n.692  ;  and  he  becomes 
sensual  corporeal,  n.  692.  That  the  delights  of  the  love  of  self  and  of 
the  world,  which  in  the  world  are  felt  as  delightful  in  the  highest 
degree,  are  changed  into  opposite  infelicities  in  hell,  ill.  n.  703.  That 
after  death  they  come  to  hell  who  are  in  the  affections  of  the  love  of 
evil,  which  affections  are  concupiscences,  n.  75G.  That  every  love 
is  felt  under  some  species  of  delight,  and  that  therefore  unless  man 
knew  what  evil  was,  he  might  feel  evil  as  good,  and  thence  by  falses 
confirm  it,  from  which  man  perishes,  ill.  n.  531,  908. 

LOWER  EARTH  [term  inferior].    See  Spiritual  World. 

LUKEWARM  [tepidus].  Concerning  the  lukewarm,  n.  202, 204. 
See  Profanation. 

M 

MAGOG  [Magogvs,  vide  Gogus].    See  Gog. 

MAN  [homo].  That  man  sign,  intelligence  and  wisdom,  ill.  and 
sho.  n.  243.  That  man  in  the  complex  sign,  the  church,  ill.  n.  910. 
That  son  of  man  sign,  the  doctrine  of  truth  belonging  to  the  church, 
and  when  spoken  of  the  Lord  sign,  the  Word  n.  910.  That  man  is  a 
man  after  death,  and  then  he  is  the  affection  which  is  of  his  love,  n. 
558.  Concerning  the  consociation  of  man  with  spirits  and  angels, 
ill.  n.  943.  That  man  communicates  immediately  with  those  who 
are  in  the  world  of  spirits,  but  mediately  with  those  who  are  in  hea- 
ven or  hell,  n.  552  at  the  end,  558.  That  man  does  not  know  any 
thing  of  the  spirits  with  whom  he  is,  nor  spirits  of  man.  the  reason 
thereof,  ill.  n.  943. 

MANASSES  [Mcnasche].  That  Manasses  sign,  the  voluntary 
principle  of  the  church,  and  Ephraini  its  intellectual  principle  ;  that 
Manasses  sign,  the  voluntary  principle,  ill.  and  sho.  n.  355. 

MANNA  [man].  That  manna  sign,  the  good  of  celestial  love 
conjoined  to  wisdom,  and,  in  a  supreme  sense,  the  Lord,  sho.  n. 
120. 

MANTLES  [toga;].    See  Garments. 

MAKK  [character].  That  it  is  an  acknowledgment  and  a  confes- 
sion, n.  005.  That  to  receive  a  mark  on  the  right  hand  and  on  the 
forehead  sign,  to  acknowledge  from  faith  and  love,  n.  605. 

MARK,  to  [signarc,  vide  signvm].    See  Sign. 

MARKIAGE  [conjvgium].  That  the  conjunction  of  the  Lord 
and  the  church  in  the  Word  is  called  a  marriage,  n.  359,  380.  That 
for  this  reason  the  Lord  is  called  the  bridegroom  and  husband,  and 
the  church  the  bride  and  the  wife,  ill.  and  sho.  n.  797,  sho.  n.  813. 
That  therefore  in  the  Word  it  is  called  a  marriage,  or  nuptials,  sho. 
n.  812.  That  the  marriage  of  the  church  is  with  the  divine  humanity 
of  the  Lord,  jit,  and  sho.  n.  812.  That  then  there  is  a  full  marriage 
when  the  Lord  is  approached  as  to  his  divine  humanity,  sho.  n.  812. 
That  the  Word  is  the  medium  of  conjunction,  or  of  the  marriage  of 
the  church  with  the  Lord.  n.  881.  That  the  marriage  of  the  Lord 
and  the  church  is  also  the  marriage  of  good  and  truth,  n.  359,  380. 


i'2 


M    I  L 


That  the  Lord  flows-in,  or  enters  by  influx,  from  the  good  of  love 
into  truths  with  angels  and  men,  and  thus  conjoins  them  to  himself., 
n;.  359,  380:  That  good  conjoins  truth  to  itself,  especially  celestial 
good,  concerning  which,  n.  121.  The. affection  and  hence  the  desire  . 
of  conjunrtion  of  good  and  truth  is  described  by  comparisons,  n.  122, 
130;  That  the  marriage  of  good  and  truth  is  the  marriage  of  love  ■ 
and  wisdom,  also  of  charity  and  faith  n.97,  ill.  n.  875.  That  good 
is  the  esse  of  a  thing,  and  that  truth  is  the  cxistere  of  a  thing  thence, 
n.  97.  That  good  is  according  to  the  quality  of  the  truths  by  which 
it  exists,  and  that  these  truths  are  conjoined  to  good.  n.  97.  See 
Good  and  Truth-  Good  without  truths  described,  n.  122,  130. 
That  where  there  are  falses  there  is  no  good,  except  spurious,  or 
meritorious,  or  pharisaical  good,  by  examples,  ill.  n,  97.  That  in  all 
the  particulars  of  the  Word  there  is  a  marriage  of  good  and  truth,  and 

•  that  there  are  words  therein  which  have  relation  to  good,  and  words 
which  have  relation  to  truth,  ill.  n.  373,  483,  C8!).  '  See  the  Word. 

'  MARTYR  [martyr].  That  martyr  sign,  confession  of  the  truth, 
in  like,  manner  witness,  n.  112.  That  to  martyrs  in  heaven  are 
given  crowns,  ill.  n.  103.    See  CnowjiB. 

MASSES  [missa].  The  ttnetsol  the  Papists  concerning  masses, 
see  their  doctrines  in  what  is  premised  at  n.  III. 

MEASURE,  to  MEASURE  [mensura,  mctiri].  That  to  measure 
■  sign,  to  know  and  scrutinize  the  quality  or  state  of  a  thing,  ill.  and 
sho.  n.  486  ,  in  like  manner  at  n.  904.  That  measure  sig?i.  the  qua- 
lity or  state  of  a  thing,  ill.  and  sho.  n.  48G,  !)10.  •  That  measures  ba- 
lances, and  scales,  sign,  estimation  of  a  thing  as  to  its  quality,  sho.  n. 
313,315.    •  .  . 

MERCHANDISE,  to  [mercari,  vide  nrgotiari].  ■  See  To  Tra DE- 
MERIT [meritum].  That  the  Lord  only  is  justice,  and  that  he 
ortly  is  merit,  n.  8(5.  That  they  who  give  faith  the  preference  place 
.  merit  in'works,  but  not  they  who  give  charity  the  preference,  ill.  n. 
86.  That  good  and  truth  from  the  Lord  are  not  appropriated  to  man, 
but  that  they  are  continually  of  tha  Lord  ;  wherefore  no  one  can  say 
that  he  merits,  ill.  n.  854.  That  the  divine  principle  of  the  Lord  is 
not  conjoined  with  the  self-hood  of  man,  but  that  it  is  exquisitely  s  - 

•  parated  by  the  Lord,  and  that  the  divine  principle  continually 
remains  of  the  Lord,  and  never  becomes  of  man,  n.  758.  That  the 
Babylonians  have  transcribed  the  merit  and  righteousness  of  the 
Lord  unto  themselves,  n.  758. 

METALS  [metallum].  That  all  metals  are  correspondences,  and 
that  therefore  they  are  in  the  spiritual  world,  n.  775.  That  they  cor- 
respond to  good  and  truth,  ill.  n.  013.  That  therefore  metals  in  the 
Word,  as  gold,  silver,  brass,  iron,  sign,  such  things  as  are  of  the 
church,  with  respect  to  good  and  truth,  ///.  n.  211,  775. 

METAPHYSICS  [metaphysial.].  Concerning  a  metaphysician 
amonir  the  dragonists,  who  was  desirous  to  cast  out  the  inhabitants 
of  a  certain  city,  because  he  knew  how  to  conceal  things  under  forms, 
ill.  n.  055. 

MICHAEL  [Michael].  What  is  sign,  by  Michael  the  angel,  n. 
548.    See  Angel. 

MIDST  [medium].  That  in  the  midst  sign,  in  the  inmost,  and 
thence,  in  all  things  around,  ill.  and  sho.  n.  44,  933. 

MIGHTY  [fortis].  That  the  mighty  or  powerful  sign,  those  who 
.    are  in  erudition,  n.  337,  832. 

MILITARY  SERVICE  [militia,  vide  bellum].    See  War. 

MILL  [nwfc].    That  a  mill  sign,  inquiry,  search  into,  and  confir- 


M    O  U 


43 


nation  of  truth  out  of  the  Word,  n.  791,  ill.  and  sho.  n.  794.  What 
is  sign,  by  being  cast  as  a  millstone  into  the  sea,  n.  791. 

MINISTER  [minister].  That  he  is  called  a  servant  who  is' in 
truths,  consequently  he  who  serves,  and  that  he  is  called  a  minister 
who  is  in  goods,  consequently  he  who  ministers,  sho.  n.  128,  937. 
That  hence  ministry  is  operation,  n.  126. 

MIRACLE  [mirurulum].  That  signs,  by  which  are  meant  mira- 
cles, sign,  testifications  that  truth  is  liilse,  and,  in  the  opposite  sense, 
that  false  is  truth,  ill.  and  sho.  n.  598,  704,  834.  That  the  sign  of 
fire  coming  down  from  heaven  sign,  attestation  that  it  is  truth  al- 
though it  is  false,  sho.  n.  599,  COO  What  is  further  signified  by  sign, 
see  Sign,  ,  .  >' 

MISERABLE  [miser].  What  is  sign,  by  miserable  and  poor, 
see  Poor. 

MIX,  to  [miscere].  That  wine  mixed  sign,  truth  falsified,  sho.  n. 
C35. 

MONTH  [m«wis].  That  a  month  sign,  a  full  or  plenary  state, 
sho.  n.  489  at  the  end.  That  it  sign,  man's  state  of  life  as  to  truth, 
ill.  and  sho.  n.  935. 

MONUMENT  [srpuhhrum,  vide  stpclire].    See  To  Bury. 

MOON  [luna].  That  moon  sign,  the  truth  of  faith  grounded  in 
the  good  of  charity,  n.  53,  332.  That  it  sign,  intelligence  and  faith, 
and  is  spoken  of  the  church,  n.  413,  533.  That  moon,  in  an  oppo- 
site sense,  sign,  self-derived  intelligence,  and  faith  grounded  in 
man's  self,  sho.  n.  919.  That  the  sun,  moon,  and  stars  being  dark- 
ened, sign,  that  the  goods  of  love  and  the  truths  of  faith  are  no 
longer  seen  in  the  church,  neither  are  the  knowledges  of  good  and 
truth  known;  passages  adduced  from  the  Word,  where  it  is  so  ex- 
pressed, n.  413. 

MORAL  [moralis].  Concerning  moral  spiritual  life  and  concern- 
ing moral  life  merely  natural,  ill.  n.  330,  450. 

MORNING  [nuinc].  That  morning  sign,  the  coming  of  the  Lord, 
and  then  the  New  Church,  sho.  n.  151.  That  thence  the  Lord  is 
called  the  morning-star,  n.  151,  954.  See  Star.  That  morning  sign. 
the  commencement  of  a  new  church,  and  evening  the  end  of  the  for- 
mer church,  sho.  n.  151. 

MOSES  [Masts].  That  by  the  law  of  Moses  are  meant  all  things 
which  are  written  in  his  five  books,///,  n.  417,  sho.  n.  002.  That  the 
like  things  are  meant  by  Moses  himself,  sho.  n.  002,  417. 

MOUNTAIN  [mens.].  That  a  mountain  sign,  celestial  love, 
which  is  love  to  the  Lord,  and  that  hill  sign,  spiritual  love,  which  is 
love  towards  our  neighbor;  the  reason  is,  because  they  who  are  in 
celestial  love  dwell  in  the  spiritual  world  upon  mountains,  and  they 
who  are  in  spiritual  love  upon  hills,  ///..and  sho.  n.  330.  That  a 
great  and  high  mountain  sign,  the  third  heaven,  ill.  n.  890.  That 
the  mount  of  olives,  near  Jerusalem,  sign,  the  divine  love  of  the 
Lord,  and  that  the  Lord  often  abode  there,  sho.  n.  330,  ill.  and  sho.  n. 
493.  That  mountains  and  hills,  in  an  opposite  sense,  sign,  the  love 
of  self  and  the  world,  sho.  n.  330.  That  mountain  sign,  love  of  evil, 
and  rock  faith  of  false,  n.  339.  That  seven  mountains  sign,  the  di- 
vine goods  of  the  Word  and  of  the  church  profaned,  and  that  by  the 
seven  mountains  may  also  be  understood  Homo,  n.  737. 

MOUTH,  FROM  THE  MOUTH  [<w,  oris].  That  .mouth  sign. 
docliine,  preaching,  and  discourse, -n.  571;  and  also  reasoning,  n. 
574.  That  out  of  the  mouth  sign,  out  of  the  thought  and  discourse, 
p.  452. 


14 


N    I  G 


MULTITUDE  [turbo].  That  a  great  or  crowded  multitude  sign. 
those  who  are  in  the  inferior  heavens,  also  those  who  are  in  the  ex- 
ternals of  the  church,  n  303,803. 

MUSIC  [muaica] .  That  the  sound  of  musical  instruments  cor- 
responds to  affections,  the  sound  of  string-instruments  to  affections 
of  spiritual  love,  consequently  which  are  of  truth;  but  the  sound  of 
wind-instruments,  which  are  continuous,  to  affections  of  celestial 
love,  consequently  which  are  of  good,  ill.  n.  792.  That  confessions 
and  celebrations  of  the  Lord  were  formerly  made  by  songs  accompa- 
nied with  various  instruments  of  music,  according  to  the  correspond- 
ence of  the  sound  to  the  affections,  n.  275.- 

MYRIAD  [myriasj.    See  Ten  Thoi/sawd. 

N 

NAKED,  NAKEDNESS  [nudus,  nuditas].  That  nakedness  sign. 
innocence,  also  ignorance  of  good  and  truth,  sho.  n.  ^13  at  the  end. 
That  to  walk  naked  sign,  to  live  without  truths,  n.  700.  That  naked- 
ness and  the  shame  of  nakedness  sign,  the  evil,  filthy  and  profane 
love  in  which  man  is  born,  ill.  and  sho.  n.  213,  700.  What  is  sign. 
by  to  make  desolate  and  naked,  n.  747. 

NAME  [nomen].  That  by  all  names  of  places  and  persons  in  the 
Word  are  meant  things.  That  name  sign,  the  quality  of  any  one, 
ill.  n.  105,  824.  That  by  the  name  of  God  is  sign,  all  by  which  God 
is  worshiped,  the  all  of  doctrine,  and  universally  the  all  of  religion, 
ill.  and  sho.  n.  81,  180.  That  to  write  in  or  upon  any  one  the  name 
of  God  sign,  to  inscribe  divine  truth  so  that  it  may  be  in  him,  D.  194. 
That  the  name  of  God  sign,  the  quality  of  worship,  n.  81,  11!.  That 
the  name  of  Jehovah  and  the  Father  sign,  the  divine  humanity  of  the 
Lord,  and  the  Word,  also  all  by  which  he  is  worshiped,  she.  n.  81, 
sho.  n.  584,  ill.  and  sho.  n.  83!).  That  the  name  of  the  Lord  sign. 
the  Lord  as  to  his  divine  humanity,  ill.  and  sho.  n.  839.  What  is 
further  sign,  by  the  name  of  the  Lord,  sho.  n.  018.  That  to  ask  the 
Father  in  the  name  of  the  Lord,  is  not  to  approach  the  Father  imme- 
diately, nor  to  ask  him  for  the  sake  of  the  Son,  but  to  approach  the 
Lord,  which  is  thereby  to  approach  the  Father  in  him,  and  through 
him,  ill.  n.  341,  sho.  n.  018,  ill.  and  sho.  n.  902.  That  the  name  of 
the  Father  is  the  Divine  Humanity  of  the  Lord,  ill.  and  sho.  n. 
839. 

NAPTHALI  [JVaphtali].  That  Napthali  and  his  tribe  represented, 
and  thence  in  the  Word  signifies,  in  a  supreme  sense,  the  proper 
power  of  the  divine  human  of  the  Lord  ;  in  a  spiritual  sense,  tempta- 
tion and  victory  ;  and  in  a  natural  sense,  reluctation  or  struggle  on 
the  part  of  the  natural  man,  ill.  n.  354.  That  it  also  sign,  a  percep- 
tion of  use,  and  what  use  is  after  temptation,  sho.  n.  354. 

NATION  [gens].  That  by  nations  in  the  Word  are  meant  they 
who  are  in  goods  or  in  evil*  of  life,  and  by  people,  they  who  are  in 
truths  or  in  falses  of  doctrine,  ill.  and  sho.  n.  483.  That  nations,  in 
an  abstract  sense,  sign,  goods  or  evils  of  Fife,  n.  147.  That  nations 
sign,  those  who  are  in  the  good  of  love  and  charity  from  the  Lord,  n. 
007,  1120,  923.  That  by  nations"  and  kings  the  same  is  meant  as  by 
nations  and  people,  sho.  n.  921. 

NEAR  [propinquum,  vide  propc].    See  At  Hand. 

NEIGHBOR  [proximns,  vide  charitas].    See  Charity. 

NICOLA1TAN  [JVicolaita].  That  the  works  of  the  Nicolaitans 
sign,  meritorious  works,  n.  80,  115. 

NIGHT  [nox].    That  night  sign,  the  false  principle  of  faith,  she. 


OWL 


45 


n.  922,  940.  'What  is  sigri.  by  day  and  night,  or  in  the  day  and  in 
the  niirht,  n.  414,  037.    See  Day  and  Sun. 

NUMBER,  to  NUMBER  [in/merits,  numerate].  That  all  num- 
bers in  the  Word  have  a  signification,  ill.  n.  343.  That  numbers  in 
the  Word  sign,  things,  and  that  they  are,  as  it  were,  a  sort  of  adjec- 
tives conjoined  to  substantives,  adding  or  determining  some  quality 
to  the  things  concerning  which  the  Word  treats,  n.  10,  2s7, 34^,  733, 
842.  That  number  sign,  the  quality  of  a  thing  as  to  truth,  n.  60S, 
60!),  CIO.  That  to  number  sign,  to  know  the  quality,  consequently, 
what  the  qualities  are,  ill.  and  sho.  n.  3t:4. 

O 

OATH  [  juramcntum .  jurare].    See  To  Swear. 

ODOR  [odor].  That  fragrant  odors  which  exist  in  heaven,  cor- 
respond to  affections  which  are  of  charity,  and  thence  to  perceptions 
which  are  of  faith,  n.  278,394. 

OFFERING  [minchah,  vide  partis].    See  Bread. 

OIL  [oleum].  That  oil  sign,  the  good  of  love,  n.  310,  sho.  n.  493, 
ill.  n.  7/9.  That  anointings  were  made  by  oil,  because  anointing 
represented  the  Lord  as  to  his  divine  humanity,  who,  as  to  his  divine 
humanity,  was  the  only  anointed  of  Jehovah,  not  with  oil.  but  with 
the  good  of  love,  ill.  n.  779.  That  they  anointed  kings,  priests,  pro- 
phets, the  altar,  the  tabernacle,  the  garments  of  Aaron,  in  a  word,  all 
the  holy  things  of  the  church  ;  and  that  in  ancient  times  they  anointed 
statutes,  and  also  warlike  arms,  sho.  n.  779.  That  they  anointed 
these  things  with  the  oil  of  holiness  ;  and  that  they  anointed  them- 
selves and  others  with  common  oil,  to.  testify  their  gladness  and 
benevolence  of  mind,  sho.  n.  779.  That  oil  was  offered,  together 
with  sacrifices  upon  the  altar,  sho.  n.  778. 

OLIVE-TREE.  OLIVE  [olea.  olipa].  That  olive  sign,  love  and 
charity,  ill.  and  sho.  n.  493.  That  the  mount  of  olives  sign,  the 
same.  sho.  n.  493.    See  Mountain. 

OMNIPOTENCE  [omnipotentia].  Thai  the  Almighty  sign,  he 
who  is,  lives,  and  has  power  from  himself,  and  governs  all  things 
from  first  principles  by  ultimates,  ill.  n.  31,  522.  That  the  Lord  is 
called  the  omnipotent,  sho.  n.  811. 

OMNIPRESENCE  [vmniprtsentia].  That  the  Lord  is  omnipre- 
sent, because  he  is  love  and  wisdom,  or  good  and  truth,  which  are 
himself,  and  which  are  not  in  place,  but  with  those  who  are  in  place, 
according  to  reception,  ill.  n.  961. 

OMNISCIENCE  [omniseientia].  That  the  Lord  from  himself 
knows  all  things,  and  that  hence  omniscience  belongs  to  him,  ill.  n. 
262. 

ONE  HUNDRED  AND  FORTY-FOUR  [centum  quadraginta 
quatuor.  vide  duodecim].    See  Twelve. 

ORDER  [ordo].  Concerning  successive  and  simultaneous  order, 
that  in  ultimate9  or  extremes  is  the  simultaneous  order  of  the  suc- 
cessives.  ill.  n.  678.  That  supreme  in  successive  order  becomes 
inmost  in  simultaneous  order,  and  consequently  in  series,  n.  900. 

OVER  or  UPON  [supra].  That  over  or  upon  sign,  within,  be- 
cause those  things  which  are  superior  and  supreme  in  successive 
order,  are  interior  and  inmost  in  simultaneous  order,  n.  900.  See 
Order. 

OVERCOME,  to  [vincere,  vide  victoria].    See  Victory. 
OWL  [noctua].    That  light  arising  from  the  confirmation  of  what 
is  false  corresponds  to  the  light  which  owls  and  bats  see  by,  ill.  n. 


16 


PAP 


5G(i,  695.  That  they  who  have  confirmed  falses  in  themselves,  are 
such  with  respect  to  their  spiritual  sight,  and  tlvat  they  are  called 
owls  and  bats,  ill.  n.  560. 

P 

PALE  [pallidum].  That  pale  sign,  no  life,  and  that  which  is 
without  goods  and  truths,  n.  320.  That  a  pale  horse  sign,  the  un- 
derstanding of  the  Word,  destroyed  both  as  to  good  and  truth,  n.  320. 

PALM  [pat  ma].  That  palms  sign,  divine  truth,  and  that  to  hold 
palms  in  the  hands  sign,  confession  from  divine  truths,  ill.  and  she. 
a.  3(17. 

PAPISTS  [pontificii].  The  doctrines  of  the  Papists  concerning 
baptism,  the  eucharist,  masses,  repentance,  justification,  purgatory, 
the  seven  sacraments,  holy  things,  and  power,  see  what  is  premised 
concerning  their  doctrines.  Concerning  Babel. collected  from  Isaiah, 
Jeremiah,  and  Daniel,  n.  717.  That  the  city  Babylon  sign,  the  Ro- 
man Catholic  religion,  n.  (>31 .  That  there  is  no  church  among  them, 
but  a  religion  ;  because  they  do  not  approach  the  Lord,  nor  read  the 
Word,  and  because  they  invoke  the  dead,  n.  718.  That  this  religion 
is  holy  and  splendid  in  externals,  and  yet  profane  and  abominable  in 
internals,  ill.  n.  731.  That  through  externals  they  are  held  in  the 
faith,  that  this  religion  is  even  super-eminent,  insomuch  so  that  the 
common  people  cannot  believe  otherwise,  when  nevertheless  it  has 
for  its  end  dominion,  and  the  possession  of  all  things  in  the  world,  n. 
787.  That  they  who  are  of  that  religion  are  in  external  affections 
without  internal  affections,  and  that  thence  they  are  in  the  worship 
of  men  living  and  dead,  n.  792  That  the  love  of  exercising-  do- 
minion over  the  divine  things  of  the  Lord,  and  thence  over  the  holy 
things  of  the  church,  is  the  devil,  and  that  therefore  they  have  pro- 
faned all  the  truths  and  goods  of  the  Word,  by  various  ways,  ill.  n. 
802.  That  Babel  sign,  the  profanation  of  what  is  holy,  and  the 
adulteration  and  falsification  of  the  whole  Word,  and  thence  of  the 
church,  n.  717,  72!),  ill.  n.  802.  That  they  profane,  n.  723,  728,  781, 
ill.  n.  802.  That  Babel  is  called  the  den  of  demons,  and  of  every 
unclean  bird,  because  there  are  atrocious  evils  and  falses  there,  sho. 
n.  757.  Certain  tenets  of  their's  enumerated,  which  are  detestable, 
namely,  concerning  the  eucharist,  concerning  the  invocation  of  the 
dead,  concerning  masses,  concerning  the  divine  power  transferred  to 
themselves,  and  concerning  the  prohibition  of  reading  the  Word,  ill. 
n.  753,795.  That  by  abominable  arts  and  schemes  they  have  diverted 
men  from  the  worship  of  the  Lord,  consequently  from  divine  worship, 
ill.  and  sho.  n.  800.  Some  things  relating  to  their  worship,  n.  777, 
778,  780.  That  they  have  extended  their  dominion  over  things  of  a 
secular  nature,  and  over  supreme  judges,  and  that  they  continually 
aspire  to  their  former  despotic  power,  n.  799  at  the  end.  That  the 
vicarship  is  an  invention  and  a  fiction,  ill.  n.  752;  also  n.  802. 

That  by  dominion  over  the  souls  of  men  as  a  means  they  amass 
together  riches  without  end;  and  that  in  the  preceding  ages,  when 
they  enjoyed  despotic  power,  they  collected  together  prodigious 
treasures,  ill.  n.  752,  759.  That  the  like  dominion  still  possesses 
their  minds,  but  that  at  this  day  it  is  restrained,  ill.  n.  759.  That 
they  are  enriched  by  the  holy  things  of  the  Word  adulterated,  n.  772. 
Various  things  relating  to  their  acquisition  of  riches  enumerated,  ill. 
n.  784.  That  the  heads  or  chiefs  in  their  ecclesiastical  hierarchy 
make  unlawful  gain,  concerning  which,  n.  799.  That  the  laity  bring 
them  precious  things,  and  buy  of  them  such  things  as  they  say  belong 


17 


to  eternal  life,  n.  78G,  789.  That  they  who  bring  and  buy,  are  meant 
by  the  ship-pilots,  and  by  those  employed  upon  ships,  and  by  mariners, 
n.  780. 

That  they  acknowledge,  and  in  a  manner  esteem  the  Word  as 
holy,  because  it  treats  of  the  Lord,  whose  power  they  have  trans- 
ferred to  themselves,  and  also  of  the  keys  given  to  Peter,  whose  suc- 
cessors they  affirm  themselves  to  be  ;  but  that  this  holy  acknowledg- 
ment they  possess  from  without,  and  not  from  within,  n.  7v!5,  ill.  n. 
733,  739.  That  they  have  not  denied  this  divine  truth,  that  to  the 
Lord  belongs  all  power  in  heaven  and  earth  ;  but  that  they  have  pro- 
faned it,  by  having  transferred  his  power  to  themselves,  ill.  n.  738. 
That  they  have  seen,  but  as  it  were  with  their  eyes  shut,  that  the 
humanity  of  the  Lord  is  divine;  but  that  they  have  not  yet  acknow- 
ledged it,  because  they  have  transferred  all  things  of  the  Lord  to 
themselves,  ill.  n.  733.  That  at  first  they  held  the  Word  sacred  ; 
but  that  they  successively  adulterated  it,  and  at  length  profaned  it, 
ill.  n.  737.  That  they  have  adulterated  the  truths  of  the  Word,  by 
applying  them  to  dominion;  and  that  they  have  profaned  the  Word 
by  applying  and  attributing  to  themselves  divine  power,  n.  719,  sho. 
n.  781.  That  they  have  often  deliberated  respecting  the  reading  of 
the  Word  by  the  laity,  but  rejected  it,  n.  733,  734.  That  the  Word 
in  various  ways,  and  by  various  pretences,  is  prohibited  to  be  read, 
n.  733,  734.  That  the  Word  is  taken  out  of  the  hands  of  the  laity 
and  common  people,  lest  their  adulterations  and  profanations  should 
become  apparent,  n.  739.  That  in  heart  they  defame  the  Word,  and 
hate  it,  ill.  n  733,  735.  That  they  have  not  any  truth,  and  conse- 
quently, neither  any  good,  ill.  n.  705,  70(3,  780.  That  they  have  not 
any  perception  of  truth,  because  they  do  not  approach  the  Lord,  nor 
read  the  Word,  ill.  n.  790.  That  they  have  not  any  spiritual  affec- 
tion of  truth  and  good,  n.  792.  That  there  does  not  remain  with 
them  any  inquiry  after  spiritual  truth,  n.  794.  That  they  have  not 
any  understanding  of  spiritual  truth,  n.  793.  That  they  have  not 
any  conjunction  of  spiritual  good  and  trulh,  because  they  have  no 
conjunction  with  the  Lord,  but  with  men  living  and  dead,  ill.  n.  797, 
798.  That  the  power  of  binding  and  loosing,  or  of  opening  and 
shutting  heaven,  is  a  divine  power,  and  not  given  to  man,  n.  798. 
That  what  the  Lord  said  in  the  Word  to  Peter,  and  concerning  the 
keys,  is  not  to  be  understood  of  Peter,  but  of  that  divine  truth  which 
Peter  then  confessed,  and  that  that  truth  is  meant  by  the  rock  on 
which  the  Lord  would  build  his  church,  n.  708,  798.  That  other- 
wise they  might  claim  to  themselves  a  power,  I  hat  all  of  them  should 
sit  upon  thrones,  and  judge  the  twelve  tribes  of  Israel,  according  to 
the  Lord's  words  to  the  disciples,  n  798  at  the  end.  That  they  have 
fortified  themselves  by  various  things,  as  by  the  tribunal  of  the  in- 
quisition, by  terrors  in  regard  to  puigatory,  by  a  plurality  of  monas- 
teries, by  possessions  and  riches,  and  moreover  by  a  prohibition  from 
reading  the  Word,  by  external  holiness,  consequently  by  masses,  and 
by  the  worship  of  the  dead  among  the  common  people,  and  by  vari- 
ous splendid  exhibitions  and  delights,  n.  770;  but  that  nevertheless 
they  shall  be  destroyed,  n.  770. 

That  they  who  are  in  the  kingdom  of  France  are  not  united  with 
the  Roman  Catholic  religion,  ill.  n.  740 — 744.  That  that  religion  in 
the  various  kingdoms  is  not  equally  cultivated,  n.  740,  745.  That 
there  are  chiefly  two  sorts  of  men  who  cultivate  that  religion,  the 
one  who  acknowledge  it,  because  they  are  born  and  brought  up  in 
it,  but  who  nevertheless  approach  God,  and  hold  the  Word  to  be 


48 


PEA 


sacred;  the  other,  who  love  and  kiss  that'  religion,  n.  78C.  That 
they  who  acknowledge  it  because  they  are  born  and  brought  up  in 
it,  but  who  nevertheless  approach  God,  and  hold  the  Word  to  be 
sacred,  alter  death  come  into  heaven,  and  that  many  societies  are 
formed  of  them  in  the  spiritual  world,  n.  780,  ill.  n.  531.  That  from 
that  religion  have  emanated  the  falses  of  the  Reformed  churches, 
concerning  which,  n.  751,  SOI  at  the  end. 

That  the  doctnnals  of  the  Roman  Catholic  religion  by  the  last 
judgment  and  alter  it  were  dispersed,  n.  681,  That  their  evils  and 
falses  infested  the  heavens,  and  that  the  heavens  are  rejoiced  that 
they  are  removed,  n.  7!)0.  Concerning  the  last  judgment  upon  the 
Babylonians,  and  concerning  their  treasures  which  they  had  also 
amassed  there,  and  that  their  treasures  there  were  dissipated  and 
reduced  to  dust,  n.  772.  That  after  that  they  did  not  possess  any 
precious  things, 'but  instead  thereof  vile  things,  which  corresponded 
with  their  falses,  n.  772— 770.  That  they  who  exercised  dominion 
from  the  love  of  self  and  from  the  love  of  the  world,  after  death  will 
to  be  in  the  same  loves,  but  that  they  are  deprived  of  them,  and  re- 
duced to  miserable  states,  n.  782.  That  the  delights  originating  in 
their  love  of  dominion,  and  the  satisfactions  arising  from  their  love 
of  wealth,  after  death  are  changed  into  opposites,  ill.  n.  703.  That 
after  death  they  are  deprived  of  all  these  things,  n.  704,  770.  Con- 
cerning tiie  punishments  of  those  after  death  who  had  exercised 
dominion  from  the  instigation  of  the  love  of  self  and  the  world,  ill. 
n.  705.  That  after  death  they  entertain  hatred  against  the  Lord, 
because  they  then  see,  that  the  Lord  alone  reigns  over  heaven  and 
the  church,  and  not  in  the  least  any  man  from  himself,  n.  700.  That 
at  the  day  of  the  last  judgment  they  were  cast  into  hell,  who,  from 
the  instigation  of  the  love  of  self,  had  exercised  dominion  over  the 
holy  things  of  the  church,  and  they  were  preserved  who  had  looked 
to  the  Lord,  and  shunned  evils  as  sins,  n.  755.  Concerning  their 
elatedness  of  heart  from  dominion,  and  concerning  the  confidence  of 
their  mind  from  wealth,  n.  704.  That  every  one  ought  to  beware  of 
having  any  connexion  with  that  religion  by  acknowledgment  and 
affection,  lest  he  should  perish,  ill.  and  slio.  n.  700. 

PAPS  [mamma,  mammilla].  That  paps  and  breasts  sign,  love, 
and  in  an  eminent  sense  divine  love,  n.  40  at  the  end. 

PARADISE  [parudisus,  vide  hortus].    See  Garden. 

PASTOR  [pastor,  vide  pascere].    See  To  FxxD. 

PATMOS  [Patmos].  That  the  island  of  Patmos  sign,  a  place  and 
state  in  which  John  could  be  illuminated,  ill.  n.  34.  • 

PATIENCE  [patientia].  That  patience  is  spoken  of  temptation, 
n.  593.  03d. 

PAUL  [Paulas].  That  the  passage  in  Paul  to  the  Romans,  iii. 
28,  That  man  is  justified  by  faith  without  the  works  of  the  law,  is 
falsely  understood,  Ul.  and  sho.  n.  417,  750, 

PEACE  [pax].  That  peace  is  the  divine  salutation,  sho.  n.  12. 
That  peace  sign,  all  things  which  come  from  the  Lord,  in  particular 
charity,  spiritual  security,  and  internal  tranquility,  ill.  and  slio.  n. 
300.  That  peace  sign,  tranquillity  of  soul  from  not  being  infested  by 
evils  and  falses,  consequently  not  by  hell,  and  that  this  peace  is  from 
the  Lord,  sho.  n  C40. 

PEARL  [margarita].  That  pearls  sign,  knowledges  of  things 
good  and  true,  sho.  n.  727,  9L6.  That  the  one  pearl  of  great  price, 
mentioned  in  Matthew,  sign,  the  knowledge  and  acknowledgment  of 
the  Lord,  n.  91G. 


PRE 


40 


PEOPLES  [populi].  Tliat  peoples  sign,  those  who  are  in  truths 
or  in  talses  of  doctrine,  and  abstractedly  truths  or  falses  ;  and  that 
nations  rig*-  those  who  are  in  goods  or  evils  of  life,  and  abstractedly 
goods  or  evils,  ill.  and  sho.  n.  483. 

PERDITION  [pcrditin].    See  Destrover. 

PERGAMOS  [Pcrgamus].  That  the  church  in  Pergamos  sign. 
those  who  place  the  all  of  the  church  in  good  works,  and  not  any 
thing  in  truths  of  doctrine,  n.  107  and  in  what  follows. 

PERSON  [  persona] .  That  the  spiritual  sense  is  abstracted  from 
persons:  wherefore  where  a  person  is  named  in  the  Word,  he  signi- 
fies somewhat  in  the  church,  n.  78,  79,  96. 

PERSUASION  [persuasio].  That  in  the  spiritual  world  there 
exists  a  power  of  persuasion,  which  deprives  others  of  the  under- 
standing of  truth,  n.  428. 

PETER  [Pctrus].  That  Peter  among  the  apostles  represented 
truth  and  faith,  n.  790.  That  where  it  is  spoken  concerning  Peter 
and  the  keys  given  to  him,  Peter  is  not  meant,  but  that  divine  truth 
which  Peter  then  confessed,  and  that  that  truth  is  signified  by  the 
rock  on  which  the  Lord  would  build  his  church,  ill  n.  7C>8,  798. 
That  in  the  Word,  which  is  in  heaven,  instead  of  Peter  is  read  truth 
originating  in  good  which  is  from  the  Lord,  ill.  n.  708. 

PHILADELPHIA  [Philadelphia].  That  the  church  in  Philadel- 
phia sign  those  in  the  church  who  are  in  divine  truths  from  the 
Lord,  n.  172,  and  in  what  follows. 

PLACE  rictus,  vide  spatium].    See  Space. 

PLAGUE  [plaga.  qua  vvlnus].  That  plagues  sign,  evils  of  love 
and  falses  of  faith,  consequently  spiritual  plagues,  whereby  a  man  as 
to  his  soul  perishes,  ill.  n.  450,  498,  ill.  and  sho.  n  057,  957.  The 
plagues  of  Egypt  enumerated  ;  that  they  signified  the  falsities  and 
cupidities  whereby  the  church  there  perished,  n.  503,  057.  That  it 
is  attributed  to  Jehovah,  that  he  smiteth  with  plagues,  sho.  n.  498. 

PLATTER  [paropsis,  vide  poculum].    See  Cup. 

POOR  [pauper]  That  (he  poor  sign,  those  who  are  not  in  truths, 
and  the  needy  or  indigent  those  who  are  not  in  goods,  n.  95.  That 
the  miserable  and  the  poor  sign,  those  who  are  without  the  know- 
ledges of  things  true  and  good.  sho.  n.  209. 

POPE  [papa,  vide  pnntificii].    See  Papists. 

POPE  SEXTUS  THE  FIFTH  [Stilus  Quintus  papa].  A  dis- 
course with  him  concerning  the  Lord,' concerning  the  Word,  con- 
cerning the  vicarship,  concerning  the  Romish  saints,  concerning  the 
treasures  in  monasteries,  ill.  n.  752. 

PRAISE,  to  PRAISE  Maps,  luudare].  That  to  praise  God  sign. 
to  worship  him,  sho.  n.  809'.    See  also  AXLELDXAH. 

PRAYER,  PRAYERS  [oralio,  preces].  That  the  prayers  of  the 
saints  arc  those  things  which  are  of  faith  and  chaiitv,  n.  278.  That 
the  Lord  willeth  that  man  should  first  ask  and  will,  and  the  Lord 
afterwards  answers  and  gives,  for  this  reason,  that  it  may  be  appro- 
priated to  man,  ill  and  sho.  n.  376.  That  they  who  are  in  the  Lord 
and  the  Lord  in  them,  whatsoever  they  will  and  ask,  they  obtain, 
because  they  will  and  a-k  from  the  Lord,  ill.  and  sho.  n.  951.  Con- 
cerning the  meaning  of  these  words  in  the  Lord's  prayer,  "Our  Fa- 
ther, who  art  in  the  heavens,  hallowed  be  thy  name,  thy  kingdom 
come,  thy  will  be  done  as  in  heaven  so  in  earth,"  ill.  and  sho.  n.  839. 
That  all  things  contained  in  the  Lord's  prayer  are  fulfilled,  when  tho 
Lord  is  Immediately  approached,  ill.  and  sho.  n.  839. 

PREDESTINATION  [predestinatio,  vide  tkctio].  See  Election, 


50 


PUR 


PRESENT  [munus,  vide  do  num.].    See  Gift. 

PRESS  [torcular].  That  by  an  oil-press  is  signified. the  good  of 
love,  and  by  a  wine-press  is  sign,  the  truth  of  faith,  n.  651  ;  see  Oil, 
and  Wine.  That  thence  a  piess  sign,  exploration  of  good  and  truth, 
and,  in  an  opposite  sense,  exploration  of  evil  and  false  ;  and  that  this 
is  meant  by  the  great  wine-press  of  the  wrath  of  Go  I,  sho.  n.  661. 
That  to  tread  the  wine-press  of  the  wrath  of  God,  when  spoken  of 
the  Lord,  sign,  to  bear  the  evils  and  falses  of  the  church,  and  the 
violence  offered  to  the  Word,  sho.  n.  829.  What  is  further  sign,  by 
to  tread  the  press,  n.  052. 

PRIEST  [sacerdos].  That  priests  sign,  those  who  are  in  the  good 
of  love  from  the  Lord,  and  abstractedly  goods  of  love,  and  kings  sign. 
those  who  are  in  truths  of  wisdom  from  the  Lord,  and  abstractedly 
truths  of  wisdom,  n.  20,  ill.  and  skp.  n.  854.  See  King.  That  the 
celestial  kingdom,  in  which  they  are  who  are  in  the  good  of  love,  is 
the  Lord's  priestly  kingdom,  and  the  spiiitual  kingdom,  in  which  they 
are  who  are  in  the  truths  of  wisdom,  is  the  Lord's  royal  biogd  >m,  ill. 
n.  854;. 

PRINCE  [princeps].  That  the  prince  of  the  kings  of  the  earth 
sign,  the  Lord  with  respect  to  divine  tiuth,  n.  18. 

PRISON  [career,, custodia,  vide  captivus  et  vinctus].  See  Cap- 
tive, and  Bo  UN  D. 

PROFANATION  [prophauatio].  That  there  are  many  kinds  of 
the  profanation  of  what  is  holv  :  concerning  the  profanation  of  what 
is  holy  by  the  papists,  n.  717,72:5,728.  See  Papists.  That  it  is 
provided  by  the  Lord,  that  it  should  not  be  known  what  spiritual 
truth  and  spiiitual  good  are,  lest  the  holy  Word  of  the  church  should 
be  profaned,  because  what  is  known  may  be  profaned,  but  not  that 
which  is  not  known,  n.  314,  316,  (>86,  088.  That  it  is  a  most  griev- 
ous kind  of  profanation,  at  one  time  to  believe,  and  at  another  lime 
not  to  believe,  n.  198.  Forasmuch  as  these  with  respect  to  thought 
are  sometimes  in  heaven,  and  at  other  times  in  hell,  and  because 
they  cannot  be  in  one  or  the  other,  they  extirpate  their  interiors,  and 
become  mere  fantasies,  n.  202,  204.  That  with  them  evils  and  goods, 
also  truths  and  falses,  are  mixed,  n.  202,  204  ;  and  that  the  things  of 
the  church  among  them  in  no  respect  cohere,  ill.  n.  208.  That  they 
are  meant  by  the  lukewarm,  n.  202,  204. 

PROPHET  [prophcta].  That  prophet  in  like  manner  as  pro- 
phecy sign.,  doctrine  from  the  Word,  and  that  to  prophesy  sign,  to 
teach  it;  and  that  prophet,  when  spoken  of  the  Lord,  sign,  the 
Word,  ill.  and  sho.  n.  8,  943.  Concerning  the  two  states  of  the  pro- 
phets, the  one  when  they  wrote  the  Word,  the  other  when  they  saw 
those  tilings  which  are  in  heaven,  ill.  and  sho.  n.  045.  That  by  the 
f.ilse  prophet  is  meant  the  beast  from  the.  earth,  and  that  that  beast 
sign,  the  clergy  who  are  in  faith  alone,  ill.  and  sho.  n.  594,  701,  and 
sho.  n.  8114. 

PROVIDENCE  [provident  in].  That  it  is  of  the  Lord's  provi- 
dence, that  they  who  are  in  evils  of  life,  and  thence  in  falses  of  doc- 
trine, know  nothing  of  holy  truths,  lest,  if  they  knew  them,  they 
should  profane  them,  n.  314,  310.  086,  688. 

PURGATORY  [pur gator ium).  The  tenet  of  the  Papists  con- 
cerning purgatory,  see  the  doctrines  of  the  Papists  in  what  is  pre- 
mised, at  n.  VI.  That  purgatory  is  a  mere  Babylonian  fiction  in- 
venled  for  the  sake  of  gain,  ill.  n.  734. 

pURPLE  [purpura].  That  purple  sign,  celestial  good,  and 
scarlet  celestial  truth,  sho.  n.  725. 


It   E  F 


51 


_  Q.  TV  1 

QU  ARTERS  OF  THE-  WORLD [plaga  mundi].  That  the  an- 
gels dwell  according  to  the  quarters;  in  the  east  they  who  are  more 
in  love  to  the  Lord  ;  in  the  west  they  who  are  less  in  that  love  ;•  in 
ths  south  they  who  are  niore  in  wisdom  from  the  Lord  ;  and  in  the 
north  they  who  are  less  in  that  wisdom,  ill.  n.  001,  906.  The  reason 
whereof  is,  because  the  Lord  is  the  sun  of  heaven,  from  whose  face 
is  the  east  and  west,  anil  on  the  sides  are  the  south  and  north,  n.  001. 
That  the  men  of  the  church,  with  respect  to  their  spirit,  are  in  like 
manner  as  the  an«els,  either  in  the  east,  or  in  the  west,  or  in  the 
south,  or  in  the  north  of  the  spiritual  world,  ill.  n.  006.  Concerning 
the  turnino;  of  the  angels  to  the  Lord  as  a  sun,  and  then  towards  the 
quarters,  n.  380,  938. 

QUICKLY  [cito].  .See  Shortly. 

R  • 

RAIN  [phivia].  That  rain  sign,  divine  truth  from  heaven,  sho.  n. 
400.  That  an  inundating  rain  sign,  devastation  of  truth,  and  also 
temptations,  sho.  n.  400. 

RAINBOW  [im].  That  many  kinds  of  rainbows  appear  in  the 
spiritual  world,  ill.  n.  2152,  5(>G.  That  a  rainbow  sign,  regeneration, 
which  is  when  man  from  natural  becomes  spiritual,  sho.  n.  460,  ill. 
n.  566.  •        •         "    -  •  " 

RATIONALITY  [rationalitas,  vide  inlcllcctus].  See  Under- 
standing. 

REAP,  to  [metcre,  vide  messis].    See  Harvest. 

REASON1  [ratio,  vide.  inUUectVS].    See  Understanding. 

REBUKE,  to,  and  to  CHASTEN  [arguere  ct  castigare].  That 
they  sign,  to  tempt,  n.  215. 

RED  [rubmm].  Th.-it  red  is  spoken  of  the  good  of  leve,  because 
it  prrcecds  from  the  fire  of  the  sun.  n.  107,  ill.  n.  231,  sho.  n.  305. 
That  infernal  redness  si'nt.  the  love  of  evil,  n.  305. 

REDEMPTION.  REDEEMER  [rednnptio.  redemptor].  That 
Jehovah  is  called  the  Redeemer,  sho.  n.  281  ;  also  n.  613.  That  Je- 
hovah i*  called  the  Redeemer,  because  lie  assumed  the  human  nature, 
ill.  and  sho.  962.  That  redemption  sign,  deliverance  from  hell  of  the 
Lord,  and  salvation  by  conjunction  with  him,  n.  619.  That  the 
redeemed  are  meant  by  the  bought  from  the  earth,  n.  619. 

REED  -[calamus'].  That  it  signifies  feeble  power,  sho.  n.  4S5. 
That  a  golden  reed,  by  which  they  were  measured,  sign,  a  power  or 
faculty  of  knowing  and  understanding  the  quality  of  a  thing,  sho.  n. 
904.    See  Measure. 

REFORMATION,  the  REFORMED  [reformatio,  reformati].  The 
doctrines  of  the  Reformed  concerning  God,  concerning  Christ  the 
Lord,  concerning  justification  by  faith,  and  concerning  good  works; 
concerning  the  law  and  the  gospel,  concerning  repentance  and  con- 
fession, concerning  original. sin,  concerning  baptism,  concerning  the 
holy  supper,  concerning  the  church  ;  see  their  doctrines  in  what  is 
premised.  That  the  Apocalypse  treats  concerning  the  Reformed 
from  chap.  vii.  to  xvi.  inclusive,  and  concerning  the  Papists,  chap, 
xvii.  and  xviii.  n.  387.  388.  Prophecies  concerning  the  Reformed, 
that  they  would  secede  from  the  Roman  Catholic  religion,  and  that 
they  would  aeknowledrre  the  Word,  from  which  and  according  to 
which  would  be  their  church,  n.  746 — 750.  That  the  Reformed  re- 
tained some  things  from  the  Roman  Catholic  religion,  ill.  n.  751,801 


r,-2 


REP 


at  the  end.  Many  tilings  concerning  the  Reformed  Church  at  this 
day.  see  Faith.  That  the  Reformed  constitute  the  centre  or  middle 
part  in  the  spiritual  world,  ill.  n.631. 

That  to  reform  and  to  regenerate  men  is  of  the  Lord  alone,  foras- 
much as  it  is  a  divine  work,  and  forasmuch  as  omnipresence,  omni- 
science, and  omnipotence  must  appertain  thereto,  ill.  n.  798.  That 
a  man  is  capable  of  reforming  and  regenerating  himself  as  if  from 
himself,  and  nevertheless  from  the  Lord,  ill.  n.  224.  That  the  inte- 
rior operations  of  the  Lord  in  regenerating  man  are  myriads  of 
myriads,  which  nevertheless  are  for  the  sake  of  the  extremes,  in 
which  man  shall  be  jointly  with  the  Lord,  ill.  n.  463.  That  man  is 
regenerated,  first  as  to  his  internal  man,  and  afterwards  as  to  his  ex- 
ternal ;  and  that  the  internal  man  cannot  be  regenerated  by  merely 
knowing  and  understanding,  but  by  willing  and  loving,  and  thence 
by  understanding  and  knowing,  ill.  n.  510.  That  man  is  reformed 
by  truths  and  by  a  life  conformable  to  them,  n.  815,  ill.  n.  832.  That 
truths  of  doctrine,  among  those  who  do  not  live  conformably  to  them, 
successively  perish,  ill.  n.  85.  That  man,  who  is  reformed,  first  re- 
spects truths  of  doctrine,  and  afterwards  goods  of  life  ;  and  that  when 
he  respects  truths  of  doctrine,  he  is  like  unripe  fruit,  and  that  after- 
wards, as  he  respects  goods  of  life,  he  becomes  like  ripe  fruit,  and 
that  his  first  state  is  called  reformation,  but  the  latter  regeneration, 
ill.  n.  84.    That  the  state  of  man  is  thereby  inverted,  n.  84. 

REFORMED  [Reformat!,  vide  reformatio].    See  Reformation. 

REGENERATION  [regencratw,  vide  reformatio].  See  Re- 
form ATION. 

REIGN,  to  [rerrnare,  vide  regnum].    See  Kingdom. 

REINS  [rcnes].  That  the  reins  sign,  truths  of  intelligence  and 
faith,  and  that  the  heart  sign,  goods  of  love  and  charity,  ill.  and  sho. 
n.  140. 

RELIGION  [religio].  That  the  doctrine  of  truth  constitutes  the 
church,  and  that  a  life  conformable  to  doctrine  constitutes  religion  ; 
but  where  there  is  not  life,  there  is  neither  religion  nor  church,  ill. 
n.  923.  That  it  is  in  the  principle  of  every  religion,  that  there  is  a 
God  from  whom  proceeds  good,  and  that  there  is  a  devil  from  whom 
proceeds  evil  ;  and  that  therefore  good  ought  to  be  done,  because  it 
is  of  God  and  from  God,  and  that  evil  ought  to  be  shunned,  because 
it  is  of  the  devil  and  from  the  devil,  n.  272.  That  in  every  religion 
there  are  precepts  like  those  in  the  decalogue,  n.  272.  That  among 
the  mysteries  of  the  faith  of  the  present  church,  there  is  also  that 
religious  good,  which  contributes  to  salvation,  is  not  allowed  to  be 
done  by  man,  ill.  n.  484,  ill.  n.  075.  That  in  the  Christian  world  at 
this  dav,  there  is  neither  church  nor  religion,  ill.  n.  675. 

REPENTANCE  [poenitcntia].  The  tenets  of  the  Papists  con- 
cerning repentance,  see  their  doctrines  premised  at  n.  IV.  The 
tenets  of  the  Reformed  concerning  repentance,  see  their  doctrines 
premised  at  n.  V.  Actual  repentance  described,  ill.  n.  531  at  the 
end.  That  baptism  and  the  holy  supper  are  sacraments  of  repent- 
ance, and  that  the  decalogue  is  the  universal  doctrine  of  repentance, 
ill.  n.  531  at  the  end.  That  man  without  repentance  is  in  the  evils 
in  which  he  is  born  ;  hence  that  unless  evils  are  removed  by  actual 
repentance,  they  remain,  ill  n.  531.  ill.  n.  830.  That  the  Lord  loves 
all,  but  that  he  cannot  be  conjoined  witli  them  so  long  as  they  are  in 
evils,  wherefore  men  must  first  perform  repentance,  ill  n.  937.  That 
evil  contains  in  itself  innumerable  concupiscences  in  simultaneous 
order,  and  that  these  concupiscences  cannot  be  removed  by  man,  but 


R   I  G 


53 


by  the  Lord  only,  and  that  they  are  removed  by  the  Lord  when  he 
is  approached,  because  the  Lord  enters  by  the  way  of  the  soul  in 
man.  ill  n.  078.  That  repentance  was  represented  by  various  things 
among  the  children  of  Israel,  concerning  which,  n.  4! >*J.  That  the 
New  Church  is  formed  of  those  who  approach  the  Lord  only,  and 
perform  repentance  from  evil  works,  ill.  and  sho.  n.  69,  72,  see  the 
Chi  rch.  Concerning  the  successhe  state  of  man's  thought,  before 
he  is  willing  to  reflect  upon  evils  of  life,  and  to  do  repentance,  ill.  n. 
710.  That  "they  who  acknowledge  faith  alone  as  the  only  means  of 
salvation,  neither  think  of  repentance  nor  will  it,  n.  450,  457,  710. 
That  the  Reformed,  who  are  in  faith  alone,  can  with  difficulty  per- 
form actual  repentance  ;  the  reason  thereof,  n.  531.  That  they  who 
perform  repentance  perceive  what  good  is,  and  come  into  good,  and 
are  saved,  n.  379. 

RESPIRATION  [respirato,  vide  rcntus].    See  Wind. 

RESURRECTION  [rcsurrectio].  That  the  first  resurrection  sign. 
salvation  and  life  eternal,  n.  651,  852.  That  in  the  Apocalypse  the 
second  resurrection  is  not  mentioned,  n.  851,  653.  Concerning  their 
resurrection  after  the  last  judgment,  who  were  guarded  by  the 
Lord  in  the  inferior  earth,  n.  325,  320,  329,  643,  645,  84G,  850,  864, 
685.  See  Spiritual  World.  Concerning  the  lot  of  every  one 
after  death,  that  they  are  instructed,  and  afterwards  sent  to  various 
societies,  and  that  at  length  they  remain  where  their  love  and  faith 
is,  n.  549.  Various  particulars  relative  to  the  state  of  men  after 
death,  as  that  they  are  in  a  body  like  as  in  the  world,  but  in  a  spir- 
itual body,  and  that  they  remain  in  the  world  of  spirits  until  they  put 
off  the  natural  affections,  and  put  on  spiritual  affections,  besides  many 
other  things,  ill.  n.  153. 

RETALIATION  [talio].  That  the  law  of  retaliation  sign,  that  to 
every  one  is  done  according  to  the  quantity  and  the  quality  of  his 
deeds,  and  that  evil  returns  upon  every  one  as  he  has  committed  it, 
ill.  n.  762.  That  this  law  derives  its  origin  from  the  following: 
"  All  things  whatsoever  ye  would  that  men  should  do  to  you,  do  ye 
even  so  to  them."  ill.  n.  7C2.  That  from  this  law  punishment  is  as 
it  were  inherent  in  its  own  evil,  HI.  n.  702.  That  the  delights  of  the 
love  of  self  and  the  world  are  converted  into  their  opposite  infeli- 
cities in  hell.  n.  703.. 

REVELATION  [.ipocalypsis].    See  Apocalypse. 

REVENGE  [rindictd].    See  Vengeance. 

REUBEN  [Ruben],  That  Reuben  and  his  tribe  represented,  and 
thence  in  the  Word  sign.,  in  a  supreme  sense,  omniscience  ;  in  a 
spiritual  sense,  wisdom,  intelligence ,and  science,  also  faith  ;  and  in 
a  natural  sense  sight,  ill.  and  sho.  n.  351.  That  Reuben,  in  an 
opposite  sense,  sign,  wisdom  separated  from  love,  also  faith  separated 
from  charity,  n.  134,;'//.  and  uv.  n.  351.  That  this  is  represented 
and  signified  by  the  adultery  of  Reuben  with  Bilhah,  his  father's 
woman,  n.  134. 

REWARD  [nterrcs].  That  reward  sign,  internal  beatitude,  and 
thence  external,  which  are  only  from  the  Lord,  n.  1)49.  That  hence 
reward  sign,  tire  felicity  of  life  eternal,  arising  from  the  delight  and 
pleasantness  of  love,  and  of  the  affection  of  good  and  truth,  til.  and 
sho.  n.  52(5. 

RICHES  [divitiai].  That  riches  sign,  spiritual  riches,  which  are 
knowledges  of  good  and  truth,  sho.  n.  206. 

RIGHT  [ilcilruni].  That  in  the  spiritual  world  the  soutli  is  on 
the  right  hand,  and  the  north  on  the  left,  n.  933. 

6 


54 


RIVER  and  FLOOD  [fluvius  et  flumen].  That  a  river  sign. 
truths  in  abundance,  and  also  f'alses  in  abundance,  sho.  n.  409,  5ti3, 
683.  What  is  sign,  by  the  great  river  Euphrates,  see  Euphrates. 
That  the  river  of  the  water  of  life  sign,  divine  truth  from  the  Lord, 
ill.  and  sho.  n.  932. 

ROAR.,  to  [rugire,  vide  ho].    See  Lion. 

ROBE  [stola,  vide  restimcntnm].    See  Garment. 

ROCK  [petra].  That  a  rock' when  spoken  of  the  Lord  sign,  di- 
vine truth,  n.  768',  sho.  n.  915  ;  in  like  manner  a  stone,  n.  915.  That 
a  rock,  in  the  opposite  sense,  sign,  the  faith  of  false,  and  mountain 
the  love  of  evil,  n.  339.  That  they  who  are  in  falses  of  faith,  enter 
by  holes  and  clefts  into  rocks,  ill.  and  sho.  n.  338.  What  is  sign,  by 
hiding  themselves  in  mountains  and  rocks,  n.  339. 

ROD  or  STAFF  [baculus].  That  a  rod  or  staff  sign,  power,  in 
like  manner  as  a  sceptre,  ill.  and  sho.  n.  485.  That  a  rod  of  iron 
sign,  the  power  of  truth  in  ultimates,  n.  148.  That  to  rule  with  a 
rod  of  iron  sign,  to  convince  by  the  literal  sense  of  the  Word,  and.  at  the 
same  time,  hy  rational  arguments  grounded  in  natural  light,  sho.  n. 
148,  544,  828. 

S 

SACKCLOTH  [saccus].  That  to  clothe  in  sackcloth  represent- 
ed lamentation  over  devastated  truth  in  the  church,  ill.  and  sho.  n. 
492. 

SACRAMENTS  [sacramenta].  The  tenets  of  the  Papists  con- 
cerning the  seven  sacraments,  see  the  doctrines  of  the  Papists  pre- 
mised, n.  VII.  That  baptism  is  a  sacrament  of  repentance,  and  an 
introduction  into  the  church  ;  and  that  the  holy  supper  is  a  sacra- 
ment of  repentance,  and  an  introduction  into  heaven,  ill.  n.  531. 

SACRED  SCRIPTURE  [Scriptura  Sacra,  vide  Verbum].  See 
The  Word. 

SACRIFICE  [satrificium].  That  to  eat,  when  spoken  of  sacri- 
fices, sign,  to  appropriate  to  himself  what  is  holy;  and  that  to  eat 
things  sacrificed  unto  idols,  which  belonged  to  the  sacrifices  of  the 
Gentitles,  sign,  to  defile  and  profane  what  is  holy,  n.  114, 135. 

SALVATION  [salus].  By  the  Lord's  being  called  salvation  is 
sign,  that  the  Lord  is  the  Saviour,  also  that  salvation  is  in  him  and 
from  him,  sho.  n.  368,  804. 

SAND  [arena]  Why  the  multitude  is  described  by  the  sand  of 
the  sea,  n.  860. 

SARDIS  [Sardcs].  That  the  church  in  Sardis  sign,  those  who 
are  in  dead  worship,  n.  154  and  following.  Concerning  dead  wor- 
ship, n.  154,  157,  161. 

SARDINE  [sardius].  That  the  sardine  stone  sign,  the  goods  of 
the  Word  in  ultimates,  n.  231. 

SATAN  [satanas.  vide  diabolus].    See  The  Devil. 

SCALES  or  BALANCES  [lances].    See  Measure. 

SCARLET  [eocrinum].  That  purple  sign,  celestial  good,  and 
scarlet  celestial  truth,  sho.  n.  725. 

SCEPTRE  [scrp/ rum].  That  sceptre  sign,  power,  in  like  man- 
ner as  staff,  ill.  n  4*5. 

SCIENCE  [scientia].  That  there  are  with  man  scientifics  in 
great  varity,  ill.  n.  775.    See  Intelligence. 

SCORPION  [scorpius].  That  scorpion  sign,  deadly  persuasion 
sho.  n.  425. 

SEA  [mare].    That  the  sea  sign,  heaven  in  its  extreme,  ill.  and 


SEE. 


55 


sho.  n.  873;  for  this  reason,  because  in  the  extremes,  and  at  a  dis- 
tance, the  heavens  appear  like  seas,  which  are  atmospheres,  in 
which  they  live,  who  are  in  the  most  common  truths  grounded  in 
the  literal  sense,  wherefore  the  seas  there  are  appearances,  n.  238, 
404,  ;-78.  See  Atmosphere.  That  the  sea  sign,  the  church  among 
those  who  are  in  truths  of  a  general  kind,  also  among  those  who  are 
in  external  natural  worship,  and  but  little  in  spiritual,?//,  and  sho.  n. 
238,  8G9.  That  the  sea  sign,  the  external  of  the  church,  consequent- 
ly the  church  as  consisting  of  those  who  are  in  its  externals  ;  and 
that  the  earth  sign,  the  internal  of  the  church,  consequently  the 
church  as  consisting  of  those  who  are  in  its  internals;  wheiefore 
the  sea  sign,  the  church  among  the  laity,  because  the  laity  are  in  its 
external  and  the  earth  the  church  among  the  clergy,  because  the 
clergy  are  in  its  internals,  sho.  n.  398,  402,  470,  5C7.  504,  (577,  G80. 
That  the  sea  as  of  glass  mingled  with  fire  sign,  a  collection  of  those 
who  are  in  external  worship  and  not  at  the  same  time  in  internal, 
ill.  n.  Co!),  CGI.  That  the  sea  which  shall  be  no  more,  Apoc  xxi.  1, 
sign,  a  collection  consisting  of  various  Christians  before  the  last 
judgment,  from  which  time  of  the  judgment  they  were  taken  away 
and  saved,  who  were  written  in  the  book  of  life,  sho.  n.  878.  That 
the  sea  also  sign,  hell,  ii7.  and  sho.  n.  791. 

SEAL  [sigillum].  That  sealed  with  seven  seals  sign,  entirely  or 
totally  hidden,  n.  257.  That  to  open  the  seals  sign,  to  explore  and 
know  the  states  of  all,  and  to  judge  every  one  according  to  his  state, 
n.  250,  295,  388.    See  Book. 

SEAL,  to  [obsignarc].  To  seal  with  seals,  what,  n.  257.  See 
Seal.  That  not  to  seal  the  words  of  this  prophecy  sign,  that  the 
Apocalypse  must  not  be  shut,  but  is  to  be  opened,  preface  towards  the 
end,  and  n.  947. 

SEE,  to.  VISION  [videre,  visio].  That  to  see  sign,  to  understand, 
ill.  n.  7.  What  is  sign,  by  being  in  vision,  sho.  u.  36.  Concerning 
the  state  of  the  prophets  when  they  were  in  virion,  ill.  and  sho.  n. 
945.    See  Spirit. 

SEED  [semen].  That  seed  sign,  those  in  the  church  who  are  id 
truths  of  doctrine,  and  abstractedly  truths  of  doctrine,  sho.  n.  5C5. 
That  seed,  in  the  opposite  sense,  sign,  falses  of  doctrine,  n.  5C5  at 
the  end.  What  is  sign,  in  Daniel  by  iron  and  clay,  which  shall 
mingle  with  the  seed  of  man,  n.  913  at  the  end. 

SELL,  to  [venture,  vide  emcrc].    See  To  Buy. 

SENSUAL  MEN  [sensualcs].  What  is  the  nature  and  quality 
of  those  men  who  are  called  sensual,  also  the  nature  and  quality  of 
sensual  things,  which  are  the  ultimatcs  ol  the  mind  of  man,  ill.  from 
the  Arcana  Coelestia,  n.  424.  Sensual  men  and  sensual  things  fur- 
ther described,  n.  455.    That  locusts  sign,  them,  n.  424,  430. 

SEPULCHRE  [srpulchrum.  vide  sepeiire].    See  To  Blry. 

SERAPHIMS  [seraphim,  xidecherubi].    See  Cherobims. 

SERPENT  [terpens].  That  serpent  sufii  sensual  things,  which 
are  the  ultimates  of  man's  life,  hence  also  craftiness  and  various 
evils,  ill.  and  sho.  n.  455,  841.  That  a  serpent  sign,  a  seducer,  5/10.  n. 
5C2. 

SERVANT  [serrus].  That  servants  sign,  those  who  are  in  truths, 
and  by  truths  serve  others;  that  therefore  the  prophets  were  called 
the  servants  of  Jehovah  ;  and  that  even  the  Lord  is  so  called  with 
respect  to  his  divine  humanity,  sho.  n.  3.  That  servants  sign,  those 
who  are  principled  in  truths,  and  ministers  those  who  are  principled 
in  goods,  because  the  latter  minister  and  the  former  serve,  n.  123. 


56 


S   L  E 


What  is  sign,  by  bondmen  and  freemen,  n.  337,  G04,  832.  See 
Free. 

SEVEN  [septem].  That  seven  sign,  all  things  and  all,  and  thence 
what  is  full  and  perfect,  and  that  it  is  predicated  of  any  thing  holy, 
and  of  any  thing  profane,  ill.  and  sho.  n.  10,  737.  That  the  number 
seven  adds  what  is  holy  and  also  what  is  profane,  sho.  n.  737.  j 

SHAME  [pudor].  What  is  sign,  by  the  shame  of  nakedness,  see 
Nakedness. 

SHEEP  [oris].  Concerning  two  flocks,  one  of  sheep,  and  the 
other  of  goats,  ill.  n.  417. 

SHIP  [navis].  That  ships  sign,  knowledges  of  good  and  truth, 
ill.  and  s/w.  n.  40G.  • 

SHORTLY  or  QUICKLY  [cito].  That  shortly  or  quickly  si<m. 
certainly,  ill.  n.  4  ,  943,  947,  949.  That  near  or  at-hand  sign,  nearness 
or  propinquity  of  state,  not  nearness  or  propinquity  of  time,  n.  9,  ill 
n.  947.    See  Afar-oi  k. 

SICKLE  [fate].  That  a  sickle  sign,  the  divine  truth  of  the 
church,  because  harvest  sign,  the  state  of  the  church  ;  and  to  put 
forth  the  sickle  to  the  harvest  sign,  to  make  an  end  of  the  church 
destroyed  by  falses,  and  to  execute  judgment,  ill.  n.  643,  ill.  and  sho. 
a.  04.").    See  Harvest. 

SIGN,  to  SEAL  or  MARK  [signum,  signare].  That  a  sign  sign. 
a  revelation  of  things  to  come,  sho.  n.  532,  056.  That  a  sign  is  spo- 
ken of  truth,  and  that  in  such  case  it  is  testification,  and  that  a  siga 
is  also  spoken  of  quality,  and  that  in  such  case  it  is  manifestation,  sho. 
532.  Sign  instead  of  miracle,  see  Miracle.  That  to  mark  or  seal 
on  the  foreheads  sign,  to  distinguish  and  separate  one  from  another 
according  to  love,  n.  347. 

SILK  [sericum].  That  silk  sign,  mediate  celestial  good  and  truth, 
n.  773  at  the  end. 

SILVER  [argentum].  That  gold  sign,  the  good  of  love,  and  silver 
the  truth  of  wisdom,  ill.  and  sho.  n.  913. 

SIMEON  [Simeon].  That  Simeon  and  his  tribe  represented,  and 
thence  in  the  Word  signifies,  in  a  supreme  sense,  providence  ;  in  a 
spiritual  sense,  spiritual  love,  which  is  love  towards  our  neighbor, 
and  is  called  charity  :  and,  in  a  natural  sense,  obedience  and  hearing, 
ill.  n.  350. 

SIN  [peccatum].  Concerning  original  sin,  see  the  doctrines  of  the 
Reformed  premised  at  n.  VI. 

SINGING,  A  SONG  [catitus,  canlicum].  That  a  song  sign,  ac- 
knowledgment and  confession  from  joy  of  heart,  because  singing  ex- 
alts, sho.  n.  279.  That  a  new  song  sign,  an  acknowledgment,  con- 
fession, and  glorification  of  the  Lord,  that  he  is  the  God  of  heaven 
and  earth,  n.  27!),  017.  That  the  song  of  Moses  sign,  confession 
grounded  in  a  life  conformable  to  the  precepts  of  the  Decalogue,  and 
that  the  song  of  the  Lamb  sign,  confession  grounded  in  faith  respect- 
ing the  divinity  of  the  Lord's  humanity,  ill.  n.  002. 

SIX  [sex].  That  six  sign,  what  is  complete,  n.  489  ;  in  like  man- 
ner to  sextate,  sho.  n.  010  at  the  end.  That  six  sign,  all  truth  of  good, 
ill.  and  sho.  n.  010.  That  060  sign,  all  the  truth  of  the  Word  falsified, 
ill.  n.  010. 

SIXTEEN  [sexdeeim].  That  the  number  10  and  1000  sign,  the 
marriage  of  good  and  truth,  or  of  evil  and  false  ;  in  like  manner  the 
numbers  4  and  2,  n.  654. 

SLEEP  [somnus].    That  natural  life  without  spiritual  life  is  call 


57 


cd  sleep,  and  that  it  is  like  sleep,  ill.  and  sho.  n.  158.  See  also 
Watchful. 

SLEEP,  to  [dormire  vide  soinnus].    See  Sleep. 

SMALL  [partus'].  What  is  meant  hy  small  and.great,  see  Great 

SMOKE  [furnus].  That  the  smoke  of  incense  sign,  what  is 
grateful  and  accepted,  ill.  n.  394.  That  smoke  sign,  divine  truth  in 
the  ultimates,  ill.  and  sho.  n.  074.  That  it  sometimes  sign,  the  same 
as  clouds,  n.  074  at  the  end.  That  smoke,  in  the  opposite  sense,  sign. 
profane  false,  n.  807.  That  it  sign,  the  pride  of  self-ascribed  intelli- 
gence, sho.  n.  452,  453.  That  the  smoke  of  a  furnace  sign,  falses  ol 
concupiscences  proceeding  from  evil  loves,  sho.  n.  422. 

SMYRNA  [Smyrna].  That  the  church  in  Smyrna  sign,  those 
who  are  in  goods  as  to  life,  but  in  falses  as  to  doctrine,  n.  ill  and  in 
what  follows. 

SODOM  [Sudam].  That  Sodom  sigii.  the  love  of  dominion  ori- 
ginating in  self-love,  ill.  and  sho.  n.  502. 

SON,  DAUGHTER  [filius,  filia].  That  son  sign,  truth,  ill.  n. 
L89.  That  son  si gn.  truth  of  doctrine  and  understanding,  and  conse- 
quent perception  and  thought  of  what  is  true  and  good,  ill.  and  sho.  a. 
543.  That  a  male  son  sign,  truth  conceived  in  the  spiritual  man  and 
born  in  the  natural,  n.  543.  That  the  male  son,  whom  the  dragon 
persecuted,  sign,  the  doctrine  of  the  New  Jerusalem,  ill.  n.  543.  That 
daughter  and  virgin  sign,  the  affection  of  what  is  true  and  good,  and 
that  they  sign,  the  church  as  to  that  affection,  n.  543  at  the  end. 
That  the  daughter  and  the  virgin  of  Zion,  of  Jerusalem,  of  Israel,  of 
Judah,  in  the  Word  sign,  the  church  in  tegard  to  the  affection  of 
goodness  and  truth,  sho.  n.  612  at  the  end,  n.  020.  That  where  vir- 
gins and  young  men  are  mentioned  together,  there  virgins  sign,  the 
affection  of  truth,  and  young  men  the  understanding  of  truth,  sho.  n. 
G20.  That  they  who  are  conjoined  to  the  Lord  by  love  and  faith,  are 
called  his  sons  and  heirs,  because  they  are  born  again  from  him,  sho. 
n.  8'JO.  That  the  Lord  is  called  the  Son  of  God  as  to  his  Divine 
Humanity,  and  the  Son  of  Man  as  to  the  Word,  n.  44. 

SONG  [canticum,  vide  cantus].    See  Singing. 

SORE  [ulcus,  vide  vulnus].    See  Wound. 

SOUL  [anima].  That  soul  sign,  the  life  of  the  understanding  and 
of  faith,  and  heart  the  life  of  the  will  and  of  the  love,  ill.  and  sho.  n. 
Gal.  781,  812.  That  to  love  their  soul  sign,  to  love  self  and  the 
world,  consequently  the  things  proper  to  man ;  whence  it  is 
known  what  is  sign,  by  loving  their  soul  more  than  the  Lord,  ill.  and 
sho.  n.  55(5.  Concerning  the  immortality  of  the  soul,  n.  224.  See 
Immortality. 

SOUND  [sonus].  That  sounds  correspond  to  affections,  and  that 
thence  the  sound  of  instruments  sign,  affections  of  two  kinds,  n.  792; 
see  Music.  That  thought  exists  from  affection,  and  that  thought  is 
the  form  of  affection,  just  as  speech  is  of  sound  ;  in  like  manner  faith 
and  charity,  ill.  n.  655,  ill.  n.  875. 

SOUND,  to  [clangerc,  vide  tuba].    See  Trumpet. 

SPEECH  [loi/uela].  Concerning  the  speech  of  spirits  and  angels, 
See  Tongue.  Concerning  the  speech  of  angels  with  man,  see  An- 
gel, and  Heaven. 

SPEWED.    See  Vomit. 

SPIRIT  [spiritus].  That  the  Holy  Ghost  or  Spirit  is  not  a  person 
by  himself,  because  the  Lord  is  omnipresent,  n.  GOG,  ill.  n.  902.  A 
deliberation  in  a  grand  council  concerning  the  Holy  Ghost,  that  it  is 
not  a.  God  by  itself,  but  that  it  is  the  divine  proceeding  from  the  di- 


58 


S  T  A 


vinity  in  the  Lord  through  his  Divine  Humanity  glorified,  HI.  it. 
962.  That  spirit,  when  spoken  of  God,  sign,  the  divine  trutli  of  the 
Word,  n.  87.  That  the  spirit  and  the  life  of  doctrine  is  from  the 
Word,  because  from  the  Lord,  sho.  n.  602.  That  the  seven  spirits 
sig?i.  all  who  are  in  divine  truths,  consequently  abstractedly  from 
persons  they  sign,  divine  truth,  n.  14,  237.  That  the  divine  pro- 
ceeding in  the  Word  is  called  the  spirit  of  the  nostrils  of  Jehovah, 
the  blast  of  God,  and  breath,  n.  343  :  see  Wind.  That  to  be  in  the  spirit 
sign,  to  be  in  a  spiritual  state,  in  which  the  things  which  are  in  the 
spiritual  world  clearly  appear  ;  and  that  to  be  in  vision  sign,  the 
same,  sho.  n.  36,  220,  722.  Concerning  the  two  states  of  the  pro- 
phets, the  one,  when  they  wrote  the  Word,  in  which  they  heard  the 
Lord  speaking,  the  other,  when  they  saw  those  things  which  are  in 
heaven,  in  which  state  they  are  said  to  have  been  in  the  spirit,  also 
in  vision,  sho.  n.  945.  That  spirits  who  are  in  the  world  of  spirits, 
are  together  with  men,  and  men  with  spirits  ;  and  yet  spirits  know 
nothing  concerning  man,  nor  man  concerning  spirits,  for  this  reason, 
because  man  is  in  a  natural  state,  and  spirits  in  a  spiritual  state,  a. 
943. 

SPIRITUAL  WORLD,  and  the  WORLD  OF  SPIRITS  [mun- 
dus  spiritualis,  et  mtnidus  spiritinim].  By  the  spiritual  world  is 
meant  both  heaven  and  hell.  That  the  world  of  spirits  is  in  the  midst 
between  heaven  and  hell,  n.  552.  That  all  after  death  come  first 
into  the  world  of  spirits,  and  that  this  world  is  like  a  forum  or  public 
place  of  resort,  and  as  a  stomach  which  first  receives  the  food,  n. 
791.  That  in  the  world  of  spirits  there  are  societies,  and  that  spirits 
are  there  prepared  either  for  heaven  or  for  hell,  n.  784,  866,  884. 
That  the  wicked  there  at  first  have  intercourse  with  the  good,  that 
they  may  be  explored  and  proved,  n.  843,  850,  886.  That  they  who 
are  in  the  world  of  spirits,  are  associated  with  men  on  earth,  n.  552, 
784.  How  long  they  who  were  formerly  in  the  world  of  spirits,  re- 
mained there,  and  how  long  they  remain  there  at  this  day,  before 
they  are  elevated  into  heaven  or  cast  into  hell,  n.  866.  That  the  dra- 
gon and  his  angels  were  cast  into  the  world  of  spirits,  whence  they 
are  in  communication  with  men  on  earth,  who  are  in  the  draconical 
faith,  n.  552,  558.  That  they  who  had  worshiped  the  Lord,  and  lived 
according  to  his  commandments,  were  guarded  by  the  Lord  in  the 
inferior  earth,  lest  they  should  be  seduced  by  the  dragonists ;  and 
that  after  the  last  judgment,  when  the  dragonists  were  removed, 
they  were  taken  up  by  the  Lord  into  heaven,  n.  325.  326,  329,  843, 
845,  84o,  850,  884  ,  886.  That  in  the  spiritual  world  there  are  all  the 
objects  that  exist  in  the  natural  world,  but  that  all  things,  which  ap- 
pear in  that  world,  are  correspondences,  n.  772. 

SPOT  [macula].  That  a  spot  sign,  a  false,  and  that  hence  the 
unspotted  sign,  him  who  is  in  truths,  and  without  falses.i//.  and  sho. 
a.  025. 

STAFF  [bacillus].    See  Rod. 

STAND,  to  [stare].  That  to  stand  before  God  sign,  to  hear  and 
to  do  what  is  perceived,  sho.  n.  366,  369.  That  to  stand  upon  one's 
feet  sign,  to  be  reformed  as  to  the  external  or  natural  man,  ill.  and 
sho.  n.  510. 

STAR  [stella].  That  stars  sign,  the  knowledges  of  good  arid 
truth,  ill.  and  sho.  n.  51,  74,  333.  That  stars  sign,  divine  spiritual 
truth,  which  is  the  truth  of  faith  originating  in  the  good  of  charity, 
n.  420.  That  stars  sign,  intelligence,  n.  408.  That  the  seven  stars 
sign,  the  church  in  heaven,  n.  65.    That  the  Lord  is  called  a  star 


S    W  0 


from  the  light  of  his  divine  wisdom,  sho.  n.  954.  That  the  Lord  is 
called  the  morning  star  from  the  light  which  will  rise  for  the  New 
Church,  which  is  the  New  Jerusalem,  ill.  n.  151,954.  That  stats 
falling  from  heaven  sign,  that  the  knowledges  of  good  and  truth  from 
the  Word  are  dissipated,  ill.  n.  333.  What  is  sign,  by  the  sun,  moon, 
and  stars  being  darkened,  slio.  n.  413  ;  see  Bum. 

STING  [aeuleus].  That  stings  sign,  falses  of  a  hurtful  nature 
originating  in  evils,  sho.  n.  439. 

STONE  [lapis].  That  stone  sign,  truth  in  ultimates,  n.  231.  That 
precious  stones  and  diadems  sign,  divine  truths  of  the  literal  Bense  of 
the  Word,  also  the  truths  of  doctrine  derived  from  the  Word  trans- 
lucent by  virtue  of  its  spiritual  sense,  n.  23],  ill.  and  sho.  n.  540,  also 
n.  £23,  915.  That  precious  stones  correspond  to  the  truths  and  goods 
of  the  Word,  and  that  in  heaven  they  are  from  that  origin,  n.  231. 
That  precious  stones  and  diadems  also  sign,  the  truths  of  the  Word 
falsified  and  profaned,  ill.  and  sho.  n.  540.  That  the  Lord  in  regard 
to  divine  truth  is  called  the  corner  stone,  the  stone  of  Israel,  and  the 
rock,  ill.  and  sho.  n.  915. 

STREETS  [platecc].  That  streets  sign,  the  truths  and  falses  of 
doctrine,  slio.  n.  501. 

SULPHUR  [sulphur].  That  sulphur  sign,  concupiscences  flowing 
from  infernal  love,  slio.  n.  452,  453. 

SUN  [sol].  That  the  Lord  as  to  divine  love  and  divine  wisdom 
shines  as  a  sun  before  the  angels  of  heaven  ;  and  that  thence  the  pro- 
ceeding as  heat  is  his  divine  love,  and  that  thence  the  proceeding  as 
light  is  his  divine  wisdom,  whereby  he  is  omnipresent,  n.  79(J,  ill.  n. 
901.  That  the  Lord  appears  as  a  sun  high  above  the  heavens,  be- 
cause the  angels  cannot  sustain  his  presence,  such  as  he  is  in  himself, 
sho.  n.  54,  j//.  n.  961.  That  the  sun,  when  spoken  of  the  Lord,  sign. 
divine  love  and  divine  wisdom,  ill.  and  sho.  n.  53,  831.  That  the  sun 
sign,  the  good  of  love,  and,  in  an  opposite  sense,  that  love  adulterated, 
n.  332.  That  the  sun,  in  an  opposite  sense,  sign,  self-love,  sho.  n. 
53,  690,  919  ;  also  natural  love,  sho.  n.  919.  That  the  sun,  moon, 
and  stars  being  darkened,  sign,  that  good  of  love,  truth  of  faith,  and 
knowledges  of  good  and  truth,  are  no  longer  seen  and  known,  by 
reason  of  evils  grounded  in  falses  and  falses  grounded  in  evils  in  the 
church,  5/10.  n.  413.  What  is  sign,  in  Joshua  by  that  the  sun  stood 
still  in  Gibeon,  n.  53. 

SWEAR,  to,  OATH  [jurare,  juramcntum].  That  to  swear  is  to 
attest  that  it  is  truth,  sho.  n.  474.  That  oaths  were  representative  of 
a  covenant,  the  conditions  of  which  were  sworn  to  ;  but  that  they 
were  abolished  with  the  rest  of  the  representatives,  sho.  n.  474.  That 
the  children  of  Israel,  because  they  were  in  representative  rites, 
were  permitted  to  swear  by  Jehovah,  sho.  n.  474.  That  Jehovah  or 
the  Lord  swore  by  himself,  because  by  divine  truth  which  is  in  him- 
self, sho.  n.  474. 

SWORD  [gladius].  That  a  sword  sign,  truth  fighting  against 
the  false,  and  the  false  fighting  against  truth.  Ql.  and  sho.  52.  In 
like  manner  a  sword  [maclucra],  and  a  sword  [romphte],  n.  62,  108, 
308,  83C.  That  a  sword  [gladius],  because  upon  the  thigh,  sign. 
combat  from  love  ;  that  a  sword  [machara],  because  in  the  hand, 
sign,  combat  from  power  ;  and  that  a  sword  [romphau],  because  from 
the  mouth  sign,  combat  from  doctrine  ;  and  that  a  sword  [romphaa] 
proceeding  out  of  the  mouth  of  the  Lord,  sign,  combat  from  the 
Word,  n.  830. 


60 


TEN 


Sword  proceeding  out  of  the  Modth  [romphaa].  See  Sword. 

Sword  in  the  Hand  [mttchara].    See  Sword. 

Sword  on  the  Thigh  [gladius].    See  Sword. 

SYNAGOGUE  [^-jnagoga].  That  the  synagogue  of  satan  sign. 
the  doctrine  of  false,  n.  97. 

SYNCRETIST  [syncretista].  Concerning  the  conjunction  of 
faith  and  charity  hy  a  syncretist,  ill.  n  380. 

T 

TAF.ERNACLE  [tabernacvlum].  That  the  tabernacle  sign,  the 
Lord's  Divine  Humanity,  and  in  a  representative  sense  heaven  and 
the  church,  Hi.  and  sho.  n.  585.  sho.  n.  862.  That  the  tabernacle 
sign,  the  celestial  church,  which  is  among  those  who  are  in  love  and 
thence  in  wisdom  from  the  Lord;  and  that  the  temple  sign,  the 
spiritual  church,  which  is  among  those  who  are  in  charity  and  thence 
in  faith  from  the  Lord,  n.  585,  882.  That  the  temple  of  the  taberna- 
cle of  the  testimony  sign,  the  inmost  of  heaven,  where  the  Lord  is 
in  his  holiness  in  the  Word  and  in  the  law,  which  is  the  decalogue, 
n.  009,  895.  The  temple  and  tabernacle  seen  after  the  destruction  of 
a  place  of  worship,  "wherein  was  an  image- of  faith  separated  from 
charity,  ill.  n.  920.  Concerning  the  tabernacle  in  the  wilderness, 
and  concerning  the  feast  of  tabernacles,  n.  585. 

TAIL  [caudu].  That  the  tail  is  the  ultimate  of  the  head,  because 
the  head  is  continued  to  the  tail,  n.  438.  That  it  sign,  the  sum  of 
all  things  relating  to  doctrine,  when  the  head  sign,  the  primary 
thereof,  sho.  n.  438.  That  tail  also  sign,  all  the  truths  of  the  Word 
falsified,  n.  438,  541. 

TARTARY  [Tartaria].  Great  Tartary  in  Asia  described,  from 
a  conversation  with  spirits  and  angels,  who  were  from  thence  ;  and 
that  among  them  is  the  old  Word,  n.  11. 

TEETH  [dentes].  That  teeth  sign,  sensuals,  which  are  the  ulti- 
matcs  of  the  natural  mind,  sho.  n.  435.  That  gnashing  of  teeth  is 
disputation  from  falses  of  faith,  ill.  n.  380,  sho.  n.  435. 

TEMPLE  [templum].  That  the  temple  sign,  the  Lord's  Divine 
Humanity,  also  the  church  in  heaven  and  the  church  in  the  world; 
and  that  it  sign,  those  three  conjointly,  because  they  cannot  be  sepa- 
rated, sho.  n.  191,  52!).  That  the  tabernacle  sign,  the  Lord's  Divine 
Humanity  and  the  church  celestial,  in  which  the  Lord  is  in  divine 
good  ;  and  that  the  temple  sign,  the  Lord's  Divine  Humanity  and 
the  church  spiritual,  in  which  the  Lord  is  in  divine  truth,  n.  585, 
882.  See  Tabernacle.  That  the  temple  sign,  the  spiritual  heaven, 
and  worship  from  spiritual  love,  n.  04!).  That  in  the  New  Church 
there  will  be  temples,  but  that  nevertheless  the  Lord  will  be  the  tem- 
ple, ill.  n.  920.  Concerning  a  place  of  worship  which  was  seen, 
wherein  was  an  image  of  faith  separated  from  charity,  and  concern- 
ing its  destruction  through  light  from  heaven,  and  that  in  the  room 
of  that  place  of  worship  there  then  appeared  the  tabernacle,  the  tem- 
ple, and  lastly  the  Lord  only,  ill.  n.  926. 

TEMPTATION  [tentatio].  That  they  in  the  world  who  conquer 
in  temptations,  conquer  to  eternity,  n.  301.  Something  concerning 
temptations,  n.  215,  039. 

TEN  [Decern].  That  ten  sign,  full  mdeh,  and  many,  also  every 
thing,  and  all.sAo.  n.  101  ;  in  like  manner  a  tenth  part,  n.  515. 

TEN  THOUSAND  [myrias].  That  myriads  or  tens  of  thousands 
are  spoken  of  truths,  and  thousands  of  goods,  ill.  and  sho.  n.  287. 
That  myriads  of  myriads  sign,  a  great  abundance,  n.  447. 


T   H  R 


61 


TENT    [tentorium,  vide-  tabernarutum].     See  Tabernacle. 

TESTIMONY,  WITNESS,  to  TESTIFY  [testimonium,  testis 
testari].  That  to  testify  or  bear  witness  is  spoken  of  truth,  and  that 
truth  testifies  of  itself,  consequently  the  Lord,  because  he  is  truth 
itself,  n.  C,  199,  953.  That  the  Lord  testifies  from  himself,  and  that 
he  is  his  own  witness,  sho.  n.  069,  sho.  n.  0,  199,  sho.  n.  490,  953. 
That  the  testimony  of  Jesus  sign,  that  the  Lord  is  the  God  of  heaven 
and  earth,  and  also  a  life  conformable  to  his  commandments  in  par- 
ticular according  to  the  precepts  of  the  decalogue,  sho.  n.  490,  555, 
ill.  n.  819.  That  testimony  sign,  the  acknowledgment  of  the  Divine 
Humanity  *of  the  Lord  sho.  n.  490,  840.  That  the  testimony  sign. 
the  decalogue.  ill.  and  slto.  n.  009.  That  the  two  witnesses  in  like 
manner  sign,  the  acknowledgment  of  the  Lord  and  a  life  conformable 
to  his  precepts,  n.  490.  That  the  two  witnesses  are  the  two  doctrines, 
one  concerning  the  Lord,  and  the  other  concerning  a  life  conforma- 
ble to  the  commandments  of  the  decalogue,  n.  498,  515.  Concerning 
the  two  witnesses  lying  dead  in  the  great  city,  which  is  Sodom  and 
Egypt,  and  what  was  done  to  them,  ill.  n.  531. 

THICK  DARKNESS  [caligo,  vide  tenebra].  See  Darkness. 

THIEF,  THEFT  [fur,  jurtwn}.  That  the  Lord  will  come  as  a 
thief,  sign,  that  the  truths  and  goods  of  worship  shall  be  taken  from 
the  wicked,  and  that  they  shall  not  know  when  and  how  this  is  done. 
»ho.  n.  1G4.  That  this  is  attributed  to  the  Lord,  although  it  is  hell 
■which  takes  away  and  steals  them,  n.  1G4. 

THIGH  [femur,  vide  lumhi].    See  Loins. 

THIRST,  to  THIRST  [situs,  sitire].  That  to  thirst  is  spoken  of 
a  lack  of  truth,  and  to  be  hungry  of  a  lack  of  good,  n.  381.  That  to 
thirst  sign,  to  desire  truths,  also  to  be  in  want  of  truth,  Mid  from 
the  want  of  truth  to  perish,  s/io.  n.  956.    See  also  Hunger. 

THOUGHT  [cogitatio,  vide  intellectus].    See  Understanding. 

THOUSAND  [mill*].  That  the  thousand  years  which  are  spoken 
concerning  the  kingdom  of  the  faithful,  and  concerning  the  binding 
and  loosing  of  the  dragon,  sign,  a  little  while,  or  a  short  time,  ill.  n. 
842,  844,  849,  855,  ill.  n.  850.'  That  the  millennians  thence  impress 
their  minds  with  vain  ideas  concerning  the  last  state  of  the  church, 
n.  8-12.  That  a  thousand  two  hundred  and  sixty  days  sign,  until  the 
end  and  beginning,  HI.  n.  451,  547. 

THOUSANDS  [rhiliadcs],  what,n.  287.    See  Ten  Thousand. 

THREE  [trcs,  trio].  That  three  in  the  Word  is  spoken  of  truths, 
n.  322.  That  thence  three  in  the  Word  sign,  all  with  respect  to 
truth,  in  like  manner  a  third  part,  n.  400;  also  complete  and  entire, 
because  in  all  and  every  thing  there  must  be  a  trine,  in  order  that  it 
may  be  something,  sho.  n.  505,  ill.  n.  875.  That  the  Lord  spake 
three  times,  sign,  that  it  is  divine  truth,  and  that  it  ought  to  be  be- 
lieved, sho.  n.  505  at  the  end.  887.  That  seven  is  said  of  holy  things, 
and  three  of  thing3  not  holy,  and  that  otherwise  they  sign,  the  same 
things,  n.  505  at  the  end.  See  Seven.  That  three  and  a  half  sign. 
until  the  end  and  beginning,  ill.  n.  505,  sho.  n.  502.  That  to  be 
divided  into  three  parts  sign,  to  be  totally  destroyed,  n.  712. 

THRONE  [thronus].  That  he  who  sat  on  the  throne  is  the  Lord, 
sho.  n.  H)8  at  the  end.  That  throne  sign,  heaven,  sho.  n.  14,  221, 
932.  That  throne  sign,  judgment  in  a  representative  form,  sho.  n. 
229,  805,  932.  That  it  also  sign,  government,  n.  932.  That  the 
thrones  on  which  the  apostles  should  sit,  sign,  judgment  from  the 
divine  truths  of  the  Word  and  of  the  church  from  the  Lord,  sho.  n. 
233.    That  throne  is  also  spoken  of  the  kingdom  of  evil  and  false- 


62 


T   R  I 


hood,  sho.  n.  G94.  What  is  sign,  by  the  throne  of  Satan,  n.  110. 
What  is  sign,  by  the  throne  of  the  beast,  n.  094. 

THUNDER  [tonitru].  That  a  voice  out  of  heaven,  when  from 
the  Lord,  is  heard  as  thunder,  ill.  and  sho.  n.  472,  015.  That  light- 
nings, thunderings,  and  voices,  sign,  illustration,  perception,  and 
instruction,  sho.  n.  230.  That  they  also  sign  reasonings,  argumen- 
tations, and  confirmations  in  favor  of  falses,  n.  390,  710. 

THYATIRA  [Thyalirce].  That  the  church  in  Thyatira  sign. 
those  who  are  in  faith  originating  in  charity  and  thence  in  good 
works,  also  those  who  are  in  faith  separate  from  charity  and  thence 
in  evil  works,  n.  124,  and  in  the  following. 

TIME  [Umpus].  That  there  is  no  time  in  the  divine  idea,  sho.  n. 
4.  That  times  and  spaces  in  the  spiritual  world  are  appearances  ac- 
cording to  states  of  life,  ill.  n.  947.  That  thence  time,  and  such 
things  as  appertain  to  time,  sign,  states  of  life,  n.  427,  ill.  n.  470, 
785,  935,  947.  That  no  time  sign,  that  there  is  no  state  of  the  church, 
consequently  no  church,  ill.  and  sho.  n.  470.  That  time,  times,  and 
half  a  time,  sign,  to  the  end  until  a  beginning,  sho.  n.  502. 

TONGUE  [lingua].  That  tongue  sign,  the  doctrine  of  a  church, 
and  as  to  speech  religion,  sho.  n.282.  That  to  gnaw  the  tongue  sign. 
to  detain  the  thought  from  hearing  truths,  consequently  not  to  en- 
dure to  hear  truths,  HI.  n.  090.  That  the  spiritual  language,  which 
is  common  to  spirits  and  angels,  has  nothing  in  common  with  the 
language  of  men  in  the  world;  and  that  every  letter  in  the  alphabet, 
sign,  a  thing,  hence  letters  conjoined,  a  certain  sense  of  the  thing  ; 
and  that  vowels,  because  they  are  sounds,  sign,  the  affections  of  a 
thing  and  its  sense  ;  and  that  thence  it  appears  why  the  Lord  is  call- 
ed Alpha  and  Omega,  n.  29,  38. 

TRADE,  to  [negotiari].  That  to  trade  and  to  merchandise  sign. 
to  acquire  knowledge  of  good  and  truth  from  the  Word,  n.  000,  sho. 
n.  75!).  See  also  To  Buy.  That,  in  the  opposite  sense,  it  sign,  to 
procure  knowledge  of  things  evil  and  false,  and  by  them  to  gain,  ill. 
n.  759,  771.  That  the  merchandise  of  Babylon  are  the  holy  thing3  of 
the  Word  adulterated  and  profaned,  n.  772.  That  by  those  things 
they  have  traded  and  acquired  lucre,  n.  772,  783,  784.  That  even 
the  heads  in  their  ecclesiastic  hierarchy  are  such,  HI.  n.  799. 

TRAVAIL  IN  BIRTH,  to  [  parturire,  vide  parere].  See  To 
Bring  forth. 

TREE,  [arbor].  That  the  tree  of  life  sign,  the  Lord  as  to  divine 
love,  n,  89.  933,  951.  That  tree  sign,  men  as  to  affections  and  con- 
sequent perceptions,  ill.  and  sho.  n.  400.  That  all  things  appertain- 
ing to  a  tree  correspond  to  such  things  as  are  in  man  ;  what  by  the 
tree  itself,  what  by  the  branches,  by  the  leaves,  by  the  flowers,  by 
the  fruit,  and  by  the  seed.  ill.  from  such  things  seen  in  the  spiritual 
world,  n.  930. 

TRIBE  [Iribus].  That  the  twelve  tribes  of  the  children  of  Israel 
sign,  the  church  as  to  all  its  goods  and  truths,  and  that  they  sign. 
those  in  the  church  who  are  in  goods  and  truths  from  the  Lord  through 
the  Word.  n.  348,  349.  That  they  sign,  those  things  according  to 
the  series  in  which  they  are  named,  sho.  n.  349.  That  every  tribe 
sign,  something  of  the  church,  n.  349.  That  the  tribe,  which  is  first 
named,  is  as  the  head  and  the  all  in  the  rest,  n.  350.  Why  the 
twelve  tribes  are  divided  into  four  classes,  and  thence  in  each  class 
there  are  three,  n.  300.  That  12,000  of  each  tribe,  and  thence  144,- 
000.  together  sign,  the  superior  heavens,  and  the  church  among 
them,  which  church  is  the  internal ;  and  that  they  form  as  it  were 


T   W  E 


'  C3 


the  head  and  face  of  the  rest,  ill.  n.  348,  349,  350,  2G3.  That  144,- 
000,  sealed  out  of  the  tribes  sign,  those  who  have  approached  the 
Lord  alone,  and  lived  according  to  his  commandments,  of  whom  the 
new  Christian  heaven  is  formed,  n.  012.  That  by  the  tribes  of  the 
earth  wailing,  is  sign,  that  there  are  no  longer  any  goods  and  truths 
of  the  church,  n.  27. 

TRUMPET  [buccina,  tuba].  That  trumpets  from  heaven  sign. 
various  things,  ill.  and  s/io.  n.  226.  That  to  sound  trumpets  sign,  to 
call  together  upon  solemn  occasions,  also  to  explore  and  to  discover 
of  what  quality  they  are,  n.  391,  sho.  n.  397. 

TRUTH  [vcritas,  vtrum].  Concerning  ihe  marriage  of  good  and 
truth,  see  Marriage.  That  truth  is  the  form  of  good,  and  good  is 
the  essence  of  truth,  and  that  thus  they  make  one,  n.  906  at  the  end. 
That  good  without  truth  is  not  good  in  spirit,  and  that  truth  without 
good  is  not  truth  in  spirit,  ill.  n.  380.  That  good  is  formed  by  truths, 
not  by  truths  in  the  understanding  only,  but  by  a  life  conformable  to 
them,i7/.  n.  832.  That  to  live  conformable  to  truths  is  good,  and  that 
thus  truth  becomes  good  through  life,  n.  923.  That  the  good  of  doc- 
trine also  is  truth,  because  it  only  teaches  what  good  is,  n.  923. 
That  good  in  the  thought  is  not  reflected  upon,  because  it  is  only 
felt;  but  that  truth  is  reflected  upon,  because  it  is  seen  therein,  n. 
90S.  Concerning  celestial  good  and  truth,  and  concerning  spiritual 
good  and  truth,  n.  720.  That  good  with  man  is  according  to  truths 
which  become  of  the  will  or  the  love,  ill.  n.  935.  That  truth  does  not 
operate  any  thing  from  itself  but  from  good,  neither  does  good 
operate  any  thing  from  itself  hut  through  truth,  n.  049.  That  the 
good  oflove  is  formed  by  truths  of  wisdom,  in  like  manner  the  good 
of  charity  by  truths  of  faith,  ill.  n.  912. 

That  no  one  can  see  any  doctrinal  truth  in  the  Word,  except  from 
the  Lord,  ill.  n.  500.  That  the  divine  truths  of  the  Word  are  like 
mirrors,  whereby  the  Lord  is  seen,  ill.  n.  938.  That  the  acknow- 
ledgment of  the  Lord  keeps  in  connexion  all  knowledges  of  good  and 
truth,  or  truths,  ill.  n.  910.  That  there  is  a  connexion  of  all  spirit- 
ual truths,  which  is  like  the  connexion  of  the  viscera,  organs,  and 
members  in  man's  body,  ill.  n.  910.  That  the  rational  mind  of  man 
is  opened  more  interiorly,  in  proportion  as  he  sees  truths  in  the  Word, 
n.  911.  That  the  angels,  who  are  in  the  celestial  kingdom  of  the 
Lord,  see  spiritual  truth  within  themselves,  as  the  eye  sees  natural 
objects,  ill.  and  sho.  n.  920.  That  by  means  of  truths  all  things  ap- 
pertaining to  the  church  and  religion  become  spiritual;  many  of 
these  truths  enumerated  from  the  .ircana  Cwlestia,  n.  191.  That 
man  cannot  be  reformed  but  by  means  of  truths,  n.  815.  That  man 
cannot  be  reformed  by  means  of  truths  only,  but  at  the  same  time  by 
a  life  conformable  to  them,  ill.  n.  832.  That  without  truths  evils  can- 
not be  removed,  n.  700.  That  evils  and  falses  are  discovered  by 
means  of  goods  and  truths  from  the  Word,  n.  073.  Concerning  those 
who  are  in  good  with  respect  to  life,  and  not  in  truths  with  respect 
to  doctrine,  n.  107,  110. 

TURTLE  [tr.studo].  Concerning  turtles  which  were  seen,  who 
and  of  what  nature  and  quality  they  were  ill.  n.  403. 

TWELVE  [duoiiecim].  That  the  number  twelve  sign,  all  things 
of  the  church  in  regard  to  the  truths  and  goods  thereof,  HI.  and  sho. 
n.  348,  907.  That  numbers  arising  from  twelve  by  multiplication 
signify  the  same  as  twelve,  as  144,  12,000,  144,000,  n.  348,  909.  That 
the  1 44,000  sealed  out  of  every  tribe  of  Israel,  sign,  those  in  heaven 
and  the  church,  who  approach  the  Lord  alone,  and  live  according  to 
his  precepts,  n.  348,  and  in  the  following,  n.  G12. 


04 


U   N  D 


V 

VASTATION  [vastatio,  vide  consummatio] .  Sec  Consumm  vtion. 

VENGEANCE  or  REVENGE  [vindiclu].  Thnt  vengeance  is 
attributed  to  the  Lord,  when  nevertheless  the  wicked  breathes  re- 
venge against  the  Lord  when  lie  perishes,  ill.  and  sho.  n.  800.  See 
Wrath 

VESSEL  [vas].  That  vessel  sign,  scientifics,  because  they  are 
continents,  ill.  n.  775.  What  is  signified  by  vessels  of  brass,  of  wood, 
andiron,  and  of  marble,  n.  775. 

VESTURE  [vestimentum].    See  Garment. 

VIAL  [phial n,  vide  poculum].    See  Cop. 

VICTORY,  to  OVERCOME  [victoria,  vincerc].  That  to  over- 
come sign,  to  fight  against  evils  and  fulses,  and  to  be  reformed,  sho. 
n.  88,  1  (>:>,  890. 

VINEYARD  [vinea].  That  a  vineyard  sign,  the  church,  where 
the  Word  is,  and  the  Lord  known,  in  particular  the  spiritual  church, 
ill.  and  sho.  n.  050.  That  to  gather  the  vintage,  or  to  collect  grapes, 
sign,  to  bring  forth  the  fruit,  and  to  make  an  end,  the  same  as  to  reap, 
ill.  and  sho.  n.  049. 

VIRGIN  [virgo,  vide  JiliaJ].    See  Daughter. 

VIRTUE  or  POWER  [virtus]  is  spoken  of  celestial  good,  sho.  n. 

VISION  [vitio,  vide  videre].    See  To  See. 

VOICE  [vor].  That  a  great  voice,  when  from  heaven,  sign,  di- 
vine truth  sho.  n.  37,  50,  220.  That  voice,  when  spoken  of  instru- 
ment, sign,  sound,  n.  792. 

VOMIT  [vomilus,  vomerc],  n.  205. 

U 

ULCER  [ulcus].    See  Wound. 

ULTIMATE  [ultimum,  vide  extrcmum].  See  Extreme,  and 
External. 

UNCLEAN  [immuudus] .  That  clean  is  spoken  of  goods,  and 
shining  of  truths,  n.  814.  That  unclean  is  spoken  of  the  adultera- 
tion and  falsification  of  the  Word,  n.  924.  That  unclean  or  filthy  is 
spoken  of  those  who  are  in  falsesfrom  evil,  n.  702,  924,  948. 

UNCTION  or  ANOINTING,  to  ANOINT  [unctio,  ungerc,  vide 
oleum].    See  Oil. 

UNDERSTANDING,  INTELLIGENCE  [intellects,  intel- 
ligentia].  That  genuine  wisdom  and  intelligence  is  procured  by 
means  of  knowledges  of  truth  and  good  from  the  Word,  consequently 
by  means  of  spiritual  truths  from  the  Lord,  n.  189.  That  wisdom 
consists  in  knowing  that  there  is  a  God,  what  God  is.  and  what  is  of 
God,  Ul,  n.  243.  That  all  wisdom  is  derived  from  love,  ill.  n.  875. 
See  Love.  That  they  who  are  of  the  celestial  kingdom  of  the  Lord, 
see  divine  truths  in  themselves,  as  the  eyes  see  objects,  ill.  and  sho. 
n.  920.  The  temple  of  wisdom  described,  ill.  n.  875.  That  no  one 
can  see  the  temple  of  wisdom,  still  less  enter  therein,  unless  he  per- 
ceives that  the  things  which  he  knows  and  understands  are  so  little 
comparatively  that  they  are  like  a  drop  of  water  to  the  ocean,  ill.  n. 
875.  That  love  and  wisdom  neither  exist  nor  subsist,  but  in  use,  ill. 
n.  875.  That  every  man  has  the  faculty  of  willing  good  and  un- 
derstanding truth,  consequently  liberty  and  rationality,  and  that  this 
faculty  is  never  taken  away  from  any  one,  n.  427,  429.  That  the 
understanding  of  every  man  may  be  elevated  into  the  light  of  heaven 


W    A  R 


65 


and  perceive  spiritual  truths  when  he  hears  them  ;  and  that  this  is 
done  according  to  the  affection  of  knowing  and  understanding  them, 
n.  914.  That  even  devils  can  understand  the  arcana  of  wisdom,  ill. 
n.  940.  That  they  who  have  confirmed  themselves  in  falses,  are 
not  willing  to  understand  truths,  and  that  it  appears  as  if  they  were 
not  able,  n.  7(i5.  That  many  may  be  in  the  understanding  of  the 
knowledges  of  good  and  truth,  but  that  they  in  fact  are  not  in  them 
unless  they  are  in  a  life  conformable  to  knowledges,  n.  337.  That 
whatever  is  in  the  understanding,  and  not,  at  the  same  time,  in  the 
life,  is  not  in  man,  but  still,  as  it  were,  in  an  outer  court,  n.  337. 
That  the  understanding  can  be  elevated  into  the  light  of  heaven,  but 
if  the  will  is  not  at  the  same  time  elevated  into  the  heat  of  heaven, 
that  the  things  of  the  understanding  perish  and  fall  into  the  love  of 
the  will,  n  333.  That  the  light  of  heaven  with  the  wicked  may  be 
received  in  the  understanding  removed  from  the  love  of  the  will,  but 
if  the  light  of  heaven  falls  into  the  evil  of  the  will,  there  arises  dark- 
ness, ill.  n.  386.  That  man  has  an  understanding  in  spiritual  things 
equally  as  in  things  of  a  civil  nature,  ill.  n.  224. 

That  there  is  an  interior  thought,  which  is  called  perception,  and 
that  there  is  an  exterior  thought,  which  properly  is  called  thought, 
and  that  the  latter  is  in  natural  light,  whereas  the  former  is  in  spirit- 
ual light,  n.  914,  ill.  n.  947.  Concerning  the  material  thought  and 
concerning  the  spiritual  thought  relative  to  God,  heaven,  and  our 
neighbor,  ill.  n.Cll.  That  the  rational  faculty  is  the  first  receptacle 
of  spiritual  truths,  n.  936. 

That  it  is  hurtful  to  close  the  understanding  in  spiritual  things,  n. 
224.  What  evils  exist,  when  the  understanding  is  shut  in  things  of 
faith  from  religion,  ill.  n.  5G4,  575.  Thata  thousand  visionary  things 
may  be  obtruded  by  removing  understanding  from  faith,  n.  451,  575. 
That  the  tenet  with  respect  to  the  understanding  being  held  a  pris- 
oner in  subjection  to  faith,  is  derived  from  the  Roman  Catholic  re- 
ligion, and  that  it  obstructs  the  passage  of  the  light  out  of  heaven 
from  the  Lord,  inasmuch  so  that  a  man  cannot  afterwards  be  illustra- 
ted, ill.  n.  914.  That  the  reason  why  the  learned  have  attributed 
every  thing  to  thought  and  thence  to  fiiith,  is,  because  thought,  and 
consequently  faith,  tails  within  the  sight  of  the  understanding,  but 
affection,  and  consequently  charity,  does  not  fall  within  the  sight  of 
the  understanding,  but  into  the  love  of  the  will,  and  the  love  of  the 
will  perceives  only  from  delight,  which  it  perceives  obscurely  by  the 
senses,  ill.  n.  908. 

UPON  [supra].    See  Over. 

USE  [usus,  vide  opus].    See  Work. 

W 

WALK,  to  [ambulare].  That  to  walk  sign,  to  live,  and  when 
spoken  concerning  the  Lord,  that  it  is  to  live  from  him,  sho.  n.  167. 

WALL  [murus].  That  a  wall  sign,  what  defends,  and  that  when 
it  is  spoken  of  the  church,  it  sign,  the  Word  in  its  literal  sense  sho. 
n.  898.  That  the  wall  of  the  city  Jerusalem  sign,  the  Word  in  its 
literal  sense,  n.  898,  902.  That  the  foundations  of  its  wallsi'o-n.  doc- 
trinals  from  the  Word,  sho.  n.  902. 

WAR  [helium].  That  wars  sign,  spiritual  wars,  which  are  im- 
pugnations  of  truth,  and  are  conducted  by  reasonings,  from  false 
principles,  sho.  n.  500,  548,  sho.  n.  586.  That  the  ministry  of  the 
Levites  was  called  military  service,  sho.  n.  500  at  the  end.  That 


GO 


W    1  N 


the  various  kinds  of  arms  sign,  such  things  as  belong  to  spiritual  war, 
sho.  n .  430.    See  Arms. 

WASH,  to  [lavarc].  That  to  wash  sign,  to  cleanse  and  purify 
from  evils  and  falses,  and  so  to  reform  and  regenerate,  ill.  and  sho.  n. 
378.  That  washings  formerly  represented  and  signified  such  things; 
in  like  manner  baptism,  n.  378. 

WATCHFUL,  WATCHFULNESS,  WATCHING  [tUgUia].  That 
spiritual  life,  which  exists  from  the  affection  and  perception  of  truth, 
is  signified  by  watchfulness  and  watching,  sho.  n.  158,  705.  That 
natural  life  without  spiritual  life  is  called  sleep,  and  that  it  resembles 
sleep,  ill.  and  sho.  n.  158. 

WATER  [aqua].  That  water  sign,  truths,  sho.  n.  50.  That  liv- 
ing water  or  the  water  of  life  sign,  divine  truth  from  the  Lord,  sho. 
n.  93:2.  That  the  voice  of  waters  sign,  divine  trutli  out  of  heaven, 
and  from  the  Lord  through  heaven,  n.  50,  014,  015.  That  the  angel 
of  the  waters  sign,  the  divine  truth  of  the  Word,  n.  085.  That  water 
also  sign,  the  divine  truths  of  the  Word  adulterated  and  profaned,  n. 
J19,  745. 

WAY  [via].  That  in  the  spiritual  world  there  are  actually  ways 
which  lead  to  heaven,  and  that  thence  ways  sign,  leading  truths,  n. 
176. 

WEALTH  [opes,  vide  divitia].    See  Riches. 

WEDDING  [nuptia,  vide  conjugium].    See  Marriage. 

WEEK  [septimana].  That  a  week  sign.  6tate,  and  the  seventh 
week  a  holy  state,  n.  489. 

WHEAT  [triticum].  That  wheat  and  barley  sign,  good  and  truth 
of  the  church  from  the  Word,  ill.  and  sho.  n.  315. 

WHITE  [album].  That  white  is  predicated  of  truth,  because  it 
proceeds  from  the  light  of  heaven,  by  which  is  sign,  truth,  ill.  n.  107, 
231,  3115;  see  Color.  That  to  make  white  sign,  to  purify  truths 
from  falses,  n.  379. 

WHITE  STONE  [calculus  albus].  That  a  white  stone  sign. 
truths  suffragant  and  united  to  good,  n.  121. 

WHOREDOM  [meretricatio,  scortatio,  vide  adulterium].  See 
Adultery. 

WIDOW  [vidua].  That  widows  sign,  those  who  are  without  pro- 
tection, because  without  truths,  which  nevertheless  they  desire,  ill. 
and  sho.  n.  704. 

WILDERNESS  [descrtum].  That  wilderness  sign,  the  church  in 
which  all  the  truths  of  the  Word  are  falsified,  sho.  n.  540.  That  it 
sign,  the  church  in  which  there  are  not  any  truths,  because  they 
have  not  the  Word,  sho.  n.  540.  That  it  sign,  a  state  of  temptation, 
in  which  man  is  as  it  were  without  truths,  sho.  n.  540. 

WILL  [voluntas].  That  to  will  sign,  inwardly  to  love  ;  because 
what  a  man  inwardly  wills,  that  he  loves,  and  what  he  inwardly 
loves,  that  he  wills,  n.  950.  That  the  will  is  an  internal  act.  been  use 
it  is  an  endeavor  to  act,  ill.  n.  875. 

WIND  [ventus].  That  wind  sign,  influx  from  heaven,  and,  in  the 
opposite  sense,  influx  from  hell,  til.  and  sho.  n.  343.  That  this  in- 
flux from  heaven  is  called  the  blast  of  God,  breath,  and  breathing,  n. 
343.  That  respiration,  wh'i"ch  is  of  the  air,  corresponds  to  the  un- 
derstanding and  to  faith,  n.  708.  That  wind,  especially  an  east 
wind,  sign  the  dispersion  of  fjlses  by  influx,  sho.  n.  343. 

WINE  [vinum].  That  wine  sign,  divine  truth,  and,  in  an  op- 
posite sense,  divine  truth  both  falsified  and  profaned,  ill.  and  sho.  n. 
310.    That  the  wine  of  Babylon  sign,  the  abominable  tenets  of  the 


WOR 


CI 


Roman  Catholic  religion,  grounded  in  the  truths  of  the  Word  adul- 
terated and  profaned,  ill.  n.  758.  See  Papists.  That  bread  and 
wine  were  ottered  upon  the  altar  together  with  sacrifices  :  bread  was 
the  meat-olfering,  and  wine  was  the  drink-offering,  n.  778.  See 
Bread. 

WING-  [a  I  a].  That  wings  sign,  defences  and  powers,  ill.  and 
sho.  n.  245,50].;  see  To  Fly.  That  the  voice  of  wings  sign,  reason- 
ings, n.  437. 

WISDOM  [sapient  ia.  vide  intellectus] .    See  Understanding. 

W  ITNESS  [testis,  vide  testimonium].    See  Testimony. 

WO,  or  ALAS  [vn].  That  wo  or  alas  sign,  lamentation  over 
calamity,  anhappiness,  and  damnation,  sho.  n.  416,  518,  769,  785, 
738. 

WOMAN  [mulier].    That  woman  sign,  the  church,  sho.  n.  434. 

WOOD  [lignum].  That  wood  sign,  good,  in  particular  natural 
good,  sho.  n.  774.  What  is  sign,  by  fhyine  wood,  n.  774.  That 
wood  sign,  good  according  to  the  species  of  tree,  ill.  n.  775.  That 
wood,  in  an  opposite  sense,  sign,  evil  and  what  is  accursed,  sho. 
n.  774. 

WORD,  the,  or  SACRED  SCRIPTURE  [verbum  sett  scriptura 
sacra].  That  the  Lord  is  the  Word,  and  the  all  of  the  Word,  ill.  n. 
200,  ill  and  sho.  n.  819.  That  the  Word  is  holy  and  divine,  ill.  n. 
752.  That  no  one  can  see  any  doctrinal  truth  in  the  Word,  but 
from  the  Lord,  because  the  Lord,  is  the  Word,  n.  42,  ;'//.  n.  566, 
958.  That  the  Word  is  hidden  to  all  to  whom  the  Lord  does  not 
open  it.  n.  257.  That  the  Word  is  the  medium  of  conjunction  with 
the  Lord,  ill.  n.  831.  Thatthe  Word  is  in  heaven  among  the  angels, 
concerning  which,  n.  609. 

That  the  Word  is  the  beginning  of  the  work  of  God,  ill.  and  sho. 
n.  200.  That  the  Word  vivifies  and  enlightens,  ill.  n.  200.  That 
the  spiritual  life  of  man  is  from  the  Word,  n.  411.  That  the  spirit 
and  the  life  of  the  doctrine  of  the  church  is  from  the  Word,  n.  602. 
That  the  Word  is  not  understood  without  doctrine,  and  that  doctrine 
is  not  understood  without  a  life  according  to  doctrine,  n.  320.  That 
the  Word  by  means  of  the  literal  sense,  communicates  with  the  uni- 
versal heaven,  ill.  n.  200.  That  the  Word  in  its  origin  is  purely 
divine,  and  that  when  is  passed  the  third  heaven  it  was  made  divine 
celestial,  when  it  passed  the  second  heaven  it  was  made  divine  spir- 
itual, and  that  when  it  came  into  the  world  it  was  made  divine 
natural,  whence  it  is,  that  there  are  three  senses  in  the  Word,  the 
celestial,  the  spiritual,  and  the  natural  n.  959.  That  the  spiritual 
truth  of  the  Word  is  like  light  from  the  sun,  and  that  the  natural 
truth  of  the  Word  is  like  light  from  the  moon  and  stars,  ill.  n.  414. 
That  they  who  read  the  Word  from  the  love  of  self  and  the  world, 
consequently  from  a  use  merely  natural,  see  no  truth  therein  ;  but  it 
is  different  with  those,  who.  from  the  affection  of  truth,  are  in  spi- 
ritual use,  ill.  n.  255,  8S9.  That  it  is  of  the  divine  providence  of  the 
Lord,  that  they  who  are  in  evils  of  life  and  in  falses  of  doctrine,  do 
net  see  either  truth  or  good  in  the  Word  :  because  if  they  saw  and 
knew  them,  they  would  profane  them,  n.  314,  310,  080,  088. 

That  in  the  Word  there  are  appearances,  and  that  by  them  the 
truths  therein  may  be  falsified,  unless  genuine  truths  are  known,  ill. 
n.  439.  Concerning  those  who  falsify  the  Word,  from  experience, 
and  what  the  falsification  of  the  Word  is,  ill.  n  500  at  the  end. 
That  spiritual  death  proceeds  from  falsification  and  adulteration  of  the 
Word,  n.  411.    Thatthe  Reformed  do  indeed  acknowledge  thatthe 


68 


won 


church  is  founded  on  the  Word,  but  that  nevertheless  they  found  it 
upon  one  single  assertion  of  Paul  falsely  understood,  n.  750,  ill.  n. 
417.  See  Faith.  Concerning  a  table,  in  which  the  light  flowed 
immediately  from  heaven,  on  which  were  placed  truths  from  the 
Word  falsified,  what  happened;  and  concerning  another  table,  on 
which  was  the  Word,  where  no  one  who  had  falsified  truths  was 
allowed  to  touch  it,  and  concerning  a  certain  leader  in  the  doctrine 
of  faith  alone,  who  touched  it,  what  happened,  ill.  n.  566.  That  all 
the  truths  of  the  Word  are  falsified  and  destroyed  by  the  dragonists, 
ill.  n.  541. 

That  the  Papists  declare  the  Word  to  be  holy,  but  for  what 
reasons,  and  in  what  manner,  ill.  n.  725,  733.  That  at  first  they  ac- 
knowledge the  Word  to  be  sacred,  but  that  afterwards  they  adultera- 
ted and  profaned  it,  ill.  n.  737.  That  by  them  the  Word  is  taken 
away  from  the  laity,  lest  the  adulterations  and  profanations  thereof 
should  be  perceived,  n.  739.  That  the  reading  of  the  Word  by  the 
laity  has  at  times  been  deliberated  among  them,  which  notwithstand- 
ing was  rejected,  n.  734.  That  the  Papists  at  heart  despise  and 
reject  the  Word,  n.  735.  Concerning  the  acknowledgment  of  the 
Word  by  the  French  nation,  n.  740 — 744.    See  France. 

That  in  the  Word  there  are  two  senses,  a  celestial  and  a  spiritual, 
contained  within  its  natural  sense,  and  that  the  celestial  sense  is 
designed  for  those  in  heaven  who  are  in  the  celestial  kingdom  of  the 
Lord,  and  the  spiritual  sense  is  designed  for  those  in  heaven  who  are 
in  the  spiritual  kingdom  of  the  Lord,  n.  725.  That  the  Word,  in  its 
literal,  sense,  is  the  basis  and  the  firmament,  also  the  guard,  and,  as 
it  were,  the  wall,  lest  its  spiritual  sense  should  be  injured,  n.  898. 
That  the  spiritual  sense  is  in  every  particular  of  the  Word,  and  that 
thence  the  Word  is  internally  spiritual,  ill.  n.  1.  That  the  Word  is 
guarded  by  the  Lord,  lest  its  spiritual  sense  should  be  injured,  was 
represented  by  open  purses  full  of  gold  and  silver,  ill.  n.  255.  That 
no  one  sees  the  spiritual  sense  but  from  the  Lord,  n.  824.  That  the 
Word,  in  its  literal  sense,  is  transparent  to  those  who  are  in  genuine 
truths,  n.  897  ;  and  thence  to  those  who  will  be  of  the  Lord's  New 
Church,  n.  897.  That  a  man  who  reads  the  Word  holily  is  illustra- 
ted by  the  light  from  the  spiritual  sense  flowing  into  its  natural  sense, 
n.  Gil.  That  the  coming  of  the  Lord  in  the  clouds  of  heaven  sign. 
the  opening  of  the  Word  as  to  its  spiritual  sense,  in  which  he  alone 
is  treated  of,  ill.  and  sho.  n.  642.  That  the  spiritual  sense  of  the 
Word  could  not  be  revealed  till  after  the  last  judgment,  ill.  n.  804, 
825.  That  violence  was  offered  to  the  Word  by  the  Roman  Catholics, 
also  by  the  Reformed,  who  were  in  faith  separate  from  charity,  and 
also  by  the  Jews;  but  that  violence  was  offered  by  them  to  the 
literal  sense  of  the  Word,  but  not  to  its  spiritual  sense,  because  this 
has  been  hitherto  unknown  and  shut  up,  n.  825,  829.  That  the  Lord 
bore  every  violence  offered  to  the  Word,  consequently  to  himself, 
because  he  is  the  Word,  n.  829. 

That  the  spiritual  sense  of  the  Word  is  abstracted  from  persons,  n. 
78,  79,  9(5.  See  Person.  That  in  the  Word  there  is  a  marriage  of 
good  and  truth,  and  that  therefore  there  are  words  which  are  par- 
ticularly spoken  in  relation  to  good,  and  words  which  are  particularly 
spoken  in  relation  to  truth,  n.  373,  483,  089  See  Marriage.  That 
the  interpretations  given  from  the  Lord  in  the  Word  were  given  in  a 
natural  sense,  and  not  in  a  spiritual  sense,  the  reason,  n.  730.  That 
.from  the  most  ancient  times  there  was  a  Word  in  Asia,  before  the 
Israclitish  Word,  and  that  this  Word  still  remains,  and  is  in  Great 


W    O  R 


69 


Tartary,  n.  11.  Concerning  the  true  states  of  the  prophets,  one  in 
which  they  wrote  the  Word,  ami  the  other  when  they  were  inspirit 
or  vision,  sfio.  n.  945.    See  Spirit. 

WORK,  WORKS  [opus,  opena].  The  doctrine  of  the  Reformed 
concerning  good  works,  see  the  doctrines  of  the  Reformed  premised 
at  d.  fir.  That  man  cannot  do  good  from  himself,  but  from  the  Lord, 
n.  i78,  ill.  n.  224.  That  works  are  internal  and  external  ;  and  that 
such  as  the  internal  works  are,  such  are  the  external ;  consequently 
such  as  the  mind  is  inwardly,  which  produces  them,  ill.  n.  76,  ill. 
and  sho.  n.  041.  That  good  works  are  chanty  and  faith  in  internals, 
and  their  effects  in  externals,  n.  049.  That  works  are  the  continents 
of  charity  and  faith,  n.  141.  That  love  and  wisdom  are  not  any 
thing  unless  they  are  in  use,  in  like  manner  that  charity  and  faith 
are  not  any  thing  unless  they  are  in  works,  and  that  in  these  they 
exist,  ill.  n.  875.  That  there  are  internal  acts,  in  which  they  must 
be,  in  order  that  they  may  exist,  which  are  of  the  will,  and  are  call- 
ed endeavors,  ill.  n.  875.  That  these  internal  acts  ought  to  close 
in  external  acts,  in  order  that  they  may  abide,  ill.  n.  808,  ill.  n.  875. 
That  man  regards  works  in  their  external  form,  which  may  appear 
similar  both  in  the  good  and  wicked,  but  that  the  Lord  regards  works 
in  their  internal  and  external  form  at  the  same  time,  ill.  n.  70.  That 
by  the  Lord's  saying  to  the  seven  churches,  "  I  know  thy  works," 
is  sign,  that  the  Lord  sees  all  the  interiors  and  exteriors  of  man  at 
once,  n.  76,  94,10!).  That  love,  wisdom,  and  use  cohere  as  one; 
in  like  manner,  charity,  faith,  and  works,  HI.  n.  352.  That  the  in- 
ternal operations  from  the  Lord  are  ten  thousand  times  ten  thousand 
in  number,  but  that  they  are  for  the  sake  of  the  extreme  operation, 
in  which  man  will  be  jointly  with  the  Lord,  ill.  n.  403.  That  man 
ought  to  do  good  which  is  of  charity,  and  believe  truth  which  is  of 
faith,  as  from  himself,  n.  218,  222,  ill.  n.  224,  ill.  n.  875  ;  but  that 
nevertheless  he  ought  to  believe  that  it  is  from  the  Lord,  ill.  a.  875. 
The  reason  is,  because  man  is  not  life  in  himself;  also  because  his 
action  is  the  mind  acting;  and.  because  the  Loid  has  commanded 
that  man  shall  do  good,  ill.  n.  875.  That  all  of  religion  consists  in 
doing  good  to  our  neighbor,  ill.  n.  484  at  the  end,  n.  571.  That  to 
do  the  commandments  of  the  Lord  is  to  love  him,  ill.  n.  556.  That 
they  who  immediately  approach  the  Lord  live  according  to  divine 
laws,  like  as  the  natural  man  according  to  civil  laws,  but  between 
whom  there  is  a  difference,  n.  920.  That  spiritual  use  is  for  the  sake 
of  the  Lord,  our  neighbor,  and  salvation;  and  that  natural  use  is 
for  the  sake  of  self  and  the  world,  n.  889.  That  there  is  a  spiritual 
moral  life,  and  a  natural  moral  life,  which  lives  in  their  external 
form  appear  alike,  ill.  n.  386.  That  the  woiks  of  the  Lord  sign,  all 
things  in  heaven,  in  the  world,  and  in  the  church,  created  and  made 
by  him,  n.  003.  That  the  works  of  the  hands  of  God  sign,  goods 
and  truths,  n.  457.    See  Hand. 

That  they  who  primarily,  or  in  the  first  place,  respect  goods  of  cha- 
rity, which  are  good  works,  are  in  reality  in  truths  of  doctrine,  but 
not  on  the  contrary  n.  82.  That  every  man  respects  truths  of  doc- 
trine in  the  first  place,  but  that  he  is  then  like  unripe  fruit ;  but  that 
with  those  who  are  regenerated  the  state  is  inverted,  and  that  then 
they  respect,  in  the  first  place,  goods  of  charity ,  and  become  like  ripe 
fruit,  which  contains  prolific  seed,  ill.  n.  83,  84.  See  Reform  ation. 
That  they  who  are  in  works  alone,  and  not  in  truths,  are  in  darkness 
and  in  thick  darkness,  and  they  act  as  the  Gentiles  did  formerly  ;  and 
that  in  the  world  of  spirits  they  assist  the  wicked,  who  through  them 


70 


W  It  f 


commit  evil,  n.  110  How  they  who  are  in  good  works  and  not  in 
truths  appear  in  heaven,  n.  107. 

That  the  Reformed  who  are  in  faith  alone,  and  have  confirmed 
themselves  therein,  believe  that  every  good  work  done  by  man  is 
meritorious,  ill.  n.  484  at  the  end,  ill.  n.  875.  Various  arguments 
among  the  Reformed,  that  a  man  cannot  do  any  religious  good,  that 
is,  good  which  contributes  to  salvation,  ill.  n.  484,  ill.  n.  075.  Their 
arguments  that  a  man  can  contribute  nothing,  or  no  more  than  a 
stock,  to  the  act  of  justification,  ill.  n.  484, ill.  n.  075.  That  they 
who  believe  that  all  works  done  by  man  are  not  good,  but  meritori- 
ous, and  thus  not  saving,  but  faith  alone,  falsify  all  things  of  the 
Word,  and  destroy  all  things  of  the  church,  ill.  n.  541,  ill.  n.  506. 
That  by  the  works  of  the  law  in  Paul  are  meant  the  works  of  the 
Mosaic  law,  proper  to  the  Jews,  ill.  and' sho.  n.  417.  That  man  is 
judged  according  to  his  works,  from  Paul,  sho.  n.  417,  808.  Also 
that  Paul,  in  like  manner  as  James,  says,  that  the  doers  of  the  law 
are  justified  before  God,  and  not  hearers,  sho.  n.  417,  sho.  n.  828. 
That  by  the  dragon  and  the  false  prophet  are  meant  those  who  teach 
that  faith  alone  saves,  and  that  the  works  of  charity  are  good,  in  order 
that  the  laity,  as  if  from  religion,  may  be  kept  thereby  more  strictly 
bound  to  live  according  to  civil  and  moral  laws.  ill.  n.  020, 

WORLD  [7>iundus].  That  the  world  sign,  all  who  are  in  the 
world,  the  good  as  well  as  the  wicked  ;  that  it  also  sign,  the  church, 
sho.  n.  589.  That  the  foundation  of  the  world  sign,  the  establish- 
ment of  the  church,  sho.  n.  58!). 

WORLD,  QUARTERS  OF  THE  [plagm  muridi].  See  Quar- 
ters of  the  World. 

WORLD  OF  SPIRITS  [mundus  spiriiuum].  See  Spiritual 
World. 

WORMWOOD  [absinthium].  That  wormwood  sign,  the  infer- 
nal false  principle  ;  in  like  manner  gall,  ill.  and  sho.  n.  410.  See 
Bitter. 

WORSHIP  [cultus].  That  worship  is  according  to  doctrine,  n. 
777,  778.  That  worship  with  man  is  perfected  according  to  life,  and 
that  therefore  it  is  at  first  natural,  afterwards  moral,  anil  lastly  spirit- 
ual, n.  101.  Concerning  external  worship  separated  from  internal, 
ill.  n.  859.  That  worship  without  truths  of  faith  and  goods  of  chari- 
ty is  dead  worship,  n.  154,  101,  ill.  n.  157. 

WORSHIP,  to  [adorare].  That  to  worship  sign,  to  acknowledge 
as  holy  or  sacred,  n.  579,  580,  588,  030.  That  when  spoken  with  re- 
spect to  the  Lord,  it  sign,  to  acknowledge  him  as  the  God  of  heaven 
and  earth,  and  to  adore  him,  n,  030. 

WOUWD  [vvlnus].  That  sores,  or  ulcers,  and  wounds,  sign. 
evils  in  the  extremes,  originating  in  internal  malignity,  which  are 
concupiscences,  sho.  n.  078. 

WRATH  [iraj.  That  wrath  and  revenge  are  attributed  to  the 
Lord,  when  nevertheless  the  evil  are  wrathful,  and  bieathe  revenge, 
ill.  n.  525,  035,  058,  sho.  n.  800.  That  the  wrath  of  God  sign,  evils 
and  falses  in  the  church,  n.  073.  That  the  day  of  the  wrath 
of  the  Lamb  sign,  the  last  judgment,  sho.  n.  340,  525,  800. 
That  the  wrath  of  the  Lamb  also  sign,  the  influx  of  the  Lord  from 
heaven  in  the  evil,  n.  339.  That  wrath,  when  spoken  of  the  evil,  sign. 
hatred,  n.  558,  505,  055  to  the  end,  058.  That  wrath  is  spoken  of 
evil,  and  anger  of  false,  ill.  and  sho.  n.  635. 

WRITE,  to  [scribcre].  That  to  write  sign,  to  commit  to  posterity 
for  remembrance,  n.  36,  03,  639,  816. 


MEMORABLE  RELATION'S. 


71 


Y  ••' 
YOUNG  MAN  [jurenis].    That  where  virgins  and  young  men 
are  mentioned  together,  virgins  sign,  the  affections  of  truth,  and 
young  men  truths,  sho.  n.  u20. 

Z    .      i  *\V 

ZEAL  [zclus].  That  zeal  is  the  consequence  of  love,  and  when 
spoken  of  the  Lord,  that  it  is  the  consequence  of  divine  love,  n.  831. 
That  exteriorly  zeal  appears  like  anger,  but  that  interiorly  it  is  affec- 
tion, which  is  the  consequence  of  love,  because  it  is  from  spiritual 
heat,  sho.  n.  21(5. 

ZEBULON  [Scbulon].  That  Zebulon  and  his  tribe  represented, 
and  thence  in  the  Word  signifies,  in  a  supreme  sense,  the  union  of 
the  Divinity  and  the  Divine  Humanity  in  the  Lord  j  in  a  spiritual 
sense,  the  marriage  of  the  Lord  and  the  church,  also  the  marriage  of 
good  and  truth  ;  and,  in  the  natural  sense,  conjugial  love,  ill.  n.  359. 

ZION  [Sion].  That  mount  Zion  sign,  heaven  and  the  church, 
where  the  Lord  alone  is  worshiped,  and  where  there  is  a  life  accor- 
ding to  his  commandments,  ill.  and  sJio.  n.  612.  That  the  virgin  and 
the  daughter  of  Zion  sign,  the  church  in  regard  to  the  affection  of 
good  and  truth,  sho.  n.  612.  • 

ZONE  [zona].    See  Girdle. 


INDEX 

TO 

THE  MEMORABLE  RELATIONS 

IN  THE  APOCALYPSE  REVEALED. 


I.  Concerning  the  old  Word,  which  was  extant  in  Asia  before  the 
Israelitish  Word,  and  which  is  preserved  to  this  day  among  the  peo- 
ple who  inhabit  Great  Tartary,  n.  11. 

That  faith  of  the  new  heaven  and  the  New  Church  comprehended 
in  one  general  or  universal  idea,  n.  07. 

II.  Concerning  the  state  of  man  after  death  in  general,  and 
concerning  their  state  in  particular  who  have  confirmed  themselves 
in  falses  of  doctrine.  Respecting  both  the  former  and  the  latter,  the 
following  general  observations  occur  :  First,  That  men,  for  the  most 
part,  rise  again  on  the  third  day  after  their  decease,  and  that  they 
know  no  other  than  that  they  are  still  alive  in  the  former  world.  Se- 
cond, That  all  flock  into  a  world,  which  is  in  the  midst  between  hea- 
ven and  hell,  called  the  world  of  spirits.  Third,  That  they  are  there 
introduced  or  translated  to  various  societies,  and  thereby  examined 
as  to  their  nature  and  quality.  Fourth,  That  the  good  and  faithful 
are  there  prepared  for  heaven,  and  the  wicked  and  unfaithful  for  hell. 
Fifth,  That  after  preparation,  which  continues  some  years,  a  way  is 
opened  to  the  good  to  a  certain  society  in  heaven  where  they  are  to 


72 


INDEX  TO  THE 


dwell  to  eternity  ;  but  to  the  wicked  a  way  is  opened  to  hell :  besides 
many  other  particulars.  Afterwards  the  nature  of  hell  is  described  ; 
and  that  they  are  called  satans  there  who  are  in  falses  from  confir- 
mation, and  devils  who  are  in  evils  of  life,  n.  153.- 

III.  A  company  of  spirits  were  seen  praying  to  God,  that  he  would 
send  his  angels  to  instruct  them  on  various  subjects  relative  to  faith, 
because  on  most  points  they  were  in  doubt,  forasmuch  as  the  churches 
differ  so  among  themselves,  and  yet  all  of  their  ministers  exclaim, 
Believe  us;  we  are  God's  ministers,  and  knoic:  and  angels  ap- 
peared, whom  they  questioned  concerning  charity  and  faith,  on 
repentance,  on  regeneration,  concerning  God,  on  the  immortality  of 
the  soul,  also  on  baptism  and  the  holy  supper  ;  to  which  particulars 
the  angels  made  such  replies,  that  they  might  fall  within  their  un- 
derstanding ;  observing,  moreover,  that  whatever  does  not  fall  with- 
in the  understanding,  is  like  seed  sown  in  sand  which  however 
watered  with  rain,  yet  withers  away;  and  that  the  understanding, 
closed  by  religion,  no  longer  sees  any  thing  in  the  Word  from  light, 
which  is  from  the  Lord  therein  ;  nay,  that,  if  it  reads,  it  becomes 
more  and  more  blind  in  things  relating  to  faith  and  salvation,  n.  224. 

IV.  That  there  were  seen  in  a  certain  manger  large  purses,  in 
which  was  silver  in  great  abundance,  and  near  them  angels,  as 
guaids;  in  an  apartment*  adjoining,  modest  virgins,  with  a  chaste 
wife;  and  also  near  that  apartment  stood  two  little  children;  and 
lastly  was  seen  a  harlot  and  a  dead  horse  :  and  afterwards  I  was  in- 
structed what  these  things  particularly  signified,  and  that  by  them  the 
Word  was  represented  and  described,  such  as  it  is  in  itself,  and  such 
as  it  is  at  this  day.  Also,  concerning  those  who  thought  they  should 
shine  like  stars  in  heaven,  who,  when  examined,  were  found  to  have 
studied  the  Word  from  self-love,  that  they  might  appear  great  in 
the  world,  and  be  worshiped.  When  they  were  admitted  into  hea- 
ven, they  were  found  to  be  without  truths,  and  were  stripped  of  their 
garments,  and  expelled  ;  but  still  their  pride  remained,  and  a  belief  in 
their  own  merit.  But  the  case  is  different  with  those  who  study  the 
Word  from  the  affection  of  knowing  truth,  because  it  is  truth;  these 
are  taken  up  into  heaven,  and  saved,  n.  255. 

V.  In  the  spiritual  world  it  is  not  allowed  any  one  to  speak  but  as 
he  thinks,  otherwise  he  is  openly  heard  as  an  hypocrite  :  and  that 
therefore  in  hell  no  one  can  name  Jesus,  because  Jesus  signifies  sal- 
vation. By  this  means  experiment  was  there  made,  how  many  in 
the  Christian  world  at  this  day  believed,  that  Christ,  even  as  to  his 
Humanity,  is  God  ;  wherefore  in  a  place  where  many  of  the  clergy 
and  laity  were  assembled,  it  was  proposed  to  them  to  utter  the  words 
Divine  Human  ;  nevertheless  scarce  any  one  could  disengage  these 
two  words  from  his  thought,  and  thus  pronounce  them.  That  the 
Lord,  with  respect  to  his  Humanity,  was  even  God,  was  confirmed 
to  them  by  many  passages  from  the  Word,  as  by  the  following,  in 
Matt,  xxviii.  18  ;  John  i.  2,  24,  xvii.  2,  Coloss.  ii.  0,  1  Epist.  John  v. 
20,  and  also  by  other  passages  :  but  still  they  could  not  utter  Divine 
Human  ;  and  what  was  surprising,  that  neither  could  the  gospellers 
or  Lutherans,  although  their  orthodoxy  teaches,  that  in  Christ  God 
is  man,  and  man  God  ;  and  still  further,  that  neither  could  the  monks, 
who  yet  in  the  most  holy  manner  adore  the  body  of  Christ  in  the 
eucharist,  utter  the  words  Divine  Human.  From  this  experiment  it 
was  discovered,  that  the  greater  part  of  Christians  at  this  day  are 
either  Arians  or  Socinians,  and  that  such,  if  they  worship  Christ  as 
God,  are  hypocrites,  n.  294. 


MEMORABLE  RELATIONS. 


73 


VI.  Once  six  hundred  of  the  English  clergy  were  permitted  to  as- 
cend to  a  society  of  the  superior  heaven,  where  they  saw  their  king 
(George  II.),  with  whom  they  discoursed  about  their  application  to 
the  Lord,  and  not  to  God  the  Father.  After  this  the  king  presented 
two  bishops  in  company  with  heavenly  gifts,  from  which  and  from 
their  king  they  were  suddenly  separated.  The  account  they  give  to 
their  companions  after  their  return,  and  the  discourse  of  the  bishops 
about  unanimity  and  concord,  supremacy  and  dominion,  to  which 
the  rest  assent ;  and  lastly,  concerning  their  appearance  in  a  mon- 
strous form,  n.  341. 

VII.  That  there  was  heard  at  a  distance  as  it  were  a  gnashing  or 
grinding  of  teeth,  and  intermixed  therewith  as  it  were  a  beating 
(noise)  ;  1  approached  towards  the  sounds,  and  saw  a  hut  constructed 
of  reeds,  stuck  together  with  mud,  and  instead  of  the  gnashing  of 
teeth  and  the  beating  sounds,  I  heard  from  the  inside  of  the  hut  alter- 
cations on  faith  and  charity,  which  of  them  was  the  essential  of  the 
church  ;  and  they  who  were  for  faith  maintained  their  arguments, 
asserting,  that  faith  is  spiritual,  because  it  is  from  God,  but  charity  is 
natural,  because  it  is  from  man  ;  on  the  other  side,  they  who  were  for 
charity  said,  that  charity  is  spiritual,  and  faith  is  natural,  unless  it  be 
conjoined  to  charity.  To  this  a  certain  syncretist,  desirous  to  put  an 
end  to  the  6trife,  made  an  addition,  confirming  that  faith  is  spiritual, 
and  charity  is  only  natural ;  but  it  was  observed,  that  moral  life  is 
twofold,  spiritual  and  natural,  and  that  in  man  who  lives  from  the 
Lord,  life  is  spiritual-moral,  but  in  man  who  does  not  live  from  the 
Lord,  life  is  natural-moral,  such  as  may  exist  with  the  wicked,  and 
frequently  with  spirits  in  hell,  n.  386. 

VIII.  There  were  seen  two  flocks,  one  of  goats  and  the  other  of 
6heep  ;  but  when  they  were  beheld  nearer,  instead  of  goats  and  sheep 
were  seen  men,  and  it  was  perceived,  that  the  flock  of  goats  consist- 
ed of  those  who  made  faith  alone  saving,  and  the  flock  of  sheep  con- 
sisted of  those  who  made  charity  united  with  faith  saving  ;  and  1 
demanded  of  them,  why  they  were  assembled  there  :  they  who  ap- 
peared like  goats  said,  that  they  formed  a  council,  because  they  had 
been  informed,  that  what  is  said  by  Paul  in  Rom.  iii.  28,  That  manis 
justified  by  faith  without  the  works  of  the  law,  is  not  rightly  under- 
stood, forasmuch  as  by  faith  in  that  passage  is  not  meant  the  faith  of 
the  present  day,  but  faith  in  the  Lord  the  Say  iour ;  and  by  the  works 
of  the  law  are  not  meant  the  works  of  the  law  of  the  decalogue,  but 
the  works  of  the  Jewish  law,  which  were  rituals  (which  is=also  de- 
monstrated) ;  and  they  said,  that  it  had  been  concluded,  that  faith 
produces  good  works  as  a  tree  produces  fruit  :  to  this,  they  who  con- 
stituted the  flock  of  sheep  gave  assent ;  but  then  an  angel,  standing 
between  the  two  flocks,  cried  to  the  flock  of  sheep,  "  Do  not  give  ear 
to  them,  because  they  have  not  receded  from  their  former  faith;" 
and  he  divided  the  sheep  into  two  flocks,  and  said  to  those  on  the 
left,  "  Join  yourselves  to  the  goats,  but  I  declare  to  you,  that  a  wolf 
will  come,  who  will  carry  them  away,  and  you  with  them."  But 
then  inquiry  was  made  in  what  manner  they  understood  that  faith 
produces  good  works  as  a  tree  produces  fruit,  and  it  was  discovered, 
that  their  perception,  with  respect  to  the  conjunction  of  faith  and 
charity,  was  entirely  opposite  to  that  comparison,  and  consequently 
that  their  declaration  was  deceitful  j  which  being  comprehended,  the 
flock  of  sheep,  some  of  whom  had  adjoined  themselves  to  the  goats, 
re-united  into  one,  as  before,  confessing  that  charity  is  the  essence  of" 


74 


INDEX  TO  THE 


faith,  and  that  faith  separated  therefrom  is  merely  natural,  but  con- 
joined thereto  becomes  spiritual,  n.  417. 

IX.  A  description  of  the  bottomless  pit  which  is  in  the  southern 
quarter  towards  the  east,  or  of  the  hell  of  those  who  have  confirmed 
in  themselves  justification  and  salvation  by  faith  alone,  who  are  all 
of  the  Reformed  Church.  Also  of  an  abyss  under  the  bottomless  pit, 
where  they  are,  who,  besides  that  confirmation,  have  in  their  spirit 
denied  God,  and  in  their  hearts  laughed  at  the  holy  things  of  the 
church.  Their  quality  is  also  described,  together  with  their  lot,  n. 
421. 

X.  Some  account  of  those  who  live  in  the  northern  quarter  of  the 
bottomless  pit,  who  do  not  study  the  arcana  of  justification  by  faith, 
but  only  make  bare  faith  the  all  of  religion,  and  nothing  besides  it 
and  the  customary  worship,  and  so  live  as  they  like.  Their  habita- 
tions, their  mode  of  reasoning,  and  their  lot  described,  n.  442. 

XI.  An  account  of  those  who  dwell  in  the  northern  quarter  of  the 
bottomless  pit  towards  the  west,  or  of  the  hell  of  those  who  know 
little  about  religion,  attending  only  to  its  formalities,  being  laden  and 
overcharged  with  worldly  and  corporeal  things,  and  plunged  in  igno- 
rance and  stupidity,  n.  45C. 

XII.  Concerning  incantations  which  were  in  use  among  the 
ancients,  and  were  performed  three  ways,  the  third  of  which  only 
remains  among  men  at  this  day,  who  have  confirmed  in  themselves 
false  principles  of  religion  from  the  pride  of  their  own  intelligence, 
n.  402. 

XIII.  That  there  was  seen  a  grand  dock  or  arsenal  for  shipping, 
and  therein  vessels  of  various  sizes,  and  boys  and  girls  sitting  on  the 
decks,  who  expected  turtles,  which  rose  up  out  of  the  sea  ;  when 
they  were  emerged,  I  saw  that  they  had  two  heads,  one  of  which 
they  could  draw  back  into  the  shells  of  their  body ;  the  other  head 
appeared  in  form  like  a  man's,  and  from  this  latter  they  talked  with 
the  boys  and  girls,  who  on  account  of  their  elegant  discourse  stroked 
them,  and  also  gave  them  gifts.  What  these  things  signified,  were 
explained  by  an  angel,  namely,  that  they  were  men  in  the  world, 
and  consequently,  so  many  spirits  after  death,  who  say,  that  God, 
among  those  who  have  obtained  faith,  does  not  see  any  thing  that 
they  think  or  do,  but  only  regards  their  faith  which  is  concealed  in 
the  interiors  of  their  mind  :  and  that  such  men  can  quote  and  declare 
holy  things  from  the  Word  before  their  congregations  in  churches, 
altogether  like  others,  but  these  things-  they  utter  from  the  great 
head  which  appears  like  a  man's,  in  which  they  then  insert  the 
small  one,  or  draw  it  into  the  body.  That  these  spirits  were 
afterwards  seen  floating  in  the  air,  in  a  ship  with  seven  sails,  and 
they  who  were  therein,  ornamented  with  laurel,  and  clad  in  purple 
garments,  exclaimed  that  they  were  the  most  eminent  for  wisdom  of 
all  the  clergy  ;  but  these  appearances  were  images  of  pride  and  con- 
ceitedness,  flowing  forth  from  the  ideas  of  their  minds  ;  and  when 
they  were  on  the  ground,  I  spoke  with  them  first  from  reason,  and  af- 
terwards from  tile  sacred  Scripture,  and  by  many  arguments  I 
demonstrated,  that  this  doctrine  of  theirs  was  insane,  and  inasmuch 
as  it  was  contrary  to  sacred  Scripture,  it  was  from  hell.  But  the  ar- 
guments whereby  I  demonstrated  it,  on  account  of  their  prolixity, 
cannot  be  quoted  here,  but  may  be  seen  in  the  memorable  rela- 
tion itself;  afterwards,  that  they  were  seen  in  a  sandy  place,  in 
tattered  garments,  having  their  loins  girt  about  as  it  were  with  fish- 
ing nets,  through  which  their  nakedness  appeared  ;  and  lastly  they 


MEMORABLE  RELATION'S. 


75 


sunk  down  to  a  society,  in  the  neighborhood  of  the  Machiavelists,  n. 
463. 

XIV.  That  there  was  heard  a  noise  like  the  grinding  of  a  mill, 
and  that  following  the  noise,  I  saw  a  house  full  of  clefts  and  chinks, 
the  entrance  into  which  appeared  under  ground,  and  therein  was  a 
man  Mr)  collecting  passages  from  the  Word  and  other  books,  in  fa- 
vor of  justification  by  FAITH  alone,  and  that  scribes  on  one  side 
copied  what  he  collected,  into  a  book.  And  1  inquired  what  lie  was 
then  collecting  ;  he  said  he  was  collecting  this,  that  God  the  Father 
withdrew  his  grace  and  favor  from  the  human  race,  and  that  there- 
fore he  had  sent  his  Son,  who  should  make  expiation  and  propitiation  ; 
to  which  1  replied,  that  it  was  contrary  both  to  Scripture  and  reason; 
that  God  could  withdraw  his  grace  and  favor,  for  thus  he  would 
withdraw  his  essence  and  consequently  would  cease  from  being  God; 
and  when  ]  had  proved  this  even  to  conviction,  he  became  exasper- 
ated, and  ordered  his  scribes  to  turn  me  out;  but  as  I  walked  out  of 
my  own  accord,  he  threw  after  me  the  first  book  he  could  lay  hands 
on,  and  that  book  proved  to  be  the  \Vord,n.  4e;4. 

XV.  Second  memorable  relation.  There  was  heard  a  noise 
like  the  collision  of  two  mill-stones,  and  I  approached  to  the  entrance 
of  it,  and  1  saw  a  house,  in  w  hich  were  many  small  cells,  wherein 
sat  the  learned  of  this  age  continuing  justification  by  faith  alone  ; 
and  as  I  drew  neaT  to  one  of  them,  1  asked  what  he  was  then  study- 
ing; he  said,  concerning  the  act  ok  justification,  which  is  the 
principal  or  most  important  article  of  all  the  doctrines  in  our  ortho- 
doxy ;  and  I  asked  whether  he  knew  any  sign  when  justifying  faith 
enters,  and  when  it  has  entered  ;  and  he  said,  that  this  was  elected 
passively  and  not  actively  ;  to  which  1  replied,  u  That  if  you  take 
away  the  activity  therein,  you  also  take  away  the  reception,  and  that 
consequently  this  act  would  be  only  an  ideal  phantom,  or  a  creature 
of  the  imagination,  and  is  but  the  pillar  or  statue  of  Lot's  wife, 
tingling  like  dry  salt  when  scratched  by  a  scribe's  pen  or  finger- 
nail ;  "  the  man  growing  angry  took  up  a  candlestick  to  throw  at  me, 
but  the  candle  going  out,  he  threw  it  in  the  face  of  his  companion,  n. 
464. 

XVI.  Third  memorable  relation.  That  I  approached  towards 
a  certain  house  where  a  number  of  people  were  assembled  together, 
and  debating  whether  the  good  which  a  man  does  in  a  state  of  justi- 
fication by  faith  is  religious  good  or  not  ;  it  was  agreed  that  by  reli- 
gious good  is  meant  such  good  as  contributes  to  salvation  ;  but 
victory  inclined  to  those  who  contended,  that  all  the  good  that  a  man 
does  contributes  nothing  to  salvation,  forasmuch  as  no  good  proceed- 
ing from  the  will  of  man  can  have  any  connexion  with  what  is  a 
free  gift ;  that  neither  can  any  good  proceeding  Irom  man  be  con- 
nected with  the  merit  of  Christ,  which  is  the  only  means  of  salvation  ; 
neither  can  man's  operation  be  coupled  with  the  operation  of  the 
Holy  Ghost,  which  effects  all  things  without  the  aid  of  man  ;  from 
which  it  was  concluded,  that  good  works  also  in  a  state  of  justifica- 
tion by  faith  contribute  nothing  to  salvation,  but  faith  alone.  This 
reasoning  being  heard  by  two  Gentiles  who  stood  at  the  door,  one  of 
them  said  to  the  other,  "  These  people  have  no  religion  at  all,  for 
who  does  not  know,  that  what  is  called  religion  consists  in  doing 
good  to  one's  neighbor  for  the  sake  of  God,  consequently,  from  God 
and  with  God,"  n.  4ti4. 

XVII.  That  1  was  seized  with  a  grievous  disease,  proceeding  from 
the  smoke  emitted  from  that  Jerusalem  mentioned  in  the  Apocalypse, 


76 


INDEX  TO  THE 


xi.  8,  which  is  called  Sodom  and  Egypt,  and  that  I  was  seen  by  those 
who  were  in  that  city  as  dead,  who  said  among  themselves,  that  I  was 
not  worthy  of  burial,  the  like  of  which  is  related  concerning  the  two 
witnesses  mentioned  in  the  same  chapter  ;  and  moreover"  1  heard 
many  blasphemies  from  the  dwellers  in  that  city,  because  I  had 
preached  repentance,  and  faith  in  the  Lord  Jesus  Christ ;  but  inas- 
much as  a  judgment  was  executed  upon  them,  I  saw  that  the  whole 
of  that  city  fell,  and  was  overflowed  witli  waters,  and  afterwards  that 
they  ran  about  among  heaps  of  stones,  and  lamented  their  lot,  when 
nevertheless  they  believed  that  through  the  faith  of  their  church  they 
were  renewed  and  made  just ;  but  it  was  said  to  them,  that  they 
were  the  farthest  off  from  being  such,  because  they  never  performed 
any  act  of  repentance,  and  thence  they  knew  not  one  evil  that 
was  damnable  in  themselves  ;  after  that  it  was  said  to  them  from 
heaven,  that  faith  in  the  Lord  and  repentance  are  the  two  means  of 
regeneration  and  salvation,  and  that  this  is  most  obvious  from  the 
Word,  and,  above  all, from  the  decalogue,  baptism,  and  the  holy  sup- 
per, as  may  be  seen  in  the  memorable  relation,  n.  531. 

XVIII.  There  was  a  debate  among  spirits,  whether  a  man  can  see  any 
genuine  truth  in  the  Word,  withoutimmediately  approaching  the  Lord, 
who  is  the  Word  itself ;  but  because  there  were  some  who  contradict- 
ed it,  an  experiment  was  made,  and  then  they  who  approached  God 
the  Father  could  not  see  any  truth,  but  all  who  approached  the  Lord 
were  enabled  to  see  them.  During  this  dispute  there  came  up  out 
of  the  bottomless  pit  certain  spirits,  mentioned  in  Apoc.  chap,  ix., 
when  they  proceeded  to  examine  tiie  mysteries  of  justification  by 
faith  alone,  saying,  that  they  themselves  approach  God  the  Father, 
and  see  their  own  mysteries  as  clear  as  the  day  ;  but  answer  was 
made  that  they  saw  them  in  the  light  of  infatuation,  and  that  there 
was  not  one  single  truth  belonging  to  them  ;  being  angry  at  these 
assertions,  they  adduced  many  things  from  the  Word,  which  were 
truths,  but  they  were  told,  that  in  themselves  they  were  truths,  but 
in  them  they  were  truths  falsified  ;  that  such  was  the  case  was  evi- 
denced by  their  being  led  to  a  house  where  there  was  a  table,  into 
which  the  light  flowed  immediately  from  heaven,  and  they  were  told 
to  write  those  truths  which  they  had  adduced  from  the  Word  on  a 
piece  of  paper,  and  place  it  on  the  table,  which,  when  done,  that  pa- 
per on  which  the  truths  were  written,  shone  like  a  star,  but  when 
they  drew  nearer,  and  fixed  their  eyes  attentively  on  it,  the  paper 
appeared  black  as  it  were  from  smoke.  After  that  the  angelic  spirits 
were  led  to  another  table  like  the  former,  on  which  lay  the  Word  en- 
compassed by  a  rainbow,  which,  when  a  certain  leader  of  the  doc- 
trine of  faith  alone  touched  with  his  hand,  an  explosion  took  place  as 
from  a  gun,  and  he  was  cast  into  a  corner  of  the  room,  and  lay  there 
for  the  space  of  an  hour  to  all  appearance  dead.  The  angelic  spirits 
then  conversed  with  each  other  about  the  falsification  of  the  Word, 
and  in  what  it  consists,  which  is  proved  by  an  example,  n.  5GG. 

XIX.  In  what  manner  man,  when  he  is  prepared  for  heaven,  en- 
ters therein,  namely,  that  after  preparation  he  sees  a  way  which  leads 
to  a  society  in  heaven,  wherein  he  will  live  to  eternity,  and  that 
near  the  society  there  is  a  door,  which  is  opened,  and  that  after  he 
has  entered  examination  is  made,  whether  there  is  a  similar  light  and 
a  similar  heat  in  him,  that  is,  a  similar  truth  and  good,  to  that  which 
is  with  the  angels  of  that  society  ;  which  when  discovered,  he  goes 
about  and  inquires  where  his  house  is,  for  there  is  a  new  house  pro- 
vided for  every  novitiate  angel,  which  being  found,  he  is  received 


MEMORABLE  RELATIONS. 


77 


and  reckoned  as  one  of  that  society.  But  with  regard  to  them  in 
whom  there  is  neither  light  nor  heat,  that  is,  the  good  and  truth  of 
heaven,  their  lot  is  rigorous,  for  when  they  enter,  they  are  miserably 
tormented,  and  from  the  torment,  cast  themselves  down  headlong  ; 
this  arises  to  them  fiom  the  sphere  of  the  light  and  heat  of  heaven,  in 
whom  these  properties  are  opposed  ;  after  which,  they  no  longer  de- 
sire heaven,  but  associate  themselves  with  their  like  in  hell  :  hence 
it  appears,  that  it  is  vain  to  suppose,  that  heaven  consists  in  admission 
through  favor,  and  that  being  admitted  they  enter  into  the  enjoyments 
therein,  like  those  who  in  this  world  enter  into  a  house  where  there 
is  a  marriage.  That  many  who  believed  that  heaven  consisled  only 
in  admission  through  favor,  and  after  admission  eternal  joy,  from 
leave  ascended  into  heaven,  but  by  reason  they  could  not  sustain  the 
light  and  heat,  that  is  the  faith  and  love  there,  they  threw  themselves 
down  headlong,  and  that  then  they  were  seen  by  those  who  stood 
below,  like  dead  horses.  Among  those  who  stood  below  and  saw 
them  thus  fall,  were  some  children  with  their  master,  and  he  instruct- 
ed them  what  this  appearance  as  it  were  of  dead  horses  signified, 
and  that  then  what  they  saw  were  certain  persons  who,  at  a  distance, 
so  appeared,  observing  that  they  were  those  who,  when  they  read 
the  VVord,  think  of  God,  their  neighbor,  and  of  heaven  materially  and 
not  spiritually,  and  thatthey  think  materially  of  God,  who  think  from 
person  concerning  essence,  and  of  his  neighbor  and  his  quality  from 
his  face  and  speech,  and  of  heaven  and  the  state  of  love  therein  from 
place  ;  but  that  they  think  spiritually,  who  think  of  God  from  his  es- 
sence and  thence  of  his  person,  of  his  neighbor  h  orn  his  quality,  and 
thence  of  his  face  and  speech,  and  of  heaven  from  a  state  of  love 
therein  and  thence  of  place.  After  which  he  taught  them,  that  a 
horse  signifies  the  understanding  of  the  Word,  and  because  the 
Word  with  those  who  think  spiritually  while  they  read  it,  fs  a  living 
letter,  that  therefore  they  appear  at  a  distance  like  sprightly  horses  ; 
and,  on  the  contrary,  because  the  Word  with  those  who  think  mate- 
rially, while  they  read  it,  is  a  dead  letter,  that  therefore  these  latter 
appear  at  a  distance  like  dead  horses,  n.  611. 

XX.  That  one  of  the  dragon  spirits  invited  me  to  see  the  delights 
of  his  love,  and  he  carried  me  to  a  certain  place  like  an  amphitheatre, 
on  the  benches  whereof  were  seated  satyrs  and  harlots,  and  then  he 
said,  "  Now  you  shall  see  our  pastimes  ;"  and  he  opened  a  gate  and 
let  in  as  it  were  oxen,  rams,  sheep,  goats,  and  lambs,  and  presently 
after  through  another  door  he  let  in  lions,  panthers,  tigers,  and 
wolves,  who  rushed  in  upon  the  flock,  and  tore  them  in  pieces  and 
killed  them;  but  all  these  appearances  were  produced  by  means  of 
fantasies  :  upon  seeing  this,  I  said  to  the  dragon,  "  In  a  short  time 
thou  shall  see  this  theatre  converted  into  a  lake  of  fire  and  brim- 
stone." The  pastime  being  finished,  the  dragon  went  forth  attended 
by  his  satyrs  and  harlots,  and  he  saw  a  flock  of  sheep,  whence  he 
perceived,  that  one  of  the  Jerusalem  cities  was  near,  fiom  the  sight 
whereof  a  desire  seized  him  to  take  that  city,  and  cast  out  its  inhab- 
itants, but  because  it  was  encompassed  by  a  wall,  lie  proposed  to  take 
it  by  stratagem,  and  then  he  sent  one  skilful  in  incantation,  who  being 
let  in,  when  one  of  the  inhabitants  of  the  city  discoursed  intelligently 
concerning  faith  and  charity,  explaining  which  of  them  was  the 
primary,  and  how  far  charity  was  conducive  to  salvation  ;  the  dragon 
enraged  at  the  reply,  departed  out  of  the  city,  and  collecting  together 
a  great  number  of  his  followers,  prepared  to  lay  siege  to  it,  but  while 
he  was  in  the  endeavor  to  approach  and  assail  it,  tire  from  heaven 


78 


INDEX  TO  THE 


by  God  from  lovo  through  wisdom.  That  after  this  sight,  I  went 
into  a  garden,  through  which  I  was  conducted  by  a  certain  spirit, 
and  at  length  to  a  palace  which  was  called  the  i  emple  of  wisdom, 
of  a  quadrangular  shape,  its  walls  of  crystal,  its  roof  of  jasper,  and 
whose  foundation  consisted  of  precious  stones  of  various  kinds  ;  and 
he  said,  that  no  one  could  enter  that  temple,  except  he  who  was  in 
the  belief,  that  the  tilings  which  he  knows,  understands,  and  is  wise 
in,  are  so  little  in  comparison  with  those  which  he  does  not  know, 
nor  understand,  and  which  he  is  not  wise  in,  as  to  be  scarce  any 
thing ;  and  because  I  was  in  this  belief,  it  was  given  me  to  enter,  and 
I  saw  that  this  whole  temple  seemed  built  to  be  the  form  of  light.  I 
related  in  this  temple  what.  I  had  heard  from  the  two  angels  concern- 
ing love  and  wisdom,  and  they  asked  whether  they  had  not  mention- 
ed a  third,  which  is  use;  and  they  said,  that  love  and  wisdom  with- 
out use  are  only  ideal  entities,  but  that  in  use  they  become  realities; 
and  that  it  is  the  same  with  charity,  faith,  and  good  works.  After 
this  I  left  the  temple  and  walked  in  the  garden,  and  I  saw  some  spi- 
rits sitting  under  a  laurel  and  eating  figs  ;  whom  I  asked,  in  what 
manner  they  understood,  that  man  can  do  good  Irom  God.  and  yet 
do  it  as  from  himself;  who  replied,  that  God  operates  it  inwardly  in 
man,  but  if  man  docs  good  from  his  own  will  and  from  his  own  un- 
derstanding, that  he  defiles  it,  so  that  it  is  no  longer  good  ;  but  in 
reply  to  this,  I  said,  that  man  is  only  an  organ  of  life  ;  and  that  if  he 
believes  in  the  Lord  he  does  good  of  himself  from  the  Lord,  but  if  he 
does  not  believe  in  the  Lord,  and  still  more  if  he  does  not  believe  in 
any  God,  he  does  good  of  himself  from  hell ;  and  moreover,  that  the 
Lord  gave  man  the  free-will  of  acting  either  from  one  or  the  other. 
That  the  Lord  gave  man  this  freedom,  is  confirmed  by  the  Word, 
wherein  man  is  commanded  to  love  God  and  his  neighbor,  to  operate 
the  goods  of  charity  as  a  tree  bears  fruit,  and  to  do  his  command- 
ments in  order  that  he  may  be  saved,  and  thatcvery  one  will  be  judg- 
ed according  to  his  works  ;  and  that  all  these  things  would  not  have 
been  commanded,  if  man  could  not  have  done  good  of  himself  from 
the  Lord.  After  these  things,  in  returning  home  with  the  angelic 
spirit,  he  illustrated  what  faith  and  charity  are,  and  what  their  con- 
junction effects  ;  this  he  illustrated  by  a  comparison  with  light  and 
heat,  which  meet  in  a  third,  because  light  in  heaven  in  its  essence,  is 
the  truth  of  faith,  and  heat  there  in  its  essence  is  the  good  of  charity  : 
hence  that  as  light  without  heat,  which  like  the  light  of  winter  in  the 
world  strips  the  trees  of  leaves  and  fruit,  so  is  faith  without  charity; 
and  as  light  united  to  heat,  which  like  the  light  of  spring,  vivifies  all 
things,  so  is  faith  united  to  charity,  n.  875. 

XXVII.  That  I  was  carried  to  a  place,  where  they  were  who  are 
meant  by  the  false  prophet,  and  by  one  of  them  there  I  was  invi- 
ted to  see  their  place  of  worship,  and  I  went  and  saw  it,  and  therein 
was  the  image  of  a  woman  clothed  in  a  scarlet  robe,  holding  in  her 
right  hand  a  golden  medal,  and  in  her  left  a  string  of  pearls,  but 
these  things  were  induced  by  fantasies  ;  but  when  the  interiors  of 
my  mind  were  opened  by  the  Lord,  instead  of  the  place  of  worship, 
1  saw  a  house  full  of  crevices,  and  instead  of  the  woman  I  saw  a 
beast,  like  that  described  in  Apoc.  xiii.  2  ;  and  under  ground  there 
was  a  bog,  in  which  the  Word  lay  deeply  hidden  :  but  presently, 
from  the  blowing  of  an  east  wind,  the  place  of  worship  was  remov- 
ed, the  bog  dried  up,  and  the  Word  exposed  to  view  ;  and  then  by 
light  from  heaven  there  appeared  the  tabernacle,  such  as  it  was 


MEMORABLE  RELATIONS. 


79 


with  Abraham,  when  the  three  angels  came  to  him  and  foretold  the 
birth  of  Isaac  :  and  afterwards,  from  light  which  was  sent  forth  from 
the  second  heaven,  instead  of  the  tabernacle  there  appeared  the  tem- 
ple,  such  as  it  was  at  Jerusalem  :  after  these  things,  the  light  shone 
from  the  third  heaven,  and  then  the  temple  disappeared,  and  the  Lord 
aloxe  was  seen,  standing  upon  the  foundation  stone,  where  was  the 
Word  ;  but  because  an  excessive  holiness  then  filled  their  minds,  this 
latter  light  was  withdrawn,  and  instead  thereof,  light  from  the  second 
heaven  was  sent  forth  ;  from  which  the  former  appearance  of  the 
temple  returned,  and  within  it  the  tabernacle,  n.  92U. 

XXVIII.  A  discourse  among  the  angels  concerning  God,  that  his 
divine  is  the  Divine  Esse  in  itself  and  not  from  itself,  and  that  it  is 
one,  the  same,  itself,  and  individual  ;  also  that  God  is  not  in  place, 
but  with  those  who  are  in  place;  and  that  his  divine  love  appears  to 
the  angels  as  a  sun,  and  that  the  heat  thence  proceeding  is  in  its  es- 
sence love,  and  the  light  thence  proceeding  in  its  essence  wisdom. 
That  the  divine  proceeding  attributes,  which  are  Creation,  salvation, 
and  reformation,  are  of  one  God  and  not  of  three,  n.  9(31. 

XXIX.  That  there  was  seen  a  magnificent  palace,  in  which  was  a 
temple,  wherein  were  seats  placed  in  three  rows  :  in  the  temple  was 
a  council  convened  by  the  Lord  in  which  they  were  to  deliberate 
concerning  the  Loid,  and  concerning  the  Holy  Spirit ;  and  when  so 
many  of  the  clergy  as  there  were  seats  were  entered,  the  council  be- 
gan ;  and  inasmuch  as  the  first  proposition  was  concerning  the  Lord 
who  assumed  the  humanity  in  the  Virgin  Mary,  then  an  anaelstand- 
ing  at  a  table  read  before  them  what  the  angel"  Gabriel  said'to  Mary, 
The  holy  spirit  shall  come  upon  thee, and  the  virtue  ok  the 
most  high  shall  overshadow  thee,  and  the  holy  thing  which 

IS  BORN  OF  THEE  SHALL  BE  CALLED  THE  Son  OF  GoD,  Luke  i.  35  J 

and  also  in  Matt.  i.  20 — 25  :  and  moreover  many  passages  out  of  the 
prophets,  that  Jehovah  himself  is  about  to  come  into  the  woild,  and 
also  that  J  ehovah  himselt  is  called  the  Saviour,  Redeemer,  and  Rio-h- 
teousness;  from  which  it  was  concluded,  that  Jehovah  himself  as- 
sumed the  humanity.  The  other  deliberation  respecting  the. Lord 
was,  W  hether  he  and  the  Father  are  not  therefore  one, 
just  as  the  sou l  and  body  are  one  ;  and  this  was  confirmed  by 
many  passages  in  the  Word,  and  also  from  the  symbol  of  faith  o'r 
creed  of  the  present  church  ;  from  which  it  was  concluded,  that  the 
soul  of  the  Lord  was  from  God  the  Father,  and  thence  that  his  hu- 
manity is  divine,  and  that  it  ought  to  be  approached  in  order  to  ap- 
proach the  Father,  because  by  it" he  sent  himself  into  the  world,  and 
made  himself  visible  to  man.  and  thereby  also  accessible.  This  was 
succeeded  by  the  third  deliberation,  which  was  respecting  the  Holt 
Spirit,  and  then  they  first  discussed  the  idea  of  three  divine  persons 
from  eternity,  and  it  was  established  from  the  Word,  that  the  holy 
divine,  which  is  called  the  Holy  Spirit,  proceeds  of  the  Lord 
from  the  Father.  At  length  from  what  was  deliberated  in  this  coun- 
cil this  conclusion  was  made,  that  in  the  Lord  the  Saviour  there  is 
a  divine  trinity,  consisting  of  the  divinitv  from  which  all  things 
are,  which  is  called  the  Father,  the  Divine  Humanity  which  is  called 
the  Son,  and  the  Divine  Proceeding  which  is  called' the  Holy  Spirit, 
and  that  thus  there  is  one  God  in  the  church.  After  this  council 
was  finished,  there  were  given  to  those  who  sat  on  the  seats  splen- 
did garments,  and  they  were  conducted  into  the  new  heaven,  n.  902. 


INDEX 


PASSAGES    OF  SCRIPTURE 


CONTAINED, 


APOCALYPSE  REVEALED. 


JVW.C—  Tlie  numerical  sections  marked  with  a  star  [*]  contain  citations  from  the 
Word;  those  without  the  star  contain  only  references  to  the  Word.  Where  a 
reference  in  this  index  is  not  found  to  accord,  an  error  will  he  found  in  the  sec- 
tion of  the  translated  woik,  which  was  copied  from  the  Latin  work. 

In  the  division  of  the  Latin  version  of  the  Psalms,  occasionally  used  by  the  * 
author,  said  to  he  that  of  Sebastian  Schmidiiis,  the  title  of  a  I'salm  is  reckoned  a 
verse  ;  but  in  this  Index  the  reference  is  made  to  conform  to  the  English  version. 


GENESIS. 


Chap.  Verses. 

Number. 

Chnp.  Verses. 

Number. 

I.  1,  2,  3 

200" 

XV.  11 

757* 

14  to  19 

414* 

16 

658* 

II.  1 

447* 

17 

422* 

7 

343*' 

18 

444,*  503 

25 

213* 

XVII.  11 

598 

III.  1  to  5, 14,15 
1,  13 

550 

XVIII.  21 

658* 

562* 

XIX.  l,&c. 

502 

7 

936. 

24 

452* 

14 

788,  455* 

24.  25 

599* 

15 

538,  505* 

23 

422* 

23,24 

239* 

XXVIII.  18,  19,  22 

779 

VI.  12,  13,17,19  748 

XXIX. 

349 

VIII.  11 

936 

14 

489 

IX.  4,5 

781 

XXX. 

349 

12  to  17 

466* 

10,  11 

352 

13 

598 

16,  17, 

358 

21,  22,  23 

213* 

19,  20 

359 

26 

289* 

XXXII.  2,  3 

862* 

XI.  1  to  9 

717* 

31 

!i39 

XII.  10,  &c. 

503 

XXXV.  18 

349 

XIII.  10 

503 

22 

134 

XIV.  18,  19 

316* 

23  to  26 

349 

18,  19,  20 

101,289* 

XXXVII.  21,  22,29 

351 

EXODUS. 


81 


Chap.  Verses. 

Number. 

Chap.  Verses. 

Number. 

XL1.  38  to  44 

360 

XLIX.  9 

241* 

41,  &c. 

503 

11 

166/316* 

42 

814* 

C  378,*379, 

50,51,52 

355 

XLVI.  3,  &c. 

503 

11,  12 

305* 

9  to  24 

349 

13 

406* 

XLVH.  31 

137* 

14,15 
17 

358 

XLVI  11.  2 

137* 

455* 

3,  4,5 

355 

17,  18 

298* 

5 

351 

19 

352 

15,  16 

355 

20 

20,  353* 
354* 

1G 

344* 

21 

XLIX. 

349 

22 

3 

351* 

22,  26 

360* 

C17,  134* 

23,  24 

299* 

3,  4 

I  351 

24 

915* 

8  to  12 

350* 

33 

137* 

EXODUS. 


III.  1,2,3 
18 

IV.  3,  4 


VII. 


IX. 


22,23 

1 

3 
4 

15  to  27 
17  to  25 
20 

1,  &c. 
1  to  10 
12,  &c 

8  to  11 
14 

22  to  25 
23,  &c. 

12,  &c. 


XI. 

1 

XII.  1,  &c. 

2 

7,13,  22 
13 

41,  51 
XIII.    2,  12 
21,  22 
XIV.  16,  21,26 


468* 

505 

438* 

598* 

17 

503 

8* 

598 

862 

379* 

405* 

485* 

503 

485* 

702* 

485* 

503 

678* 

657 

399,*40r 

485* 
503 

424,*485« 

505 

503 

657 

10* 

935* 

379* 

440,  657 

862 

17 

468* 

485* 


XIV. 
XV. 

XVII. 
XIX. 


'21, 


343s 
503 
343* 
411* 
774* 
485* 
4,-5* 


23,  24,  25 
25 

5,  &c. 
9  to  12 
1,  11,  15,16  505 
5,  6  586. '749* 

9  24,  662* 

10.  11,  15  529* 
12,13,20; 
to  23 

14 

16 

16,  18 
16  to  25 


XX. 


•26 


XXI. 
XXII 


4.:, 
7 

24  t 
25 
26 
14 

22  to  24 
29 

29,  30 

2 

10 

14,15,  16, 

19,  26 
15 

20,21 


529* 

166 
236* 
529* 
397* 
336 
601 
474 
392 

457,  *847* 

213* 

624* 

764 

623 

17 

578* 
623 


81.44, 
939  « 


82 


EXODUS. 


Chap.  Verses. 
XXIII.  20  to  23 

Number. 

Cliap.  Verses. 

Number. 

344* 

XXVIII.  39 

814* 

28,  29,  30 

567 

42,  43 

213*671* 

XXIV.  1,  2 

529 

XXIX.  4 

378 

3  to  8 

379* 

7,  29 

779 

4 

348* 

10,  25,  41 

278 

4  to  10 

529 

11,  12 

242 

17 

336 

12,10,20,21  379* 

XXV.  4 

725 

13,  22 

782* 

9 

585 

18 

468* 

10  to  16 

774 

22 

438 

10  to  40 

585 

30 

10* 

11 

913* 

35 

10* 

16 

490,*529 

37 

10* 

16,21,22 

669* 

40 

316,  778 

18 

913* 

XXX.  1,2 

905 

IS  to  21 

239* 

1  to  10 

392,393* 

22 

<i  239,  400, 

2,  3,  10 

270 

529,*  555 

3 

913* 

23,  24 

913* 

12 

364,*657 

30 

939* 

18  to  21 

378 

31  to  end 

43 

20 

779 

31,  38 

913* 

22  to  33 

779 

XXVI.  1 

725,814* 

23,  24 

493* 

1,  31 

793* 

31,  32,  33 

779 

18,  20,  23 
30 

342* 

34 

394* 

585 

34  to  37 

777* 

31 

239,*725 

XXXI.  3,  6 

793* 

31,  36 

450,  725 

7 

669* 

33 

529* 

7,  18 

490,555 

33,  34 

586 

18 

529,*  669* 

36 

725 

XXXII. 

242 

XXVII.  1 

774,  905 

6 

392 

lto  9 

322,  392 

15 

490,  555 

2 

270 

15,  16 

529, 669* 

9,11,12,13 

342* 

20 

748* 

9  to  18 

487 

32,33 

256* 

9,18 

814* 

XXXIII.  14,15 

939* 

16 

450,  725 

20 

54,*939* 

20 

493* 

XXXIV.  1,3 

662 

XXVIII.  6 

793* 

5 

24 

6,15 

450,  725 

15 

134* 

6,15  to  ) 
21,30  5 

540 

29  to  end 
XXXV.  35 

529,*  662 
793 

8 

725 

XXXVI.  1,2 

793 

11 

793* 

8 

793,*  814* 

15 

725 

8  to  28 

585 

15  to  21 

349,  915 

XXXVII.  9 

239 

16 

905 

17  to  22 

43 

20 

897 

25  to  29 

392 

21 

XXXVIII.  9 

814* 

31  to  35 

328* 

18 

814* 

33 

725 

21 

669* 

36,  37 

189 

XXXIX.  8 

793 

36,  37,  38 

347* 

9 

905 

LEVITICUS- 


S3 


Chap.       Verses.  Numbei 

XXXIX.  27  814* 

36  to  43  392 

XL.  5.26  3!)2 

0.10,11  779 

12  378 

13,  14,  15  779 

LEVITICUS 

I.  5,  11,  15  379  IX. 

8  782  X. 

9,  13.  17  278,  463 

II.  1  to  13  778 

2,  9,  10  278 
2,  9,  10,  11  408 

III.  2,  8,  13  379 
3  to  16  782  XII 
5         '  278  XIII 

5,  16  468 
9,  10,  11  438* 

IV.  3,  13,  &c.  242 

6,  7,  17,  18  379*  X  I 
8  to  35  782 
12  862  XV 
16,  17  10* 
25,30,34  379 
31  278  XVI. 


Chap.  Verses. 
XL.  20 


Number. 
;  490,*529, 


379 
778 


V.  9 

11  to  14 

12  468 

VI.  6  to  14  778 

9,  &c.  417* 

9  to  13  395,  4C8* 

14;  &c.  417* 

15  278 

30  468 

VII.  1  to  5  392 
3,4,30,31  782 

9  to  13  778 

11,  &c.  417* 

37  417* 

VIII.  6  378 

10,  11,  12  779 

11  10,*392 

12  779 
15  242 
15, 24  379 
17  862 
25  438 
28  278 
33, 34  10* 

IX.  2  242 

19  438 

23, 24  629 


XVIII. 
XIX 


XX. 
XXI 


30,  31  378 
34,35  629* 
38  468* 


24  468,  599 

1,2  395,*  748* 

1  to  6  599 

6  47» 

25,  40  166 
32  378 
46  417 

7  417* 

1  to  end  678 
2,32,54,57  417 
46  862 
59  417* 

8  862 

8,  9  106,  378 

4, 5  137 

5  to  12  378 

32  417* 

I,  &c.  242 

2  to  14, &c.  529* 
4, 24  378* 
4,  32  671* 

II,  12,13,  393* 

12,  13  395,  408* 

12  to  15  10*" 

f  490,*  555 
i  009* 

14,  15  379 
18,19,33,34  392 
19  10* 

26,  28  862 

0  379, 782 

7  458* 

10  939* 

12,13,14  781 

15,  16  378 
24,25,28  205 
2  586* 
12  474 
14  210* 
23,  24,  25  400,  505 

5  134* 

6  468 

17  to  23  625* 

18  210* 
18, 20  48* 

19  to  25  625* 


13 


NUMBERS. 


Chnp.  Verses. 

Number. 

Chap.  Verses. 

Number. 

XXII.  22 

48* 

XXIV.  5,  (i 

348* 

XXIII.  8,  14.  18 

278 

5  to  10 

778 

9  to  15,20 

6 

G10* 

to  25 

|  623 

14,  23 

862 

12,  13,  17 

778 

XXVI.  1 

601 

12,13,18,19  316,  778 

G 

567 

17 

778 

8 

427* 

18 

242 

1 1,  12 

167,*  585* 

39  40 

367* 

18,21 ,24,2 

1  10* 

585 

23,  24,  27 

167* 

40  41 

400* 

26 

101,*485* 

XXIV.  2 

493 

30 

*~ 

2  3  4 

408* 

31 

34' 

43 

36 

930 

NUMBERS. 

8G2 

XI.  18,  19,  20 

489 

L  5  to  10 

349 

31 ,  32 

802 

11. 

802 

33 

657 

1  to  end 

349 

XII.  14,  15 

862 

10  to  1G 

351 

XIII.  4  to  15 

349 

111. 

862 

20 

623 

1  to  end 

357 

33 

424* 

12,13,40  ) 

17 

XIV.  8 

629* 

to  40  3 

10,  11,  12 

629 

IV.  3,23,30,39 

447 

11,  22 

598 

5.  &c. 

862 

18 

322* 

6,7,9,11,12  450* 

21 

629 

7 

939 

22 

101* 

8 

725 

33 

134* 

23,35,39, ) 

500* 

XV.  2  to  15 

316,  778 

43,47  5 

278 

V.  2,  3,  4 

862 

17  to  22  ' 

623 

29,  30 

417* 

24 

242 

VI.  1  to  21 

47 

38,39 

450* 

13,  21 

417* 

XVI.  6,  7. 

4G8 

14  to  21 

778 

19,  42 

629 

24,  25,  26 

306,*  939* 

29  to  33 

285 

VII.  1 

392,  779 

41  to  48 

393* 

1  to  end 

349 

46 

395 

84,87 

348* 

XVII.  2  to  8 

485* 

89 

239,  529 

4,  10 

555,  669* 

VIII.  2,  3,  4 

43 

7,  8 

357 

6,7 

378 

10 

490* 

8 

242 

12,  13 
22 

585 

24,25 

500* 

669* 

IX.  17  to  end 

862 

XVIII.  1,2,23 

585 

X.  1  to  11 

226*397* 

8  to  20 

623,  778 

1  to  11,  29  802 

15 

567 

10 

935 

17 

782 

33 

529 

24,28 

101 

35 

939* 

XIX.  2 

417* 

36 

287* 

4 

10* 

XI.  1  to  3 

599 

11  to  end 

166,  505 

DEUTERONOMY. 


85 


Chap.  Verses. 
XIX. 14 

19  to  25 

XX.  7  to  13 

XXI.  1  to  10 

4  to  10 
G.  8,  9 
8,  9 
14,  15, 
18 

27  to  30 
XXII.  7 

XXIII.  5,  12,  16 
7  to  15 

18  to  24  < 
23,  24 

XXIV.  1 

1  to  4,  /fee. 

5  to  9,  16  J 
to  19  « 

G 

G,7 

9 

18 

17 

24 

XXV.  1  to  4 


Number. 

417* 

8G2 

485 

469 

455* 

49 

775* 

11 

485 

11 

114 

114 


241* 
114 

349* 

114 

90 
409 
241* 
114 

342,  954 

406 

53 


Chap. 
XXV 
XXVI 

xxvm 


XXX  [[ 

XXXIII, 


XXXIV 
XXXV 


Verses. 
1,  9,  18 

5  to  56 
10 

1  to  15 

I  to  end 

2 

6,7, 13  to) 
end  ) 

II  to  15,  \ 

18  to  end  $ 
19,  20 

26  lo  end 
1  to  7,  &c. 
2,6,8,13,36 

6  '.'  ' 
.  1  to  8 

16 

19  to  35 

1  to  end 

2  to  56 
55 

14 

17  to 

5 

5,6 


Nuinlier. 

114* 

349 

285,  599 
778 
778 
468 

316 


352 
349 
342* 
610* 


DEUTERONOMY. 


1.  7,8 

444 

VII.  15 

503 

13 

538* 

22 

567 

23 

348* 

VIII.  2,3,4,15,16 

546 

31,  33 

546 

6 

527 

35 

474 

7 

409 

III.  16,  17 

352 

7,8 

315* 

IV.  3 

578* 

9 

775 

IS 

101 

19 

578 

13.  23 

529 

IX.  5,  6 

350* 

16,  17,  18 
19 

601 

"  9 

529 

53,  477* 

10 

529 

20 

503 

27 

748 

23  to  23 

774 

X.  4 

101 

24 

216 

5 

529 

34 

598 

8 

366* 

36 

468* 

11 

474 

V.  2,3 

529 

12 

527*682 

9, 10 

216 

18 

764 

11 

81* 

20 

474,  527 
474 

22,  23 

529* 

XI.  !»,  21 

29 

11,14.16,17  496* 

VI.  2,13,14,24 

o27 

13 

682 

5 

682 

18 

347* 

5,8 

347* 

22 

167 

13 

474 

XII.  5,  11 

13,  1 

81 

14,  15 

216 

I4, 

18  j 

80 


DEUTERONOMY. 


Chap.  Verses. 

Number. 

Chap.  Verses. 

Nnmber. 

XII.  27 

379 

XXVIII  58 

527 

XIII.  2,3,4 

598 

58,  59,  61 
59 

(557* 

4 

527* 

456 

XIV.  23 

101 

60 

503 

XV.  1,2 

32* 

XXIX.  18 

410* 

11 

209 

23 

452,*  502 

21 

210* 

27 

635 

XVI.  1 

935 

XXXI.  9,11,11,26 

417 

2,6,11.15,1681 

12 

527 

4  to  7 

10* 

17,  18 

939* 

13,  14 

585 

20 

474 

XVII.  2,  3 

919 

XXXII.  2 

496 

3 

447 

8 

543 

3,  15 

53 

10 

546 

15,  10 

298* 

11 

653 

15  to  18,19  417 

11,12 

245* 

16 

503 

12,  13 

298* 

19 

527 

13,  14 

315* 

XVII.  1 

468 

14 

379 

4 

623 

15 

782 

9,  10,  11 

462* 

16 

216 

15  to  20 

8 

17 

458* 

XIX.  1  to  9 

610 

20 

939 

5 
9 

774* 
167 

20  to  34 
22 

350* 
336* 

XX.  19 

847* 

24 

567 

19,  20 

400 

25 

620 

XXI.  5 

357* 

26 

342* 

11,  13 

489 

32 

502,  649* 

15  to  17 

17 

33 

537 

18  to  21 

899 

38 

163,  778 

22,. 23 

774 

42 

591* 

XXII.  15 

899 

43 

806* 

XXIII.  10  to  15 

862 

XXXIII. 

349 

18 

952* 

2 

401 

21 

668 

2,3 

586* 

XXIV.  6 

794* 

8  to  12 

357* 

14 

209 

10 

277* 

VXV1.  1,  &c. 

623 

13, 14,  15 

789* 

3,  15 

474 

13  to  17 

360* 

7 

640* 

14 

935* 

12 

505 

17  \ 

287,*  855 

10 

682 

458 

17 

167 

18,  19 

358* 

18,  19 

586 

20 

241 ,  861 

XXVII.  5 

847 

20,  21 

352 

12,  13 

349 

23 

354* 

18 

210* 

24,  25 

353,  775 

19 

764 

.  .    26  • 

24* 

XXVIII.  15,  27,  35 

676* 

28 

384* 

38 

424* 

XXXIV.  3 

367 

40 

779 

4 

474 

87 


JOSHUA. 

Cliap.  Verses. 

Number 

Chap  Verses 

Number. 

I.  4 

444 

VIII.  30,31 

457* 

11 

505 

32 

662* 

III.  1  to  17 

529 

X.  11 

399* 

2 

505 

12,  13 

11,53* 

11 

529 

XIII.  22 

114 

IV.  1  to  9.  20 

343* 

24  to  23 

352 

5  to  20 

529 

XV  to  XIX. 

349 

VI.  1  to  20 

397,*  529 

XVIII.  11  to  28 

361 

JUDGES. 

I.  16 

367 

V.  20 

51* 

III.  13 

367 

VI.  17,  21 

598 

V.6,  7 

501* 

21 

485* 

8 

899* 

25  to  29 

242 

11 

899 

VII.  16  to  22 

397* 

15,16 

351* 

XIII.  22 

54  ,*  939 

17 

406 

XX.  1 

342 

13 

354* 

I.  SAMUEL. 

I.  23 

242 

"  XVI.  6 

779 

C  10,*  323, 

14,15,16,23  276 

II.  5 

{  535* 

XVII.  13 

578* 

8 

20,  551* 

34  to  37 

573 

18 

671* 

XX.  1 

342* 

34 

598 

5,12,19,) 

III..1  to  S 

505* 

20,35, } 

505 

d  VI 

529 

36.  41  ) 

t.  3,  4 

529 

XXIV.  6,  10 

779 

X.  1 

779 

14 

952 

XIV.  10 

598 

XXVI.  9 

779 

XV.  1 

779 

9,11,16,23 

779 

XVI.  2 

242 

II.  SAMUEL. 


I.  10 

300* 

VI.  14 

671* 

16 

779 

IX.  8 

952 

17,18 

C  11,53, 

XII.  29,  30 

300 

I  299* 

XIII.  19 

538 

20 

501 

XVII.  8 

573 

21 

779 

XIX.  21 

779 

24 

166,*  725* 

XXII.  3 

270* 

II.  4,  7 

779 

8,  16 

902 

III.  31 

492 

11 

245* 

V.  17 

779 

14 

472* 

VI.  1  to  19 

2 

529 
529 

XXIII.  3,  4 

(53,*  151,* 
[  496 

6,  7 

529 

XXIV.  1  to  end 

364* 

88 


Chap.  Verses. 

Number. 

Chnp.  Verses. 

Number. 

I.  34,  35 

779 

VIII.  10,  11 

629 

III.  1 

503* 

21 

529 

IV.  21 

30 

503 
503* 

51 

X.  18,  18,  20 

503 
229 

VI.  3,  3G 

487 

19,  20 

348* 

7 

457,*847* 

XII.  28  to  32 

242 

in  to  15 

774 

XIV.  8 

167,*578* 

1  !>  to  2S 

669 

25,  26 

503 

1!>,  &c. 

52  9 

XVI.  31,  32,  33 

132 

22  to  28 

239* 

XVII.  21 

505* 

23  to  33 

493* 

XVIII.  4,  13 

132 

29,  32 

367* 

23  to  26  ,  33  242 

29,  32,  35 

239* 

34 

505* 

VII  8 

38 

468, 599 

14 

354* 

XIX.  1,2 

132 

23  to  39 

378 

15,16 

779 

25,44 

348* 

19 

328,*  348* 

VIII.  3  to  9 

529 

XXI.  6,  7,  &c. 

132 

4  to  10 

669 

23 

132 

9 

529 

27 

492 

II.  KINGS. 

I.  10,  11 

599  . 

IX.  22 

134/462* 

II.  8 

328* 

32,  33,  34 

132 

11,  12 

437* 

XI.  12 

779 

12 

298* 

XIII.  14 

298,*437 

12,  13 

328* 

XVIII.  21 

503 

14 

238 

24 

503 

23,  24 

573* 

31,  32 

348* 

IV.  38  to  41 

411* 

XIX.  1,2 

492 

378 

21 

620 

VI  17 

C  36  *  298,* 

26 

401* 

[  437 

XXIII.  10 

748 

30 

492 

16 

506 

VIII.  13 

952 

29,  30 

707 

IX.  3 

779 

30 

779 

10 

506* 

_ 

CHRONICLES. 

V  1 

V. 

17,134,* 
351 

JOB. 

11.  12 

788* 

XIII.  7 

624 

III.  24 

471* 

25 

936 

IV.  8,  9 

343* 

XIV.  10, 11 

409 

V.  17,  20 

323 

16 

364* 

VII.  13 

137 

XV.  14,  15 

586 

IX.  25,  26 

406* 

XVI.  15, 16 

492 

30,  31 

378* 

XVIII.  15 

452* 

XII.  7,  8,  9 

405  *757* 
290* 

18 

551 

7  to  10 

XIX.  3 

101* 

PSALMS. 


89 


Chap.  Verses. 
XIX.  9 
XXIV.  18,  19 
XXV.  20  to  24 
XXVI.  G 

8,9 

XXVII.  4 

XXVIII.  22 
XXIX.  22,  23 

XXX.  1 
6 


Numb 

382* 

707 

440* 

24* 

C24 

440 

496* 

952 

338* 


PSA 


I.  3 

400,*936 

II.  2,  6 

779 

6 

586 

6,  7, 

8,  12  612* 

7 

4* 

9 

148,149 

10 

20 

12 

34  0* 

III.  4 

586 

7 

435* 

IV.  1 

370,  861 

4 

137 

6 

939* 

6  7 

V.  6'  ' 

379,-024* 

7 

58G 

9 

44 

10 

208* 

12 

436 

VII.  9 

140*  • 

VIII.  5 

249* 

6 

470* 

6,  7,  { 

5        405*  757 

7,8 

567 

IX.  4,  7 

229* 

8 

551 

14 

612,  899* 

18 

209 

XI.  2 

299* 

2,3 

902* 

4 

48* 

6 

XII.  6 

XIII.  1 

3 

XIV.  7 
XV.  1 

XVI.  4' 
5 
7 


C  343,  452* 
\  672* 
10* 
939 

48,*  158 

591,  G12* 

686 

585* 

778 

672* 


Chap.  Verses. 
XXX.  28,  29 
31 

XXXI.  12 
XXXVII.  4,  5 
15 

XXXVIII.  4,5,  6 
7 

22,  23 
XXXIX.  17, 18,  &c 
26  to  29 

LMS. 

XVI.  9 
XVII.  1 

6 


Number. 
537*  . 
276 
440* 

471/472* 
24* 
486* 
397* 

399* 
298* 
244* 


10 
12 

XVIII.  2 
4 

5,6 
7 

7,  15 


9,  10 
10 

10,  11,1 
12,  13 
15 

19 
42 
43 

8,  9,  10 

15 

2 

3 

6 

7 


XIX. 


XX 


XXI.  5,  C 
10 

XXII.  13 
18 

23 
24 
30 

XXIII.  1,2 
2 

4,  5 

5 


832* 
279,  624 
376 
245* 
782 
241 
270* 
409* 

321,*  «70 
(1*1*331,* 
i  285* 

589 

494* 

239* 
(  298  *  343* 
i  245* 
t  24* 

399* 

343,*551 

861* 

501 

483 

G29* 

G68* 

962* 

012 

782* 

779 

298* 
376,  664 

249,*289* 

565* 

241 

166* 

527' 

939 

5G5* 

50,*  383* 
401 
485* 
672* 


90 


PSALMS. 


Psalm.  Verses. 

Number. 

XXIII.  18 

48 

XXIV.  1,  2 

551,*  589 

2 

C  238,*409,* 

(  902 

4 

624 

7  to  10 

664* 

7,  9 

176  *  899* 

8 

500*. 

XXVI.  2 

140* 

4 

137 

C,  7 

392* 

XXVII.  3 

500,  862 

5 

585* 

8 

939* 

13 

285* 

XXVIII.  6 

289* 

8 

779 

XXIX.  3 

50  *  614* 

3  to  9 

37* 

6 

242* 

11 

306* 

XXX.  7 

939* 

11 

492 

XXXI.  1 

44 

5 

281* 

9 

861* 

10 

939* 

20 

282,*939* 

21 

289* 

XXXII.  3 

471* 

XXXIII.  2 

276* 

2,  3 

279 

6 

200  *  447* 

6,  7 

238* 

8, 10 

527 

10 

483* 

17 

298* 

18 

48* 

18,  19 

323 

XXXIV.  4 

376 

7,  9 

527 

8 

862* 

9,  10 

323 

14 

306* 

XXXV.  2,  3 

436 

10 

209* 

13 

492 

15, 16 

435 

XXXVI.  4  ' 

624 

C  336*  567, 

6 

)  668* 

7 

245* 

8 

782* 

Psalm.  Verses. 

Number. 

XXXVI.  8,  9 

384* 

XXXVII.  6 

668* 

11,  37 

306* 

12 

435 

18, 19 

323 

20 

422* 

35 

401 

XXXVIII.  2 

306* 

4,  5 

678* 

5,  11 

657 

9 

471* 

14 

209* 

XXXIX.  10 

657* 

XL.  7 

256* 

10 

507* 

18 

209* 

XLI.  3 

137 

13 

289* 

XLII.  2 

956* 

2,  5 

939* 

XLIII.  3,  4 

392* 

4 

276* 

XL1V.  19 

537* 

23,  24 

325* 

24 

939 

26 

281,*613 

XLV.  1 

279 

3 

830 

3,  4 

298,*249* 

3,  4,  5 

52* 

8 

166*774 

9  to  15 

620* 

9,  5 

313* 

11,  13,  15 

664 

12 

206* 

14,  15 

166* 

XLVI.  1 

279 

2,  3 

336 

2,6 

285* 

4 

194,*409- 

6 

151* 

8,9 

500 

9 

299* 

XLVI1.  2,  8,  9 

604 

3,  8,9 

483* 

XLVIII.  1 

279 

2,3,11  to  14  612 

2,8 

194 

4,  6,  7 

406* 

7 

343 

9 

44* 

12, 13 

364 

XLIX.  14, 15, 

321,»  870 

15 

281,  613 

PSALMS. 


9] 


Psalm.  Verses. 

Number. 

Psalm.  Verses. 

Number. 

L.  2  to  5 

612* 

LXV1I1.  1 

279 

3 

343 

3 

507* 

10,  11 

5<i7* 

4 

24,*  295* 

11 

757 

5 

764 

19 

624 

6 

99* 

LI.  2,  7 

378* 

9 

496* 

6 

140* 

9, 10 

567* 

8 

607* 

15,  16 

33G* 

10 

254* 

17 

287,  437* 

19 

392 

19 

591*  . 

LII.  5 

685* 

19,  26 

289* 

8 

401,  493* 

19,  35 

289 

14 

624 

21 

538* 

LIII.  5 

8G1* 

24 

664 

6 

591,  612 

24,  25 

620* 

LIV.  7 

44 

26 

384* 

LV.  8 

343 

30 

242 

10, 11 

898* 

31,  32 

503 

17,  18 

281* 

33 

37* 

18 

30G* 

34 

24,*  298* 

18,  19 

613 

LX1X.  9 

213 

19 

527 

10, 11 

492 

LVI.  13 

167* 

17 

939 

LVII.  1 

245* 

18 

281 

C  52,*241, 

21 

410 

4 

I  435* 

28 

256* 

7, 8,  9 

279* 

32,  33 

209 

8,  9 

276 

34,  35. 

290*" 

LVIII.  4,  5 

4G2* 

LXX.  5 

507,  209* 

6 

435* 

LXXI.  22 

27G* 

6,  7 
LIX.  G,  14 

241 

23 

281,  613 

952* 

24 

282* 

7 

52* 

LXXII.  2 

668* 

LX.  1 .  2 

285* 

3,  7 

306* 

7 

355 

4,  12 

209* 

LXI.  4 

585* 

5,  7,  17 

53* 

LXI1.  4 

44 

6,  7 

496* 

LXIII.  1 

832,*956* 

7 

704 

2 

50* 

11 

921* 

5 

782* 

13,  14,  15 

379* 

7  . 

245* 

14,  15 

913* 

LXIV.  3 

52* 

18,  19 

289 

LXV.  1 

279 

LXXIII.21,22  . 

140* 

4 

586 

LXXIV.  3,  4 

392 

5 

487* 

4 

598* 

9, 10 

496 

5,6,7 

847* 

12 

546* 

12 

44  *  6G4 

LXVI.  1 

279 

16 

414* 

11, 12 

298 

18  19 

5G7* 

12 

861 

2l' 

209 

13,  15 

277* 

LXXV.  1 

279 

20 

2,-9 

3 

285* 

LXVII.  1 

279, 939* 

4,5,10 

270* 

3,  4,5 

483* 

6 

336 

93 


PSALMS. 


Psalm.  Verses. 

Number. 

Psalm.  Verses. 

Number. 

LXXV  8 

C  316  *635* 

LXXXVII.  2,  3 

899* 

>  672*721 

2.  3. 5.  6, 7  612* 

LXXVI.  2 

612 

7 

384* 

2,3 

299,*500* 

LXXXVIII.  1 

279 

6 

158,298* 

11 

440* 

LXXVII.  15,  17,  18 

236* 

14 

939 

18 

551 

45 

702 

19 

238* 

LXXXIX.  3,  4,  20 

3 

LXXV1II.  5 

490,  555 

3,  35 

474 

15,  16,  20 

409* 

4,  29 

5G5 

20 

50* 

11 

551,*  589 

39 

748* 

14 

6G8* 

41 

173 

15 

397,*  939* 

42,  43 

598 

17 

270* 

47,  48,  49 

399,*401 

20,  38,  51 

779 

49,  50 

635 

21,24 

270* 

60 

585* 

25 

409* 

GO,  61 

591* 

27 

17* 

62,  G3,  C4 

62Q 

36,  37 

53* 

'  68 

612 

39 

189* 

70,  71,  72 

3,  383* 

52 

289 

LXX1X.  1,2 

757 

XC.  4 

4* 

5,  6 

216 

8 

939* 

11 

'  99,*591,* 

XCI.  4 

245,*436- 

884 

6,7 

287* 

12 

•io* 

9,  10 

585* 

LXXX.  1 

239* 

10 

657 

2 

355 

13 

241,  537 

3,  7, 19 

8 

939* 
939 

15 

XCII.  1 

376 
279 

8,  9 

508* 

1,  2,  3 

276* 

lb 

336 

10 

779 

n 

409  s 

12, 13 

487,*367* 

13 

5G7 

14 

401 

16 

939* 

14,  15 

782* 

LXXX1.  1,2,3 

279* 

XCI1I.  2,  3,  4 

409 

3, 

935 

XCV.  1,2 

939* 

■  -  Jfj  7      '  ^ 

236* 

11 

474 

8 

472* 

XCVI.  1 

279 

13, 1G 

315 

2,3 

289* 

LXXXII.  1 

44* 

2, 13 

478* 

5 

589,  902* 

5,6 

249* 

LXXXIII.  15 

343* 

8 

487 

LXXXIV.  1,2 

487* 

11 

507* 

2 

832* 

11,12, 13 

290* 

9 

779 

XCVII.  4 

236* 

11 

487* 

XCV1II.  1 

279 

18,  19 

5C7 

1,  4  to  8 

279* 

LXXXV.  8, 10 

306* 

4,5 

276* 

10 

6C8 

7,8 

409 

LXXXVI.  1 

209*279 

9 

551 

11 

527* 

XCIX.  1 

239* 

17 

598* 

5 

49*,  183* 

LXXXV1I.  1 

279 

C.  4 

487,*899* 

PSALMS. 


93 


CVII. 


Verses. 

Number. 

Psalm.  Verses. 

Number. 

2 

939 

V  V  11.  O,  J,  o*j, 

$323 

3 

957 

36  37  ■ 

j  612* 

23  24 

406* 

21  22  ' 

25  29 

343 

15  16 

629* 

409 

33  34 

546 

20 

99*" 

33  35 

835* 

21 

525* 

36 

546* 

902 

CVIII  1 

14 

276 

4 

613 

g'  ' 

355 

CIX  2 

15 

am 

16 

209" 

19 

id* 

22 

209 

21 

447* 

CX.  1  2 

612 

21  22 

128* 

2 

485* 

245* 

4 

474 

2 

166 

5  6 

921* 

6  7 

538* 

3 

2443r  3' 

7 

409 

4 

128,*343* 

CXI.  1 

803 

5,6 

238,*902 
336 

2  3 

5  to  10,  13 

457" 

11,12 

757 

10 

527* 

11,12,20,25  567 

CX1I.  1 

14,  15,  16 

316 

1,3 

2*j2gl  803 

15 

779 

10 

435 

16 

400* 

fYTTT  1 
I./A.111.  1,  O 

21,  22 

241 

26 

406 

cxiv  2' 

28.  30 

254* 

7'  ^ 

336 

29 

939 

535* 

35 

803* 

7  8 

9 

474 

CXV.  4'  5 

459 

10,  11 

527 

16 

485 

18 

803" 

17  to  23 

360 

CXVI.  3 

870 

27 

598* 

12  13 

29 

405  *  379 

30 

702 

19 

4c7,  803 

32,  33 

399,*  401 

CXVI1.  1 

34,  35 

424* 

ROT 

39 

24,*468 

v> A  V  111.  O 

861" 

41 

409* 

22 

45 

803 

392" 

3 

321 

^YTY  7  Ifid 
VAiA.  /  ,  J  04 

oco* 

4,5 

483* 

22 

503 

70 

782 

28 

525* 

118 

624 

37 

458* 

165 

306* 

48 

803* 

CXX.  1 

279,  376 

2 

281,  613 

2,3 

624* 

2,4,5,7 

194 

6,7 

306 

4  to  7 

546 

CXXI.  1 

279,  336" 

94 


JSAIAH. 


Psalm.  Verses. 

Number. 

Psalm.  Verses. 

Number. 

CXXII.  1 

279 

CXXXVIII.  2 

191* 

1  to  7 

880 

•    \U   8      -  W- 

457* 

2,  3 

899 

CXXXIX.  13,  15 

140* 

3,  4,  5 

229,*233* 

15,  16 

256* 

C  to  9 

306 

CXL.  2,  3 

500* 

8 

32* 

12 

209 

CXX1II.  1 

279 

CXL1.  1,  2 

278* 

CXXIV.  1 

279 

2 

394,  778 

2,4,5 

6 

409* 

289,  435* 

CXLI1I.  3 
7 

525* 
939 

CXXV.  1 

279 

CXLIV.  1 

289 

3 

485* 

11, 12 

543 

CXXVI.  1 

279,  612 

13 

287* 

CXXVII.  1 

279 

23 

501 

3 

26 

CXLV.  3,  4,  11 

249 

3,4 

543* 

CXLVI.  7 

99,*323 

3,4,5 

299* 

9 

764 

CXXVIII.  1 

279,  527* 

10 

612 

5,6 
CXXIX.  1 

306,  G12 

CXLVII.  4 

364  *  51* 

279 

7 

323,  276* 
298 

G 

401 

10 

CXXX.  1 

279 

11 

527 

5  to  8 

151* 

12,  13 

899* 

7,8 

281,*  613 

12, 13, 14 

315 

CXXXII.  1 

279 

14 

306 

2 

490 

17,  18,  19 

343* 

G,  7 

49* 

18 

50* 

7 

8 

470* 
529 

CXLVIII.  1  to  5,  7,  7 
13,  14  < 

809 

11 

474 

1,  14 

803 

12 

555 

2,3 

447* 

13,  14 

612* 

3 

51* 

17 

779 

4 

50* 

17,  18 

189* 

7 

290* 

CXXXI1I.  1 

279 

7,  10 

567 

1,2,3 

779 

8 

343* 

CXXXIV.  1 

279 

9 

336,*400* 

2 

289 

10 

757* 

3 

612 

14 

270* 

CXXXV.  1,  2 

487* 

CXLIX.  1 

586 

3 

803 

1,2,3 

279* 

7 

343,  496 

1,9 

803 

15,  1G 

459,460  . 

2 

612* 

CXXXVI.  6 

285 

2,4 

C12 

7,  8,  9 

414* 

5,6 

52* 

CXXX VII.  5,  6,7 
8 

880 
762* 

ISA 

C  173,  463,* 

CL.  1 

6 

I  AH. 

I.  8 

893 
803* 

612 

I.  4 

•  505 

10 

502 

4,6 

456,* 

11,12 

939* 

4, 15  to  18 

838* 

12 

487 

6 

G57,*C78* 

15, 16 
16 

379* 
378* 

ISAIAH. 


95 


Verses. 

.  18 
21 

21,  22 

27 

3,4,5 
11 

12,  14 
18,20 
19 
21 
.  1 

1,2,3 


14 

1C,  17  to! 
24 

25,26 
[V.  2 
2,3 
3,4 
3,5 
4 
5 

5,6 
V.  1,2 

I,  2,4 
2 

6 
7 

8,11, 18,) 

20,  21  22  5 

II,  12,21,22 
13 
16 
19 
20 

21,  22 

25 

25  to  30 
26 

26,  28 
27 


Number. 
47,  305* 
668 
316 

612,  608' 

500 

704* 

330* 

459* 

338* 

338* 

485* 

462* 

350,*502, 
504,880 
233/050" 
1612 
46,*  492 


704 
880* 
379* 
612 

378/612 

24,*  674' 

468 

650* 

649* 

651 

47,  490* 
885* 


VI.  1 
1.  2,3 
2 
4 
5 

9,  10 
11 

VII.  11,14 
14 


416* 
316 

323,  956* 

668 

173 

411/413* 

721* 

501 

471* 

769* 

298 

830 

298/299* 

413* 

191* 

629* 

245* 

674* 

664 

48* 

194 

598* 

613* 


VIII. 


Chap.  Verses. 
VII.  19 
20 
6,7 
7,8 
8 
13 
17 

19  to  22 
21 


IX.  1,2 
2 


444* 

861* 

527 

939 

323 

323 

413 


(  413/796* 
I  954 

485* 

379* 
C  21/291*613* 


6,7 
7 

12,  20,  21 
14,  15 

17 
19 
21 
2 

5,  6 

5,  24,  26 
6 

10,  11 

13,  14 
20 

22,23 
32 
1,2 
4 


6,  7 
8 
9 
10 

10,  11 
15 

XII.  1  to  6 
2,3 
3 
4 


XIII.  1,9,10,11 
19,21,22 
2 


839,1 
306» 
668* 
748* 
438* 
764 
285* 
355 

209,  764 
635*  ' 
485 

501,  483* 
459 
206* 
173/704 
658* 
612 

954,  962* 
148,  485 
C  46/668 
I  830* 
241,  572* 
573* 
338* 
50* 
483 
704* 
444* 
279* 
527 

50/  384* 

81* 
(  44/  173 
I  612 

1717* 


ISAIAH. 


Chap.  Verses. 
XIII.  4 

Number. 
3G4,*447 

Chap.  Verses. 
XVIII.  3 

Number. 
551 

500 

(J 

567  *  757 

g 

535* 

XIX.  1 

24,*  298* 

9,  13 

r  285,*340* 

'  2 

32'*  194* 

>  C35* 

5,  6  7 

409* 

10 

61,*  413* 

10  ' 

835* 

10  11 

53* 

11, 12,  14 

721 

12' 

243  789 

11  to  17 

503* 

13 

331  *635* 

11  13 

503* 

15 

52 

15' 

438* 

18 

543 

18,  19 

194,  427 

19  to  22 

757* 

18  to  21 

503* 

21 

458* 

19 

392* 

22 

537* 

23  24  25 

503* 

XIV.  4,11  to 

|  717* 

XX.  3  ' 

505* 

15,22 

6 

704 

485* 

XXI.  1  to  4 

546 

6 

483*057* 

779 

9 

20 

6,  7  8 

437* 

11,13  to  16  763* 

G  to  9 

241 

12 

285 

8,  9 

755* 

12,  13, 14 

734 

9 

285  459  - 

13 

336,  694* 

11,  12 

151* 

14 

24* 

14  15 

52,  500 

16, 17 

546* 

XXII.  5  ' 

898 

17 

591* 

7 

899* 

17,  20 

551* 

9, 10 

364* 

17,  21 

194 

12 

166,  492 

19,  20 

506* 

19 

399' 

19,  20,  21 

325 

21,  22 

62,  174* 

20 

565,  801* 

XXIII.  1  to  8 

606* 

21,  22 

543 

1,  8 

759* 

.     22, 23 

757,*835* 

1,  14 

406* 

24 

474 

4 

620* 

29 

455* 

14,  15 

406 

31 

885,  899 

XXIV.  1  to  23 

285* 

32 

902 

3,4,10,11,12194* 

XV.  2 

47,  538 

4 

551* 

2,3 

492 

6 

243* 

3 

166,  501 

6,  7,9 

316 

4,  5,  G, 8 
6,  9 

885 

7.  8,  9 

276 

379 

9 

411,*  551 

XVI.  1 

612 

10, 11 

501 

5 

585 

11 

885* 

9 

645 

12 

899 

10 

316,*G50* 

12,  13 

G49* 

14 

505 

13 

44 

XVII.  5,  6, 11 

645* 

15 

34* 

6 

427 

18 

589 

7 

173 

18, 19,  20 

331,*902* 

7,8 

392,  457* 

20 

721 

7,9 

704* 

21 

20 

13 

397 

22 

591,*  884 

XVIII.  1,  2, 

285* 

23 

612  *  880 

2 

409,*483* 

XXV.  3 

483,*  527 

ISAIAH. 


97 


Chap.  Verses. 
XXV.  4,  5 

6 

7 

8,9 


XXVI.  1,  2 
2 

8, 13 
9 
12 
1G 
18 
19 

19,  20,  21 
19,  21 
21 

XXVII.  2,  3 
6 

6,7 
9 
10 

12,  12 
13 

XX VIII.  1,  2,  17 
1.  3,  7 
1,  3,  7,  8, 
2,22 
5 
6 
7 

7,8 
15 
1G 

1G,  17 
16,  17,  18 
20 

21  to  26 
22 

XXIX.  3 
4 
6 
9 
10 
13 

18  5 


21 

XXX.  1  to  7 
6 


Number. 

382* 

31G,  782* 
483* 
385* 
(241,  368* 
2  613,*704* 
(  962* 
194* 
( 176,*899* 
)  905 
81* 
551* 
306 
462* 
535* 
158* 
329* 
285 

325,  379* 
650* 
551 
325* 
392 
242* 
503 
397* 
399* 
316 
9  721 
285* 

189,*  704 
500  *  899 


205* 

924* 

342* 

915* 

612* 

137 

315* 

658* 

862 

285 

494* 

316,  721* 

48  *  538* 
527 

48,*  210* 
413/704 
158,  173, 

209* 
899* 
503 


Chap. 
XXX. 


Verse 

10 

11,  12 

15,  16 

17 

19 

22 
23 

25 

25,  26 

26 

27 
30 

31,  32 
33 


XXXI.  1 
1, 


4,9 
5 


XXXII.  4 
6 
7 

9 

9, 10 
13,  14 
14 

15,  16 
17,  18 
19 

iXXIII.  5 

5,  20 
8,9 
9 

13 
15 

15,  16 

17,22 

18, 19 

19 

20 

21 

CXXIV.  1 

2 


Number. 

48 

173 

298* 
427' 
885 
459 
383 


490 


704 
C53*  456* 
I  657,  678* 

653 

399,*  494 
276,  485 
(  343,*452* 
)  494*748* 
437 

298,*503* 

748* 
C241,*471* 
X  500 

612 

613 
C  457,  459 
)  704 

52 

282* 

323,  956* 

209* 

434* 

649* 

546* 

338* 

546* 

306* 

399* 

668* 

612 

194 

285,*  546 

769* 

46*379* 

50* 

664* 

364 

282* 

585,*880» 
406,  409 
483,*  551 
447,*635* 
C  334,*335* 
)  447,  936 
806* 
452* 


98 


ISAIAH. 


Chap.  Ver 
XXXIV.  0,10 
11 


XXXV 


6,7 
•  7 
9 
10 

XXXVI.  6 
17 

XXXVII.  1 
1,2 
3 

6,  7,8 

6,  7,  23, 
17 

19 
22 
24 
27 
29 
32 
35 

XXXVIII.  3 

7,8 

7,  8,  22 
10 

11 

18,  19 
21 

22 
XL.  1,  2 
3 

3,  5 

3,  5,  10, 
4 

5,  6 

6,  7,8 
9 

9,  10 
10 
11 
12 

19,20 


Number. 

285* 

757* 

537* 

458* 

249* 

806 

210" 

48* 
C  282*409* 
f  782 

835* 

537* 

567 

507,*612* 
485* 
316 
166 

166,  492 
535* 
52 
24  571 
48* 

457,  774 
612,  620 
437 
401* 
653 

216,880 
3* 

167* 
598* 
532* 
364* 
285* 
58 
334 
598* 
762* 
546* 
629* 
11  962* 
336* 
748 
401* 
336 

478,*612* 

526* 

383* 

313,*486* 

459,  793* 

774 
(  285*  589, 
>  902* 

424,  585* 


Cliap.  Verses. 
XL.  26 
31 
2 
6 


XLI. 


15, 16 
16 
17 

17,  19,  20 
18 

18,  19 

19,  20 
22,  23 
25 
29 

XLII.  1 

1, 19 


4, 10, 12 

5 
6 


10, 12 

II 

13 

15 

18 
17 
24 

1>7 
2 


XLIV 


11 

11,  15 
14 

14,  16, 

15 

16 

19,  20 
20 

2,24 


32* 
565 
336* 

173,  343* 
956* 
50* 

409,*835* 
546* 
254* 

532,*598* 
81* 
459 
902* 
3* 

C  485  *671* 
I  674* 
34* 

254* 

483,*529* 
(  48,*99,* 
)  210* 

629* 

809 

279* 

546* 

397,*500* 
C  336,*409, 
>  835* 

210,*413 

459 

167* 

254* 

409* 

789 

565* 

543,  769* 
81* 

48  *  210* 
483* 

613,*  962* 

i73 
C  173  *  281* 
)  613,962 

786* 

664* 

238* 

40!),*546* 
537,  567 
535* 
C  50  *  409,* 
{  565,  956* 


ISAIAH. 


99 


Chap.  Versee. 
XLIV.  3,  4 


10 
12 

18, 19 
23 

23,24 
24 


XLV. 


24,26 

25 
28 
3 

8,12,18,19 

11 

12 

12,  18 
13 

14,  15 
21,22 
23 


Number. 
401* 
C 13*  281* 
{613,*664* 
P     : 1  3 
527 
847 
460* 
C  260,*279* 
)  336 

285* 
C281,*613* 
i  962* 
880* 


XLVI.  2 
11 


XLVII 


13 
1 

1,2,3 
1,2,3,7,10, 
11, 12 

3 


5, 8  to  11 
10,11 
10, 11,  12 
12  to  15 
14,  15 
15 

XLVIII.  1 

2 
4 
5 
11 
12 

12, 13 
13 


17 

18,22 
20,  21 


285* 
457* 
447* 
254* 
591* 

613,*962* 
613,*962* 
282*474* 
635* 
81 

591* 
757* 

368,*  612* 
2-.">,  7  — ~ 
213*  794* 

806* 
C  173,*281* 
I  613,  962* 

764* 

208* 

462* 

800* 

759* 

606* 

474 

586 

347* 

459 

629* 

13* 

589 

902 
(  173,  281* 
I  613,*962* 

306* 

760,*956* 


13 


8, 
9 

9, 10 

10 

13 

17,  20,  21 

22 

22,23 
23 

24,25 
26 

L.  2 

2,3 

3 

10 

LI.  3 

5 
11 
12 

12,  16 
14 
16 
17 

18,20 
19 
20 
21 
LII.  1 

1,2,  6,9 

2 

3 

6 


8,9 

13 

15 

LIII.  1,4,9 
4  to  9 


Number. 
34,*  769" 
535 

52,*  299* 

526* 
{ 368,*796* 
I  954 
f  173,*281* 
[  613 

962 

529 

99* 

285* 

383,*413 

382 

323,  384* 

279* 

543 

483* 

350 

20* 

591* 
,'281,*613* 
•  748,*962* 
;  238,*405* 
»  409 
'290 

492 

527 
f  90  *  279* 
j  507,*546* 
k  34* 

507 

401 

589 

50* 

902* 

672* 

543* 

323* 

501 

721* 

166,*612 

880* 

591,*  612 

606* 

704* 
{ 306,*  336* 
i  OCA,  478* 
k  279* 

3* 

20 

613 

829* 


100 


ISAIAH. 


Chap.  \ 
LIII.  9 
10 
11 
LIV.  1 
2 
3 

5 


LV1. 


6 

8 
9 

11, 12 
16 


10,11 
12 
13 
23 
5 
6 
6,7 
8,9 
10, 11 
11,  12 
12 

LVII.  2,  7,  8 
3 

3,4 

6 

LVIII.  2 

6,7 
7 
8 
10 

10,  11 

11 

14 


3,7 


9, 10 
14 
17 
19 

19,20 
20 

LX.  1  to  end 

2 


Number. 

624* 

565* 

3*640* 

535* 

585 

194,  565* 
C  173,*281* 
\  613,*839* 
f  962* 

434* 

2S1,*962 

474 

899*915* 
440 

;  316,*  606* 

956* 
'  782* 

483* 

173 

496* 

336 

598 

640 


668 

392 

567* 

210,*952 

316 

721 

137 

134 

565 

316,  778 

668 
213,4 
832* 
629* 
413* 
50* 
90 
29S* 
939* 
379* 


Chap. 

LX. 


306 
413* 
501* 
436* 
962 
629* 
612* 
629* 
413* 


6 
7 

9 

9,  10 

10,  16 
13 

13,  14 

14,  18 
16 

17 
18 

18  to  21 


LXI.  1 


1,2 

2 

3 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

11 


Number. 

392 
(  34,*  173, 
>  406* 

543 

20* 

470* 

49* 

898* 
(  281,*613* 
\  921,*962 

775,  913* 

809 

919* 

53* 

457* 
f  99,*591,* 
I  884,  962 

478* 

806* 

779 

32,  128* 

762* 
526* 
565* 
797* 


LXH.  1  to  4,11,12  SHr 


I,  3 
5 

6 
8 
9 
10 

11 

II,  12 
12 

LXIII.  1 

1,2 

1,2,3 
1  to  10 
1,  4,9 
2,3 
4 


18 
LXIV.  8 


189 

797* 


487 

899 
(  526,  368* 
i  612 
281*613 

586 

805 

825* 
C  166,  305* 
{  652 

829 

281* 

829* 

806* 

635* 

344* 

216 


(21,* 
<613, 
^962* 


962* 
586 
457* 


JEREMIAH. 


1111 


Chap.  Verses. 
LXIV.  10 
11 


LXV. 


11 

16 

1C,  I!) 
17 

17,  18 


Number. 
194,  536 

612 
191* 

336,*350* 
;  316,  586 

778 
'474 

885* 

285* 

254* 


17,13,19,25  8-lK 


565,*640* 
455* 
14,*49,* 
470* 

JEREMIAH. 


Chap.  Verses. 
LXVI.  6 

7,8,  9 
10 

10  to  14 

12 

15 
16 

16,  23,  24 
18 
19 
20 

22 
23 


I.  15 

898, 

16 

457* 

18 

194* 

11.  2,  0,  7 

546 

12, 

13 

384* 

13 

50* 

15 

241 

17, 

18, 

36 

503 

18 

444* 

21 
22 

565* 
378* 

26 

28 

20 

350* 

30 

52 

31 

546* 

33, 

34 

379* 

37 

538 

III.  2 

546 

3 

347,* 

6, 

3 

134* 

16, 

18 

704 

17 

880* 

.  24, 

25 

543 

IV.  2 

474, 
241 

7 

7, 

492* 

7,  23  to  28 

285* 

7,  26  to  29 

194* 

8 

166 

9 

20 

13 

244 

14 

378* 

16 

769 

20 

585* 

23,  24, 

25 

336* 

23, 

25 

243* 

25 

757* 

26,  27 
27 

27,23 


1,  " 
1,  10 
2 

5 
6 

9,  29 

12 

13 

15 

17 

24 

26,  27 

28 
.  2 

2,23 
3,  4 
6,7 
22 

22,  23 
26 

2,3,4,9,10 
2,3,4,9,  < 
10,11 

9 
17 

17,  18 
17,  18.  &c, 
17,  34 
18 


Number. 

191* 

5:35* 
507* 
880 
923* 

{ 494*437* 
I  035* 
"52* 

748 

232* 

629* 

437,  781* 
;  285,  350' 
'  565* 
'489,  935" 


546* 
658* 
312* 
25* 

m  ■>;••.. 

I  612 
'350,  501 

880 
'  134* 

898* 

58 

337 

241,  572* 
806* 


2^2, '769 

543,  645 

496 

624 

782 

612 

612 

500* 

350,  880 

483* 

298 

166,  492' 
891* 

191,  838* 

578* 

501 

880 

350 

194 

316,  778 


JEREMIAH. 


Chap.  Verses. 

Number. 

Chap.  Verses. 

Number. 

VII.  20 

567,  635* 

XII.  8 

241 

23 

883 

9 

757 

32,  33 

506 

10,  11 

650* 

33! 

757 

10,  12 

546* 

.  34 

507*  797* 

12 

52* 

viir.  1,2  | 

53,  506* 
919 

16 

XIII.  lto7 

58 
671* 

447 

1  to  7,  11 

444* 

5 

624 

1  lo  12 

46* 

G,  7,  8,&c.  350 

9,  10,  14 

350,  880 

10 

8*924 

11 

883 

13 

334,*936 

12 

672 

16 

298 

12,  13 

316,  72r 

17 

462* 

14 

502 

19 

459 

16 

336,*  41 3* 

20 

645 

18 

189* 

IX.  3 

299 

18,19 

194 

4 

32  *  924* 

23 

572* 

624* 

27 

134* 

10 

336,  757* 

XIV.  2 

885*899* 

10,  11 

880 

3 

50* 

10,  11,  ) 
13,  &c.  5 

350 

3,4 
6 

496,  538 
537 

11 

537* 

12  to  18 

52 

15 

410* 

12,13,15,16  323 

21 

501 

14 

624 

24 

668* 

16 

C350,  501* 

X.2 

598* 

>  506,*880 

3 

847* 

620 

3  to  10 

460* 

XV.  3? 

567,  757 

3,4,5,8,9,10  459* 

7 

899 

3,8 
3,9 

774 

9 

C  10,*53* 

793* 

i  535* 

7, 10 

664 

20,  21 

C 281,775 

8,9 

450* 

\  613 

9 

457 

XVI.  3,  4 

506* 

10 

331 

C  323,*567, 
{  757 

11,  12, 13 

285 

4 

12 

551* 

••• 

672* 

12,  13 

343.*496 

9 

507,  797 

14,  15 

459* 

14, 15 

58 

16 

485* 

15,  16 

336,  405* 

20 

543,*585 

16,  17 

338* 

22 

537* 

XVII.  1 

392* 

XI.  4 

883 

5 

748- 

5 

474 

7,8 

382*409 

6 

501 

8 

400,*936 

10 

578* 

10 

140* 

13 

350,  501 

11 

206 

16, 17 
20 

493* 

13 

50  *384 

140* 

18 

762* 

22 

52,  323* 

25 

437 

XII.  3 

140* 

26 

277,*  361 

4,8,9,  10 

567 

XVIII.  13 

620 

4,11,12,13 

285* 

1 

JEKJSM1AH. 


Chap.  Verses. 

Number. 

Chap.  Vers 

Number. 

XVIII.  17 

343 

XXV.  33 

325 

18 

8* 

36  - 

885* 

21 

323* 

XX  VII.  5 

567 

XIX.  7 

567,757 

XXIX.  9 

44 

9 

748* 

17,  18 

323,*  334 

11,  12 

506 

23 

134* 

13 

447* 

XXX.  7 

704* 

XX.  12 

140* 

10 

565 

XXL  5 

635* 

12, 14 

17 

456,*  657  * 

6 

567 

14 

498* 

10 

939* 

18 

585 

XXII.  3 

764 

22 

883 

3,  13,  15 

668 

23 

343 

4 

437 

XXXI.  2,  3 

769* 

5 

474* 

4,  13 

620* 

16 

209 

4,  21 

620 

19 

506 

7 

809* 

22 

591* 

50,*  384* 

XXIII.  5 

'  664*668* 
954 

10 
12 

34* 

90,  315* 

'  86,  350* 

14 

782* 

5,  6 

[  613,*618, 
'805,  962* 

15,  16,  17 

526 

21 

789 

5,6,7,12,20 

704 

22 

434* 

6 

81 

23 

586 

7,8 

58 

27 

i  243,*565* 

8 

565 

567 

9,  10 

31C,  721 

27,  31, 

38 

704* 

10 

546 

31,  33 

350* 

134,*350, 

33,  34 

354,  920- 

14 

504,  880, 

34 

121* 

924* 

35 

414~ 

15 

410* 

36 

565 

15,  16 

8* 

37 

589 

19 

343* 

38,  40 

899 

23 

769* 

XXXII.  8,  44 

361 

26 

624 

20,  21 

598 

32 

924* 

22 

474 

35 

32* 

27 

748 

XXIV.  1,  2 

623 

30 

457* 

6 

48* 

39,  49 

527* 

7  ■, 

883 

41 

682 

10 

323* 

42,  44 

194 

XXV.  4 

3* 

43 

567 

6,  7,  14 

457* 

XXXIII.  4 

194 

10 

507,  794* 

5 

635,  939' 

10,  11 

797* 

6,  9 
9 

306 

14 

641,*921* 

527 

15, 16,  28 

672* 

10, 11 

507,  797* 

27 

10, 11, 

12 

567 

30 

471*  " 

13 

361,  364* 

31 
32 

748 
343 

15 

(  664,  668 
r.  704,*  951 

32,  33 

506 

1(11 


JEREMIAH. 


Chap. 

Ver9es. 

Number. 

:-86?  013, 

XAXIII 

15, 1C 

'618,  805 
{962 

18 

778 

20,21,23,26  414* 

21 

22 

447* 

22,  25,  26 

565 

32 

I®' 

XXXIV.  17 

32,  323 

l8j  19,  20 

242  ^ 

20 

XXXV.  10 

507 

1!) 

XXX VI.  29 

567 

XXXVII.  22,  24 

664 

XLII. 

13  to  18 

503 

13j  14,  1G 
17,  18,  22 

323 

XLIII.  10,  13 

53 

XL1V 

8 

434* 
457* 

11 

939 

12,  13,  27 

323  , 

17,  18,  10 

316,  778 

17,18,19,25  53 

26 

474* 

29 

598* 

XLV 

748 

XLVI 

2,  3,8,9 

437 

2,4 

885 

2,  7,  8,  9 

503* 

4 

436* 

4,  9 

298 

18 

58,  664 

20,  21 
21,22 
22 

242 

455* 

847* 

XLVIII.  8 

194* 

9 

649 

10 

624 

12 

672 

17 

485* 

25 

270* 

26 

205* 

32,  33 

316,  64!)* 
651* 

33 

37 

47,  106 

37,  38 

492 

46,  47 

591 

XLIX.  1,2,3 

352 

3 

208,  492 

9 

649* 

11 

764 

Chap 

Verses. 

Number. 

XLIX 

.  16 

338* 

17 

456,  657* 

18 

502 

21 

331 

25,  26 

500,  501* 

33 

537* 

35 

299* 

36 

343* 

C  1,13,14, 

L. 

<  23,29,31, 

(  34,39,40 

r 

3 

567 

4,  20,  27 

704 

7 

316 

8 

760 

11 

782 

12,  13 

765* 

13 

456,*  657' 

14,  29 

299* 

15 

397,*  762" 

16 

645* 

17 

241 

19 

383* 

29 

173,  762 

30 

501 

33,  34 

591 

34 

C  28I,*613* 
(  962* 

35  to  38 

52* 

37 

437 

37  38 

37',  42 

298 

38 

459 

39,  40 

40 

502 

7f,n» 


6 

760* 

6,  56 

763* 

(  316*672' 
1  721,*758* 

7,9.20,44 

770* 

47,53,57 

8 

9 

24*  760- 

11,  36 

806* 

12,  12 

719* 

13 

771* 

14 

474* 

15 

285,  551 
343 

15,  16 

16 

496 

17, 18 

459 

19 

485* 

lamentations.-  ezekiel. 


106 


Chap.      Verses.  Number. 

LI.  20,  21  298,*  437 

20  to  23  G20 

22  434* 

24  763* 

25  33G* 
25. 58  766 

26  342  *  915 
30,  31,44  770* 

33  645 

34  781* 
36, 42  238* 

L  A  M  E  N  T 

1.  4  620,  S99* 

4,  15,  18  620* 

6  612 

8  213* 

8,  9,  17  350,  880 

15  620,  C52* 

16  543* 
13  591* 

II.  1  49,*  470* 
1,4.8,10 
13,18 

2,  10  285 

3  270* 

4  299*  585 


Chap.       Verses.  Number. 

LI.  37  537* 

37,39  721,*  758* 

38  241 

39  382,*  753 
39,57  158' 

45, 46  760* 

48  761 

49, 52  801* 

53  770* 

63,  64  444,*791" 


AT 


612 


898*899* 
492 

10  1  538,  62 J 


( 166, 


10, 13,  21  620* 


11 


501 


III 


IONS. 

III.  9,  10,  11 


573* 
721 
306* 
410* 
913* 

612,  789" 
725* 

5,  8,  14,  18  SOl- 


lS 

15, 17 
15,  18, 
IV.  1,2 
2 


6 
7 

•7,  8 
11 
12 

13,  14 
16 

20 
21 
22 

V.2,  4,  6,8 
3 
4 


502 
305* 

47  *  312" 

902* 

551 

379* 

939* 

343".  779 
C  507*  672* 
{  721* 
612 
503 
764 
774* 


11,12 

316 

8,  9,  10 

323 

13 

620 

9 

52* 

16 

435 

10 

546 

17 

270* 

11,  12,  13 

620 

19 

158*  323 

13 

794* 

21 

325 

14 

899 

485 

16,  17 

189* 

EZEKIEL. 

C  36,  23' i* 

I.  28 

629 

)3-22,  915 

II.  1,  2 

510* 

1  to  end 

239 

4,  6 

425* 

7 

49*  775* 

9,  10 

256* 

23,  24 

245* 

III.  5,6 

2-r 

24 

614,*  662 

7,  8 

347* 

26 

14* 

12,  14 

945* 

26,  27,  28 
26,28 

830* 

12,24 

36* 

466* 

13 

245. 

10* 


EZEKIEL. 


Chap.  Verses. 

Number. 

Chap.  Verses. 

Number. 

III.  23  24 

XII.  1  to  12 

TV    1    in  orifl 

iv.  i  to  unci 

»»o(),  coO 

jjf  .  „,„ 

?o  - 

598 

18,  19 

XIII.  5 

OUU,  /U4 

16 

485 

16,17 

-50* 

11  12 

ill"} 

208 

V.  1  to  4 

47* 

11,  13,  14 

9  to  end 

350,  880 

343 

10 

543* 

10  to  19 

924* 

11 

58 

YTV    ^  Ir. 

■459 

11,12,10,17  323* 

§L 

13 

635 

33 

48" 

16 

13  15,  21 

323* 

17 

567* 

567 

VI.  1  to  10 

591 

ig'  is'  •'O 

3 

336 

XV  6  7  s' 

3  4  0  13 

392 

939* 

4  5 

459 

AVI.  1   lO  TJ.J 

ii,  12 

323* 

379* 

VII.  5  0  7 

^36  38^' 

151* 

6  &c. 

213* 

6^  /,  10 

52  323* 

245  *474* 

17,  18 

18 

18  47  *538 

10  to  17 

1 06* 

20 

601 

1 0  13 

773  *814* 

22 

939 

20  27 

20  208  * 

13 

913* 

31  32 

748 

13  19 

778 

VIII.  3,'&c. 

36,*  945* 

15  10  26  ' 

4 

629 

28  29  32 

>  134* 

10 

567 

15  16 
16 

919 

53 

17 

913* 

IX. 

239 

20,  21,  45 

443 

1 

440 

503  748* 

1,  6 

325 

42 

216 ' 

2,  3,  11 
3 

671 

029 

< 

40,  48 

4,5,6 

347* 

.  4,  6 

620 

49 

209 

X. 

C  30,  239 

XVII  1  to  8 

2441" 

£322,  945 

4 

759* 

1 

14* 

10 

343 

2  to  7 

671 

298 

3,  4,  5 

487 

23 

757 

4,  18,  19 

629 

5,  21 

255 

XVIII.  5^ 

068 

12 

48* 

'  7 

213* 

XI.  1,24 

36,*  945 

12 

209 

6 

501 

XIX.  3,  5,  6 

241 

1!) 

832* 

5,  6 

748 

20 

883 

10  to  14 

485 

22,  23 

629 

12 

343 

EZEKIEL. 


107 


XXI. 
XXII. 
XXIII. 


XXIV 
XXV 
XXVI 


Verses. 
.  13 
12,20 
26,  31 
28 
32 
40 
41 
47 
48 

.  4,5 
14  to  20.23 
24 
7 

24,  25 
29 

1  to  49 
2,  3,4 

2  to  33 

2,3,5,7,11  ) 
U,  16,  } 
17,  &c.  ) 
4,  5,  6 

5,20 
14,  15,  1G 
24 
25 
26 

31  to  34 
32,  33 
37 
41 

20,  27 
13 

7  to  11 
7,  8, 10, 11 
11,  12 
12 
10 
20 

1  to  end 

3  to  9,  25 
6, 15 
7 

7,24 
9 
11 
13 

28,  29,  30 
30 
31 

3,4,  13 


Number. 
546* 
598 
543 

31G,  778 
774 

58G,  G23 

278 

400* 

748 

748 

52* 

924 

764 

496* 

209 

350,  880 

434* 

503 

134* 

450 

298 

450 

436 

216 

166* 

672* 

721* 

543 

137 

704 

567 

298* 

437 

501 

206,>!774,' 

328* 

285 

759 

606* 

406* 

774 

503  *725* 

814* 
450 
510 
898* 
775,  781 
406,*78G* 
.->3~,  » 
16fi,  492 
406 
913* 


Chap. 

XXVIII. 


XXX 
XXXI 


XXXII. 


Verses. 
4,5 

4,  13 

12,  13 

12,13,14,16 

13 

13, 15 
1  to  12 
3,  4,  5 

5 

6,  7 

13  to  16 

18 

21 

1  to  end 
15,  16 

1  to  8 

2  to  6.10,13 

3;  4 
3,  8,  9 

5,  6 
10  to  1 
15 

18 
2 
4 
7 


Number. 

206* 
90* 

606,*W 

540 

239* 

897 

254* 

503* 

405* 

507,  757 

485* 

503 

47* 

704 

503* 

535* 

503 

567* 

503 

409 

90* 

757* 

503* 

312* 


XXXIII 
XXXIV 


10,  11,  12 
13 

23  to  27 
24 

14,  16,  19 
27 

31  to  34 
5,8 
6 
11 

13,  14 

18 

21 

22,  25,  28 
24 

25,  27 

26,  27 
13 

XXXVI.  8 
11 

15 

25 
26 
28 


567* 
312 

51,*  53* 
413* 
52 
567 
285* 
285 
668 
567 
672 
567* 
336 
704 
383* 
49 
270* 
567 
3* 
306* 
496 
243* 
336 
567 
483 
459* 
832 


108 


DANIEL. 


Chap.  Verses. 
XXXVI.  33 

33 

XXXVII.  9,  10 

y,  12 

Hi,  17 
23,  27 
24 

25,  2G 

XXXVIII.  1  to  23 
2 

4 

8,9,11,12) 
15,  16  J 
IS,  19,  20 

19,  20 
20 

20,  21 


XXXIX.  1  to  1G 


8,9 
9 

9,  12 
11 

17  to  21 

17,  20,  21 

17,21 

19 

20 

23,29 
25 


I.  20 

II.  31  to  4: 

32 

32,  33 


37,  38 
43 

43,45 
44 


Number. 
704 

243* 
343* 
510* 
774* 
883 
3* 

306,  350* 
859 
49G 
43G 

8G2 

331  ,*405* 
290 

567,  757 

330* 
;  399  *452* 
i  8G3* 
'  859 

G10* 

862 

8G3* 

299 

43G 

10* 

860* 

[  379*567* 

•  832* 

•  298* 


437* 
939 
21G 

DAN 

101* 
717* 
538* 

2ii,*7; 

913* 
'  507 


Versea. 

1,  &c 

2 

2,  &c. 

3 

3  to  19 

17  to  31  ) 
to  44  < 


XL.  to  XL VIII. 
XLI. 


XLII. 


1  to  5,  13 

14,  22 
13,  19,  20 


4  to  7 
10,  11 


XLVI. 
XLVII. 


1  to  12 
1,  7,  12 
3,  4,  5,  9 
8  to  11 
12 

18,  19,  20 
1  to  end 


EL. 


781 
913* 
604 
664 

III.  I  to  7,  &c.  717 

IV.  1  to  end  717 
7  to  13  567 
10,  11,  12 

20,  21 
12,  14 


j  757 
'93G 


IV.  13 

33 
34 

V.  1  to  end 

1  to  5,  &c 

1  to  5,  25 
to  28 

2,  &c. 
2,  5,  25 

2  to  5,25,31 
2,  5,  25 

VI.  1,2 
8  to  end 

VII. 

1,  &c, 


Number. 
861,  945 
194* 

36,  945 

89G* 

671  *  775* 

486 

610* 

487 

f  36,191, 
I  904 

861 
[436 
239,  367 
480,  861 
487 

48G,  861 

50*  C14* 

487 

36,*45 

486* 

861 

671* 

861 

610* 

861 

861 

40!) 

936* 

486 

405* 

935,  936 

342 

342,  945 
349 


158, 173 
47* 

60,474 
717 
459* 
^313 

913* 
364* 
I  316* 
3G4 

704,  36* 
717 

748 

3G,  945 


lto  14,&c.717* 


DANIEL.— HOSEA. 


109 


2,  3 

3  to  7 

3,  4,  5 
3,7,8,20 
21,23,24  > 
5 

6 
7 


9,  10 
10 
11 
13 


Number. 
36,  945 
343* 
574* 
567* 

270 

573* 
572* 

101  *  435* 
47,*  1GG* 

694* 
229,*  237* 
256* 
748 
24* 

'291  ,*478* 


13.  14 

13  to  18,27  913°J 
13,  14,  27  664 

C  483,  523* 
)  749* 
720* 


14 


17,  24 

18,  22 
18,  27 
18,  22,  27 
21 

25 
27 

VIII.  l,&c. 

2 

:s,l,r>.~.to  i 
12,21,25  ' 
5,6,7.12 

9,  10,  11 

10,  11,  12 


799 


749* 
234 
586 
586* 
476/ 
749* 

36,*  945 
36,  945 

270 

586* 
51* 
711 


Clinp.  Verses. 
VIII.  10  to  13 

10,  12 
12 

14,26 
21 

21,23 
23,  24,  25 
IX.  3 
10 

11,  12 
21 

25 
27 

X.  1,  7,  8 
2,  3,  4 

5 

5,  6  | 

5  to  12 

6 

13,  21 

20 

XI.  1  to  end 
2 

13,  15,  20 

40 
43 

XI.  XII. 

XII.  1  | 
3 
7 

7,  9 
9,  10 


Number. 

447* 

541* 

51* 

151* 

34 

720* 

586* 

492 

3* 

662* 
36,  945 
501,*  880* 
757,*  658* 
36,  945 
505 
671 

49*4G8, 
775*  • 
56 
830* 
548 
34 

20,  720^ 

34 

447* 

437 

503* 

500 

256,*  548, 

704* 
51* 
562* 
478* 
948* 


HOSE  A 


I.  2 

134* 

IV.  7 

134* 

II.  2,3 

213* 

11,12.17,18  721 

3 

546,  956* 

11,  17,  18 

316* 

5 

208 

12 

485* 

12 

334 

16 

861* 

16,  18, 

21  704* 

V.  3 

134* 

18 

C  299,  500 

VI.  2 

505 

>  757* 

•  3 

496* 

18, 19 

567* 

10 

134* 

19 

668 

VII.  1 

164,*  924* 

III.  1 

134,*649* 

4,  5, 14 

316 

1,2 

315* 

7 

382* 

4 

20 

11,  13,  16 

503 

5 

704 

16 

624 

14,  15 

546 

VIII.  5,  6 

242 

IV.  1,  3 

405,*757* 

7 

343 

2,  3 

290,  567 

11 

392 

JOEL.-AMOS. 


Chap.  Verses. 

Number. 

Chap.  Verses. 

Number. 

^  l'  ■? 

XII.  9 

585 

n  o 
O 

316 

XIII.  2 

,  Hi,  4,16 

1  459,*  793* 

6 

585 

2,  3 

422* 

10 

334 

4 

613,*  962* 

11 

757 

4,  14 

?SJ>*  ®13 

11,12,14,16  535* 

6,  7 

572 

X.  1,2 

392 

7,  8 

241 

5 

242 

8 

567,  573* 

?i 

339*392* 

12,  13 

535* 

11 

298* 

14 

321  *  870 

XI.  1 

503* 

15 

343,  546 

5 

503 

XIV.  2 

??>^ 

241,*  471* 

3 

298 

10 

238,*  543 

6,  7,  8 

316 

10,  11 

757 

7 

278 

11 

503 

8 

401 

XII.  1 

503,  624* 

JOEL. 

I  4 

424* 

TT     1  1 
II.  11 

37,  44/' 

5  6  7 

721 

16 

Too 

5  10  11 

316* 

17 

483 

g 

435* 

21 ,  22 

241 

23 

49o 

7'  12 

334 

23,  24 

8' 

620 

24,  25 

424 

8  13 

492 

25 

447* 

9' 

778 

28 

9  10 

589 

30 

499* 

10,  11 

315* 

31 

>  00,  332 

645* 

704 

ITT 

III.  1,  14,  18 

16 

507* 

5 

913* 

16,  20 

567 

12,  13 

645* 

19  20 

546* 

13 

rf  •Tkwi 

II.  1  ' 

397* 

15 
16 

1,  2,  11 

2'  ' 

704 
704 

010 

3/,  471 

3 

546* 

16,  17,  21 

3  4,  5 

437 

17  to  20 

880 

9' 

164,*  898* 

18 

C316,*  336 

C  53  *  312, 
£331,  413* 

^409 

19 

503,  546 

10,  11 

51,*862* 

20 

350* 

AMOS. 

I.  2 

612 

14 

343 

IV.  2 

II.  8 

316 

496 

III.  7 

3* 

10 

862 

8, 

241,*471* 

11 

502 

12 

137* 

12, 13 

336 

14 

270,*  392 

V.  2 

620 

OBADIAH  JONAH. — MICAH. — NAHUM. 


Hi 


Chap.  Verses. 

'  11 
12, 15 
1G 
17 

13,  19 
18,  20 
24 
VI.  4 

5.6 


Niimlier. 
410* 
316 

899 
501 
650* 
573* 
413,' 


'01 


137.  774 

3G0* 

779 

474* 

410,  GG3- 

270* 


9 
10 

11,  12,  13' 
11  to  14 
11,  13 

5 
6 

11,  13 
13,  14 
14 


Number. 

109 

503 

53,*  476* 
C  47,  16G 
I  492 

50* 


503 
238* 
704 
31G,  : 
90 


OBADIAH 


1.3 

338*  . 

I.  11 

591 

5 

1G4,*  649'  | 

15 

704 

4  JONAH. 

I.  17 

505* 

111.  5,  6, 7 

1G6 

II.  4,  7 

191* 

492* 

26 

809 

337,  567 

MICAH. 

1.  7 

459 

IV.  13 

20G,*  270 

8 

537* 

V.  2 

47,*291* 

13 

612 

4 

81 

16 

543* 

7,  8 

241 

17 

47* 

13 

459 

II.  1 

137 

VI.  1,2 

336,  580 

8 

328* 

2 

902* 

9 

434* 

4 

503 

13 

899 

7 

287* 

III.  4 

939* 

12 

20G,  624- 

5 

53,*435 

15 

316,  779 

6 

8  *  312* 

VII.  1 

623 

10,  12 

612 

1,  2 

8 

649* 

IV.  1,2.3,7,8 

612 

413* 

1,2,8 

880* 

9 

5 

81,*  167* 

10 

501 

6 

704 

12 

444,  503 

8 

749* 

14 

383,*  485 

8, 10, 13 

612 

17 

455* 

NAHUM. 


I.  3 
4 
5 

5,6 


343* 
409 
551 
331  * 


II.  3 

3,4 


33G,*  350* 

478* 
436 
305* 


HABAKKUK. — ZEPHAN'I  AH. — HAGGAI. — ZECHARIAH. 


Number. 
501' 
241 

337,  924* 
437 

208* 
134* 

HABAKKUK. 


Number. 

213* 

721* 

334* 

899 

424* 


I.  6 

861* 

III.  2 

704 

6,8,9,10 

298 

4 

270* 

8,9  ,1 

244 

6 

466* 

14, 15,  16 

405* 

8 

409,*437' 

II.  11 

774* 

8,  9 

299* 

15,  16 

205,*  213* 

8, 15 

298* 

15 

672,  72\ 

10,  11 

53* 

16 

672* 

13 

779 

17 

567 

14 

485* 

18,  19 

459* 

11.9 
*  11 

13,  14 
III.  5 


ZEPHANIAH 

290,*  567 
405*  757 
919 
704 

20,  160* 
624 
885* 
316 
340* 
413* 
397* 
342* 

216,  65S* 
340,*  704 

HAGGAI. 

331  j  II.  9 

191*  2>) 
913*         I  iL 

ZECHARIAH. 

641 
36,* 
945* 
376 
216 
322 
;  36,  270 
i  945* 
'  904* 
486* 
36,*  94, 
861*  89 
376 


483,  502 
34* 
567* 
151* 

r  C  l'J4,  342* 

C'  \  501* 

8  216,  494* 

11,16,19,20  704 

13  383,*  624* 

14  612 
14,15  612 

14  to  17.20  880* 

15  664 


306 
C  298,*437* 
i  694* 


305* 


II.  4 
5 
10 

10,  11,  12 
11 

III.  1,  &c. 

3,  4,  5 


IV. 


10 

1,  &c. 
2,5,11,12 
3,11,12.14 


567 
898* 
612* 
350" 
704 

36,*  945 

166* 

487 

334 

43 

36,*  945 

376 

493* 


MALACHI. 


1 13 


Number. 

543* 

306* 

86  *  945 

376 

474 

36/  945 

298* 

343* 

322 

376 

7G9 

216 

612.  860* 
501 

620* 

863 

191 

899 

306 

507* 

939* 

4S3* 
[  101,*  232* 
»  350* 

206* 

447,  862* 

612* 
C  298/299* 
I  401',  4:57" 
C  99,*  379* 
{529/S91* 
I  884 

762* 

543 

343,  397* 

316 

704 

620* 

496 

924* 

298* 

342* 


Chap.  Verse*. 

X.  5 
6,  7 
10,  11 
XI.  4,5,7 


10 


XII. 


1  to  14 

2 

3.4.6.6.9.11 

3,6,8,9,10 

4 

7  • 
11 

11,  12 
XIII.  1 

1  to  9 
1.  4 
XIV  1 

1  to  21 

1,4,6,7,6  ) 
13,20,21  5 

3 

3,4 

4 

7 


8.11,12,20 
9  ! 
12 


12,  &c. 

12,  15 

13,  U.  lo 
14 

16,  17,  18 
16,  18.  19 
20 


Number. 
500,  501 
360* 
503 

325* 
748* 
485 

48*52* 
285,  589, 

902* 
707 
672* 
707* 
880* 

48/  298* 
585 
707 
434* 

384/704' 

707 

707* 

704 

707 

704' 

500 
336* 
493* 
476* 

50,*  236' 

932- 
880 

613,  604' 

962* 
48* 
498* 
456,  657 
567* 
206 
503 
585 
298* 


MALACHI. 


i.  a 

537  *  546 

6 

527* 

8 

48* 

9 

939 

10,  11 

778 

11 

277* 

11,  12,  13 

81* 

II.  4,  5 

306* 

1,  4 

2,  4 


527 
167* 

565* 

191,»344* 

529,*  882 
350/357* 
880 
724 


1 1 


MATTHEW. 


Chap.  Verses. 
111.  10 
12 
20 


Number. 

242* 
3,*  662 v 
704" 


MATTHEW. 


I.  20  to  25 

613,*  962 

VII.  25 

409* 

II-  11 

277,*  913 

26 

433 

14,  15 

III. 

503* 
378 

VIII.  12 

;  20,  413* 
435,  749* 

2 

;553,  749* 

16,  28 

458 

839 

26 

891* 

8 

934* 

IX.  15 

797*  812* 
316  *  672 

10 

400,*934* 

17 

12 

315* 

32,  33 

458 

IV.  1,  2,  3 

546 

553,  664 

16 

5 

413*  796* 

35 

839 

954 

37,  38 

645* 

17 

749 

X.  7 

749 

17,  23 

553,  839* 

8 

458 

18,  19 

405* 

12,  13, 

14 

306* 

23 

;  478*  664 

14 

788 

749* 

14,  15 

502 

V.  2  to  0,11,15 

2  526 

16 

455 

3 

209* 

21 

543* 

5 

285* 

22 

81,*839 

6 

323,  956* 

23,  42 

23 

14,  15 

194 

34 

52* 

18,  26 

23* 

38 

639* 

23,  24 

392 

39 

556*639* 

29 

48* 

41 

8* 

33  to  37 

474 

41,  42 

526 

34,  35 

470* 

42 

8* 

45 

20 

XI.  5 

839 

VI.  2,  5 

501 

11 

553 

9 

81* 

15 

87* 

10 

749,*  956 

21 

492,*  788 

16 

23 

24 

502 

17 

779 

27 

294,  839* 

19.  20 

164* 

XII.  12 

206 

22,  23 
39 

48* 
210 

22 
25 

458 
194* 

VII.  2 

495 

28  . 

553,  664 

G 

727* 

31,  32 

571 

7 

951 

33 

400,*  934* 

7,  8 
12 

376 
762* 

38,  39, 
39 

40 

598 

134,  350* 

15 

166* 

44 

1G0 

10  to  20 

934 

45 

10* 

17,  18,  19 
21 

400* 

49 

32 

553 

XIII.  3 

934 

22 

618,  839 

3,4 

757 

22,  23 

8,*529 

8,  23 

610* 

24,  23 
24  to  27 

915 

12 

676,*  948* 

49G 

19 

749* 

MATTHEW. 


IIS 


Chap.  Verses 

Number. 

Chap.  Verses. 

Number. 

XIII.  23 

934* 

XVIII.  18 

174* 

24  to  30 

315* 

20 

81,*  839 

24  to  30,  } 
30  to  43  ( 

645* 

XIX.  28 

;79*  233' 
273,*284 

31 .  32 

757 

1  799,  808* 

33 

505* 

29 

:  81*  618 

37,  38, . 

59 

589 

839,  890 
"  650* 

20,  543* 

XX.  1  (o  8 

38 

! 

565."  749* 

1  to  17 

463 

40 

658* 

3,  5 

610* 

41,42,45 

,50  422* 

22,  23 

672* 

42,  50 

435 

25  to  28 

3* 

43 

87 

20,  27 

128* 

44 

200,  600* 

XXI.  1 

336,  493 

45,  46 

'  600,*727* 

1,  &c. 

620 

759,*910* 

2,  4,  5 

612 

47,  48 

405* 

7,  8,  9 

166* 

49 

658* 

9 

81* 

54 

373 

16 

809* 

57 

8 

18  to  21 

334 

XIV.  15  to  22 

427 

19 

936 

XV.  14 

210,*  914* 

21,  22 

951* 

22 

458 

22 

376 

34 

589 

28 

650* 

XVI.  1  to  4 

598 

33  to  37 

651* 

4 

134 

33  to  39 

650* 

15 

478* 

34,40,41,43  934* 

15  to  10 

174 

42 

342,  915' 

15  to  20 

768 

43 

749* 

15,  18 

768* 

46 

8 

17 

748* 

XXII.  1  to  14 

812* 

18 

915* 

11,12 

166* 

18, 19 

798* 

13 

413,  435 

19 

62 

35  to  38 

903,  908 

24 

639* 

36  to  40 

556 

25 

639 

37 

682 

25,  20 

556* 

40 

136* 

27 

273  *  641* 

XXIII.  5 

328* 

27,  28 
28 

839 

8 

32* 

664 

9 

170 

XVII.  1 

336 

11,  12 

128* 

1,  2 

53* 

13  to  16,) 

1  to  4 

45 

23,  25,  V 

416 

2 

166* 

27,  28  ^ 

24,*642* 

14 

764 

1 

820* 

16,  17 

191* 

55,  *56* 

16  to  22 

474 

6,  7 

1 

891 

16,17,19,24  210* 

24  to  27 

'405* 

18,  19,20 

392 

[VIII.  5 

839 

22 

14* 

5,  20 

618 

25,  26 

'  378,  395 

6 

791 

672* 

9 

48* 

27 

728* 

13,  18 

27,28 

350* 

116 


MATTHEW. 


Chap.  Verses. 
XXIII.  37 

37,  38 


14  to  20 
14  to  30 

•20  to  30 

27,  28 

28,  29 
2!t 

30 
31 

31.  &c. 

31,  34,  41 

32.  33,  &c 
34 

35,  30 
3:..  37.  44 
39,  42,  44 
40 
43 

XXVI.  27,  28 
28 
29 
30 
34 

39  to  44 

30,  42,  44 

52 

61 

63 

63,  64 
64 

XXVII.  20 
34 

53 

XXVIII.  1,  &c. 

3 

3,  4,  5 

4,  5,  10 
9 

10 


Number. 
812* 

606,  759" 

463 

164 

672 

676* 

948 

413,  435 
;  586,  629" 
'  808,*897* 
'220* 

664* 

230 

20,  890 

213* 

323 

672 

32 

99,*  591* 
37!),*  672  ' 
529* 
316' 

336,  493 

505* 

505* 

672* 

52* 

505* 

520* 

24* 

642,  820 

23 

410* 

586 
505* 

166,*  67V 
56* 
891 
49* 

32,  56* 
Pref.2944 
476,  517, 
520,*  553 
613,*  618* 
093,*  743* 
738*,  768, 
819,  839* 
888* 
'749* 
23,  658 
839,*962" 


117 


MARK 


Cliap.  Verses. 
1.  4  to  11 

13, 13 
14,  15 
15 

16,  17 

31,  41 

32,  33,  34 
n.  5,9,11,12 

19 

19,  20 

III.  17 

"*  33to35 

IV.  8,  20 
9,  23 
25 
32 
39 

39,  40 
V.  22 
36 

VI.  7,  30 
11 
13 
20 

VII.  5 
10 
16 
26 

32,  33 

VIII.  11,  12 

23  to  27 


35,  30,  37 
38 

1 

2  to  8 
3 

37 
41 

42 
45 

49,  50 


IX 


Number. 
378 

546,  507 
C  553,  064 
I  839* 

478 

405* 

55 

458 

137* 

812 

797 

230* 

32 

610* 

87 

676 

757 

343* 

891 

49 

891 

79* 

502 

779,  ;  — 

173* 

167* 

662* 

87 

34 

55 

598 

55 

839 

556 
,134,  350" 
I  629 
'553,  004, 
839 

45 

166* 

24 

618 

8,*  526 
791 
49* 
122* 


29,30 
38,  39 
42,  44 
XI.  1 
7,  8 
10 

12  to  15, 

19  to  25 
24 

XII.  1  to  9 

2,  4,  5,  6 
10 

10,  11 

30,  33 
40 

XIII.  1  to  4 

3,  &c. 
4 

7,  8,  9 
8 
12 
13 

19,  24.  25 
22 

24 

24,  25 

25 

25,  20 
26 

28 

35,  36,  37 

XIV.  23,24 
24 

26 

20,  27 
61 


XV.  23 
43 

XVI  15 


17 

17,  ltf, 


LUKE 


Number. 
55 
839 
672 
3 

336,  493 
166 

839 


951 
650 
505 
342 
915 
682 
764 
191 

336,  493 
532,  598 
500 

323,  331 
543 
839 
33* 

598* 


413- 


51* 
53, 
897 
373 
24* 
936 
158* 
672 
379 

336,  493 

639 

289* 

24,*  642, 

820 

410 

553,  064 
2!>0,*405> 
478,  839" 
018,  839 
598 


I.  12,  13 
12,  13, 
14 


56* 
891 
507* 


I.  13,  17,  19  478" 
17,35  373 
19  366, 


11* 


LUKE. 


Chap.  Verses. 

I.  19,26  to  35 
30 

31  to  35 
31,32,34,35 

32,35 
33 

34,  35 

35 

35,  38 
50 

53 

G4,08 

G8  j 

70 

72,  73 
75 
79 
II.  9,  10 

10,  11 

11,  12,  16 
13.  20 

22 
28 

30,31,32  \ 


III.  4 
16 

18 

IV.  1,  2,  3 
18 

18,  19 

25 

33  to  37,41 
43  ! 

V.  2  to  10 

8,  9,  10 
12,  13 
34,  35 
36 

37,  38 

VI.  22,  23 
24,  25 
31 

35 
39 

43,  44 
44 

47,  48 
48 

VII.  14 
21 


Number 
548 

56* 

613* 

962* 

520* 

664 

743 

173 

618 

527 

206, 


323 


;281  *  269 

613 
'586 

474* 

173* 

306  *413* 
56,  891 
478,*  839 
598 
809* 

417,  662* 
289 

483,  796* 

954 
'  629 
256* 
378 
478 
546 
962 

591,*  884 

562* 

458 
[  553,  664, 
i  839 

405* 

56,  891* 

55 

797 

166* 

316,*  672 

526 

206* 

762* 

526* 

210 

400,*  934 

334.  649* 

915* 

409* 

55 

456 


Chap.  Verses. 
VII.  22 

37,38,44,46 
46 

VIII.  1  i 

1,  10 

2,  26  to  40 
8 

18 
21 

23,  24 

25 

41 

49,  50 
IX.  I 
1,2 

1,  2,  10 
1,37  to  42,  j 

49, 50  j 

2,  11 

23,  24,  25 

24,  25 
26 

28  to  36 
29 

30,  31 
32 

32,  34 

34,  35  | 

48 
54 
GO 
62 
X.  2 
5,6 
8  to  11 

9,  11 

10,  11,  12 
11 

12 
13 
17 
19 
27 

33,  34 
36,  37 

XI.  9,  10 
10,  29,  30 
17 
20 
32 
34 

34,  35,  3G 


Number. 
478,  839 
49 
779 

478,  553 

749,  839 

C64 

458 

87 

948 

32* 

343 

891 

49 

891* 

373 

478 


664 

639 

556,  639 

586 

45 

106,*  629 
897* 
158 
54 

24,  642 

820 
'61 8,*  839* 


553,  839 

749* 

645 

306* 

553 

839 

788 

664,  749 
502 

492,  788 

839 

425* 

G82 

316 

32 

951 

598 

553 

749* 

49 

48* 

413* 


LUKE. 


119 


Chap.  Verses. 

XI.  39 

672 

XIX.  26 

947 

50 

569 

29,  37 

336,  493 

52 

62 

35,  36 

166 

XII.  21 

206 

37 

809* 

32 

891* 

38 

'  81,  618, 

36 

218,*  812* 

839 

37 

3,*  128 

41 ,  to  44 

L  880 

37,  40 

158* 

XX.  9  to  16 

650 

53' 

543 

12 

505 

XIII.  G  to  9 

334,  650* 

17,  18 

342,  915 

6  to  20 

934* 

42* 

256* 

10 

591* 

47 

264 

19 

757 

XXI.  5,  6,  7 

191 

24 

176* 

7' 

532 

25,  20,  27 

157* 

9  to  11 

500 

26'  ' 

501* 

]1 

323,  331 

26  27 
28' 

531 

11,  25 

532,*  598* 

435 

12,  17 

839 

32 

458 

20 

447* 

32,  33 

505 

20,  21,  22 

880 

33' 

8 

20  to  24 

862* 

34 

245* 

22 

806* 

35 

81 ,  289,* 

24 

52* 

546,  618 

26 

551 

XIV.  12,  13,  14 

526 

27 

642,  820 

13*  21^  23 

209 

30,  31 

839 

2l' 

501* 

31 

664 

35 

87 

36 

273* 

XVI.  16 

553,  664, 

37 

336,*  493* 

749.  839* 

XXII.  17 

672 

19 

'  206  *  814 

18 

;  316.*  553, 

1!»,  20,  21 

725* 

»  664,  839 

24 

282* 

20 

378',  395 

2!>,  31 

662* 

22 

416* 

XVII.  1 

416* 

27 

3 

2 

791 

30 

C  79  *  233, 

20,  21 

839 

I  799 

2c*'  29 

502 

30,  31 

553 

29,  30 

452,*  504* 

36,  38 

52* 

33 

556,  639 

39 

336,  493 

34 

922* 

51 

55  ' 

35 

137* 

53 

413* 

XVIII.  15 

55 

XXIII.  28,  29,  30 

880 

43 

809* 

30 

339* 

XIX.  11 

664 

50,  51 

553 

12  to  19 

194* 

5l' 

604 

12  to  25 

101 

XXIV.  4 

166* 

12  to  26 

606,  759 

27,  44 

662* 

13  to  20 

427* 

30,  31 

36 

13  to  26 

463 

44 

417 

24,  25,  26 

164,  676 

47 
53 

618,  839* 
809* 

120 


JOHN 


Verses. 

1,2,  &c. 

14,34 
1  to  4,  14 
1,2,7,8,  ) 

14,34  5 

1,2,14  ■ 

1  to  14 

1,4 

1,4,  9,  14 
1,  12,  14 

1,14  ! 

3,  14 


□  18 
3,  9 


14 

18 
26 
33 
41 
46 
48 
49 

II.  1  to  10 
G 
11 
17 

18,19 

18,  19,  20 

19,  20,  21 
19,  21 


30,  31 ,  32 
III.  1,  &c. 

3  to  G 


;  613,*  686 
'  820 
"  200* 

502 

G29* 

584* 
1272*  29 1* 
'  66G 
'  888* 

413* 

954 

200 

796* 
;81,*  553,* 

61  3,  839 
'  17.  379,* 

748* 
'256*897* 

222  *  839* 

378 

378 

520,*  779 

417,  662" 

G24* 

064* 

316* 

G10* 

G29 

216 

598 

882 

43 

191* 
[81  *  61 8, 
'  839 
'796 

20 

535* 


G 

7,  8 
9,  10 
11 

14, 15 


74S* 

343* 

510 

23 
C  49,*  4f 
I  775 


Verses. 

15 

15,  16 

15,17,18,36 

16 

16,17,18,19 
17,  18 


19 

19,21 
21 

27 
29 

34,  35 

35, 

35,  3G 

36  j 

IV.  5  to  20 
6  to  14 

13,  14,  15 
14 

14,  15 

25 

35,  36 
35  to  38 
42 
V.  8,9 
18  to  28 
19,  24,25 
21 

22,  27 


26  * 
29 

33,  34 

37 

43 

VI.  26,32,47,53 

30  to  33 

31  to  58 
33,  34,  35 
33,  51 

35 

35,  47 
38,  39,  40 
40 
46 


Number. 

553* 
839* 
743* 

60,"  553* 

589 

618* 

81  *  553* 
584,*  939 
413* 

796  *  954 
17* 

566* 
797* 
902* 

294,*520* 
743* 

60  *  553,* 

839,*  874* 

384* 

50* 

956* 

932* 

376 

520,*  779 

526 

045* 

589 

137* 

613* 

23 

039* 

230,  233* 

273" 
37,*  639* 
58,*  502, 
613,  875 
641* 
6,*  490* 
839 

618,  839* 

23 

598* 

120* 

502 

589 

323,  950* 

553* 

553 


JOHN 


12] 


Chap.  Verses. 
VI.  47 

47  to  56 
51  to  58 

56  | 

63 
69 

VII.  13 

19.  22,  23 

22,  23 


37,38  J 
38 
39 
VIII.  1 

5 

2  { 

24 

32  to  36 
34,51,58 
44 
IX.  4 
4,  5 

6,  7,11,15 
39,  40,  41 
X.  1.2 
1,9 

3 

3,4,10,  27 
4,5 
7 

7,9 


28  to  38 


30,38 
38 
XI.  2 
25 

25,  26 

27 
XII.  3 

12.  13 
13 

14,  15 
19 

20 


Number. 
60*  743 
379* 
832 

618,  839. 

883* 
200,  748* 
520* 
629 
662* 
417 

50  *  409* 
553,  956* 
932* 
962* 
336,  493 
417,  662* 
167,*413* 
553,  589 
6*  490* 
553* 
3 
23 

350,*  924* 
922* 
589 

796*  9.54 
378 
210* 
914 
618* 
81* 
37* 
621* 
23 
176* 
914,*  916* 
613,*618* 
'21,  294,* 
693,  743,* 
'839* 
'  520* 
839* 
49 

58  *  875* 
60,*  502, 
I  553*851* 
520* 
49 
367* 

618,  664* 
612 


6  toll 
6,  19 


ACTS.-ROMANS.— II.  CORINTHIANS. 


Cliap.  Verses. 

XIV.  20  to  24 
21 

21  to  24 

21,  23 
2f» 
27 


4,5,  6 

4,  5,  &c. 

5 

5,  G 
5,  7 

7 

16 


XVI.  2 
7 


Number. 
C  556,  883 
i  949 

937* 
C  218*  533, 
)  933* 
54* 

173,*  902 
300,*  040* 
553,  018 
934* 
(54,*  222,* 
}  294  *463* 
(883* 
C  97,*  520 
>839,  933* 
949 
613* 

618,*  050* 
951* 
C  370,  586, 
I  883 

018,  934* 
(0,*  490  * 
2743,819,* 
(  902* 
325 
902* 
8  068 
13,  14  613* 
13,  14,  15  0,173*819 
14, 15  902* 

(613*618* 
15  \  093,  743* 

(  839* 
23  to  27  370 
23,24,20,27  018 


XVII. 


Chap.  Verses. 
XVII.  2  $ 
2,3 

2,3,10  ^ 

2,  10 
6 
9 
10 

17,  19 
17.19,21,23 
17,  19.23 
19 

19,  21,22,> 
23,  20  5 
19,21,22,20 


83:  i 


093 

013,*  018 
738,  743 
553 
618 
520 
520, 
173* 
222* 
586* 
23 
839 

883,*  949 


19,  23 

839 

20  to  24 

284* 

21,  23,  20 

618* 

24 

629 

20 

584* 

XVIII.  11 

672* 

20 

589 

37 

604* 

37,  38 

20* 

XIX.  23,24 

45,  160* 

34 

20 

XX.  17 

33 

21,22 

343* 

22 

902* 

31 

581,*  520, 

$018,*  839* 

XXI.  2  to  13 

405* 

890 

15,  10,  17 

18  to  23 

333,*  505' 

17* 

18.25 

23 

20' 

879 

22,  23 

17* 

I.  9,  11 


II.  5,  0 
0 
13 

III.  8,  9,  10 


589 

306,*  040* 
553,  018 


ACTS. 
642  *  820  |        XVII. -23 

ROMANS. 

111.  27  to  31 
XIII.  8,  9,  10 


808* 
41 7,*  041 
417,*  828 
571 


417* 
417* 

356,*  417 


II.  CORINTHIANS. 

V.  10  417,*  041  ,*  868* 


123 


GAL  ATI  A  NS. 

Number.     |  Chap.       Verses.  Number. 

417*         j  V.  24  639* 

COLOSSIANS. 

294*  j 

JAMES. 


1.22 

II.  17to2G 
17,  20 


417 


V.  14,  15 


Doct.  of 
Rom.  Ca- 
tholics. VII. 


APOCALYPSE. 


36 
846 
10,  737 
8,  11,17  92 
490 
$604,  720, 
I  854 
642,  820 
42,260,811 
522 
36 


8,  11,  17 
10 
10  to  13 
11 

11,  13,  1 


13 
15 

16,20 
17 

17,  18 
18 


II.  1 

2, 
2 


42 

13 

110,  468, 
f  737 

614,  775 

10 

42 

29,  589 
1321,  474, 
{  870 
143,70,167 
>  737 

640 

72 


2,9.13,19,2i;i;41 


10,  11 

11 

12 

13 

16 

17 

18 


71 

13,  29,  42 
'70,  468, 
522 
71 

88,  853 
70 
694 
72 

71,  88 
70 


19,  22,  23  72 


26,  28 

28 

1 

1,2 
1,  2,  3 
1,2,3,7,8 
14,15,19 


7 

12 

14 

15,  16 
15,  19 
18 
20 

21 

1 

2 

2  to  6, 
4 


5 

6,  8 
8 

9, 10 


6 

6,9 


641 
88 
71 
420 

70,  737 

525 

72 

641 

81 

88 

62,  70 
71,81,88 
23.70,490 
403 
72 
913 
463 
;  14,20,71, 


661 

36,  236 

808 

166 
U0.  468, 
I  737 

48 

522.  811 

60,  474 

36,  322 

10,  737 

469 

241 

368 

589 

661 

483 

20,664,720 


APOCALYPSE. 


Verses. 

Number. 

Chap. 

Verses. 

Number. 

13 

238,  808 

XI 

7 

586 

14 

60,  474 

7,  8,  9 

603 

16 

854 
36 

8 

1350,652, 
£711,880 

1 

<  236,  469 

9,  10 

562 

I  737 

10 

721 

4 

52 

12 

340 

8 

870 

15 

476 

9 

392 

15,  16,  12 

478 

9,  10,  11 

846 

17 

811 

11 

166 

18 

8 

12 

<53,  312, 
*  379 

19 

U  91,  236, 
$331,  399 

13 

51 

XII 

36,  434 

1G 
1 

343,  808 
398 

1 

< 

53,  348 
:io,  101, 

1,  2,  3 

238 

3 

'270,  305, 

3 

398 

'437 

134 

4 

51,711 

9,  10,  11 

808 

4,  15,  17 

603 

9,  13,  14 

166 

6 

562 

12 

53 

7,  11 

379 

17 

$  368,  808, 

9 

562 

I  932 

10 

839 

36 

11 

846 

1 

322 

11,  17 

490 

2 

10,  737 

13 

721 

3,  4,  5 

278 

15 

148,  409 
500,  846 

4 

674 

17 

5 

236 

18 

238 

7,  8,  9 

290 

XIII 

36 

8,  9 

238 

1 

101,  238, 

36 

270,  540 

1 

51,  62 

1,  3 

'  538 

1  to  12 

500 

1,11 

398 

2 

53 

2 

694 

5,  10,  15 

935 

'  489,  575, 

13 

322 

5 

935 

19 

437 

5,  6 

574 

20 

657 

7 

500 

36 

8 

256 

1 

49,  53 

12  to  17 

834 

2,  8 

238 

13,  14 

721 

2,  8,6 
3 

398 

13,  14,  15 

594 

241 

16 

347 

3,  4 

236,  737 

XIV 

1 

347 

6 

60 

1  to  7 

955 

9,  10 

411 

1,  3,  4 

348 

36 

2 

i  50,  276, 

1 

<  191,  392 

472,  661 

I  904 

245,'  478, 

2 

935 

6 

721 

5 

839 

[  238,  398, 

6 

456,  657 

7 

527 

APOCALYPSE. 


125 


Chap.  Verses. 

XIV.  6 

8,10 

9 

9,10 
9,  ID,  11 
10 
14 

XV. 

1 ,  6,  7 

2 
3 


Number. 

134,  721 

316 

347 

452 

(1(11 

672 

24 

3G 

737 

238 

173,  -11 
C  173,5-6, 
f  839 

692 

191 
10 

895 

468 

456 

36 

10 

316 

398 

238 

371',  811 
270 
392 
382 

20,  444 

716 

594 

603 
C  20,  379, 
^  500,  551, 

1  598 
lf.4.  213 
191 

331 

194 

336 
C  3991,  456 
\  657 
C  Doct.  of 

2  Roni.Cath 
(and  631 

895 

134.  316 

20 

20 

571 

540 

538 

101 

672,  770 


9 

10,  11 
12 


2 
3 

3,  9 
8 

9,  10 
12 

12,  16 
16 

16,  17 

17,  19 
17.19,  21 
13 


1  to  9 

2 

5 

6 

7 

7,  8,9 

7,  9 

8 
9 


Number. 
347,  719 
256,  589 
336 
720 
720 

664,  830 
36,  801 
Doct.  of 
Rom.Cath 
and  631 
458 

20,  134, 
316,  721 
720 
657 
20 

725,  727 

814 

672 

725 

406 

238 

456 
C  8, 79, 586, 
I  761 

276 

462 

325 

{Doct.  of 
Roni.Cath 
and  36 
614,  626 
761,  955 
134 
148 
236 
523 
960 
C  Prcf.  and 
i  71,  797 
173 


ln  C  325,  490, 

1U  i  846 

11,13.14,16  298 


11,  16 

12,  13 
13 

13,  14 
13,  &c. 
13,  16 

14 

15 


664 

540 

299 

814 

821 

166 
C  166,  299, 
|  117 

652,  811 


126 


APOCALYPSE. 


Chap.  Verses. 
XIX.  15,  22 

17,  18 

18 

is) 

i»,  20 

.  20 


i 

2,  3 
2,  U,  10 


XXI. 


4,  5 

4,  6 

5,  12,  13 

8 

8,9 
9 

9,  10 
10 

11 

12 

12,  13 

12, 13,  14 

13 

14 

15 

24 

1 

1,2 

1,  2,5 
2 

2,  9 

2,  9,  10 
2.  10 

3 
5 

6 


Number. 
52 

30,  757 

298 

720 

20 

603 

452, 594, 

598,  001 

026 

62 

502 

960 

;  229,  233, 
'  347,  001 
■955 

284 

525 

639 

342 

003,  055 

599 

71 

f  452.  594, 
[  835 
k  877,  939 

525 

G41 

250 

238 

490,  835 

835 
20 

30,  020 
330,  059 
547 
Pref. 
797,  813 
012 
955 
586 

585,  926 

190 
C  13,50,384. 
I  932,  956 


Chap.  Verse: 

XXI.  8 

8,9 
9 

9,  10 
10 

12,  13, 
14 
16 
17 


19,  20 
21 


23,  24 
23,24, 
24 

24,  26 

25 
20 


1,2 
1,3 
4 

6 

10 
11 
12 
13 
14 

10 

10,  1 


Number. 
452,  835, 

853 
196 

10,  797 

Pref".  and 

523,  813 

36 

170 

79 

861 

243,  313, 

900 
897 
540 

501,  727 
;  191,  811, 

1  882,  926 
j  796,  897, 
'  940' 
'43 

629 

20 

249 

940 

256 

30,  026 
50,  409 
501 ,  489 
808 

347,  012 

43,284,796 

586 

Pref. 

173 

526 

13 

899 

462 

151 

522,  957 
f  50,  420, 
[612,  932 

953,  957 

961 


NOTE 


Tins  edition  of  Apocalypse  Revealed  is  an  exact  reprint  of 
the  last  London  edition  of  1832.  This  fact  ought  to  have  ap- 
peared on  the  title-page,  hut  was  overlooked  till  it  was  too  late. 
The  translation  for  the  English  edition  was  revised  by  Mr.  Noble  ; 
but  l>y  merely  reprinting  the  English  title-page,  we  have  inad- 
vertently held  up  the  idea  that  it  was  revised  in  Boston. 


